This file documents the use of the GNU compilers.
Copyright © 1988-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being “Funding Free Software”, the Front-Cover Texts being (a) (see below), and with the Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below). A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.
(a) The FSF’s Front-Cover Text is:
A GNU Manual
(b) The FSF’s Back-Cover Text is:
You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.
gcov
—a Test Coverage Programtypeof
void
- and Function-Pointersasm
Operands
enum
Typesgcov
—a Test Coverage Program
Next: G++ and GCC, Up: (DIR) [Contents][Index]
This manual documents how to use the GNU compilers, as well as their features and incompatibilities, and how to report bugs. It corresponds to the compilers version 4.9.1. The internals of the GNU compilers, including how to port them to new targets and some information about how to write front ends for new languages, are documented in a separate manual. See Introduction in GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) Internals.
• G++ and GCC: | You can compile C or C++ programs. | |
• Standards: | Language standards supported by GCC. | |
• Invoking GCC: | Command options supported by ‘gcc’. | |
• C Implementation: | How GCC implements the ISO C specification. | |
• C++ Implementation: | How GCC implements the ISO C++ specification. | |
• C Extensions: | GNU extensions to the C language family. | |
• C++ Extensions: | GNU extensions to the C++ language. | |
• Objective-C: | GNU Objective-C runtime features. | |
• Compatibility: | Binary Compatibility | |
• Gcov: | gcov —a test coverage program.
| |
• Trouble: | If you have trouble using GCC. | |
• Bugs: | How, why and where to report bugs. | |
• Service: | How To Get Help with GCC | |
• Contributing: | How to contribute to testing and developing GCC. | |
• Funding: | How to help assure funding for free software. | |
• GNU Project: | The GNU Project and GNU/Linux. | |
• Copying: | GNU General Public License says how you can copy and share GCC. | |
• GNU Free Documentation License: | How you can copy and share this manual. | |
• Contributors: | People who have contributed to GCC. | |
• Option Index: | Index to command line options. | |
• Keyword Index: | Index of concepts and symbol names. |
GCC stands for “GNU Compiler Collection”. GCC is an integrated distribution of compilers for several major programming languages. These languages currently include C, C++, Objective-C, Objective-C++, Java, Fortran, Ada, D and Go.
The abbreviation GCC has multiple meanings in common use. The current official meaning is “GNU Compiler Collection”, which refers generically to the complete suite of tools. The name historically stood for “GNU C Compiler”, and this usage is still common when the emphasis is on compiling C programs. Finally, the name is also used when speaking of the language-independent component of GCC: code shared among the compilers for all supported languages.
The language-independent component of GCC includes the majority of the optimizers, as well as the “back ends” that generate machine code for various processors.
The part of a compiler that is specific to a particular language is called the “front end”. In addition to the front ends that are integrated components of GCC, there are several other front ends that are maintained separately. These support languages such as Pascal, Mercury, and COBOL. To use these, they must be built together with GCC proper.
Most of the compilers for languages other than C have their own names. The C++ compiler is G++, the Ada compiler is GNAT, and so on. When we talk about compiling one of those languages, we might refer to that compiler by its own name, or as GCC. Either is correct.
Historically, compilers for many languages, including C++ and Fortran, have been implemented as “preprocessors” which emit another high level language such as C. None of the compilers included in GCC are implemented this way; they all generate machine code directly. This sort of preprocessor should not be confused with the C preprocessor, which is an integral feature of the C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ languages.
Next: Invoking GCC, Previous: G++ and GCC, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
For each language compiled by GCC for which there is a standard, GCC attempts to follow one or more versions of that standard, possibly with some exceptions, and possibly with some extensions.
GCC supports three versions of the C standard, although support for the most recent version is not yet complete.
The original ANSI C standard (X3.159-1989) was ratified in 1989 and published in 1990. This standard was ratified as an ISO standard (ISO/IEC 9899:1990) later in 1990. There were no technical differences between these publications, although the sections of the ANSI standard were renumbered and became clauses in the ISO standard. This standard, in both its forms, is commonly known as C89, or occasionally as C90, from the dates of ratification. The ANSI standard, but not the ISO standard, also came with a Rationale document. To select this standard in GCC, use one of the options -ansi, -std=c90 or -std=iso9899:1990; to obtain all the diagnostics required by the standard, you should also specify -pedantic (or -pedantic-errors if you want them to be errors rather than warnings). See Options Controlling C Dialect.
Errors in the 1990 ISO C standard were corrected in two Technical Corrigenda published in 1994 and 1996. GCC does not support the uncorrected version.
An amendment to the 1990 standard was published in 1995. This
amendment added digraphs and __STDC_VERSION__
to the language,
but otherwise concerned the library. This amendment is commonly known
as AMD1; the amended standard is sometimes known as C94 or
C95. To select this standard in GCC, use the option
-std=iso9899:199409 (with, as for other standard versions,
-pedantic to receive all required diagnostics).
A new edition of the ISO C standard was published in 1999 as ISO/IEC 9899:1999, and is commonly known as C99. GCC has substantially complete support for this standard version; see http://gcc.gnu.org/c99status.html for details. To select this standard, use -std=c99 or -std=iso9899:1999. (While in development, drafts of this standard version were referred to as C9X.)
Errors in the 1999 ISO C standard were corrected in three Technical Corrigenda published in 2001, 2004 and 2007. GCC does not support the uncorrected version.
A fourth version of the C standard, known as C11, was published in 2011 as ISO/IEC 9899:2011. GCC has substantially complete support for this standard, enabled with -std=c11 or -std=iso9899:2011. (While in development, drafts of this standard version were referred to as C1X.)
By default, GCC provides some extensions to the C language that on rare occasions conflict with the C standard. See Extensions to the C Language Family. Use of the -std options listed above will disable these extensions where they conflict with the C standard version selected. You may also select an extended version of the C language explicitly with -std=gnu90 (for C90 with GNU extensions), -std=gnu99 (for C99 with GNU extensions) or -std=gnu11 (for C11 with GNU extensions). The default, if no C language dialect options are given, is -std=gnu90; this is intended to change to -std=gnu11 in some future release. Some features that are part of the C99 standard are accepted as extensions in C90 mode, and some features that are part of the C11 standard are accepted as extensions in C90 and C99 modes.
The ISO C standard defines (in clause 4) two classes of conforming
implementation. A conforming hosted implementation supports the
whole standard including all the library facilities; a conforming
freestanding implementation is only required to provide certain
library facilities: those in <float.h>
, <limits.h>
,
<stdarg.h>
, and <stddef.h>
; since AMD1, also those in
<iso646.h>
; since C99, also those in <stdbool.h>
and
<stdint.h>
; and since C11, also those in <stdalign.h>
and <stdnoreturn.h>
. In addition, complex types, added in C99, are not
required for freestanding implementations. The standard also defines
two environments for programs, a freestanding environment,
required of all implementations and which may not have library
facilities beyond those required of freestanding implementations,
where the handling of program startup and termination are
implementation-defined, and a hosted environment, which is not
required, in which all the library facilities are provided and startup
is through a function int main (void)
or int main (int,
char *[])
. An OS kernel would be a freestanding environment; a
program using the facilities of an operating system would normally be
in a hosted implementation.
GCC aims towards being usable as a conforming freestanding
implementation, or as the compiler for a conforming hosted
implementation. By default, it will act as the compiler for a hosted
implementation, defining __STDC_HOSTED__
as 1
and
presuming that when the names of ISO C functions are used, they have
the semantics defined in the standard. To make it act as a conforming
freestanding implementation for a freestanding environment, use the
option -ffreestanding; it will then define
__STDC_HOSTED__
to 0
and not make assumptions about the
meanings of function names from the standard library, with exceptions
noted below. To build an OS kernel, you may well still need to make
your own arrangements for linking and startup.
See Options Controlling C Dialect.
GCC does not provide the library facilities required only of hosted implementations, nor yet all the facilities required by C99 of freestanding implementations on all platforms; to use the facilities of a hosted environment, you will need to find them elsewhere (for example, in the GNU C library). See Standard Libraries.
Most of the compiler support routines used by GCC are present in
libgcc, but there are a few exceptions. GCC requires the
freestanding environment provide memcpy
, memmove
,
memset
and memcmp
.
Finally, if __builtin_trap
is used, and the target does
not implement the trap
pattern, then GCC will emit a call
to abort
.
For references to Technical Corrigenda, Rationale documents and information concerning the history of C that is available online, see http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html
GCC supports the original ISO C++ standard (1998) and contains experimental support for the second ISO C++ standard (2011).
The original ISO C++ standard was published as the ISO standard (ISO/IEC
14882:1998) and amended by a Technical Corrigenda published in 2003
(ISO/IEC 14882:2003). These standards are referred to as C++98 and
C++03, respectively. GCC implements the majority of C++98 (export
is a notable exception) and most of the changes in C++03. To select
this standard in GCC, use one of the options -ansi,
-std=c++98, or -std=c++03; to obtain all the diagnostics
required by the standard, you should also specify -pedantic (or
-pedantic-errors if you want them to be errors rather than
warnings).
A revised ISO C++ standard was published in 2011 as ISO/IEC 14882:2011, and is referred to as C++11; before its publication it was commonly referred to as C++0x. C++11 contains several changes to the C++ language, most of which have been implemented in an experimental C++11 mode in GCC. For information regarding the C++11 features available in the experimental C++11 mode, see http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/cxx0x.html. To select this standard in GCC, use the option -std=c++11; to obtain all the diagnostics required by the standard, you should also specify -pedantic (or -pedantic-errors if you want them to be errors rather than warnings).
More information about the C++ standards is available on the ISO C++ committee’s web site at http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/.
By default, GCC provides some extensions to the C++ language; See Options Controlling C++ Dialect. Use of the -std option listed above will disable these extensions. You may also select an extended version of the C++ language explicitly with -std=gnu++98 (for C++98 with GNU extensions) or -std=gnu++11 (for C++11 with GNU extensions). The default, if no C++ language dialect options are given, is -std=gnu++98.
GCC supports “traditional” Objective-C (also known as “Objective-C 1.0”) and contains support for the Objective-C exception and synchronization syntax. It has also support for a number of “Objective-C 2.0” language extensions, including properties, fast enumeration (only for Objective-C), method attributes and the @optional and @required keywords in protocols. GCC supports Objective-C++ and features available in Objective-C are also available in Objective-C++.
GCC by default uses the GNU Objective-C runtime library, which is part of GCC and is not the same as the Apple/NeXT Objective-C runtime library used on Apple systems. There are a number of differences documented in this manual. The options -fgnu-runtime and -fnext-runtime allow you to switch between producing output that works with the GNU Objective-C runtime library and output that works with the Apple/NeXT Objective-C runtime library.
There is no formal written standard for Objective-C or Objective-C++. The authoritative manual on traditional Objective-C (1.0) is “Object-Oriented Programming and the Objective-C Language”, available at a number of web sites:
The Objective-C exception and synchronization syntax (that is, the keywords @try, @throw, @catch, @finally and @synchronized) is supported by GCC and is enabled with the option -fobjc-exceptions. The syntax is briefly documented in this manual and in the Objective-C 2.0 manuals from Apple.
The Objective-C 2.0 language extensions and features are automatically enabled; they include properties (via the @property, @synthesize and @dynamic keywords), fast enumeration (not available in Objective-C++), attributes for methods (such as deprecated, noreturn, sentinel, format), the unused attribute for method arguments, the @package keyword for instance variables and the @optional and @required keywords in protocols. You can disable all these Objective-C 2.0 language extensions with the option -fobjc-std=objc1, which causes the compiler to recognize the same Objective-C language syntax recognized by GCC 4.0, and to produce an error if one of the new features is used.
GCC has currently no support for non-fragile instance variables.
The authoritative manual on Objective-C 2.0 is available from Apple:
For more information concerning the history of Objective-C that is available online, see http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html
As of the GCC 4.7.1 release, GCC supports the Go 1 language standard, described at http://golang.org/doc/go1.html.
The D language is under development as of this writing; see the current language reference. At present the current major version of D is 2.0, and there is no way to describe the language supported by GCC in terms of a specific minor version. In general GCC follows the D frontend releases closely, and any given GCC release will support the current language as of the date that the release was frozen.
See About This Guide in GNAT Reference Manual, for information on standard conformance and compatibility of the Ada compiler.
See Standards in The GNU Fortran Compiler, for details of standards supported by GNU Fortran.
See Compatibility with the Java Platform in GNU gcj,
for details of compatibility between gcj
and the Java Platform.
Next: C Implementation, Previous: Standards, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
When you invoke GCC, it normally does preprocessing, compilation, assembly and linking. The “overall options” allow you to stop this process at an intermediate stage. For example, the -c option says not to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files output by the assembler.
Other options are passed on to one stage of processing. Some options control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet other options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
Most of the command-line options that you can use with GCC are useful for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language (usually C++), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use that option with all supported languages.
See Compiling C++ Programs, for a summary of special options for compiling C++ programs.
The gcc
program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter options
may not be grouped: -dv is very different from ‘-d -v’.
You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order you use doesn’t matter. Order does matter when you use several options of the same kind; for example, if you specify -L more than once, the directories are searched in the order specified. Also, the placement of the -l option is significant.
Many options have long names starting with ‘-f’ or with ‘-W’—for example, -fmove-loop-invariants, -Wformat and so on. Most of these have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo is -fno-foo. This manual documents only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
See Option Index, for an index to GCC’s options.
• Option Summary: | Brief list of all options, without explanations. | |
• Overall Options: | Controlling the kind of output: an executable, object files, assembler files, or preprocessed source. | |
• Invoking G++: | Compiling C++ programs. | |
• C Dialect Options: | Controlling the variant of C language compiled. | |
• C++ Dialect Options: | Variations on C++. | |
• Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options: | Variations on Objective-C and Objective-C++. | |
• Language Independent Options: | Controlling how diagnostics should be formatted. | |
• Warning Options: | How picky should the compiler be? | |
• Debugging Options: | Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps. | |
• Optimize Options: | How much optimization? | |
• Preprocessor Options: | Controlling header files and macro definitions. Also, getting dependency information for Make. | |
• Assembler Options: | Passing options to the assembler. | |
• Link Options: | Specifying libraries and so on. | |
• Directory Options: | Where to find header files and libraries. Where to find the compiler executable files. | |
• Spec Files: | How to pass switches to sub-processes. | |
• Target Options: | Running a cross-compiler, or an old version of GCC. | |
• Submodel Options: | Specifying minor hardware or convention variations, such as 68010 vs 68020. | |
• Code Gen Options: | Specifying conventions for function calls, data layout and register usage. | |
• Environment Variables: | Env vars that affect GCC. | |
• Precompiled Headers: | Compiling a header once, and using it many times. |
Next: Overall Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations are in the following sections.
See Options Controlling the Kind of Output.
-c -S -E -o file -no-canonical-prefixes -pipe -pass-exit-codes -x language -v -### --help[=class[,…]] --target-help --version -wrapper @file -fplugin=file -fplugin-arg-name=arg -fdump-ada-spec[-slim] -fada-spec-parent=unit -fdump-go-spec=file
See Options Controlling C Dialect.
-ansi -std=standard -fgnu89-inline -aux-info filename -fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions -fno-asm -fno-builtin -fno-builtin-function -fhosted -ffreestanding -fopenmp -fopenmp-simd -fms-extensions -fplan9-extensions -trigraphs -traditional -traditional-cpp -fallow-single-precision -fcond-mismatch -flax-vector-conversions -fsigned-bitfields -fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -funsigned-char
See Options Controlling C++ Dialect.
-fabi-version=n -fno-access-control -fcheck-new -fconstexpr-depth=n -ffriend-injection -fno-elide-constructors -fno-enforce-eh-specs -ffor-scope -fno-for-scope -fno-gnu-keywords -fno-implicit-templates -fno-implicit-inline-templates -fno-implement-inlines -fms-extensions -fno-nonansi-builtins -fnothrow-opt -fno-operator-names -fno-optional-diags -fpermissive -fno-pretty-templates -frepo -fno-rtti -fstats -ftemplate-backtrace-limit=n -ftemplate-depth=n -fno-threadsafe-statics -fuse-cxa-atexit -fno-weak -nostdinc++ -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fvtable-verify=std|preinit|none -fvtv-counts -fvtv-debug -fvisibility-ms-compat -fext-numeric-literals -Wabi -Wconversion-null -Wctor-dtor-privacy -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor -Wliteral-suffix -Wnarrowing -Wnoexcept -Wnon-virtual-dtor -Wreorder -Weffc++ -Wstrict-null-sentinel -Wno-non-template-friend -Wold-style-cast -Woverloaded-virtual -Wno-pmf-conversions -Wsign-promo
See Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialects.
-fconstant-string-class=class-name -fgnu-runtime -fnext-runtime -fno-nil-receivers -fobjc-abi-version=n -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors -fobjc-direct-dispatch -fobjc-exceptions -fobjc-gc -fobjc-nilcheck -fobjc-std=objc1 -freplace-objc-classes -fzero-link -gen-decls -Wassign-intercept -Wno-protocol -Wselector -Wstrict-selector-match -Wundeclared-selector
See Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting.
-fmessage-length=n -fdiagnostics-show-location=[once|every-line] -fdiagnostics-color=[auto|never|always] -fno-diagnostics-show-option -fno-diagnostics-show-caret
See Options to Request or Suppress Warnings.
-fsyntax-only -fmax-errors=n -Wpedantic -pedantic-errors -w -Wextra -Wall -Waddress -Waggregate-return -Waggressive-loop-optimizations -Warray-bounds -Wno-attributes -Wno-builtin-macro-redefined -Wc++-compat -Wc++11-compat -Wcast-align -Wcast-qual -Wchar-subscripts -Wclobbered -Wcomment -Wconditionally-supported -Wconversion -Wcoverage-mismatch -Wdate-time -Wdelete-incomplete -Wno-cpp -Wno-deprecated -Wno-deprecated-declarations -Wdisabled-optimization -Wno-div-by-zero -Wdouble-promotion -Wempty-body -Wenum-compare -Wno-endif-labels -Werror -Werror=* -Wfatal-errors -Wfloat-equal -Wformat -Wformat=2 -Wno-format-contains-nul -Wno-format-extra-args -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security -Wformat-y2k -Wframe-larger-than=len -Wno-free-nonheap-object -Wjump-misses-init -Wignored-qualifiers -Wimplicit -Wimplicit-function-declaration -Wimplicit-int -Winit-self -Winline -Wmaybe-uninitialized -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast -Wno-invalid-offsetof -Winvalid-pch -Wlarger-than=len -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations -Wlogical-op -Wlong-long -Wmain -Wmaybe-uninitialized -Wmemset-transposed-args -Wmissing-braces -Wmissing-field-initializers -Wmissing-include-dirs -Wno-multichar -Wnonnull -Wno-overflow -Wopenmp-simd -Woverlength-strings -Wpacked -Wpacked-bitfield-compat -Wpadded -Wparentheses -Wpedantic-ms-format -Wno-pedantic-ms-format -Wpointer-arith -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast -Wredundant-decls -Wno-return-local-addr -Wreturn-type -Wsequence-point -Wshadow -Wsign-compare -Wsign-conversion -Wfloat-conversion -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess -Wstack-protector -Wstack-usage=len -Wstrict-aliasing -Wstrict-aliasing=n -Wstrict-overflow -Wstrict-overflow=n -Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn|format] -Wmissing-format-attribute -Wswitch -Wswitch-default -Wswitch-enum -Wsync-nand -Wsystem-headers -Wtrampolines -Wtrigraphs -Wtype-limits -Wundef -Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas -Wno-pragmas -Wunsuffixed-float-constants -Wunused -Wunused-function -Wunused-label -Wunused-local-typedefs -Wunused-parameter -Wno-unused-result -Wunused-value -Wunused-variable -Wunused-but-set-parameter -Wunused-but-set-variable -Wuseless-cast -Wvariadic-macros -Wvector-operation-performance -Wvla -Wvolatile-register-var -Wwrite-strings -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant
-Wbad-function-cast -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-parameter-type -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs -Wold-style-declaration -Wold-style-definition -Wstrict-prototypes -Wtraditional -Wtraditional-conversion -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-sign
See Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC.
-dletters -dumpspecs -dumpmachine -dumpversion -fsanitize=style -fdbg-cnt-list -fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list -fdisable-ipa-pass_name -fdisable-rtl-pass_name -fdisable-rtl-pass-name=range-list -fdisable-tree-pass_name -fdisable-tree-pass-name=range-list -fdump-noaddr -fdump-unnumbered -fdump-unnumbered-links -fdump-translation-unit[-n] -fdump-class-hierarchy[-n] -fdump-ipa-all -fdump-ipa-cgraph -fdump-ipa-inline -fdump-passes -fdump-statistics -fdump-tree-all -fdump-tree-original[-n] -fdump-tree-optimized[-n] -fdump-tree-cfg -fdump-tree-alias -fdump-tree-ch -fdump-tree-ssa[-n] -fdump-tree-pre[-n] -fdump-tree-ccp[-n] -fdump-tree-dce[-n] -fdump-tree-gimple[-raw] -fdump-tree-dom[-n] -fdump-tree-dse[-n] -fdump-tree-phiprop[-n] -fdump-tree-phiopt[-n] -fdump-tree-forwprop[-n] -fdump-tree-copyrename[-n] -fdump-tree-nrv -fdump-tree-vect -fdump-tree-sink -fdump-tree-sra[-n] -fdump-tree-forwprop[-n] -fdump-tree-fre[-n] -fdump-tree-vtable-verify -fdump-tree-vrp[-n] -fdump-tree-storeccp[-n] -fdump-final-insns=file -fcompare-debug[=opts] -fcompare-debug-second -feliminate-dwarf2-dups -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols -femit-class-debug-always -fenable-kind-pass -fenable-kind-pass=range-list -fdebug-types-section -fmem-report-wpa -fmem-report -fpre-ipa-mem-report -fpost-ipa-mem-report -fprofile-arcs -fopt-info -fopt-info-options[=file] -frandom-seed=string -fsched-verbose=n -fsel-sched-verbose -fsel-sched-dump-cfg -fsel-sched-pipelining-verbose -fstack-usage -ftest-coverage -ftime-report -fvar-tracking -fvar-tracking-assignments -fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle -g -glevel -gtoggle -gcoff -gdwarf-version -ggdb -grecord-gcc-switches -gno-record-gcc-switches -gstabs -gstabs+ -gstrict-dwarf -gno-strict-dwarf -gvms -gxcoff -gxcoff+ -fno-merge-debug-strings -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm -fdebug-prefix-map=old=new -femit-struct-debug-baseonly -femit-struct-debug-reduced -femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list] -p -pg -print-file-name=library -print-libgcc-file-name -print-multi-directory -print-multi-lib -print-multi-os-directory -print-prog-name=program -print-search-dirs -Q -print-sysroot -print-sysroot-headers-suffix -save-temps -save-temps=cwd -save-temps=obj -time[=file]
See Options that Control Optimization.
-faggressive-loop-optimizations -falign-functions[=n] -falign-jumps[=n] -falign-labels[=n] -falign-loops[=n] -fassociative-math -fauto-inc-dec -fbranch-probabilities -fbranch-target-load-optimize -fbranch-target-load-optimize2 -fbtr-bb-exclusive -fcaller-saves -fcheck-data-deps -fcombine-stack-adjustments -fconserve-stack -fcompare-elim -fcprop-registers -fcrossjumping -fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks -fcx-fortran-rules -fcx-limited-range -fdata-sections -fdce -fdelayed-branch -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fdevirtualize -fdevirtualize-speculatively -fdse -fearly-inlining -fipa-sra -fexpensive-optimizations -ffat-lto-objects -ffast-math -ffinite-math-only -ffloat-store -fexcess-precision=style -fforward-propagate -ffp-contract=style -ffunction-sections -fgcse -fgcse-after-reload -fgcse-las -fgcse-lm -fgraphite-identity -fgcse-sm -fhoist-adjacent-loads -fif-conversion -fif-conversion2 -findirect-inlining -finline-functions -finline-functions-called-once -finline-limit=n -finline-small-functions -fipa-cp -fipa-cp-clone -fipa-pta -fipa-profile -fipa-pure-const -fipa-reference -fira-algorithm=algorithm -fira-region=region -fira-hoist-pressure -fira-loop-pressure -fno-ira-share-save-slots -fno-ira-share-spill-slots -fira-verbose=n -fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference -fisolate-erroneous-paths-attribute -fivopts -fkeep-inline-functions -fkeep-static-consts -flive-range-shrinkage -floop-block -floop-interchange -floop-strip-mine -floop-nest-optimize -floop-parallelize-all -flto -flto-compression-level -flto-partition=alg -flto-report -flto-report-wpa -fmerge-all-constants -fmerge-constants -fmodulo-sched -fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves -fmove-loop-invariants -fno-branch-count-reg -fno-defer-pop -fno-function-cse -fno-guess-branch-probability -fno-inline -fno-math-errno -fno-peephole -fno-peephole2 -fno-sched-interblock -fno-sched-spec -fno-signed-zeros -fno-toplevel-reorder -fno-trapping-math -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss -fomit-frame-pointer -foptimize-sibling-calls -fpartial-inlining -fpeel-loops -fpredictive-commoning -fprefetch-loop-arrays -fprofile-report -fprofile-correction -fprofile-dir=path -fprofile-generate -fprofile-generate=path -fprofile-use -fprofile-use=path -fprofile-values -fprofile-reorder-functions -freciprocal-math -free -frename-registers -freorder-blocks -freorder-blocks-and-partition -freorder-functions -frerun-cse-after-loop -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops -frounding-math -fsched2-use-superblocks -fsched-pressure -fsched-spec-load -fsched-spec-load-dangerous -fsched-stalled-insns-dep[=n] -fsched-stalled-insns[=n] -fsched-group-heuristic -fsched-critical-path-heuristic -fsched-spec-insn-heuristic -fsched-rank-heuristic -fsched-last-insn-heuristic -fsched-dep-count-heuristic -fschedule-insns -fschedule-insns2 -fsection-anchors -fselective-scheduling -fselective-scheduling2 -fsel-sched-pipelining -fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops -fshrink-wrap -fsignaling-nans -fsingle-precision-constant -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller -fsplit-wide-types -fstack-protector -fstack-protector-all -fstack-protector-strong -fstrict-aliasing -fstrict-overflow -fthread-jumps -ftracer -ftree-bit-ccp -ftree-builtin-call-dce -ftree-ccp -ftree-ch -ftree-coalesce-inline-vars -ftree-coalesce-vars -ftree-copy-prop -ftree-copyrename -ftree-dce -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse -ftree-forwprop -ftree-fre -ftree-loop-if-convert -ftree-loop-if-convert-stores -ftree-loop-im -ftree-phiprop -ftree-loop-distribution -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns -ftree-loop-ivcanon -ftree-loop-linear -ftree-loop-optimize -ftree-loop-vectorize -ftree-parallelize-loops=n -ftree-pre -ftree-partial-pre -ftree-pta -ftree-reassoc -ftree-sink -ftree-slsr -ftree-sra -ftree-switch-conversion -ftree-tail-merge -ftree-ter -ftree-vectorize -ftree-vrp -funit-at-a-time -funroll-all-loops -funroll-loops -funsafe-loop-optimizations -funsafe-math-optimizations -funswitch-loops -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller -fvect-cost-model -fvpt -fweb -fwhole-program -fwpa -fuse-ld=linker -fuse-linker-plugin --param name=value -O -O0 -O1 -O2 -O3 -Os -Ofast -Og
See Options Controlling the Preprocessor.
-Aquestion=answer -A-question[=answer] -C -dD -dI -dM -dN -Dmacro[=defn] -E -H -idirafter dir -include file -imacros file -iprefix file -iwithprefix dir -iwithprefixbefore dir -isystem dir -imultilib dir -isysroot dir -M -MM -MF -MG -MP -MQ -MT -nostdinc -P -fdebug-cpp -ftrack-macro-expansion -fworking-directory -remap -trigraphs -undef -Umacro -Wp,option -Xpreprocessor option -no-integrated-cpp
See Passing Options to the Assembler.
-Wa,option -Xassembler option
See Options for Linking.
object-file-name -llibrary -nostartfiles -nodefaultlibs -nostdlib -pie -rdynamic -s -static -static-libgcc -static-libstdc++ -static-libasan -static-libtsan -static-liblsan -static-libubsan -shared -shared-libgcc -symbolic -T script -Wl,option -Xlinker option -u symbol
See Options for Directory Search.
-Bprefix -Idir -iplugindir=dir -iquotedir -Ldir -specs=file -I- --sysroot=dir --no-sysroot-suffix
See Hardware Models and Configurations.
AArch64 Options
-mabi=name -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mgeneral-regs-only -mcmodel=tiny -mcmodel=small -mcmodel=large -mstrict-align -momit-leaf-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer -mtls-dialect=desc -mtls-dialect=traditional -march=name -mcpu=name -mtune=name
Adapteva Epiphany Options
-mhalf-reg-file -mprefer-short-insn-regs -mbranch-cost=num -mcmove -mnops=num -msoft-cmpsf -msplit-lohi -mpost-inc -mpost-modify -mstack-offset=num -mround-nearest -mlong-calls -mshort-calls -msmall16 -mfp-mode=mode -mvect-double -max-vect-align=num -msplit-vecmove-early -m1reg-reg
ARC Options
-mbarrel-shifter -mcpu=cpu -mA6 -mARC600 -mA7 -mARC700 -mdpfp -mdpfp-compact -mdpfp-fast -mno-dpfp-lrsr -mea -mno-mpy -mmul32x16 -mmul64 -mnorm -mspfp -mspfp-compact -mspfp-fast -msimd -msoft-float -mswap -mcrc -mdsp-packa -mdvbf -mlock -mmac-d16 -mmac-24 -mrtsc -mswape -mtelephony -mxy -misize -mannotate-align -marclinux -marclinux_prof -mepilogue-cfi -mlong-calls -mmedium-calls -msdata -mucb-mcount -mvolatile-cache -malign-call -mauto-modify-reg -mbbit-peephole -mno-brcc -mcase-vector-pcrel -mcompact-casesi -mno-cond-exec -mearly-cbranchsi -mexpand-adddi -mindexed-loads -mlra -mlra-priority-none -mlra-priority-compact mlra-priority-noncompact -mno-millicode -mmixed-code -mq-class -mRcq -mRcw -msize-level=level -mtune=cpu -mmultcost=num -munalign-prob-threshold=probability
ARM Options
-mapcs-frame -mno-apcs-frame -mabi=name -mapcs-stack-check -mno-apcs-stack-check -mapcs-float -mno-apcs-float -mapcs-reentrant -mno-apcs-reentrant -msched-prolog -mno-sched-prolog -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -mwords-little-endian -mfloat-abi=name -mfp16-format=name -mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork -mcpu=name -march=name -mfpu=name -mstructure-size-boundary=n -mabort-on-noreturn -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -msingle-pic-base -mno-single-pic-base -mpic-register=reg -mnop-fun-dllimport -mpoke-function-name -mthumb -marm -mtpcs-frame -mtpcs-leaf-frame -mcaller-super-interworking -mcallee-super-interworking -mtp=name -mtls-dialect=dialect -mword-relocations -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd -munaligned-access -mneon-for-64bits -mslow-flash-data -mrestrict-it
AVR Options
-mmcu=mcu -maccumulate-args -mbranch-cost=cost -mcall-prologues -mint8 -mno-interrupts -mrelax -mstrict-X -mtiny-stack -Waddr-space-convert
Blackfin Options
-mcpu=cpu[-sirevision] -msim -momit-leaf-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer -mspecld-anomaly -mno-specld-anomaly -mcsync-anomaly -mno-csync-anomaly -mlow-64k -mno-low64k -mstack-check-l1 -mid-shared-library -mno-id-shared-library -mshared-library-id=n -mleaf-id-shared-library -mno-leaf-id-shared-library -msep-data -mno-sep-data -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mfast-fp -minline-plt -mmulticore -mcorea -mcoreb -msdram -micplb
C6X Options
-mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -march=cpu -msim -msdata=sdata-type
CRIS Options
-mcpu=cpu -march=cpu -mtune=cpu -mmax-stack-frame=n -melinux-stacksize=n -metrax4 -metrax100 -mpdebug -mcc-init -mno-side-effects -mstack-align -mdata-align -mconst-align -m32-bit -m16-bit -m8-bit -mno-prologue-epilogue -mno-gotplt -melf -maout -melinux -mlinux -sim -sim2 -mmul-bug-workaround -mno-mul-bug-workaround
CR16 Options
-mmac -mcr16cplus -mcr16c -msim -mint32 -mbit-ops -mdata-model=model
Darwin Options
-all_load -allowable_client -arch -arch_errors_fatal -arch_only -bind_at_load -bundle -bundle_loader -client_name -compatibility_version -current_version -dead_strip -dependency-file -dylib_file -dylinker_install_name -dynamic -dynamiclib -exported_symbols_list -filelist -flat_namespace -force_cpusubtype_ALL -force_flat_namespace -headerpad_max_install_names -iframework -image_base -init -install_name -keep_private_externs -multi_module -multiply_defined -multiply_defined_unused -noall_load -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms -nofixprebinding -nomultidefs -noprebind -noseglinkedit -pagezero_size -prebind -prebind_all_twolevel_modules -private_bundle -read_only_relocs -sectalign -sectobjectsymbols -whyload -seg1addr -sectcreate -sectobjectsymbols -sectorder -segaddr -segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr -seg_addr_table -seg_addr_table_filename -seglinkedit -segprot -segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr -single_module -static -sub_library -sub_umbrella -twolevel_namespace -umbrella -undefined -unexported_symbols_list -weak_reference_mismatches -whatsloaded -F -gused -gfull -mmacosx-version-min=version -mkernel -mone-byte-bool
DEC Alpha Options
-mno-fp-regs -msoft-float -mieee -mieee-with-inexact -mieee-conformant -mfp-trap-mode=mode -mfp-rounding-mode=mode -mtrap-precision=mode -mbuild-constants -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mbwx -mmax -mfix -mcix -mfloat-vax -mfloat-ieee -mexplicit-relocs -msmall-data -mlarge-data -msmall-text -mlarge-text -mmemory-latency=time
FR30 Options
-msmall-model -mno-lsim
FRV Options
-mgpr-32 -mgpr-64 -mfpr-32 -mfpr-64 -mhard-float -msoft-float -malloc-cc -mfixed-cc -mdword -mno-dword -mdouble -mno-double -mmedia -mno-media -mmuladd -mno-muladd -mfdpic -minline-plt -mgprel-ro -multilib-library-pic -mlinked-fp -mlong-calls -malign-labels -mlibrary-pic -macc-4 -macc-8 -mpack -mno-pack -mno-eflags -mcond-move -mno-cond-move -moptimize-membar -mno-optimize-membar -mscc -mno-scc -mcond-exec -mno-cond-exec -mvliw-branch -mno-vliw-branch -mmulti-cond-exec -mno-multi-cond-exec -mnested-cond-exec -mno-nested-cond-exec -mtomcat-stats -mTLS -mtls -mcpu=cpu
GNU/Linux Options
-mglibc -muclibc -mbionic -mandroid -tno-android-cc -tno-android-ld
H8/300 Options
-mrelax -mh -ms -mn -mexr -mno-exr -mint32 -malign-300
HPPA Options
-march=architecture-type -mdisable-fpregs -mdisable-indexing -mfast-indirect-calls -mgas -mgnu-ld -mhp-ld -mfixed-range=register-range -mjump-in-delay -mlinker-opt -mlong-calls -mlong-load-store -mno-disable-fpregs -mno-disable-indexing -mno-fast-indirect-calls -mno-gas -mno-jump-in-delay -mno-long-load-store -mno-portable-runtime -mno-soft-float -mno-space-regs -msoft-float -mpa-risc-1-0 -mpa-risc-1-1 -mpa-risc-2-0 -mportable-runtime -mschedule=cpu-type -mspace-regs -msio -mwsio -munix=unix-std -nolibdld -static -threads
i386 and x86-64 Options
-mtune=cpu-type -march=cpu-type -mtune-ctrl=feature-list -mdump-tune-features -mno-default -mfpmath=unit -masm=dialect -mno-fancy-math-387 -mno-fp-ret-in-387 -msoft-float -mno-wide-multiply -mrtd -malign-double -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num -mincoming-stack-boundary=num -mcld -mcx16 -msahf -mmovbe -mcrc32 -mrecip -mrecip=opt -mvzeroupper -mprefer-avx128 -mmmx -msse -msse2 -msse3 -mssse3 -msse4.1 -msse4.2 -msse4 -mavx -mavx2 -mavx512f -mavx512pf -mavx512er -mavx512cd -msha -maes -mpclmul -mfsgsbase -mrdrnd -mf16c -mfma -mprefetchwt1 -msse4a -m3dnow -mpopcnt -mabm -mbmi -mtbm -mfma4 -mxop -mlzcnt -mbmi2 -mfxsr -mxsave -mxsaveopt -mrtm -mlwp -mthreads -mno-align-stringops -minline-all-stringops -minline-stringops-dynamically -mstringop-strategy=alg -mmemcpy-strategy=strategy -mmemset-strategy=strategy -mpush-args -maccumulate-outgoing-args -m128bit-long-double -m96bit-long-double -mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-80 -mlong-double-128 -mregparm=num -msseregparm -mveclibabi=type -mvect8-ret-in-mem -mpc32 -mpc64 -mpc80 -mstackrealign -momit-leaf-frame-pointer -mno-red-zone -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs -mcmodel=code-model -mabi=name -maddress-mode=mode -m32 -m64 -mx32 -m16 -mlarge-data-threshold=num -msse2avx -mfentry -m8bit-idiv -mavx256-split-unaligned-load -mavx256-split-unaligned-store -mstack-protector-guard=guard
i386 and x86-64 Windows Options
-mconsole -mcygwin -mno-cygwin -mdll -mnop-fun-dllimport -mthread -municode -mwin32 -mwindows -fno-set-stack-executable
IA-64 Options
-mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mgnu-as -mgnu-ld -mno-pic -mvolatile-asm-stop -mregister-names -msdata -mno-sdata -mconstant-gp -mauto-pic -mfused-madd -minline-float-divide-min-latency -minline-float-divide-max-throughput -mno-inline-float-divide -minline-int-divide-min-latency -minline-int-divide-max-throughput -mno-inline-int-divide -minline-sqrt-min-latency -minline-sqrt-max-throughput -mno-inline-sqrt -mdwarf2-asm -mearly-stop-bits -mfixed-range=register-range -mtls-size=tls-size -mtune=cpu-type -milp32 -mlp64 -msched-br-data-spec -msched-ar-data-spec -msched-control-spec -msched-br-in-data-spec -msched-ar-in-data-spec -msched-in-control-spec -msched-spec-ldc -msched-spec-control-ldc -msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns -msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path -msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec -msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost -msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit -msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns
LM32 Options
-mbarrel-shift-enabled -mdivide-enabled -mmultiply-enabled -msign-extend-enabled -muser-enabled
M32R/D Options
-m32r2 -m32rx -m32r -mdebug -malign-loops -mno-align-loops -missue-rate=number -mbranch-cost=number -mmodel=code-size-model-type -msdata=sdata-type -mno-flush-func -mflush-func=name -mno-flush-trap -mflush-trap=number -G num
M32C Options
-mcpu=cpu -msim -memregs=number
M680x0 Options
-march=arch -mcpu=cpu -mtune=tune -m68000 -m68020 -m68020-40 -m68020-60 -m68030 -m68040 -m68060 -mcpu32 -m5200 -m5206e -m528x -m5307 -m5407 -mcfv4e -mbitfield -mno-bitfield -mc68000 -mc68020 -mnobitfield -mrtd -mno-rtd -mdiv -mno-div -mshort -mno-short -mhard-float -m68881 -msoft-float -mpcrel -malign-int -mstrict-align -msep-data -mno-sep-data -mshared-library-id=n -mid-shared-library -mno-id-shared-library -mxgot -mno-xgot
MCore Options
-mhardlit -mno-hardlit -mdiv -mno-div -mrelax-immediates -mno-relax-immediates -mwide-bitfields -mno-wide-bitfields -m4byte-functions -mno-4byte-functions -mcallgraph-data -mno-callgraph-data -mslow-bytes -mno-slow-bytes -mno-lsim -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -m210 -m340 -mstack-increment
MeP Options
-mabsdiff -mall-opts -maverage -mbased=n -mbitops -mc=n -mclip -mconfig=name -mcop -mcop32 -mcop64 -mivc2 -mdc -mdiv -meb -mel -mio-volatile -ml -mleadz -mm -mminmax -mmult -mno-opts -mrepeat -ms -msatur -msdram -msim -msimnovec -mtf -mtiny=n
MicroBlaze Options
-msoft-float -mhard-float -msmall-divides -mcpu=cpu -mmemcpy -mxl-soft-mul -mxl-soft-div -mxl-barrel-shift -mxl-pattern-compare -mxl-stack-check -mxl-gp-opt -mno-clearbss -mxl-multiply-high -mxl-float-convert -mxl-float-sqrt -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mxl-reorder -mxl-mode-app-model
MIPS Options
-EL -EB -march=arch -mtune=arch -mips1 -mips2 -mips3 -mips4 -mips32 -mips32r2 -mips64 -mips64r2 -mips16 -mno-mips16 -mflip-mips16 -minterlink-compressed -mno-interlink-compressed -minterlink-mips16 -mno-interlink-mips16 -mabi=abi -mabicalls -mno-abicalls -mshared -mno-shared -mplt -mno-plt -mxgot -mno-xgot -mgp32 -mgp64 -mfp32 -mfp64 -mhard-float -msoft-float -mno-float -msingle-float -mdouble-float -mabs=mode -mnan=encoding -mdsp -mno-dsp -mdspr2 -mno-dspr2 -mmcu -mmno-mcu -meva -mno-eva -mvirt -mno-virt -mmicromips -mno-micromips -mfpu=fpu-type -msmartmips -mno-smartmips -mpaired-single -mno-paired-single -mdmx -mno-mdmx -mips3d -mno-mips3d -mmt -mno-mt -mllsc -mno-llsc -mlong64 -mlong32 -msym32 -mno-sym32 -Gnum -mlocal-sdata -mno-local-sdata -mextern-sdata -mno-extern-sdata -mgpopt -mno-gopt -membedded-data -mno-embedded-data -muninit-const-in-rodata -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata -mcode-readable=setting -msplit-addresses -mno-split-addresses -mexplicit-relocs -mno-explicit-relocs -mcheck-zero-division -mno-check-zero-division -mdivide-traps -mdivide-breaks -mmemcpy -mno-memcpy -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mmad -mno-mad -mimadd -mno-imadd -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -nocpp -mfix-24k -mno-fix-24k -mfix-r4000 -mno-fix-r4000 -mfix-r4400 -mno-fix-r4400 -mfix-r10000 -mno-fix-r10000 -mfix-rm7000 -mno-fix-rm7000 -mfix-vr4120 -mno-fix-vr4120 -mfix-vr4130 -mno-fix-vr4130 -mfix-sb1 -mno-fix-sb1 -mflush-func=func -mno-flush-func -mbranch-cost=num -mbranch-likely -mno-branch-likely -mfp-exceptions -mno-fp-exceptions -mvr4130-align -mno-vr4130-align -msynci -mno-synci -mrelax-pic-calls -mno-relax-pic-calls -mmcount-ra-address
MMIX Options
-mlibfuncs -mno-libfuncs -mepsilon -mno-epsilon -mabi=gnu -mabi=mmixware -mzero-extend -mknuthdiv -mtoplevel-symbols -melf -mbranch-predict -mno-branch-predict -mbase-addresses -mno-base-addresses -msingle-exit -mno-single-exit
MN10300 Options
-mmult-bug -mno-mult-bug -mno-am33 -mam33 -mam33-2 -mam34 -mtune=cpu-type -mreturn-pointer-on-d0 -mno-crt0 -mrelax -mliw -msetlb
Moxie Options
-meb -mel -mno-crt0
MSP430 Options
-msim -masm-hex -mmcu= -mcpu= -mlarge -msmall -mrelax -mhwmult= -minrt
NDS32 Options
-mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mreduced-regs -mfull-regs -mcmov -mno-cmov -mperf-ext -mno-perf-ext -mv3push -mno-v3push -m16bit -mno-16bit -mgp-direct -mno-gp-direct -misr-vector-size=num -mcache-block-size=num -march=arch -mforce-fp-as-gp -mforbid-fp-as-gp -mex9 -mctor-dtor -mrelax
Nios II Options
-G num -mgpopt -mno-gpopt -mel -meb -mno-bypass-cache -mbypass-cache -mno-cache-volatile -mcache-volatile -mno-fast-sw-div -mfast-sw-div -mhw-mul -mno-hw-mul -mhw-mulx -mno-hw-mulx -mno-hw-div -mhw-div -mcustom-insn=N -mno-custom-insn -mcustom-fpu-cfg=name -mhal -msmallc -msys-crt0=name -msys-lib=name
PDP-11 Options
-mfpu -msoft-float -mac0 -mno-ac0 -m40 -m45 -m10 -mbcopy -mbcopy-builtin -mint32 -mno-int16 -mint16 -mno-int32 -mfloat32 -mno-float64 -mfloat64 -mno-float32 -mabshi -mno-abshi -mbranch-expensive -mbranch-cheap -munix-asm -mdec-asm
picoChip Options
-mae=ae_type -mvliw-lookahead=N -msymbol-as-address -mno-inefficient-warnings
PowerPC Options See RS/6000 and PowerPC Options.
RL78 Options
-msim -mmul=none -mmul=g13 -mmul=rl78
RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
-mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mcmodel=code-model -mpowerpc64 -maltivec -mno-altivec -mpowerpc-gpopt -mno-powerpc-gpopt -mpowerpc-gfxopt -mno-powerpc-gfxopt -mmfcrf -mno-mfcrf -mpopcntb -mno-popcntb -mpopcntd -mno-popcntd -mfprnd -mno-fprnd -mcmpb -mno-cmpb -mmfpgpr -mno-mfpgpr -mhard-dfp -mno-hard-dfp -mfull-toc -mminimal-toc -mno-fp-in-toc -mno-sum-in-toc -m64 -m32 -mxl-compat -mno-xl-compat -mpe -malign-power -malign-natural -msoft-float -mhard-float -mmultiple -mno-multiple -msingle-float -mdouble-float -msimple-fpu -mstring -mno-string -mupdate -mno-update -mavoid-indexed-addresses -mno-avoid-indexed-addresses -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mbit-align -mno-bit-align -mstrict-align -mno-strict-align -mrelocatable -mno-relocatable -mrelocatable-lib -mno-relocatable-lib -mtoc -mno-toc -mlittle -mlittle-endian -mbig -mbig-endian -mdynamic-no-pic -maltivec -mswdiv -msingle-pic-base -mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority -msched-costly-dep=dependence_type -minsert-sched-nops=scheme -mcall-sysv -mcall-netbsd -maix-struct-return -msvr4-struct-return -mabi=abi-type -msecure-plt -mbss-plt -mblock-move-inline-limit=num -misel -mno-isel -misel=yes -misel=no -mspe -mno-spe -mspe=yes -mspe=no -mpaired -mgen-cell-microcode -mwarn-cell-microcode -mvrsave -mno-vrsave -mmulhw -mno-mulhw -mdlmzb -mno-dlmzb -mfloat-gprs=yes -mfloat-gprs=no -mfloat-gprs=single -mfloat-gprs=double -mprototype -mno-prototype -msim -mmvme -mads -myellowknife -memb -msdata -msdata=opt -mvxworks -G num -pthread -mrecip -mrecip=opt -mno-recip -mrecip-precision -mno-recip-precision -mveclibabi=type -mfriz -mno-friz -mpointers-to-nested-functions -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions -msave-toc-indirect -mno-save-toc-indirect -mpower8-fusion -mno-mpower8-fusion -mpower8-vector -mno-power8-vector -mcrypto -mno-crypto -mdirect-move -mno-direct-move -mquad-memory -mno-quad-memory -mquad-memory-atomic -mno-quad-memory-atomic -mcompat-align-parm -mno-compat-align-parm
RX Options
-m64bit-doubles -m32bit-doubles -fpu -nofpu -mcpu= -mbig-endian-data -mlittle-endian-data -msmall-data -msim -mno-sim -mas100-syntax -mno-as100-syntax -mrelax -mmax-constant-size= -mint-register= -mpid -mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts -msave-acc-in-interrupts
S/390 and zSeries Options
-mtune=cpu-type -march=cpu-type -mhard-float -msoft-float -mhard-dfp -mno-hard-dfp -mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-128 -mbackchain -mno-backchain -mpacked-stack -mno-packed-stack -msmall-exec -mno-small-exec -mmvcle -mno-mvcle -m64 -m31 -mdebug -mno-debug -mesa -mzarch -mtpf-trace -mno-tpf-trace -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mwarn-framesize -mwarn-dynamicstack -mstack-size -mstack-guard -mhotpatch[=halfwords] -mno-hotpatch
Score Options
-meb -mel -mnhwloop -muls -mmac -mscore5 -mscore5u -mscore7 -mscore7d
SH Options
-m1 -m2 -m2e -m2a-nofpu -m2a-single-only -m2a-single -m2a -m3 -m3e -m4-nofpu -m4-single-only -m4-single -m4 -m4a-nofpu -m4a-single-only -m4a-single -m4a -m4al -m5-64media -m5-64media-nofpu -m5-32media -m5-32media-nofpu -m5-compact -m5-compact-nofpu -mb -ml -mdalign -mrelax -mbigtable -mfmovd -mhitachi -mrenesas -mno-renesas -mnomacsave -mieee -mno-ieee -mbitops -misize -minline-ic_invalidate -mpadstruct -mspace -mprefergot -musermode -multcost=number -mdiv=strategy -mdivsi3_libfunc=name -mfixed-range=register-range -mindexed-addressing -mgettrcost=number -mpt-fixed -maccumulate-outgoing-args -minvalid-symbols -matomic-model=atomic-model -mbranch-cost=num -mzdcbranch -mno-zdcbranch -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mfsca -mno-fsca -mfsrra -mno-fsrra -mpretend-cmove -mtas
Solaris 2 Options
-mclear-hwcap -mno-clear-hwcap -mimpure-text -mno-impure-text -pthreads -pthread
SPARC Options
-mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mcmodel=code-model -mmemory-model=mem-model -m32 -m64 -mapp-regs -mno-app-regs -mfaster-structs -mno-faster-structs -mflat -mno-flat -mfpu -mno-fpu -mhard-float -msoft-float -mhard-quad-float -msoft-quad-float -mstack-bias -mno-stack-bias -munaligned-doubles -mno-unaligned-doubles -muser-mode -mno-user-mode -mv8plus -mno-v8plus -mvis -mno-vis -mvis2 -mno-vis2 -mvis3 -mno-vis3 -mcbcond -mno-cbcond -mfmaf -mno-fmaf -mpopc -mno-popc -mfix-at697f -mfix-ut699
SPU Options
-mwarn-reloc -merror-reloc -msafe-dma -munsafe-dma -mbranch-hints -msmall-mem -mlarge-mem -mstdmain -mfixed-range=register-range -mea32 -mea64 -maddress-space-conversion -mno-address-space-conversion -mcache-size=cache-size -matomic-updates -mno-atomic-updates
System V Options
-Qy -Qn -YP,paths -Ym,dir
TILE-Gx Options
-mcpu=CPU -m32 -m64 -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mcmodel=code-model
TILEPro Options
-mcpu=cpu -m32
V850 Options
-mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mep -mno-ep -mprolog-function -mno-prolog-function -mspace -mtda=n -msda=n -mzda=n -mapp-regs -mno-app-regs -mdisable-callt -mno-disable-callt -mv850e2v3 -mv850e2 -mv850e1 -mv850es -mv850e -mv850 -mv850e3v5 -mloop -mrelax -mlong-jumps -msoft-float -mhard-float -mgcc-abi -mrh850-abi -mbig-switch
VAX Options
-mg -mgnu -munix
VMS Options
-mvms-return-codes -mdebug-main=prefix -mmalloc64 -mpointer-size=size
VxWorks Options
-mrtp -non-static -Bstatic -Bdynamic -Xbind-lazy -Xbind-now
x86-64 Options See i386 and x86-64 Options.
Xstormy16 Options
-msim
Xtensa Options
-mconst16 -mno-const16 -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mforce-no-pic -mserialize-volatile -mno-serialize-volatile -mtext-section-literals -mno-text-section-literals -mtarget-align -mno-target-align -mlongcalls -mno-longcalls
zSeries Options See S/390 and zSeries Options.
See Options for Code Generation Conventions.
-fcall-saved-reg -fcall-used-reg -ffixed-reg -fexceptions -fnon-call-exceptions -fdelete-dead-exceptions -funwind-tables -fasynchronous-unwind-tables -fno-gnu-unique -finhibit-size-directive -finstrument-functions -finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,… -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,… -fno-common -fno-ident -fpcc-struct-return -fpic -fPIC -fpie -fPIE -fno-jump-tables -frecord-gcc-switches -freg-struct-return -fshort-enums -fshort-double -fshort-wchar -fverbose-asm -fpack-struct[=n] -fstack-check -fstack-limit-register=reg -fstack-limit-symbol=sym -fno-stack-limit -fsplit-stack -fleading-underscore -ftls-model=model -fstack-reuse=reuse_level -ftrapv -fwrapv -fbounds-check -fvisibility -fstrict-volatile-bitfields -fsync-libcalls
Next: Invoking G++, Previous: Option Summary, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. GCC is capable of preprocessing and compiling several files either into several assembler input files, or into one assembler input file; then each assembler input file produces an object file, and linking combines all the object files (those newly compiled, and those specified as input) into an executable file.
For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of compilation is done:
file.c
C source code that must be preprocessed.
file.i
C source code that should not be preprocessed.
file.ii
C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.
file.m
Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the libobjc library to make an Objective-C program work.
file.mi
Objective-C source code that should not be preprocessed.
file.mm
file.M
Objective-C++ source code. Note that you must link with the libobjc library to make an Objective-C++ program work. Note that ‘.M’ refers to a literal capital M.
file.mii
Objective-C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.
file.h
C, C++, Objective-C or Objective-C++ header file to be turned into a precompiled header (default), or C, C++ header file to be turned into an Ada spec (via the -fdump-ada-spec switch).
file.cc
file.cp
file.cxx
file.cpp
file.CPP
file.c++
file.C
C++ source code that must be preprocessed. Note that in ‘.cxx’, the last two letters must both be literally ‘x’. Likewise, ‘.C’ refers to a literal capital C.
file.mm
file.M
Objective-C++ source code that must be preprocessed.
file.mii
Objective-C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.
file.hh
file.H
file.hp
file.hxx
file.hpp
file.HPP
file.h++
file.tcc
C++ header file to be turned into a precompiled header or Ada spec.
file.f
file.for
file.ftn
Fixed form Fortran source code that should not be preprocessed.
file.F
file.FOR
file.fpp
file.FPP
file.FTN
Fixed form Fortran source code that must be preprocessed (with the traditional preprocessor).
file.f90
file.f95
file.f03
file.f08
Free form Fortran source code that should not be preprocessed.
file.F90
file.F95
file.F03
file.F08
Free form Fortran source code that must be preprocessed (with the traditional preprocessor).
file.go
Go source code.
file.ads
Ada source code file that contains a library unit declaration (a declaration of a package, subprogram, or generic, or a generic instantiation), or a library unit renaming declaration (a package, generic, or subprogram renaming declaration). Such files are also called specs.
file.adb
Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a subprogram or package body). Such files are also called bodies.
file.d
D source code file.
file.di
D interface code file.
file.dd
D documentation code file.
file.s
Assembler code.
file.S
file.sx
Assembler code that must be preprocessed.
other
An object file to be fed straight into linking. Any file name with no recognized suffix is treated this way.
You can specify the input language explicitly with the -x option:
-x language
Specify explicitly the language for the following input files (rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file name suffix). This option applies to all following input files until the next -x option. Possible values for language are:
c c-header cpp-output c++ c++-header c++-cpp-output objective-c objective-c-header objective-c-cpp-output objective-c++ objective-c++-header objective-c++-cpp-output assembler assembler-with-cpp ada d f77 f77-cpp-input f95 f95-cpp-input go java
-x none
Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if -x has not been used at all).
-pass-exit-codes
Normally the gcc
program exits with the code of 1 if any
phase of the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify
-pass-exit-codes, the gcc
program instead returns with
the numerically highest error produced by any phase returning an error
indication. The C, C++, and Fortran front ends return 4 if an internal
compiler error is encountered.
If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
-x (or filename suffixes) to tell gcc
where to start, and
one of the options -c, -S, or -E to say where
gcc
is to stop. Note that some combinations (for example,
‘-x cpp-output -E’) instruct gcc
to do nothing at all.
-c
Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an object file for each source file.
By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing the suffix ‘.c’, ‘.i’, ‘.s’, etc., with ‘.o’.
Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are ignored.
-S
Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input file specified.
By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by replacing the suffix ‘.c’, ‘.i’, etc., with ‘.s’.
Input files that don’t require compilation are ignored.
-E
Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the standard output.
Input files that don’t require preprocessing are ignored.
-o file
Place output in file file. This applies to whatever sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file, an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
If -o is not specified, the default is to put an executable file in a.out, the object file for source.suffix in source.o, its assembler file in source.s, a precompiled header file in source.suffix.gch, and all preprocessed C source on standard output.
-v
Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
-###
Like -v except the commands are not executed and arguments
are quoted unless they contain only alphanumeric characters or ./-_
.
This is useful for shell scripts to capture the driver-generated command lines.
-pipe
Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU assembler has no trouble.
--help
Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line options
understood by gcc
. If the -v option is also specified
then --help is also passed on to the various processes
invoked by gcc
, so that they can display the command-line options
they accept. If the -Wextra option has also been specified
(prior to the --help option), then command-line options that
have no documentation associated with them are also displayed.
--target-help
Print (on the standard output) a description of target-specific command-line options for each tool. For some targets extra target-specific information may also be printed.
--help={class|[^]qualifier}[,…]
Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line options understood by the compiler that fit into all specified classes and qualifiers. These are the supported classes:
Display all of the optimization options supported by the compiler.
Display all of the options controlling warning messages produced by the compiler.
Display target-specific options. Unlike the --target-help option however, target-specific options of the linker and assembler are not displayed. This is because those tools do not currently support the extended --help= syntax.
Display the values recognized by the --param option.
Display the options supported for language, where language is the name of one of the languages supported in this version of GCC.
Display the options that are common to all languages.
These are the supported qualifiers:
Display only those options that are undocumented.
Display options taking an argument that appears after an equal sign in the same continuous piece of text, such as: ‘--help=target’.
Display options taking an argument that appears as a separate word following the original option, such as: ‘-o output-file’.
Thus for example to display all the undocumented target-specific switches supported by the compiler, use:
--help=target,undocumented
The sense of a qualifier can be inverted by prefixing it with the ‘^’ character, so for example to display all binary warning options (i.e., ones that are either on or off and that do not take an argument) that have a description, use:
--help=warnings,^joined,^undocumented
The argument to --help= should not consist solely of inverted qualifiers.
Combining several classes is possible, although this usually restricts the output so much that there is nothing to display. One case where it does work, however, is when one of the classes is target. For example, to display all the target-specific optimization options, use:
--help=target,optimizers
The --help= option can be repeated on the command line. Each successive use displays its requested class of options, skipping those that have already been displayed.
If the -Q option appears on the command line before the --help= option, then the descriptive text displayed by --help= is changed. Instead of describing the displayed options, an indication is given as to whether the option is enabled, disabled or set to a specific value (assuming that the compiler knows this at the point where the --help= option is used).
Here is a truncated example from the ARM port of gcc
:
% gcc -Q -mabi=2 --help=target -c The following options are target specific: -mabi= 2 -mabort-on-noreturn [disabled] -mapcs [disabled]
The output is sensitive to the effects of previous command-line options, so for example it is possible to find out which optimizations are enabled at -O2 by using:
-Q -O2 --help=optimizers
Alternatively you can discover which binary optimizations are enabled by -O3 by using:
gcc -c -Q -O3 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O3-opts gcc -c -Q -O2 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O2-opts diff /tmp/O2-opts /tmp/O3-opts | grep enabled
-no-canonical-prefixes
Do not expand any symbolic links, resolve references to ‘/../’ or ‘/./’, or make the path absolute when generating a relative prefix.
--version
Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked GCC.
-wrapper
Invoke all subcommands under a wrapper program. The name of the wrapper program and its parameters are passed as a comma separated list.
gcc -c t.c -wrapper gdb,--args
This invokes all subprograms of gcc
under
‘gdb --args’, thus the invocation of cc1
is
‘gdb --args cc1 …’.
-fplugin=name.so
Load the plugin code in file name.so, assumed to be a shared object to be dlopen’d by the compiler. The base name of the shared object file is used to identify the plugin for the purposes of argument parsing (See -fplugin-arg-name-key=value below). Each plugin should define the callback functions specified in the Plugins API.
-fplugin-arg-name-key=value
Define an argument called key with a value of value for the plugin called name.
-fdump-ada-spec[-slim]
For C and C++ source and include files, generate corresponding Ada specs. See Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers in GNAT User’s Guide, which provides detailed documentation on this feature.
-fada-spec-parent=unit
In conjunction with -fdump-ada-spec[-slim] above, generate Ada specs as child units of parent unit.
-fdump-go-spec=file
For input files in any language, generate corresponding Go
declarations in file. This generates Go const
,
type
, var
, and func
declarations which may be a
useful way to start writing a Go interface to code written in some
other language.
@file
Read command-line options from file. The options read are inserted in place of the original @file option. If file does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated literally, and not removed.
Options in file are separated by whitespace. A whitespace character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included with a backslash. The file may itself contain additional @file options; any such options will be processed recursively.
Next: C Dialect Options, Previous: Overall Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes ‘.C’,
‘.cc’, ‘.cpp’, ‘.CPP’, ‘.c++’, ‘.cp’, or
‘.cxx’; C++ header files often use ‘.hh’, ‘.hpp’,
‘.H’, or (for shared template code) ‘.tcc’; and
preprocessed C++ files use the suffix ‘.ii’. GCC recognizes
files with these names and compiles them as C++ programs even if you
call the compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually
with the name gcc
).
However, the use of gcc
does not add the C++ library.
g++
is a program that calls GCC and automatically specifies linking
against the C++ library. It treats ‘.c’,
‘.h’ and ‘.i’ files as C++ source files instead of C source
files unless -x is used. This program is also useful when
precompiling a C header file with a ‘.h’ extension for use in C++
compilations. On many systems, g++
is also installed with
the name c++
.
When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the same command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related languages; or options that are meaningful only for C++ programs. See Options Controlling C Dialect, for explanations of options for languages related to C. See Options Controlling C++ Dialect, for explanations of options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.
Next: C++ Dialect Options, Previous: Invoking G++, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived from C, such as C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++) that the compiler accepts:
-ansi
In C mode, this is equivalent to -std=c90. In C++ mode, it is equivalent to -std=c++98.
This turns off certain features of GCC that are incompatible with ISO
C90 (when compiling C code), or of standard C++ (when compiling C++ code),
such as the asm
and typeof
keywords, and
predefined macros such as unix
and vax
that identify the
type of system you are using. It also enables the undesirable and
rarely used ISO trigraph feature. For the C compiler,
it disables recognition of C++ style ‘//’ comments as well as
the inline
keyword.
The alternate keywords __asm__
, __extension__
,
__inline__
and __typeof__
continue to work despite
-ansi. You would not want to use them in an ISO C program, of
course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included
in compilations done with -ansi. Alternate predefined macros
such as __unix__
and __vax__
are also available, with or
without -ansi.
The -ansi option does not cause non-ISO programs to be rejected gratuitously. For that, -Wpedantic is required in addition to -ansi. See Warning Options.
The macro __STRICT_ANSI__
is predefined when the -ansi
option is used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain
from declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the
ISO standard doesn’t call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
programs that might use these names for other things.
Functions that are normally built in but do not have semantics
defined by ISO C (such as alloca
and ffs
) are not built-in
functions when -ansi is used. See Other
built-in functions provided by GCC, for details of the functions
affected.
-std=
Determine the language standard. See Language Standards Supported by GCC, for details of these standard versions. This option is currently only supported when compiling C or C++.
The compiler can accept several base standards, such as ‘c90’ or
‘c++98’, and GNU dialects of those standards, such as
‘gnu90’ or ‘gnu++98’. When a base standard is specified, the
compiler accepts all programs following that standard plus those
using GNU extensions that do not contradict it. For example,
-std=c90 turns off certain features of GCC that are
incompatible with ISO C90, such as the asm
and typeof
keywords, but not other GNU extensions that do not have a meaning in
ISO C90, such as omitting the middle term of a ?:
expression. On the other hand, when a GNU dialect of a standard is
specified, all features supported by the compiler are enabled, even when
those features change the meaning of the base standard. As a result, some
strict-conforming programs may be rejected. The particular standard
is used by -Wpedantic to identify which features are GNU
extensions given that version of the standard. For example
-std=gnu90 -Wpedantic warns about C++ style ‘//’
comments, while -std=gnu99 -Wpedantic does not.
A value for this option must be provided; possible values are
Support all ISO C90 programs (certain GNU extensions that conflict with ISO C90 are disabled). Same as -ansi for C code.
ISO C90 as modified in amendment 1.
ISO C99. This standard is substantially completely supported, modulo bugs, extended identifiers (supported except for corner cases when -fextended-identifiers is used) and floating-point issues (mainly but not entirely relating to optional C99 features from Annexes F and G). See http://gcc.gnu.org/c99status.html for more information. The names ‘c9x’ and ‘iso9899:199x’ are deprecated.
ISO C11, the 2011 revision of the ISO C standard. This standard is substantially completely supported, modulo bugs, extended identifiers (supported except for corner cases when -fextended-identifiers is used), floating-point issues (mainly but not entirely relating to optional C11 features from Annexes F and G) and the optional Annexes K (Bounds-checking interfaces) and L (Analyzability). The name ‘c1x’ is deprecated.
GNU dialect of ISO C90 (including some C99 features). This is the default for C code.
GNU dialect of ISO C99. The name ‘gnu9x’ is deprecated.
GNU dialect of ISO C11. This is intended to become the default in a future release of GCC. The name ‘gnu1x’ is deprecated.
The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus the 2003 technical corrigendum and some additional defect reports. Same as -ansi for C++ code.
GNU dialect of -std=c++98. This is the default for C++ code.
The 2011 ISO C++ standard plus amendments. The name ‘c++0x’ is deprecated.
GNU dialect of -std=c++11. The name ‘gnu++0x’ is deprecated.
The next revision of the ISO C++ standard, tentatively planned for 2014. Support is highly experimental, and will almost certainly change in incompatible ways in future releases.
GNU dialect of -std=c++1y. Support is highly experimental, and will almost certainly change in incompatible ways in future releases.
-fgnu89-inline
The option -fgnu89-inline tells GCC to use the traditional
GNU semantics for inline
functions when in C99 mode.
See An Inline Function is As Fast As a Macro. This option
is accepted and ignored by GCC versions 4.1.3 up to but not including
4.3. In GCC versions 4.3 and later it changes the behavior of GCC in
C99 mode. Using this option is roughly equivalent to adding the
gnu_inline
function attribute to all inline functions
(see Function Attributes).
The option -fno-gnu89-inline explicitly tells GCC to use the
C99 semantics for inline
when in C99 or gnu99 mode (i.e., it
specifies the default behavior). This option was first supported in
GCC 4.3. This option is not supported in -std=c90 or
-std=gnu90 mode.
The preprocessor macros __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
and
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
may be used to check which semantics are
in effect for inline
functions. See Common Predefined
Macros in The C Preprocessor.
-aux-info filename
Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all functions declared and/or defined in a translation unit, including those in header files. This option is silently ignored in any language other than C.
Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments, the origin of each declaration (source file and line), whether the declaration was implicit, prototyped or unprototyped (‘I’, ‘N’ for new or ‘O’ for old, respectively, in the first character after the line number and the colon), and whether it came from a declaration or a definition (‘C’ or ‘F’, respectively, in the following character). In the case of function definitions, a K&R-style list of arguments followed by their declarations is also provided, inside comments, after the declaration.
-fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions
Accept variadic functions without named parameters.
Although it is possible to define such a function, this is not very useful as it is not possible to read the arguments. This is only supported for C as this construct is allowed by C++.
-fno-asm
Do not recognize asm
, inline
or typeof
as a
keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
the keywords __asm__
, __inline__
and __typeof__
instead. -ansi implies -fno-asm.
In C++, this switch only affects the typeof
keyword, since
asm
and inline
are standard keywords. You may want to
use the -fno-gnu-keywords flag instead, which has the same
effect. In C99 mode (-std=c99 or -std=gnu99), this
switch only affects the asm
and typeof
keywords, since
inline
is a standard keyword in ISO C99.
-fno-builtin
-fno-builtin-function
Don’t recognize built-in functions that do not begin with ‘__builtin_’ as prefix. See Other built-in functions provided by GCC, for details of the functions affected, including those which are not built-in functions when -ansi or -std options for strict ISO C conformance are used because they do not have an ISO standard meaning.
GCC normally generates special code to handle certain built-in functions
more efficiently; for instance, calls to alloca
may become single
instructions which adjust the stack directly, and calls to memcpy
may become inline copy loops. The resulting code is often both smaller
and faster, but since the function calls no longer appear as such, you
cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change the behavior
of the functions by linking with a different library. In addition,
when a function is recognized as a built-in function, GCC may use
information about that function to warn about problems with calls to
that function, or to generate more efficient code, even if the
resulting code still contains calls to that function. For example,
warnings are given with -Wformat for bad calls to
printf
when printf
is built in and strlen
is
known not to modify global memory.
With the -fno-builtin-function option only the built-in function function is disabled. function must not begin with ‘__builtin_’. If a function is named that is not built-in in this version of GCC, this option is ignored. There is no corresponding -fbuiltin-function option; if you wish to enable built-in functions selectively when using -fno-builtin or -ffreestanding, you may define macros such as:
#define abs(n) __builtin_abs ((n)) #define strcpy(d, s) __builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))
-fhosted
Assert that compilation targets a hosted environment. This implies
-fbuiltin. A hosted environment is one in which the
entire standard library is available, and in which main
has a return
type of int
. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
This is equivalent to -fno-freestanding.
-ffreestanding
Assert that compilation targets a freestanding environment. This
implies -fno-builtin. A freestanding environment
is one in which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
not necessarily be at main
. The most obvious example is an OS kernel.
This is equivalent to -fno-hosted.
See Language Standards Supported by GCC, for details of freestanding and hosted environments.
-fopenmp
Enable handling of OpenMP directives #pragma omp
in C/C++ and
!$omp
in Fortran. When -fopenmp is specified, the
compiler generates parallel code according to the OpenMP Application
Program Interface v4.0 http://www.openmp.org/. This option
implies -pthread, and thus is only supported on targets that
have support for -pthread. -fopenmp implies
-fopenmp-simd.
-fopenmp-simd
Enable handling of OpenMP’s SIMD directives with #pragma omp
in C/C++ and !$omp
in Fortran. Other OpenMP directives
are ignored.
-fcilkplus
Enable the usage of Cilk Plus language extension features for C/C++.
When the option -fcilkplus is specified, enable the usage of
the Cilk Plus Language extension features for C/C++. The present
implementation follows ABI version 1.2. This is an experimental
feature that is only partially complete, and whose interface may
change in future versions of GCC as the official specification
changes. Currently, all features but _Cilk_for
have been
implemented.
-fgnu-tm
When the option -fgnu-tm is specified, the compiler generates code for the Linux variant of Intel’s current Transactional Memory ABI specification document (Revision 1.1, May 6 2009). This is an experimental feature whose interface may change in future versions of GCC, as the official specification changes. Please note that not all architectures are supported for this feature.
For more information on GCC’s support for transactional memory, See The GNU Transactional Memory Library in GNU Transactional Memory Library.
Note that the transactional memory feature is not supported with non-call exceptions (-fnon-call-exceptions).
-fms-extensions
Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files.
In C++ code, this allows member names in structures to be similar to previous types declarations.
typedef int UOW; struct ABC { UOW UOW; };
Some cases of unnamed fields in structures and unions are only accepted with this option. See Unnamed struct/union fields within structs/unions, for details.
Note that this option is off for all targets but i?86 and x86_64 targets using ms-abi.
-fplan9-extensions
Accept some non-standard constructs used in Plan 9 code.
This enables -fms-extensions, permits passing pointers to structures with anonymous fields to functions that expect pointers to elements of the type of the field, and permits referring to anonymous fields declared using a typedef. See Unnamed struct/union fields within structs/unions, for details. This is only supported for C, not C++.
-trigraphs
Support ISO C trigraphs. The -ansi option (and -std options for strict ISO C conformance) implies -trigraphs.
-traditional
-traditional-cpp
Formerly, these options caused GCC to attempt to emulate a pre-standard C compiler. They are now only supported with the -E switch. The preprocessor continues to support a pre-standard mode. See the GNU CPP manual for details.
-fcond-mismatch
Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and third arguments. The value of such an expression is void. This option is not supported for C++.
-flax-vector-conversions
Allow implicit conversions between vectors with differing numbers of elements and/or incompatible element types. This option should not be used for new code.
-funsigned-char
Let the type char
be unsigned, like unsigned char
.
Each kind of machine has a default for what char
should
be. It is either like unsigned char
by default or like
signed char
by default.
Ideally, a portable program should always use signed char
or
unsigned char
when it depends on the signedness of an object.
But many programs have been written to use plain char
and
expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let you
make such a program work with the opposite default.
The type char
is always a distinct type from each of
signed char
or unsigned char
, even though its behavior
is always just like one of those two.
-fsigned-char
Let the type char
be signed, like signed char
.
Note that this is equivalent to -fno-unsigned-char, which is the negative form of -funsigned-char. Likewise, the option -fno-signed-char is equivalent to -funsigned-char.
-fsigned-bitfields
-funsigned-bitfields
-fno-signed-bitfields
-fno-unsigned-bitfields
These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned, when the
declaration does not use either signed
or unsigned
. By
default, such a bit-field is signed, because this is consistent: the
basic integer types such as int
are signed types.
Next: Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options, Previous: C Dialect Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
for C++ programs. You can also use most of the GNU compiler options
regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
might compile a file firstClass.C
like this:
g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C
In this example, only -frepo is an option meant only for C++ programs; you can use the other options with any language supported by GCC.
Here is a list of options that are only for compiling C++ programs:
-fabi-version=n
Use version n of the C++ ABI. The default is version 2.
Version 0 refers to the version conforming most closely to the C++ ABI specification. Therefore, the ABI obtained using version 0 will change in different versions of G++ as ABI bugs are fixed.
Version 1 is the version of the C++ ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.2.
Version 2 is the version of the C++ ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.4.
Version 3 corrects an error in mangling a constant address as a template argument.
Version 4, which first appeared in G++ 4.5, implements a standard mangling for vector types.
Version 5, which first appeared in G++ 4.6, corrects the mangling of attribute const/volatile on function pointer types, decltype of a plain decl, and use of a function parameter in the declaration of another parameter.
Version 6, which first appeared in G++ 4.7, corrects the promotion behavior of C++11 scoped enums and the mangling of template argument packs, const/static_cast, prefix ++ and –, and a class scope function used as a template argument.
See also -Wabi.
-fno-access-control
Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working around bugs in the access control code.
-fcheck-new
Check that the pointer returned by operator new
is non-null
before attempting to modify the storage allocated. This check is
normally unnecessary because the C++ standard specifies that
operator new
only returns 0
if it is declared
‘throw()’, in which case the compiler always checks the
return value even without this option. In all other cases, when
operator new
has a non-empty exception specification, memory
exhaustion is signalled by throwing std::bad_alloc
. See also
‘new (nothrow)’.
-fconstexpr-depth=n
Set the maximum nested evaluation depth for C++11 constexpr functions to n. A limit is needed to detect endless recursion during constant expression evaluation. The minimum specified by the standard is 512.
-fdeduce-init-list
Enable deduction of a template type parameter as
std::initializer_list
from a brace-enclosed initializer list, i.e.
template <class T> auto forward(T t) -> decltype (realfn (t)) { return realfn (t); } void f() { forward({1,2}); // call forward<std::initializer_list<int>> }
This deduction was implemented as a possible extension to the originally proposed semantics for the C++11 standard, but was not part of the final standard, so it is disabled by default. This option is deprecated, and may be removed in a future version of G++.
-ffriend-injection
Inject friend functions into the enclosing namespace, so that they are visible outside the scope of the class in which they are declared. Friend functions were documented to work this way in the old Annotated C++ Reference Manual, and versions of G++ before 4.1 always worked that way. However, in ISO C++ a friend function that is not declared in an enclosing scope can only be found using argument dependent lookup. This option causes friends to be injected as they were in earlier releases.
This option is for compatibility, and may be removed in a future release of G++.
-fno-elide-constructors
The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary that is only used to initialize another object of the same type. Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces G++ to call the copy constructor in all cases.
-fno-enforce-eh-specs
Don’t generate code to check for violation of exception specifications at run time. This option violates the C++ standard, but may be useful for reducing code size in production builds, much like defining ‘NDEBUG’. This does not give user code permission to throw exceptions in violation of the exception specifications; the compiler still optimizes based on the specifications, so throwing an unexpected exception results in undefined behavior at run time.
-fextern-tls-init
-fno-extern-tls-init
The C++11 and OpenMP standards allow ‘thread_local’ and ‘threadprivate’ variables to have dynamic (runtime) initialization. To support this, any use of such a variable goes through a wrapper function that performs any necessary initialization. When the use and definition of the variable are in the same translation unit, this overhead can be optimized away, but when the use is in a different translation unit there is significant overhead even if the variable doesn’t actually need dynamic initialization. If the programmer can be sure that no use of the variable in a non-defining TU needs to trigger dynamic initialization (either because the variable is statically initialized, or a use of the variable in the defining TU will be executed before any uses in another TU), they can avoid this overhead with the -fno-extern-tls-init option.
On targets that support symbol aliases, the default is -fextern-tls-init. On targets that do not support symbol aliases, the default is -fno-extern-tls-init.
-ffor-scope
-fno-for-scope
If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement is limited to the ‘for’ loop itself, as specified by the C++ standard. If -fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement extends to the end of the enclosing scope, as was the case in old versions of G++, and other (traditional) implementations of C++.
If neither flag is given, the default is to follow the standard, but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would otherwise be invalid, or have different behavior.
-fno-gnu-keywords
Do not recognize typeof
as a keyword, so that code can use this
word as an identifier. You can use the keyword __typeof__
instead.
-ansi implies -fno-gnu-keywords.
-fno-implicit-templates
Never emit code for non-inline templates that are instantiated implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations. See Template Instantiation, for more information.
-fno-implicit-inline-templates
Don’t emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either. The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and without optimization need the same set of explicit instantiations.
-fno-implement-inlines
To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions controlled by ‘#pragma implementation’. This causes linker errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
-fms-extensions
Disable Wpedantic warnings about constructs used in MFC, such as implicit int and getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax.
-fno-nonansi-builtins
Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by
ANSI/ISO C. These include ffs
, alloca
, _exit
,
index
, bzero
, conjf
, and other related functions.
-fnothrow-opt
Treat a throw()
exception specification as if it were a
noexcept
specification to reduce or eliminate the text size
overhead relative to a function with no exception specification. If
the function has local variables of types with non-trivial
destructors, the exception specification actually makes the
function smaller because the EH cleanups for those variables can be
optimized away. The semantic effect is that an exception thrown out of
a function with such an exception specification results in a call
to terminate
rather than unexpected
.
-fno-operator-names
Do not treat the operator name keywords and
, bitand
,
bitor
, compl
, not
, or
and xor
as
synonyms as keywords.
-fno-optional-diags
Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the one for a name having multiple meanings within a class.
-fpermissive
Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to warnings. Thus, using -fpermissive allows some nonconforming code to compile.
-fno-pretty-templates
When an error message refers to a specialization of a function
template, the compiler normally prints the signature of the
template followed by the template arguments and any typedefs or
typenames in the signature (e.g. void f(T) [with T = int]
rather than void f(int)
) so that it’s clear which template is
involved. When an error message refers to a specialization of a class
template, the compiler omits any template arguments that match
the default template arguments for that template. If either of these
behaviors make it harder to understand the error message rather than
easier, you can use -fno-pretty-templates to disable them.
-frepo
Enable automatic template instantiation at link time. This option also implies -fno-implicit-templates. See Template Instantiation, for more information.
-fno-rtti
Disable generation of information about every class with virtual
functions for use by the C++ run-time type identification features
(‘dynamic_cast’ and ‘typeid’). If you don’t use those parts
of the language, you can save some space by using this flag. Note that
exception handling uses the same information, but G++ generates it as
needed. The ‘dynamic_cast’ operator can still be used for casts that
do not require run-time type information, i.e. casts to void *
or to
unambiguous base classes.
-fstats
Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compilation. This information is generally only useful to the G++ development team.
-fstrict-enums
Allow the compiler to optimize using the assumption that a value of enumerated type can only be one of the values of the enumeration (as defined in the C++ standard; basically, a value that can be represented in the minimum number of bits needed to represent all the enumerators). This assumption may not be valid if the program uses a cast to convert an arbitrary integer value to the enumerated type.
-ftemplate-backtrace-limit=n
Set the maximum number of template instantiation notes for a single warning or error to n. The default value is 10.
-ftemplate-depth=n
Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to n. A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect endless recursions during template class instantiation. ANSI/ISO C++ conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17 (changed to 1024 in C++11). The default value is 900, as the compiler can run out of stack space before hitting 1024 in some situations.
-fno-threadsafe-statics
Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the C++ ABI for thread-safe initialization of local statics. You can use this option to reduce code size slightly in code that doesn’t need to be thread-safe.
-fuse-cxa-atexit
Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the
__cxa_atexit
function rather than the atexit
function.
This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of static
destructors, but only works if your C library supports
__cxa_atexit
.
-fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr
Don’t use the __cxa_get_exception_ptr
runtime routine. This
causes std::uncaught_exception
to be incorrect, but is necessary
if the runtime routine is not available.
-fvisibility-inlines-hidden
This switch declares that the user does not attempt to compare pointers to inline functions or methods where the addresses of the two functions are taken in different shared objects.
The effect of this is that GCC may, effectively, mark inline methods with
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden")))
so that they do not
appear in the export table of a DSO and do not require a PLT indirection
when used within the DSO. Enabling this option can have a dramatic effect
on load and link times of a DSO as it massively reduces the size of the
dynamic export table when the library makes heavy use of templates.
The behavior of this switch is not quite the same as marking the methods as hidden directly, because it does not affect static variables local to the function or cause the compiler to deduce that the function is defined in only one shared object.
You may mark a method as having a visibility explicitly to negate the effect of the switch for that method. For example, if you do want to compare pointers to a particular inline method, you might mark it as having default visibility. Marking the enclosing class with explicit visibility has no effect.
Explicitly instantiated inline methods are unaffected by this option as their linkage might otherwise cross a shared library boundary. See Template Instantiation.
-fvisibility-ms-compat
This flag attempts to use visibility settings to make GCC’s C++ linkage model compatible with that of Microsoft Visual Studio.
The flag makes these changes to GCC’s linkage model:
hidden
, like
-fvisibility=hidden.
In new code it is better to use -fvisibility=hidden and export those classes that are intended to be externally visible. Unfortunately it is possible for code to rely, perhaps accidentally, on the Visual Studio behavior.
Among the consequences of these changes are that static data members of the same type with the same name but defined in different shared objects are different, so changing one does not change the other; and that pointers to function members defined in different shared objects may not compare equal. When this flag is given, it is a violation of the ODR to define types with the same name differently.
-fvtable-verify=std|preinit|none
Turn on (or off, if using -fvtable-verify=none) the security feature that verifies at runtime, for every virtual call that is made, that the vtable pointer through which the call is made is valid for the type of the object, and has not been corrupted or overwritten. If an invalid vtable pointer is detected (at runtime), an error is reported and execution of the program is immediately halted.
This option causes runtime data structures to be built, at program start up,
for verifying the vtable pointers. The options std
and preinit
control the timing of when these data structures are built. In both cases the
data structures are built before execution reaches ’main’. The
-fvtable-verify=std causes these data structure to be built after the
shared libraries have been loaded and initialized.
-fvtable-verify=preinit causes them to be built before the shared
libraries have been loaded and initialized.
If this option appears multiple times in the compiler line, with different values specified, ’none’ will take highest priority over both ’std’ and ’preinit’; ’preinit’ will take priority over ’std’.
-fvtv-debug
Causes debug versions of the runtime functions for the vtable verification feature to be called. This assumes the -fvtable-verify=std or -fvtable-verify=preinit has been used. This flag will also cause the compiler to keep track of which vtable pointers it found for each class, and record that information in the file “vtv_set_ptr_data.log”, in the dump file directory on the user’s machine.
Note: This feature APPENDS data to the log file. If you want a fresh log file, be sure to delete any existing one.
-fvtv-counts
This is a debugging flag. When used in conjunction with -fvtable-verify=std or -fvtable-verify=preinit, this causes the compiler to keep track of the total number of virtual calls it encountered and the number of verifications it inserted. It also counts the number of calls to certain runtime library functions that it inserts. This information, for each compilation unit, is written to a file named “vtv_count_data.log”, in the dump_file directory on the user’s machine. It also counts the size of the vtable pointer sets for each class, and writes this information to “vtv_class_set_sizes.log” in the same directory.
Note: This feature APPENDS data to the log files. To get a fresh log files, be sure to delete any existing ones.
-fno-weak
Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the linker. By default, G++ uses weak symbols if they are available. This option exists only for testing, and should not be used by end-users; it results in inferior code and has no benefits. This option may be removed in a future release of G++.
-nostdinc++
Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to C++, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is used when building the C++ library.)
In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options have meanings only for C++ programs:
-Wabi (C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when G++ generates code that is probably not compatible with the vendor-neutral C++ ABI. Although an effort has been made to warn about all such cases, there are probably some cases that are not warned about, even though G++ is generating incompatible code. There may also be cases where warnings are emitted even though the code that is generated is compatible.
You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings if you are concerned about the fact that code generated by G++ may not be binary compatible with code generated by other compilers.
The known incompatibilities in -fabi-version=2 (the default) include:
extern int N; template <int &> struct S {}; void n (S<N>) {2}
This is fixed in -fabi-version=3.
__attribute ((vector_size))
are
mangled in a non-standard way that does not allow for overloading of
functions taking vectors of different sizes.
The mangling is changed in -fabi-version=4.
The known incompatibilities in -fabi-version=1 include:
struct A { virtual void f(); int f1 : 1; }; struct B : public A { int f2 : 1; };
In this case, G++ places B::f2
into the same byte
as A::f1
; other compilers do not. You can avoid this problem
by explicitly padding A
so that its size is a multiple of the
byte size on your platform; that causes G++ and other compilers to
lay out B
identically.
struct A { virtual void f(); char c1; }; struct B { B(); char c2; }; struct C : public A, public virtual B {};
In this case, G++ does not place B
into the tail-padding for
A
; other compilers do. You can avoid this problem by
explicitly padding A
so that its size is a multiple of its
alignment (ignoring virtual base classes); that causes G++ and other
compilers to lay out C
identically.
union U { int i : 4096; };
Assuming that an int
does not have 4096 bits, G++ makes the
union too small by the number of bits in an int
.
struct A {}; struct B { A a; virtual void f (); }; struct C : public B, public A {};
G++ places the A
base class of C
at a nonzero offset;
it should be placed at offset zero. G++ mistakenly believes that the
A
data member of B
is already at offset zero.
typename
or
template template parameters can be mangled incorrectly.
template <typename Q> void f(typename Q::X) {} template <template <typename> class Q> void f(typename Q<int>::X) {}
Instantiations of these templates may be mangled incorrectly.
It also warns about psABI-related changes. The known psABI changes at this point include:
long double
members are
passed in memory as specified in psABI. For example:
union U { long double ld; int i; };
union U
is always passed in memory.
-Wctor-dtor-privacy (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or destructors in that class are private, and it has neither friends nor public static member functions. Also warn if there are no non-private methods, and there’s at least one private member function that isn’t a constructor or destructor.
-Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when ‘delete’ is used to destroy an instance of a class that has virtual functions and non-virtual destructor. It is unsafe to delete an instance of a derived class through a pointer to a base class if the base class does not have a virtual destructor. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wliteral-suffix (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when a string or character literal is followed by a ud-suffix which does
not begin with an underscore. As a conforming extension, GCC treats such
suffixes as separate preprocessing tokens in order to maintain backwards
compatibility with code that uses formatting macros from <inttypes.h>
.
For example:
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS #include <inttypes.h> #include <stdio.h> int main() { int64_t i64 = 123; printf("My int64: %"PRId64"\n", i64); }
In this case, PRId64
is treated as a separate preprocessing token.
This warning is enabled by default.
-Wnarrowing (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when a narrowing conversion prohibited by C++11 occurs within ‘{ }’, e.g.
int i = { 2.2 }; // error: narrowing from double to int
This flag is included in -Wall and -Wc++11-compat.
With -std=c++11, -Wno-narrowing suppresses the diagnostic required by the standard. Note that this does not affect the meaning of well-formed code; narrowing conversions are still considered ill-formed in SFINAE context.
-Wnoexcept (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when a noexcept-expression evaluates to false because of a call to a function that does not have a non-throwing exception specification (i.e. ‘throw()’ or ‘noexcept’) but is known by the compiler to never throw an exception.
-Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when a class has virtual functions and an accessible non-virtual destructor itself or in an accessible polymorphic base class, in which case it is possible but unsafe to delete an instance of a derived class through a pointer to the class itself or base class. This warning is automatically enabled if -Weffc++ is specified.
-Wreorder (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
struct A { int i; int j; A(): j (0), i (1) { } };
The compiler rearranges the member initializers for ‘i’ and ‘j’ to match the declaration order of the members, emitting a warning to that effect. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-fext-numeric-literals (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Accept imaginary, fixed-point, or machine-defined literal number suffixes as GNU extensions. When this option is turned off these suffixes are treated as C++11 user-defined literal numeric suffixes. This is on by default for all pre-C++11 dialects and all GNU dialects: -std=c++98, -std=gnu++98, -std=gnu++11, -std=gnu++1y. This option is off by default for ISO C++11 onwards (-std=c++11, ...).
The following -W… options are not affected by -Wall.
-Weffc++ (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott Meyers’ Effective C++ series of books:
operator=
return a reference to *this
.
&&
, ||
, or ,
.
This option also enables -Wnon-virtual-dtor, which is also one of the effective C++ recommendations. However, the check is extended to warn about the lack of virtual destructor in accessible non-polymorphic bases classes too.
When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library headers do not obey all of these guidelines; use ‘grep -v’ to filter out those warnings.
-Wstrict-null-sentinel (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn about the use of an uncasted NULL
as sentinel. When
compiling only with GCC this is a valid sentinel, as NULL
is defined
to __null
. Although it is a null pointer constant rather than a
null pointer, it is guaranteed to be of the same size as a pointer.
But this use is not portable across different compilers.
-Wno-non-template-friend (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared within a template. Since the advent of explicit template specification support in G++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (i.e., ‘friend foo(int)’), the C++ language specification demands that the friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section 14.5.3). Before G++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized function. Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default behavior for G++, -Wnon-template-friend allows the compiler to check existing code for potential trouble spots and is on by default. This new compiler behavior can be turned off with -Wno-non-template-friend, which keeps the conformant compiler code but disables the helpful warning.
-Wold-style-cast (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast to a non-void type is used within a C++ program. The new-style casts (‘dynamic_cast’, ‘static_cast’, ‘reinterpret_cast’, and ‘const_cast’) are less vulnerable to unintended effects and much easier to search for.
-Woverloaded-virtual (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a base class. For example, in:
struct A { virtual void f(); }; struct B: public A { void f(int); };
the A
class version of f
is hidden in B
, and code
like:
B* b; b->f();
fails to compile.
-Wno-pmf-conversions (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function to a plain pointer.
-Wsign-promo (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or enumerated type to a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned type of the same size. Previous versions of G++ tried to preserve unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
Next: Language Independent Options, Previous: C++ Dialect Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
(NOTE: This manual does not describe the Objective-C and Objective-C++ languages themselves. See Language Standards Supported by GCC, for references.)
This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
for Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs. You can also use most of
the language-independent GNU compiler options.
For example, you might compile a file some_class.m
like this:
gcc -g -fgnu-runtime -O -c some_class.m
In this example, -fgnu-runtime is an option meant only for Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs; you can use the other options with any language supported by GCC.
Note that since Objective-C is an extension of the C language, Objective-C compilations may also use options specific to the C front-end (e.g., -Wtraditional). Similarly, Objective-C++ compilations may use C++-specific options (e.g., -Wabi).
Here is a list of options that are only for compiling Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs:
-fconstant-string-class=class-name
Use class-name as the name of the class to instantiate for each
literal string specified with the syntax @"…"
. The default
class name is NXConstantString
if the GNU runtime is being used, and
NSConstantString
if the NeXT runtime is being used (see below). The
-fconstant-cfstrings option, if also present, overrides the
-fconstant-string-class setting and cause @"…"
literals
to be laid out as constant CoreFoundation strings.
-fgnu-runtime
Generate object code compatible with the standard GNU Objective-C runtime. This is the default for most types of systems.
-fnext-runtime
Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime. This is the default
for NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac OS X. The macro
__NEXT_RUNTIME__
is predefined if (and only if) this option is
used.
-fno-nil-receivers
Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches ([receiver
message:arg]
) in this translation unit ensure that the receiver is
not nil
. This allows for more efficient entry points in the
runtime to be used. This option is only available in conjunction with
the NeXT runtime and ABI version 0 or 1.
-fobjc-abi-version=n
Use version n of the Objective-C ABI for the selected runtime. This option is currently supported only for the NeXT runtime. In that case, Version 0 is the traditional (32-bit) ABI without support for properties and other Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 1 is the traditional (32-bit) ABI with support for properties and other Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 2 is the modern (64-bit) ABI. If nothing is specified, the default is Version 0 on 32-bit target machines, and Version 2 on 64-bit target machines.
-fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors
For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables is a
C++ object with a non-trivial default constructor. If so, synthesize a
special - (id) .cxx_construct
instance method which runs
non-trivial default constructors on any such instance variables, in order,
and then return self
. Similarly, check if any instance variable
is a C++ object with a non-trivial destructor, and if so, synthesize a
special - (void) .cxx_destruct
method which runs
all such default destructors, in reverse order.
The - (id) .cxx_construct
and - (void) .cxx_destruct
methods thusly generated only operate on instance variables
declared in the current Objective-C class, and not those inherited
from superclasses. It is the responsibility of the Objective-C
runtime to invoke all such methods in an object’s inheritance
hierarchy. The - (id) .cxx_construct
methods are invoked
by the runtime immediately after a new object instance is allocated;
the - (void) .cxx_destruct
methods are invoked immediately
before the runtime deallocates an object instance.
As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.4 and later has
support for invoking the - (id) .cxx_construct
and
- (void) .cxx_destruct
methods.
-fobjc-direct-dispatch
Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher. On Darwin this is accomplished via the comm page.
-fobjc-exceptions
Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in
Objective-C, similar to what is offered by C++ and Java. This option
is required to use the Objective-C keywords @try
,
@throw
, @catch
, @finally
and
@synchronized
. This option is available with both the GNU
runtime and the NeXT runtime (but not available in conjunction with
the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.2 and earlier).
-fobjc-gc
Enable garbage collection (GC) in Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs. This option is only available with the NeXT runtime; the GNU runtime has a different garbage collection implementation that does not require special compiler flags.
-fobjc-nilcheck
For the NeXT runtime with version 2 of the ABI, check for a nil receiver in method invocations before doing the actual method call. This is the default and can be disabled using -fno-objc-nilcheck. Class methods and super calls are never checked for nil in this way no matter what this flag is set to. Currently this flag does nothing when the GNU runtime, or an older version of the NeXT runtime ABI, is used.
-fobjc-std=objc1
Conform to the language syntax of Objective-C 1.0, the language recognized by GCC 4.0. This only affects the Objective-C additions to the C/C++ language; it does not affect conformance to C/C++ standards, which is controlled by the separate C/C++ dialect option flags. When this option is used with the Objective-C or Objective-C++ compiler, any Objective-C syntax that is not recognized by GCC 4.0 is rejected. This is useful if you need to make sure that your Objective-C code can be compiled with older versions of GCC.
-freplace-objc-classes
Emit a special marker instructing ld(1)
not to statically link in
the resulting object file, and allow dyld(1)
to load it in at
run time instead. This is used in conjunction with the Fix-and-Continue
debugging mode, where the object file in question may be recompiled and
dynamically reloaded in the course of program execution, without the need
to restart the program itself. Currently, Fix-and-Continue functionality
is only available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.3
and later.
-fzero-link
When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily replaces calls
to objc_getClass("…")
(when the name of the class is known at
compile time) with static class references that get initialized at load time,
which improves run-time performance. Specifying the -fzero-link flag
suppresses this behavior and causes calls to objc_getClass("…")
to be retained. This is useful in Zero-Link debugging mode, since it allows
for individual class implementations to be modified during program execution.
The GNU runtime currently always retains calls to objc_get_class("…")
regardless of command-line options.
-gen-decls
Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file to a file named sourcename.decl.
-Wassign-intercept (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the garbage collector.
-Wno-protocol (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued for every method in the protocol that is not implemented by the class. The default behavior is to issue a warning for every method not explicitly implemented in the class, even if a method implementation is inherited from the superclass. If you use the -Wno-protocol option, then methods inherited from the superclass are considered to be implemented, and no warning is issued for them.
-Wselector (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector are
found during compilation. The check is performed on the list of methods
in the final stage of compilation. Additionally, a check is performed
for each selector appearing in a @selector(…)
expression, and a corresponding method for that selector has been found
during compilation. Because these checks scan the method table only at
the end of compilation, these warnings are not produced if the final
stage of compilation is not reached, for example because an error is
found during compilation, or because the -fsyntax-only option is
being used.
-Wstrict-selector-match (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
Warn if multiple methods with differing argument and/or return types are
found for a given selector when attempting to send a message using this
selector to a receiver of type id
or Class
. When this flag
is off (which is the default behavior), the compiler omits such warnings
if any differences found are confined to types that share the same size
and alignment.
-Wundeclared-selector (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
Warn if a @selector(…)
expression referring to an
undeclared selector is found. A selector is considered undeclared if no
method with that name has been declared before the
@selector(…)
expression, either explicitly in an
@interface
or @protocol
declaration, or implicitly in
an @implementation
section. This option always performs its
checks as soon as a @selector(…)
expression is found,
while -Wselector only performs its checks in the final stage of
compilation. This also enforces the coding style convention
that methods and selectors must be declared before being used.
-print-objc-runtime-info
Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed by value, if any.
Next: Warning Options, Previous: Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of the output device’s aspect (e.g. its width, …). You can use the options described below to control the formatting algorithm for diagnostic messages, e.g. how many characters per line, how often source location information should be reported. Note that some language front ends may not honor these options.
-fmessage-length=n
Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about n
characters. The default is 72 characters for g++
and 0 for the rest of
the front ends supported by GCC. If n is zero, then no
line-wrapping is done; each error message appears on a single
line.
-fdiagnostics-show-location=once
Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages reporter to emit source location information once; that is, in case the message is too long to fit on a single physical line and has to be wrapped, the source location won’t be emitted (as prefix) again, over and over, in subsequent continuation lines. This is the default behavior.
-fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line
Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking a message which is too long to fit on a single line.
-fdiagnostics-color[=WHEN]
-fno-diagnostics-color
Use color in diagnostics. WHEN is ‘never’, ‘always’,
or ‘auto’. The default is ‘never’ if GCC_COLORS
environment
variable isn’t present in the environment, and ‘auto’ otherwise.
‘auto’ means to use color only when the standard error is a terminal.
The forms -fdiagnostics-color and -fno-diagnostics-color are
aliases for -fdiagnostics-color=always and
-fdiagnostics-color=never, respectively.
The colors are defined by the environment variable GCC_COLORS
.
Its value is a colon-separated list of capabilities and Select Graphic
Rendition (SGR) substrings. SGR commands are interpreted by the
terminal or terminal emulator. (See the section in the documentation
of your text terminal for permitted values and their meanings as
character attributes.) These substring values are integers in decimal
representation and can be concatenated with semicolons.
Common values to concatenate include
‘1’ for bold,
‘4’ for underline,
‘5’ for blink,
‘7’ for inverse,
‘39’ for default foreground color,
‘30’ to ‘37’ for foreground colors,
‘90’ to ‘97’ for 16-color mode foreground colors,
‘38;5;0’ to ‘38;5;255’
for 88-color and 256-color modes foreground colors,
‘49’ for default background color,
‘40’ to ‘47’ for background colors,
‘100’ to ‘107’ for 16-color mode background colors,
and ‘48;5;0’ to ‘48;5;255’
for 88-color and 256-color modes background colors.
The default GCC_COLORS
is
‘error=01;31:warning=01;35:note=01;36:caret=01;32:locus=01:quote=01’
where ‘01;31’ is bold red, ‘01;35’ is bold magenta,
‘01;36’ is bold cyan, ‘01;32’ is bold green and
‘01’ is bold. Setting GCC_COLORS
to the empty
string disables colors.
Supported capabilities are as follows.
error=
SGR substring for error: markers.
warning=
SGR substring for warning: markers.
note=
SGR substring for note: markers.
caret=
SGR substring for caret line.
locus=
SGR substring for location information, ‘file:line’ or ‘file:line:column’ etc.
quote=
SGR substring for information printed within quotes.
-fno-diagnostics-show-option
By default, each diagnostic emitted includes text indicating the command-line option that directly controls the diagnostic (if such an option is known to the diagnostic machinery). Specifying the -fno-diagnostics-show-option flag suppresses that behavior.
-fno-diagnostics-show-caret
By default, each diagnostic emitted includes the original source line and a caret ’^’ indicating the column. This option suppresses this information.
Next: Debugging Options, Previous: Language Independent Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions that are not inherently erroneous but that are risky or suggest there may have been an error.
The following language-independent options do not enable specific warnings but control the kinds of diagnostics produced by GCC.
-fsyntax-only
Check the code for syntax errors, but don’t do anything beyond that.
-fmax-errors=n
Limits the maximum number of error messages to n, at which point GCC bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source code. If n is 0 (the default), there is no limit on the number of error messages produced. If -Wfatal-errors is also specified, then -Wfatal-errors takes precedence over this option.
-w
Inhibit all warning messages.
-Werror
Make all warnings into errors.
-Werror=
Make the specified warning into an error. The specifier for a warning is appended; for example -Werror=switch turns the warnings controlled by -Wswitch into errors. This switch takes a negative form, to be used to negate -Werror for specific warnings; for example -Wno-error=switch makes -Wswitch warnings not be errors, even when -Werror is in effect.
The warning message for each controllable warning includes the option that controls the warning. That option can then be used with -Werror= and -Wno-error= as described above. (Printing of the option in the warning message can be disabled using the -fno-diagnostics-show-option flag.)
Note that specifying -Werror=foo automatically implies -Wfoo. However, -Wno-error=foo does not imply anything.
-Wfatal-errors
This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first error occurred rather than trying to keep going and printing further error messages.
You can request many specific warnings with options beginning with ‘-W’, for example -Wimplicit to request warnings on implicit declarations. Each of these specific warning options also has a negative form beginning ‘-Wno-’ to turn off warnings; for example, -Wno-implicit. This manual lists only one of the two forms, whichever is not the default. For further language-specific options also refer to C++ Dialect Options and Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options.
When an unrecognized warning option is requested (e.g., -Wunknown-warning), GCC emits a diagnostic stating that the option is not recognized. However, if the -Wno- form is used, the behavior is slightly different: no diagnostic is produced for -Wno-unknown-warning unless other diagnostics are being produced. This allows the use of new -Wno- options with old compilers, but if something goes wrong, the compiler warns that an unrecognized option is present.
-Wpedantic
-pedantic
Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ISO C and ISO C++; reject all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other programs that do not follow ISO C and ISO C++. For ISO C, follows the version of the ISO C standard specified by any -std option used.
Valid ISO C and ISO C++ programs should compile properly with or without this option (though a rare few require -ansi or a -std option specifying the required version of ISO C). However, without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and C++ features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
-Wpedantic does not cause warning messages for use of the
alternate keywords whose names begin and end with ‘__’. Pedantic
warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
__extension__
. However, only system header files should use
these escape routes; application programs should avoid them.
See Alternate Keywords.
Some users try to use -Wpedantic to check programs for strict ISO C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want: it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all—only those for which ISO C requires a diagnostic, and some others for which diagnostics have been added.
A feature to report any failure to conform to ISO C might be useful in some instances, but would require considerable additional work and would be quite different from -Wpedantic. We don’t have plans to support such a feature in the near future.
Where the standard specified with -std represents a GNU extended dialect of C, such as ‘gnu90’ or ‘gnu99’, there is a corresponding base standard, the version of ISO C on which the GNU extended dialect is based. Warnings from -Wpedantic are given where they are required by the base standard. (It does not make sense for such warnings to be given only for features not in the specified GNU C dialect, since by definition the GNU dialects of C include all features the compiler supports with the given option, and there would be nothing to warn about.)
-pedantic-errors
Like -Wpedantic, except that errors are produced rather than warnings.
-Wall
This enables all the warnings about constructions that some users consider questionable, and that are easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in conjunction with macros. This also enables some language-specific warnings described in C++ Dialect Options and Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options.
-Wall turns on the following warning flags:
-Waddress -Warray-bounds (only with -O2) -Wc++11-compat -Wchar-subscripts -Wenum-compare (in C/ObjC; this is on by default in C++) -Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only) -Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only) -Wcomment -Wformat -Wmain (only for C/ObjC and unless -ffreestanding) -Wmaybe-uninitialized -Wmissing-braces (only for C/ObjC) -Wnonnull -Wopenmp-simd -Wparentheses -Wpointer-sign -Wreorder -Wreturn-type -Wsequence-point -Wsign-compare (only in C++) -Wstrict-aliasing -Wstrict-overflow=1 -Wswitch -Wtrigraphs -Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas -Wunused-function -Wunused-label -Wunused-value -Wunused-variable -Wvolatile-register-var
Note that some warning flags are not implied by -Wall. Some of them warn about constructions that users generally do not consider questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check for; others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid in some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress the warning. Some of them are enabled by -Wextra but many of them must be enabled individually.
-Wextra
This enables some extra warning flags that are not enabled by -Wall. (This option used to be called -W. The older name is still supported, but the newer name is more descriptive.)
-Wclobbered -Wempty-body -Wignored-qualifiers -Wmissing-field-initializers -Wmissing-parameter-type (C only) -Wold-style-declaration (C only) -Woverride-init -Wsign-compare -Wtype-limits -Wuninitialized -Wunused-parameter (only with -Wunused or -Wall) -Wunused-but-set-parameter (only with -Wunused or -Wall)
The option -Wextra also prints warning messages for the following cases:
-Wchar-subscripts
Warn if an array subscript has type char
. This is a common cause
of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some
machines.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wcomment
Warn whenever a comment-start sequence ‘/*’ appears in a ‘/*’ comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a ‘//’ comment. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wno-coverage-mismatch
Warn if feedback profiles do not match when using the -fprofile-use option. If a source file is changed between compiling with -fprofile-gen and with -fprofile-use, the files with the profile feedback can fail to match the source file and GCC cannot use the profile feedback information. By default, this warning is enabled and is treated as an error. -Wno-coverage-mismatch can be used to disable the warning or -Wno-error=coverage-mismatch can be used to disable the error. Disabling the error for this warning can result in poorly optimized code and is useful only in the case of very minor changes such as bug fixes to an existing code-base. Completely disabling the warning is not recommended.
-Wno-cpp
(C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++ and Fortran only)
Suppress warning messages emitted by #warning
directives.
-Wdouble-promotion (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
Give a warning when a value of type float
is implicitly
promoted to double
. CPUs with a 32-bit “single-precision”
floating-point unit implement float
in hardware, but emulate
double
in software. On such a machine, doing computations
using double
values is much more expensive because of the
overhead required for software emulation.
It is easy to accidentally do computations with double
because
floating-point literals are implicitly of type double
. For
example, in:
float area(float radius) { return 3.14159 * radius * radius; }
the compiler performs the entire computation with double
because the floating-point literal is a double
.
-Wformat
-Wformat=n
Check calls to printf
and scanf
, etc., to make sure that
the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string make
sense. This includes standard functions, and others specified by format
attributes (see Function Attributes), in the printf
,
scanf
, strftime
and strfmon
(an X/Open extension,
not in the C standard) families (or other target-specific families).
Which functions are checked without format attributes having been
specified depends on the standard version selected, and such checks of
functions without the attribute specified are disabled by
-ffreestanding or -fno-builtin.
The formats are checked against the format features supported by GNU
libc version 2.2. These include all ISO C90 and C99 features, as well
as features from the Single Unix Specification and some BSD and GNU
extensions. Other library implementations may not support all these
features; GCC does not support warning about features that go beyond a
particular library’s limitations. However, if -Wpedantic is used
with -Wformat, warnings are given about format features not
in the selected standard version (but not for strfmon
formats,
since those are not in any version of the C standard). See Options Controlling C Dialect.
-Wformat=1
-Wformat
Option -Wformat is equivalent to -Wformat=1, and -Wno-format is equivalent to -Wformat=0. Since -Wformat also checks for null format arguments for several functions, -Wformat also implies -Wnonnull. Some aspects of this level of format checking can be disabled by the options: -Wno-format-contains-nul, -Wno-format-extra-args, and -Wno-format-zero-length. -Wformat is enabled by -Wall.
-Wno-format-contains-nul
If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about format strings that contain NUL bytes.
-Wno-format-extra-args
If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
printf
or scanf
format function. The C standard specifies
that such arguments are ignored.
Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments that are
specified with ‘$’ operand number specifications, normally
warnings are still given, since the implementation could not know what
type to pass to va_arg
to skip the unused arguments. However,
in the case of scanf
formats, this option suppresses the
warning if the unused arguments are all pointers, since the Single
Unix Specification says that such unused arguments are allowed.
-Wno-format-zero-length
If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats. The C standard specifies that zero-length formats are allowed.
-Wformat=2
Enable -Wformat plus additional format checks. Currently equivalent to -Wformat -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security -Wformat-y2k.
-Wformat-nonliteral
If -Wformat is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function
takes its format arguments as a va_list
.
-Wformat-security
If -Wformat is specified, also warn about uses of format
functions that represent possible security problems. At present, this
warns about calls to printf
and scanf
functions where the
format string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments,
as in printf (foo);
. This may be a security hole if the format
string came from untrusted input and contains ‘%n’. (This is
currently a subset of what -Wformat-nonliteral warns about, but
in future warnings may be added to -Wformat-security that are not
included in -Wformat-nonliteral.)
-Wformat-y2k
If -Wformat is specified, also warn about strftime
formats that may yield only a two-digit year.
-Wnonnull
Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as
requiring a non-null value by the nonnull
function attribute.
-Wnonnull is included in -Wall and -Wformat. It can be disabled with the -Wno-nonnull option.
-Winit-self (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
Warn about uninitialized variables that are initialized with themselves. Note this option can only be used with the -Wuninitialized option.
For example, GCC warns about i
being uninitialized in the
following snippet only when -Winit-self has been specified:
int f() { int i = i; return i; }
This warning is enabled by -Wall in C++.
-Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only)
Warn when a declaration does not specify a type. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)
Give a warning whenever a function is used before being declared. In C99 mode (-std=c99 or -std=gnu99), this warning is enabled by default and it is made into an error by -pedantic-errors. This warning is also enabled by -Wall.
-Wimplicit (C and Objective-C only)
Same as -Wimplicit-int and -Wimplicit-function-declaration. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wignored-qualifiers (C and C++ only)
Warn if the return type of a function has a type qualifier
such as const
. For ISO C such a type qualifier has no effect,
since the value returned by a function is not an lvalue.
For C++, the warning is only emitted for scalar types or void
.
ISO C prohibits qualified void
return types on function
definitions, so such return types always receive a warning
even without this option.
This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
-Wmain
Warn if the type of ‘main’ is suspicious. ‘main’ should be a function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types. This warning is enabled by default in C++ and is enabled by either -Wall or -Wpedantic.
-Wmissing-braces
Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed. In the following example, the initializer for ‘a’ is not fully bracketed, but that for ‘b’ is fully bracketed. This warning is enabled by -Wall in C.
int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 }; int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wmissing-include-dirs (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist.
-Wparentheses
Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people often get confused about.
Also warn if a comparison like ‘x<=y<=z’ appears; this is equivalent to ‘(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z’, which is a different interpretation from that of ordinary mathematical notation.
Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
if
statement an else
branch belongs. Here is an example of
such a case:
{ if (a) if (b) foo (); else bar (); }
In C/C++, every else
branch belongs to the innermost possible
if
statement, which in this example is if (b)
. This is
often not what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above
example by indentation the programmer chose. When there is the
potential for this confusion, GCC issues a warning when this flag
is specified. To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around
the innermost if
statement so there is no way the else
can belong to the enclosing if
. The resulting code
looks like this:
{ if (a) { if (b) foo (); else bar (); } }
Also warn for dangerous uses of the GNU extension to
?:
with omitted middle operand. When the condition
in the ?
: operator is a boolean expression, the omitted value is
always 1. Often programmers expect it to be a value computed
inside the conditional expression instead.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wsequence-point
Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations of sequence point rules in the C and C++ standards.
The C and C++ standards define the order in which expressions in a C/C++
program are evaluated in terms of sequence points, which represent
a partial ordering between the execution of parts of the program: those
executed before the sequence point, and those executed after it. These
occur after the evaluation of a full expression (one which is not part
of a larger expression), after the evaluation of the first operand of a
&&
, ||
, ? :
or ,
(comma) operator, before a
function is called (but after the evaluation of its arguments and the
expression denoting the called function), and in certain other places.
Other than as expressed by the sequence point rules, the order of
evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not specified. All
these rules describe only a partial order rather than a total order,
since, for example, if two functions are called within one expression
with no sequence point between them, the order in which the functions
are called is not specified. However, the standards committee have
ruled that function calls do not overlap.
It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to the values of objects take effect. Programs whose behavior depends on this have undefined behavior; the C and C++ standards specify that “Between the previous and next sequence point an object shall have its stored value modified at most once by the evaluation of an expression. Furthermore, the prior value shall be read only to determine the value to be stored.”. If a program breaks these rules, the results on any particular implementation are entirely unpredictable.
Examples of code with undefined behavior are a = a++;
, a[n]
= b[n++]
and a[i++] = i;
. Some more complicated cases are not
diagnosed by this option, and it may give an occasional false positive
result, but in general it has been found fairly effective at detecting
this sort of problem in programs.
The standard is worded confusingly, therefore there is some debate over the precise meaning of the sequence point rules in subtle cases. Links to discussions of the problem, including proposed formal definitions, may be found on the GCC readings page, at http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html.
This warning is enabled by -Wall for C and C++.
-Wno-return-local-addr
Do not warn about returning a pointer (or in C++, a reference) to a variable that goes out of scope after the function returns.
-Wreturn-type
Warn whenever a function is defined with a return type that defaults
to int
. Also warn about any return
statement with no
return value in a function whose return type is not void
(falling off the end of the function body is considered returning
without a value), and about a return
statement with an
expression in a function whose return type is void
.
For C++, a function without return type always produces a diagnostic message, even when -Wno-return-type is specified. The only exceptions are ‘main’ and functions defined in system headers.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wswitch
Warn whenever a switch
statement has an index of enumerated type
and lacks a case
for one or more of the named codes of that
enumeration. (The presence of a default
label prevents this
warning.) case
labels outside the enumeration range also
provoke warnings when this option is used (even if there is a
default
label).
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wswitch-default
Warn whenever a switch
statement does not have a default
case.
-Wswitch-enum
Warn whenever a switch
statement has an index of enumerated type
and lacks a case
for one or more of the named codes of that
enumeration. case
labels outside the enumeration range also
provoke warnings when this option is used. The only difference
between -Wswitch and this option is that this option gives a
warning about an omitted enumeration code even if there is a
default
label.
-Wsync-nand (C and C++ only)
Warn when __sync_fetch_and_nand
and __sync_nand_and_fetch
built-in functions are used. These functions changed semantics in GCC 4.4.
-Wtrigraphs
Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of the program (trigraphs within comments are not warned about). This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wunused-but-set-parameter
Warn whenever a function parameter is assigned to, but otherwise unused (aside from its declaration).
To suppress this warning use the ‘unused’ attribute (see Variable Attributes).
This warning is also enabled by -Wunused together with -Wextra.
-Wunused-but-set-variable
Warn whenever a local variable is assigned to, but otherwise unused (aside from its declaration). This warning is enabled by -Wall.
To suppress this warning use the ‘unused’ attribute (see Variable Attributes).
This warning is also enabled by -Wunused, which is enabled by -Wall.
-Wunused-function
Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a non-inline static function is unused. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wunused-label
Warn whenever a label is declared but not used. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
To suppress this warning use the ‘unused’ attribute (see Variable Attributes).
-Wunused-local-typedefs (C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when a typedef locally defined in a function is not used. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wunused-parameter
Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration.
To suppress this warning use the ‘unused’ attribute (see Variable Attributes).
-Wno-unused-result
Do not warn if a caller of a function marked with attribute
warn_unused_result
(see Function Attributes) does not use
its return value. The default is -Wunused-result.
-Wunused-variable
Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is unused aside from its declaration. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
To suppress this warning use the ‘unused’ attribute (see Variable Attributes).
-Wunused-value
Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not used. To suppress this warning cast the unused expression to ‘void’. This includes an expression-statement or the left-hand side of a comma expression that contains no side effects. For example, an expression such as ‘x[i,j]’ causes a warning, while ‘x[(void)i,j]’ does not.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wunused
All the above -Wunused options combined.
In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must either specify -Wextra -Wunused (note that -Wall implies -Wunused), or separately specify -Wunused-parameter.
-Wuninitialized
Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initialized
or if a variable may be clobbered by a setjmp
call. In C++,
warn if a non-static reference or non-static ‘const’ member
appears in a class without constructors.
If you want to warn about code that uses the uninitialized value of the variable in its own initializer, use the -Winit-self option.
These warnings occur for individual uninitialized or clobbered
elements of structure, union or array variables as well as for
variables that are uninitialized or clobbered as a whole. They do
not occur for variables or elements declared volatile
. Because
these warnings depend on optimization, the exact variables or elements
for which there are warnings depends on the precise optimization
options and version of GCC used.
Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only to compute a value that itself is never used, because such computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings are printed.
-Wmaybe-uninitialized
For an automatic variable, if there exists a path from the function entry to a use of the variable that is initialized, but there exist some other paths for which the variable is not initialized, the compiler emits a warning if it cannot prove the uninitialized paths are not executed at run time. These warnings are made optional because GCC is not smart enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct in spite of appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how this can happen:
{ int x; switch (y) { case 1: x = 1; break; case 2: x = 4; break; case 3: x = 5; } foo (x); }
If the value of y
is always 1, 2 or 3, then x
is
always initialized, but GCC doesn’t know this. To suppress the
warning, you need to provide a default case with assert(0) or
similar code.
This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might be
changed by a call to longjmp
. These warnings as well are possible
only in optimizing compilation.
The compiler sees only the calls to setjmp
. It cannot know
where longjmp
will be called; in fact, a signal handler could
call it at any point in the code. As a result, you may get a warning
even when there is in fact no problem because longjmp
cannot
in fact be called at the place that would cause a problem.
Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions
you use that never return as noreturn
. See Function Attributes.
This warning is enabled by -Wall or -Wextra.
-Wunknown-pragmas
Warn when a #pragma
directive is encountered that is not understood by
GCC. If this command-line option is used, warnings are even issued
for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if
the warnings are only enabled by the -Wall command-line option.
-Wno-pragmas
Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters, invalid syntax, or conflicts between pragmas. See also -Wunknown-pragmas.
-Wstrict-aliasing
This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active. It warns about code that might break the strict aliasing rules that the compiler is using for optimization. The warning does not catch all cases, but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls. It is included in -Wall. It is equivalent to -Wstrict-aliasing=3
-Wstrict-aliasing=n
This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active. It warns about code that might break the strict aliasing rules that the compiler is using for optimization. Higher levels correspond to higher accuracy (fewer false positives). Higher levels also correspond to more effort, similar to the way -O works. -Wstrict-aliasing is equivalent to -Wstrict-aliasing=3.
Level 1: Most aggressive, quick, least accurate. Possibly useful when higher levels do not warn but -fstrict-aliasing still breaks the code, as it has very few false negatives. However, it has many false positives. Warns for all pointer conversions between possibly incompatible types, even if never dereferenced. Runs in the front end only.
Level 2: Aggressive, quick, not too precise. May still have many false positives (not as many as level 1 though), and few false negatives (but possibly more than level 1). Unlike level 1, it only warns when an address is taken. Warns about incomplete types. Runs in the front end only.
Level 3 (default for -Wstrict-aliasing):
Should have very few false positives and few false
negatives. Slightly slower than levels 1 or 2 when optimization is enabled.
Takes care of the common pun+dereference pattern in the front end:
*(int*)&some_float
.
If optimization is enabled, it also runs in the back end, where it deals
with multiple statement cases using flow-sensitive points-to information.
Only warns when the converted pointer is dereferenced.
Does not warn about incomplete types.
-Wstrict-overflow
-Wstrict-overflow=n
This option is only active when -fstrict-overflow is active. It warns about cases where the compiler optimizes based on the assumption that signed overflow does not occur. Note that it does not warn about all cases where the code might overflow: it only warns about cases where the compiler implements some optimization. Thus this warning depends on the optimization level.
An optimization that assumes that signed overflow does not occur is perfectly safe if the values of the variables involved are such that overflow never does, in fact, occur. Therefore this warning can easily give a false positive: a warning about code that is not actually a problem. To help focus on important issues, several warning levels are defined. No warnings are issued for the use of undefined signed overflow when estimating how many iterations a loop requires, in particular when determining whether a loop will be executed at all.
-Wstrict-overflow=1
Warn about cases that are both questionable and easy to avoid. For
example, with -fstrict-overflow, the compiler simplifies
x + 1 > x
to 1
. This level of
-Wstrict-overflow is enabled by -Wall; higher levels
are not, and must be explicitly requested.
-Wstrict-overflow=2
Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified to a
constant. For example: abs (x) >= 0
. This can only be
simplified when -fstrict-overflow is in effect, because
abs (INT_MIN)
overflows to INT_MIN
, which is less than
zero. -Wstrict-overflow (with no level) is the same as
-Wstrict-overflow=2.
-Wstrict-overflow=3
Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified. For
example: x + 1 > 1
is simplified to x > 0
.
-Wstrict-overflow=4
Also warn about other simplifications not covered by the above cases.
For example: (x * 10) / 5
is simplified to x * 2
.
-Wstrict-overflow=5
Also warn about cases where the compiler reduces the magnitude of a
constant involved in a comparison. For example: x + 2 > y
is
simplified to x + 1 >= y
. This is reported only at the
highest warning level because this simplification applies to many
comparisons, so this warning level gives a very large number of
false positives.
-Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn|format]
Warn for cases where adding an attribute may be beneficial. The attributes currently supported are listed below.
-Wsuggest-attribute=pure
-Wsuggest-attribute=const
-Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn
Warn about functions that might be candidates for attributes
pure
, const
or noreturn
. The compiler only warns for
functions visible in other compilation units or (in the case of pure
and
const
) if it cannot prove that the function returns normally. A function
returns normally if it doesn’t contain an infinite loop or return abnormally
by throwing, calling abort()
or trapping. This analysis requires option
-fipa-pure-const, which is enabled by default at -O and
higher. Higher optimization levels improve the accuracy of the analysis.
-Wsuggest-attribute=format
-Wmissing-format-attribute
Warn about function pointers that might be candidates for format
attributes. Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones.
GCC guesses that function pointers with format
attributes that
are used in assignment, initialization, parameter passing or return
statements should have a corresponding format
attribute in the
resulting type. I.e. the left-hand side of the assignment or
initialization, the type of the parameter variable, or the return type
of the containing function respectively should also have a format
attribute to avoid the warning.
GCC also warns about function definitions that might be
candidates for format
attributes. Again, these are only
possible candidates. GCC guesses that format
attributes
might be appropriate for any function that calls a function like
vprintf
or vscanf
, but this might not always be the
case, and some functions for which format
attributes are
appropriate may not be detected.
-Warray-bounds
This option is only active when -ftree-vrp is active (default for -O2 and above). It warns about subscripts to arrays that are always out of bounds. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wno-div-by-zero
Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero. Floating-point division by zero is not warned about, as it can be a legitimate way of obtaining infinities and NaNs.
-Wsystem-headers
Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files. Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the assumption that they usually do not indicate real problems and would only make the compiler output harder to read. Using this command-line option tells GCC to emit warnings from system headers as if they occurred in user code. However, note that using -Wall in conjunction with this option does not warn about unknown pragmas in system headers—for that, -Wunknown-pragmas must also be used.
-Wtrampolines
Warn about trampolines generated for pointers to nested functions.
A trampoline is a small piece of data or code that is created at run time on the stack when the address of a nested function is taken, and is used to call the nested function indirectly. For some targets, it is made up of data only and thus requires no special treatment. But, for most targets, it is made up of code and thus requires the stack to be made executable in order for the program to work properly.
-Wfloat-equal
Warn if floating-point values are used in equality comparisons.
The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to infinitely precise real numbers. If you are doing this, then you need to compute (by analyzing the code, or in some other way) the maximum or likely maximum error that the computation introduces, and allow for it when performing comparisons (and when producing output, but that’s a different problem). In particular, instead of testing for equality, you should check to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and this is done with the relational operators, so equality comparisons are probably mistaken.
-Wtraditional (C and Objective-C only)
Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and ISO C. Also warn about ISO C constructs that have no traditional C equivalent, and/or problematic constructs that should be avoided.
<limits.h>
.
Use of these macros in user code might normally lead to spurious
warnings, however GCC’s integrated preprocessor has enough context to
avoid warning in these cases.
switch
statement has an operand of type long
.
static
function declaration follows a static
one.
This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
__STDC__
to avoid missing
initializer warnings and relies on default initialization to zero in the
traditional C case.
PARAMS
and
VPARAMS
. This warning is also bypassed for nested functions
because that feature is already a GCC extension and thus not relevant to
traditional C compatibility.
-Wtraditional-conversion (C and Objective-C only)
Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed-point argument except when the same as the default promotion.
-Wdeclaration-after-statement (C and Objective-C only)
Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block. This construct, known from C++, was introduced with ISO C99 and is by default allowed in GCC. It is not supported by ISO C90 and was not supported by GCC versions before GCC 3.0. See Mixed Declarations.
-Wundef
Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an ‘#if’ directive.
-Wno-endif-labels
Do not warn whenever an ‘#else’ or an ‘#endif’ are followed by text.
-Wshadow
Warn whenever a local variable or type declaration shadows another variable, parameter, type, or class member (in C++), or whenever a built-in function is shadowed. Note that in C++, the compiler warns if a local variable shadows an explicit typedef, but not if it shadows a struct/class/enum.
-Wlarger-than=len
Warn whenever an object of larger than len bytes is defined.
-Wframe-larger-than=len
Warn if the size of a function frame is larger than len bytes.
The computation done to determine the stack frame size is approximate
and not conservative.
The actual requirements may be somewhat greater than len
even if you do not get a warning. In addition, any space allocated
via alloca
, variable-length arrays, or related constructs
is not included by the compiler when determining
whether or not to issue a warning.
-Wno-free-nonheap-object
Do not warn when attempting to free an object that was not allocated on the heap.
-Wstack-usage=len
Warn if the stack usage of a function might be larger than len bytes.
The computation done to determine the stack usage is conservative.
Any space allocated via alloca
, variable-length arrays, or related
constructs is included by the compiler when determining whether or not to
issue a warning.
The message is in keeping with the output of -fstack-usage.
warning: stack usage is 1120 bytes
warning: stack usage might be 1648 bytes
warning: stack usage might be unbounded
-Wunsafe-loop-optimizations
Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler cannot assume anything on the bounds of the loop indices. With -funsafe-loop-optimizations warn if the compiler makes such assumptions.
-Wno-pedantic-ms-format (MinGW targets only)
When used in combination with -Wformat
and -pedantic without GNU extensions, this option
disables the warnings about non-ISO printf
/ scanf
format
width specifiers I32
, I64
, and I
used on Windows targets,
which depend on the MS runtime.
-Wpointer-arith
Warn about anything that depends on the “size of” a function type or
of void
. GNU C assigns these types a size of 1, for
convenience in calculations with void *
pointers and pointers
to functions. In C++, warn also when an arithmetic operation involves
NULL
. This warning is also enabled by -Wpedantic.
-Wtype-limits
Warn if a comparison is always true or always false due to the limited range of the data type, but do not warn for constant expressions. For example, warn if an unsigned variable is compared against zero with ‘<’ or ‘>=’. This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
-Wbad-function-cast (C and Objective-C only)
Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.
For example, warn if int malloc()
is cast to anything *
.
-Wc++-compat (C and Objective-C only)
Warn about ISO C constructs that are outside of the common subset of
ISO C and ISO C++, e.g. request for implicit conversion from
void *
to a pointer to non-void
type.
-Wc++11-compat (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++ 1998 and ISO C++ 2011, e.g., identifiers in ISO C++ 1998 that are keywords in ISO C++ 2011. This warning turns on -Wnarrowing and is enabled by -Wall.
-Wcast-qual
Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from
the target type. For example, warn if a const char *
is cast
to an ordinary char *
.
Also warn when making a cast that introduces a type qualifier in an
unsafe way. For example, casting char **
to const char **
is unsafe, as in this example:
/* p is char ** value. */ const char **q = (const char **) p; /* Assignment of readonly string to const char * is OK. */ *q = "string"; /* Now char** pointer points to read-only memory. */ **p = 'b';
-Wcast-align
Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
target is increased. For example, warn if a char *
is cast to
an int *
on machines where integers can only be accessed at
two- or four-byte boundaries.
-Wwrite-strings
When compiling C, give string constants the type const
char[length]
so that copying the address of one into a
non-const
char *
pointer produces a warning. These
warnings help you find at compile time code that can try to write
into a string constant, but only if you have been very careful about
using const
in declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it is
just a nuisance. This is why we did not make -Wall request
these warnings.
When compiling C++, warn about the deprecated conversion from string
literals to char *
. This warning is enabled by default for C++
programs.
-Wclobbered
Warn for variables that might be changed by ‘longjmp’ or ‘vfork’. This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
-Wconditionally-supported (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn for conditionally-supported (C++11 [intro.defs]) constructs.
-Wconversion
Warn for implicit conversions that may alter a value. This includes
conversions between real and integer, like abs (x)
when
x
is double
; conversions between signed and unsigned,
like unsigned ui = -1
; and conversions to smaller types, like
sqrtf (M_PI)
. Do not warn for explicit casts like abs
((int) x)
and ui = (unsigned) -1
, or if the value is not
changed by the conversion like in abs (2.0)
. Warnings about
conversions between signed and unsigned integers can be disabled by
using -Wno-sign-conversion.
For C++, also warn for confusing overload resolution for user-defined
conversions; and conversions that never use a type conversion
operator: conversions to void
, the same type, a base class or a
reference to them. Warnings about conversions between signed and
unsigned integers are disabled by default in C++ unless
-Wsign-conversion is explicitly enabled.
-Wno-conversion-null (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Do not warn for conversions between NULL
and non-pointer
types. -Wconversion-null is enabled by default.
-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when a literal ’0’ is used as null pointer constant. This can
be useful to facilitate the conversion to nullptr
in C++11.
-Wdate-time
Warn when macros __TIME__
, __DATE__
or __TIMESTAMP__
are encountered as they might prevent bit-wise-identical reproducible
compilations.
-Wdelete-incomplete (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when deleting a pointer to incomplete type, which may cause undefined behavior at runtime. This warning is enabled by default.
-Wuseless-cast (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Warn when an expression is casted to its own type.
-Wempty-body
Warn if an empty body occurs in an ‘if’, ‘else’ or ‘do while’ statement. This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
-Wenum-compare
Warn about a comparison between values of different enumerated types. In C++ enumeral mismatches in conditional expressions are also diagnosed and the warning is enabled by default. In C this warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wjump-misses-init (C, Objective-C only)
Warn if a goto
statement or a switch
statement jumps
forward across the initialization of a variable, or jumps backward to a
label after the variable has been initialized. This only warns about
variables that are initialized when they are declared. This warning is
only supported for C and Objective-C; in C++ this sort of branch is an
error in any case.
-Wjump-misses-init is included in -Wc++-compat. It can be disabled with the -Wno-jump-misses-init option.
-Wsign-compare
Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned. This warning is also enabled by -Wextra; to get the other warnings of -Wextra without this warning, use -Wextra -Wno-sign-compare.
-Wsign-conversion
Warn for implicit conversions that may change the sign of an integer value, like assigning a signed integer expression to an unsigned integer variable. An explicit cast silences the warning. In C, this option is enabled also by -Wconversion.
-Wfloat-conversion
Warn for implicit conversions that reduce the precision of a real value. This includes conversions from real to integer, and from higher precision real to lower precision real values. This option is also enabled by -Wconversion.
-Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess
Warn for suspicious length parameters to certain string and memory built-in
functions if the argument uses sizeof
. This warning warns e.g.
about memset (ptr, 0, sizeof (ptr));
if ptr
is not an array,
but a pointer, and suggests a possible fix, or about
memcpy (&foo, ptr, sizeof (&foo));
. This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
-Wmemset-transposed-args
Warn for suspicious calls to the memset
built-in function, if the
second argument is not zero and the third argument is zero. This warns e.g. about memset (buf, sizeof buf, 0)
where most probably
memset (buf, 0, sizeof buf)
was meant instead. The diagnostics
is only emitted if the third argument is literal zero, if it is some expression
that is folded to zero, or e.g. a cast of zero to some type etc., it
is far less likely that user has mistakenly exchanged the arguments and
no warning is emitted. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Waddress
Warn about suspicious uses of memory addresses. These include using
the address of a function in a conditional expression, such as
void func(void); if (func)
, and comparisons against the memory
address of a string literal, such as if (x == "abc")
. Such
uses typically indicate a programmer error: the address of a function
always evaluates to true, so their use in a conditional usually
indicate that the programmer forgot the parentheses in a function
call; and comparisons against string literals result in unspecified
behavior and are not portable in C, so they usually indicate that the
programmer intended to use strcmp
. This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
-Wlogical-op
Warn about suspicious uses of logical operators in expressions. This includes using logical operators in contexts where a bit-wise operator is likely to be expected.
-Waggregate-return
Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits a warning.)
-Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations
Warn if in a loop with constant number of iterations the compiler detects undefined behavior in some statement during one or more of the iterations.
-Wno-attributes
Do not warn if an unexpected __attribute__
is used, such as
unrecognized attributes, function attributes applied to variables,
etc. This does not stop errors for incorrect use of supported
attributes.
-Wno-builtin-macro-redefined
Do not warn if certain built-in macros are redefined. This suppresses
warnings for redefinition of __TIMESTAMP__
, __TIME__
,
__DATE__
, __FILE__
, and __BASE_FILE__
.
-Wstrict-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)
Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without a warning if preceded by a declaration that specifies the argument types.)
-Wold-style-declaration (C and Objective-C only)
Warn for obsolescent usages, according to the C Standard, in a
declaration. For example, warn if storage-class specifiers like
static
are not the first things in a declaration. This warning
is also enabled by -Wextra.
-Wold-style-definition (C and Objective-C only)
Warn if an old-style function definition is used. A warning is given even if there is a previous prototype.
-Wmissing-parameter-type (C and Objective-C only)
A function parameter is declared without a type specifier in K&R-style functions:
void foo(bar) { }
This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
-Wmissing-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)
Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself provides a prototype. Use this option to detect global functions that do not have a matching prototype declaration in a header file. This option is not valid for C++ because all function declarations provide prototypes and a non-matching declaration will declare an overload rather than conflict with an earlier declaration. Use -Wmissing-declarations to detect missing declarations in C++.
-Wmissing-declarations
Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration. Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype. Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in header files. In C, no warnings are issued for functions with previous non-prototype declarations; use -Wmissing-prototype to detect missing prototypes. In C++, no warnings are issued for function templates, or for inline functions, or for functions in anonymous namespaces.
-Wmissing-field-initializers
Warn if a structure’s initializer has some fields missing. For
example, the following code causes such a warning, because
x.h
is implicitly zero:
struct s { int f, g, h; }; struct s x = { 3, 4 };
This option does not warn about designated initializers, so the following modification does not trigger a warning:
struct s { int f, g, h; }; struct s x = { .f = 3, .g = 4 };
This warning is included in -Wextra. To get other -Wextra warnings without this one, use -Wextra -Wno-missing-field-initializers.
-Wno-multichar
Do not warn if a multicharacter constant (‘'FOOF'’) is used. Usually they indicate a typo in the user’s code, as they have implementation-defined values, and should not be used in portable code.
-Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>
In ISO C and ISO C++, two identifiers are different if they are different sequences of characters. However, sometimes when characters outside the basic ASCII character set are used, you can have two different character sequences that look the same. To avoid confusion, the ISO 10646 standard sets out some normalization rules which when applied ensure that two sequences that look the same are turned into the same sequence. GCC can warn you if you are using identifiers that have not been normalized; this option controls that warning.
There are four levels of warning supported by GCC. The default is -Wnormalized=nfc, which warns about any identifier that is not in the ISO 10646 “C” normalized form, NFC. NFC is the recommended form for most uses.
Unfortunately, there are some characters allowed in identifiers by ISO C and ISO C++ that, when turned into NFC, are not allowed in identifiers. That is, there’s no way to use these symbols in portable ISO C or C++ and have all your identifiers in NFC. -Wnormalized=id suppresses the warning for these characters. It is hoped that future versions of the standards involved will correct this, which is why this option is not the default.
You can switch the warning off for all characters by writing -Wnormalized=none. You should only do this if you are using some other normalization scheme (like “D”), because otherwise you can easily create bugs that are literally impossible to see.
Some characters in ISO 10646 have distinct meanings but look identical
in some fonts or display methodologies, especially once formatting has
been applied. For instance \u207F
, “SUPERSCRIPT LATIN SMALL
LETTER N”, displays just like a regular n
that has been
placed in a superscript. ISO 10646 defines the NFKC
normalization scheme to convert all these into a standard form as
well, and GCC warns if your code is not in NFKC if you use
-Wnormalized=nfkc. This warning is comparable to warning
about every identifier that contains the letter O because it might be
confused with the digit 0, and so is not the default, but may be
useful as a local coding convention if the programming environment
cannot be fixed to display these characters distinctly.
-Wno-deprecated
Do not warn about usage of deprecated features. See Deprecated Features.
-Wno-deprecated-declarations
Do not warn about uses of functions (see Function Attributes),
variables (see Variable Attributes), and types (see Type Attributes) marked as deprecated by using the deprecated
attribute.
-Wno-overflow
Do not warn about compile-time overflow in constant expressions.
-Wopenmp-simd
Warn if the vectorizer cost model overrides the OpenMP or the Cilk Plus simd directive set by user. The -fsimd-cost-model=unlimited can be used to relax the cost model.
-Woverride-init (C and Objective-C only)
Warn if an initialized field without side effects is overridden when using designated initializers (see Designated Initializers).
This warning is included in -Wextra. To get other -Wextra warnings without this one, use -Wextra -Wno-override-init.
-Wpacked
Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure.
Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For
instance, in this code, the variable f.x
in struct bar
is misaligned even though struct bar
does not itself
have the packed attribute:
struct foo { int x; char a, b, c, d; } __attribute__((packed)); struct bar { char z; struct foo f; };
-Wpacked-bitfield-compat
The 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 series of GCC ignore the packed
attribute
on bit-fields of type char
. This has been fixed in GCC 4.4 but
the change can lead to differences in the structure layout. GCC
informs you when the offset of such a field has changed in GCC 4.4.
For example there is no longer a 4-bit padding between field a
and b
in this structure:
struct foo { char a:4; char b:8; } __attribute__ ((packed));
This warning is enabled by default. Use -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat to disable this warning.
-Wpadded
Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element of the structure or to align the whole structure. Sometimes when this happens it is possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller.
-Wredundant-decls
Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
-Wnested-externs (C and Objective-C only)
Warn if an extern
declaration is encountered within a function.
-Wno-inherited-variadic-ctor
Suppress warnings about use of C++11 inheriting constructors when the base class inherited from has a C variadic constructor; the warning is on by default because the ellipsis is not inherited.
-Winline
Warn if a function that is declared as inline cannot be inlined. Even with this option, the compiler does not warn about failures to inline functions declared in system headers.
The compiler uses a variety of heuristics to determine whether or not to inline a function. For example, the compiler takes into account the size of the function being inlined and the amount of inlining that has already been done in the current function. Therefore, seemingly insignificant changes in the source program can cause the warnings produced by -Winline to appear or disappear.
-Wno-invalid-offsetof (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
Suppress warnings from applying the ‘offsetof’ macro to a non-POD type. According to the 1998 ISO C++ standard, applying ‘offsetof’ to a non-POD type is undefined. In existing C++ implementations, however, ‘offsetof’ typically gives meaningful results even when applied to certain kinds of non-POD types (such as a simple ‘struct’ that fails to be a POD type only by virtue of having a constructor). This flag is for users who are aware that they are writing nonportable code and who have deliberately chosen to ignore the warning about it.
The restrictions on ‘offsetof’ may be relaxed in a future version of the C++ standard.
-Wno-int-to-pointer-cast
Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a different size. In C++, casting to a pointer type of smaller size is an error. Wint-to-pointer-cast is enabled by default.
-Wno-pointer-to-int-cast (C and Objective-C only)
Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a different size.
-Winvalid-pch
Warn if a precompiled header (see Precompiled Headers) is found in the search path but can’t be used.
-Wlong-long
Warn if ‘long long’ type is used. This is enabled by either -Wpedantic or -Wtraditional in ISO C90 and C++98 modes. To inhibit the warning messages, use -Wno-long-long.
-Wvariadic-macros
Warn if variadic macros are used in pedantic ISO C90 mode, or the GNU alternate syntax when in pedantic ISO C99 mode. This is default. To inhibit the warning messages, use -Wno-variadic-macros.
-Wvarargs
Warn upon questionable usage of the macros used to handle variable arguments like ‘va_start’. This is default. To inhibit the warning messages, use -Wno-varargs.
-Wvector-operation-performance
Warn if vector operation is not implemented via SIMD capabilities of the
architecture. Mainly useful for the performance tuning.
Vector operation can be implemented piecewise
, which means that the
scalar operation is performed on every vector element;
in parallel
, which means that the vector operation is implemented
using scalars of wider type, which normally is more performance efficient;
and as a single scalar
, which means that vector fits into a
scalar type.
-Wno-virtual-move-assign
Suppress warnings about inheriting from a virtual base with a non-trivial C++11 move assignment operator. This is dangerous because if the virtual base is reachable along more than one path, it will be moved multiple times, which can mean both objects end up in the moved-from state. If the move assignment operator is written to avoid moving from a moved-from object, this warning can be disabled.
-Wvla
Warn if variable length array is used in the code. -Wno-vla prevents the -Wpedantic warning of the variable length array.
-Wvolatile-register-var
Warn if a register variable is declared volatile. The volatile modifier does not inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate reads and/or writes to register variables. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
-Wdisabled-optimization
Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning does not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it merely indicates that GCC’s optimizers are unable to handle the code effectively. Often, the problem is that your code is too big or too complex; GCC refuses to optimize programs when the optimization itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of time.
-Wpointer-sign (C and Objective-C only)
Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different signedness. This option is only supported for C and Objective-C. It is implied by -Wall and by -Wpedantic, which can be disabled with -Wno-pointer-sign.
-Wstack-protector
This option is only active when -fstack-protector is active. It warns about functions that are not protected against stack smashing.
-Woverlength-strings
Warn about string constants that are longer than the “minimum maximum” length specified in the C standard. Modern compilers generally allow string constants that are much longer than the standard’s minimum limit, but very portable programs should avoid using longer strings.
The limit applies after string constant concatenation, and does not count the trailing NUL. In C90, the limit was 509 characters; in C99, it was raised to 4095. C++98 does not specify a normative minimum maximum, so we do not diagnose overlength strings in C++.
This option is implied by -Wpedantic, and can be disabled with -Wno-overlength-strings.
-Wunsuffixed-float-constants (C and Objective-C only)
Issue a warning for any floating constant that does not have
a suffix. When used together with -Wsystem-headers it
warns about such constants in system header files. This can be useful
when preparing code to use with the FLOAT_CONST_DECIMAL64
pragma
from the decimal floating-point extension to C99.
Next: Optimize Options, Previous: Warning Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
GCC has various special options that are used for debugging either your program or GCC:
-g
Produce debugging information in the operating system’s native format (stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF 2). GDB can work with this debugging information.
On most systems that use stabs format, -g enables use of extra debugging information that only GDB can use; this extra information makes debugging work better in GDB but probably makes other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether to generate the extra information, use -gstabs+, -gstabs, -gxcoff+, -gxcoff, or -gvms (see below).
GCC allows you to use -g with -O. The shortcuts taken by optimized code may occasionally produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it; some statements may not be executed because they compute constant results or their values are already at hand; some statements may execute in different places because they have been moved out of loops.
Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output. This makes it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.
The following options are useful when GCC is generated with the capability for more than one debugging format.
-gsplit-dwarf
Separate as much dwarf debugging information as possible into a separate output file with the extension .dwo. This option allows the build system to avoid linking files with debug information. To be useful, this option requires a debugger capable of reading .dwo files.
-ggdb
Produce debugging information for use by GDB. This means to use the most expressive format available (DWARF 2, stabs, or the native format if neither of those are supported), including GDB extensions if at all possible.
-gpubnames
Generate dwarf .debug_pubnames and .debug_pubtypes sections.
-ggnu-pubnames
Generate .debug_pubnames and .debug_pubtypes sections in a format suitable for conversion into a GDB index. This option is only useful with a linker that can produce GDB index version 7.
-gstabs
Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported), without GDB extensions. This is the format used by DBX on most BSD systems. On MIPS, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option produces stabs debugging output that is not understood by DBX or SDB. On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the GNU assembler.
-feliminate-unused-debug-symbols
Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported), for only symbols that are actually used.
-femit-class-debug-always
Instead of emitting debugging information for a C++ class in only one object file, emit it in all object files using the class. This option should be used only with debuggers that are unable to handle the way GCC normally emits debugging information for classes because using this option increases the size of debugging information by as much as a factor of two.
-fdebug-types-section
When using DWARF Version 4 or higher, type DIEs can be put into
their own .debug_types
section instead of making them part of the
.debug_info
section. It is more efficient to put them in a separate
comdat sections since the linker can then remove duplicates.
But not all DWARF consumers support .debug_types
sections yet
and on some objects .debug_types
produces larger instead of smaller
debugging information.
-gstabs+
Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program.
-gcoff
Produce debugging information in COFF format (if that is supported). This is the format used by SDB on most System V systems prior to System V Release 4.
-gxcoff
Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported). This is the format used by the DBX debugger on IBM RS/6000 systems.
-gxcoff+
Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers other than the GNU assembler (GAS) to fail with an error.
-gdwarf-version
Produce debugging information in DWARF format (if that is supported). The value of version may be either 2, 3 or 4; the default version for most targets is 4.
Note that with DWARF Version 2, some ports require and always use some non-conflicting DWARF 3 extensions in the unwind tables.
Version 4 may require GDB 7.0 and -fvar-tracking-assignments for maximum benefit.
-grecord-gcc-switches
This switch causes the command-line options used to invoke the compiler that may affect code generation to be appended to the DW_AT_producer attribute in DWARF debugging information. The options are concatenated with spaces separating them from each other and from the compiler version. See also -frecord-gcc-switches for another way of storing compiler options into the object file. This is the default.
-gno-record-gcc-switches
Disallow appending command-line options to the DW_AT_producer attribute in DWARF debugging information.
-gstrict-dwarf
Disallow using extensions of later DWARF standard version than selected with -gdwarf-version. On most targets using non-conflicting DWARF extensions from later standard versions is allowed.
-gno-strict-dwarf
Allow using extensions of later DWARF standard version than selected with -gdwarf-version.
-gvms
Produce debugging information in Alpha/VMS debug format (if that is supported). This is the format used by DEBUG on Alpha/VMS systems.
-glevel
-ggdblevel
-gstabslevel
-gcofflevel
-gxcofflevel
-gvmslevel
Request debugging information and also use level to specify how much information. The default level is 2.
Level 0 produces no debug information at all. Thus, -g0 negates -g.
Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in parts of the program that you don’t plan to debug. This includes descriptions of functions and external variables, and line number tables, but no information about local variables.
Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions present in the program. Some debuggers support macro expansion when you use -g3.
-gdwarf-2 does not accept a concatenated debug level, because GCC used to support an option -gdwarf that meant to generate debug information in version 1 of the DWARF format (which is very different from version 2), and it would have been too confusing. That debug format is long obsolete, but the option cannot be changed now. Instead use an additional -glevel option to change the debug level for DWARF.
-gtoggle
Turn off generation of debug info, if leaving out this option generates it, or turn it on at level 2 otherwise. The position of this argument in the command line does not matter; it takes effect after all other options are processed, and it does so only once, no matter how many times it is given. This is mainly intended to be used with -fcompare-debug.
-fsanitize=address
Enable AddressSanitizer, a fast memory error detector.
Memory access instructions will be instrumented to detect
out-of-bounds and use-after-free bugs.
See http://code.google.com/p/address-sanitizer/ for
more details. The run-time behavior can be influenced using the
ASAN_OPTIONS
environment variable; see
https://code.google.com/p/address-sanitizer/wiki/Flags#Run-time_flags for
a list of supported options.
-fsanitize=thread
Enable ThreadSanitizer, a fast data race detector.
Memory access instructions will be instrumented to detect
data race bugs. See http://code.google.com/p/thread-sanitizer/ for more
details. The run-time behavior can be influenced using the TSAN_OPTIONS
environment variable; see
https://code.google.com/p/thread-sanitizer/wiki/Flags for a list of
supported options.
-fsanitize=leak
Enable LeakSanitizer, a memory leak detector.
This option only matters for linking of executables and if neither
-fsanitize=address nor -fsanitize=thread is used. In that
case it will link the executable against a library that overrides malloc
and other allocator functions. See
https://code.google.com/p/address-sanitizer/wiki/LeakSanitizer for more
details. The run-time behavior can be influenced using the
LSAN_OPTIONS
environment variable.
-fsanitize=undefined
Enable UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer, a fast undefined behavior detector. Various computations will be instrumented to detect undefined behavior at runtime. Current suboptions are:
-fsanitize=shift
This option enables checking that the result of a shift operation is not undefined. Note that what exactly is considered undefined differs slightly between C and C++, as well as between ISO C90 and C99, etc.
-fsanitize=integer-divide-by-zero
Detect integer division by zero as well as INT_MIN / -1
division.
-fsanitize=unreachable
With this option, the compiler will turn the __builtin_unreachable
call into a diagnostics message call instead. When reaching the
__builtin_unreachable
call, the behavior is undefined.
-fsanitize=vla-bound
This option instructs the compiler to check that the size of a variable length array is positive. This option does not have any effect in -std=c++1y mode, as the standard requires the exception be thrown instead.
-fsanitize=null
This option enables pointer checking. Particularly, the application built with this option turned on will issue an error message when it tries to dereference a NULL pointer, or if a reference (possibly an rvalue reference) is bound to a NULL pointer.
-fsanitize=return
This option enables return statement checking. Programs built with this option turned on will issue an error message when the end of a non-void function is reached without actually returning a value. This option works in C++ only.
-fsanitize=signed-integer-overflow
This option enables signed integer overflow checking. We check that
the result of +
, *
, and both unary and binary -
does not overflow in the signed arithmetics. Note, integer promotion
rules must be taken into account. That is, the following is not an
overflow:
signed char a = SCHAR_MAX; a++;
While -ftrapv causes traps for signed overflows to be emitted, -fsanitize=undefined gives a diagnostic message. This currently works only for the C family of languages.
-fdump-final-insns[=file]
Dump the final internal representation (RTL) to file. If the
optional argument is omitted (or if file is .
), the name
of the dump file is determined by appending .gkd
to the
compilation output file name.
-fcompare-debug[=opts]
If no error occurs during compilation, run the compiler a second time, adding opts and -fcompare-debug-second to the arguments passed to the second compilation. Dump the final internal representation in both compilations, and print an error if they differ.
If the equal sign is omitted, the default -gtoggle is used.
The environment variable GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
, if defined, non-empty
and nonzero, implicitly enables -fcompare-debug. If
GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
is defined to a string starting with a dash,
then it is used for opts, otherwise the default -gtoggle
is used.
-fcompare-debug=, with the equal sign but without opts,
is equivalent to -fno-compare-debug, which disables the dumping
of the final representation and the second compilation, preventing even
GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
from taking effect.
To verify full coverage during -fcompare-debug testing, set
GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
to say ‘-fcompare-debug-not-overridden’,
which GCC rejects as an invalid option in any actual compilation
(rather than preprocessing, assembly or linking). To get just a
warning, setting GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
to ‘-w%n-fcompare-debug
not overridden’ will do.
-fcompare-debug-second
This option is implicitly passed to the compiler for the second
compilation requested by -fcompare-debug, along with options to
silence warnings, and omitting other options that would cause
side-effect compiler outputs to files or to the standard output. Dump
files and preserved temporary files are renamed so as to contain the
.gk
additional extension during the second compilation, to avoid
overwriting those generated by the first.
When this option is passed to the compiler driver, it causes the first compilation to be skipped, which makes it useful for little other than debugging the compiler proper.
-feliminate-dwarf2-dups
Compress DWARF 2 debugging information by eliminating duplicated information about each symbol. This option only makes sense when generating DWARF 2 debugging information with -gdwarf-2.
-femit-struct-debug-baseonly
Emit debug information for struct-like types only when the base name of the compilation source file matches the base name of file in which the struct is defined.
This option substantially reduces the size of debugging information, but at significant potential loss in type information to the debugger. See -femit-struct-debug-reduced for a less aggressive option. See -femit-struct-debug-detailed for more detailed control.
This option works only with DWARF 2.
-femit-struct-debug-reduced
Emit debug information for struct-like types only when the base name of the compilation source file matches the base name of file in which the type is defined, unless the struct is a template or defined in a system header.
This option significantly reduces the size of debugging information, with some potential loss in type information to the debugger. See -femit-struct-debug-baseonly for a more aggressive option. See -femit-struct-debug-detailed for more detailed control.
This option works only with DWARF 2.
-femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list]
Specify the struct-like types for which the compiler generates debug information. The intent is to reduce duplicate struct debug information between different object files within the same program.
This option is a detailed version of -femit-struct-debug-reduced and -femit-struct-debug-baseonly, which serves for most needs.
A specification has the syntax
[‘dir:’|‘ind:’][‘ord:’|‘gen:’](‘any’|‘sys’|‘base’|‘none’)
The optional first word limits the specification to structs that are used directly (‘dir:’) or used indirectly (‘ind:’). A struct type is used directly when it is the type of a variable, member. Indirect uses arise through pointers to structs. That is, when use of an incomplete struct is valid, the use is indirect. An example is ‘struct one direct; struct two * indirect;’.
The optional second word limits the specification to ordinary structs (‘ord:’) or generic structs (‘gen:’). Generic structs are a bit complicated to explain. For C++, these are non-explicit specializations of template classes, or non-template classes within the above. Other programming languages have generics, but -femit-struct-debug-detailed does not yet implement them.
The third word specifies the source files for those structs for which the compiler should emit debug information. The values ‘none’ and ‘any’ have the normal meaning. The value ‘base’ means that the base of name of the file in which the type declaration appears must match the base of the name of the main compilation file. In practice, this means that when compiling foo.c, debug information is generated for types declared in that file and foo.h, but not other header files. The value ‘sys’ means those types satisfying ‘base’ or declared in system or compiler headers.
You may need to experiment to determine the best settings for your application.
The default is -femit-struct-debug-detailed=all.
This option works only with DWARF 2.
-fno-merge-debug-strings
Direct the linker to not merge together strings in the debugging information that are identical in different object files. Merging is not supported by all assemblers or linkers. Merging decreases the size of the debug information in the output file at the cost of increasing link processing time. Merging is enabled by default.
-fdebug-prefix-map=old=new
When compiling files in directory old, record debugging information describing them as in new instead.
-fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm
Emit DWARF 2 unwind info as compiler generated .eh_frame
section
instead of using GAS .cfi_*
directives.
-p
Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
analysis program prof
. You must use this option when compiling
the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
linking.
-pg
Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
analysis program gprof
. You must use this option when compiling
the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
linking.
-Q
Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
-ftime-report
Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each pass when it finishes.
-fmem-report
Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation when it finishes.
-fmem-report-wpa
Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation for the WPA phase only.
-fpre-ipa-mem-report
-fpost-ipa-mem-report
Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation before or after interprocedural optimization.
-fprofile-report
Makes the compiler print some statistics about consistency of the (estimated) profile and effect of individual passes.
-fstack-usage
Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program, on a per-function basis. The filename for the dump is made by appending .su to the auxname. auxname is generated from the name of the output file, if explicitly specified and it is not an executable, otherwise it is the basename of the source file. An entry is made up of three fields:
static
, dynamic
, bounded
.
The qualifier static
means that the function manipulates the stack
statically: a fixed number of bytes are allocated for the frame on function
entry and released on function exit; no stack adjustments are otherwise made
in the function. The second field is this fixed number of bytes.
The qualifier dynamic
means that the function manipulates the stack
dynamically: in addition to the static allocation described above, stack
adjustments are made in the body of the function, for example to push/pop
arguments around function calls. If the qualifier bounded
is also
present, the amount of these adjustments is bounded at compile time and
the second field is an upper bound of the total amount of stack used by
the function. If it is not present, the amount of these adjustments is
not bounded at compile time and the second field only represents the
bounded part.
-fprofile-arcs
Add code so that program flow arcs are instrumented. During execution the program records how many times each branch and call is executed and how many times it is taken or returns. When the compiled program exits it saves this data to a file called auxname.gcda for each source file. The data may be used for profile-directed optimizations (-fbranch-probabilities), or for test coverage analysis (-ftest-coverage). Each object file’s auxname is generated from the name of the output file, if explicitly specified and it is not the final executable, otherwise it is the basename of the source file. In both cases any suffix is removed (e.g. foo.gcda for input file dir/foo.c, or dir/foo.gcda for output file specified as -o dir/foo.o). See Cross-profiling.
--coverage
This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for coverage analysis. The option is a synonym for -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage (when compiling) and -lgcov (when linking). See the documentation for those options for more details.
fork
calls are detected and correctly handled (double counting
will not happen).
gcov
to produce human readable
information from the .gcno and .gcda files. Refer to the
gcov
documentation for further information.
With -fprofile-arcs, for each function of your program GCC creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree for the graph. Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be instrumented: the compiler adds code to count the number of times that these arcs are executed. When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to a block, the instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a new basic block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.
-ftest-coverage
Produce a notes file that the gcov
code-coverage utility
(see gcov
—a Test Coverage Program) can use to
show program coverage. Each source file’s note file is called
auxname.gcno. Refer to the -fprofile-arcs option
above for a description of auxname and instructions on how to
generate test coverage data. Coverage data matches the source files
more closely if you do not optimize.
-fdbg-cnt-list
Print the name and the counter upper bound for all debug counters.
-fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list
Set the internal debug counter upper bound. counter-value-list
is a comma-separated list of name:value pairs
which sets the upper bound of each debug counter name to value.
All debug counters have the initial upper bound of UINT_MAX
;
thus dbg_cnt()
returns true always unless the upper bound
is set by this option.
For example, with -fdbg-cnt=dce:10,tail_call:0,
dbg_cnt(dce)
returns true only for first 10 invocations.
-fenable-kind-pass
-fdisable-kind-pass=range-list
This is a set of options that are used to explicitly disable/enable optimization passes. These options are intended for use for debugging GCC. Compiler users should use regular options for enabling/disabling passes instead.
-fdisable-ipa-pass
Disable IPA pass pass. pass is the pass name. If the same pass is statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be appended with a sequential number starting from 1.
-fdisable-rtl-pass
-fdisable-rtl-pass=range-list
Disable RTL pass pass. pass is the pass name. If the same pass is statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be appended with a sequential number starting from 1. range-list is a comma-separated list of function ranges or assembler names. Each range is a number pair separated by a colon. The range is inclusive in both ends. If the range is trivial, the number pair can be simplified as a single number. If the function’s call graph node’s uid falls within one of the specified ranges, the pass is disabled for that function. The uid is shown in the function header of a dump file, and the pass names can be dumped by using option -fdump-passes.
-fdisable-tree-pass
-fdisable-tree-pass=range-list
Disable tree pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for the description of option arguments.
-fenable-ipa-pass
Enable IPA pass pass. pass is the pass name. If the same pass is statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be appended with a sequential number starting from 1.
-fenable-rtl-pass
-fenable-rtl-pass=range-list
Enable RTL pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for option argument description and examples.
-fenable-tree-pass
-fenable-tree-pass=range-list
Enable tree pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for the description of option arguments.
Here are some examples showing uses of these options.
# disable ccp1 for all functions -fdisable-tree-ccp1 # disable complete unroll for function whose cgraph node uid is 1 -fenable-tree-cunroll=1 # disable gcse2 for functions at the following ranges [1,1], # [300,400], and [400,1000] # disable gcse2 for functions foo and foo2 -fdisable-rtl-gcse2=foo,foo2 # disable early inlining -fdisable-tree-einline # disable ipa inlining -fdisable-ipa-inline # enable tree full unroll -fenable-tree-unroll
-dletters
-fdump-rtl-pass
-fdump-rtl-pass=filename
Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by letters. This is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of the compiler. The file names for most of the dumps are made by appending a pass number and a word to the dumpname, and the files are created in the directory of the output file. In case of =filename option, the dump is output on the given file instead of the pass numbered dump files. Note that the pass number is computed statically as passes get registered into the pass manager. Thus the numbering is not related to the dynamic order of execution of passes. In particular, a pass installed by a plugin could have a number over 200 even if it executed quite early. dumpname is generated from the name of the output file, if explicitly specified and it is not an executable, otherwise it is the basename of the source file. These switches may have different effects when -E is used for preprocessing.
Debug dumps can be enabled with a -fdump-rtl switch or some -d option letters. Here are the possible letters for use in pass and letters, and their meanings:
-fdump-rtl-alignments
Dump after branch alignments have been computed.
-fdump-rtl-asmcons
Dump after fixing rtl statements that have unsatisfied in/out constraints.
-fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec
Dump after auto-inc-dec discovery. This pass is only run on architectures that have auto inc or auto dec instructions.
-fdump-rtl-barriers
Dump after cleaning up the barrier instructions.
-fdump-rtl-bbpart
Dump after partitioning hot and cold basic blocks.
-fdump-rtl-bbro
Dump after block reordering.
-fdump-rtl-btl1
-fdump-rtl-btl2
-fdump-rtl-btl1 and -fdump-rtl-btl2 enable dumping after the two branch target load optimization passes.
-fdump-rtl-bypass
Dump after jump bypassing and control flow optimizations.
-fdump-rtl-combine
Dump after the RTL instruction combination pass.
-fdump-rtl-compgotos
Dump after duplicating the computed gotos.
-fdump-rtl-ce1
-fdump-rtl-ce2
-fdump-rtl-ce3
-fdump-rtl-ce1, -fdump-rtl-ce2, and -fdump-rtl-ce3 enable dumping after the three if conversion passes.
-fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg
Dump after hard register copy propagation.
-fdump-rtl-csa
Dump after combining stack adjustments.
-fdump-rtl-cse1
-fdump-rtl-cse2
-fdump-rtl-cse1 and -fdump-rtl-cse2 enable dumping after the two common subexpression elimination passes.
-fdump-rtl-dce
Dump after the standalone dead code elimination passes.
-fdump-rtl-dbr
Dump after delayed branch scheduling.
-fdump-rtl-dce1
-fdump-rtl-dce2
-fdump-rtl-dce1 and -fdump-rtl-dce2 enable dumping after the two dead store elimination passes.
-fdump-rtl-eh
Dump after finalization of EH handling code.
-fdump-rtl-eh_ranges
Dump after conversion of EH handling range regions.
-fdump-rtl-expand
Dump after RTL generation.
-fdump-rtl-fwprop1
-fdump-rtl-fwprop2
-fdump-rtl-fwprop1 and -fdump-rtl-fwprop2 enable dumping after the two forward propagation passes.
-fdump-rtl-gcse1
-fdump-rtl-gcse2
-fdump-rtl-gcse1 and -fdump-rtl-gcse2 enable dumping after global common subexpression elimination.
-fdump-rtl-init-regs
Dump after the initialization of the registers.
-fdump-rtl-initvals
Dump after the computation of the initial value sets.
-fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout
Dump after converting to cfglayout mode.
-fdump-rtl-ira
Dump after iterated register allocation.
-fdump-rtl-jump
Dump after the second jump optimization.
-fdump-rtl-loop2
-fdump-rtl-loop2 enables dumping after the rtl loop optimization passes.
-fdump-rtl-mach
Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization pass, if that pass exists.
-fdump-rtl-mode_sw
Dump after removing redundant mode switches.
-fdump-rtl-rnreg
Dump after register renumbering.
-fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout
Dump after converting from cfglayout mode.
-fdump-rtl-peephole2
Dump after the peephole pass.
-fdump-rtl-postreload
Dump after post-reload optimizations.
-fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue
Dump after generating the function prologues and epilogues.
-fdump-rtl-sched1
-fdump-rtl-sched2
-fdump-rtl-sched1 and -fdump-rtl-sched2 enable dumping after the basic block scheduling passes.
-fdump-rtl-ree
Dump after sign/zero extension elimination.
-fdump-rtl-seqabstr
Dump after common sequence discovery.
-fdump-rtl-shorten
Dump after shortening branches.
-fdump-rtl-sibling
Dump after sibling call optimizations.
-fdump-rtl-split1
-fdump-rtl-split2
-fdump-rtl-split3
-fdump-rtl-split4
-fdump-rtl-split5
-fdump-rtl-split1, -fdump-rtl-split2, -fdump-rtl-split3, -fdump-rtl-split4 and -fdump-rtl-split5 enable dumping after five rounds of instruction splitting.
-fdump-rtl-sms
Dump after modulo scheduling. This pass is only run on some architectures.
-fdump-rtl-stack
Dump after conversion from GCC’s “flat register file” registers to the x87’s stack-like registers. This pass is only run on x86 variants.
-fdump-rtl-subreg1
-fdump-rtl-subreg2
-fdump-rtl-subreg1 and -fdump-rtl-subreg2 enable dumping after the two subreg expansion passes.
-fdump-rtl-unshare
Dump after all rtl has been unshared.
-fdump-rtl-vartrack
Dump after variable tracking.
-fdump-rtl-vregs
Dump after converting virtual registers to hard registers.
-fdump-rtl-web
Dump after live range splitting.
-fdump-rtl-regclass
-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init
-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish
-fdump-rtl-dfinit
-fdump-rtl-dfinish
These dumps are defined but always produce empty files.
-da
-fdump-rtl-all
Produce all the dumps listed above.
-dA
Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.
-dD
Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to normal output.
-dH
Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs.
-dp
Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which pattern and alternative is used. The length of each instruction is also printed.
-dP
Dump the RTL in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction. Also turns on -dp annotation.
-dx
Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used with -fdump-rtl-expand.
-fdump-noaddr
When doing debugging dumps, suppress address output. This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with different compiler binaries and/or different text / bss / data / heap / stack / dso start locations.
-fdump-unnumbered
When doing debugging dumps, suppress instruction numbers and address output. This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with different options, in particular with and without -g.
-fdump-unnumbered-links
When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress instruction numbers for the links to the previous and next instructions in a sequence.
-fdump-translation-unit (C++ only)
-fdump-translation-unit-options (C++ only)
Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation unit to a file. The file name is made by appending .tu to the source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the output file. If the ‘-options’ form is used, options controls the details of the dump as described for the -fdump-tree options.
-fdump-class-hierarchy (C++ only)
-fdump-class-hierarchy-options (C++ only)
Dump a representation of each class’s hierarchy and virtual function table layout to a file. The file name is made by appending .class to the source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the output file. If the ‘-options’ form is used, options controls the details of the dump as described for the -fdump-tree options.
-fdump-ipa-switch
Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the output file. The following dumps are possible:
Enables all inter-procedural analysis dumps.
Dumps information about call-graph optimization, unused function removal, and inlining decisions.
Dump after function inlining.
-fdump-passes
Dump the list of optimization passes that are turned on and off by the current command-line options.
-fdump-statistics-option
Enable and control dumping of pass statistics in a separate file. The file name is generated by appending a suffix ending in ‘.statistics’ to the source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the output file. If the ‘-option’ form is used, ‘-stats’ causes counters to be summed over the whole compilation unit while ‘-details’ dumps every event as the passes generate them. The default with no option is to sum counters for each function compiled.
-fdump-tree-switch
-fdump-tree-switch-options
-fdump-tree-switch-options=filename
Control the dumping at various stages of processing the intermediate language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a switch-specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the output file. In case of =filename option, the dump is output on the given file instead of the auto named dump files. If the ‘-options’ form is used, options is a list of ‘-’ separated options which control the details of the dump. Not all options are applicable to all dumps; those that are not meaningful are ignored. The following options are available
Print the address of each node. Usually this is not meaningful as it changes according to the environment and source file. Its primary use is for tying up a dump file with a debug environment.
If DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
has been set for a given decl, use that
in the dump instead of DECL_NAME
. Its primary use is ease of
use working backward from mangled names in the assembly file.
When dumping front-end intermediate representations, inhibit dumping of members of a scope or body of a function merely because that scope has been reached. Only dump such items when they are directly reachable by some other path.
When dumping pretty-printed trees, this option inhibits dumping the bodies of control structures.
When dumping RTL, print the RTL in slim (condensed) form instead of the default LISP-like representation.
Print a raw representation of the tree. By default, trees are pretty-printed into a C-like representation.
Enable more detailed dumps (not honored by every dump option). Also include information from the optimization passes.
Enable dumping various statistics about the pass (not honored by every dump option).
Enable showing basic block boundaries (disabled in raw dumps).
For each of the other indicated dump files (-fdump-rtl-pass), dump a representation of the control flow graph suitable for viewing with GraphViz to file.passid.pass.dot. Each function in the file is pretty-printed as a subgraph, so that GraphViz can render them all in a single plot.
This option currently only works for RTL dumps, and the RTL is always dumped in slim form.
Enable showing virtual operands for every statement.
Enable showing line numbers for statements.
Enable showing the unique ID (DECL_UID
) for each variable.
Enable showing the tree dump for each statement.
Enable showing the EH region number holding each statement.
Enable showing scalar evolution analysis details.
Enable showing optimization information (only available in certain passes).
Enable showing missed optimization information (only available in certain passes).
Enable other detailed optimization information (only available in certain passes).
Instead of an auto named dump file, output into the given file name. The file names stdout and stderr are treated specially and are considered already open standard streams. For example,
gcc -O2 -ftree-vectorize -fdump-tree-vect-blocks=foo.dump -fdump-tree-pre=stderr file.c
outputs vectorizer dump into foo.dump, while the PRE dump is output on to stderr. If two conflicting dump filenames are given for the same pass, then the latter option overrides the earlier one.
Turn on all options, except raw, slim, verbose and lineno.
Turn on all optimization options, i.e., optimized, missed, and note.
The following tree dumps are possible:
Dump before any tree based optimization, to file.original.
Dump after all tree based optimization, to file.optimized.
Dump each function before and after the gimplification pass to a file. The file name is made by appending .gimple to the source file name.
Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file. The file name is made by appending .cfg to the source file name.
Dump each function after copying loop headers. The file name is made by appending .ch to the source file name.
Dump SSA related information to a file. The file name is made by appending .ssa to the source file name.
Dump aliasing information for each function. The file name is made by appending .alias to the source file name.
Dump each function after CCP. The file name is made by appending .ccp to the source file name.
Dump each function after STORE-CCP. The file name is made by appending .storeccp to the source file name.
Dump trees after partial redundancy elimination. The file name is made by appending .pre to the source file name.
Dump trees after full redundancy elimination. The file name is made by appending .fre to the source file name.
Dump trees after copy propagation. The file name is made by appending .copyprop to the source file name.
Dump trees after store copy-propagation. The file name is made by appending .store_copyprop to the source file name.
Dump each function after dead code elimination. The file name is made by appending .dce to the source file name.
Dump each function after performing scalar replacement of aggregates. The file name is made by appending .sra to the source file name.
Dump each function after performing code sinking. The file name is made by appending .sink to the source file name.
Dump each function after applying dominator tree optimizations. The file name is made by appending .dom to the source file name.
Dump each function after applying dead store elimination. The file name is made by appending .dse to the source file name.
Dump each function after optimizing PHI nodes into straightline code. The file name is made by appending .phiopt to the source file name.
Dump each function after forward propagating single use variables. The file name is made by appending .forwprop to the source file name.
Dump each function after applying the copy rename optimization. The file name is made by appending .copyrename to the source file name.
Dump each function after applying the named return value optimization on generic trees. The file name is made by appending .nrv to the source file name.
Dump each function after applying vectorization of loops. The file name is made by appending .vect to the source file name.
Dump each function after applying vectorization of basic blocks. The file name is made by appending .slp to the source file name.
Dump each function after Value Range Propagation (VRP). The file name is made by appending .vrp to the source file name.
Enable all the available tree dumps with the flags provided in this option.
-fopt-info
-fopt-info-options
-fopt-info-options=filename
Controls optimization dumps from various optimization passes. If the ‘-options’ form is used, options is a list of ‘-’ separated options to select the dump details and optimizations. If options is not specified, it defaults to optimized for details and optall for optimization groups. If the filename is not specified, it defaults to stderr. Note that the output filename will be overwritten in case of multiple translation units. If a combined output from multiple translation units is desired, stderr should be used instead.
The options can be divided into two groups, 1) options describing the verbosity of the dump, and 2) options describing which optimizations should be included. The options from both the groups can be freely mixed as they are non-overlapping. However, in case of any conflicts, the latter options override the earlier options on the command line. Though multiple -fopt-info options are accepted, only one of them can have =filename. If other filenames are provided then all but the first one are ignored.
The dump verbosity has the following options
Print information when an optimization is successfully applied. It is up to a pass to decide which information is relevant. For example, the vectorizer passes print the source location of loops which got successfully vectorized.
Print information about missed optimizations. Individual passes control which information to include in the output. For example,
gcc -O2 -ftree-vectorize -fopt-info-vec-missed
will print information about missed optimization opportunities from vectorization passes on stderr.
Print verbose information about optimizations, such as certain transformations, more detailed messages about decisions etc.
Print detailed optimization information. This includes optimized, missed, and note.
The second set of options describes a group of optimizations and may include one or more of the following.
Enable dumps from all interprocedural optimizations.
Enable dumps from all loop optimizations.
Enable dumps from all inlining optimizations.
Enable dumps from all vectorization optimizations.
Enable dumps from all optimizations. This is a superset of the optimization groups listed above.
For example,
gcc -O3 -fopt-info-missed=missed.all
outputs missed optimization report from all the passes into missed.all.
As another example,
gcc -O3 -fopt-info-inline-optimized-missed=inline.txt
will output information about missed optimizations as well as optimized locations from all the inlining passes into inline.txt.
If the filename is provided, then the dumps from all the applicable optimizations are concatenated into the filename. Otherwise the dump is output onto stderr. If options is omitted, it defaults to all-optall, which means dump all available optimization info from all the passes. In the following example, all optimization info is output on to stderr.
gcc -O3 -fopt-info
Note that -fopt-info-vec-missed behaves the same as -fopt-info-missed-vec.
As another example, consider
gcc -fopt-info-vec-missed=vec.miss -fopt-info-loop-optimized=loop.opt
Here the two output filenames vec.miss and loop.opt are in conflict since only one output file is allowed. In this case, only the first option takes effect and the subsequent options are ignored. Thus only the vec.miss is produced which contains dumps from the vectorizer about missed opportunities.
-frandom-seed=string
This option provides a seed that GCC uses in place of random numbers in generating certain symbol names that have to be different in every compiled file. It is also used to place unique stamps in coverage data files and the object files that produce them. You can use the -frandom-seed option to produce reproducibly identical object files.
The string should be different for every file you compile.
-fsched-verbose=n
On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls the amount of debugging output the scheduler prints. This information is written to standard error, unless -fdump-rtl-sched1 or -fdump-rtl-sched2 is specified, in which case it is output to the usual dump listing file, .sched1 or .sched2 respectively. However for n greater than nine, the output is always printed to standard error.
For n greater than zero, -fsched-verbose outputs the same information as -fdump-rtl-sched1 and -fdump-rtl-sched2. For n greater than one, it also output basic block probabilities, detailed ready list information and unit/insn info. For n greater than two, it includes RTL at abort point, control-flow and regions info. And for n over four, -fsched-verbose also includes dependence info.
-save-temps
-save-temps=cwd
Store the usual “temporary” intermediate files permanently; place them in the current directory and name them based on the source file. Thus, compiling foo.c with -c -save-temps produces files foo.i and foo.s, as well as foo.o. This creates a preprocessed foo.i output file even though the compiler now normally uses an integrated preprocessor.
When used in combination with the -x command-line option, -save-temps is sensible enough to avoid over writing an input source file with the same extension as an intermediate file. The corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming the source file before using -save-temps.
If you invoke GCC in parallel, compiling several different source files that share a common base name in different subdirectories or the same source file compiled for multiple output destinations, it is likely that the different parallel compilers will interfere with each other, and overwrite the temporary files. For instance:
gcc -save-temps -o outdir1/foo.o indir1/foo.c& gcc -save-temps -o outdir2/foo.o indir2/foo.c&
may result in foo.i and foo.o being written to simultaneously by both compilers.
-save-temps=obj
Store the usual “temporary” intermediate files permanently. If the -o option is used, the temporary files are based on the object file. If the -o option is not used, the -save-temps=obj switch behaves like -save-temps.
For example:
gcc -save-temps=obj -c foo.c gcc -save-temps=obj -c bar.c -o dir/xbar.o gcc -save-temps=obj foobar.c -o dir2/yfoobar
creates foo.i, foo.s, dir/xbar.i, dir/xbar.s, dir2/yfoobar.i, dir2/yfoobar.s, and dir2/yfoobar.o.
-time[=file]
Report the CPU time taken by each subprocess in the compilation sequence. For C source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler (plus the linker if linking is done).
Without the specification of an output file, the output looks like this:
# cc1 0.12 0.01 # as 0.00 0.01
The first number on each line is the “user time”, that is time spent executing the program itself. The second number is “system time”, time spent executing operating system routines on behalf of the program. Both numbers are in seconds.
With the specification of an output file, the output is appended to the named file, and it looks like this:
0.12 0.01 cc1 options 0.00 0.01 as options
The “user time” and the “system time” are moved before the program name, and the options passed to the program are displayed, so that one can later tell what file was being compiled, and with which options.
-fvar-tracking
Run variable tracking pass. It computes where variables are stored at each position in code. Better debugging information is then generated (if the debugging information format supports this information).
It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (-Os, -O, -O2, …), debugging information (-g) and the debug info format supports it.
-fvar-tracking-assignments
Annotate assignments to user variables early in the compilation and attempt to carry the annotations over throughout the compilation all the way to the end, in an attempt to improve debug information while optimizing. Use of -gdwarf-4 is recommended along with it.
It can be enabled even if var-tracking is disabled, in which case annotations are created and maintained, but discarded at the end.
-fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle
Toggle -fvar-tracking-assignments, in the same way that -gtoggle toggles -g.
-print-file-name=library
Print the full absolute name of the library file library that would be used when linking—and don’t do anything else. With this option, GCC does not compile or link anything; it just prints the file name.
-print-multi-directory
Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by any
other switches present in the command line. This directory is supposed
to exist in GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
.
-print-multi-lib
Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler switches that enable them. The directory name is separated from the switches by ‘;’, and each switch starts with an ‘@’ instead of the ‘-’, without spaces between multiple switches. This is supposed to ease shell processing.
-print-multi-os-directory
Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multilib, relative to some lib subdirectory. If OS libraries are present in the lib subdirectory and no multilibs are used, this is usually just ., if OS libraries are present in libsuffix sibling directories this prints e.g. ../lib64, ../lib or ../lib32, or if OS libraries are present in lib/subdir subdirectories it prints e.g. amd64, sparcv9 or ev6.
-print-multiarch
Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multiarch, relative to some lib subdirectory.
-print-prog-name=program
Like -print-file-name, but searches for a program such as ‘cpp’.
-print-libgcc-file-name
Same as -print-file-name=libgcc.a.
This is useful when you use -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs but you do want to link with libgcc.a. You can do:
gcc -nostdlib files… `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`
-print-search-dirs
Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
program and library directories gcc
searches—and don’t do anything else.
This is useful when gcc
prints the error message
‘installation problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or directory’.
To resolve this you either need to put cpp0 and the other compiler
components where gcc
expects to find them, or you can set the environment
variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
to the directory where you installed them.
Don’t forget the trailing ‘/’.
See Environment Variables.
-print-sysroot
Print the target sysroot directory that is used during compilation. This is the target sysroot specified either at configure time or using the --sysroot option, possibly with an extra suffix that depends on compilation options. If no target sysroot is specified, the option prints nothing.
-print-sysroot-headers-suffix
Print the suffix added to the target sysroot when searching for headers, or give an error if the compiler is not configured with such a suffix—and don’t do anything else.
-dumpmachine
Print the compiler’s target machine (for example, ‘i686-pc-linux-gnu’)—and don’t do anything else.
-dumpversion
Print the compiler version (for example, ‘3.0’)—and don’t do anything else.
-dumpspecs
Print the compiler’s built-in specs—and don’t do anything else. (This is used when GCC itself is being built.) See Spec Files.
-fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types
Normally, when producing DWARF 2 output, GCC avoids producing debug symbol output for types that are nowhere used in the source file being compiled. Sometimes it is useful to have GCC emit debugging information for all types declared in a compilation unit, regardless of whether or not they are actually used in that compilation unit, for example if, in the debugger, you want to cast a value to a type that is not actually used in your program (but is declared). More often, however, this results in a significant amount of wasted space.
Next: Preprocessor Options, Previous: Debugging Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
These options control various sorts of optimizations.
Without any optimization option, the compiler’s goal is to reduce the cost of compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results. Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or change the program counter to any other statement in the function and get exactly the results you expect from the source code.
Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt to improve the performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time and possibly the ability to debug the program.
The compiler performs optimization based on the knowledge it has of the program. Compiling multiple files at once to a single output file mode allows the compiler to use information gained from all of the files when compiling each of them.
Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag. Only optimizations that have a flag are listed in this section.
Most optimizations are only enabled if an -O level is set on the command line. Otherwise they are disabled, even if individual optimization flags are specified.
Depending on the target and how GCC was configured, a slightly different set of optimizations may be enabled at each -O level than those listed here. You can invoke GCC with -Q --help=optimizers to find out the exact set of optimizations that are enabled at each level. See Overall Options, for examples.
-O
-O1
Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot more memory for a large function.
With -O, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution time, without performing any optimizations that take a great deal of compilation time.
-O turns on the following optimization flags:
-fauto-inc-dec -fcompare-elim -fcprop-registers -fdce -fdefer-pop -fdelayed-branch -fdse -fguess-branch-probability -fif-conversion2 -fif-conversion -fipa-pure-const -fipa-profile -fipa-reference -fmerge-constants -fsplit-wide-types -ftree-bit-ccp -ftree-builtin-call-dce -ftree-ccp -ftree-ch -ftree-copyrename -ftree-dce -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse -ftree-forwprop -ftree-fre -ftree-phiprop -ftree-slsr -ftree-sra -ftree-pta -ftree-ter -funit-at-a-time
-O also turns on -fomit-frame-pointer on machines where doing so does not interfere with debugging.
-O2
Optimize even more. GCC performs nearly all supported optimizations that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff. As compared to -O, this option increases both compilation time and the performance of the generated code.
-O2 turns on all optimization flags specified by -O. It also turns on the following optimization flags:
-fthread-jumps -falign-functions -falign-jumps -falign-loops -falign-labels -fcaller-saves -fcrossjumping -fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fdevirtualize -fdevirtualize-speculatively -fexpensive-optimizations -fgcse -fgcse-lm -fhoist-adjacent-loads -finline-small-functions -findirect-inlining -fipa-sra -fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference -foptimize-sibling-calls -fpartial-inlining -fpeephole2 -freorder-blocks -freorder-functions -frerun-cse-after-loop -fsched-interblock -fsched-spec -fschedule-insns -fschedule-insns2 -fstrict-aliasing -fstrict-overflow -ftree-switch-conversion -ftree-tail-merge -ftree-pre -ftree-vrp
Please note the warning under -fgcse about invoking -O2 on programs that use computed gotos.
-O3
Optimize yet more. -O3 turns on all optimizations specified by -O2 and also turns on the -finline-functions, -funswitch-loops, -fpredictive-commoning, -fgcse-after-reload, -ftree-loop-vectorize, -ftree-slp-vectorize, -fvect-cost-model, -ftree-partial-pre and -fipa-cp-clone options.
-O0
Reduce compilation time and make debugging produce the expected results. This is the default.
-Os
Optimize for size. -Os enables all -O2 optimizations that do not typically increase code size. It also performs further optimizations designed to reduce code size.
-Os disables the following optimization flags:
-falign-functions -falign-jumps -falign-loops -falign-labels -freorder-blocks -freorder-blocks-and-partition -fprefetch-loop-arrays
-Ofast
Disregard strict standards compliance. -Ofast enables all -O3 optimizations. It also enables optimizations that are not valid for all standard-compliant programs. It turns on -ffast-math and the Fortran-specific -fno-protect-parens and -fstack-arrays.
-Og
Optimize debugging experience. -Og enables optimizations that do not interfere with debugging. It should be the optimization level of choice for the standard edit-compile-debug cycle, offering a reasonable level of optimization while maintaining fast compilation and a good debugging experience.
If you use multiple -O options, with or without level numbers, the last such option is the one that is effective.
Options of the form -fflag specify machine-independent flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo is -fno-foo. In the table below, only one of the forms is listed—the one you typically use. You can figure out the other form by either removing ‘no-’ or adding it.
The following options control specific optimizations. They are either activated by -O options or are related to ones that are. You can use the following flags in the rare cases when “fine-tuning” of optimizations to be performed is desired.
-fno-defer-pop
Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function returns. For machines that must pop arguments after a function call, the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several function calls and pops them all at once.
Disabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fforward-propagate
Perform a forward propagation pass on RTL. The pass tries to combine two instructions and checks if the result can be simplified. If loop unrolling is active, two passes are performed and the second is scheduled after loop unrolling.
This option is enabled by default at optimization levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-ffp-contract=style
-ffp-contract=off disables floating-point expression contraction. -ffp-contract=fast enables floating-point expression contraction such as forming of fused multiply-add operations if the target has native support for them. -ffp-contract=on enables floating-point expression contraction if allowed by the language standard. This is currently not implemented and treated equal to -ffp-contract=off.
The default is -ffp-contract=fast.
-fomit-frame-pointer
Don’t keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that don’t need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available in many functions. It also makes debugging impossible on some machines.
On some machines, such as the VAX, this flag has no effect, because
the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn’t exist. The
machine-description macro FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
controls
whether a target machine supports this flag. See Register
Usage in GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) Internals.
Starting with GCC version 4.6, the default setting (when not optimizing for size) for 32-bit GNU/Linux x86 and 32-bit Darwin x86 targets has been changed to -fomit-frame-pointer. The default can be reverted to -fno-omit-frame-pointer by configuring GCC with the --enable-frame-pointer configure option.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-foptimize-sibling-calls
Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fno-inline
Do not expand any functions inline apart from those marked with
the always_inline
attribute. This is the default when not
optimizing.
Single functions can be exempted from inlining by marking them
with the noinline
attribute.
-finline-small-functions
Integrate functions into their callers when their body is smaller than expected function call code (so overall size of program gets smaller). The compiler heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth integrating in this way. This inlining applies to all functions, even those not declared inline.
Enabled at level -O2.
-findirect-inlining
Inline also indirect calls that are discovered to be known at compile time thanks to previous inlining. This option has any effect only when inlining itself is turned on by the -finline-functions or -finline-small-functions options.
Enabled at level -O2.
-finline-functions
Consider all functions for inlining, even if they are not declared inline. The compiler heuristically decides which functions are worth integrating in this way.
If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is
declared static
, then the function is normally not output as
assembler code in its own right.
Enabled at level -O3.
-finline-functions-called-once
Consider all static
functions called once for inlining into their
caller even if they are not marked inline
. If a call to a given
function is integrated, then the function is not output as assembler code
in its own right.
Enabled at levels -O1, -O2, -O3 and -Os.
-fearly-inlining
Inline functions marked by always_inline
and functions whose body seems
smaller than the function call overhead early before doing
-fprofile-generate instrumentation and real inlining pass. Doing so
makes profiling significantly cheaper and usually inlining faster on programs
having large chains of nested wrapper functions.
Enabled by default.
-fipa-sra
Perform interprocedural scalar replacement of aggregates, removal of unused parameters and replacement of parameters passed by reference by parameters passed by value.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3 and -Os.
-finline-limit=n
By default, GCC limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag allows coarse control of this limit. n is the size of functions that can be inlined in number of pseudo instructions.
Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parameters, which may be specified individually by using --param name=value. The -finline-limit=n option sets some of these parameters as follows:
max-inline-insns-single
is set to n/2.
max-inline-insns-auto
is set to n/2.
See below for a documentation of the individual parameters controlling inlining and for the defaults of these parameters.
Note: there may be no value to -finline-limit that results in default behavior.
Note: pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an abstract measurement of function’s size. In no way does it represent a count of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one release to an another.
-fno-keep-inline-dllexport
This is a more fine-grained version of -fkeep-inline-functions,
which applies only to functions that are declared using the dllexport
attribute or declspec (See Declaring Attributes of
Functions.)
-fkeep-inline-functions
In C, emit static
functions that are declared inline
into the object file, even if the function has been inlined into all
of its callers. This switch does not affect functions using the
extern inline
extension in GNU C90. In C++, emit any and all
inline functions into the object file.
-fkeep-static-consts
Emit variables declared static const
when optimization isn’t turned
on, even if the variables aren’t referenced.
GCC enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to check if a variable is referenced, regardless of whether or not optimization is turned on, use the -fno-keep-static-consts option.
-fmerge-constants
Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and floating-point constants) across compilation units.
This option is the default for optimized compilation if the assembler and linker support it. Use -fno-merge-constants to inhibit this behavior.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fmerge-all-constants
Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables.
This option implies -fmerge-constants. In addition to -fmerge-constants this considers e.g. even constant initialized arrays or initialized constant variables with integral or floating-point types. Languages like C or C++ require each variable, including multiple instances of the same variable in recursive calls, to have distinct locations, so using this option results in non-conforming behavior.
-fmodulo-sched
Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first scheduling pass. This pass looks at innermost loops and reorders their instructions by overlapping different iterations.
-fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves
Perform more aggressive SMS-based modulo scheduling with register moves allowed. By setting this flag certain anti-dependences edges are deleted, which triggers the generation of reg-moves based on the life-range analysis. This option is effective only with -fmodulo-sched enabled.
-fno-branch-count-reg
Do not use “decrement and branch” instructions on a count register, but instead generate a sequence of instructions that decrement a register, compare it against zero, then branch based upon the result. This option is only meaningful on architectures that support such instructions, which include x86, PowerPC, IA-64 and S/390.
The default is -fbranch-count-reg.
-fno-function-cse
Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that calls a constant function contain the function’s address explicitly.
This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimizations performed when this option is not used.
The default is -ffunction-cse
-fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
If the target supports a BSS section, GCC by default puts variables that are initialized to zero into BSS. This can save space in the resulting code.
This option turns off this behavior because some programs explicitly rely on variables going to the data section—e.g., so that the resulting executable can find the beginning of that section and/or make assumptions based on that.
The default is -fzero-initialized-in-bss.
-fthread-jumps
Perform optimizations that check to see if a jump branches to a location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether the condition is known to be true or false.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fsplit-wide-types
When using a type that occupies multiple registers, such as long
long
on a 32-bit system, split the registers apart and allocate them
independently. This normally generates better code for those types,
but may make debugging more difficult.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fcse-follow-jumps
In common subexpression elimination (CSE), scan through jump instructions
when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For
example, when CSE encounters an if
statement with an
else
clause, CSE follows the jump when the condition
tested is false.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fcse-skip-blocks
This is similar to -fcse-follow-jumps, but causes CSE to
follow jumps that conditionally skip over blocks. When CSE
encounters a simple if
statement with no else clause,
-fcse-skip-blocks causes CSE to follow the jump around the
body of the if
.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-frerun-cse-after-loop
Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations are performed.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fgcse
Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass. This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation.
Note: When compiling a program using computed gotos, a GCC extension, you may get better run-time performance if you disable the global common subexpression elimination pass by adding -fno-gcse to the command line.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fgcse-lm
When -fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression elimination attempts to move loads that are only killed by stores into themselves. This allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to be changed to a load outside the loop, and a copy/store within the loop.
Enabled by default when -fgcse is enabled.
-fgcse-sm
When -fgcse-sm is enabled, a store motion pass is run after global common subexpression elimination. This pass attempts to move stores out of loops. When used in conjunction with -fgcse-lm, loops containing a load/store sequence can be changed to a load before the loop and a store after the loop.
Not enabled at any optimization level.
-fgcse-las
When -fgcse-las is enabled, the global common subexpression elimination pass eliminates redundant loads that come after stores to the same memory location (both partial and full redundancies).
Not enabled at any optimization level.
-fgcse-after-reload
When -fgcse-after-reload is enabled, a redundant load elimination pass is performed after reload. The purpose of this pass is to clean up redundant spilling.
-faggressive-loop-optimizations
This option tells the loop optimizer to use language constraints to derive bounds for the number of iterations of a loop. This assumes that loop code does not invoke undefined behavior by for example causing signed integer overflows or out-of-bound array accesses. The bounds for the number of iterations of a loop are used to guide loop unrolling and peeling and loop exit test optimizations. This option is enabled by default.
-funsafe-loop-optimizations
This option tells the loop optimizer to assume that loop indices do not overflow, and that loops with nontrivial exit condition are not infinite. This enables a wider range of loop optimizations even if the loop optimizer itself cannot prove that these assumptions are valid. If you use -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations, the compiler warns you if it finds this kind of loop.
-fcrossjumping
Perform cross-jumping transformation. This transformation unifies equivalent code and saves code size. The resulting code may or may not perform better than without cross-jumping.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fauto-inc-dec
Combine increments or decrements of addresses with memory accesses. This pass is always skipped on architectures that do not have instructions to support this. Enabled by default at -O and higher on architectures that support this.
-fdce
Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on RTL. Enabled by default at -O and higher.
-fdse
Perform dead store elimination (DSE) on RTL. Enabled by default at -O and higher.
-fif-conversion
Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents. This
includes use of conditional moves, min, max, set flags and abs instructions, and
some tricks doable by standard arithmetics. The use of conditional execution
on chips where it is available is controlled by if-conversion2
.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fif-conversion2
Use conditional execution (where available) to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fdeclone-ctor-dtor
The C++ ABI requires multiple entry points for constructors and destructors: one for a base subobject, one for a complete object, and one for a virtual destructor that calls operator delete afterwards. For a hierarchy with virtual bases, the base and complete variants are clones, which means two copies of the function. With this option, the base and complete variants are changed to be thunks that call a common implementation.
Enabled by -Os.
-fdelete-null-pointer-checks
Assume that programs cannot safely dereference null pointers, and that no code or data element resides there. This enables simple constant folding optimizations at all optimization levels. In addition, other optimization passes in GCC use this flag to control global dataflow analyses that eliminate useless checks for null pointers; these assume that if a pointer is checked after it has already been dereferenced, it cannot be null.
Note however that in some environments this assumption is not true. Use -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this optimization for programs that depend on that behavior.
Some targets, especially embedded ones, disable this option at all levels. Otherwise it is enabled at all levels: -O0, -O1, -O2, -O3, -Os. Passes that use the information are enabled independently at different optimization levels.
-fdevirtualize
Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to direct calls. This
is done both within a procedure and interprocedurally as part of
indirect inlining (-findirect-inlining
) and interprocedural constant
propagation (-fipa-cp).
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fdevirtualize-speculatively
Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to speculative direct calls. Based on the analysis of the type inheritance graph, determine for a given call the set of likely targets. If the set is small, preferably of size 1, change the call into an conditional deciding on direct and indirect call. The speculative calls enable more optimizations, such as inlining. When they seem useless after further optimization, they are converted back into original form.
-fexpensive-optimizations
Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-free
Attempt to remove redundant extension instructions. This is especially helpful for the x86-64 architecture, which implicitly zero-extends in 64-bit registers after writing to their lower 32-bit half.
Enabled for Alpha, AArch64 and x86 at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-flive-range-shrinkage
Attempt to decrease register pressure through register live range shrinkage. This is helpful for fast processors with small or moderate size register sets.
-fira-algorithm=algorithm
Use the specified coloring algorithm for the integrated register allocator. The algorithm argument can be ‘priority’, which specifies Chow’s priority coloring, or ‘CB’, which specifies Chaitin-Briggs coloring. Chaitin-Briggs coloring is not implemented for all architectures, but for those targets that do support it, it is the default because it generates better code.
-fira-region=region
Use specified regions for the integrated register allocator. The region argument should be one of the following:
Use all loops as register allocation regions. This can give the best results for machines with a small and/or irregular register set.
Use all loops except for loops with small register pressure as the regions. This value usually gives the best results in most cases and for most architectures, and is enabled by default when compiling with optimization for speed (-O, -O2, …).
Use all functions as a single region. This typically results in the smallest code size, and is enabled by default for -Os or -O0.
-fira-hoist-pressure
Use IRA to evaluate register pressure in the code hoisting pass for decisions to hoist expressions. This option usually results in smaller code, but it can slow the compiler down.
This option is enabled at level -Os for all targets.
-fira-loop-pressure
Use IRA to evaluate register pressure in loops for decisions to move loop invariants. This option usually results in generation of faster and smaller code on machines with large register files (>= 32 registers), but it can slow the compiler down.
This option is enabled at level -O3 for some targets.
-fno-ira-share-save-slots
Disable sharing of stack slots used for saving call-used hard registers living through a call. Each hard register gets a separate stack slot, and as a result function stack frames are larger.
-fno-ira-share-spill-slots
Disable sharing of stack slots allocated for pseudo-registers. Each pseudo-register that does not get a hard register gets a separate stack slot, and as a result function stack frames are larger.
-fira-verbose=n
Control the verbosity of the dump file for the integrated register allocator. The default value is 5. If the value n is greater or equal to 10, the dump output is sent to stderr using the same format as n minus 10.
-fdelayed-branch
If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch instructions.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fschedule-insns
If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load or floating-point instruction is required.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
-fschedule-insns2
Similar to -fschedule-insns, but requests an additional pass of instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fno-sched-interblock
Don’t schedule instructions across basic blocks. This is normally enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
-fno-sched-spec
Don’t allow speculative motion of non-load instructions. This is normally enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-pressure
Enable register pressure sensitive insn scheduling before register allocation. This only makes sense when scheduling before register allocation is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher. Usage of this option can improve the generated code and decrease its size by preventing register pressure increase above the number of available hard registers and subsequent spills in register allocation.
-fsched-spec-load
Allow speculative motion of some load instructions. This only makes sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-spec-load-dangerous
Allow speculative motion of more load instructions. This only makes sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-stalled-insns
-fsched-stalled-insns=n
Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the queue of stalled insns into the ready list during the second scheduling pass. -fno-sched-stalled-insns means that no insns are moved prematurely, -fsched-stalled-insns=0 means there is no limit on how many queued insns can be moved prematurely. -fsched-stalled-insns without a value is equivalent to -fsched-stalled-insns=1.
-fsched-stalled-insns-dep
-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n
Define how many insn groups (cycles) are examined for a dependency on a stalled insn that is a candidate for premature removal from the queue of stalled insns. This has an effect only during the second scheduling pass, and only if -fsched-stalled-insns is used. -fno-sched-stalled-insns-dep is equivalent to -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=0. -fsched-stalled-insns-dep without a value is equivalent to -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=1.
-fsched2-use-superblocks
When scheduling after register allocation, use superblock scheduling. This allows motion across basic block boundaries, resulting in faster schedules. This option is experimental, as not all machine descriptions used by GCC model the CPU closely enough to avoid unreliable results from the algorithm.
This only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-group-heuristic
Enable the group heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors the instruction that belongs to a schedule group. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-critical-path-heuristic
Enable the critical-path heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors instructions on the critical path. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-spec-insn-heuristic
Enable the speculative instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors speculative instructions with greater dependency weakness. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-rank-heuristic
Enable the rank heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors the instruction belonging to a basic block with greater size or frequency. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-last-insn-heuristic
Enable the last-instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors the instruction that is less dependent on the last instruction scheduled. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
-fsched-dep-count-heuristic
Enable the dependent-count heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors the instruction that has more instructions depending on it. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
-freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops
Modulo scheduling is performed before traditional scheduling. If a loop is modulo scheduled, later scheduling passes may change its schedule. Use this option to control that behavior.
-fselective-scheduling
Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective scheduling runs instead of the first scheduler pass.
-fselective-scheduling2
Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective scheduling runs instead of the second scheduler pass.
-fsel-sched-pipelining
Enable software pipelining of innermost loops during selective scheduling. This option has no effect unless one of -fselective-scheduling or -fselective-scheduling2 is turned on.
-fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops
When pipelining loops during selective scheduling, also pipeline outer loops. This option has no effect unless -fsel-sched-pipelining is turned on.
-fshrink-wrap
Emit function prologues only before parts of the function that need it, rather than at the top of the function. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-fcaller-saves
Enable allocation of values to registers that are clobbered by function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it seems to result in better code.
This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fcombine-stack-adjustments
Tracks stack adjustments (pushes and pops) and stack memory references and then tries to find ways to combine them.
Enabled by default at -O1 and higher.
-fconserve-stack
Attempt to minimize stack usage. The compiler attempts to use less stack space, even if that makes the program slower. This option implies setting the large-stack-frame parameter to 100 and the large-stack-frame-growth parameter to 400.
-ftree-reassoc
Perform reassociation on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-pre
Perform partial redundancy elimination (PRE) on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and -O3.
-ftree-partial-pre
Make partial redundancy elimination (PRE) more aggressive. This flag is enabled by default at -O3.
-ftree-forwprop
Perform forward propagation on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-fre
Perform full redundancy elimination (FRE) on trees. The difference between FRE and PRE is that FRE only considers expressions that are computed on all paths leading to the redundant computation. This analysis is faster than PRE, though it exposes fewer redundancies. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-phiprop
Perform hoisting of loads from conditional pointers on trees. This pass is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-fhoist-adjacent-loads
Speculatively hoist loads from both branches of an if-then-else if the loads are from adjacent locations in the same structure and the target architecture has a conditional move instruction. This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.
-ftree-copy-prop
Perform copy propagation on trees. This pass eliminates unnecessary copy operations. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-fipa-pure-const
Discover which functions are pure or constant. Enabled by default at -O and higher.
-fipa-reference
Discover which static variables do not escape the compilation unit. Enabled by default at -O and higher.
-fipa-pta
Perform interprocedural pointer analysis and interprocedural modification and reference analysis. This option can cause excessive memory and compile-time usage on large compilation units. It is not enabled by default at any optimization level.
-fipa-profile
Perform interprocedural profile propagation. The functions called only from
cold functions are marked as cold. Also functions executed once (such as
cold
, noreturn
, static constructors or destructors) are identified. Cold
functions and loop less parts of functions executed once are then optimized for
size.
Enabled by default at -O and higher.
-fipa-cp
Perform interprocedural constant propagation. This optimization analyzes the program to determine when values passed to functions are constants and then optimizes accordingly. This optimization can substantially increase performance if the application has constants passed to functions. This flag is enabled by default at -O2, -Os and -O3.
-fipa-cp-clone
Perform function cloning to make interprocedural constant propagation stronger. When enabled, interprocedural constant propagation performs function cloning when externally visible function can be called with constant arguments. Because this optimization can create multiple copies of functions, it may significantly increase code size (see --param ipcp-unit-growth=value). This flag is enabled by default at -O3.
-fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference
Detect paths which trigger erroneous or undefined behaviour due to dereferencing a NULL pointer. Isolate those paths from the main control flow and turn the statement with erroneous or undefined behaviour into a trap.
-fisolate-erroneous-paths-attribute
Detect paths which trigger erroneous or undefined behaviour due a NULL value
being used in a way which is forbidden by a returns_nonnull
or nonnull
attribute. Isolate those paths from the main control flow and turn the
statement with erroneous or undefined behaviour into a trap. This is not
currently enabled, but may be enabled by -O2
in the future.
-ftree-sink
Perform forward store motion on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-bit-ccp
Perform sparse conditional bit constant propagation on trees and propagate pointer alignment information. This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default at -O and higher. It requires that -ftree-ccp is enabled.
-ftree-ccp
Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (CCP) on trees. This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-switch-conversion
Perform conversion of simple initializations in a switch to initializations from a scalar array. This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.
-ftree-tail-merge
Look for identical code sequences. When found, replace one with a jump to the other. This optimization is known as tail merging or cross jumping. This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and higher. The compilation time in this pass can be limited using max-tail-merge-comparisons parameter and max-tail-merge-iterations parameter.
-ftree-dce
Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-builtin-call-dce
Perform conditional dead code elimination (DCE) for calls to built-in functions
that may set errno
but are otherwise side-effect free. This flag is
enabled by default at -O2 and higher if -Os is not also
specified.
-ftree-dominator-opts
Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (constant/copy propagation, redundancy elimination, range propagation and expression simplification) based on a dominator tree traversal. This also performs jump threading (to reduce jumps to jumps). This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-dse
Perform dead store elimination (DSE) on trees. A dead store is a store into a memory location that is later overwritten by another store without any intervening loads. In this case the earlier store can be deleted. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-ch
Perform loop header copying on trees. This is beneficial since it increases effectiveness of code motion optimizations. It also saves one jump. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher. It is not enabled for -Os, since it usually increases code size.
-ftree-loop-optimize
Perform loop optimizations on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-loop-linear
Perform loop interchange transformations on tree. Same as -floop-interchange. To use this code transformation, GCC has to be configured with --with-ppl and --with-cloog to enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
-floop-interchange
Perform loop interchange transformations on loops. Interchanging two nested loops switches the inner and outer loops. For example, given a loop like:
DO J = 1, M DO I = 1, N A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C ENDDO ENDDO
loop interchange transforms the loop as if it were written:
DO I = 1, N DO J = 1, M A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C ENDDO ENDDO
which can be beneficial when N
is larger than the caches,
because in Fortran, the elements of an array are stored in memory
contiguously by column, and the original loop iterates over rows,
potentially creating at each access a cache miss. This optimization
applies to all the languages supported by GCC and is not limited to
Fortran. To use this code transformation, GCC has to be configured
with --with-ppl and --with-cloog to enable the
Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
-floop-strip-mine
Perform loop strip mining transformations on loops. Strip mining splits a loop into two nested loops. The outer loop has strides equal to the strip size and the inner loop has strides of the original loop within a strip. The strip length can be changed using the loop-block-tile-size parameter. For example, given a loop like:
DO I = 1, N A(I) = A(I) + C ENDDO
loop strip mining transforms the loop as if it were written:
DO II = 1, N, 51 DO I = II, min (II + 50, N) A(I) = A(I) + C ENDDO ENDDO
This optimization applies to all the languages supported by GCC and is not limited to Fortran. To use this code transformation, GCC has to be configured with --with-ppl and --with-cloog to enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
-floop-block
Perform loop blocking transformations on loops. Blocking strip mines each loop in the loop nest such that the memory accesses of the element loops fit inside caches. The strip length can be changed using the loop-block-tile-size parameter. For example, given a loop like:
DO I = 1, N DO J = 1, M A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J) ENDDO ENDDO
loop blocking transforms the loop as if it were written:
DO II = 1, N, 51 DO JJ = 1, M, 51 DO I = II, min (II + 50, N) DO J = JJ, min (JJ + 50, M) A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J) ENDDO ENDDO ENDDO ENDDO
which can be beneficial when M
is larger than the caches,
because the innermost loop iterates over a smaller amount of data
which can be kept in the caches. This optimization applies to all the
languages supported by GCC and is not limited to Fortran. To use this
code transformation, GCC has to be configured with --with-ppl
and --with-cloog to enable the Graphite loop transformation
infrastructure.
-fgraphite-identity
Enable the identity transformation for graphite. For every SCoP we generate the polyhedral representation and transform it back to gimple. Using -fgraphite-identity we can check the costs or benefits of the GIMPLE -> GRAPHITE -> GIMPLE transformation. Some minimal optimizations are also performed by the code generator CLooG, like index splitting and dead code elimination in loops.
-floop-nest-optimize
Enable the ISL based loop nest optimizer. This is a generic loop nest optimizer based on the Pluto optimization algorithms. It calculates a loop structure optimized for data-locality and parallelism. This option is experimental.
-floop-parallelize-all
Use the Graphite data dependence analysis to identify loops that can be parallelized. Parallelize all the loops that can be analyzed to not contain loop carried dependences without checking that it is profitable to parallelize the loops.
-fcheck-data-deps
Compare the results of several data dependence analyzers. This option is used for debugging the data dependence analyzers.
-ftree-loop-if-convert
Attempt to transform conditional jumps in the innermost loops to branch-less equivalents. The intent is to remove control-flow from the innermost loops in order to improve the ability of the vectorization pass to handle these loops. This is enabled by default if vectorization is enabled.
-ftree-loop-if-convert-stores
Attempt to also if-convert conditional jumps containing memory writes. This transformation can be unsafe for multi-threaded programs as it transforms conditional memory writes into unconditional memory writes. For example,
for (i = 0; i < N; i++) if (cond) A[i] = expr;
is transformed to
for (i = 0; i < N; i++) A[i] = cond ? expr : A[i];
potentially producing data races.
-ftree-loop-distribution
Perform loop distribution. This flag can improve cache performance on big loop bodies and allow further loop optimizations, like parallelization or vectorization, to take place. For example, the loop
DO I = 1, N A(I) = B(I) + C D(I) = E(I) * F ENDDO
is transformed to
DO I = 1, N A(I) = B(I) + C ENDDO DO I = 1, N D(I) = E(I) * F ENDDO
-ftree-loop-distribute-patterns
Perform loop distribution of patterns that can be code generated with calls to a library. This flag is enabled by default at -O3.
This pass distributes the initialization loops and generates a call to memset zero. For example, the loop
DO I = 1, N A(I) = 0 B(I) = A(I) + I ENDDO
is transformed to
DO I = 1, N A(I) = 0 ENDDO DO I = 1, N B(I) = A(I) + I ENDDO
and the initialization loop is transformed into a call to memset zero.
-ftree-loop-im
Perform loop invariant motion on trees. This pass moves only invariants that are hard to handle at RTL level (function calls, operations that expand to nontrivial sequences of insns). With -funswitch-loops it also moves operands of conditions that are invariant out of the loop, so that we can use just trivial invariantness analysis in loop unswitching. The pass also includes store motion.
-ftree-loop-ivcanon
Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in loops for which determining number of iterations requires complicated analysis. Later optimizations then may determine the number easily. Useful especially in connection with unrolling.
-fivopts
Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction, induction variable merging and induction variable elimination) on trees.
-ftree-parallelize-loops=n
Parallelize loops, i.e., split their iteration space to run in n threads. This is only possible for loops whose iterations are independent and can be arbitrarily reordered. The optimization is only profitable on multiprocessor machines, for loops that are CPU-intensive, rather than constrained e.g. by memory bandwidth. This option implies -pthread, and thus is only supported on targets that have support for -pthread.
-ftree-pta
Perform function-local points-to analysis on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-sra
Perform scalar replacement of aggregates. This pass replaces structure references with scalars to prevent committing structures to memory too early. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-copyrename
Perform copy renaming on trees. This pass attempts to rename compiler temporaries to other variables at copy locations, usually resulting in variable names which more closely resemble the original variables. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-coalesce-inlined-vars
Tell the copyrename pass (see -ftree-copyrename) to attempt to combine small user-defined variables too, but only if they were inlined from other functions. It is a more limited form of -ftree-coalesce-vars. This may harm debug information of such inlined variables, but it will keep variables of the inlined-into function apart from each other, such that they are more likely to contain the expected values in a debugging session. This was the default in GCC versions older than 4.7.
-ftree-coalesce-vars
Tell the copyrename pass (see -ftree-copyrename) to attempt to combine small user-defined variables too, instead of just compiler temporaries. This may severely limit the ability to debug an optimized program compiled with -fno-var-tracking-assignments. In the negated form, this flag prevents SSA coalescing of user variables, including inlined ones. This option is enabled by default.
-ftree-ter
Perform temporary expression replacement during the SSA->normal phase. Single use/single def temporaries are replaced at their use location with their defining expression. This results in non-GIMPLE code, but gives the expanders much more complex trees to work on resulting in better RTL generation. This is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-slsr
Perform straight-line strength reduction on trees. This recognizes related expressions involving multiplications and replaces them by less expensive calculations when possible. This is enabled by default at -O and higher.
-ftree-vectorize
Perform vectorization on trees. This flag enables -ftree-loop-vectorize and -ftree-slp-vectorize if not explicitly specified.
-ftree-loop-vectorize
Perform loop vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O3 and when -ftree-vectorize is enabled.
-ftree-slp-vectorize
Perform basic block vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O3 and when -ftree-vectorize is enabled.
-fvect-cost-model=model
Alter the cost model used for vectorization. The model argument
should be one of unlimited
, dynamic
or cheap
.
With the unlimited
model the vectorized code-path is assumed
to be profitable while with the dynamic
model a runtime check
will guard the vectorized code-path to enable it only for iteration
counts that will likely execute faster than when executing the original
scalar loop. The cheap
model will disable vectorization of
loops where doing so would be cost prohibitive for example due to
required runtime checks for data dependence or alignment but otherwise
is equal to the dynamic
model.
The default cost model depends on other optimization flags and is
either dynamic
or cheap
.
-fsimd-cost-model=model
Alter the cost model used for vectorization of loops marked with the OpenMP
or Cilk Plus simd directive. The model argument should be one of
unlimited
, dynamic
, cheap
. All values of model
have the same meaning as described in -fvect-cost-model and by
default a cost model defined with -fvect-cost-model is used.
-ftree-vrp
Perform Value Range Propagation on trees. This is similar to the constant propagation pass, but instead of values, ranges of values are propagated. This allows the optimizers to remove unnecessary range checks like array bound checks and null pointer checks. This is enabled by default at -O2 and higher. Null pointer check elimination is only done if -fdelete-null-pointer-checks is enabled.
-ftracer
Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do a better job.
-funroll-loops
Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or upon entry to the loop. -funroll-loops implies -frerun-cse-after-loop. This option makes code larger, and may or may not make it run faster.
-funroll-all-loops
Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly. -funroll-all-loops implies the same options as -funroll-loops,
-fsplit-ivs-in-unroller
Enables expression of values of induction variables in later iterations of the unrolled loop using the value in the first iteration. This breaks long dependency chains, thus improving efficiency of the scheduling passes.
A combination of -fweb and CSE is often sufficient to obtain the same effect. However, that is not reliable in cases where the loop body is more complicated than a single basic block. It also does not work at all on some architectures due to restrictions in the CSE pass.
This optimization is enabled by default.
-fvariable-expansion-in-unroller
With this option, the compiler creates multiple copies of some local variables when unrolling a loop, which can result in superior code.
-fpartial-inlining
Inline parts of functions. This option has any effect only when inlining itself is turned on by the -finline-functions or -finline-small-functions options.
Enabled at level -O2.
-fpredictive-commoning
Perform predictive commoning optimization, i.e., reusing computations (especially memory loads and stores) performed in previous iterations of loops.
This option is enabled at level -O3.
-fprefetch-loop-arrays
If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to prefetch memory to improve the performance of loops that access large arrays.
This option may generate better or worse code; results are highly dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
Disabled at level -Os.
-fno-peephole
-fno-peephole2
Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations. The difference between -fno-peephole and -fno-peephole2 is in how they are implemented in the compiler; some targets use one, some use the other, a few use both.
-fpeephole is enabled by default. -fpeephole2 enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fno-guess-branch-probability
Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics.
GCC uses heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they are not provided by profiling feedback (-fprofile-arcs). These heuristics are based on the control flow graph. If some branch probabilities are specified by ‘__builtin_expect’, then the heuristics are used to guess branch probabilities for the rest of the control flow graph, taking the ‘__builtin_expect’ info into account. The interactions between the heuristics and ‘__builtin_expect’ can be complex, and in some cases, it may be useful to disable the heuristics so that the effects of ‘__builtin_expect’ are easier to understand.
The default is -fguess-branch-probability at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-freorder-blocks
Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce number of taken branches and improve code locality.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
-freorder-blocks-and-partition
In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in order to reduce number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold basic blocks into separate sections of the assembly and .o files, to improve paging and cache locality performance.
This optimization is automatically turned off in the presence of exception handling, for linkonce sections, for functions with a user-defined section attribute and on any architecture that does not support named sections.
Enabled for x86 at levels -O2, -O3.
-freorder-functions
Reorder functions in the object file in order to
improve code locality. This is implemented by using special
subsections .text.hot
for most frequently executed functions and
.text.unlikely
for unlikely executed functions. Reordering is done by
the linker so object file format must support named sections and linker must
place them in a reasonable way.
Also profile feedback must be available to make this option effective. See -fprofile-arcs for details.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fstrict-aliasing
Allow the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
the language being compiled. For C (and C++), this activates
optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an
object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same address as an
object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same. For
example, an unsigned int
can alias an int
, but not a
void*
or a double
. A character type may alias any other
type.
Pay special attention to code like this:
union a_union { int i; double d; }; int f() { union a_union t; t.d = 3.0; return t.i; }
The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most recently written to (called “type-punning”) is common. Even with -fstrict-aliasing, type-punning is allowed, provided the memory is accessed through the union type. So, the code above works as expected. See Structures unions enumerations and bit-fields implementation. However, this code might not:
int f() { union a_union t; int* ip; t.d = 3.0; ip = &t.i; return *ip; }
Similarly, access by taking the address, casting the resulting pointer and dereferencing the result has undefined behavior, even if the cast uses a union type, e.g.:
int f() { double d = 3.0; return ((union a_union *) &d)->i; }
The -fstrict-aliasing option is enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fstrict-overflow
Allow the compiler to assume strict signed overflow rules, depending
on the language being compiled. For C (and C++) this means that
overflow when doing arithmetic with signed numbers is undefined, which
means that the compiler may assume that it does not happen. This
permits various optimizations. For example, the compiler assumes
that an expression like i + 10 > i
is always true for
signed i
. This assumption is only valid if signed overflow is
undefined, as the expression is false if i + 10
overflows when
using twos complement arithmetic. When this option is in effect any
attempt to determine whether an operation on signed numbers
overflows must be written carefully to not actually involve overflow.
This option also allows the compiler to assume strict pointer
semantics: given a pointer to an object, if adding an offset to that
pointer does not produce a pointer to the same object, the addition is
undefined. This permits the compiler to conclude that p + u >
p
is always true for a pointer p
and unsigned integer
u
. This assumption is only valid because pointer wraparound is
undefined, as the expression is false if p + u
overflows using
twos complement arithmetic.
See also the -fwrapv option. Using -fwrapv means that integer signed overflow is fully defined: it wraps. When -fwrapv is used, there is no difference between -fstrict-overflow and -fno-strict-overflow for integers. With -fwrapv certain types of overflow are permitted. For example, if the compiler gets an overflow when doing arithmetic on constants, the overflowed value can still be used with -fwrapv, but not otherwise.
The -fstrict-overflow option is enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
-falign-functions
-falign-functions=n
Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than n, skipping up to n bytes. For instance, -falign-functions=32 aligns functions to the next 32-byte boundary, but -falign-functions=24 aligns to the next 32-byte boundary only if this can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.
-fno-align-functions and -falign-functions=1 are equivalent and mean that functions are not aligned.
Some assemblers only support this flag when n is a power of two; in that case, it is rounded up.
If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
-falign-labels
-falign-labels=n
Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to n bytes like -falign-functions. This option can easily make code slower, because it must insert dummy operations for when the branch target is reached in the usual flow of the code.
-fno-align-labels and -falign-labels=1 are equivalent and mean that labels are not aligned.
If -falign-loops or -falign-jumps are applicable and are greater than this value, then their values are used instead.
If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default which is very likely to be ‘1’, meaning no alignment.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
-falign-loops
-falign-loops=n
Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to n bytes like -falign-functions. If the loops are executed many times, this makes up for any execution of the dummy operations.
-fno-align-loops and -falign-loops=1 are equivalent and mean that loops are not aligned.
If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
-falign-jumps
-falign-jumps=n
Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets where the targets can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to n bytes like -falign-functions. In this case, no dummy operations need be executed.
-fno-align-jumps and -falign-jumps=1 are equivalent and mean that loops are not aligned.
If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
-funit-at-a-time
This option is left for compatibility reasons. -funit-at-a-time has no effect, while -fno-unit-at-a-time implies -fno-toplevel-reorder and -fno-section-anchors.
Enabled by default.
-fno-toplevel-reorder
Do not reorder top-level functions, variables, and asm
statements. Output them in the same order that they appear in the
input file. When this option is used, unreferenced static variables
are not removed. This option is intended to support existing code
that relies on a particular ordering. For new code, it is better to
use attributes when possible.
Enabled at level -O0. When disabled explicitly, it also implies -fno-section-anchors, which is otherwise enabled at -O0 on some targets.
-fweb
Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes and assign each web individual pseudo register. This allows the register allocation pass to operate on pseudos directly, but also strengthens several other optimization passes, such as CSE, loop optimizer and trivial dead code remover. It can, however, make debugging impossible, since variables no longer stay in a “home register”.
Enabled by default with -funroll-loops.
-fwhole-program
Assume that the current compilation unit represents the whole program being
compiled. All public functions and variables with the exception of main
and those merged by attribute externally_visible
become static functions
and in effect are optimized more aggressively by interprocedural optimizers.
This option should not be used in combination with -flto
.
Instead relying on a linker plugin should provide safer and more precise
information.
-flto[=n]
This option runs the standard link-time optimizer. When invoked with source code, it generates GIMPLE (one of GCC’s internal representations) and writes it to special ELF sections in the object file. When the object files are linked together, all the function bodies are read from these ELF sections and instantiated as if they had been part of the same translation unit.
To use the link-time optimizer, -flto and optimization options should be specified at compile time and during the final link. For example:
gcc -c -O2 -flto foo.c gcc -c -O2 -flto bar.c gcc -o myprog -flto -O2 foo.o bar.o
The first two invocations to GCC save a bytecode representation of GIMPLE into special ELF sections inside foo.o and bar.o. The final invocation reads the GIMPLE bytecode from foo.o and bar.o, merges the two files into a single internal image, and compiles the result as usual. Since both foo.o and bar.o are merged into a single image, this causes all the interprocedural analyses and optimizations in GCC to work across the two files as if they were a single one. This means, for example, that the inliner is able to inline functions in bar.o into functions in foo.o and vice-versa.
Another (simpler) way to enable link-time optimization is:
gcc -o myprog -flto -O2 foo.c bar.c
The above generates bytecode for foo.c and bar.c, merges them together into a single GIMPLE representation and optimizes them as usual to produce myprog.
The only important thing to keep in mind is that to enable link-time optimizations you need to use the GCC driver to perform the link-step. GCC then automatically performs link-time optimization if any of the objects involved were compiled with the -flto. You generally should specify the optimization options to be used for link-time optimization though GCC will try to be clever at guessing an optimization level to use from the options used at compile-time if you fail to specify one at link-time. You can always override the automatic decision to do link-time optimization at link-time by passing -fno-lto to the link command.
To make whole program optimization effective, it is necessary to make certain whole program assumptions. The compiler needs to know what functions and variables can be accessed by libraries and runtime outside of the link-time optimized unit. When supported by the linker, the linker plugin (see -fuse-linker-plugin) passes information to the compiler about used and externally visible symbols. When the linker plugin is not available, -fwhole-program should be used to allow the compiler to make these assumptions, which leads to more aggressive optimization decisions.
When -fuse-linker-plugin is not enabled then, when a file is compiled with -flto, the generated object file is larger than a regular object file because it contains GIMPLE bytecodes and the usual final code (see -ffat-lto-objects. This means that object files with LTO information can be linked as normal object files; if -fno-lto is passed to the linker, no interprocedural optimizations are applied. Note that when -fno-fat-lto-objects is enabled the compile-stage is faster but you cannot perform a regular, non-LTO link on them.
Additionally, the optimization flags used to compile individual files are not necessarily related to those used at link time. For instance,
gcc -c -O0 -ffat-lto-objects -flto foo.c gcc -c -O0 -ffat-lto-objects -flto bar.c gcc -o myprog -O3 foo.o bar.o
This produces individual object files with unoptimized assembler code, but the resulting binary myprog is optimized at -O3. If, instead, the final binary is generated with -fno-lto, then myprog is not optimized.
When producing the final binary, GCC only applies link-time optimizations to those files that contain bytecode. Therefore, you can mix and match object files and libraries with GIMPLE bytecodes and final object code. GCC automatically selects which files to optimize in LTO mode and which files to link without further processing.
There are some code generation flags preserved by GCC when generating bytecodes, as they need to be used during the final link stage. Generally options specified at link-time override those specified at compile-time.
If you do not specify an optimization level option -O at link-time then GCC will compute one based on the optimization levels used when compiling the object files. The highest optimization level will win here.
Currently, the following options and their setting are take from the first object file that explicitely specified it: -fPIC, -fpic, -fpie, -fcommon, -fexceptions, -fnon-call-exceptions, -fgnu-tm and all the -m target flags.
Certain ABI changing flags are required to match in all compilation-units and trying to override this at link-time with a conflicting value is ignored. This includes options such as -freg-struct-return and -fpcc-struct-return.
Other options such as -ffp-contract, -fno-strict-overflow, -fwrapv, -fno-trapv or -fno-strict-aliasing are passed through to the link stage and merged conservatively for conflicting translation units. Specifically -fno-strict-overflow, -fwrapv and -fno-trapv take precedence and for example -ffp-contract=off takes precedence over -ffp-contract=fast. You can override them at linke-time.
It is recommended that you compile all the files participating in the same link with the same options and also specify those options at link time.
If LTO encounters objects with C linkage declared with incompatible types in separate translation units to be linked together (undefined behavior according to ISO C99 6.2.7), a non-fatal diagnostic may be issued. The behavior is still undefined at run time. Similar diagnostics may be raised for other languages.
Another feature of LTO is that it is possible to apply interprocedural optimizations on files written in different languages:
gcc -c -flto foo.c g++ -c -flto bar.cc gfortran -c -flto baz.f90 g++ -o myprog -flto -O3 foo.o bar.o baz.o -lgfortran
Notice that the final link is done with g++
to get the C++
runtime libraries and -lgfortran is added to get the Fortran
runtime libraries. In general, when mixing languages in LTO mode, you
should use the same link command options as when mixing languages in a
regular (non-LTO) compilation.
If object files containing GIMPLE bytecode are stored in a library archive, say
libfoo.a, it is possible to extract and use them in an LTO link if you
are using a linker with plugin support. To create static libraries suitable
for LTO, use gcc-ar
and gcc-ranlib
instead of ar
and ranlib
; to show the symbols of object files with GIMPLE bytecode, use
gcc-nm
. Those commands require that ar
, ranlib
and nm
have been compiled with plugin support. At link time, use the the
flag -fuse-linker-plugin to ensure that the library participates in
the LTO optimization process:
gcc -o myprog -O2 -flto -fuse-linker-plugin a.o b.o -lfoo
With the linker plugin enabled, the linker extracts the needed GIMPLE files from libfoo.a and passes them on to the running GCC to make them part of the aggregated GIMPLE image to be optimized.
If you are not using a linker with plugin support and/or do not
enable the linker plugin, then the objects inside libfoo.a
are extracted and linked as usual, but they do not participate
in the LTO optimization process. In order to make a static library suitable
for both LTO optimization and usual linkage, compile its object files with
-flto -ffat-lto-objects
.
Link-time optimizations do not require the presence of the whole program to operate. If the program does not require any symbols to be exported, it is possible to combine -flto and -fwhole-program to allow the interprocedural optimizers to use more aggressive assumptions which may lead to improved optimization opportunities. Use of -fwhole-program is not needed when linker plugin is active (see -fuse-linker-plugin).
The current implementation of LTO makes no attempt to generate bytecode that is portable between different types of hosts. The bytecode files are versioned and there is a strict version check, so bytecode files generated in one version of GCC will not work with an older or newer version of GCC.
Link-time optimization does not work well with generation of debugging information. Combining -flto with -g is currently experimental and expected to produce unexpected results.
If you specify the optional n, the optimization and code
generation done at link time is executed in parallel using n
parallel jobs by utilizing an installed make
program. The
environment variable MAKE
may be used to override the program
used. The default value for n is 1.
You can also specify -flto=jobserver to use GNU make’s
job server mode to determine the number of parallel jobs. This
is useful when the Makefile calling GCC is already executing in parallel.
You must prepend a ‘+’ to the command recipe in the parent Makefile
for this to work. This option likely only works if MAKE
is
GNU make.
-flto-partition=alg
Specify the partitioning algorithm used by the link-time optimizer.
The value is either 1to1
to specify a partitioning mirroring
the original source files or balanced
to specify partitioning
into equally sized chunks (whenever possible) or max
to create
new partition for every symbol where possible. Specifying none
as an algorithm disables partitioning and streaming completely.
The default value is balanced
. While 1to1
can be used
as an workaround for various code ordering issues, the max
partitioning is intended for internal testing only.
-flto-compression-level=n
This option specifies the level of compression used for intermediate language written to LTO object files, and is only meaningful in conjunction with LTO mode (-flto). Valid values are 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). Values outside this range are clamped to either 0 or 9. If the option is not given, a default balanced compression setting is used.
-flto-report
Prints a report with internal details on the workings of the link-time optimizer. The contents of this report vary from version to version. It is meant to be useful to GCC developers when processing object files in LTO mode (via -flto).
Disabled by default.
-flto-report-wpa
Like -flto-report, but only print for the WPA phase of Link Time Optimization.
-fuse-linker-plugin
Enables the use of a linker plugin during link-time optimization. This option relies on plugin support in the linker, which is available in gold or in GNU ld 2.21 or newer.
This option enables the extraction of object files with GIMPLE bytecode out
of library archives. This improves the quality of optimization by exposing
more code to the link-time optimizer. This information specifies what
symbols can be accessed externally (by non-LTO object or during dynamic
linking). Resulting code quality improvements on binaries (and shared
libraries that use hidden visibility) are similar to -fwhole-program
.
See -flto for a description of the effect of this flag and how to
use it.
This option is enabled by default when LTO support in GCC is enabled and GCC was configured for use with a linker supporting plugins (GNU ld 2.21 or newer or gold).
-ffat-lto-objects
Fat LTO objects are object files that contain both the intermediate language and the object code. This makes them usable for both LTO linking and normal linking. This option is effective only when compiling with -flto and is ignored at link time.
-fno-fat-lto-objects improves compilation time over plain LTO, but
requires the complete toolchain to be aware of LTO. It requires a linker with
linker plugin support for basic functionality. Additionally,
nm
, ar
and ranlib
need to support linker plugins to allow a full-featured build environment
(capable of building static libraries etc). GCC provides the gcc-ar
,
gcc-nm
, gcc-ranlib
wrappers to pass the right options
to these tools. With non fat LTO makefiles need to be modified to use them.
The default is -fno-fat-lto-objects on targets with linker plugin support.
-fcompare-elim
After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting, identify arithmetic instructions that compute processor flags similar to a comparison operation based on that arithmetic. If possible, eliminate the explicit comparison operation.
This pass only applies to certain targets that cannot explicitly represent the comparison operation before register allocation is complete.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fuse-ld=bfd
Use the bfd
linker instead of the default linker.
-fuse-ld=gold
Use the gold
linker instead of the default linker.
-fcprop-registers
After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting, perform a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce scheduling dependencies and occasionally eliminate the copy.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
-fprofile-correction
Profiles collected using an instrumented binary for multi-threaded programs may be inconsistent due to missed counter updates. When this option is specified, GCC uses heuristics to correct or smooth out such inconsistencies. By default, GCC emits an error message when an inconsistent profile is detected.
-fprofile-dir=path
Set the directory to search for the profile data files in to path. This option affects only the profile data generated by -fprofile-generate, -ftest-coverage, -fprofile-arcs and used by -fprofile-use and -fbranch-probabilities and its related options. Both absolute and relative paths can be used. By default, GCC uses the current directory as path, thus the profile data file appears in the same directory as the object file.
-fprofile-generate
-fprofile-generate=path
Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to produce profile useful for later recompilation with profile feedback based optimization. You must use -fprofile-generate both when compiling and when linking your program.
The following options are enabled: -fprofile-arcs
, -fprofile-values
, -fvpt
.
If path is specified, GCC looks at the path to find the profile feedback data files. See -fprofile-dir.
-fprofile-use
-fprofile-use=path
Enable profile feedback directed optimizations, and optimizations generally profitable only with profile feedback available.
The following options are enabled: -fbranch-probabilities
, -fvpt
,
-funroll-loops
, -fpeel-loops
, -ftracer
, -ftree-vectorize
,
ftree-loop-distribute-patterns
By default, GCC emits an error message if the feedback profiles do not match the source code. This error can be turned into a warning by using -Wcoverage-mismatch. Note this may result in poorly optimized code.
If path is specified, GCC looks at the path to find the profile feedback data files. See -fprofile-dir.
The following options control compiler behavior regarding floating-point arithmetic. These options trade off between speed and correctness. All must be specifically enabled.
-ffloat-store
Do not store floating-point variables in registers, and inhibit other options that might change whether a floating-point value is taken from a register or memory.
This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as
the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
precision than a double
is supposed to have. Similarly for the
x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does only
good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of IEEE floating
point. Use -ffloat-store for such programs, after modifying
them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables.
-fexcess-precision=style
This option allows further control over excess precision on machines
where floating-point registers have more precision than the IEEE
float
and double
types and the processor does not
support operations rounding to those types. By default,
-fexcess-precision=fast is in effect; this means that
operations are carried out in the precision of the registers and that
it is unpredictable when rounding to the types specified in the source
code takes place. When compiling C, if
-fexcess-precision=standard is specified then excess
precision follows the rules specified in ISO C99; in particular,
both casts and assignments cause values to be rounded to their
semantic types (whereas -ffloat-store only affects
assignments). This option is enabled by default for C if a strict
conformance option such as -std=c99 is used.
-fexcess-precision=standard is not implemented for languages other than C, and has no effect if -funsafe-math-optimizations or -ffast-math is specified. On the x86, it also has no effect if -mfpmath=sse or -mfpmath=sse+387 is specified; in the former case, IEEE semantics apply without excess precision, and in the latter, rounding is unpredictable.
-ffast-math
Sets -fno-math-errno, -funsafe-math-optimizations, -ffinite-math-only, -fno-rounding-math, -fno-signaling-nans and -fcx-limited-range.
This option causes the preprocessor macro __FAST_MATH__
to be defined.
This option is not turned on by any -O option besides -Ofast since it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
-fno-math-errno
Do not set errno
after calling math functions that are executed
with a single instruction, e.g., sqrt
. A program that relies on
IEEE exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag
for speed while maintaining IEEE arithmetic compatibility.
This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
The default is -fmath-errno.
On Darwin systems, the math library never sets errno
. There is
therefore no reason for the compiler to consider the possibility that
it might, and -fno-math-errno is the default.
-funsafe-math-optimizations
Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate IEEE or ANSI standards. When used at link-time, it may include libraries or startup files that change the default FPU control word or other similar optimizations.
This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications. Enables -fno-signed-zeros, -fno-trapping-math, -fassociative-math and -freciprocal-math.
The default is -fno-unsafe-math-optimizations.
-fassociative-math
Allow re-association of operands in series of floating-point operations.
This violates the ISO C and C++ language standard by possibly changing
computation result. NOTE: re-ordering may change the sign of zero as
well as ignore NaNs and inhibit or create underflow or overflow (and
thus cannot be used on code that relies on rounding behavior like
(x + 2**52) - 2**52
. May also reorder floating-point comparisons
and thus may not be used when ordered comparisons are required.
This option requires that both -fno-signed-zeros and
-fno-trapping-math be in effect. Moreover, it doesn’t make
much sense with -frounding-math. For Fortran the option
is automatically enabled when both -fno-signed-zeros and
-fno-trapping-math are in effect.
The default is -fno-associative-math.
-freciprocal-math
Allow the reciprocal of a value to be used instead of dividing by
the value if this enables optimizations. For example x / y
can be replaced with x * (1/y)
, which is useful if (1/y)
is subject to common subexpression elimination. Note that this loses
precision and increases the number of flops operating on the value.
The default is -fno-reciprocal-math.
-ffinite-math-only
Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume that arguments and results are not NaNs or +-Infs.
This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
The default is -fno-finite-math-only.
-fno-signed-zeros
Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that ignore the signedness of zero. IEEE arithmetic specifies the behavior of distinct +0.0 and -0.0 values, which then prohibits simplification of expressions such as x+0.0 or 0.0*x (even with -ffinite-math-only). This option implies that the sign of a zero result isn’t significant.
The default is -fsigned-zeros.
-fno-trapping-math
Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate user-visible traps. These traps include division by zero, overflow, underflow, inexact result and invalid operation. This option requires that -fno-signaling-nans be in effect. Setting this option may allow faster code if one relies on “non-stop” IEEE arithmetic, for example.
This option should never be turned on by any -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math functions.
The default is -ftrapping-math.
-frounding-math
Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default floating-point rounding behavior. This is round-to-zero for all floating point to integer conversions, and round-to-nearest for all other arithmetic truncations. This option should be specified for programs that change the FP rounding mode dynamically, or that may be executed with a non-default rounding mode. This option disables constant folding of floating-point expressions at compile time (which may be affected by rounding mode) and arithmetic transformations that are unsafe in the presence of sign-dependent rounding modes.
The default is -fno-rounding-math.
This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
disable all GCC optimizations that are affected by rounding mode.
Future versions of GCC may provide finer control of this setting
using C99’s FENV_ACCESS
pragma. This command-line option
will be used to specify the default state for FENV_ACCESS
.
-fsignaling-nans
Compile code assuming that IEEE signaling NaNs may generate user-visible traps during floating-point operations. Setting this option disables optimizations that may change the number of exceptions visible with signaling NaNs. This option implies -ftrapping-math.
This option causes the preprocessor macro __SUPPORT_SNAN__
to
be defined.
The default is -fno-signaling-nans.
This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to disable all GCC optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior.
-fsingle-precision-constant
Treat floating-point constants as single precision instead of implicitly converting them to double-precision constants.
-fcx-limited-range
When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not
needed when performing complex division. Also, there is no checking
whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is NaN
+ I*NaN
, with an attempt to rescue the situation in that case. The
default is -fno-cx-limited-range, but is enabled by
-ffast-math.
This option controls the default setting of the ISO C99
CX_LIMITED_RANGE
pragma. Nevertheless, the option applies to
all languages.
-fcx-fortran-rules
Complex multiplication and division follow Fortran rules. Range
reduction is done as part of complex division, but there is no checking
whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is NaN
+ I*NaN
, with an attempt to rescue the situation in that case.
The default is -fno-cx-fortran-rules.
The following options control optimizations that may improve performance, but are not enabled by any -O options. This section includes experimental options that may produce broken code.
-fbranch-probabilities
After running a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs
(see Options for Debugging Your Program or
gcc
), you can compile it a second time using
-fbranch-probabilities, to improve optimizations based on
the number of times each branch was taken. When a program
compiled with -fprofile-arcs exits, it saves arc execution
counts to a file called sourcename.gcda for each source
file. The information in this data file is very dependent on the
structure of the generated code, so you must use the same source code
and the same optimization options for both compilations.
With -fbranch-probabilities, GCC puts a ‘REG_BR_PROB’ note on each ‘JUMP_INSN’ and ‘CALL_INSN’. These can be used to improve optimization. Currently, they are only used in one place: in reorg.c, instead of guessing which path a branch is most likely to take, the ‘REG_BR_PROB’ values are used to exactly determine which path is taken more often.
-fprofile-values
If combined with -fprofile-arcs, it adds code so that some data about values of expressions in the program is gathered.
With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered from profiling values of expressions for usage in optimizations.
Enabled with -fprofile-generate and -fprofile-use.
-fprofile-reorder-functions
Function reordering based on profile instrumentation collects first time of execution of a function and orders these functions in ascending order.
Enabled with -fprofile-use.
-fvpt
If combined with -fprofile-arcs, this option instructs the compiler to add code to gather information about values of expressions.
With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered and actually performs the optimizations based on them. Currently the optimizations include specialization of division operations using the knowledge about the value of the denominator.
-frename-registers
Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use of registers left over after register allocation. This optimization most benefits processors with lots of registers. Depending on the debug information format adopted by the target, however, it can make debugging impossible, since variables no longer stay in a “home register”.
Enabled by default with -funroll-loops and -fpeel-loops.
-ftracer
Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do a better job.
Enabled with -fprofile-use.
-funroll-loops
Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or upon entry to the loop. -funroll-loops implies -frerun-cse-after-loop, -fweb and -frename-registers. It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with a small constant number of iterations). This option makes code larger, and may or may not make it run faster.
Enabled with -fprofile-use.
-funroll-all-loops
Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly. -funroll-all-loops implies the same options as -funroll-loops.
-fpeel-loops
Peels loops for which there is enough information that they do not roll much (from profile feedback). It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with small constant number of iterations).
Enabled with -fprofile-use.
-fmove-loop-invariants
Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the RTL loop optimizer. Enabled at level -O1
-funswitch-loops
Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with duplicates of the loop on both branches (modified according to result of the condition).
-ffunction-sections
-fdata-sections
Place each function or data item into its own section in the output file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the function or the name of the data item determines the section’s name in the output file.
Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations to improve locality of reference in the instruction space. Most systems using the ELF object format and SPARC processors running Solaris 2 have linkers with such optimizations. AIX may have these optimizations in the future.
Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing
so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker
create larger object and executable files and are also slower.
You cannot use gprof
on all systems if you
specify this option, and you may have problems with debugging if
you specify both this option and -g.
-fbranch-target-load-optimize
Perform branch target register load optimization before prologue / epilogue threading. The use of target registers can typically be exposed only during reload, thus hoisting loads out of loops and doing inter-block scheduling needs a separate optimization pass.
-fbranch-target-load-optimize2
Perform branch target register load optimization after prologue / epilogue threading.
-fbtr-bb-exclusive
When performing branch target register load optimization, don’t reuse branch target registers within any basic block.
-fstack-protector
Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smashing
attacks. This is done by adding a guard variable to functions with
vulnerable objects. This includes functions that call alloca
, and
functions with buffers larger than 8 bytes. The guards are initialized
when a function is entered and then checked when the function exits.
If a guard check fails, an error message is printed and the program exits.
-fstack-protector-all
Like -fstack-protector except that all functions are protected.
-fstack-protector-strong
Like -fstack-protector but includes additional functions to be protected — those that have local array definitions, or have references to local frame addresses.
-fsection-anchors
Try to reduce the number of symbolic address calculations by using shared “anchor” symbols to address nearby objects. This transformation can help to reduce the number of GOT entries and GOT accesses on some targets.
For example, the implementation of the following function foo
:
static int a, b, c; int foo (void) { return a + b + c; }
usually calculates the addresses of all three variables, but if you compile it with -fsection-anchors, it accesses the variables from a common anchor point instead. The effect is similar to the following pseudocode (which isn’t valid C):
int foo (void) { register int *xr = &x; return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x]; }
Not all targets support this option.
--param name=value
In some places, GCC uses various constants to control the amount of optimization that is done. For example, GCC does not inline functions that contain more than a certain number of instructions. You can control some of these constants on the command line using the --param option.
The names of specific parameters, and the meaning of the values, are tied to the internals of the compiler, and are subject to change without notice in future releases.
In each case, the value is an integer. The allowable choices for name are:
predictable-branch-outcome
When branch is predicted to be taken with probability lower than this threshold (in percent), then it is considered well predictable. The default is 10.
max-crossjump-edges
The maximum number of incoming edges to consider for cross-jumping. The algorithm used by -fcrossjumping is O(N^2) in the number of edges incoming to each block. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time increase with probably small improvement in executable size.
min-crossjump-insns
The minimum number of instructions that must be matched at the end of two blocks before cross-jumping is performed on them. This value is ignored in the case where all instructions in the block being cross-jumped from are matched. The default value is 5.
max-grow-copy-bb-insns
The maximum code size expansion factor when copying basic blocks instead of jumping. The expansion is relative to a jump instruction. The default value is 8.
max-goto-duplication-insns
The maximum number of instructions to duplicate to a block that jumps to a computed goto. To avoid O(N^2) behavior in a number of passes, GCC factors computed gotos early in the compilation process, and unfactors them as late as possible. Only computed jumps at the end of a basic blocks with no more than max-goto-duplication-insns are unfactored. The default value is 8.
max-delay-slot-insn-search
The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for an instruction to fill a delay slot. If more than this arbitrary number of instructions are searched, the time savings from filling the delay slot are minimal, so stop searching. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time increase with probably small improvement in execution time.
max-delay-slot-live-search
When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of instructions to consider when searching for a block with valid live register information. Increasing this arbitrarily chosen value means more aggressive optimization, increasing the compilation time. This parameter should be removed when the delay slot code is rewritten to maintain the control-flow graph.
max-gcse-memory
The approximate maximum amount of memory that can be allocated in order to perform the global common subexpression elimination optimization. If more memory than specified is required, the optimization is not done.
max-gcse-insertion-ratio
If the ratio of expression insertions to deletions is larger than this value for any expression, then RTL PRE inserts or removes the expression and thus leaves partially redundant computations in the instruction stream. The default value is 20.
max-pending-list-length
The maximum number of pending dependencies scheduling allows before flushing the current state and starting over. Large functions with few branches or calls can create excessively large lists which needlessly consume memory and resources.
max-modulo-backtrack-attempts
The maximum number of backtrack attempts the scheduler should make when modulo scheduling a loop. Larger values can exponentially increase compilation time.
max-inline-insns-single
Several parameters control the tree inliner used in GCC. This number sets the maximum number of instructions (counted in GCC’s internal representation) in a single function that the tree inliner considers for inlining. This only affects functions declared inline and methods implemented in a class declaration (C++). The default value is 400.
max-inline-insns-auto
When you use -finline-functions (included in -O3), a lot of functions that would otherwise not be considered for inlining by the compiler are investigated. To those functions, a different (more restrictive) limit compared to functions declared inline can be applied. The default value is 40.
inline-min-speedup
When estimated performance improvement of caller + callee runtime exceeds this threshold (in precent), the function can be inlined regardless the limit on --param max-inline-insns-single and --param max-inline-insns-auto.
large-function-insns
The limit specifying really large functions. For functions larger than this limit after inlining, inlining is constrained by --param large-function-growth. This parameter is useful primarily to avoid extreme compilation time caused by non-linear algorithms used by the back end. The default value is 2700.
large-function-growth
Specifies maximal growth of large function caused by inlining in percents. The default value is 100 which limits large function growth to 2.0 times the original size.
large-unit-insns
The limit specifying large translation unit. Growth caused by inlining of units larger than this limit is limited by --param inline-unit-growth. For small units this might be too tight. For example, consider a unit consisting of function A that is inline and B that just calls A three times. If B is small relative to A, the growth of unit is 300\% and yet such inlining is very sane. For very large units consisting of small inlineable functions, however, the overall unit growth limit is needed to avoid exponential explosion of code size. Thus for smaller units, the size is increased to --param large-unit-insns before applying --param inline-unit-growth. The default is 10000.
inline-unit-growth
Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by inlining. The default value is 30 which limits unit growth to 1.3 times the original size.
ipcp-unit-growth
Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by interprocedural constant propagation. The default value is 10 which limits unit growth to 1.1 times the original size.
large-stack-frame
The limit specifying large stack frames. While inlining the algorithm is trying to not grow past this limit too much. The default value is 256 bytes.
large-stack-frame-growth
Specifies maximal growth of large stack frames caused by inlining in percents. The default value is 1000 which limits large stack frame growth to 11 times the original size.
max-inline-insns-recursive
max-inline-insns-recursive-auto
Specifies the maximum number of instructions an out-of-line copy of a self-recursive inline function can grow into by performing recursive inlining.
For functions declared inline, --param max-inline-insns-recursive is taken into account. For functions not declared inline, recursive inlining happens only when -finline-functions (included in -O3) is enabled and --param max-inline-insns-recursive-auto is used. The default value is 450.
max-inline-recursive-depth
max-inline-recursive-depth-auto
Specifies the maximum recursion depth used for recursive inlining.
For functions declared inline, --param max-inline-recursive-depth is taken into account. For functions not declared inline, recursive inlining happens only when -finline-functions (included in -O3) is enabled and --param max-inline-recursive-depth-auto is used. The default value is 8.
min-inline-recursive-probability
Recursive inlining is profitable only for function having deep recursion in average and can hurt for function having little recursion depth by increasing the prologue size or complexity of function body to other optimizers.
When profile feedback is available (see -fprofile-generate) the actual recursion depth can be guessed from probability that function recurses via a given call expression. This parameter limits inlining only to call expressions whose probability exceeds the given threshold (in percents). The default value is 10.
early-inlining-insns
Specify growth that the early inliner can make. In effect it increases the amount of inlining for code having a large abstraction penalty. The default value is 10.
max-early-inliner-iterations
max-early-inliner-iterations
Limit of iterations of the early inliner. This basically bounds the number of nested indirect calls the early inliner can resolve. Deeper chains are still handled by late inlining.
comdat-sharing-probability
comdat-sharing-probability
Probability (in percent) that C++ inline function with comdat visibility are shared across multiple compilation units. The default value is 20.
min-vect-loop-bound
The minimum number of iterations under which loops are not vectorized when -ftree-vectorize is used. The number of iterations after vectorization needs to be greater than the value specified by this option to allow vectorization. The default value is 0.
gcse-cost-distance-ratio
Scaling factor in calculation of maximum distance an expression can be moved by GCSE optimizations. This is currently supported only in the code hoisting pass. The bigger the ratio, the more aggressive code hoisting is with simple expressions, i.e., the expressions that have cost less than gcse-unrestricted-cost. Specifying 0 disables hoisting of simple expressions. The default value is 10.
gcse-unrestricted-cost
Cost, roughly measured as the cost of a single typical machine instruction, at which GCSE optimizations do not constrain the distance an expression can travel. This is currently supported only in the code hoisting pass. The lesser the cost, the more aggressive code hoisting is. Specifying 0 allows all expressions to travel unrestricted distances. The default value is 3.
max-hoist-depth
The depth of search in the dominator tree for expressions to hoist. This is used to avoid quadratic behavior in hoisting algorithm. The value of 0 does not limit on the search, but may slow down compilation of huge functions. The default value is 30.
max-tail-merge-comparisons
The maximum amount of similar bbs to compare a bb with. This is used to avoid quadratic behavior in tree tail merging. The default value is 10.
max-tail-merge-iterations
The maximum amount of iterations of the pass over the function. This is used to limit compilation time in tree tail merging. The default value is 2.
max-unrolled-insns
The maximum number of instructions that a loop may have to be unrolled. If a loop is unrolled, this parameter also determines how many times the loop code is unrolled.
max-average-unrolled-insns
The maximum number of instructions biased by probabilities of their execution that a loop may have to be unrolled. If a loop is unrolled, this parameter also determines how many times the loop code is unrolled.
max-unroll-times
The maximum number of unrollings of a single loop.
max-peeled-insns
The maximum number of instructions that a loop may have to be peeled. If a loop is peeled, this parameter also determines how many times the loop code is peeled.
max-peel-times
The maximum number of peelings of a single loop.
max-peel-branches
The maximum number of branches on the hot path through the peeled sequence.
max-completely-peeled-insns
The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop.
max-completely-peel-times
The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for complete peeling.
max-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth
The maximum depth of a loop nest suitable for complete peeling.
max-unswitch-insns
The maximum number of insns of an unswitched loop.
max-unswitch-level
The maximum number of branches unswitched in a single loop.
lim-expensive
The minimum cost of an expensive expression in the loop invariant motion.
iv-consider-all-candidates-bound
Bound on number of candidates for induction variables, below which all candidates are considered for each use in induction variable optimizations. If there are more candidates than this, only the most relevant ones are considered to avoid quadratic time complexity.
iv-max-considered-uses
The induction variable optimizations give up on loops that contain more induction variable uses.
iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound
If the number of candidates in the set is smaller than this value, always try to remove unnecessary ivs from the set when adding a new one.
scev-max-expr-size
Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions analyzer. Large expressions slow the analyzer.
scev-max-expr-complexity
Bound on the complexity of the expressions in the scalar evolutions analyzer. Complex expressions slow the analyzer.
omega-max-vars
The maximum number of variables in an Omega constraint system. The default value is 128.
omega-max-geqs
The maximum number of inequalities in an Omega constraint system. The default value is 256.
omega-max-eqs
The maximum number of equalities in an Omega constraint system. The default value is 128.
omega-max-wild-cards
The maximum number of wildcard variables that the Omega solver is able to insert. The default value is 18.
omega-hash-table-size
The size of the hash table in the Omega solver. The default value is 550.
omega-max-keys
The maximal number of keys used by the Omega solver. The default value is 500.
omega-eliminate-redundant-constraints
When set to 1, use expensive methods to eliminate all redundant constraints. The default value is 0.
vect-max-version-for-alignment-checks
The maximum number of run-time checks that can be performed when doing loop versioning for alignment in the vectorizer.
vect-max-version-for-alias-checks
The maximum number of run-time checks that can be performed when doing loop versioning for alias in the vectorizer.
vect-max-peeling-for-alignment
The maximum number of loop peels to enhance access alignment for vectorizer. Value -1 means ’no limit’.
max-iterations-to-track
The maximum number of iterations of a loop the brute-force algorithm for analysis of the number of iterations of the loop tries to evaluate.
hot-bb-count-ws-permille
A basic block profile count is considered hot if it contributes to the given permillage (i.e. 0...1000) of the entire profiled execution.
hot-bb-frequency-fraction
Select fraction of the entry block frequency of executions of basic block in function given basic block needs to have to be considered hot.
max-predicted-iterations
The maximum number of loop iterations we predict statically. This is useful in cases where a function contains a single loop with known bound and another loop with unknown bound. The known number of iterations is predicted correctly, while the unknown number of iterations average to roughly 10. This means that the loop without bounds appears artificially cold relative to the other one.
builtin-expect-probability
Control the probability of the expression having the specified value. This parameter takes a percentage (i.e. 0 ... 100) as input. The default probability of 90 is obtained empirically.
align-threshold
Select fraction of the maximal frequency of executions of a basic block in a function to align the basic block.
align-loop-iterations
A loop expected to iterate at least the selected number of iterations is aligned.
tracer-dynamic-coverage
tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback
This value is used to limit superblock formation once the given percentage of executed instructions is covered. This limits unnecessary code size expansion.
The tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback is used only when profile feedback is available. The real profiles (as opposed to statically estimated ones) are much less balanced allowing the threshold to be larger value.
tracer-max-code-growth
Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached given percentage. This is a rather artificial limit, as most of the duplicates are eliminated later in cross jumping, so it may be set to much higher values than is the desired code growth.
tracer-min-branch-ratio
Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability of best edge is less than this threshold (in percent).
tracer-min-branch-ratio
tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback
Stop forward growth if the best edge has probability lower than this threshold.
Similarly to tracer-dynamic-coverage two values are present, one for compilation for profile feedback and one for compilation without. The value for compilation with profile feedback needs to be more conservative (higher) in order to make tracer effective.
max-cse-path-length
The maximum number of basic blocks on path that CSE considers. The default is 10.
max-cse-insns
The maximum number of instructions CSE processes before flushing. The default is 1000.
ggc-min-expand
GCC uses a garbage collector to manage its own memory allocation. This parameter specifies the minimum percentage by which the garbage collector’s heap should be allowed to expand between collections. Tuning this may improve compilation speed; it has no effect on code generation.
The default is 30% + 70% * (RAM/1GB) with an upper bound of 100% when
RAM >= 1GB. If getrlimit
is available, the notion of “RAM” is
the smallest of actual RAM and RLIMIT_DATA
or RLIMIT_AS
. If
GCC is not able to calculate RAM on a particular platform, the lower
bound of 30% is used. Setting this parameter and
ggc-min-heapsize to zero causes a full collection to occur at
every opportunity. This is extremely slow, but can be useful for
debugging.
ggc-min-heapsize
Minimum size of the garbage collector’s heap before it begins bothering to collect garbage. The first collection occurs after the heap expands by ggc-min-expand% beyond ggc-min-heapsize. Again, tuning this may improve compilation speed, and has no effect on code generation.
The default is the smaller of RAM/8, RLIMIT_RSS, or a limit that tries to ensure that RLIMIT_DATA or RLIMIT_AS are not exceeded, but with a lower bound of 4096 (four megabytes) and an upper bound of 131072 (128 megabytes). If GCC is not able to calculate RAM on a particular platform, the lower bound is used. Setting this parameter very large effectively disables garbage collection. Setting this parameter and ggc-min-expand to zero causes a full collection to occur at every opportunity.
max-reload-search-insns
The maximum number of instruction reload should look backward for equivalent register. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time increase with probably slightly better performance. The default value is 100.
max-cselib-memory-locations
The maximum number of memory locations cselib should take into account. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time increase with probably slightly better performance. The default value is 500.
reorder-blocks-duplicate
reorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback
Used by the basic block reordering pass to decide whether to use unconditional branch or duplicate the code on its destination. Code is duplicated when its estimated size is smaller than this value multiplied by the estimated size of unconditional jump in the hot spots of the program.
The reorder-block-duplicate-feedback is used only when profile feedback is available. It may be set to higher values than reorder-block-duplicate since information about the hot spots is more accurate.
max-sched-ready-insns
The maximum number of instructions ready to be issued the scheduler should consider at any given time during the first scheduling pass. Increasing values mean more thorough searches, making the compilation time increase with probably little benefit. The default value is 100.
max-sched-region-blocks
The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for interblock scheduling. The default value is 10.
max-pipeline-region-blocks
The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for pipelining in the selective scheduler. The default value is 15.
max-sched-region-insns
The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for interblock scheduling. The default value is 100.
max-pipeline-region-insns
The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for pipelining in the selective scheduler. The default value is 200.
min-spec-prob
The minimum probability (in percents) of reaching a source block for interblock speculative scheduling. The default value is 40.
max-sched-extend-regions-iters
The maximum number of iterations through CFG to extend regions. A value of 0 (the default) disables region extensions.
max-sched-insn-conflict-delay
The maximum conflict delay for an insn to be considered for speculative motion. The default value is 3.
sched-spec-prob-cutoff
The minimal probability of speculation success (in percents), so that speculative insns are scheduled. The default value is 40.
sched-spec-state-edge-prob-cutoff
The minimum probability an edge must have for the scheduler to save its state across it. The default value is 10.
sched-mem-true-dep-cost
Minimal distance (in CPU cycles) between store and load targeting same memory locations. The default value is 1.
selsched-max-lookahead
The maximum size of the lookahead window of selective scheduling. It is a depth of search for available instructions. The default value is 50.
selsched-max-sched-times
The maximum number of times that an instruction is scheduled during selective scheduling. This is the limit on the number of iterations through which the instruction may be pipelined. The default value is 2.
selsched-max-insns-to-rename
The maximum number of best instructions in the ready list that are considered for renaming in the selective scheduler. The default value is 2.
sms-min-sc
The minimum value of stage count that swing modulo scheduler generates. The default value is 2.
max-last-value-rtl
The maximum size measured as number of RTLs that can be recorded in an expression in combiner for a pseudo register as last known value of that register. The default is 10000.
integer-share-limit
Small integer constants can use a shared data structure, reducing the compiler’s memory usage and increasing its speed. This sets the maximum value of a shared integer constant. The default value is 256.
ssp-buffer-size
The minimum size of buffers (i.e. arrays) that receive stack smashing protection when -fstack-protection is used.
min-size-for-stack-sharing
The minimum size of variables taking part in stack slot sharing when not optimizing. The default value is 32.
max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts
Maximum number of statements allowed in a block that needs to be duplicated when threading jumps.
max-fields-for-field-sensitive
Maximum number of fields in a structure treated in a field sensitive manner during pointer analysis. The default is zero for -O0 and -O1, and 100 for -Os, -O2, and -O3.
prefetch-latency
Estimate on average number of instructions that are executed before prefetch finishes. The distance prefetched ahead is proportional to this constant. Increasing this number may also lead to less streams being prefetched (see simultaneous-prefetches).
simultaneous-prefetches
Maximum number of prefetches that can run at the same time.
l1-cache-line-size
The size of cache line in L1 cache, in bytes.
l1-cache-size
The size of L1 cache, in kilobytes.
l2-cache-size
The size of L2 cache, in kilobytes.
min-insn-to-prefetch-ratio
The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the number of prefetches to enable prefetching in a loop.
prefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio
The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the number of memory references to enable prefetching in a loop.
use-canonical-types
Whether the compiler should use the “canonical” type system. By default, this should always be 1, which uses a more efficient internal mechanism for comparing types in C++ and Objective-C++. However, if bugs in the canonical type system are causing compilation failures, set this value to 0 to disable canonical types.
switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio
Switch initialization conversion refuses to create arrays that are bigger than switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio times the number of branches in the switch.
max-partial-antic-length
Maximum length of the partial antic set computed during the tree partial redundancy elimination optimization (-ftree-pre) when optimizing at -O3 and above. For some sorts of source code the enhanced partial redundancy elimination optimization can run away, consuming all of the memory available on the host machine. This parameter sets a limit on the length of the sets that are computed, which prevents the runaway behavior. Setting a value of 0 for this parameter allows an unlimited set length.
sccvn-max-scc-size
Maximum size of a strongly connected component (SCC) during SCCVN processing. If this limit is hit, SCCVN processing for the whole function is not done and optimizations depending on it are disabled. The default maximum SCC size is 10000.
sccvn-max-alias-queries-per-access
Maximum number of alias-oracle queries we perform when looking for redundancies for loads and stores. If this limit is hit the search is aborted and the load or store is not considered redundant. The number of queries is algorithmically limited to the number of stores on all paths from the load to the function entry. The default maxmimum number of queries is 1000.
ira-max-loops-num
IRA uses regional register allocation by default. If a function contains more loops than the number given by this parameter, only at most the given number of the most frequently-executed loops form regions for regional register allocation. The default value of the parameter is 100.
ira-max-conflict-table-size
Although IRA uses a sophisticated algorithm to compress the conflict table, the table can still require excessive amounts of memory for huge functions. If the conflict table for a function could be more than the size in MB given by this parameter, the register allocator instead uses a faster, simpler, and lower-quality algorithm that does not require building a pseudo-register conflict table. The default value of the parameter is 2000.
ira-loop-reserved-regs
IRA can be used to evaluate more accurate register pressure in loops for decisions to move loop invariants (see -O3). The number of available registers reserved for some other purposes is given by this parameter. The default value of the parameter is 2, which is the minimal number of registers needed by typical instructions. This value is the best found from numerous experiments.
loop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop
Loop invariant motion can be very expensive, both in compilation time and in amount of needed compile-time memory, with very large loops. Loops with more basic blocks than this parameter won’t have loop invariant motion optimization performed on them. The default value of the parameter is 1000 for -O1 and 10000 for -O2 and above.
loop-max-datarefs-for-datadeps
Building data dapendencies is expensive for very large loops. This parameter limits the number of data references in loops that are considered for data dependence analysis. These large loops are no handled by the optimizations using loop data dependencies. The default value is 1000.
max-vartrack-size
Sets a maximum number of hash table slots to use during variable tracking dataflow analysis of any function. If this limit is exceeded with variable tracking at assignments enabled, analysis for that function is retried without it, after removing all debug insns from the function. If the limit is exceeded even without debug insns, var tracking analysis is completely disabled for the function. Setting the parameter to zero makes it unlimited.
max-vartrack-expr-depth
Sets a maximum number of recursion levels when attempting to map variable names or debug temporaries to value expressions. This trades compilation time for more complete debug information. If this is set too low, value expressions that are available and could be represented in debug information may end up not being used; setting this higher may enable the compiler to find more complex debug expressions, but compile time and memory use may grow. The default is 12.
min-nondebug-insn-uid
Use uids starting at this parameter for nondebug insns. The range below the parameter is reserved exclusively for debug insns created by -fvar-tracking-assignments, but debug insns may get (non-overlapping) uids above it if the reserved range is exhausted.
ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor
IPA-SRA replaces a pointer to an aggregate with one or more new parameters only when their cumulative size is less or equal to ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor times the size of the original pointer parameter.
tm-max-aggregate-size
When making copies of thread-local variables in a transaction, this parameter specifies the size in bytes after which variables are saved with the logging functions as opposed to save/restore code sequence pairs. This option only applies when using -fgnu-tm.
graphite-max-nb-scop-params
To avoid exponential effects in the Graphite loop transforms, the number of parameters in a Static Control Part (SCoP) is bounded. The default value is 10 parameters. A variable whose value is unknown at compilation time and defined outside a SCoP is a parameter of the SCoP.
graphite-max-bbs-per-function
To avoid exponential effects in the detection of SCoPs, the size of the functions analyzed by Graphite is bounded. The default value is 100 basic blocks.
loop-block-tile-size
Loop blocking or strip mining transforms, enabled with -floop-block or -floop-strip-mine, strip mine each loop in the loop nest by a given number of iterations. The strip length can be changed using the loop-block-tile-size parameter. The default value is 51 iterations.
ipa-cp-value-list-size
IPA-CP attempts to track all possible values and types passed to a function’s parameter in order to propagate them and perform devirtualization. ipa-cp-value-list-size is the maximum number of values and types it stores per one formal parameter of a function.
ipa-cp-eval-threshold
IPA-CP calculates its own score of cloning profitability heuristics and performs those cloning opportunities with scores that exceed ipa-cp-eval-threshold.
ipa-max-agg-items
IPA-CP is also capable to propagate a number of scalar values passed in an aggregate. ipa-max-agg-items controls the maximum number of such values per one parameter.
ipa-cp-loop-hint-bonus
When IPA-CP determines that a cloning candidate would make the number of iterations of a loop known, it adds a bonus of ipa-cp-loop-hint-bonus bonus to the profitability score of the candidate.
ipa-cp-array-index-hint-bonus
When IPA-CP determines that a cloning candidate would make the index of an array access known, it adds a bonus of ipa-cp-array-index-hint-bonus bonus to the profitability score of the candidate.
lto-partitions
Specify desired number of partitions produced during WHOPR compilation. The number of partitions should exceed the number of CPUs used for compilation. The default value is 32.
lto-minpartition
Size of minimal partition for WHOPR (in estimated instructions). This prevents expenses of splitting very small programs into too many partitions.
cxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help
The maximum number of namespaces to consult for suggestions when C++ name lookup fails for an identifier. The default is 1000.
sink-frequency-threshold
The maximum relative execution frequency (in percents) of the target block relative to a statement’s original block to allow statement sinking of a statement. Larger numbers result in more aggressive statement sinking. The default value is 75. A small positive adjustment is applied for statements with memory operands as those are even more profitable so sink.
max-stores-to-sink
The maximum number of conditional stores paires that can be sunk. Set to 0 if either vectorization (-ftree-vectorize) or if-conversion (-ftree-loop-if-convert) is disabled. The default is 2.
allow-load-data-races
Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on loads. Set to 1 to allow, otherwise to 0. This option is enabled by default unless implicitly set by the -fmemory-model= option.
allow-store-data-races
Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on stores. Set to 1 to allow, otherwise to 0. This option is enabled by default unless implicitly set by the -fmemory-model= option.
allow-packed-load-data-races
Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on packed data loads. Set to 1 to allow, otherwise to 0. This option is enabled by default unless implicitly set by the -fmemory-model= option.
allow-packed-store-data-races
Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on packed data stores. Set to 1 to allow, otherwise to 0. This option is enabled by default unless implicitly set by the -fmemory-model= option.
case-values-threshold
The smallest number of different values for which it is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. If the value is 0, use the default for the machine. The default is 0.
tree-reassoc-width
Set the maximum number of instructions executed in parallel in reassociated tree. This parameter overrides target dependent heuristics used by default if has non zero value.
sched-pressure-algorithm
Choose between the two available implementations of -fsched-pressure. Algorithm 1 is the original implementation and is the more likely to prevent instructions from being reordered. Algorithm 2 was designed to be a compromise between the relatively conservative approach taken by algorithm 1 and the rather aggressive approach taken by the default scheduler. It relies more heavily on having a regular register file and accurate register pressure classes. See haifa-sched.c in the GCC sources for more details.
The default choice depends on the target.
max-slsr-cand-scan
Set the maximum number of existing candidates that will be considered when seeking a basis for a new straight-line strength reduction candidate.
asan-globals
Enable buffer overflow detection for global objects. This kind of protection is enabled by default if you are using -fsanitize=address option. To disable global objects protection use --param asan-globals=0.
asan-stack
Enable buffer overflow detection for stack objects. This kind of protection is enabled by default when using-fsanitize=address. To disable stack protection use --param asan-stack=0 option.
asan-instrument-reads
Enable buffer overflow detection for memory reads. This kind of protection is enabled by default when using -fsanitize=address. To disable memory reads protection use --param asan-instrument-reads=0.
asan-instrument-writes
Enable buffer overflow detection for memory writes. This kind of protection is enabled by default when using -fsanitize=address. To disable memory writes protection use --param asan-instrument-writes=0 option.
asan-memintrin
Enable detection for built-in functions. This kind of protection is enabled by default when using -fsanitize=address. To disable built-in functions protection use --param asan-memintrin=0.
asan-use-after-return
Enable detection of use-after-return. This kind of protection is enabled by default when using -fsanitize=address option. To disable use-after-return detection use --param asan-use-after-return=0.
Next: Assembler Options, Previous: Optimize Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source file before actual compilation.
If you use the -E option, nothing is done except preprocessing. Some of these options make sense only together with -E because they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual compilation.
-Wp,option
You can use -Wp,option to bypass the compiler driver and pass option directly through to the preprocessor. If option contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas. However, many options are modified, translated or interpreted by the compiler driver before being passed to the preprocessor, and -Wp forcibly bypasses this phase. The preprocessor’s direct interface is undocumented and subject to change, so whenever possible you should avoid using -Wp and let the driver handle the options instead.
-Xpreprocessor option
Pass option as an option to the preprocessor. You can use this to supply system-specific preprocessor options that GCC does not recognize.
If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use -Xpreprocessor twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
-no-integrated-cpp
Perform preprocessing as a separate pass before compilation.
By default, GCC performs preprocessing as an integrated part of
input tokenization and parsing.
If this option is provided, the appropriate language front end
(cc1
, cc1plus
, or cc1obj
for C, C++,
and Objective-C, respectively) is instead invoked twice,
once for preprocessing only and once for actual compilation
of the preprocessed input.
This option may be useful in conjunction with the -B or
-wrapper options to specify an alternate preprocessor or
perform additional processing of the program source between
normal preprocessing and compilation.
-D name
Predefine name as a macro, with definition 1
.
-D name=definition
The contents of definition are tokenized and processed as if they appeared during translation phase three in a ‘#define’ directive. In particular, the definition will be truncated by embedded newline characters.
If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like program you may need to use the shell’s quoting syntax to protect characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.
If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line, write
its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the equals sign
(if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells, so you will need
to quote the option. With sh
and csh
,
-D'name(args…)=definition' works.
-D and -U options are processed in the order they are given on the command line. All -imacros file and -include file options are processed after all -D and -U options.
-U name
Cancel any previous definition of name, either built in or provided with a -D option.
-undef
Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The standard predefined macros remain defined.
-I dir
Add the directory dir to the list of directories to be searched
for header files.
Directories named by -I are searched before the standard
system include directories. If the directory dir is a standard
system include directory, the option is ignored to ensure that the
default search order for system directories and the special treatment
of system headers are not defeated
.
If dir begins with =
, then the =
will be replaced
by the sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.
-o file
Write output to file. This is the same as specifying file
as the second non-option argument to cpp
. gcc
has a
different interpretation of a second non-option argument, so you must
use -o to specify the output file.
-Wall
Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for normal code.
At present this is -Wcomment, -Wtrigraphs,
-Wmultichar and a warning about integer promotion causing a
change of sign in #if
expressions. Note that many of the
preprocessor’s warnings are on by default and have no options to
control them.
-Wcomment
-Wcomments
Warn whenever a comment-start sequence ‘/*’ appears in a ‘/*’ comment, or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a ‘//’ comment. (Both forms have the same effect.)
-Wtrigraphs
Most trigraphs in comments cannot affect the meaning of the program. However, a trigraph that would form an escaped newline (‘??/’ at the end of a line) can, by changing where the comment begins or ends. Therefore, only trigraphs that would form escaped newlines produce warnings inside a comment.
This option is implied by -Wall. If -Wall is not given, this option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled. To get trigraph conversion without warnings, but get the other -Wall warnings, use ‘-trigraphs -Wall -Wno-trigraphs’.
-Wtraditional
Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and ISO C. Also warn about ISO C constructs that have no traditional C equivalent, and problematic constructs which should be avoided.
-Wundef
Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is encountered in an ‘#if’ directive, outside of ‘defined’. Such identifiers are replaced with zero.
-Wunused-macros
Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused. A macro is used if it is expanded or tested for existence at least once. The preprocessor will also warn if the macro has not been used at the time it is redefined or undefined.
Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and macros defined in include files are not warned about.
Note: If a macro is actually used, but only used in skipped conditional blocks, then CPP will report it as unused. To avoid the warning in such a case, you might improve the scope of the macro’s definition by, for example, moving it into the first skipped block. Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like:
#if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning #endif
-Wendif-labels
Warn whenever an ‘#else’ or an ‘#endif’ are followed by text. This usually happens in code of the form
#if FOO … #else FOO … #endif FOO
The second and third FOO
should be in comments, but often are not
in older programs. This warning is on by default.
-Werror
Make all warnings into hard errors. Source code which triggers warnings will be rejected.
-Wsystem-headers
Issue warnings for code in system headers. These are normally unhelpful in finding bugs in your own code, therefore suppressed. If you are responsible for the system library, you may want to see them.
-w
Suppress all warnings, including those which GNU CPP issues by default.
-pedantic
Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C standard. Some of them are left out by default, since they trigger frequently on harmless code.
-pedantic-errors
Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all mandatory diagnostics into errors. This includes mandatory diagnostics that GCC issues without ‘-pedantic’ but treats as warnings.
-M
Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
suitable for make
describing the dependencies of the main
source file. The preprocessor outputs one make
rule containing
the object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all
the included files, including those coming from -include or
-imacros command line options.
Unless specified explicitly (with -MT or -MQ), the object file name consists of the name of the source file with any suffix replaced with object file suffix and with any leading directory parts removed. If there are many included files then the rule is split into several lines using ‘\’-newline. The rule has no commands.
This option does not suppress the preprocessor’s debug output, such as
-dM. To avoid mixing such debug output with the dependency
rules you should explicitly specify the dependency output file with
-MF, or use an environment variable like
DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
(see Environment Variables). Debug output
will still be sent to the regular output stream as normal.
Passing -M to the driver implies -E, and suppresses warnings with an implicit -w.
-MM
Like -M but do not mention header files that are found in system header directories, nor header files that are included, directly or indirectly, from such a header.
This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in an ‘#include’ directive does not in itself determine whether that header will appear in -MM dependency output. This is a slight change in semantics from GCC versions 3.0 and earlier.
-MF file
When used with -M or -MM, specifies a file to write the dependencies to. If no -MF switch is given the preprocessor sends the rules to the same place it would have sent preprocessed output.
When used with the driver options -MD or -MMD, -MF overrides the default dependency output file.
-MG
In conjunction with an option such as -M requesting
dependency generation, -MG assumes missing header files are
generated files and adds them to the dependency list without raising
an error. The dependency filename is taken directly from the
#include
directive without prepending any path. -MG
also suppresses preprocessed output, as a missing header file renders
this useless.
This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
-MP
This option instructs CPP to add a phony target for each dependency
other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These
dummy rules work around errors make
gives if you remove header
files without updating the Makefile to match.
This is typical output:
test.o: test.c test.h test.h:
-MT target
Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation. By default CPP takes the name of the main input file, deletes any directory components and any file suffix such as ‘.c’, and appends the platform’s usual object suffix. The result is the target.
An -MT option will set the target to be exactly the string you specify. If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single argument to -MT, or use multiple -MT options.
For example, -MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' might give
$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
-MQ target
Same as -MT, but it quotes any characters which are special to Make. -MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives
$$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with -MQ.
-MD
-MD is equivalent to -M -MF file, except that -E is not implied. The driver determines file based on whether an -o option is given. If it is, the driver uses its argument but with a suffix of .d, otherwise it takes the name of the input file, removes any directory components and suffix, and applies a .d suffix.
If -MD is used in conjunction with -E, any -o switch is understood to specify the dependency output file (see -MF), but if used without -E, each -o is understood to specify a target object file.
Since -E is not implied, -MD can be used to generate a dependency output file as a side-effect of the compilation process.
-MMD
Like -MD except mention only user header files, not system header files.
-fpch-deps
When using precompiled headers (see Precompiled Headers), this flag will cause the dependency-output flags to also list the files from the precompiled header’s dependencies. If not specified only the precompiled header would be listed and not the files that were used to create it because those files are not consulted when a precompiled header is used.
-fpch-preprocess
This option allows use of a precompiled header (see Precompiled Headers) together with -E. It inserts a special #pragma
,
#pragma GCC pch_preprocess "filename"
in the output to mark
the place where the precompiled header was found, and its filename.
When -fpreprocessed is in use, GCC recognizes this #pragma
and loads the PCH.
This option is off by default, because the resulting preprocessed output is only really suitable as input to GCC. It is switched on by -save-temps.
You should not write this #pragma
in your own code, but it is
safe to edit the filename if the PCH file is available in a different
location. The filename may be absolute or it may be relative to GCC’s
current directory.
-x c
-x c++
-x objective-c
-x assembler-with-cpp
Specify the source language: C, C++, Objective-C, or assembly. This has nothing to do with standards conformance or extensions; it merely selects which base syntax to expect. If you give none of these options, cpp will deduce the language from the extension of the source file: ‘.c’, ‘.cc’, ‘.m’, or ‘.S’. Some other common extensions for C++ and assembly are also recognized. If cpp does not recognize the extension, it will treat the file as C; this is the most generic mode.
Note: Previous versions of cpp accepted a -lang option which selected both the language and the standards conformance level. This option has been removed, because it conflicts with the -l option.
-std=standard
-ansi
Specify the standard to which the code should conform. Currently CPP knows about C and C++ standards; others may be added in the future.
standard may be one of:
c90
c89
iso9899:1990
The ISO C standard from 1990. ‘c90’ is the customary shorthand for this version of the standard.
The -ansi option is equivalent to -std=c90.
iso9899:199409
The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.
iso9899:1999
c99
iso9899:199x
c9x
The revised ISO C standard, published in December 1999. Before publication, this was known as C9X.
iso9899:2011
c11
c1x
The revised ISO C standard, published in December 2011. Before publication, this was known as C1X.
gnu90
gnu89
The 1990 C standard plus GNU extensions. This is the default.
gnu99
gnu9x
The 1999 C standard plus GNU extensions.
gnu11
gnu1x
The 2011 C standard plus GNU extensions.
c++98
The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.
gnu++98
The same as -std=c++98 plus GNU extensions. This is the default for C++ code.
-I-
Split the include path. Any directories specified with -I
options before -I- are searched only for headers requested with
#include "file"
; they are not searched for
#include <file>
. If additional directories are
specified with -I options after the -I-, those
directories are searched for all ‘#include’ directives.
In addition, -I- inhibits the use of the directory of the current
file directory as the first search directory for #include "file"
.
This option has been deprecated.
-nostdinc
Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only the directories you have specified with -I options (and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched.
-nostdinc++
Do not search for header files in the C++-specific standard directories, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is used when building the C++ library.)
-include file
Process file as if #include "file"
appeared as the first
line of the primary source file. However, the first directory searched
for file is the preprocessor’s working directory instead of
the directory containing the main source file. If not found there, it
is searched for in the remainder of the #include "…"
search
chain as normal.
If multiple -include options are given, the files are included in the order they appear on the command line.
-imacros file
Exactly like -include, except that any output produced by scanning file is thrown away. Macros it defines remain defined. This allows you to acquire all the macros from a header without also processing its declarations.
All files specified by -imacros are processed before all files specified by -include.
-idirafter dir
Search dir for header files, but do it after all
directories specified with -I and the standard system directories
have been exhausted. dir is treated as a system include directory.
If dir begins with =
, then the =
will be replaced
by the sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.
-iprefix prefix
Specify prefix as the prefix for subsequent -iwithprefix options. If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the final ‘/’.
-iwithprefix dir
-iwithprefixbefore dir
Append dir to the prefix specified previously with -iprefix, and add the resulting directory to the include search path. -iwithprefixbefore puts it in the same place -I would; -iwithprefix puts it where -idirafter would.
-isysroot dir
This option is like the --sysroot option, but applies only to header files (except for Darwin targets, where it applies to both header files and libraries). See the --sysroot option for more information.
-imultilib dir
Use dir as a subdirectory of the directory containing target-specific C++ headers.
-isystem dir
Search dir for header files, after all directories specified by
-I but before the standard system directories. Mark it
as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
is applied to the standard system directories.
If dir begins with =
, then the =
will be replaced
by the sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.
-iquote dir
Search dir only for header files requested with
#include "file"
; they are not searched for
#include <file>
, before all directories specified by
-I and before the standard system directories.
If dir begins with =
, then the =
will be replaced
by the sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.
-fdirectives-only
When preprocessing, handle directives, but do not expand macros.
The option’s behavior depends on the -E and -fpreprocessed options.
With -E, preprocessing is limited to the handling of directives
such as #define
, #ifdef
, and #error
. Other
preprocessor operations, such as macro expansion and trigraph
conversion are not performed. In addition, the -dD option is
implicitly enabled.
With -fpreprocessed, predefinition of command line and most
builtin macros is disabled. Macros such as __LINE__
, which are
contextually dependent, are handled normally. This enables compilation of
files previously preprocessed with -E -fdirectives-only
.
With both -E and -fpreprocessed, the rules for
-fpreprocessed take precedence. This enables full preprocessing of
files previously preprocessed with -E -fdirectives-only
.
-fdollars-in-identifiers
Accept ‘$’ in identifiers.
-fextended-identifiers
Accept universal character names in identifiers. This option is experimental; in a future version of GCC, it will be enabled by default for C99 and C++.
-fno-canonical-system-headers
When preprocessing, do not shorten system header paths with canonicalization.
-fpreprocessed
Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been preprocessed. This suppresses things like macro expansion, trigraph conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of most directives. The preprocessor still recognizes and removes comments, so that you can pass a file preprocessed with -C to the compiler without problems. In this mode the integrated preprocessor is little more than a tokenizer for the front ends.
-fpreprocessed is implicit if the input file has one of the extensions ‘.i’, ‘.ii’ or ‘.mi’. These are the extensions that GCC uses for preprocessed files created by -save-temps.
-ftabstop=width
Set the distance between tab stops. This helps the preprocessor report correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs appear on the line. If the value is less than 1 or greater than 100, the option is ignored. The default is 8.
-fdebug-cpp
This option is only useful for debugging GCC. When used with -E, dumps debugging information about location maps. Every token in the output is preceded by the dump of the map its location belongs to. The dump of the map holding the location of a token would be:
{‘P’:/file/path;‘F’:/includer/path;‘L’:line_num;‘C’:col_num;‘S’:system_header_p;‘M’:map_address;‘E’:macro_expansion_p,‘loc’:location}
When used without -E, this option has no effect.
-ftrack-macro-expansion[=level]
Track locations of tokens across macro expansions. This allows the compiler to emit diagnostic about the current macro expansion stack when a compilation error occurs in a macro expansion. Using this option makes the preprocessor and the compiler consume more memory. The level parameter can be used to choose the level of precision of token location tracking thus decreasing the memory consumption if necessary. Value ‘0’ of level de-activates this option just as if no -ftrack-macro-expansion was present on the command line. Value ‘1’ tracks tokens locations in a degraded mode for the sake of minimal memory overhead. In this mode all tokens resulting from the expansion of an argument of a function-like macro have the same location. Value ‘2’ tracks tokens locations completely. This value is the most memory hungry. When this option is given no argument, the default parameter value is ‘2’.
Note that -ftrack-macro-expansion=2 is activated by default.
-fexec-charset=charset
Set the execution character set, used for string and character
constants. The default is UTF-8. charset can be any encoding
supported by the system’s iconv
library routine.
-fwide-exec-charset=charset
Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and
character constants. The default is UTF-32 or UTF-16, whichever
corresponds to the width of wchar_t
. As with
-fexec-charset, charset can be any encoding supported
by the system’s iconv
library routine; however, you will have
problems with encodings that do not fit exactly in wchar_t
.
-finput-charset=charset
Set the input character set, used for translation from the character
set of the input file to the source character set used by GCC. If the
locale does not specify, or GCC cannot get this information from the
locale, the default is UTF-8. This can be overridden by either the locale
or this command line option. Currently the command line option takes
precedence if there’s a conflict. charset can be any encoding
supported by the system’s iconv
library routine.
-fworking-directory
Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will
let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of
preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor will
emit, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the
current working directory followed by two slashes. GCC will use this
directory, when it’s present in the preprocessed input, as the
directory emitted as the current working directory in some debugging
information formats. This option is implicitly enabled if debugging
information is enabled, but this can be inhibited with the negated
form -fno-working-directory. If the -P flag is
present in the command line, this option has no effect, since no
#line
directives are emitted whatsoever.
-fno-show-column
Do not print column numbers in diagnostics. This may be necessary if
diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not understand the
column numbers, such as dejagnu
.
-A predicate=answer
Make an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer. This form is preferred to the older form -A predicate(answer), which is still supported, because it does not use shell special characters.
-A -predicate=answer
Cancel an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer.
-dCHARS
CHARS is a sequence of one or more of the following characters, and must not be preceded by a space. Other characters are interpreted by the compiler proper, or reserved for future versions of GCC, and so are silently ignored. If you specify characters whose behavior conflicts, the result is undefined.
Instead of the normal output, generate a list of ‘#define’ directives for all the macros defined during the execution of the preprocessor, including predefined macros. This gives you a way of finding out what is predefined in your version of the preprocessor. Assuming you have no file foo.h, the command
touch foo.h; cpp -dM foo.h
will show all the predefined macros.
If you use -dM without the -E option, -dM is interpreted as a synonym for -fdump-rtl-mach. See (gcc)Debugging Options.
Like ‘M’ except in two respects: it does not include the predefined macros, and it outputs both the ‘#define’ directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to the standard output file.
Like ‘D’, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.
Output ‘#include’ directives in addition to the result of preprocessing.
Like ‘D’ except that only macros that are expanded, or whose definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and ‘#undef’ directives are also output for macros tested but undefined at the time.
-P
Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor. This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the linemarkers.
-C
Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted along with the directive.
You should be prepared for side effects when using -C; it causes the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right. For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a directive line have the effect of turning that line into an ordinary source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a ‘#’.
-CC
Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is like -C, except that comments contained within macros are also passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded.
In addition to the side-effects of the -C option, the -CC option causes all C++-style comments inside a macro to be converted to C-style comments. This is to prevent later use of that macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of the source line.
The -CC option is generally used to support lint comments.
-traditional-cpp
Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C preprocessors, as opposed to ISO C preprocessors.
-trigraphs
Process trigraph sequences. These are three-character sequences, all starting with ‘??’, that are defined by ISO C to stand for single characters. For example, ‘??/’ stands for ‘\’, so ‘'??/n'’ is a character constant for a newline. By default, GCC ignores trigraphs, but in standard-conforming modes it converts them. See the -std and -ansi options.
The nine trigraphs and their replacements are
Trigraph: ??( ??) ??< ??> ??= ??/ ??' ??! ??- Replacement: [ ] { } # \ ^ | ~
-remap
Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit very short file names, such as MS-DOS.
--help
--target-help
Print text describing all the command line options instead of preprocessing anything.
-v
Verbose mode. Print out GNU CPP’s version number at the beginning of execution, and report the final form of the include path.
-H
Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the ‘#include’ stack it is. Precompiled header files are also printed, even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled header file is printed with ‘...x’ and a valid one with ‘...!’ .
-version
--version
Print out GNU CPP’s version number. With one dash, proceed to preprocess as normal. With two dashes, exit immediately.
Next: Link Options, Previous: Preprocessor Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
You can pass options to the assembler.
-Wa,option
Pass option as an option to the assembler. If option contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
-Xassembler option
Pass option as an option to the assembler. You can use this to supply system-specific assembler options that GCC does not recognize.
If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use -Xassembler twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
Next: Directory Options, Previous: Assembler Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
These options come into play when the compiler links object files into an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is not doing a link step.
object-file-name
A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input to the linker.
-c
-S
-E
If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and object file names should not be used as arguments. See Overall Options.
-llibrary
-l library
Search the library named library when linking. (The second alternative with the library as a separate argument is only for POSIX compliance and is not recommended.)
It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the linker searches and processes libraries and object files in the order they are specified. Thus, ‘foo.o -lz bar.o’ searches library ‘z’ after file foo.o but before bar.o. If bar.o refers to functions in ‘z’, those functions may not be loaded.
The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library, which is actually a file named liblibrary.a. The linker then uses this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.
The directories searched include several standard system directories plus any that you specify with -L.
Normally the files found this way are library files—archive files whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file by scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only difference between using an -l option and specifying a file name is that -l surrounds library with ‘lib’ and ‘.a’ and searches several directories.
-lobjc
You need this special case of the -l option in order to link an Objective-C or Objective-C++ program.
-nostartfiles
Do not use the standard system startup files when linking. The standard system libraries are used normally, unless -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs is used.
-nodefaultlibs
Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
Only the libraries you specify are passed to the linker, and options
specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as -static-libgcc
or -shared-libgcc
, are ignored.
The standard startup files are used normally, unless -nostartfiles
is used.
The compiler may generate calls to memcmp
,
memset
, memcpy
and memmove
.
These entries are usually resolved by entries in
libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
mechanism when this option is specified.
-nostdlib
Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.
No startup files and only the libraries you specify are passed to
the linker, and options specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as
-static-libgcc
or -shared-libgcc
, are ignored.
The compiler may generate calls to memcmp
, memset
,
memcpy
and memmove
.
These entries are usually resolved by entries in
libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
mechanism when this option is specified.
One of the standard libraries bypassed by -nostdlib and
-nodefaultlibs is libgcc.a, a library of internal subroutines
which GCC uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special
needs for some languages.
(See Interfacing to GCC Output in GNU Compiler
Collection (GCC) Internals,
for more discussion of libgcc.a.)
In most cases, you need libgcc.a even when you want to avoid
other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify -nostdlib
or -nodefaultlibs you should usually specify -lgcc as well.
This ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal GCC
library subroutines.
(An example of such an internal subroutine is ‘__main’, used to ensure C++
constructors are called; see collect2
in GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) Internals.)
-pie
Produce a position independent executable on targets that support it. For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options used for compilation (-fpie, -fPIE, or model suboptions) when you specify this linker option.
-rdynamic
Pass the flag -export-dynamic to the ELF linker, on targets
that support it. This instructs the linker to add all symbols, not
only used ones, to the dynamic symbol table. This option is needed
for some uses of dlopen
or to allow obtaining backtraces
from within a program.
-s
Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.
-static
On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
-shared
Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options used for compilation (-fpic, -fPIC, or model suboptions) when you specify this linker option.1
-shared-libgcc
-static-libgcc
On systems that provide libgcc as a shared library, these options force the use of either the shared or static version, respectively. If no shared version of libgcc was built when the compiler was configured, these options have no effect.
There are several situations in which an application should use the shared libgcc instead of the static version. The most common of these is when the application wishes to throw and catch exceptions across different shared libraries. In that case, each of the libraries as well as the application itself should use the shared libgcc.
Therefore, the G++ and GCJ drivers automatically add -shared-libgcc whenever you build a shared library or a main executable, because C++ and Java programs typically use exceptions, so this is the right thing to do.
If, instead, you use the GCC driver to create shared libraries, you may find that they are not always linked with the shared libgcc. If GCC finds, at its configuration time, that you have a non-GNU linker or a GNU linker that does not support option --eh-frame-hdr, it links the shared version of libgcc into shared libraries by default. Otherwise, it takes advantage of the linker and optimizes away the linking with the shared version of libgcc, linking with the static version of libgcc by default. This allows exceptions to propagate through such shared libraries, without incurring relocation costs at library load time.
However, if a library or main executable is supposed to throw or catch exceptions, you must link it using the G++ or GCJ driver, as appropriate for the languages used in the program, or using the option -shared-libgcc, such that it is linked with the shared libgcc.
-static-libasan
When the -fsanitize=address option is used to link a program, the GCC driver automatically links against libasan. If libasan is available as a shared library, and the -static option is not used, then this links against the shared version of libasan. The -static-libasan option directs the GCC driver to link libasan statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically.
-static-libtsan
When the -fsanitize=thread option is used to link a program, the GCC driver automatically links against libtsan. If libtsan is available as a shared library, and the -static option is not used, then this links against the shared version of libtsan. The -static-libtsan option directs the GCC driver to link libtsan statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically.
-static-liblsan
When the -fsanitize=leak option is used to link a program, the GCC driver automatically links against liblsan. If liblsan is available as a shared library, and the -static option is not used, then this links against the shared version of liblsan. The -static-liblsan option directs the GCC driver to link liblsan statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically.
-static-libubsan
When the -fsanitize=undefined option is used to link a program, the GCC driver automatically links against libubsan. If libubsan is available as a shared library, and the -static option is not used, then this links against the shared version of libubsan. The -static-libubsan option directs the GCC driver to link libubsan statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically.
-static-libstdc++
When the g++
program is used to link a C++ program, it
normally automatically links against libstdc++. If
libstdc++ is available as a shared library, and the
-static option is not used, then this links against the
shared version of libstdc++. That is normally fine. However, it
is sometimes useful to freeze the version of libstdc++ used by
the program without going all the way to a fully static link. The
-static-libstdc++ option directs the g++
driver to
link libstdc++ statically, without necessarily linking other
libraries statically.
-symbolic
Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor option -Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs). Only a few systems support this option.
-T script
Use script as the linker script. This option is supported by most systems using the GNU linker. On some targets, such as bare-board targets without an operating system, the -T option may be required when linking to avoid references to undefined symbols.
-Xlinker option
Pass option as an option to the linker. You can use this to supply system-specific linker options that GCC does not recognize.
If you want to pass an option that takes a separate argument, you must use -Xlinker twice, once for the option and once for the argument. For example, to pass -assert definitions, you must write -Xlinker -assert -Xlinker definitions. It does not work to write -Xlinker "-assert definitions", because this passes the entire string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
When using the GNU linker, it is usually more convenient to pass arguments to linker options using the option=value syntax than as separate arguments. For example, you can specify -Xlinker -Map=output.map rather than -Xlinker -Map -Xlinker output.map. Other linkers may not support this syntax for command-line options.
-Wl,option
Pass option as an option to the linker. If option contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas. You can use this syntax to pass an argument to the option. For example, -Wl,-Map,output.map passes -Map output.map to the linker. When using the GNU linker, you can also get the same effect with -Wl,-Map=output.map.
-u symbol
Pretend the symbol symbol is undefined, to force linking of library modules to define it. You can use -u multiple times with different symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
Next: Spec Files, Previous: Link Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
These options specify directories to search for header files, for libraries and for parts of the compiler:
-Idir
Add the directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header file, substituting your own version, since these directories are searched before the system header file directories. However, you should not use this option to add directories that contain vendor-supplied system header files (use -isystem for that). If you use more than one -I option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right order; the standard system directories come after.
If a standard system include directory, or a directory specified with
-isystem, is also specified with -I, the -I
option is ignored. The directory is still searched but as a
system directory at its normal position in the system include chain.
This is to ensure that GCC’s procedure to fix buggy system headers and
the ordering for the include_next
directive are not inadvertently changed.
If you really need to change the search order for system directories,
use the -nostdinc and/or -isystem options.
-iplugindir=dir
Set the directory to search for plugins that are passed by -fplugin=name instead of -fplugin=path/name.so. This option is not meant to be used by the user, but only passed by the driver.
-iquotedir
Add the directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be searched for header files only for the case of ‘#include "file"’; they are not searched for ‘#include <file>’, otherwise just like -I.
-Ldir
Add directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for -l.
-Bprefix
This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries, include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
cpp
, cc1
, as
and ld
. It tries
prefix as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
without ‘machine/version/’ (see Target Options).
For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
-B prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if -B
is not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes,
/usr/lib/gcc/ and /usr/local/lib/gcc/. If neither of
those results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program
name is searched for using the directories specified in your
PATH
environment variable.
The compiler checks to see if the path provided by the -B refers to a directory, and if necessary it adds a directory separator character at the end of the path.
-B prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these options into -L options for the linker. They also apply to include files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these options into -isystem options for the preprocessor. In this case, the compiler appends ‘include’ to the prefix.
The runtime support file libgcc.a can also be searched for using the -B prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left out of the link if it is not found by those means.
Another way to specify a prefix much like the -B prefix is to use
the environment variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
. See Environment Variables.
As a special kludge, if the path provided by -B is [dir/]stageN/, where N is a number in the range 0 to 9, then it is replaced by [dir/]include. This is to help with boot-strapping the compiler.
-specs=file
Process file after the compiler reads in the standard specs
file, in order to override the defaults which the gcc
driver
program uses when determining what switches to pass to cc1
,
cc1plus
, as
, ld
, etc. More than one
-specs=file can be specified on the command line, and they
are processed in order, from left to right.
--sysroot=dir
Use dir as the logical root directory for headers and libraries. For example, if the compiler normally searches for headers in /usr/include and libraries in /usr/lib, it instead searches dir/usr/include and dir/usr/lib.
If you use both this option and the -isysroot option, then the --sysroot option applies to libraries, but the -isysroot option applies to header files.
The GNU linker (beginning with version 2.16) has the necessary support for this option. If your linker does not support this option, the header file aspect of --sysroot still works, but the library aspect does not.
--no-sysroot-suffix
For some targets, a suffix is added to the root directory specified with --sysroot, depending on the other options used, so that headers may for example be found in dir/suffix/usr/include instead of dir/usr/include. This option disables the addition of such a suffix.
-I-
This option has been deprecated. Please use -iquote instead for -I directories before the -I- and remove the -I-. Any directories you specify with -I options before the -I- option are searched only for the case of ‘#include "file"’; they are not searched for ‘#include <file>’.
If additional directories are specified with -I options after the -I-, these directories are searched for all ‘#include’ directives. (Ordinarily all -I directories are used this way.)
In addition, the -I- option inhibits the use of the current directory (where the current input file came from) as the first search directory for ‘#include "file"’. There is no way to override this effect of -I-. With -I. you can specify searching the directory that is current when the compiler is invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does by default, but it is often satisfactory.
-I- does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories for header files. Thus, -I- and -nostdinc are independent.
Next: Target Options, Previous: Directory Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
gcc
is a driver program. It performs its job by invoking a
sequence of other programs to do the work of compiling, assembling and
linking. GCC interprets its command-line parameters and uses these to
deduce which programs it should invoke, and which command-line options
it ought to place on their command lines. This behavior is controlled
by spec strings. In most cases there is one spec string for each
program that GCC can invoke, but a few programs have multiple spec
strings to control their behavior. The spec strings built into GCC can
be overridden by using the -specs= command-line switch to specify
a spec file.
Spec files are plaintext files that are used to construct spec strings. They consist of a sequence of directives separated by blank lines. The type of directive is determined by the first non-whitespace character on the line, which can be one of the following:
%command
Issues a command to the spec file processor. The commands that can appear here are:
%include <file>
Search for file and insert its text at the current point in the specs file.
%include_noerr <file>
Just like ‘%include’, but do not generate an error message if the include file cannot be found.
%rename old_name new_name
Rename the spec string old_name to new_name.
*[spec_name]:
This tells the compiler to create, override or delete the named spec string. All lines after this directive up to the next directive or blank line are considered to be the text for the spec string. If this results in an empty string then the spec is deleted. (Or, if the spec did not exist, then nothing happens.) Otherwise, if the spec does not currently exist a new spec is created. If the spec does exist then its contents are overridden by the text of this directive, unless the first character of that text is the ‘+’ character, in which case the text is appended to the spec.
[suffix]:
Creates a new ‘[suffix] spec’ pair. All lines after this directive and up to the next directive or blank line are considered to make up the spec string for the indicated suffix. When the compiler encounters an input file with the named suffix, it processes the spec string in order to work out how to compile that file. For example:
.ZZ: z-compile -input %i
This says that any input file whose name ends in ‘.ZZ’ should be passed to the program ‘z-compile’, which should be invoked with the command-line switch -input and with the result of performing the ‘%i’ substitution. (See below.)
As an alternative to providing a spec string, the text following a suffix directive can be one of the following:
@language
This says that the suffix is an alias for a known language. This is similar to using the -x command-line switch to GCC to specify a language explicitly. For example:
.ZZ: @c++
Says that .ZZ files are, in fact, C++ source files.
#name
This causes an error messages saying:
name compiler not installed on this system.
GCC already has an extensive list of suffixes built into it. This directive adds an entry to the end of the list of suffixes, but since the list is searched from the end backwards, it is effectively possible to override earlier entries using this technique.
GCC has the following spec strings built into it. Spec files can override these strings or create their own. Note that individual targets can also add their own spec strings to this list.
asm Options to pass to the assembler
asm_final Options to pass to the assembler post-processor
cpp Options to pass to the C preprocessor
cc1 Options to pass to the C compiler
cc1plus Options to pass to the C++ compiler
endfile Object files to include at the end of the link
link Options to pass to the linker
lib Libraries to include on the command line to the linker
libgcc Decides which GCC support library to pass to the linker
linker Sets the name of the linker
predefines Defines to be passed to the C preprocessor
signed_char Defines to pass to CPP to say whether char
is signed
by default
startfile Object files to include at the start of the link
Here is a small example of a spec file:
%rename lib old_lib *lib: --start-group -lgcc -lc -leval1 --end-group %(old_lib)
This example renames the spec called ‘lib’ to ‘old_lib’ and then overrides the previous definition of ‘lib’ with a new one. The new definition adds in some extra command-line options before including the text of the old definition.
Spec strings are a list of command-line options to be passed to their corresponding program. In addition, the spec strings can contain ‘%’-prefixed sequences to substitute variable text or to conditionally insert text into the command line. Using these constructs it is possible to generate quite complex command lines.
Here is a table of all defined ‘%’-sequences for spec strings. Note that spaces are not generated automatically around the results of expanding these sequences. Therefore you can concatenate them together or combine them with constant text in a single argument.
%%
Substitute one ‘%’ into the program name or argument.
%i
Substitute the name of the input file being processed.
%b
Substitute the basename of the input file being processed. This is the substring up to (and not including) the last period and not including the directory.
%B
This is the same as ‘%b’, but include the file suffix (text after the last period).
%d
Marks the argument containing or following the ‘%d’ as a temporary file name, so that that file is deleted if GCC exits successfully. Unlike ‘%g’, this contributes no text to the argument.
%gsuffix
Substitute a file name that has suffix suffix and is chosen once per compilation, and mark the argument in the same way as ‘%d’. To reduce exposure to denial-of-service attacks, the file name is now chosen in a way that is hard to predict even when previously chosen file names are known. For example, ‘%g.s … %g.o … %g.s’ might turn into ‘ccUVUUAU.s ccXYAXZ12.o ccUVUUAU.s’. suffix matches the regexp ‘[.A-Za-z]*’ or the special string ‘%O’, which is treated exactly as if ‘%O’ had been preprocessed. Previously, ‘%g’ was simply substituted with a file name chosen once per compilation, without regard to any appended suffix (which was therefore treated just like ordinary text), making such attacks more likely to succeed.
%usuffix
Like ‘%g’, but generates a new temporary file name each time it appears instead of once per compilation.
%Usuffix
Substitutes the last file name generated with ‘%usuffix’, generating a new one if there is no such last file name. In the absence of any ‘%usuffix’, this is just like ‘%gsuffix’, except they don’t share the same suffix space, so ‘%g.s … %U.s … %g.s … %U.s’ involves the generation of two distinct file names, one for each ‘%g.s’ and another for each ‘%U.s’. Previously, ‘%U’ was simply substituted with a file name chosen for the previous ‘%u’, without regard to any appended suffix.
%jsuffix
Substitutes the name of the HOST_BIT_BUCKET
, if any, and if it is
writable, and if -save-temps is not used;
otherwise, substitute the name
of a temporary file, just like ‘%u’. This temporary file is not
meant for communication between processes, but rather as a junk
disposal mechanism.
%|suffix
%msuffix
Like ‘%g’, except if -pipe is in effect. In that case
‘%|’ substitutes a single dash and ‘%m’ substitutes nothing at
all. These are the two most common ways to instruct a program that it
should read from standard input or write to standard output. If you
need something more elaborate you can use an ‘%{pipe:X
}’
construct: see for example f/lang-specs.h.
%.SUFFIX
Substitutes .SUFFIX for the suffixes of a matched switch’s args when it is subsequently output with ‘%*’. SUFFIX is terminated by the next space or %.
%w
Marks the argument containing or following the ‘%w’ as the designated output file of this compilation. This puts the argument into the sequence of arguments that ‘%o’ substitutes.
%o
Substitutes the names of all the output files, with spaces automatically placed around them. You should write spaces around the ‘%o’ as well or the results are undefined. ‘%o’ is for use in the specs for running the linker. Input files whose names have no recognized suffix are not compiled at all, but they are included among the output files, so they are linked.
%O
Substitutes the suffix for object files. Note that this is handled specially when it immediately follows ‘%g, %u, or %U’, because of the need for those to form complete file names. The handling is such that ‘%O’ is treated exactly as if it had already been substituted, except that ‘%g, %u, and %U’ do not currently support additional suffix characters following ‘%O’ as they do following, for example, ‘.o’.
%p
Substitutes the standard macro predefinitions for the
current target machine. Use this when running cpp
.
%P
Like ‘%p’, but puts ‘__’ before and after the name of each predefined macro, except for macros that start with ‘__’ or with ‘_L’, where L is an uppercase letter. This is for ISO C.
%I
Substitute any of -iprefix (made from GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
),
-isysroot (made from TARGET_SYSTEM_ROOT
),
-isystem (made from COMPILER_PATH
and -B options)
and -imultilib as necessary.
%s
Current argument is the name of a library or startup file of some sort. Search for that file in a standard list of directories and substitute the full name found. The current working directory is included in the list of directories scanned.
%T
Current argument is the name of a linker script. Search for that file in the current list of directories to scan for libraries. If the file is located insert a --script option into the command line followed by the full path name found. If the file is not found then generate an error message. Note: the current working directory is not searched.
%estr
Print str as an error message. str is terminated by a newline. Use this when inconsistent options are detected.
%(name)
Substitute the contents of spec string name at this point.
%x{option}
Accumulate an option for ‘%X’.
%X
Output the accumulated linker options specified by -Wl or a ‘%x’ spec string.
%Y
Output the accumulated assembler options specified by -Wa.
%Z
Output the accumulated preprocessor options specified by -Wp.
%a
Process the asm
spec. This is used to compute the
switches to be passed to the assembler.
%A
Process the asm_final
spec. This is a spec string for
passing switches to an assembler post-processor, if such a program is
needed.
%l
Process the link
spec. This is the spec for computing the
command line passed to the linker. Typically it makes use of the
‘%L %G %S %D and %E’ sequences.
%D
Dump out a -L option for each directory that GCC believes might contain startup files. If the target supports multilibs then the current multilib directory is prepended to each of these paths.
%L
Process the lib
spec. This is a spec string for deciding which
libraries are included on the command line to the linker.
%G
Process the libgcc
spec. This is a spec string for deciding
which GCC support library is included on the command line to the linker.
%S
Process the startfile
spec. This is a spec for deciding which
object files are the first ones passed to the linker. Typically
this might be a file named crt0.o.
%E
Process the endfile
spec. This is a spec string that specifies
the last object files that are passed to the linker.
%C
Process the cpp
spec. This is used to construct the arguments
to be passed to the C preprocessor.
%1
Process the cc1
spec. This is used to construct the options to be
passed to the actual C compiler (‘cc1’).
%2
Process the cc1plus
spec. This is used to construct the options to be
passed to the actual C++ compiler (‘cc1plus’).
%*
Substitute the variable part of a matched option. See below. Note that each comma in the substituted string is replaced by a single space.
%<S
Remove all occurrences of -S
from the command line. Note—this
command is position dependent. ‘%’ commands in the spec string
before this one see -S
, ‘%’ commands in the spec string
after this one do not.
%:function(args)
Call the named function function, passing it args. args is first processed as a nested spec string, then split into an argument vector in the usual fashion. The function returns a string which is processed as if it had appeared literally as part of the current spec.
The following built-in spec functions are provided:
getenv
The getenv
spec function takes two arguments: an environment
variable name and a string. If the environment variable is not
defined, a fatal error is issued. Otherwise, the return value is the
value of the environment variable concatenated with the string. For
example, if TOPDIR
is defined as /path/to/top, then:
%:getenv(TOPDIR /include)
expands to /path/to/top/include.
if-exists
The if-exists
spec function takes one argument, an absolute
pathname to a file. If the file exists, if-exists
returns the
pathname. Here is a small example of its usage:
*startfile: crt0%O%s %:if-exists(crti%O%s) crtbegin%O%s
if-exists-else
The if-exists-else
spec function is similar to the if-exists
spec function, except that it takes two arguments. The first argument is
an absolute pathname to a file. If the file exists, if-exists-else
returns the pathname. If it does not exist, it returns the second argument.
This way, if-exists-else
can be used to select one file or another,
based on the existence of the first. Here is a small example of its usage:
*startfile: crt0%O%s %:if-exists(crti%O%s) \ %:if-exists-else(crtbeginT%O%s crtbegin%O%s)
replace-outfile
The replace-outfile
spec function takes two arguments. It looks for the
first argument in the outfiles array and replaces it with the second argument. Here
is a small example of its usage:
%{fgnu-runtime:%:replace-outfile(-lobjc -lobjc-gnu)}
remove-outfile
The remove-outfile
spec function takes one argument. It looks for the
first argument in the outfiles array and removes it. Here is a small example
its usage:
%:remove-outfile(-lm)
pass-through-libs
The pass-through-libs
spec function takes any number of arguments. It
finds any -l options and any non-options ending in .a (which it
assumes are the names of linker input library archive files) and returns a
result containing all the found arguments each prepended by
-plugin-opt=-pass-through= and joined by spaces. This list is
intended to be passed to the LTO linker plugin.
%:pass-through-libs(%G %L %G)
print-asm-header
The print-asm-header
function takes no arguments and simply
prints a banner like:
Assembler options ================= Use "-Wa,OPTION" to pass "OPTION" to the assembler.
It is used to separate compiler options from assembler options in the --target-help output.
%{S
}
Substitutes the -S
switch, if that switch is given to GCC.
If that switch is not specified, this substitutes nothing. Note that
the leading dash is omitted when specifying this option, and it is
automatically inserted if the substitution is performed. Thus the spec
string ‘%{foo}’ matches the command-line option -foo
and outputs the command-line option -foo.
%W{S
}
Like %{S
} but mark last argument supplied within as a file to be
deleted on failure.
%{S
*}
Substitutes all the switches specified to GCC whose names start
with -S
, but which also take an argument. This is used for
switches like -o, -D, -I, etc.
GCC considers -o foo as being
one switch whose name starts with ‘o’. %{o*} substitutes this
text, including the space. Thus two arguments are generated.
%{S
*&T
*}
Like %{S
*}, but preserve order of S
and T
options
(the order of S
and T
in the spec is not significant).
There can be any number of ampersand-separated variables; for each the
wild card is optional. Useful for CPP as ‘%{D*&U*&A*}’.
%{S
:X
}
Substitutes X
, if the -S switch is given to GCC.
%{!S
:X
}
Substitutes X
, if the -S switch is not given to GCC.
%{S
*:X
}
Substitutes X
if one or more switches whose names start with
-S
are specified to GCC. Normally X
is substituted only
once, no matter how many such switches appeared. However, if %*
appears somewhere in X
, then X
is substituted once
for each matching switch, with the %*
replaced by the part of
that switch matching the *
.
If %*
appears as the last part of a spec sequence then a space
will be added after the end of the last substitution. If there is more
text in the sequence however then a space will not be generated. This
allows the %*
substitution to be used as part of a larger
string. For example, a spec string like this:
%{mcu=*:--script=%*/memory.ld}
when matching an option like -mcu=newchip
will produce:
--script=newchip/memory.ld
%{.S
:X
}
Substitutes X
, if processing a file with suffix S
.
%{!.S
:X
}
Substitutes X
, if not processing a file with suffix S
.
%{,S
:X
}
Substitutes X
, if processing a file for language S
.
%{!,S
:X
}
Substitutes X
, if not processing a file for language S
.
%{S
|P
:X
}
Substitutes X
if either -S
or -P
is given to
GCC. This may be combined with ‘!’, ‘.’, ‘,’, and
*
sequences as well, although they have a stronger binding than
the ‘|’. If %*
appears in X
, all of the
alternatives must be starred, and only the first matching alternative
is substituted.
For example, a spec string like this:
%{.c:-foo} %{!.c:-bar} %{.c|d:-baz} %{!.c|d:-boggle}
outputs the following command-line options from the following input command-line options:
fred.c -foo -baz jim.d -bar -boggle -d fred.c -foo -baz -boggle -d jim.d -bar -baz -boggle
%{S:X; T:Y; :D}
If S
is given to GCC, substitutes X
; else if T
is
given to GCC, substitutes Y
; else substitutes D
. There can
be as many clauses as you need. This may be combined with .
,
,
, !
, |
, and *
as needed.
The conditional text X
in a %{S
:X
} or similar
construct may contain other nested ‘%’ constructs or spaces, or
even newlines. They are processed as usual, as described above.
Trailing white space in X
is ignored. White space may also
appear anywhere on the left side of the colon in these constructs,
except between .
or *
and the corresponding word.
The -O, -f, -m, and -W switches are
handled specifically in these constructs. If another value of
-O or the negated form of a -f, -m, or
-W switch is found later in the command line, the earlier
switch value is ignored, except with {S
*} where S
is
just one letter, which passes all matching options.
The character ‘|’ at the beginning of the predicate text is used to indicate that a command should be piped to the following command, but only if -pipe is specified.
It is built into GCC which switches take arguments and which do not. (You might think it would be useful to generalize this to allow each compiler’s spec to say which switches take arguments. But this cannot be done in a consistent fashion. GCC cannot even decide which input files have been specified without knowing which switches take arguments, and it must know which input files to compile in order to tell which compilers to run).
GCC also knows implicitly that arguments starting in -l are to be treated as compiler output files, and passed to the linker in their proper position among the other output files.
Next: Submodel Options, Previous: Spec Files, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
The usual way to run GCC is to run the executable called gcc
, or
machine-gcc
when cross-compiling, or
machine-gcc-version
to run a version other than the
one that was installed last.
Next: Code Gen Options, Previous: Target Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
Each target machine types can have its own special options, starting with ‘-m’, to choose among various hardware models or configurations—for example, 68010 vs 68020, floating coprocessor or none. A single installed version of the compiler can compile for any model or configuration, according to the options specified.
Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same platform.
Next: Adapteva Epiphany Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for AArch64 implementations:
-mabi=name
Generate code for the specified data model. Permissible values are ‘ilp32’ for SysV-like data model where int, long int and pointer are 32-bit, and ‘lp64’ for SysV-like data model where int is 32-bit, but long int and pointer are 64-bit.
The default depends on the specific target configuration. Note that the LP64 and ILP32 ABIs are not link-compatible; you must compile your entire program with the same ABI, and link with a compatible set of libraries.
-mbig-endian
Generate big-endian code. This is the default when GCC is configured for an ‘aarch64_be-*-*’ target.
-mgeneral-regs-only
Generate code which uses only the general registers.
-mlittle-endian
Generate little-endian code. This is the default when GCC is configured for an ‘aarch64-*-*’ but not an ‘aarch64_be-*-*’ target.
-mcmodel=tiny
Generate code for the tiny code model. The program and its statically defined symbols must be within 1GB of each other. Pointers are 64 bits. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This model is not fully implemented and mostly treated as ‘small’.
-mcmodel=small
Generate code for the small code model. The program and its statically defined symbols must be within 4GB of each other. Pointers are 64 bits. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default code model.
-mcmodel=large
Generate code for the large code model. This makes no assumptions about addresses and sizes of sections. Pointers are 64 bits. Programs can be statically linked only.
-mstrict-align
Do not assume that unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
-momit-leaf-frame-pointer
-mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer
Omit or keep the frame pointer in leaf functions. The former behaviour is the default.
-mtls-dialect=desc
Use TLS descriptors as the thread-local storage mechanism for dynamic accesses of TLS variables. This is the default.
-mtls-dialect=traditional
Use traditional TLS as the thread-local storage mechanism for dynamic accesses of TLS variables.
-march=name
Specify the name of the target architecture, optionally suffixed by one or more feature modifiers. This option has the form -march=arch{+[no]feature}*, where the only permissible value for arch is ‘armv8-a’. The permissible values for feature are documented in the sub-section below.
Where conflicting feature modifiers are specified, the right-most feature is used.
GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code.
Where -march is specified without either of -mtune or -mcpu also being specified, the code will be tuned to perform well across a range of target processors implementing the target architecture.
-mtune=name
Specify the name of the target processor for which GCC should tune the performance of the code. Permissible values for this option are: ‘generic’, ‘cortex-a53’, ‘cortex-a57’.
Additionally, this option can specify that GCC should tune the performance of the code for a big.LITTLE system. The only permissible value is ‘cortex-a57.cortex-a53’.
Where none of -mtune=, -mcpu= or -march= are specified, the code will be tuned to perform well across a range of target processors.
This option cannot be suffixed by feature modifiers.
-mcpu=name
Specify the name of the target processor, optionally suffixed by one or more feature modifiers. This option has the form -mcpu=cpu{+[no]feature}*, where the permissible values for cpu are the same as those available for -mtune.
The permissible values for feature are documented in the sub-section below.
Where conflicting feature modifiers are specified, the right-most feature is used.
GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code (as if by -march) and to determine the target processor for which to tune for performance (as if by -mtune). Where this option is used in conjunction with -march or -mtune, those options take precedence over the appropriate part of this option.
Feature modifiers used with -march and -mcpu can be one the following:
Enable CRC extension.
Enable Crypto extension. This implies Advanced SIMD is enabled.
Enable floating-point instructions.
Enable Advanced SIMD instructions. This implies floating-point instructions are enabled. This is the default for all current possible values for options -march and -mcpu=.
Next: ARC Options, Previous: AArch64 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for Adapteva Epiphany:
-mhalf-reg-file
Don’t allocate any register in the range r32
…r63
.
That allows code to run on hardware variants that lack these registers.
-mprefer-short-insn-regs
Preferrentially allocate registers that allow short instruction generation. This can result in increased instruction count, so this may either reduce or increase overall code size.
-mbranch-cost=num
Set the cost of branches to roughly num “simple” instructions. This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce consistent results across releases.
-mcmove
Enable the generation of conditional moves.
-mnops=num
Emit num NOPs before every other generated instruction.
-mno-soft-cmpsf
For single-precision floating-point comparisons, emit an fsub
instruction
and test the flags. This is faster than a software comparison, but can
get incorrect results in the presence of NaNs, or when two different small
numbers are compared such that their difference is calculated as zero.
The default is -msoft-cmpsf, which uses slower, but IEEE-compliant,
software comparisons.
-mstack-offset=num
Set the offset between the top of the stack and the stack pointer.
E.g., a value of 8 means that the eight bytes in the range sp+0…sp+7
can be used by leaf functions without stack allocation.
Values other than ‘8’ or ‘16’ are untested and unlikely to work.
Note also that this option changes the ABI; compiling a program with a
different stack offset than the libraries have been compiled with
generally does not work.
This option can be useful if you want to evaluate if a different stack
offset would give you better code, but to actually use a different stack
offset to build working programs, it is recommended to configure the
toolchain with the appropriate --with-stack-offset=num option.
-mno-round-nearest
Make the scheduler assume that the rounding mode has been set to truncating. The default is -mround-nearest.
-mlong-calls
If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all calls might be beyond
the offset range of the b
/ bl
instructions, and therefore load the
function address into a register before performing a (otherwise direct) call.
This is the default.
-mshort-calls
If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all direct calls are
in the range of the b
/ bl
instructions, so use these instructions
for direct calls. The default is -mlong-calls.
-msmall16
Assume addresses can be loaded as 16-bit unsigned values. This does not apply to function addresses for which -mlong-calls semantics are in effect.
-mfp-mode=mode
Set the prevailing mode of the floating-point unit. This determines the floating-point mode that is provided and expected at function call and return time. Making this mode match the mode you predominantly need at function start can make your programs smaller and faster by avoiding unnecessary mode switches.
mode can be set to one the following values:
Any mode at function entry is valid, and retained or restored when the function returns, and when it calls other functions. This mode is useful for compiling libraries or other compilation units you might want to incorporate into different programs with different prevailing FPU modes, and the convenience of being able to use a single object file outweighs the size and speed overhead for any extra mode switching that might be needed, compared with what would be needed with a more specific choice of prevailing FPU mode.
This is the mode used for floating-point calculations with truncating (i.e. round towards zero) rounding mode. That includes conversion from floating point to integer.
This is the mode used for floating-point calculations with round-to-nearest-or-even rounding mode.
This is the mode used to perform integer calculations in the FPU, e.g. integer multiply, or integer multiply-and-accumulate.
The default is -mfp-mode=caller
-mnosplit-lohi
-mno-postinc
-mno-postmodify
Code generation tweaks that disable, respectively, splitting of 32-bit loads, generation of post-increment addresses, and generation of post-modify addresses. The defaults are msplit-lohi, -mpost-inc, and -mpost-modify.
-mnovect-double
Change the preferred SIMD mode to SImode. The default is -mvect-double, which uses DImode as preferred SIMD mode.
-max-vect-align=num
The maximum alignment for SIMD vector mode types. num may be 4 or 8. The default is 8. Note that this is an ABI change, even though many library function interfaces are unaffected if they don’t use SIMD vector modes in places that affect size and/or alignment of relevant types.
-msplit-vecmove-early
Split vector moves into single word moves before reload. In theory this can give better register allocation, but so far the reverse seems to be generally the case.
-m1reg-reg
Specify a register to hold the constant -1, which makes loading small negative constants and certain bitmasks faster. Allowable values for reg are ‘r43’ and ‘r63’, which specify use of that register as a fixed register, and ‘none’, which means that no register is used for this purpose. The default is -m1reg-none.
Next: ARM Options, Previous: Adapteva Epiphany Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
The following options control the architecture variant for which code is being compiled:
-mbarrel-shifter
Generate instructions supported by barrel shifter. This is the default unless ‘-mcpu=ARC601’ is in effect.
-mcpu=cpu
Set architecture type, register usage, and instruction scheduling parameters for cpu. There are also shortcut alias options available for backward compatibility and convenience. Supported values for cpu are
Compile for ARC600. Aliases: -mA6, -mARC600.
Compile for ARC601. Alias: -mARC601.
Compile for ARC700. Aliases: -mA7, -mARC700. This is the default when configured with ‘--with-cpu=arc700’.
-mdpfp
-mdpfp-compact
FPX: Generate Double Precision FPX instructions, tuned for the compact implementation.
-mdpfp-fast
FPX: Generate Double Precision FPX instructions, tuned for the fast implementation.
-mno-dpfp-lrsr
Disable LR and SR instructions from using FPX extension aux registers.
-mea
Generate Extended arithmetic instructions. Currently only
divaw
, adds
, subs
, and sat16
are
supported. This is always enabled for ‘-mcpu=ARC700’.
-mno-mpy
Do not generate mpy instructions for ARC700.
-mmul32x16
Generate 32x16 bit multiply and mac instructions.
-mmul64
Generate mul64 and mulu64 instructions. Only valid for ‘-mcpu=ARC600’.
-mnorm
Generate norm instruction. This is the default if ‘-mcpu=ARC700’ is in effect.
-mspfp
-mspfp-compact
FPX: Generate Single Precision FPX instructions, tuned for the compact implementation.
-mspfp-fast
FPX: Generate Single Precision FPX instructions, tuned for the fast implementation.
-msimd
Enable generation of ARC SIMD instructions via target-specific builtins. Only valid for ‘-mcpu=ARC700’.
-msoft-float
This option ignored; it is provided for compatibility purposes only. Software floating point code is emitted by default, and this default can overridden by FPX options; ‘mspfp’, ‘mspfp-compact’, or ‘mspfp-fast’ for single precision, and ‘mdpfp’, ‘mdpfp-compact’, or ‘mdpfp-fast’ for double precision.
-mswap
Generate swap instructions.
The following options are passed through to the assembler, and also define preprocessor macro symbols.
-mdsp-packa
Passed down to the assembler to enable the DSP Pack A extensions.
Also sets the preprocessor symbol __Xdsp_packa
.
-mdvbf
Passed down to the assembler to enable the dual viterbi butterfly
extension. Also sets the preprocessor symbol __Xdvbf
.
-mlock
Passed down to the assembler to enable the Locked Load/Store
Conditional extension. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
__Xlock
.
-mmac-d16
Passed down to the assembler. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
__Xxmac_d16
.
-mmac-24
Passed down to the assembler. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
__Xxmac_24
.
-mrtsc
Passed down to the assembler to enable the 64-bit Time-Stamp Counter
extension instruction. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
__Xrtsc
.
-mswape
Passed down to the assembler to enable the swap byte ordering
extension instruction. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
__Xswape
.
-mtelephony
Passed down to the assembler to enable dual and single operand
instructions for telephony. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
__Xtelephony
.
-mxy
Passed down to the assembler to enable the XY Memory extension. Also
sets the preprocessor symbol __Xxy
.
The following options control how the assembly code is annotated:
-misize
Annotate assembler instructions with estimated addresses.
-mannotate-align
Explain what alignment considerations lead to the decision to make an instruction short or long.
The following options are passed through to the linker:
-marclinux
Passed through to the linker, to specify use of the arclinux
emulation.
This option is enabled by default in tool chains built for
arc-linux-uclibc
and arceb-linux-uclibc
targets
when profiling is not requested.
-marclinux_prof
Passed through to the linker, to specify use of the
arclinux_prof
emulation. This option is enabled by default in
tool chains built for arc-linux-uclibc
and
arceb-linux-uclibc
targets when profiling is requested.
The following options control the semantics of generated code:
-mepilogue-cfi
Enable generation of call frame information for epilogues.
-mno-epilogue-cfi
Disable generation of call frame information for epilogues.
-mlong-calls
Generate call insns as register indirect calls, thus providing access to the full 32-bit address range.
-mmedium-calls
Don’t use less than 25 bit addressing range for calls, which is the
offset available for an unconditional branch-and-link
instruction. Conditional execution of function calls is suppressed, to
allow use of the 25-bit range, rather than the 21-bit range with
conditional branch-and-link. This is the default for tool chains built
for arc-linux-uclibc
and arceb-linux-uclibc
targets.
-mno-sdata
Do not generate sdata references. This is the default for tool chains
built for arc-linux-uclibc
and arceb-linux-uclibc
targets.
-mucb-mcount
Instrument with mcount calls as used in UCB code. I.e. do the counting in the callee, not the caller. By default ARC instrumentation counts in the caller.
-mvolatile-cache
Use ordinarily cached memory accesses for volatile references. This is the default.
-mno-volatile-cache
Enable cache bypass for volatile references.
The following options fine tune code generation:
-malign-call
Do alignment optimizations for call instructions.
-mauto-modify-reg
Enable the use of pre/post modify with register displacement.
-mbbit-peephole
Enable bbit peephole2.
-mno-brcc
This option disables a target-specific pass in arc_reorg to
generate BRcc
instructions. It has no effect on BRcc
generation driven by the combiner pass.
-mcase-vector-pcrel
Use pc-relative switch case tables - this enables case table shortening. This is the default for -Os.
-mcompact-casesi
Enable compact casesi pattern. This is the default for -Os.
-mno-cond-exec
Disable ARCompact specific pass to generate conditional execution instructions. Due to delay slot scheduling and interactions between operand numbers, literal sizes, instruction lengths, and the support for conditional execution, the target-independent pass to generate conditional execution is often lacking, so the ARC port has kept a special pass around that tries to find more conditional execution generating opportunities after register allocation, branch shortening, and delay slot scheduling have been done. This pass generally, but not always, improves performance and code size, at the cost of extra compilation time, which is why there is an option to switch it off. If you have a problem with call instructions exceeding their allowable offset range because they are conditionalized, you should consider using -mmedium-calls instead.
-mearly-cbranchsi
Enable pre-reload use of the cbranchsi pattern.
-mexpand-adddi
Expand adddi3
and subdi3
at rtl generation time into
add.f
, adc
etc.
-mindexed-loads
Enable the use of indexed loads. This can be problematic because some optimizers will then assume the that indexed stores exist, which is not the case.
-mlra
Enable Local Register Allocation. This is still experimental for ARC, so by default the compiler uses standard reload (i.e. ‘-mno-lra’).
-mlra-priority-none
Don’t indicate any priority for target registers.
-mlra-priority-compact
Indicate target register priority for r0..r3 / r12..r15.
-mlra-priority-noncompact
Reduce target regsiter priority for r0..r3 / r12..r15.
-mno-millicode
When optimizing for size (using -Os), prologues and epilogues that have to save or restore a large number of registers are often shortened by using call to a special function in libgcc; this is referred to as a millicode call. As these calls can pose performance issues, and/or cause linking issues when linking in a nonstandard way, this option is provided to turn off millicode call generation.
-mmixed-code
Tweak register allocation to help 16-bit instruction generation. This generally has the effect of decreasing the average instruction size while increasing the instruction count.
-mq-class
Enable ’q’ instruction alternatives. This is the default for -Os.
-mRcq
Enable Rcq constraint handling - most short code generation depends on this. This is the default.
-mRcw
Enable Rcw constraint handling - ccfsm condexec mostly depends on this. This is the default.
-msize-level=level
Fine-tune size optimization with regards to instruction lengths and alignment. The recognized values for level are:
No size optimization. This level is deprecated and treated like ‘1’.
Short instructions are used opportunistically.
In addition, alignment of loops and of code after barriers are dropped.
In addition, optional data alignment is dropped, and the option Os is enabled.
This defaults to ‘3’ when -Os is in effect. Otherwise, the behavior when this is not set is equivalent to level ‘1’.
-mtune=cpu
Set instruction scheduling parameters for cpu, overriding any implied by -mcpu=.
Supported values for cpu are
Tune for ARC600 cpu.
Tune for ARC601 cpu.
Tune for ARC700 cpu with standard multiplier block.
Tune for ARC700 cpu with XMAC block.
Tune for ARC725D cpu.
Tune for ARC750D cpu.
-mmultcost=num
Cost to assume for a multiply instruction, with ‘4’ being equal to a normal instruction.
-munalign-prob-threshold=probability
Set probability threshold for unaligning branches. When tuning for ‘ARC700’ and optimizing for speed, branches without filled delay slot are preferably emitted unaligned and long, unless profiling indicates that the probability for the branch to be taken is below probability. See Cross-profiling. The default is (REG_BR_PROB_BASE/2), i.e. 5000.
The following options are maintained for backward compatibility, but are now deprecated and will be removed in a future release:
-margonaut
Obsolete FPX.
-mbig-endian
-EB
Compile code for big endian targets. Use of these options is now
deprecated. Users wanting big-endian code, should use the
arceb-elf32
and arceb-linux-uclibc
targets when
building the tool chain, for which big-endian is the default.
-mlittle-endian
-EL
Compile code for little endian targets. Use of these options is now
deprecated. Users wanting little-endian code should use the
arc-elf32
and arc-linux-uclibc
targets when
building the tool chain, for which little-endian is the default.
-mbarrel_shifter
Replaced by ‘-mbarrel-shifter’
-mdpfp_compact
Replaced by ‘-mdpfp-compact’
-mdpfp_fast
Replaced by ‘-mdpfp-fast’
-mdsp_packa
Replaced by ‘-mdsp-packa’
-mEA
Replaced by ‘-mea’
-mmac_24
Replaced by ‘-mmac-24’
-mmac_d16
Replaced by ‘-mmac-d16’
-mspfp_compact
Replaced by ‘-mspfp-compact’
-mspfp_fast
Replaced by ‘-mspfp-fast’
-mtune=cpu
Values ‘arc600’, ‘arc601’, ‘arc700’ and ‘arc700-xmac’ for cpu are replaced by ‘ARC600’, ‘ARC601’, ‘ARC700’ and ‘ARC700-xmac’ respectively
-multcost=num
Replaced by ‘-mmultcost’.
Next: AVR Options, Previous: ARC Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for Advanced RISC Machines (ARM) architectures:
-mabi=name
Generate code for the specified ABI. Permissible values are: ‘apcs-gnu’, ‘atpcs’, ‘aapcs’, ‘aapcs-linux’ and ‘iwmmxt’.
-mapcs-frame
Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure Call Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for correct execution of the code. Specifying -fomit-frame-pointer with this option causes the stack frames not to be generated for leaf functions. The default is -mno-apcs-frame.
-mapcs
This is a synonym for -mapcs-frame.
-mthumb-interwork
Generate code that supports calling between the ARM and Thumb instruction sets. Without this option, on pre-v5 architectures, the two instruction sets cannot be reliably used inside one program. The default is -mno-thumb-interwork, since slightly larger code is generated when -mthumb-interwork is specified. In AAPCS configurations this option is meaningless.
-mno-sched-prolog
Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prologue, or the merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function’s body. This means that all functions start with a recognizable set of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of different function prologues), and this information can be used to locate the start of functions inside an executable piece of code. The default is -msched-prolog.
-mfloat-abi=name
Specifies which floating-point ABI to use. Permissible values are: ‘soft’, ‘softfp’ and ‘hard’.
Specifying ‘soft’ causes GCC to generate output containing library calls for floating-point operations. ‘softfp’ allows the generation of code using hardware floating-point instructions, but still uses the soft-float calling conventions. ‘hard’ allows generation of floating-point instructions and uses FPU-specific calling conventions.
The default depends on the specific target configuration. Note that the hard-float and soft-float ABIs are not link-compatible; you must compile your entire program with the same ABI, and link with a compatible set of libraries.
-mlittle-endian
Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is the default for all standard configurations.
-mbig-endian
Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is to compile code for a little-endian processor.
-mwords-little-endian
This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors. Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte order. That is, a byte order of the form ‘32107654’. Note: this option should only be used if you require compatibility with code for big-endian ARM processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to 2.8. This option is now deprecated.
-march=name
This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture. GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead of the -mcpu= option. Permissible names are: ‘armv2’, ‘armv2a’, ‘armv3’, ‘armv3m’, ‘armv4’, ‘armv4t’, ‘armv5’, ‘armv5t’, ‘armv5e’, ‘armv5te’, ‘armv6’, ‘armv6j’, ‘armv6t2’, ‘armv6z’, ‘armv6zk’, ‘armv6-m’, ‘armv7’, ‘armv7-a’, ‘armv7-r’, ‘armv7-m’, ‘armv7e-m’, ‘armv7ve’, ‘armv8-a’, ‘armv8-a+crc’, ‘iwmmxt’, ‘iwmmxt2’, ‘ep9312’.
-march=armv7ve is the armv7-a architecture with virtualization extensions.
-march=armv8-a+crc enables code generation for the ARMv8-A architecture together with the optional CRC32 extensions.
-march=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the architecture of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect.
-mtune=name
This option specifies the name of the target ARM processor for which GCC should tune the performance of the code. For some ARM implementations better performance can be obtained by using this option. Permissible names are: ‘arm2’, ‘arm250’, ‘arm3’, ‘arm6’, ‘arm60’, ‘arm600’, ‘arm610’, ‘arm620’, ‘arm7’, ‘arm7m’, ‘arm7d’, ‘arm7dm’, ‘arm7di’, ‘arm7dmi’, ‘arm70’, ‘arm700’, ‘arm700i’, ‘arm710’, ‘arm710c’, ‘arm7100’, ‘arm720’, ‘arm7500’, ‘arm7500fe’, ‘arm7tdmi’, ‘arm7tdmi-s’, ‘arm710t’, ‘arm720t’, ‘arm740t’, ‘strongarm’, ‘strongarm110’, ‘strongarm1100’, ‘strongarm1110’, ‘arm8’, ‘arm810’, ‘arm9’, ‘arm9e’, ‘arm920’, ‘arm920t’, ‘arm922t’, ‘arm946e-s’, ‘arm966e-s’, ‘arm968e-s’, ‘arm926ej-s’, ‘arm940t’, ‘arm9tdmi’, ‘arm10tdmi’, ‘arm1020t’, ‘arm1026ej-s’, ‘arm10e’, ‘arm1020e’, ‘arm1022e’, ‘arm1136j-s’, ‘arm1136jf-s’, ‘mpcore’, ‘mpcorenovfp’, ‘arm1156t2-s’, ‘arm1156t2f-s’, ‘arm1176jz-s’, ‘arm1176jzf-s’, ‘cortex-a5’, ‘cortex-a7’, ‘cortex-a8’, ‘cortex-a9’, ‘cortex-a12’, ‘cortex-a15’, ‘cortex-a53’, ‘cortex-a57’, ‘cortex-r4’, ‘cortex-r4f’, ‘cortex-r5’, ‘cortex-r7’, ‘cortex-m4’, ‘cortex-m3’, ‘cortex-m1’, ‘cortex-m0’, ‘cortex-m0plus’, ‘marvell-pj4’, ‘xscale’, ‘iwmmxt’, ‘iwmmxt2’, ‘ep9312’, ‘fa526’, ‘fa626’, ‘fa606te’, ‘fa626te’, ‘fmp626’, ‘fa726te’.
Additionally, this option can specify that GCC should tune the performance of the code for a big.LITTLE system. Permissible names are: ‘cortex-a15.cortex-a7’, ‘cortex-a57.cortex-a53’.
-mtune=generic-arch specifies that GCC should tune the performance for a blend of processors within architecture arch. The aim is to generate code that run well on the current most popular processors, balancing between optimizations that benefit some CPUs in the range, and avoiding performance pitfalls of other CPUs. The effects of this option may change in future GCC versions as CPU models come and go.
-mtune=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the CPU of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect.
-mcpu=name
This specifies the name of the target ARM processor. GCC uses this name to derive the name of the target ARM architecture (as if specified by -march) and the ARM processor type for which to tune for performance (as if specified by -mtune). Where this option is used in conjunction with -march or -mtune, those options take precedence over the appropriate part of this option.
Permissible names for this option are the same as those for -mtune.
-mcpu=generic-arch is also permissible, and is equivalent to -march=arch -mtune=generic-arch. See -mtune for more information.
-mcpu=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the CPU of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect.
-mfpu=name
This specifies what floating-point hardware (or hardware emulation) is available on the target. Permissible names are: ‘vfp’, ‘vfpv3’, ‘vfpv3-fp16’, ‘vfpv3-d16’, ‘vfpv3-d16-fp16’, ‘vfpv3xd’, ‘vfpv3xd-fp16’, ‘neon’, ‘neon-fp16’, ‘vfpv4’, ‘vfpv4-d16’, ‘fpv4-sp-d16’, ‘neon-vfpv4’, ‘fp-armv8’, ‘neon-fp-armv8’, and ‘crypto-neon-fp-armv8’.
If -msoft-float is specified this specifies the format of floating-point values.
If the selected floating-point hardware includes the NEON extension (e.g. -mfpu=‘neon’), note that floating-point operations are not generated by GCC’s auto-vectorization pass unless -funsafe-math-optimizations is also specified. This is because NEON hardware does not fully implement the IEEE 754 standard for floating-point arithmetic (in particular denormal values are treated as zero), so the use of NEON instructions may lead to a loss of precision.
-mfp16-format=name
Specify the format of the __fp16
half-precision floating-point type.
Permissible names are ‘none’, ‘ieee’, and ‘alternative’;
the default is ‘none’, in which case the __fp16
type is not
defined. See Half-Precision, for more information.
-mstructure-size-boundary=n
The sizes of all structures and unions are rounded up to a multiple of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8, 32 and 64. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF targeted toolchain the default value is 8. A value of 64 is only allowed if the underlying ABI supports it.
Specifying a larger number can produce faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size of the program. Different values are potentially incompatible. Code compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or libraries compiled with another value, if they exchange information using structures or unions.
-mabort-on-noreturn
Generate a call to the function abort
at the end of a
noreturn
function. It is executed if the function tries to
return.
-mlong-calls
-mno-long-calls
Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function lies outside of the 64-megabyte addressing range of the offset-based version of subroutine call instruction.
Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls are turned into long calls. The heuristic is that static functions, functions that have the ‘short-call’ attribute, functions that are inside the scope of a ‘#pragma no_long_calls’ directive, and functions whose definitions have already been compiled within the current compilation unit are not turned into long calls. The exceptions to this rule are that weak function definitions, functions with the ‘long-call’ attribute or the ‘section’ attribute, and functions that are within the scope of a ‘#pragma long_calls’ directive are always turned into long calls.
This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying -mno-long-calls restores the default behavior, as does placing the function calls within the scope of a ‘#pragma long_calls_off’ directive. Note these switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function pointers.
-msingle-pic-base
Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than loading it in the prologue for each function. The runtime system is responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value before execution begins.
-mpic-register=reg
Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. For standard PIC base case, the default will be any suitable register determined by compiler. For single PIC base case, the default is ‘R9’ if target is EABI based or stack-checking is enabled, otherwise the default is ‘R10’.
-mpic-data-is-text-relative
Assume that each data segments are relative to text segment at load time. Therefore, it permits addressing data using PC-relative operations. This option is on by default for targets other than VxWorks RTP.
-mpoke-function-name
Write the name of each function into the text section, directly preceding the function prologue. The generated code is similar to this:
t0 .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0 .align t1 .word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0) arm_poke_function_name mov ip, sp stmfd sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc} sub fp, ip, #4
When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value of
pc
stored at fp + 0
. If the trace function then looks at
location pc - 12
and the top 8 bits are set, then we know that
there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this location
and has length ((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000)
.
-mthumb
-marm
Select between generating code that executes in ARM and Thumb states. The default for most configurations is to generate code that executes in ARM state, but the default can be changed by configuring GCC with the --with-mode=state configure option.
-mtpcs-frame
Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does not call any other functions.) The default is -mno-tpcs-frame.
-mtpcs-leaf-frame
Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does not call any other functions.) The default is -mno-apcs-leaf-frame.
-mcallee-super-interworking
Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an ARM instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from non-interworking code. This option is not valid in AAPCS configurations because interworking is enabled by default.
-mcaller-super-interworking
Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled. This option is not valid in AAPCS configurations because interworking is enabled by default.
-mtp=name
Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer. The valid
models are soft, which generates calls to __aeabi_read_tp
,
cp15, which fetches the thread pointer from cp15
directly
(supported in the arm6k architecture), and auto, which uses the
best available method for the selected processor. The default setting is
auto.
-mtls-dialect=dialect
Specify the dialect to use for accessing thread local storage. Two dialects are supported—‘gnu’ and ‘gnu2’. The ‘gnu’ dialect selects the original GNU scheme for supporting local and global dynamic TLS models. The ‘gnu2’ dialect selects the GNU descriptor scheme, which provides better performance for shared libraries. The GNU descriptor scheme is compatible with the original scheme, but does require new assembler, linker and library support. Initial and local exec TLS models are unaffected by this option and always use the original scheme.
-mword-relocations
Only generate absolute relocations on word-sized values (i.e. R_ARM_ABS32). This is enabled by default on targets (uClinux, SymbianOS) where the runtime loader imposes this restriction, and when -fpic or -fPIC is specified.
-mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd
Some Cortex-M3 cores can cause data corruption when ldrd
instructions
with overlapping destination and base registers are used. This option avoids
generating these instructions. This option is enabled by default when
-mcpu=cortex-m3 is specified.
-munaligned-access
-mno-unaligned-access
Enables (or disables) reading and writing of 16- and 32- bit values from addresses that are not 16- or 32- bit aligned. By default unaligned access is disabled for all pre-ARMv6 and all ARMv6-M architectures, and enabled for all other architectures. If unaligned access is not enabled then words in packed data structures will be accessed a byte at a time.
The ARM attribute Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
will be set in the
generated object file to either true or false, depending upon the
setting of this option. If unaligned access is enabled then the
preprocessor symbol __ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED
will also be
defined.
-mneon-for-64bits
Enables using Neon to handle scalar 64-bits operations. This is disabled by default since the cost of moving data from core registers to Neon is high.
-mslow-flash-data
Assume loading data from flash is slower than fetching instruction. Therefore literal load is minimized for better performance. This option is only supported when compiling for ARMv7 M-profile and off by default.
-mrestrict-it
Restricts generation of IT blocks to conform to the rules of ARMv8. IT blocks can only contain a single 16-bit instruction from a select set of instructions. This option is on by default for ARMv8 Thumb mode.
Next: Blackfin Options, Previous: ARM Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for AVR implementations:
-mmcu=mcu
Specify Atmel AVR instruction set architectures (ISA) or MCU type.
The default for this option is avr2
.
GCC supports the following AVR devices and ISAs:
avr2
“Classic” devices with up to 8 KiB of program memory.
mcu = attiny22
, attiny26
, at90c8534
, at90s2313
, at90s2323
, at90s2333
, at90s2343
, at90s4414
, at90s4433
, at90s4434
, at90s8515
, at90s8535
.
avr25
“Classic” devices with up to 8 KiB of program memory and with the MOVW
instruction.
mcu = ata5272
, ata6289
, attiny13
, attiny13a
, attiny2313
, attiny2313a
, attiny24
, attiny24a
, attiny25
, attiny261
, attiny261a
, attiny43u
, attiny4313
, attiny44
, attiny44a
, attiny45
, attiny461
, attiny461a
, attiny48
, attiny84
, attiny84a
, attiny85
, attiny861
, attiny861a
, attiny87
, attiny88
, at86rf401
.
avr3
“Classic” devices with 16 KiB up to 64 KiB of program memory.
mcu = at43usb355
, at76c711
.
avr31
“Classic” devices with 128 KiB of program memory.
mcu = atmega103
, at43usb320
.
avr35
“Classic” devices with 16 KiB up to 64 KiB of program memory and with the MOVW
instruction.
mcu = ata5505
, atmega16u2
, atmega32u2
, atmega8u2
, attiny1634
, attiny167
, at90usb162
, at90usb82
.
avr4
“Enhanced” devices with up to 8 KiB of program memory.
mcu = ata6285
, ata6286
, atmega48
, atmega48a
, atmega48p
, atmega48pa
, atmega8
, atmega8a
, atmega8hva
, atmega8515
, atmega8535
, atmega88
, atmega88a
, atmega88p
, atmega88pa
, at90pwm1
, at90pwm2
, at90pwm2b
, at90pwm3
, at90pwm3b
, at90pwm81
.
avr5
“Enhanced” devices with 16 KiB up to 64 KiB of program memory.
mcu = ata5790
, ata5790n
, ata5795
, atmega16
, atmega16a
, atmega16hva
, atmega16hva2
, atmega16hvb
, atmega16hvbrevb
, atmega16m1
, atmega16u4
, atmega161
, atmega162
, atmega163
, atmega164a
, atmega164p
, atmega164pa
, atmega165
, atmega165a
, atmega165p
, atmega165pa
, atmega168
, atmega168a
, atmega168p
, atmega168pa
, atmega169
, atmega169a
, atmega169p
, atmega169pa
, atmega26hvg
, atmega32
, atmega32a
, atmega32c1
, atmega32hvb
, atmega32hvbrevb
, atmega32m1
, atmega32u4
, atmega32u6
, atmega323
, atmega324a
, atmega324p
, atmega324pa
, atmega325
, atmega325a
, atmega325p
, atmega3250
, atmega3250a
, atmega3250p
, atmega3250pa
, atmega328
, atmega328p
, atmega329
, atmega329a
, atmega329p
, atmega329pa
, atmega3290
, atmega3290a
, atmega3290p
, atmega3290pa
, atmega406
, atmega48hvf
, atmega64
, atmega64a
, atmega64c1
, atmega64hve
, atmega64m1
, atmega64rfa2
, atmega64rfr2
, atmega640
, atmega644
, atmega644a
, atmega644p
, atmega644pa
, atmega645
, atmega645a
, atmega645p
, atmega6450
, atmega6450a
, atmega6450p
, atmega649
, atmega649a
, atmega649p
, atmega6490
, atmega6490a
, atmega6490p
, at90can32
, at90can64
, at90pwm161
, at90pwm216
, at90pwm316
, at90scr100
, at90usb646
, at90usb647
, at94k
, m3000
.
avr51
“Enhanced” devices with 128 KiB of program memory.
mcu = atmega128
, atmega128a
, atmega128rfa1
, atmega1280
, atmega1281
, atmega1284
, atmega1284p
, at90can128
, at90usb1286
, at90usb1287
.
avr6
“Enhanced” devices with 3-byte PC, i.e. with more than 128 KiB of program memory.
mcu = atmega2560
, atmega2561
.
avrxmega2
“XMEGA” devices with more than 8 KiB and up to 64 KiB of program memory.
mcu = atmxt112sl
, atmxt224
, atmxt224e
, atmxt336s
, atxmega16a4
, atxmega16a4u
, atxmega16c4
, atxmega16d4
, atxmega32a4
, atxmega32a4u
, atxmega32c4
, atxmega32d4
, atxmega32e5
, atxmega32x1
.
avrxmega4
“XMEGA” devices with more than 64 KiB and up to 128 KiB of program memory.
mcu = atxmega64a3
, atxmega64a3u
, atxmega64a4u
, atxmega64b1
, atxmega64b3
, atxmega64c3
, atxmega64d3
, atxmega64d4
.
avrxmega5
“XMEGA” devices with more than 64 KiB and up to 128 KiB of program memory and more than 64 KiB of RAM.
mcu = atxmega64a1
, atxmega64a1u
.
avrxmega6
“XMEGA” devices with more than 128 KiB of program memory.
mcu = atmxt540s
, atmxt540sreva
, atxmega128a3
, atxmega128a3u
, atxmega128b1
, atxmega128b3
, atxmega128c3
, atxmega128d3
, atxmega128d4
, atxmega192a3
, atxmega192a3u
, atxmega192c3
, atxmega192d3
, atxmega256a3
, atxmega256a3b
, atxmega256a3bu
, atxmega256a3u
, atxmega256c3
, atxmega256d3
, atxmega384c3
, atxmega384d3
.
avrxmega7
“XMEGA” devices with more than 128 KiB of program memory and more than 64 KiB of RAM.
mcu = atxmega128a1
, atxmega128a1u
, atxmega128a4u
.
avr1
This ISA is implemented by the minimal AVR core and supported for assembler only.
mcu = attiny11
, attiny12
, attiny15
, attiny28
, at90s1200
.
-maccumulate-args
Accumulate outgoing function arguments and acquire/release the needed stack space for outgoing function arguments once in function prologue/epilogue. Without this option, outgoing arguments are pushed before calling a function and popped afterwards.
Popping the arguments after the function call can be expensive on AVR so that accumulating the stack space might lead to smaller executables because arguments need not to be removed from the stack after such a function call.
This option can lead to reduced code size for functions that perform several calls to functions that get their arguments on the stack like calls to printf-like functions.
-mbranch-cost=cost
Set the branch costs for conditional branch instructions to cost. Reasonable values for cost are small, non-negative integers. The default branch cost is 0.
-mcall-prologues
Functions prologues/epilogues are expanded as calls to appropriate subroutines. Code size is smaller.
-mint8
Assume int
to be 8-bit integer. This affects the sizes of all types: a
char
is 1 byte, an int
is 1 byte, a long
is 2 bytes,
and long long
is 4 bytes. Please note that this option does not
conform to the C standards, but it results in smaller code
size.
-mno-interrupts
Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts. Code size is smaller.
-mrelax
Try to replace CALL
resp. JMP
instruction by the shorter
RCALL
resp. RJMP
instruction if applicable.
Setting -mrelax
just adds the --relax
option to the
linker command line when the linker is called.
Jump relaxing is performed by the linker because jump offsets are not known before code is located. Therefore, the assembler code generated by the compiler is the same, but the instructions in the executable may differ from instructions in the assembler code.
Relaxing must be turned on if linker stubs are needed, see the
section on EIND
and linker stubs below.
-msp8
Treat the stack pointer register as an 8-bit register, i.e. assume the high byte of the stack pointer is zero. In general, you don’t need to set this option by hand.
This option is used internally by the compiler to select and
build multilibs for architectures avr2
and avr25
.
These architectures mix devices with and without SPH
.
For any setting other than -mmcu=avr2
or -mmcu=avr25
the compiler driver will add or remove this option from the compiler
proper’s command line, because the compiler then knows if the device
or architecture has an 8-bit stack pointer and thus no SPH
register or not.
-mstrict-X
Use address register X
in a way proposed by the hardware. This means
that X
is only used in indirect, post-increment or
pre-decrement addressing.
Without this option, the X
register may be used in the same way
as Y
or Z
which then is emulated by additional
instructions.
For example, loading a value with X+const
addressing with a
small non-negative const < 64
to a register Rn is
performed as
adiw r26, const ; X += const ld Rn, X ; Rn = *X sbiw r26, const ; X -= const
-mtiny-stack
Only change the lower 8 bits of the stack pointer.
-Waddr-space-convert
Warn about conversions between address spaces in the case where the resulting address space is not contained in the incoming address space.
EIND
and Devices with more than 128 Ki Bytes of FlashPointers in the implementation are 16 bits wide. The address of a function or label is represented as word address so that indirect jumps and calls can target any code address in the range of 64 Ki words.
In order to facilitate indirect jump on devices with more than 128 Ki
bytes of program memory space, there is a special function register called
EIND
that serves as most significant part of the target address
when EICALL
or EIJMP
instructions are used.
Indirect jumps and calls on these devices are handled as follows by the compiler and are subject to some limitations:
EIND
.
EIND
implicitely in EICALL
/EIJMP
instructions or might read EIND
directly in order to emulate an
indirect call/jump by means of a RET
instruction.
EIND
never changes during the startup
code or during the application. In particular, EIND
is not
saved/restored in function or interrupt service routine
prologue/epilogue.
-mrelax
and the linler option --relax
.
There are corner cases where the linker is supposed to generate stubs
but aborts without relaxation and without a helpful error message.
EIND = 0
.
If code is supposed to work for a setup with EIND != 0
, a custom
linker script has to be used in order to place the sections whose
name start with .trampolines
into the segment where EIND
points to.
EIND
.
Notice that startup code is a blend of code from libgcc and AVR-LibC.
For the impact of AVR-LibC on EIND
, see the
AVR-LibC user manual.
EIND
early, for example by means of initialization code located in
section .init3
. Such code runs prior to general startup code
that initializes RAM and calls constructors, but after the bit
of startup code from AVR-LibC that sets EIND
to the segment
where the vector table is located.
#include <avr/io.h> static void __attribute__((section(".init3"),naked,used,no_instrument_function)) init3_set_eind (void) { __asm volatile ("ldi r24,pm_hh8(__trampolines_start)\n\t" "out %i0,r24" :: "n" (&EIND) : "r24","memory"); }
The __trampolines_start
symbol is defined in the linker script.
gs
modifier
(short for generate stubs) like so:
LDI r24, lo8(gs(func)) LDI r25, hi8(gs(func))
gs
modifiers for code labels in the
following situations:
gs()
modifier explained above.
int main (void) { /* Call function at word address 0x2 */ return ((int(*)(void)) 0x2)(); }
Instead, a stub has to be set up, i.e. the function has to be called
through a symbol (func_4
in the example):
int main (void) { extern int func_4 (void); /* Call function at byte address 0x4 */ return func_4(); }
and the application be linked with -Wl,--defsym,func_4=0x4
.
Alternatively, func_4
can be defined in the linker script.
RAMPD
, RAMPX
, RAMPY
and RAMPZ
Special Function RegistersSome AVR devices support memories larger than the 64 KiB range
that can be accessed with 16-bit pointers. To access memory locations
outside this 64 KiB range, the contentent of a RAMP
register is used as high part of the address:
The X
, Y
, Z
address register is concatenated
with the RAMPX
, RAMPY
, RAMPZ
special function
register, respectively, to get a wide address. Similarly,
RAMPD
is used together with direct addressing.
RAMP
special function
registers with zero.
__flash
is used, then RAMPZ
is set
as needed before the operation.
RAMPZ
to accomplish an operation, RAMPZ
is reset to zero after the operation.
RAMP
register, the ISR
prologue/epilogue saves/restores that SFR and initializes it with
zero in case the ISR code might (implicitly) use it.
RAMP
registers,
you must reset it to zero after the access.
GCC defines several built-in macros so that the user code can test
for the presence or absence of features. Almost any of the following
built-in macros are deduced from device capabilities and thus
triggered by the -mmcu=
command-line option.
For even more AVR-specific built-in macros see AVR Named Address Spaces and AVR Built-in Functions.
__AVR_ARCH__
Build-in macro that resolves to a decimal number that identifies the
architecture and depends on the -mmcu=mcu
option.
Possible values are:
2
, 25
, 3
, 31
, 35
,
4
, 5
, 51
, 6
, 102
, 104
,
105
, 106
, 107
for mcu=avr2
, avr25
, avr3
,
avr31
, avr35
, avr4
, avr5
, avr51
,
avr6
, avrxmega2
, avrxmega4
, avrxmega5
,
avrxmega6
, avrxmega7
, respectively.
If mcu specifies a device, this built-in macro is set
accordingly. For example, with -mmcu=atmega8
the macro will be
defined to 4
.
__AVR_Device__
Setting -mmcu=device
defines this built-in macro which reflects
the device’s name. For example, -mmcu=atmega8
defines the
built-in macro __AVR_ATmega8__
, -mmcu=attiny261a
defines
__AVR_ATtiny261A__
, etc.
The built-in macros’ names follow
the scheme __AVR_Device__
where Device is
the device name as from the AVR user manual. The difference between
Device in the built-in macro and device in
-mmcu=device
is that the latter is always lowercase.
If device is not a device but only a core architecture like
avr51
, this macro will not be defined.
__AVR_XMEGA__
The device / architecture belongs to the XMEGA family of devices.
__AVR_HAVE_ELPM__
The device has the the ELPM
instruction.
__AVR_HAVE_ELPMX__
The device has the ELPM Rn,Z
and ELPM
Rn,Z+
instructions.
__AVR_HAVE_MOVW__
The device has the MOVW
instruction to perform 16-bit
register-register moves.
__AVR_HAVE_LPMX__
The device has the LPM Rn,Z
and
LPM Rn,Z+
instructions.
__AVR_HAVE_MUL__
The device has a hardware multiplier.
__AVR_HAVE_JMP_CALL__
The device has the JMP
and CALL
instructions.
This is the case for devices with at least 16 KiB of program
memory.
__AVR_HAVE_EIJMP_EICALL__
__AVR_3_BYTE_PC__
The device has the EIJMP
and EICALL
instructions.
This is the case for devices with more than 128 KiB of program memory.
This also means that the program counter
(PC) is 3 bytes wide.
__AVR_2_BYTE_PC__
The program counter (PC) is 2 bytes wide. This is the case for devices with up to 128 KiB of program memory.
__AVR_HAVE_8BIT_SP__
__AVR_HAVE_16BIT_SP__
The stack pointer (SP) register is treated as 8-bit respectively
16-bit register by the compiler.
The definition of these macros is affected by -mtiny-stack
.
__AVR_HAVE_SPH__
__AVR_SP8__
The device has the SPH (high part of stack pointer) special function
register or has an 8-bit stack pointer, respectively.
The definition of these macros is affected by -mmcu=
and
in the cases of -mmcu=avr2
and -mmcu=avr25
also
by -msp8
.
__AVR_HAVE_RAMPD__
__AVR_HAVE_RAMPX__
__AVR_HAVE_RAMPY__
__AVR_HAVE_RAMPZ__
The device has the RAMPD
, RAMPX
, RAMPY
,
RAMPZ
special function register, respectively.
__NO_INTERRUPTS__
This macro reflects the -mno-interrupts
command line option.
__AVR_ERRATA_SKIP__
__AVR_ERRATA_SKIP_JMP_CALL__
Some AVR devices (AT90S8515, ATmega103) must not skip 32-bit
instructions because of a hardware erratum. Skip instructions are
SBRS
, SBRC
, SBIS
, SBIC
and CPSE
.
The second macro is only defined if __AVR_HAVE_JMP_CALL__
is also
set.
__AVR_ISA_RMW__
The device has Read-Modify-Write instructions (XCH, LAC, LAS and LAT).
__AVR_SFR_OFFSET__=offset
Instructions that can address I/O special function registers directly
like IN
, OUT
, SBI
, etc. may use a different
address as if addressed by an instruction to access RAM like LD
or STS
. This offset depends on the device architecture and has
to be subtracted from the RAM address in order to get the
respective I/O address.
__WITH_AVRLIBC__
The compiler is configured to be used together with AVR-Libc.
See the --with-avrlibc
configure option.
Next: C6X Options, Previous: AVR Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-mcpu=cpu[-sirevision]
Specifies the name of the target Blackfin processor. Currently, cpu can be one of ‘bf512’, ‘bf514’, ‘bf516’, ‘bf518’, ‘bf522’, ‘bf523’, ‘bf524’, ‘bf525’, ‘bf526’, ‘bf527’, ‘bf531’, ‘bf532’, ‘bf533’, ‘bf534’, ‘bf536’, ‘bf537’, ‘bf538’, ‘bf539’, ‘bf542’, ‘bf544’, ‘bf547’, ‘bf548’, ‘bf549’, ‘bf542m’, ‘bf544m’, ‘bf547m’, ‘bf548m’, ‘bf549m’, ‘bf561’, ‘bf592’.
The optional sirevision specifies the silicon revision of the target
Blackfin processor. Any workarounds available for the targeted silicon revision
are enabled. If sirevision is ‘none’, no workarounds are enabled.
If sirevision is ‘any’, all workarounds for the targeted processor
are enabled. The __SILICON_REVISION__
macro is defined to two
hexadecimal digits representing the major and minor numbers in the silicon
revision. If sirevision is ‘none’, the __SILICON_REVISION__
is not defined. If sirevision is ‘any’, the
__SILICON_REVISION__
is defined to be 0xffff
.
If this optional sirevision is not used, GCC assumes the latest known
silicon revision of the targeted Blackfin processor.
GCC defines a preprocessor macro for the specified cpu. For the ‘bfin-elf’ toolchain, this option causes the hardware BSP provided by libgloss to be linked in if -msim is not given.
Without this option, ‘bf532’ is used as the processor by default.
Note that support for ‘bf561’ is incomplete. For ‘bf561’, only the preprocessor macro is defined.
-msim
Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes the simulator BSP provided by libgloss to be linked in. This option has effect only for ‘bfin-elf’ toolchain. Certain other options, such as -mid-shared-library and -mfdpic, imply -msim.
-momit-leaf-frame-pointer
Don’t keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option -fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for all functions, which might make debugging harder.
-mspecld-anomaly
When enabled, the compiler ensures that the generated code does not
contain speculative loads after jump instructions. If this option is used,
__WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_LOADS
is defined.
-mno-specld-anomaly
Don’t generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from occurring.
-mcsync-anomaly
When enabled, the compiler ensures that the generated code does not
contain CSYNC or SSYNC instructions too soon after conditional branches.
If this option is used, __WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_SYNCS
is defined.
-mno-csync-anomaly
Don’t generate extra code to prevent CSYNC or SSYNC instructions from occurring too soon after a conditional branch.
-mlow-64k
When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowledge that the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory.
-mno-low-64k
Assume that the program is arbitrarily large. This is the default.
-mstack-check-l1
Do stack checking using information placed into L1 scratchpad memory by the uClinux kernel.
-mid-shared-library
Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method. This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment without virtual memory management. This option implies -fPIC. With a ‘bfin-elf’ target, this option implies -msim.
-mno-id-shared-library
Generate code that doesn’t assume ID-based shared libraries are being used. This is the default.
-mleaf-id-shared-library
Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method, but assumes that this library or executable won’t link against any other ID shared libraries. That allows the compiler to use faster code for jumps and calls.
-mno-leaf-id-shared-library
Do not assume that the code being compiled won’t link against any ID shared libraries. Slower code is generated for jump and call insns.
-mshared-library-id=n
Specifies the identification number of the ID-based shared library being compiled. Specifying a value of 0 generates more compact code; specifying other values forces the allocation of that number to the current library but is no more space- or time-efficient than omitting this option.
-msep-data
Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in an environment without virtual memory management by eliminating relocations against the text section.
-mno-sep-data
Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment. This is the default.
-mlong-calls
-mno-long-calls
Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function lies outside of the 24-bit addressing range of the offset-based version of subroutine call instruction.
This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying -mno-long-calls restores the default behavior. Note these switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function pointers.
-mfast-fp
Link with the fast floating-point library. This library relaxes some of the IEEE floating-point standard’s rules for checking inputs against Not-a-Number (NAN), in the interest of performance.
-minline-plt
Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that are not known to bind locally. It has no effect without -mfdpic.
-mmulticore
Build a standalone application for multicore Blackfin processors.
This option causes proper start files and link scripts supporting
multicore to be used, and defines the macro __BFIN_MULTICORE
.
It can only be used with -mcpu=bf561[-sirevision].
This option can be used with -mcorea or -mcoreb, which
selects the one-application-per-core programming model. Without
-mcorea or -mcoreb, the single-application/dual-core
programming model is used. In this model, the main function of Core B
should be named as coreb_main
.
If this option is not used, the single-core application programming model is used.
-mcorea
Build a standalone application for Core A of BF561 when using
the one-application-per-core programming model. Proper start files
and link scripts are used to support Core A, and the macro
__BFIN_COREA
is defined.
This option can only be used in conjunction with -mmulticore.
-mcoreb
Build a standalone application for Core B of BF561 when using
the one-application-per-core programming model. Proper start files
and link scripts are used to support Core B, and the macro
__BFIN_COREB
is defined. When this option is used, coreb_main
should be used instead of main
.
This option can only be used in conjunction with -mmulticore.
-msdram
Build a standalone application for SDRAM. Proper start files and
link scripts are used to put the application into SDRAM, and the macro
__BFIN_SDRAM
is defined.
The loader should initialize SDRAM before loading the application.
-micplb
Assume that ICPLBs are enabled at run time. This has an effect on certain anomaly workarounds. For Linux targets, the default is to assume ICPLBs are enabled; for standalone applications the default is off.
Next: CRIS Options, Previous: Blackfin Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-march=name
This specifies the name of the target architecture. GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code. Permissible names are: ‘c62x’, ‘c64x’, ‘c64x+’, ‘c67x’, ‘c67x+’, ‘c674x’.
-mbig-endian
Generate code for a big-endian target.
-mlittle-endian
Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default.
-msim
Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
-msdata=default
Put small global and static data in the ‘.neardata’ section,
which is pointed to by register B14
. Put small uninitialized
global and static data in the ‘.bss’ section, which is adjacent
to the ‘.neardata’ section. Put small read-only data into the
‘.rodata’ section. The corresponding sections used for large
pieces of data are ‘.fardata’, ‘.far’ and ‘.const’.
-msdata=all
Put all data, not just small objects, into the sections reserved for
small data, and use addressing relative to the B14
register to
access them.
-msdata=none
Make no use of the sections reserved for small data, and use absolute addresses to access all data. Put all initialized global and static data in the ‘.fardata’ section, and all uninitialized data in the ‘.far’ section. Put all constant data into the ‘.const’ section.
Next: CR16 Options, Previous: C6X Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined specifically for the CRIS ports.
-march=architecture-type
-mcpu=architecture-type
Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for architecture-type are ‘v3’, ‘v8’ and ‘v10’ for respectively ETRAX 4, ETRAX 100, and ETRAX 100 LX. Default is ‘v0’ except for cris-axis-linux-gnu, where the default is ‘v10’.
-mtune=architecture-type
Tune to architecture-type everything applicable about the generated code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. The choices for architecture-type are the same as for -march=architecture-type.
-mmax-stack-frame=n
Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds n bytes.
-metrax4
-metrax100
The options -metrax4 and -metrax100 are synonyms for -march=v3 and -march=v8 respectively.
-mmul-bug-workaround
-mno-mul-bug-workaround
Work around a bug in the muls
and mulu
instructions for CPU
models where it applies. This option is active by default.
-mpdebug
Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the assembly code. This option also has the effect of turning off the ‘#NO_APP’ formatted-code indicator to the assembler at the beginning of the assembly file.
-mcc-init
Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always emit compare and test instructions before use of condition codes.
-mno-side-effects
Do not emit instructions with side effects in addressing modes other than post-increment.
-mstack-align
-mno-stack-align
-mdata-align
-mno-data-align
-mconst-align
-mno-const-align
These options (‘no-’ options) arrange (eliminate arrangements) for the stack frame, individual data and constants to be aligned for the maximum single data access size for the chosen CPU model. The default is to arrange for 32-bit alignment. ABI details such as structure layout are not affected by these options.
-m32-bit
-m16-bit
-m8-bit
Similar to the stack- data- and const-align options above, these options arrange for stack frame, writable data and constants to all be 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit aligned. The default is 32-bit alignment.
-mno-prologue-epilogue
-mprologue-epilogue
With -mno-prologue-epilogue, the normal function prologue and epilogue which set up the stack frame are omitted and no return instructions or return sequences are generated in the code. Use this option only together with visual inspection of the compiled code: no warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers must be saved, or storage for local variables needs to be allocated.
-mno-gotplt
-mgotplt
With -fpic and -fPIC, don’t generate (do generate) instruction sequences that load addresses for functions from the PLT part of the GOT rather than (traditional on other architectures) calls to the PLT. The default is -mgotplt.
-melf
Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-elf and cris-axis-linux-gnu targets.
-mlinux
Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-linux-gnu target.
-sim
This option, recognized for the cris-axis-elf, arranges to link with input-output functions from a simulator library. Code, initialized data and zero-initialized data are allocated consecutively.
-sim2
Like -sim, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at 0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at 0x80000000.
Next: Darwin Options, Previous: CRIS Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined specifically for the CR16 ports.
-mmac
Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.
-mcr16cplus
-mcr16c
Generate code for CR16C or CR16C+ architecture. CR16C+ architecture is default.
-msim
Links the library libsim.a which is in compatible with simulator. Applicable to ELF compiler only.
-mint32
Choose integer type as 32-bit wide.
-mbit-ops
Generates sbit
/cbit
instructions for bit manipulations.
-mdata-model=model
Choose a data model. The choices for model are ‘near’, ‘far’ or ‘medium’. ‘medium’ is default. However, ‘far’ is not valid with -mcr16c, as the CR16C architecture does not support the far data model.
Next: DEC Alpha Options, Previous: CR16 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for all architectures running the Darwin operating system.
FSF GCC on Darwin does not create “fat” object files; it creates an object file for the single architecture that GCC was built to target. Apple’s GCC on Darwin does create “fat” files if multiple -arch options are used; it does so by running the compiler or linker multiple times and joining the results together with lipo.
The subtype of the file created (like ‘ppc7400’ or ‘ppc970’ or ‘i686’) is determined by the flags that specify the ISA that GCC is targeting, like -mcpu or -march. The -force_cpusubtype_ALL option can be used to override this.
The Darwin tools vary in their behavior when presented with an ISA
mismatch. The assembler, as, only permits instructions to
be used that are valid for the subtype of the file it is generating,
so you cannot put 64-bit instructions in a ‘ppc750’ object file.
The linker for shared libraries, /usr/bin/libtool, fails
and prints an error if asked to create a shared library with a less
restrictive subtype than its input files (for instance, trying to put
a ‘ppc970’ object file in a ‘ppc7400’ library). The linker
for executables, ld
, quietly gives the executable the most
restrictive subtype of any of its input files.
-Fdir
Add the framework directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be searched for header files. These directories are interleaved with those specified by -I options and are scanned in a left-to-right order.
A framework directory is a directory with frameworks in it. A
framework is a directory with a Headers and/or
PrivateHeaders directory contained directly in it that ends
in .framework. The name of a framework is the name of this
directory excluding the .framework. Headers associated with
the framework are found in one of those two directories, with
Headers being searched first. A subframework is a framework
directory that is in a framework’s Frameworks directory.
Includes of subframework headers can only appear in a header of a
framework that contains the subframework, or in a sibling subframework
header. Two subframeworks are siblings if they occur in the same
framework. A subframework should not have the same name as a
framework; a warning is issued if this is violated. Currently a
subframework cannot have subframeworks; in the future, the mechanism
may be extended to support this. The standard frameworks can be found
in /System/Library/Frameworks and
/Library/Frameworks. An example include looks like
#include <Framework/header.h>
, where Framework denotes
the name of the framework and header.h is found in the
PrivateHeaders or Headers directory.
-iframeworkdir
Like -F except the directory is a treated as a system directory. The main difference between this -iframework and -F is that with -iframework the compiler does not warn about constructs contained within header files found via dir. This option is valid only for the C family of languages.
-gused
Emit debugging information for symbols that are used. For stabs debugging format, this enables -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols. This is by default ON.
-gfull
Emit debugging information for all symbols and types.
-mmacosx-version-min=version
The earliest version of MacOS X that this executable will run on
is version. Typical values of version include 10.1
,
10.2
, and 10.3.9
.
If the compiler was built to use the system’s headers by default, then the default for this option is the system version on which the compiler is running, otherwise the default is to make choices that are compatible with as many systems and code bases as possible.
-mkernel
Enable kernel development mode. The -mkernel option sets -static, -fno-common, -fno-use-cxa-atexit, -fno-exceptions, -fno-non-call-exceptions, -fapple-kext, -fno-weak and -fno-rtti where applicable. This mode also sets -mno-altivec, -msoft-float, -fno-builtin and -mlong-branch for PowerPC targets.
-mone-byte-bool
Override the defaults for ‘bool’ so that ‘sizeof(bool)==1’. By default ‘sizeof(bool)’ is ‘4’ when compiling for Darwin/PowerPC and ‘1’ when compiling for Darwin/x86, so this option has no effect on x86.
Warning: The -mone-byte-bool switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Using this switch may require recompiling all other modules in a program, including system libraries. Use this switch to conform to a non-default data model.
-mfix-and-continue
-ffix-and-continue
-findirect-data
Generate code suitable for fast turnaround development, such as to
allow GDB to dynamically load .o
files into already-running
programs. -findirect-data and -ffix-and-continue
are provided for backwards compatibility.
-all_load
Loads all members of static archive libraries. See man ld(1) for more information.
-arch_errors_fatal
Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong architecture to be fatal.
-bind_at_load
Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker will bind all undefined references when the file is loaded or launched.
-bundle
Produce a Mach-o bundle format file. See man ld(1) for more information.
-bundle_loader executable
This option specifies the executable that will load the build output file being linked. See man ld(1) for more information.
-dynamiclib
When passed this option, GCC produces a dynamic library instead of an executable when linking, using the Darwin libtool command.
-force_cpusubtype_ALL
This causes GCC’s output file to have the ALL subtype, instead of one controlled by the -mcpu or -march option.
-allowable_client client_name
-client_name
-compatibility_version
-current_version
-dead_strip
-dependency-file
-dylib_file
-dylinker_install_name
-dynamic
-exported_symbols_list
-filelist
-flat_namespace
-force_flat_namespace
-headerpad_max_install_names
-image_base
-init
-install_name
-keep_private_externs
-multi_module
-multiply_defined
-multiply_defined_unused
-noall_load
-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
-nofixprebinding
-nomultidefs
-noprebind
-noseglinkedit
-pagezero_size
-prebind
-prebind_all_twolevel_modules
-private_bundle
-read_only_relocs
-sectalign
-sectobjectsymbols
-whyload
-seg1addr
-sectcreate
-sectobjectsymbols
-sectorder
-segaddr
-segs_read_only_addr
-segs_read_write_addr
-seg_addr_table
-seg_addr_table_filename
-seglinkedit
-segprot
-segs_read_only_addr
-segs_read_write_addr
-single_module
-static
-sub_library
-sub_umbrella
-twolevel_namespace
-umbrella
-undefined
-unexported_symbols_list
-weak_reference_mismatches
-whatsloaded
These options are passed to the Darwin linker. The Darwin linker man page describes them in detail.
Next: FR30 Options, Previous: Darwin Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementations:
-mno-soft-float
-msoft-float
Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for floating-point operations. When -msoft-float is specified, functions in libgcc.a are used to perform floating-point operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such emulations routines, these routines issue floating-point operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as not to call them.
Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are required to have floating-point registers.
-mfp-reg
-mno-fp-regs
Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
-mno-fp-regs implies -msoft-float. If the floating-point
register set is not used, floating-point operands are passed in integer
registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
in $0
instead of $f0
. This is a non-standard calling sequence,
so any function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code
compiled with -mno-fp-regs must also be compiled with that
option.
A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use, and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers.
-mieee
The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the IEEE floating-point
standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is
required. This option generates code fully IEEE-compliant code
except that the inexact-flag is not maintained (see below).
If this option is turned on, the preprocessor macro _IEEE_FP
is
defined during compilation. The resulting code is less efficient but is
able to correctly support denormalized numbers and exceptional IEEE
values such as not-a-number and plus/minus infinity. Other Alpha
compilers call this option -ieee_with_no_inexact.
DEBIAN SPECIFIC: This option is on by default for alpha-linux-gnu, unless -ffinite-math-only (which is part of the -ffast-math set) is specified, because the software functions in the GNU libc math libraries generate denormalized numbers, NaNs, and infs (all of which will cause a programs to SIGFPE when it attempts to use the results without -mieee).
-mieee-with-inexact
This is like -mieee except the generated code also maintains
the IEEE inexact-flag. Turning on this option causes the
generated code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. In addition to
_IEEE_FP
, _IEEE_FP_EXACT
is defined as a preprocessor
macro. On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since there is
very little code that depends on the inexact-flag, you should
normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
option -ieee_with_inexact.
-mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode
This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled. Other Alpha compilers call this option -fptm trap-mode. The trap mode can be set to one of four values:
This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero trap).
In addition to the traps enabled by ‘n’, underflow traps are enabled as well.
Like ‘u’, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
Like ‘su’, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
-mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode
Selects the IEEE rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option -fprm rounding-mode. The rounding-mode can be one of:
Normal IEEE rounding mode. Floating-point numbers are rounded towards the nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case of a tie.
Round towards minus infinity.
Chopped rounding mode. Floating-point numbers are rounded towards zero.
Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating-point control register (fpcr, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the fpcr, ‘d’ corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
-mtrap-precision=trap-precision
In the Alpha architecture, floating-point traps are imprecise. This means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated. GCC can generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers in determining the exact location that caused a floating-point trap. Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of precisions can be selected:
Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler can only identify which program caused a floating-point exception.
Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that caused a floating-point exception.
Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact instruction that caused a floating-point exception.
Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called -scope_safe and -resumption_safe.
-mieee-conformant
This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant. You must not use this option unless you also specify -mtrap-precision=i and either -mfp-trap-mode=su or -mfp-trap-mode=sui. Its only effect is to emit the line ‘.eflag 48’ in the function prologue of the generated assembly file.
-mbuild-constants
Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three instructions. If it cannot, it outputs the constant as a literal and generates code to load it from the data segment at run time.
Use this option to require GCC to construct all integer constants using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).
You typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment.
-mbwx
-mno-bwx
-mcix
-mno-cix
-mfix
-mno-fix
-mmax
-mno-max
Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the optional BWX, CIX, FIX and MAX instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction sets supported by the CPU type specified via -mcpu= option or that of the CPU on which GCC was built if none is specified.
-mfloat-vax
-mfloat-ieee
Generate code that uses (does not use) VAX F and G floating-point arithmetic instead of IEEE single and double precision.
-mexplicit-relocs
-mno-explicit-relocs
Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol relocations except via assembler macros. Use of these macros does not allow optimal instruction scheduling. GNU binutils as of version 2.12 supports a new syntax that allows the compiler to explicitly mark which relocations should apply to which instructions. This option is mostly useful for debugging, as GCC detects the capabilities of the assembler when it is built and sets the default accordingly.
-msmall-data
-mlarge-data
When -mexplicit-relocs is in effect, static data is
accessed via gp-relative relocations. When -msmall-data
is used, objects 8 bytes long or smaller are placed in a small data area
(the .sdata
and .sbss
sections) and are accessed via
16-bit relocations off of the $gp
register. This limits the
size of the small data area to 64KB, but allows the variables to be
directly accessed via a single instruction.
The default is -mlarge-data. With this option the data area
is limited to just below 2GB. Programs that require more than 2GB of
data must use malloc
or mmap
to allocate the data in the
heap instead of in the program’s data segment.
When generating code for shared libraries, -fpic implies -msmall-data and -fPIC implies -mlarge-data.
-msmall-text
-mlarge-text
When -msmall-text is used, the compiler assumes that the
code of the entire program (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is
thus reachable with a branch instruction. When -msmall-data
is used, the compiler can assume that all local symbols share the
same $gp
value, and thus reduce the number of instructions
required for a function call from 4 to 1.
The default is -mlarge-text.
-mcpu=cpu_type
Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type. You can specify either the ‘EV’ style name or the corresponding chip number. GCC supports scheduling parameters for the EV4, EV5 and EV6 family of processors and chooses the default values for the instruction set from the processor you specify. If you do not specify a processor type, GCC defaults to the processor on which the compiler was built.
Supported values for cpu_type are
Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set extensions.
Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set extensions.
Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX extension.
Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX extensions.
Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, FIX, and MAX extensions.
Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, CIX, FIX, and MAX extensions.
Native toolchains also support the value ‘native’, which selects the best architecture option for the host processor. -mcpu=native has no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor.
-mtune=cpu_type
Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type. The instruction set is not changed.
Native toolchains also support the value ‘native’, which selects the best architecture option for the host processor. -mtune=native has no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor.
-mmemory-latency=time
Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory references as seen by the application. This number is highly dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application and the size of the external cache on the machine.
Valid options for time are
A decimal number representing clock cycles.
The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for “typical” EV4 & EV5 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches (also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory. Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.
Next: FRV Options, Previous: DEC Alpha Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined specifically for the FR30 port.
-msmall-model
Use the small address space model. This can produce smaller code, but it does assume that all symbolic values and addresses fit into a 20-bit range.
-mno-lsim
Assume that runtime support has been provided and so there is no need to include the simulator library (libsim.a) on the linker command line.
Next: GNU/Linux Options, Previous: FR30 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-mgpr-32
Only use the first 32 general-purpose registers.
-mgpr-64
Use all 64 general-purpose registers.
-mfpr-32
Use only the first 32 floating-point registers.
-mfpr-64
Use all 64 floating-point registers.
-mhard-float
Use hardware instructions for floating-point operations.
-msoft-float
Use library routines for floating-point operations.
-malloc-cc
Dynamically allocate condition code registers.
-mfixed-cc
Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only
use icc0
and fcc0
.
-mdword
Change ABI to use double word insns.
-mno-dword
Do not use double word instructions.
-mdouble
Use floating-point double instructions.
-mno-double
Do not use floating-point double instructions.
-mmedia
Use media instructions.
-mno-media
Do not use media instructions.
-mmuladd
Use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
-mno-muladd
Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
-mfdpic
Select the FDPIC ABI, which uses function descriptors to represent pointers to functions. Without any PIC/PIE-related options, it implies -fPIE. With -fpic or -fpie, it assumes GOT entries and small data are within a 12-bit range from the GOT base address; with -fPIC or -fPIE, GOT offsets are computed with 32 bits. With a ‘bfin-elf’ target, this option implies -msim.
-minline-plt
Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that are not known to bind locally. It has no effect without -mfdpic. It’s enabled by default if optimizing for speed and compiling for shared libraries (i.e., -fPIC or -fpic), or when an optimization option such as -O3 or above is present in the command line.
-mTLS
Assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code.
-mtls
Do not assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code.
-mgprel-ro
Enable the use of GPREL
relocations in the FDPIC ABI for data
that is known to be in read-only sections. It’s enabled by default,
except for -fpic or -fpie: even though it may help
make the global offset table smaller, it trades 1 instruction for 4.
With -fPIC or -fPIE, it trades 3 instructions for 4,
one of which may be shared by multiple symbols, and it avoids the need
for a GOT entry for the referenced symbol, so it’s more likely to be a
win. If it is not, -mno-gprel-ro can be used to disable it.
-multilib-library-pic
Link with the (library, not FD) pic libraries. It’s implied by -mlibrary-pic, as well as by -fPIC and -fpic without -mfdpic. You should never have to use it explicitly.
-mlinked-fp
Follow the EABI requirement of always creating a frame pointer whenever a stack frame is allocated. This option is enabled by default and can be disabled with -mno-linked-fp.
-mlong-calls
Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current compilation unit. This allows the functions to be placed anywhere within the 32-bit address space.
-malign-labels
Try to align labels to an 8-byte boundary by inserting NOPs into the previous packet. This option only has an effect when VLIW packing is enabled. It doesn’t create new packets; it merely adds NOPs to existing ones.
-mlibrary-pic
Generate position-independent EABI code.
-macc-4
Use only the first four media accumulator registers.
-macc-8
Use all eight media accumulator registers.
-mpack
Pack VLIW instructions.
-mno-pack
Do not pack VLIW instructions.
-mno-eflags
Do not mark ABI switches in e_flags.
-mcond-move
Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mno-cond-move
Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mscc
Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mno-scc
Disable the use of conditional set instructions.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mcond-exec
Enable the use of conditional execution (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mno-cond-exec
Disable the use of conditional execution.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mvliw-branch
Run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mno-vliw-branch
Do not run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mmulti-cond-exec
Enable optimization of &&
and ||
in conditional execution
(default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mno-multi-cond-exec
Disable optimization of &&
and ||
in conditional execution.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mnested-cond-exec
Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-mno-nested-cond-exec
Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version.
-moptimize-membar
This switch removes redundant membar
instructions from the
compiler-generated code. It is enabled by default.
-mno-optimize-membar
This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant membar
instructions from the generated code.
-mtomcat-stats
Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.
-mcpu=cpu
Select the processor type for which to generate code. Possible values are ‘frv’, ‘fr550’, ‘tomcat’, ‘fr500’, ‘fr450’, ‘fr405’, ‘fr400’, ‘fr300’ and ‘simple’.
Next: H8/300 Options, Previous: FRV Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for GNU/Linux targets:
-mglibc
Use the GNU C library. This is the default except on ‘*-*-linux-*uclibc*’ and ‘*-*-linux-*android*’ targets.
-muclibc
Use uClibc C library. This is the default on ‘*-*-linux-*uclibc*’ targets.
-mbionic
Use Bionic C library. This is the default on ‘*-*-linux-*android*’ targets.
-mandroid
Compile code compatible with Android platform. This is the default on ‘*-*-linux-*android*’ targets.
When compiling, this option enables -mbionic, -fPIC,
-fno-exceptions and -fno-rtti by default. When linking,
this option makes the GCC driver pass Android-specific options to the linker.
Finally, this option causes the preprocessor macro __ANDROID__
to be defined.
-tno-android-cc
Disable compilation effects of -mandroid, i.e., do not enable -mbionic, -fPIC, -fno-exceptions and -fno-rtti by default.
-tno-android-ld
Disable linking effects of -mandroid, i.e., pass standard Linux linking options to the linker.
Next: HPPA Options, Previous: GNU/Linux Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
-mrelax
Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
linker option -relax. See ld
and the H8/300 in Using ld, for a fuller description.
-mh
Generate code for the H8/300H.
-ms
Generate code for the H8S.
-mn
Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode. This switch must be used either with -mh or -ms.
-ms2600
Generate code for the H8S/2600. This switch must be used with -ms.
-mexr
Extended registers are stored on stack before execution of function with monitor attribute. Default option is -mexr. This option is valid only for H8S targets.
-mno-exr
Extended registers are not stored on stack before execution of function with monitor attribute. Default option is -mno-exr. This option is valid only for H8S targets.
-mint32
Make int
data 32 bits by default.
-malign-300
On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300. The default for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and floats on 4-byte boundaries. -malign-300 causes them to be aligned on 2-byte boundaries. This option has no effect on the H8/300.
Next: i386 and x86-64 Options, Previous: H8/300 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for the HPPA family of computers:
-march=architecture-type
Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for architecture-type are ‘1.0’ for PA 1.0, ‘1.1’ for PA 1.1, and ‘2.0’ for PA 2.0 processors. Refer to /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine the proper architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered architectures runs on higher numbered architectures, but not the other way around.
-mpa-risc-1-0
-mpa-risc-1-1
-mpa-risc-2-0
Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0 respectively.
-mjump-in-delay
Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target of the conditional jump.
-mdisable-fpregs
Prevent floating-point registers from being used in any manner. This is necessary for compiling kernels that perform lazy context switching of floating-point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform floating-point operations, the compiler aborts.
-mdisable-indexing
Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some rather obscure problems when compiling MIG generated code under MACH.
-mno-space-regs
Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows GCC to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.
Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels.
-mfast-indirect-calls
Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This allows GCC to emit code that performs faster indirect calls.
This option does not work in the presence of shared libraries or nested functions.
-mfixed-range=register-range
Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use. This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified separated by a comma.
-mlong-load-store
Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the ‘+k’ option to the HP compilers.
-mportable-runtime
Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF systems.
-mgas
Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands.
-mschedule=cpu-type
Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type cpu-type. The choices for cpu-type are ‘700’ ‘7100’, ‘7100LC’, ‘7200’, ‘7300’ and ‘8000’. Refer to /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine the proper scheduling option for your machine. The default scheduling is ‘8000’.
-mlinker-opt
Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker. Note this makes symbolic debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX 8 and HP-UX 9 linkers in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs.
-msoft-float
Generate output containing library calls for floating point. Warning: the requisite libraries are not available for all HPPA targets. Normally the facilities of the machine’s usual C compiler are used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for cross-compilation.
-msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file; therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with this option. In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to work.
-msio
Generate the predefine, _SIO
, for server IO. The default is
-mwsio. This generates the predefines, __hp9000s700
,
__hp9000s700__
and _WSIO
, for workstation IO. These
options are available under HP-UX and HI-UX.
-mgnu-ld
Use options specific to GNU ld
.
This passes -shared to ld
when
building a shared library. It is the default when GCC is configured,
explicitly or implicitly, with the GNU linker. This option does not
affect which ld
is called; it only changes what parameters
are passed to that ld
.
The ld
that is called is determined by the
--with-ld configure option, GCC’s program search path, and
finally by the user’s PATH
. The linker used by GCC can be printed
using ‘which `gcc -print-prog-name=ld`’. This option is only available
on the 64-bit HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with ‘hppa*64*-*-hpux*’.
-mhp-ld
Use options specific to HP ld
.
This passes -b to ld
when building
a shared library and passes +Accept TypeMismatch to ld
on all
links. It is the default when GCC is configured, explicitly or
implicitly, with the HP linker. This option does not affect
which ld
is called; it only changes what parameters are passed to that
ld
.
The ld
that is called is determined by the --with-ld
configure option, GCC’s program search path, and finally by the user’s
PATH
. The linker used by GCC can be printed using ‘which
`gcc -print-prog-name=ld`’. This option is only available on the 64-bit
HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with ‘hppa*64*-*-hpux*’.
-mlong-calls
Generate code that uses long call sequences. This ensures that a call is always able to reach linker generated stubs. The default is to generate long calls only when the distance from the call site to the beginning of the function or translation unit, as the case may be, exceeds a predefined limit set by the branch type being used. The limits for normal calls are 7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes, respectively for the PA 2.0 and PA 1.X architectures. Sibcalls are always limited at 240,000 bytes.
Distances are measured from the beginning of functions when using the -ffunction-sections option, or when using the -mgas and -mno-portable-runtime options together under HP-UX with the SOM linker.
It is normally not desirable to use this option as it degrades performance. However, it may be useful in large applications, particularly when partial linking is used to build the application.
The types of long calls used depends on the capabilities of the assembler and linker, and the type of code being generated. The impact on systems that support long absolute calls, and long pic symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be relatively small. However, an indirect call is used on 32-bit ELF systems in pic code and it is quite long.
-munix=unix-std
Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the specified UNIX standard. The choices for unix-std are ‘93’, ‘95’ and ‘98’. ‘93’ is supported on all HP-UX versions. ‘95’ is available on HP-UX 10.10 and later. ‘98’ is available on HP-UX 11.11 and later. The default values are ‘93’ for HP-UX 10.00, ‘95’ for HP-UX 10.10 though to 11.00, and ‘98’ for HP-UX 11.11 and later.
-munix=93 provides the same predefines as GCC 3.3 and 3.4.
-munix=95 provides additional predefines for XOPEN_UNIX
and _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
, and the startfile unix95.o.
-munix=98 provides additional predefines for _XOPEN_UNIX
,
_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
, _INCLUDE__STDC_A1_SOURCE
and
_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_500
, and the startfile unix98.o.
It is important to note that this option changes the interfaces for various library routines. It also affects the operational behavior of the C library. Thus, extreme care is needed in using this option.
Library code that is intended to operate with more than one UNIX standard must test, set and restore the variable __xpg4_extended_mask as appropriate. Most GNU software doesn’t provide this capability.
-nolibdld
Suppress the generation of link options to search libdld.sl when the -static option is specified on HP-UX 10 and later.
-static
The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on libdld.sl. There isn’t an archive version of libdld.sl. Thus, when the -static option is specified, special link options are needed to resolve this dependency.
On HP-UX 10 and later, the GCC driver adds the necessary options to link with libdld.sl when the -static option is specified. This causes the resulting binary to be dynamic. On the 64-bit port, the linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in any case. The -nolibdld option can be used to prevent the GCC driver from adding these link options.
-threads
Add support for multithreading with the dce thread library under HP-UX. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.
Next: i386 and x86-64 Windows Options, Previous: HPPA Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for the i386 and x86-64 family of computers:
-march=cpu-type
Generate instructions for the machine type cpu-type. In contrast to -mtune=cpu-type, which merely tunes the generated code for the specified cpu-type, -march=cpu-type allows GCC to generate code that may not run at all on processors other than the one indicated. Specifying -march=cpu-type implies -mtune=cpu-type.
The choices for cpu-type are:
This selects the CPU to generate code for at compilation time by determining the processor type of the compiling machine. Using -march=native enables all instruction subsets supported by the local machine (hence the result might not run on different machines). Using -mtune=native produces code optimized for the local machine under the constraints of the selected instruction set.
Original Intel i386 CPU.
Intel i486 CPU. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
Intel Pentium CPU with no MMX support.
Intel Pentium MMX CPU, based on Pentium core with MMX instruction set support.
Intel Pentium Pro CPU.
When used with -march, the Pentium Pro instruction set is used, so the code runs on all i686 family chips. When used with -mtune, it has the same meaning as ‘generic’.
Intel Pentium II CPU, based on Pentium Pro core with MMX instruction set support.
Intel Pentium III CPU, based on Pentium Pro core with MMX and SSE instruction set support.
Intel Pentium M; low-power version of Intel Pentium III CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2 instruction set support. Used by Centrino notebooks.
Intel Pentium 4 CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2 instruction set support.
Improved version of Intel Pentium 4 CPU with MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3 instruction set support.
Improved version of Intel Pentium 4 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3 instruction set support.
Intel Core 2 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3 and SSSE3 instruction set support.
Intel Nehalem CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2 and POPCNT instruction set support.
Intel Westmere CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AES and PCLMUL instruction set support.
Intel Sandy Bridge CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AES and PCLMUL instruction set support.
Intel Ivy Bridge CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND and F16C instruction set support.
Intel Haswell CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AVX2, AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2 and F16C instruction set support.
Intel Broadwell CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AVX2, AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED, ADCX and PREFETCHW instruction set support.
Intel Bonnell CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3 and SSSE3 instruction set support.
Intel Silvermont CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AES, PCLMUL and RDRND instruction set support.
AMD K6 CPU with MMX instruction set support.
Improved versions of AMD K6 CPU with MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support.
AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3DNow! and SSE prefetch instructions support.
Improved AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and full SSE instruction set support.
Processors based on the AMD K8 core with x86-64 instruction set support, including the AMD Opteron, Athlon 64, and Athlon 64 FX processors. (This supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
Improved versions of AMD K8 cores with SSE3 instruction set support.
CPUs based on AMD Family 10h cores with x86-64 instruction set support. (This supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow!, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
CPUs based on AMD Family 15h cores with x86-64 instruction set support. (This supersets FMA4, AVX, XOP, LWP, AES, PCL_MUL, CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
AMD Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This supersets BMI, TBM, F16C, FMA, FMA4, AVX, XOP, LWP, AES, PCL_MUL, CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
AMD Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This supersets BMI, TBM, F16C, FMA, FMA4, FSGSBASE, AVX, XOP, LWP, AES, PCL_MUL, CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.
AMD Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This supersets BMI, BMI2, TBM, F16C, FMA, FMA4, FSGSBASE, AVX, AVX2, XOP, LWP, AES, PCL_MUL, CX16, MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.
CPUs based on AMD Family 14h cores with x86-64 instruction set support. (This supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4A, CX16, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
CPUs based on AMD Family 16h cores with x86-64 instruction set support. This includes MOVBE, F16C, BMI, AVX, PCL_MUL, AES, SSE4.2, SSE4.1, CX16, ABM, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE3, SSE2, SSE, MMX and 64-bit instruction set extensions.
IDT WinChip C6 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional MMX instruction set support.
IDT WinChip 2 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support.
VIA C3 CPU with MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
VIA C3-2 (Nehemiah/C5XL) CPU with MMX and SSE instruction set support. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
AMD Geode embedded processor with MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support.
-mtune=cpu-type
Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. While picking a specific cpu-type schedules things appropriately for that particular chip, the compiler does not generate any code that cannot run on the default machine type unless you use a -march=cpu-type option. For example, if GCC is configured for i686-pc-linux-gnu then -mtune=pentium4 generates code that is tuned for Pentium 4 but still runs on i686 machines.
The choices for cpu-type are the same as for -march. In addition, -mtune supports 2 extra choices for cpu-type:
Produce code optimized for the most common IA32/AMD64/EM64T processors. If you know the CPU on which your code will run, then you should use the corresponding -mtune or -march option instead of -mtune=generic. But, if you do not know exactly what CPU users of your application will have, then you should use this option.
As new processors are deployed in the marketplace, the behavior of this option will change. Therefore, if you upgrade to a newer version of GCC, code generation controlled by this option will change to reflect the processors that are most common at the time that version of GCC is released.
There is no -march=generic option because -march indicates the instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no generic instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast, -mtune indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of processors) for which the code is optimized.
Produce code optimized for the most current Intel processors, which are Haswell and Silvermont for this version of GCC. If you know the CPU on which your code will run, then you should use the corresponding -mtune or -march option instead of -mtune=intel. But, if you want your application performs better on both Haswell and Silvermont, then you should use this option.
As new Intel processors are deployed in the marketplace, the behavior of this option will change. Therefore, if you upgrade to a newer version of GCC, code generation controlled by this option will change to reflect the most current Intel processors at the time that version of GCC is released.
There is no -march=intel option because -march indicates the instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no common instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast, -mtune indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of processors) for which the code is optimized.
-mcpu=cpu-type
A deprecated synonym for -mtune.
-mfpmath=unit
Generate floating-point arithmetic for selected unit unit. The choices for unit are:
Use the standard 387 floating-point coprocessor present on the majority of chips and emulated otherwise. Code compiled with this option runs almost everywhere. The temporary results are computed in 80-bit precision instead of the precision specified by the type, resulting in slightly different results compared to most of other chips. See -ffloat-store for more detailed description.
This is the default choice for i386 compiler.
Use scalar floating-point instructions present in the SSE instruction set. This instruction set is supported by Pentium III and newer chips, and in the AMD line by Athlon-4, Athlon XP and Athlon MP chips. The earlier version of the SSE instruction set supports only single-precision arithmetic, thus the double and extended-precision arithmetic are still done using 387. A later version, present only in Pentium 4 and AMD x86-64 chips, supports double-precision arithmetic too.
For the i386 compiler, you must use -march=cpu-type, -msse or -msse2 switches to enable SSE extensions and make this option effective. For the x86-64 compiler, these extensions are enabled by default.
The resulting code should be considerably faster in the majority of cases and avoid the numerical instability problems of 387 code, but may break some existing code that expects temporaries to be 80 bits.
This is the default choice for the x86-64 compiler.
Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once. This effectively doubles the amount of available registers, and on chips with separate execution units for 387 and SSE the execution resources too. Use this option with care, as it is still experimental, because the GCC register allocator does not model separate functional units well, resulting in unstable performance.
-masm=dialect
Output assembly instructions using selected dialect. Supported choices are ‘intel’ or ‘att’ (the default). Darwin does not support ‘intel’.
-mieee-fp
-mno-ieee-fp
Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating-point comparisons. These correctly handle the case where the result of a comparison is unordered.
-msoft-float
Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
Warning: the requisite libraries are not part of GCC. Normally the facilities of the machine’s usual C compiler are used, but this can’t be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for cross-compilation.
On machines where a function returns floating-point results in the 80387 register stack, some floating-point opcodes may be emitted even if -msoft-float is used.
-mno-fp-ret-in-387
Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions.
The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
float
and double
in an FPU register, even if there
is no FPU. The idea is that the operating system should emulate
an FPU.
The option -mno-fp-ret-in-387 causes such values to be returned in ordinary CPU registers instead.
-mno-fancy-math-387
Some 387 emulators do not support the sin
, cos
and
sqrt
instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid
generating those instructions. This option is the default on FreeBSD,
OpenBSD and NetBSD. This option is overridden when -march
indicates that the target CPU always has an FPU and so the
instruction does not need emulation. These
instructions are not generated unless you also use the
-funsafe-math-optimizations switch.
-malign-double
-mno-align-double
Control whether GCC aligns double
, long double
, and
long long
variables on a two-word boundary or a one-word
boundary. Aligning double
variables on a two-word boundary
produces code that runs somewhat faster on a Pentium at the
expense of more memory.
On x86-64, -malign-double is enabled by default.
Warning: if you use the -malign-double switch, structures containing the above types are aligned differently than the published application binary interface specifications for the 386 and are not binary compatible with structures in code compiled without that switch.
-m96bit-long-double
-m128bit-long-double
These switches control the size of long double
type. The i386
application binary interface specifies the size to be 96 bits,
so -m96bit-long-double is the default in 32-bit mode.
Modern architectures (Pentium and newer) prefer long double
to be aligned to an 8- or 16-byte boundary. In arrays or structures
conforming to the ABI, this is not possible. So specifying
-m128bit-long-double aligns long double
to a 16-byte boundary by padding the long double
with an additional
32-bit zero.
In the x86-64 compiler, -m128bit-long-double is the default choice as
its ABI specifies that long double
is aligned on 16-byte boundary.
Notice that neither of these options enable any extra precision over the x87
standard of 80 bits for a long double
.
Warning: if you override the default value for your target ABI, this
changes the size of
structures and arrays containing long double
variables,
as well as modifying the function calling convention for functions taking
long double
. Hence they are not binary-compatible
with code compiled without that switch.
-mlong-double-64
-mlong-double-80
-mlong-double-128
These switches control the size of long double
type. A size
of 64 bits makes the long double
type equivalent to the double
type. This is the default for 32-bit Bionic C library. A size
of 128 bits makes the long double
type equivalent to the
__float128
type. This is the default for 64-bit Bionic C library.
Warning: if you override the default value for your target ABI, this
changes the size of
structures and arrays containing long double
variables,
as well as modifying the function calling convention for functions taking
long double
. Hence they are not binary-compatible
with code compiled without that switch.
-mlarge-data-threshold=threshold
When -mcmodel=medium is specified, data objects larger than threshold are placed in the large data section. This value must be the same across all objects linked into the binary, and defaults to 65535.
-mrtd
Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that
take a fixed number of arguments return with the ret num
instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one
instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
there.
You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling sequence with the function attribute ‘stdcall’. You can also override the -mrtd option by using the function attribute ‘cdecl’. See Function Attributes.
Warning: this calling convention is incompatible with the one normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
take variable numbers of arguments (including printf
);
otherwise incorrect code is generated for calls to those
functions.
In addition, seriously incorrect code results if you call a function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are harmlessly ignored.)
-mregparm=num
Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3 registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific function by using the function attribute ‘regparm’. See Function Attributes.
Warning: if you use this switch, and num is nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and startup modules.
-msseregparm
Use SSE register passing conventions for float and double arguments and return values. You can control this behavior for a specific function by using the function attribute ‘sseregparm’. See Function Attributes.
Warning: if you use this switch then you must build all modules with the same value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and startup modules.
-mvect8-ret-in-mem
Return 8-byte vectors in memory instead of MMX registers. This is the default on Solaris 8 and 9 and VxWorks to match the ABI of the Sun Studio compilers until version 12. Later compiler versions (starting with Studio 12 Update 1) follow the ABI used by other x86 targets, which is the default on Solaris 10 and later. Only use this option if you need to remain compatible with existing code produced by those previous compiler versions or older versions of GCC.
-mpc32
-mpc64
-mpc80
Set 80387 floating-point precision to 32, 64 or 80 bits. When -mpc32 is specified, the significands of results of floating-point operations are rounded to 24 bits (single precision); -mpc64 rounds the significands of results of floating-point operations to 53 bits (double precision) and -mpc80 rounds the significands of results of floating-point operations to 64 bits (extended double precision), which is the default. When this option is used, floating-point operations in higher precisions are not available to the programmer without setting the FPU control word explicitly.
Setting the rounding of floating-point operations to less than the default 80 bits can speed some programs by 2% or more. Note that some mathematical libraries assume that extended-precision (80-bit) floating-point operations are enabled by default; routines in such libraries could suffer significant loss of accuracy, typically through so-called “catastrophic cancellation”, when this option is used to set the precision to less than extended precision.
-mstackrealign
Realign the stack at entry. On the Intel x86, the -mstackrealign
option generates an alternate prologue and epilogue that realigns the
run-time stack if necessary. This supports mixing legacy codes that keep
4-byte stack alignment with modern codes that keep 16-byte stack alignment for
SSE compatibility. See also the attribute force_align_arg_pointer
,
applicable to individual functions.
-mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to num byte boundary. If -mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
Warning: When generating code for the x86-64 architecture with SSE extensions disabled, -mpreferred-stack-boundary=3 can be used to keep the stack boundary aligned to 8 byte boundary. Since x86-64 ABI require 16 byte stack alignment, this is ABI incompatible and intended to be used in controlled environment where stack space is important limitation. This option will lead to wrong code when functions compiled with 16 byte stack alignment (such as functions from a standard library) are called with misaligned stack. In this case, SSE instructions may lead to misaligned memory access traps. In addition, variable arguments will be handled incorrectly for 16 byte aligned objects (including x87 long double and __int128), leading to wrong results. You must build all modules with -mpreferred-stack-boundary=3, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and startup modules.
-mincoming-stack-boundary=num
Assume the incoming stack is aligned to a 2 raised to num byte boundary. If -mincoming-stack-boundary is not specified, the one specified by -mpreferred-stack-boundary is used.
On Pentium and Pentium Pro, double
and long double
values
should be aligned to an 8-byte boundary (see -malign-double) or
suffer significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium III, the
Streaming SIMD Extension (SSE) data type __m128
may not work
properly if it is not 16-byte aligned.
To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack. Further, every function must be generated such that it keeps the stack aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher preferred stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred stack boundary most likely misaligns the stack. It is recommended that libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
This extra alignment does consume extra stack space, and generally increases code size. Code that is sensitive to stack space usage, such as embedded systems and operating system kernels, may want to reduce the preferred alignment to -mpreferred-stack-boundary=2.
-mmmx
-mno-mmx
-msse
-mno-sse
-msse2
-mno-sse2
-msse3
-mno-sse3
-mssse3
-mno-ssse3
-msse4.1
-mno-sse4.1
-msse4.2
-mno-sse4.2
-msse4
-mno-sse4
-mavx
-mno-avx
-mavx2
-mno-avx2
-mavx512f
-mno-avx512f
-mavx512pf
-mno-avx512pf
-mavx512er
-mno-avx512er
-mavx512cd
-mno-avx512cd
-msha
-mno-sha
-maes
-mno-aes
-mpclmul
-mno-pclmul
-mfsgsbase
-mno-fsgsbase
-mrdrnd
-mno-rdrnd
-mf16c
-mno-f16c
-mfma
-mno-fma
-mprefetchwt1
-mno-prefetchwt1
-msse4a
-mno-sse4a
-mfma4
-mno-fma4
-mxop
-mno-xop
-mlwp
-mno-lwp
-m3dnow
-mno-3dnow
-mpopcnt
-mno-popcnt
-mabm
-mno-abm
-mbmi
-mbmi2
-mno-bmi
-mno-bmi2
-mlzcnt
-mno-lzcnt
-mfxsr
-mxsave
-mxsaveopt
-mrtm
-mtbm
-mno-tbm
These switches enable or disable the use of instructions in the MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, AVX, AVX2, AVX512F, AVX512PF, AVX512ER, AVX512CD, SHA, AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, F16C, FMA, SSE4A, FMA4, XOP, LWP, ABM, BMI, BMI2, FXSR, XSAVE, XSAVEOPT, LZCNT, RTM, or 3DNow! extended instruction sets. These extensions are also available as built-in functions: see X86 Built-in Functions, for details of the functions enabled and disabled by these switches.
To generate SSE/SSE2 instructions automatically from floating-point code (as opposed to 387 instructions), see -mfpmath=sse.
GCC depresses SSEx instructions when -mavx is used. Instead, it generates new AVX instructions or AVX equivalence for all SSEx instructions when needed.
These options enable GCC to use these extended instructions in generated code, even without -mfpmath=sse. Applications that perform run-time CPU detection must compile separate files for each supported architecture, using the appropriate flags. In particular, the file containing the CPU detection code should be compiled without these options.
-mdump-tune-features
This option instructs GCC to dump the names of the x86 performance tuning features and default settings. The names can be used in -mtune-ctrl=feature-list.
-mtune-ctrl=feature-list
This option is used to do fine grain control of x86 code generation features.
feature-list is a comma separated list of feature names. See also
-mdump-tune-features. When specified, the feature will be turned
on if it is not preceded with ^
, otherwise, it will be turned off.
-mtune-ctrl=feature-list is intended to be used by GCC
developers. Using it may lead to code paths not covered by testing and can
potentially result in compiler ICEs or runtime errors.
-mno-default
This option instructs GCC to turn off all tunable features. See also -mtune-ctrl=feature-list and -mdump-tune-features.
-mcld
This option instructs GCC to emit a cld
instruction in the prologue
of functions that use string instructions. String instructions depend on
the DF flag to select between autoincrement or autodecrement mode. While the
ABI specifies the DF flag to be cleared on function entry, some operating
systems violate this specification by not clearing the DF flag in their
exception dispatchers. The exception handler can be invoked with the DF flag
set, which leads to wrong direction mode when string instructions are used.
This option can be enabled by default on 32-bit x86 targets by configuring
GCC with the --enable-cld configure option. Generation of cld
instructions can be suppressed with the -mno-cld compiler option
in this case.
-mvzeroupper
This option instructs GCC to emit a vzeroupper
instruction
before a transfer of control flow out of the function to minimize
the AVX to SSE transition penalty as well as remove unnecessary zeroupper
intrinsics.
-mprefer-avx128
This option instructs GCC to use 128-bit AVX instructions instead of 256-bit AVX instructions in the auto-vectorizer.
-mcx16
This option enables GCC to generate CMPXCHG16B
instructions.
CMPXCHG16B
allows for atomic operations on 128-bit double quadword
(or oword) data types.
This is useful for high-resolution counters that can be updated
by multiple processors (or cores). This instruction is generated as part of
atomic built-in functions: see __sync Builtins or
__atomic Builtins for details.
-msahf
This option enables generation of SAHF
instructions in 64-bit code.
Early Intel Pentium 4 CPUs with Intel 64 support,
prior to the introduction of Pentium 4 G1 step in December 2005,
lacked the LAHF
and SAHF
instructions
which were supported by AMD64.
These are load and store instructions, respectively, for certain status flags.
In 64-bit mode, the SAHF
instruction is used to optimize fmod
,
drem
, and remainder
built-in functions;
see Other Builtins for details.
-mmovbe
This option enables use of the movbe
instruction to implement
__builtin_bswap32
and __builtin_bswap64
.
-mcrc32
This option enables built-in functions __builtin_ia32_crc32qi
,
__builtin_ia32_crc32hi
, __builtin_ia32_crc32si
and
__builtin_ia32_crc32di
to generate the crc32
machine instruction.
-mrecip
This option enables use of RCPSS
and RSQRTSS
instructions
(and their vectorized variants RCPPS
and RSQRTPS
)
with an additional Newton-Raphson step
to increase precision instead of DIVSS
and SQRTSS
(and their vectorized
variants) for single-precision floating-point arguments. These instructions
are generated only when -funsafe-math-optimizations is enabled
together with -finite-math-only and -fno-trapping-math.
Note that while the throughput of the sequence is higher than the throughput
of the non-reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be
decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994).
Note that GCC implements 1.0f/sqrtf(x)
in terms of RSQRTSS
(or RSQRTPS
) already with -ffast-math (or the above option
combination), and doesn’t need -mrecip.
Also note that GCC emits the above sequence with additional Newton-Raphson step
for vectorized single-float division and vectorized sqrtf(x)
already with -ffast-math (or the above option combination), and
doesn’t need -mrecip.
-mrecip=opt
This option controls which reciprocal estimate instructions may be used. opt is a comma-separated list of options, which may be preceded by a ‘!’ to invert the option:
Enable all estimate instructions.
Enable the default instructions, equivalent to -mrecip.
Disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to -mno-recip.
Enable the approximation for scalar division.
Enable the approximation for vectorized division.
Enable the approximation for scalar square root.
Enable the approximation for vectorized square root.
So, for example, -mrecip=all,!sqrt enables all of the reciprocal approximations, except for square root.
-mveclibabi=type
Specifies the ABI type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an external library. Supported values for type are ‘svml’ for the Intel short vector math library and ‘acml’ for the AMD math core library. To use this option, both -ftree-vectorize and -funsafe-math-optimizations have to be enabled, and an SVML or ACML ABI-compatible library must be specified at link time.
GCC currently emits calls to vmldExp2
,
vmldLn2
, vmldLog102
, vmldLog102
, vmldPow2
,
vmldTanh2
, vmldTan2
, vmldAtan2
, vmldAtanh2
,
vmldCbrt2
, vmldSinh2
, vmldSin2
, vmldAsinh2
,
vmldAsin2
, vmldCosh2
, vmldCos2
, vmldAcosh2
,
vmldAcos2
, vmlsExp4
, vmlsLn4
, vmlsLog104
,
vmlsLog104
, vmlsPow4
, vmlsTanh4
, vmlsTan4
,
vmlsAtan4
, vmlsAtanh4
, vmlsCbrt4
, vmlsSinh4
,
vmlsSin4
, vmlsAsinh4
, vmlsAsin4
, vmlsCosh4
,
vmlsCos4
, vmlsAcosh4
and vmlsAcos4
for corresponding
function type when -mveclibabi=svml is used, and __vrd2_sin
,
__vrd2_cos
, __vrd2_exp
, __vrd2_log
, __vrd2_log2
,
__vrd2_log10
, __vrs4_sinf
, __vrs4_cosf
,
__vrs4_expf
, __vrs4_logf
, __vrs4_log2f
,
__vrs4_log10f
and __vrs4_powf
for the corresponding function type
when -mveclibabi=acml is used.
-mabi=name
Generate code for the specified calling convention. Permissible values are ‘sysv’ for the ABI used on GNU/Linux and other systems, and ‘ms’ for the Microsoft ABI. The default is to use the Microsoft ABI when targeting Microsoft Windows and the SysV ABI on all other systems. You can control this behavior for a specific function by using the function attribute ‘ms_abi’/‘sysv_abi’. See Function Attributes.
-mtls-dialect=type
Generate code to access thread-local storage using the ‘gnu’ or ‘gnu2’ conventions. ‘gnu’ is the conservative default; ‘gnu2’ is more efficient, but it may add compile- and run-time requirements that cannot be satisfied on all systems.
-mpush-args
-mno-push-args
Use PUSH operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is shorter and usually equally fast as method using SUB/MOV operations and is enabled by default. In some cases disabling it may improve performance because of improved scheduling and reduced dependencies.
-maccumulate-outgoing-args
If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments is computed in the function prologue. This is faster on most modern CPUs because of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced stack usage when the preferred stack boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback is a notable increase in code size. This switch implies -mno-push-args.
-mthreads
Support thread-safe exception handling on MinGW. Programs that rely
on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all code with the
-mthreads option. When compiling, -mthreads defines
-D_MT
; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
-lmingwthrd which cleans up per-thread exception-handling data.
-mno-align-stringops
Do not align the destination of inlined string operations. This switch reduces code size and improves performance in case the destination is already aligned, but GCC doesn’t know about it.
-minline-all-stringops
By default GCC inlines string operations only when the destination is
known to be aligned to least a 4-byte boundary.
This enables more inlining and increases code
size, but may improve performance of code that depends on fast
memcpy
, strlen
,
and memset
for short lengths.
-minline-stringops-dynamically
For string operations of unknown size, use run-time checks with inline code for small blocks and a library call for large blocks.
-mstringop-strategy=alg
Override the internal decision heuristic for the particular algorithm to use for inlining string operations. The allowed values for alg are:
Expand using i386 rep
prefix of the specified size.
Expand into an inline loop.
Always use a library call.
-mmemcpy-strategy=strategy
Override the internal decision heuristic to decide if __builtin_memcpy
should be inlined and what inline algorithm to use when the expected size
of the copy operation is known. strategy
is a comma-separated list of alg:max_size:dest_align triplets.
alg is specified in -mstringop-strategy, max_size specifies
the max byte size with which inline algorithm alg is allowed. For the last
triplet, the max_size must be -1
. The max_size of the triplets
in the list must be specified in increasing order. The minimal byte size for
alg is 0
for the first triplet and max_size + 1
of the
preceding range.
-mmemset-strategy=strategy
The option is similar to -mmemcpy-strategy= except that it is to control
__builtin_memset
expansion.
-momit-leaf-frame-pointer
Don’t keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This avoids the instructions to save, set up, and restore frame pointers and makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option -fomit-leaf-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for leaf functions, which might make debugging harder.
-mtls-direct-seg-refs
-mno-tls-direct-seg-refs
Controls whether TLS variables may be accessed with offsets from the
TLS segment register (%gs
for 32-bit, %fs
for 64-bit),
or whether the thread base pointer must be added. Whether or not this
is valid depends on the operating system, and whether it maps the
segment to cover the entire TLS area.
For systems that use the GNU C Library, the default is on.
-msse2avx
-mno-sse2avx
Specify that the assembler should encode SSE instructions with VEX prefix. The option -mavx turns this on by default.
-mfentry
-mno-fentry
If profiling is active (-pg), put the profiling
counter call before the prologue.
Note: On x86 architectures the attribute ms_hook_prologue
isn’t possible at the moment for -mfentry and -pg.
-m8bit-idiv
-mno-8bit-idiv
On some processors, like Intel Atom, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is much faster than 32-bit/64-bit integer divide. This option generates a run-time check. If both dividend and divisor are within range of 0 to 255, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is used instead of 32-bit/64-bit integer divide.
-mavx256-split-unaligned-load
-mavx256-split-unaligned-store
Split 32-byte AVX unaligned load and store.
-mstack-protector-guard=guard
Generate stack protection code using canary at guard. Supported locations are ‘global’ for global canary or ‘tls’ for per-thread canary in the TLS block (the default). This option has effect only when -fstack-protector or -fstack-protector-all is specified.
These ‘-m’ switches are supported in addition to the above on x86-64 processors in 64-bit environments.
-m32
-m64
-mx32
-m16
Generate code for a 16-bit, 32-bit or 64-bit environment.
The -m32 option sets int
, long
, and pointer types
to 32 bits, and
generates code that runs on any i386 system.
The -m64 option sets int
to 32 bits and long
and pointer
types to 64 bits, and generates code for the x86-64 architecture.
For Darwin only the -m64 option also turns off the -fno-pic
and -mdynamic-no-pic options.
The -mx32 option sets int
, long
, and pointer types
to 32 bits, and
generates code for the x86-64 architecture.
The -m16 option is the same as -m32, except for that
it outputs the .code16gcc
assembly directive at the beginning of
the assembly output so that the binary can run in 16-bit mode.
-mno-red-zone
Do not use a so-called “red zone” for x86-64 code. The red zone is mandated by the x86-64 ABI; it is a 128-byte area beyond the location of the stack pointer that is not modified by signal or interrupt handlers and therefore can be used for temporary data without adjusting the stack pointer. The flag -mno-red-zone disables this red zone.
-mcmodel=small
Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols must be linked in the lower 2 GB of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default code model.
-mcmodel=kernel
Generate code for the kernel code model. The kernel runs in the negative 2 GB of the address space. This model has to be used for Linux kernel code.
-mcmodel=medium
Generate code for the medium model: the program is linked in the lower 2 GB of the address space. Small symbols are also placed there. Symbols with sizes larger than -mlarge-data-threshold are put into large data or BSS sections and can be located above 2GB. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
-mcmodel=large
Generate code for the large model. This model makes no assumptions about addresses and sizes of sections.
-maddress-mode=long
Generate code for long address mode. This is only supported for 64-bit and x32 environments. It is the default address mode for 64-bit environments.
-maddress-mode=short
Generate code for short address mode. This is only supported for 32-bit and x32 environments. It is the default address mode for 32-bit and x32 environments.
Next: IA-64 Options, Previous: i386 and x86-64 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These additional options are available for Microsoft Windows targets:
-mconsole
This option specifies that a console application is to be generated, by instructing the linker to set the PE header subsystem type required for console applications. This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets and is enabled by default on those targets.
-mdll
This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that a DLL—a dynamic link library—is to be generated, enabling the selection of the required runtime startup object and entry point.
-mnop-fun-dllimport
This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
specifies that the dllimport
attribute should be ignored.
-mthread
This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that MinGW-specific thread support is to be used.
-municode
This option is available for MinGW-w64 targets. It causes
the UNICODE
preprocessor macro to be predefined, and
chooses Unicode-capable runtime startup code.
-mwin32
This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that the typical Microsoft Windows predefined macros are to be set in the pre-processor, but does not influence the choice of runtime library/startup code.
-mwindows
This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that a GUI application is to be generated by instructing the linker to set the PE header subsystem type appropriately.
-fno-set-stack-executable
This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that the executable flag for the stack used by nested functions isn’t set. This is necessary for binaries running in kernel mode of Microsoft Windows, as there the User32 API, which is used to set executable privileges, isn’t available.
-fwritable-relocated-rdata
This option is available for MinGW and Cygwin targets. It specifies that relocated-data in read-only section is put into .data section. This is a necessary for older runtimes not supporting modification of .rdata sections for pseudo-relocation.
-mpe-aligned-commons
This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that the GNU extension to the PE file format that permits the correct alignment of COMMON variables should be used when generating code. It is enabled by default if GCC detects that the target assembler found during configuration supports the feature.
See also under i386 and x86-64 Options for standard options.
Next: LM32 Options, Previous: i386 and x86-64 Windows Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These are the ‘-m’ options defined for the Intel IA-64 architecture.
-mbig-endian
Generate code for a big-endian target. This is the default for HP-UX.
-mlittle-endian
Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default for AIX5 and GNU/Linux.
-mgnu-as
-mno-gnu-as
Generate (or don’t) code for the GNU assembler. This is the default.
-mgnu-ld
-mno-gnu-ld
Generate (or don’t) code for the GNU linker. This is the default.
-mno-pic
Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The result is not position independent code, and violates the IA-64 ABI.
-mvolatile-asm-stop
-mno-volatile-asm-stop
Generate (or don’t) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm statements.
-mregister-names
-mno-register-names
Generate (or don’t) ‘in’, ‘loc’, and ‘out’ register names for the stacked registers. This may make assembler output more readable.
-mno-sdata
-msdata
Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section. This may be useful for working around optimizer bugs.
-mconstant-gp
Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value. This is useful when compiling kernel code.
-mauto-pic
Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies -mconstant-gp. This is useful when compiling firmware code.
-minline-float-divide-min-latency
Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values using the minimum latency algorithm.
-minline-float-divide-max-throughput
Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values using the maximum throughput algorithm.
-mno-inline-float-divide
Do not generate inline code for divides of floating-point values.
-minline-int-divide-min-latency
Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the minimum latency algorithm.
-minline-int-divide-max-throughput
Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the maximum throughput algorithm.
-mno-inline-int-divide
Do not generate inline code for divides of integer values.
-minline-sqrt-min-latency
Generate code for inline square roots using the minimum latency algorithm.
-minline-sqrt-max-throughput
Generate code for inline square roots using the maximum throughput algorithm.
-mno-inline-sqrt
Do not generate inline code for sqrt
.
-mfused-madd
-mno-fused-madd
Do (don’t) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or multiply/subtract instructions. The default is to use these instructions.
-mno-dwarf2-asm
-mdwarf2-asm
Don’t (or do) generate assembler code for the DWARF 2 line number debugging info. This may be useful when not using the GNU assembler.
-mearly-stop-bits
-mno-early-stop-bits
Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the instruction that triggered the stop bit. This can improve instruction scheduling, but does not always do so.
-mfixed-range=register-range
Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use. This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified separated by a comma.
-mtls-size=tls-size
Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets. Valid values are 14, 22, and 64.
-mtune=cpu-type
Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular CPU, Valid values are ‘itanium’, ‘itanium1’, ‘merced’, ‘itanium2’, and ‘mckinley’.
-milp32
-mlp64
Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits. These are HP-UX specific flags.
-mno-sched-br-data-spec
-msched-br-data-spec
(Dis/En)able data speculative scheduling before reload.
This results in generation of ld.a
instructions and
the corresponding check instructions (ld.c
/ chk.a
).
The default is ’disable’.
-msched-ar-data-spec
-mno-sched-ar-data-spec
(En/Dis)able data speculative scheduling after reload.
This results in generation of ld.a
instructions and
the corresponding check instructions (ld.c
/ chk.a
).
The default is ’enable’.
-mno-sched-control-spec
-msched-control-spec
(Dis/En)able control speculative scheduling. This feature is
available only during region scheduling (i.e. before reload).
This results in generation of the ld.s
instructions and
the corresponding check instructions chk.s
.
The default is ’disable’.
-msched-br-in-data-spec
-mno-sched-br-in-data-spec
(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the data speculative loads before reload. This is effective only with -msched-br-data-spec enabled. The default is ’enable’.
-msched-ar-in-data-spec
-mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec
(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the data speculative loads after reload. This is effective only with -msched-ar-data-spec enabled. The default is ’enable’.
-msched-in-control-spec
-mno-sched-in-control-spec
(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the control speculative loads. This is effective only with -msched-control-spec enabled. The default is ’enable’.
-mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
-msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
If enabled, data-speculative instructions are chosen for schedule only if there are no other choices at the moment. This makes the use of the data speculation much more conservative. The default is ’disable’.
-mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
-msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
If enabled, control-speculative instructions are chosen for schedule only if there are no other choices at the moment. This makes the use of the control speculation much more conservative. The default is ’disable’.
-mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path
-msched-count-spec-in-critical-path
If enabled, speculative dependencies are considered during computation of the instructions priorities. This makes the use of the speculation a bit more conservative. The default is ’disable’.
-msched-spec-ldc
Use a simple data speculation check. This option is on by default.
-msched-control-spec-ldc
Use a simple check for control speculation. This option is on by default.
-msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle
Place a stop bit after every cycle when scheduling. This option is on by default.
-msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost
Assume that floating-point stores and loads are not likely to cause a conflict when placed into the same instruction group. This option is disabled by default.
-msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec
Generate checks for control speculation in selective scheduling. This flag is disabled by default.
-msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns
Limit on the number of memory insns per instruction group, giving lower priority to subsequent memory insns attempting to schedule in the same instruction group. Frequently useful to prevent cache bank conflicts. The default value is 1.
-msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit
Makes the limit specified by msched-max-memory-insns a hard limit, disallowing more than that number in an instruction group. Otherwise, the limit is “soft”, meaning that non-memory operations are preferred when the limit is reached, but memory operations may still be scheduled.
Next: M32C Options, Previous: IA-64 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These -m options are defined for the LatticeMico32 architecture:
-mbarrel-shift-enabled
Enable barrel-shift instructions.
-mdivide-enabled
Enable divide and modulus instructions.
-mmultiply-enabled
Enable multiply instructions.
-msign-extend-enabled
Enable sign extend instructions.
-muser-enabled
Enable user-defined instructions.
Next: M32R/D Options, Previous: LM32 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-mcpu=name
Select the CPU for which code is generated. name may be one of ‘r8c’ for the R8C/Tiny series, ‘m16c’ for the M16C (up to /60) series, ‘m32cm’ for the M16C/80 series, or ‘m32c’ for the M32C/80 series.
-msim
Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes an alternate runtime library to be linked in which supports, for example, file I/O. You must not use this option when generating programs that will run on real hardware; you must provide your own runtime library for whatever I/O functions are needed.
-memregs=number
Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers GCC uses during code generation. These pseudo-registers are used like real registers, so there is a tradeoff between GCC’s ability to fit the code into available registers, and the performance penalty of using memory instead of registers. Note that all modules in a program must be compiled with the same value for this option. Because of that, you must not use this option with GCC’s default runtime libraries.
Next: M680x0 Options, Previous: M32C Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These -m options are defined for Renesas M32R/D architectures:
-m32r2
Generate code for the M32R/2.
-m32rx
Generate code for the M32R/X.
-m32r
Generate code for the M32R. This is the default.
-mmodel=small
Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses
can be loaded with the ld24
instruction), and assume all subroutines
are reachable with the bl
instruction.
This is the default.
The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
model
attribute.
-mmodel=medium
Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler
generates seth/add3
instructions to load their addresses), and
assume all subroutines are reachable with the bl
instruction.
-mmodel=large
Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler
generates seth/add3
instructions to load their addresses), and
assume subroutines may not be reachable with the bl
instruction
(the compiler generates the much slower seth/add3/jl
instruction sequence).
-msdata=none
Disable use of the small data area. Variables are put into
one of ‘.data’, ‘.bss’, or ‘.rodata’ (unless the
section
attribute has been specified).
This is the default.
The small data area consists of sections ‘.sdata’ and ‘.sbss’.
Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
section
attribute using one of these sections.
-msdata=sdata
Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not generate special code to reference them.
-msdata=use
Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate special instructions to reference them.
-G num
Put global and static objects less than or equal to num bytes into the small data or BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS sections. The default value of num is 8. The -msdata option must be set to one of ‘sdata’ or ‘use’ for this option to have any effect.
All modules should be compiled with the same -G num value. Compiling with different values of num may or may not work; if it doesn’t the linker gives an error message—incorrect code is not generated.
-mdebug
Makes the M32R-specific code in the compiler display some statistics that might help in debugging programs.
-malign-loops
Align all loops to a 32-byte boundary.
-mno-align-loops
Do not enforce a 32-byte alignment for loops. This is the default.
-missue-rate=number
Issue number instructions per cycle. number can only be 1 or 2.
-mbranch-cost=number
number can only be 1 or 2. If it is 1 then branches are preferred over conditional code, if it is 2, then the opposite applies.
-mflush-trap=number
Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache. The default is 12. Valid numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive.
-mno-flush-trap
Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap.
-mflush-func=name
Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to flush the cache. The default is _flush_cache, but a function call is only used if a trap is not available.
-mno-flush-func
Indicates that there is no OS function for flushing the cache.
Next: MCore Options, Previous: M32R/D Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These are the ‘-m’ options defined for M680x0 and ColdFire processors. The default settings depend on which architecture was selected when the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are given below.
-march=arch
Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire instruction set architecture. Permissible values of arch for M680x0 architectures are: ‘68000’, ‘68010’, ‘68020’, ‘68030’, ‘68040’, ‘68060’ and ‘cpu32’. ColdFire architectures are selected according to Freescale’s ISA classification and the permissible values are: ‘isaa’, ‘isaaplus’, ‘isab’ and ‘isac’.
GCC defines a macro ‘__mcfarch__’ whenever it is generating code for a ColdFire target. The arch in this macro is one of the -march arguments given above.
When used together, -march and -mtune select code that runs on a family of similar processors but that is optimized for a particular microarchitecture.
-mcpu=cpu
Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire processor. The M680x0 cpus are: ‘68000’, ‘68010’, ‘68020’, ‘68030’, ‘68040’, ‘68060’, ‘68302’, ‘68332’ and ‘cpu32’. The ColdFire cpus are given by the table below, which also classifies the CPUs into families:
Family | ‘-mcpu’ arguments |
‘51’ | ‘51’ ‘51ac’ ‘51ag’ ‘51cn’ ‘51em’ ‘51je’ ‘51jf’ ‘51jg’ ‘51jm’ ‘51mm’ ‘51qe’ ‘51qm’ |
‘5206’ | ‘5202’ ‘5204’ ‘5206’ |
‘5206e’ | ‘5206e’ |
‘5208’ | ‘5207’ ‘5208’ |
‘5211a’ | ‘5210a’ ‘5211a’ |
‘5213’ | ‘5211’ ‘5212’ ‘5213’ |
‘5216’ | ‘5214’ ‘5216’ |
‘52235’ | ‘52230’ ‘52231’ ‘52232’ ‘52233’ ‘52234’ ‘52235’ |
‘5225’ | ‘5224’ ‘5225’ |
‘52259’ | ‘52252’ ‘52254’ ‘52255’ ‘52256’ ‘52258’ ‘52259’ |
‘5235’ | ‘5232’ ‘5233’ ‘5234’ ‘5235’ ‘523x’ |
‘5249’ | ‘5249’ |
‘5250’ | ‘5250’ |
‘5271’ | ‘5270’ ‘5271’ |
‘5272’ | ‘5272’ |
‘5275’ | ‘5274’ ‘5275’ |
‘5282’ | ‘5280’ ‘5281’ ‘5282’ ‘528x’ |
‘53017’ | ‘53011’ ‘53012’ ‘53013’ ‘53014’ ‘53015’ ‘53016’ ‘53017’ |
‘5307’ | ‘5307’ |
‘5329’ | ‘5327’ ‘5328’ ‘5329’ ‘532x’ |
‘5373’ | ‘5372’ ‘5373’ ‘537x’ |
‘5407’ | ‘5407’ |
‘5475’ | ‘5470’ ‘5471’ ‘5472’ ‘5473’ ‘5474’ ‘5475’ ‘547x’ ‘5480’ ‘5481’ ‘5482’ ‘5483’ ‘5484’ ‘5485’ |
-mcpu=cpu overrides -march=arch if arch is compatible with cpu. Other combinations of -mcpu and -march are rejected.
GCC defines the macro ‘__mcf_cpu_cpu’ when ColdFire target cpu is selected. It also defines ‘__mcf_family_family’, where the value of family is given by the table above.
-mtune=tune
Tune the code for a particular microarchitecture within the constraints set by -march and -mcpu. The M680x0 microarchitectures are: ‘68000’, ‘68010’, ‘68020’, ‘68030’, ‘68040’, ‘68060’ and ‘cpu32’. The ColdFire microarchitectures are: ‘cfv1’, ‘cfv2’, ‘cfv3’, ‘cfv4’ and ‘cfv4e’.
You can also use -mtune=68020-40 for code that needs to run relatively well on 68020, 68030 and 68040 targets. -mtune=68020-60 is similar but includes 68060 targets as well. These two options select the same tuning decisions as -m68020-40 and -m68020-60 respectively.
GCC defines the macros ‘__mcarch’ and ‘__mcarch__’ when tuning for 680x0 architecture arch. It also defines ‘mcarch’ unless either -ansi or a non-GNU -std option is used. If GCC is tuning for a range of architectures, as selected by -mtune=68020-40 or -mtune=68020-60, it defines the macros for every architecture in the range.
GCC also defines the macro ‘__muarch__’ when tuning for ColdFire microarchitecture uarch, where uarch is one of the arguments given above.
-m68000
-mc68000
Generate output for a 68000. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68000-based systems. It is equivalent to -march=68000.
Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000 core, including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
-m68010
Generate output for a 68010. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68010-based systems. It is equivalent to -march=68010.
-m68020
-mc68020
Generate output for a 68020. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68020-based systems. It is equivalent to -march=68020.
-m68030
Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68030-based systems. It is equivalent to -march=68030.
-m68040
Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68040-based systems. It is equivalent to -march=68040.
This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
-m68060
Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68060-based systems. It is equivalent to -march=68060.
This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
-mcpu32
Generate output for a CPU32. This is the default when the compiler is configured for CPU32-based systems. It is equivalent to -march=cpu32.
Use this option for microcontrollers with a CPU32 or CPU32+ core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334, 68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.
-m5200
Generate output for a 520X ColdFire CPU. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems. It is equivalent to -mcpu=5206, and is now deprecated in favor of that option.
Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including the MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5206.
-m5206e
Generate output for a 5206e ColdFire CPU. The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=5206e.
-m528x
Generate output for a member of the ColdFire 528X family. The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=528x.
-m5307
Generate output for a ColdFire 5307 CPU. The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=5307.
-m5407
Generate output for a ColdFire 5407 CPU. The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=5407.
-mcfv4e
Generate output for a ColdFire V4e family CPU (e.g. 547x/548x). This includes use of hardware floating-point instructions. The option is equivalent to -mcpu=547x, and is now deprecated in favor of that option.
-m68020-40
Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions. This results in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
The option is equivalent to -march=68020 -mtune=68020-40.
-m68020-60
Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions. This results in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
The option is equivalent to -march=68020 -mtune=68020-60.
-mhard-float
-m68881
Generate floating-point instructions. This is the default for 68020 and above, and for ColdFire devices that have an FPU. It defines the macro ‘__HAVE_68881__’ on M680x0 targets and ‘__mcffpu__’ on ColdFire targets.
-msoft-float
Do not generate floating-point instructions; use library calls instead. This is the default for 68000, 68010, and 68832 targets. It is also the default for ColdFire devices that have no FPU.
-mdiv
-mno-div
Generate (do not generate) ColdFire hardware divide and remainder instructions. If -march is used without -mcpu, the default is “on” for ColdFire architectures and “off” for M680x0 architectures. Otherwise, the default is taken from the target CPU (either the default CPU, or the one specified by -mcpu). For example, the default is “off” for -mcpu=5206 and “on” for -mcpu=5206e.
GCC defines the macro ‘__mcfhwdiv__’ when this option is enabled.
-mshort
Consider type int
to be 16 bits wide, like short int
.
Additionally, parameters passed on the stack are also aligned to a
16-bit boundary even on targets whose API mandates promotion to 32-bit.
-mno-short
Do not consider type int
to be 16 bits wide. This is the default.
-mnobitfield
-mno-bitfield
Do not use the bit-field instructions. The -m68000, -mcpu32 and -m5200 options imply -mnobitfield.
-mbitfield
Do use the bit-field instructions. The -m68020 option implies -mbitfield. This is the default if you use a configuration designed for a 68020.
-mrtd
Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
that take a fixed number of arguments return with the rtd
instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
the arguments there.
This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
take variable numbers of arguments (including printf
);
otherwise incorrect code is generated for calls to those
functions.
In addition, seriously incorrect code results if you call a function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are harmlessly ignored.)
The rtd
instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
68040, 68060 and CPU32 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
-mno-rtd
Do not use the calling conventions selected by -mrtd. This is the default.
-malign-int
-mno-align-int
Control whether GCC aligns int
, long
, long long
,
float
, double
, and long double
variables on a 32-bit
boundary (-malign-int) or a 16-bit boundary (-mno-align-int).
Aligning variables on 32-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more memory.
Warning: if you use the -malign-int switch, GCC aligns structures containing the above types differently than most published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
-mpcrel
Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of using a global offset table. At present, this option implies -fpic, allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. -fPIC is not presently supported with -mpcrel, though this could be supported for 68020 and higher processors.
-mno-strict-align
-mstrict-align
Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references are handled by the system.
-msep-data
Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute-in-place in an environment without virtual memory management. This option implies -fPIC.
-mno-sep-data
Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment. This is the default.
-mid-shared-library
Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method. This allows for execute-in-place and shared libraries in an environment without virtual memory management. This option implies -fPIC.
-mno-id-shared-library
Generate code that doesn’t assume ID-based shared libraries are being used. This is the default.
-mshared-library-id=n
Specifies the identification number of the ID-based shared library being compiled. Specifying a value of 0 generates more compact code; specifying other values forces the allocation of that number to the current library, but is no more space- or time-efficient than omitting this option.
-mxgot
-mno-xgot
When generating position-independent code for ColdFire, generate code that works if the GOT has more than 8192 entries. This code is larger and slower than code generated without this option. On M680x0 processors, this option is not needed; -fPIC suffices.
GCC normally uses a single instruction to load values from the GOT. While this is relatively efficient, it only works if the GOT is smaller than about 64k. Anything larger causes the linker to report an error such as:
relocation truncated to fit: R_68K_GOT16O foobar
If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot. It should then work with very large GOTs. However, code generated with -mxgot is less efficient, since it takes 4 instructions to fetch the value of a global symbol.
Note that some linkers, including newer versions of the GNU linker, can create multiple GOTs and sort GOT entries. If you have such a linker, you should only need to use -mxgot when compiling a single object file that accesses more than 8192 GOT entries. Very few do.
These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position-independent code.
Next: MeP Options, Previous: M680x0 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These are the ‘-m’ options defined for the Motorola M*Core processors.
-mhardlit
-mno-hardlit
Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two instructions or less.
-mdiv
-mno-div
Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default).
-mrelax-immediate
-mno-relax-immediate
Allow arbitrary-sized immediates in bit operations.
-mwide-bitfields
-mno-wide-bitfields
Always treat bit-fields as int
-sized.
-m4byte-functions
-mno-4byte-functions
Force all functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary.
-mcallgraph-data
-mno-callgraph-data
Emit callgraph information.
-mslow-bytes
-mno-slow-bytes
Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.
-mlittle-endian
-mbig-endian
Generate code for a little-endian target.
-m210
-m340
Generate code for the 210 processor.
-mno-lsim
Assume that runtime support has been provided and so omit the simulator library (libsim.a) from the linker command line.
-mstack-increment=size
Set the maximum amount for a single stack increment operation. Large values can increase the speed of programs that contain functions that need a large amount of stack space, but they can also trigger a segmentation fault if the stack is extended too much. The default value is 0x1000.
Next: MicroBlaze Options, Previous: MCore Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-mabsdiff
Enables the abs
instruction, which is the absolute difference
between two registers.
-mall-opts
Enables all the optional instructions—average, multiply, divide, bit operations, leading zero, absolute difference, min/max, clip, and saturation.
-maverage
Enables the ave
instruction, which computes the average of two
registers.
-mbased=n
Variables of size n bytes or smaller are placed in the
.based
section by default. Based variables use the $tp
register as a base register, and there is a 128-byte limit to the
.based
section.
-mbitops
Enables the bit operation instructions—bit test (btstm
), set
(bsetm
), clear (bclrm
), invert (bnotm
), and
test-and-set (tas
).
-mc=name
Selects which section constant data is placed in. name may
be tiny
, near
, or far
.
-mclip
Enables the clip
instruction. Note that -mclip
is not
useful unless you also provide -mminmax
.
-mconfig=name
Selects one of the built-in core configurations. Each MeP chip has
one or more modules in it; each module has a core CPU and a variety of
coprocessors, optional instructions, and peripherals. The
MeP-Integrator
tool, not part of GCC, provides these
configurations through this option; using this option is the same as
using all the corresponding command-line options. The default
configuration is default
.
-mcop
Enables the coprocessor instructions. By default, this is a 32-bit
coprocessor. Note that the coprocessor is normally enabled via the
-mconfig=
option.
-mcop32
Enables the 32-bit coprocessor’s instructions.
-mcop64
Enables the 64-bit coprocessor’s instructions.
-mivc2
Enables IVC2 scheduling. IVC2 is a 64-bit VLIW coprocessor.
-mdc
Causes constant variables to be placed in the .near
section.
-mdiv
Enables the div
and divu
instructions.
-meb
Generate big-endian code.
-mel
Generate little-endian code.
-mio-volatile
Tells the compiler that any variable marked with the io
attribute is to be considered volatile.
-ml
Causes variables to be assigned to the .far
section by default.
-mleadz
Enables the leadz
(leading zero) instruction.
-mm
Causes variables to be assigned to the .near
section by default.
-mminmax
Enables the min
and max
instructions.
-mmult
Enables the multiplication and multiply-accumulate instructions.
-mno-opts
Disables all the optional instructions enabled by -mall-opts
.
-mrepeat
Enables the repeat
and erepeat
instructions, used for
low-overhead looping.
-ms
Causes all variables to default to the .tiny
section. Note
that there is a 65536-byte limit to this section. Accesses to these
variables use the %gp
base register.
-msatur
Enables the saturation instructions. Note that the compiler does not
currently generate these itself, but this option is included for
compatibility with other tools, like as
.
-msdram
Link the SDRAM-based runtime instead of the default ROM-based runtime.
-msim
Link the simulator run-time libraries.
-msimnovec
Link the simulator runtime libraries, excluding built-in support for reset and exception vectors and tables.
-mtf
Causes all functions to default to the .far
section. Without
this option, functions default to the .near
section.
-mtiny=n
Variables that are n bytes or smaller are allocated to the
.tiny
section. These variables use the $gp
base
register. The default for this option is 4, but note that there’s a
65536-byte limit to the .tiny
section.
Next: MIPS Options, Previous: MeP Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-msoft-float
Use software emulation for floating point (default).
-mhard-float
Use hardware floating-point instructions.
-mmemcpy
Do not optimize block moves, use memcpy
.
-mno-clearbss
This option is deprecated. Use -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss instead.
-mcpu=cpu-type
Use features of, and schedule code for, the given CPU. Supported values are in the format ‘vX.YY.Z’, where X is a major version, YY is the minor version, and Z is compatibility code. Example values are ‘v3.00.a’, ‘v4.00.b’, ‘v5.00.a’, ‘v5.00.b’, ‘v5.00.b’, ‘v6.00.a’.
-mxl-soft-mul
Use software multiply emulation (default).
-mxl-soft-div
Use software emulation for divides (default).
-mxl-barrel-shift
Use the hardware barrel shifter.
-mxl-pattern-compare
Use pattern compare instructions.
-msmall-divides
Use table lookup optimization for small signed integer divisions.
-mxl-stack-check
This option is deprecated. Use -fstack-check instead.
-mxl-gp-opt
Use GP-relative .sdata
/.sbss
sections.
-mxl-multiply-high
Use multiply high instructions for high part of 32x32 multiply.
-mxl-float-convert
Use hardware floating-point conversion instructions.
-mxl-float-sqrt
Use hardware floating-point square root instruction.
-mbig-endian
Generate code for a big-endian target.
-mlittle-endian
Generate code for a little-endian target.
-mxl-reorder
Use reorder instructions (swap and byte reversed load/store).
-mxl-mode-app-model
Select application model app-model. Valid models are
normal executable (default), uses startup code crt0.o.
for use with Xilinx Microprocessor Debugger (XMD) based software intrusive debug agent called xmdstub. This uses startup file crt1.o and sets the start address of the program to 0x800.
for applications that are loaded using a bootloader. This model uses startup file crt2.o which does not contain a processor reset vector handler. This is suitable for transferring control on a processor reset to the bootloader rather than the application.
for applications that do not require any of the MicroBlaze vectors. This option may be useful for applications running within a monitoring application. This model uses crt3.o as a startup file.
Option -xl-mode-app-model is a deprecated alias for -mxl-mode-app-model.
Next: MMIX Options, Previous: MicroBlaze Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-EB
Generate big-endian code.
-EL
Generate little-endian code. This is the default for ‘mips*el-*-*’ configurations.
-march=arch
Generate code that runs on arch, which can be the name of a generic MIPS ISA, or the name of a particular processor. The ISA names are: ‘mips1’, ‘mips2’, ‘mips3’, ‘mips4’, ‘mips32’, ‘mips32r2’, ‘mips64’ and ‘mips64r2’. The processor names are: ‘4kc’, ‘4km’, ‘4kp’, ‘4ksc’, ‘4kec’, ‘4kem’, ‘4kep’, ‘4ksd’, ‘5kc’, ‘5kf’, ‘20kc’, ‘24kc’, ‘24kf2_1’, ‘24kf1_1’, ‘24kec’, ‘24kef2_1’, ‘24kef1_1’, ‘34kc’, ‘34kf2_1’, ‘34kf1_1’, ‘34kn’, ‘74kc’, ‘74kf2_1’, ‘74kf1_1’, ‘74kf3_2’, ‘1004kc’, ‘1004kf2_1’, ‘1004kf1_1’, ‘loongson2e’, ‘loongson2f’, ‘loongson3a’, ‘m4k’, ‘m14k’, ‘m14kc’, ‘m14ke’, ‘m14kec’, ‘octeon’, ‘octeon+’, ‘octeon2’, ‘orion’, ‘r2000’, ‘r3000’, ‘r3900’, ‘r4000’, ‘r4400’, ‘r4600’, ‘r4650’, ‘r4700’, ‘r6000’, ‘r8000’, ‘rm7000’, ‘rm9000’, ‘r10000’, ‘r12000’, ‘r14000’, ‘r16000’, ‘sb1’, ‘sr71000’, ‘vr4100’, ‘vr4111’, ‘vr4120’, ‘vr4130’, ‘vr4300’, ‘vr5000’, ‘vr5400’, ‘vr5500’, ‘xlr’ and ‘xlp’. The special value ‘from-abi’ selects the most compatible architecture for the selected ABI (that is, ‘mips1’ for 32-bit ABIs and ‘mips3’ for 64-bit ABIs).
The native Linux/GNU toolchain also supports the value ‘native’, which selects the best architecture option for the host processor. -march=native has no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor.
In processor names, a final ‘000’ can be abbreviated as ‘k’ (for example, -march=r2k). Prefixes are optional, and ‘vr’ may be written ‘r’.
Names of the form ‘nf2_1’ refer to processors with FPUs clocked at half the rate of the core, names of the form ‘nf1_1’ refer to processors with FPUs clocked at the same rate as the core, and names of the form ‘nf3_2’ refer to processors with FPUs clocked a ratio of 3:2 with respect to the core. For compatibility reasons, ‘nf’ is accepted as a synonym for ‘nf2_1’ while ‘nx’ and ‘bfx’ are accepted as synonyms for ‘nf1_1’.
GCC defines two macros based on the value of this option. The first is ‘_MIPS_ARCH’, which gives the name of target architecture, as a string. The second has the form ‘_MIPS_ARCH_foo’, where foo is the capitalized value of ‘_MIPS_ARCH’. For example, -march=r2000 sets ‘_MIPS_ARCH’ to ‘"r2000"’ and defines the macro ‘_MIPS_ARCH_R2000’.
Note that the ‘_MIPS_ARCH’ macro uses the processor names given above. In other words, it has the full prefix and does not abbreviate ‘000’ as ‘k’. In the case of ‘from-abi’, the macro names the resolved architecture (either ‘"mips1"’ or ‘"mips3"’). It names the default architecture when no -march option is given.
-mtune=arch
Optimize for arch. Among other things, this option controls the way instructions are scheduled, and the perceived cost of arithmetic operations. The list of arch values is the same as for -march.
When this option is not used, GCC optimizes for the processor specified by -march. By using -march and -mtune together, it is possible to generate code that runs on a family of processors, but optimize the code for one particular member of that family.
-mtune defines the macros ‘_MIPS_TUNE’ and ‘_MIPS_TUNE_foo’, which work in the same way as the -march ones described above.
-mips1
Equivalent to -march=mips1.
-mips2
Equivalent to -march=mips2.
-mips3
Equivalent to -march=mips3.
-mips4
Equivalent to -march=mips4.
-mips32
Equivalent to -march=mips32.
-mips32r2
Equivalent to -march=mips32r2.
-mips64
Equivalent to -march=mips64.
-mips64r2
Equivalent to -march=mips64r2.
-mips16
-mno-mips16
Generate (do not generate) MIPS16 code. If GCC is targeting a MIPS32 or MIPS64 architecture, it makes use of the MIPS16e ASE.
MIPS16 code generation can also be controlled on a per-function basis
by means of mips16
and nomips16
attributes.
See Function Attributes, for more information.
-mflip-mips16
Generate MIPS16 code on alternating functions. This option is provided for regression testing of mixed MIPS16/non-MIPS16 code generation, and is not intended for ordinary use in compiling user code.
-minterlink-compressed
-mno-interlink-compressed
Require (do not require) that code using the standard (uncompressed) MIPS ISA be link-compatible with MIPS16 and microMIPS code, and vice versa.
For example, code using the standard ISA encoding cannot jump directly to MIPS16 or microMIPS code; it must either use a call or an indirect jump. -minterlink-compressed therefore disables direct jumps unless GCC knows that the target of the jump is not compressed.
-minterlink-mips16
-mno-interlink-mips16
Aliases of -minterlink-compressed and -mno-interlink-compressed. These options predate the microMIPS ASE and are retained for backwards compatibility.
-mabi=32
-mabi=o64
-mabi=n32
-mabi=64
-mabi=eabi
Generate code for the given ABI.
Note that the EABI has a 32-bit and a 64-bit variant. GCC normally generates 64-bit code when you select a 64-bit architecture, but you can use -mgp32 to get 32-bit code instead.
For information about the O64 ABI, see http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/mipso64-abi.html.
GCC supports a variant of the o32 ABI in which floating-point registers
are 64 rather than 32 bits wide. You can select this combination with
-mabi=32 -mfp64. This ABI relies on the mthc1
and mfhc1
instructions and is therefore only supported for
MIPS32R2 processors.
The register assignments for arguments and return values remain the same, but each scalar value is passed in a single 64-bit register rather than a pair of 32-bit registers. For example, scalar floating-point values are returned in ‘$f0’ only, not a ‘$f0’/‘$f1’ pair. The set of call-saved registers also remains the same, but all 64 bits are saved.
-mabicalls
-mno-abicalls
Generate (do not generate) code that is suitable for SVR4-style dynamic objects. -mabicalls is the default for SVR4-based systems.
-mshared
-mno-shared
Generate (do not generate) code that is fully position-independent, and that can therefore be linked into shared libraries. This option only affects -mabicalls.
All -mabicalls code has traditionally been position-independent, regardless of options like -fPIC and -fpic. However, as an extension, the GNU toolchain allows executables to use absolute accesses for locally-binding symbols. It can also use shorter GP initialization sequences and generate direct calls to locally-defined functions. This mode is selected by -mno-shared.
-mno-shared depends on binutils 2.16 or higher and generates objects that can only be linked by the GNU linker. However, the option does not affect the ABI of the final executable; it only affects the ABI of relocatable objects. Using -mno-shared generally makes executables both smaller and quicker.
-mshared is the default.
-mplt
-mno-plt
Assume (do not assume) that the static and dynamic linkers support PLTs and copy relocations. This option only affects -mno-shared -mabicalls. For the n64 ABI, this option has no effect without -msym32.
You can make -mplt the default by configuring GCC with --with-mips-plt. The default is -mno-plt otherwise.
-mxgot
-mno-xgot
Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global offset table.
GCC normally uses a single instruction to load values from the GOT. While this is relatively efficient, it only works if the GOT is smaller than about 64k. Anything larger causes the linker to report an error such as:
relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 foobar
If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot. This works with very large GOTs, although the code is also less efficient, since it takes three instructions to fetch the value of a global symbol.
Note that some linkers can create multiple GOTs. If you have such a linker, you should only need to use -mxgot when a single object file accesses more than 64k’s worth of GOT entries. Very few do.
These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position independent code.
-mgp32
Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide.
-mgp64
Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide.
-mfp32
Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide.
-mfp64
Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide.
-mhard-float
Use floating-point coprocessor instructions.
-msoft-float
Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions. Implement floating-point calculations using library calls instead.
-mno-float
Equivalent to -msoft-float, but additionally asserts that the
program being compiled does not perform any floating-point operations.
This option is presently supported only by some bare-metal MIPS
configurations, where it may select a special set of libraries
that lack all floating-point support (including, for example, the
floating-point printf
formats).
If code compiled with -mno-float
accidentally contains
floating-point operations, it is likely to suffer a link-time
or run-time failure.
-msingle-float
Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-precision operations.
-mdouble-float
Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-precision operations. This is the default.
-mabs=2008
-mabs=legacy
These options control the treatment of the special not-a-number (NaN)
IEEE 754 floating-point data with the abs.fmt
and
neg.fmt
machine instructions.
By default or when the -mabs=legacy is used the legacy treatment is selected. In this case these instructions are considered arithmetic and avoided where correct operation is required and the input operand might be a NaN. A longer sequence of instructions that manipulate the sign bit of floating-point datum manually is used instead unless the -ffinite-math-only option has also been specified.
The -mabs=2008 option selects the IEEE 754-2008 treatment. In this case these instructions are considered non-arithmetic and therefore operating correctly in all cases, including in particular where the input operand is a NaN. These instructions are therefore always used for the respective operations.
-mnan=2008
-mnan=legacy
These options control the encoding of the special not-a-number (NaN) IEEE 754 floating-point data.
The -mnan=legacy option selects the legacy encoding. In this case quiet NaNs (qNaNs) are denoted by the first bit of their trailing significand field being 0, whereas signalling NaNs (sNaNs) are denoted by the first bit of their trailing significand field being 1.
The -mnan=2008 option selects the IEEE 754-2008 encoding. In this case qNaNs are denoted by the first bit of their trailing significand field being 1, whereas sNaNs are denoted by the first bit of their trailing significand field being 0.
The default is -mnan=legacy unless GCC has been configured with --with-nan=2008.
-mllsc
-mno-llsc
Use (do not use) ‘ll’, ‘sc’, and ‘sync’ instructions to implement atomic memory built-in functions. When neither option is specified, GCC uses the instructions if the target architecture supports them.
-mllsc is useful if the runtime environment can emulate the instructions and -mno-llsc can be useful when compiling for nonstandard ISAs. You can make either option the default by configuring GCC with --with-llsc and --without-llsc respectively. --with-llsc is the default for some configurations; see the installation documentation for details.
-mdsp
-mno-dsp
Use (do not use) revision 1 of the MIPS DSP ASE. See MIPS DSP Built-in Functions. This option defines the preprocessor macro ‘__mips_dsp’. It also defines ‘__mips_dsp_rev’ to 1.
-mdspr2
-mno-dspr2
Use (do not use) revision 2 of the MIPS DSP ASE. See MIPS DSP Built-in Functions. This option defines the preprocessor macros ‘__mips_dsp’ and ‘__mips_dspr2’. It also defines ‘__mips_dsp_rev’ to 2.
-msmartmips
-mno-smartmips
Use (do not use) the MIPS SmartMIPS ASE.
-mpaired-single
-mno-paired-single
Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions. See MIPS Paired-Single Support. This option requires hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
-mdmx
-mno-mdmx
Use (do not use) MIPS Digital Media Extension instructions. This option can only be used when generating 64-bit code and requires hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
-mips3d
-mno-mips3d
Use (do not use) the MIPS-3D ASE. See MIPS-3D Built-in Functions. The option -mips3d implies -mpaired-single.
-mmicromips
-mno-micromips
Generate (do not generate) microMIPS code.
MicroMIPS code generation can also be controlled on a per-function basis
by means of micromips
and nomicromips
attributes.
See Function Attributes, for more information.
-mmt
-mno-mt
Use (do not use) MT Multithreading instructions.
-mmcu
-mno-mcu
Use (do not use) the MIPS MCU ASE instructions.
-meva
-mno-eva
Use (do not use) the MIPS Enhanced Virtual Addressing instructions.
-mvirt
-mno-virt
Use (do not use) the MIPS Virtualization Application Specific instructions.
-mlong64
Force long
types to be 64 bits wide. See -mlong32 for
an explanation of the default and the way that the pointer size is
determined.
-mlong32
Force long
, int
, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
The default size of int
s, long
s and pointers depends on
the ABI. All the supported ABIs use 32-bit int
s. The n64 ABI
uses 64-bit long
s, as does the 64-bit EABI; the others use
32-bit long
s. Pointers are the same size as long
s,
or the same size as integer registers, whichever is smaller.
-msym32
-mno-sym32
Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32-bit values, regardless of the selected ABI. This option is useful in combination with -mabi=64 and -mno-abicalls because it allows GCC to generate shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses.
-G num
Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section if that data is no bigger than num bytes. GCC can then generate more efficient accesses to the data; see -mgpopt for details.
The default -G option depends on the configuration.
-mlocal-sdata
-mno-local-sdata
Extend (do not extend) the -G behavior to local data too, such as to static variables in C. -mlocal-sdata is the default for all configurations.
If the linker complains that an application is using too much small data, you might want to try rebuilding the less performance-critical parts with -mno-local-sdata. You might also want to build large libraries with -mno-local-sdata, so that the libraries leave more room for the main program.
-mextern-sdata
-mno-extern-sdata
Assume (do not assume) that externally-defined data is in a small data section if the size of that data is within the -G limit. -mextern-sdata is the default for all configurations.
If you compile a module Mod with -mextern-sdata -G
num -mgpopt, and Mod references a variable Var
that is no bigger than num bytes, you must make sure that Var
is placed in a small data section. If Var is defined by another
module, you must either compile that module with a high-enough
-G setting or attach a section
attribute to Var’s
definition. If Var is common, you must link the application
with a high-enough -G setting.
The easiest way of satisfying these restrictions is to compile and link every module with the same -G option. However, you may wish to build a library that supports several different small data limits. You can do this by compiling the library with the highest supported -G setting and additionally using -mno-extern-sdata to stop the library from making assumptions about externally-defined data.
-mgpopt
-mno-gpopt
Use (do not use) GP-relative accesses for symbols that are known to be in a small data section; see -G, -mlocal-sdata and -mextern-sdata. -mgpopt is the default for all configurations.
-mno-gpopt is useful for cases where the $gp
register
might not hold the value of _gp
. For example, if the code is
part of a library that might be used in a boot monitor, programs that
call boot monitor routines pass an unknown value in $gp
.
(In such situations, the boot monitor itself is usually compiled
with -G0.)
-mno-gpopt implies -mno-local-sdata and -mno-extern-sdata.
-membedded-data
-mno-embedded-data
Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of RAM required when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems.
-muninit-const-in-rodata
-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
Put uninitialized const
variables in the read-only data section.
This option is only meaningful in conjunction with -membedded-data.
-mcode-readable=setting
Specify whether GCC may generate code that reads from executable sections. There are three possible settings:
-mcode-readable=yes
Instructions may freely access executable sections. This is the default setting.
-mcode-readable=pcrel
MIPS16 PC-relative load instructions can access executable sections, but other instructions must not do so. This option is useful on 4KSc and 4KSd processors when the code TLBs have the Read Inhibit bit set. It is also useful on processors that can be configured to have a dual instruction/data SRAM interface and that, like the M4K, automatically redirect PC-relative loads to the instruction RAM.
-mcode-readable=no
Instructions must not access executable sections. This option can be useful on targets that are configured to have a dual instruction/data SRAM interface but that (unlike the M4K) do not automatically redirect PC-relative loads to the instruction RAM.
-msplit-addresses
-mno-split-addresses
Enable (disable) use of the %hi()
and %lo()
assembler
relocation operators. This option has been superseded by
-mexplicit-relocs but is retained for backwards compatibility.
-mexplicit-relocs
-mno-explicit-relocs
Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic addresses. The alternative, selected by -mno-explicit-relocs, is to use assembler macros instead.
-mexplicit-relocs is the default if GCC was configured to use an assembler that supports relocation operators.
-mcheck-zero-division
-mno-check-zero-division
Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero.
The default is -mcheck-zero-division.
-mdivide-traps
-mdivide-breaks
MIPS systems check for division by zero by generating either a
conditional trap or a break instruction. Using traps results in
smaller code, but is only supported on MIPS II and later. Also, some
versions of the Linux kernel have a bug that prevents trap from
generating the proper signal (SIGFPE
). Use -mdivide-traps to
allow conditional traps on architectures that support them and
-mdivide-breaks to force the use of breaks.
The default is usually -mdivide-traps, but this can be overridden at configure time using --with-divide=breaks. Divide-by-zero checks can be completely disabled using -mno-check-zero-division.
-mmemcpy
-mno-memcpy
Force (do not force) the use of memcpy()
for non-trivial block
moves. The default is -mno-memcpy, which allows GCC to inline
most constant-sized copies.
-mlong-calls
-mno-long-calls
Disable (do not disable) use of the jal
instruction. Calling
functions using jal
is more efficient but requires the caller
and callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment.
This option has no effect on abicalls code. The default is -mno-long-calls.
-mmad
-mno-mad
Enable (disable) use of the mad
, madu
and mul
instructions, as provided by the R4650 ISA.
-mimadd
-mno-imadd
Enable (disable) use of the madd
and msub
integer
instructions. The default is -mimadd on architectures
that support madd
and msub
except for the 74k
architecture where it was found to generate slower code.
-mfused-madd
-mno-fused-madd
Enable (disable) use of the floating-point multiply-accumulate instructions, when they are available. The default is -mfused-madd.
On the R8000 CPU when multiply-accumulate instructions are used, the intermediate product is calculated to infinite precision and is not subject to the FCSR Flush to Zero bit. This may be undesirable in some circumstances. On other processors the result is numerically identical to the equivalent computation using separate multiply, add, subtract and negate instructions.
-nocpp
Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user assembler files (with a ‘.s’ suffix) when assembling them.
-mfix-24k
-mno-fix-24k
Work around the 24K E48 (lost data on stores during refill) errata. The workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC.
-mfix-r4000
-mno-fix-r4000
Work around certain R4000 CPU errata:
-mfix-r4400
-mno-fix-r4400
Work around certain R4400 CPU errata:
-mfix-r10000
-mno-fix-r10000
Work around certain R10000 errata:
ll
/sc
sequences may not behave atomically on revisions
prior to 3.0. They may deadlock on revisions 2.6 and earlier.
This option can only be used if the target architecture supports branch-likely instructions. -mfix-r10000 is the default when -march=r10000 is used; -mno-fix-r10000 is the default otherwise.
-mfix-rm7000
-mno-fix-rm7000
Work around the RM7000 dmult
/dmultu
errata. The
workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC.
-mfix-vr4120
-mno-fix-vr4120
Work around certain VR4120 errata:
dmultu
does not always produce the correct result.
div
and ddiv
do not always produce the correct result if one
of the operands is negative.
The workarounds for the division errata rely on special functions in
libgcc.a. At present, these functions are only provided by
the mips64vr*-elf
configurations.
Other VR4120 errata require a NOP to be inserted between certain pairs of instructions. These errata are handled by the assembler, not by GCC itself.
-mfix-vr4130
Work around the VR4130 mflo
/mfhi
errata. The
workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC,
although GCC avoids using mflo
and mfhi
if the
VR4130 macc
, macchi
, dmacc
and dmacchi
instructions are available instead.
-mfix-sb1
-mno-fix-sb1
Work around certain SB-1 CPU core errata. (This flag currently works around the SB-1 revision 2 “F1” and “F2” floating-point errata.)
-mr10k-cache-barrier=setting
Specify whether GCC should insert cache barriers to avoid the side-effects of speculation on R10K processors.
In common with many processors, the R10K tries to predict the outcome of a conditional branch and speculatively executes instructions from the “taken” branch. It later aborts these instructions if the predicted outcome is wrong. However, on the R10K, even aborted instructions can have side effects.
This problem only affects kernel stores and, depending on the system, kernel loads. As an example, a speculatively-executed store may load the target memory into cache and mark the cache line as dirty, even if the store itself is later aborted. If a DMA operation writes to the same area of memory before the “dirty” line is flushed, the cached data overwrites the DMA-ed data. See the R10K processor manual for a full description, including other potential problems.
One workaround is to insert cache barrier instructions before every memory access that might be speculatively executed and that might have side effects even if aborted. -mr10k-cache-barrier=setting controls GCC’s implementation of this workaround. It assumes that aborted accesses to any byte in the following regions does not have side effects:
It is the kernel’s responsibility to ensure that speculative accesses to these regions are indeed safe.
If the input program contains a function declaration such as:
void foo (void);
then the implementation of foo
must allow j foo
and
jal foo
to be executed speculatively. GCC honors this
restriction for functions it compiles itself. It expects non-GCC
functions (such as hand-written assembly code) to do the same.
The option has three forms:
-mr10k-cache-barrier=load-store
Insert a cache barrier before a load or store that might be speculatively executed and that might have side effects even if aborted.
-mr10k-cache-barrier=store
Insert a cache barrier before a store that might be speculatively executed and that might have side effects even if aborted.
-mr10k-cache-barrier=none
Disable the insertion of cache barriers. This is the default setting.
-mflush-func=func
-mno-flush-func
Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to not
call any such function. If called, the function must take the same
arguments as the common _flush_func()
, that is, the address of the
memory range for which the cache is being flushed, the size of the
memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches). The default
depends on the target GCC was configured for, but commonly is either
‘_flush_func’ or ‘__cpu_flush’.
mbranch-cost=num
Set the cost of branches to roughly num “simple” instructions. This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce consistent results across releases. A zero cost redundantly selects the default, which is based on the -mtune setting.
-mbranch-likely
-mno-branch-likely
Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of the default for the selected architecture. By default, Branch Likely instructions may be generated if they are supported by the selected architecture. An exception is for the MIPS32 and MIPS64 architectures and processors that implement those architectures; for those, Branch Likely instructions are not be generated by default because the MIPS32 and MIPS64 architectures specifically deprecate their use.
-mfp-exceptions
-mno-fp-exceptions
Specifies whether FP exceptions are enabled. This affects how FP instructions are scheduled for some processors. The default is that FP exceptions are enabled.
For instance, on the SB-1, if FP exceptions are disabled, and we are emitting 64-bit code, then we can use both FP pipes. Otherwise, we can only use one FP pipe.
-mvr4130-align
-mno-vr4130-align
The VR4130 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two instructions together if the first one is 8-byte aligned. When this option is enabled, GCC aligns pairs of instructions that it thinks should execute in parallel.
This option only has an effect when optimizing for the VR4130. It normally makes code faster, but at the expense of making it bigger. It is enabled by default at optimization level -O3.
-msynci
-mno-synci
Enable (disable) generation of synci
instructions on
architectures that support it. The synci
instructions (if
enabled) are generated when __builtin___clear_cache()
is
compiled.
This option defaults to -mno-synci
, but the default can be
overridden by configuring with --with-synci
.
When compiling code for single processor systems, it is generally safe
to use synci
. However, on many multi-core (SMP) systems, it
does not invalidate the instruction caches on all cores and may lead
to undefined behavior.
-mrelax-pic-calls
-mno-relax-pic-calls
Try to turn PIC calls that are normally dispatched via register
$25
into direct calls. This is only possible if the linker can
resolve the destination at link-time and if the destination is within
range for a direct call.
-mrelax-pic-calls is the default if GCC was configured to use
an assembler and a linker that support the .reloc
assembly
directive and -mexplicit-relocs
is in effect. With
-mno-explicit-relocs
, this optimization can be performed by the
assembler and the linker alone without help from the compiler.
-mmcount-ra-address
-mno-mcount-ra-address
Emit (do not emit) code that allows _mcount
to modify the
calling function’s return address. When enabled, this option extends
the usual _mcount
interface with a new ra-address
parameter, which has type intptr_t *
and is passed in register
$12
. _mcount
can then modify the return address by
doing both of the following:
$31
.
*ra-address
,
if ra-address is nonnull.
The default is -mno-mcount-ra-address.
Next: MN10300 Options, Previous: MIPS Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for the MMIX:
-mlibfuncs
-mno-libfuncs
Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled, passing all values in registers, no matter the size.
-mepsilon
-mno-epsilon
Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with respect
to the rE
epsilon register.
-mabi=mmixware
-mabi=gnu
Generate code that passes function parameters and return values that (in
the called function) are seen as registers $0
and up, as opposed to
the GNU ABI which uses global registers $231
and up.
-mzero-extend
-mno-zero-extend
When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use (do not use) zero-extending load instructions by default, rather than sign-extending ones.
-mknuthdiv
-mno-knuthdiv
Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same sign as the divisor. With the default, -mno-knuthdiv, the sign of the remainder follows the sign of the dividend. Both methods are arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively used.
-mtoplevel-symbols
-mno-toplevel-symbols
Prepend (do not prepend) a ‘:’ to all global symbols, so the assembly
code can be used with the PREFIX
assembly directive.
-melf
Generate an executable in the ELF format, rather than the default
‘mmo’ format used by the mmix
simulator.
-mbranch-predict
-mno-branch-predict
Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static branch prediction indicates a probable branch.
-mbase-addresses
-mno-base-addresses
Generate (do not generate) code that uses base addresses. Using a base address automatically generates a request (handled by the assembler and the linker) for a constant to be set up in a global register. The register is used for one or more base address requests within the range 0 to 255 from the value held in the register. The generally leads to short and fast code, but the number of different data items that can be addressed is limited. This means that a program that uses lots of static data may require -mno-base-addresses.
-msingle-exit
-mno-single-exit
Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in each function.
Next: Moxie Options, Previous: MMIX Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These -m options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 architectures:
-mmult-bug
Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300 processors. This is the default.
-mno-mult-bug
Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300 processors.
-mam33
Generate code using features specific to the AM33 processor.
-mno-am33
Do not generate code using features specific to the AM33 processor. This is the default.
-mam33-2
Generate code using features specific to the AM33/2.0 processor.
-mam34
Generate code using features specific to the AM34 processor.
-mtune=cpu-type
Use the timing characteristics of the indicated CPU type when scheduling instructions. This does not change the targeted processor type. The CPU type must be one of ‘mn10300’, ‘am33’, ‘am33-2’ or ‘am34’.
-mreturn-pointer-on-d0
When generating a function that returns a pointer, return the pointer
in both a0
and d0
. Otherwise, the pointer is returned
only in a0
, and attempts to call such functions without a prototype
result in errors. Note that this option is on by default; use
-mno-return-pointer-on-d0 to disable it.
-mno-crt0
Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.
-mrelax
Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
-mliw
Allow the compiler to generate Long Instruction Word instructions if the target is the ‘AM33’ or later. This is the default. This option defines the preprocessor macro ‘__LIW__’.
-mnoliw
Do not allow the compiler to generate Long Instruction Word instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro ‘__NO_LIW__’.
-msetlb
Allow the compiler to generate the SETLB and Lcc instructions if the target is the ‘AM33’ or later. This is the default. This option defines the preprocessor macro ‘__SETLB__’.
-mnosetlb
Do not allow the compiler to generate SETLB or Lcc instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro ‘__NO_SETLB__’.
Next: MSP430 Options, Previous: MN10300 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-meb
Generate big-endian code. This is the default for ‘moxie-*-*’ configurations.
-mel
Generate little-endian code.
-mno-crt0
Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.
Next: NDS32 Options, Previous: Moxie Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for the MSP430:
-masm-hex
Force assembly output to always use hex constants. Normally such constants are signed decimals, but this option is available for testsuite and/or aesthetic purposes.
-mmcu=
Select the MCU to target. This is used to create a C preprocessor
symbol based upon the MCU name, converted to upper case and pre- and
post- fixed with __
. This in turn will be used by the
msp430.h
header file to select an MCU specific supplimentary
header file.
The option also sets the ISA to use. If the MCU name is one that is
known to only support the 430 ISA then that is selected, otherwise the
430X ISA is selected. A generic MCU name of msp430
can also be
used to select the 430 ISA. Similarly the generic msp430x
MCU
name will select the 430X ISA.
In addition an MCU specific linker script will be added to the linker
command line. The script’s name is the name of the MCU with
.ld
appended. Thus specifying -mmcu=xxx on the gcc
command line will define the C preprocessor symbol __XXX__
and
cause the linker to search for a script called xxx.ld.
This option is also passed on to the assembler.
-mcpu=
Specifies the ISA to use. Accepted values are msp430
,
msp430x
and msp430xv2
. This option is deprecated. The
-mmcu= option should be used to select the ISA.
-msim
Link to the simulator runtime libraries and linker script. Overrides any scripts that would be selected by the -mmcu= option.
-mlarge
Use large-model addressing (20-bit pointers, 32-bit size_t
).
-msmall
Use small-model addressing (16-bit pointers, 16-bit size_t
).
-mrelax
This option is passed to the assembler and linker, and allows the linker to perform certain optimizations that cannot be done until the final link.
mhwmult=
Describes the type of hardware multiply supported by the target.
Accepted values are none
for no hardware multiply, 16bit
for the original 16-bit-only multiply supported by early MCUs.
32bit
for the 16/32-bit multiply supported by later MCUs and
f5series
for the 16/32-bit multiply supported by F5-series MCUs.
A value of auto
can also be given. This tells GCC to deduce
the hardware multiply support based upon the MCU name provided by the
-mmcu option. If no -mmcu option is specified then
32bit
hardware multiply support is assumed. auto
is the
default setting.
Hardware multiplies are normally performed by calling a library
routine. This saves space in the generated code. When compiling at
-O3
or higher however the hardware multiplier is invoked
inline. This makes for bigger, but faster code.
The hardware multiply routines disable interrupts whilst running and restore the previous interrupt state when they finish. This makes them safe to use inside interrupt handlers as well as in normal code.
-minrt
Enable the use of a minimum runtime environment - no static initializers or constructors. This is intended for memory-constrained devices. The compiler will include special symbols in some objects that tell the linker and runtime which code fragments are required.
Next: Nios II Options, Previous: MSP430 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for NDS32 implementations:
-mbig-endian
Generate code in big-endian mode.
-mlittle-endian
Generate code in little-endian mode.
-mreduced-regs
Use reduced-set registers for register allocation.
-mfull-regs
Use full-set registers for register allocation.
-mcmov
Generate conditional move instructions.
-mno-cmov
Do not generate conditional move instructions.
-mperf-ext
Generate performance extension instructions.
-mno-perf-ext
Do not generate performance extension instructions.
-mv3push
Generate v3 push25/pop25 instructions.
-mno-v3push
Do not generate v3 push25/pop25 instructions.
-m16-bit
Generate 16-bit instructions.
-mno-16-bit
Do not generate 16-bit instructions.
-mgp-direct
Generate GP base instructions directly.
-mno-gp-direct
Do no generate GP base instructions directly.
-misr-vector-size=num
Specify the size of each interrupt vector, which must be 4 or 16.
-mcache-block-size=num
Specify the size of each cache block, which must be a power of 2 between 4 and 512.
-march=arch
Specify the name of the target architecture.
-mforce-fp-as-gp
Prevent $fp being allocated during register allocation so that compiler is able to force performing fp-as-gp optimization.
-mforbid-fp-as-gp
Forbid using $fp to access static and global variables. This option strictly forbids fp-as-gp optimization regardless of -mforce-fp-as-gp.
-mex9
Use special directives to guide linker doing ex9 optimization.
-mctor-dtor
Enable constructor/destructor feature.
-mrelax
Guide linker to relax instructions.
Next: PDP-11 Options, Previous: NDS32 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These are the options defined for the Altera Nios II processor.
-G num
Put global and static objects less than or equal to num bytes into the small data or BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS sections. The default value of num is 8.
-mgpopt
-mno-gpopt
Generate (do not generate) GP-relative accesses for objects in the small data or BSS sections. The default is -mgpopt except when -fpic or -fPIC is specified to generate position-independent code. Note that the Nios II ABI does not permit GP-relative accesses from shared libraries.
You may need to specify -mno-gpopt explicitly when building programs that include large amounts of small data, including large GOT data sections. In this case, the 16-bit offset for GP-relative addressing may not be large enough to allow access to the entire small data section.
-mel
-meb
Generate little-endian (default) or big-endian (experimental) code, respectively.
-mbypass-cache
-mno-bypass-cache
Force all load and store instructions to always bypass cache by using I/O variants of the instructions. The default is not to bypass the cache.
-mno-cache-volatile
-mcache-volatile
Volatile memory access bypass the cache using the I/O variants of the load and store instructions. The default is not to bypass the cache.
-mno-fast-sw-div
-mfast-sw-div
Do not use table-based fast divide for small numbers. The default is to use the fast divide at -O3 and above.
-mno-hw-mul
-mhw-mul
-mno-hw-mulx
-mhw-mulx
-mno-hw-div
-mhw-div
Enable or disable emitting mul
, mulx
and div
family of
instructions by the compiler. The default is to emit mul
and not emit div
and mulx
.
-mcustom-insn=N
-mno-custom-insn
Each -mcustom-insn=N option enables use of a
custom instruction with encoding N when generating code that uses
insn. For example, -mcustom-fadds=253
generates custom
instruction 253 for single-precision floating-point add operations instead
of the default behavior of using a library call.
The following values of insn are supported. Except as otherwise noted, floating-point operations are expected to be implemented with normal IEEE 754 semantics and correspond directly to the C operators or the equivalent GCC built-in functions (see Other Builtins).
Single-precision floating point:
Binary arithmetic operations.
Unary negation.
Unary absolute value.
Comparison operations.
Floating-point minimum and maximum. These instructions are only generated if -ffinite-math-only is specified.
Unary square root operation.
Floating-point trigonometric and exponential functions. These instructions are only generated if -funsafe-math-optimizations is also specified.
Double-precision floating point:
Binary arithmetic operations.
Unary negation.
Unary absolute value.
Comparison operations.
Double-precision minimum and maximum. These instructions are only generated if -ffinite-math-only is specified.
Unary square root operation.
Double-precision trigonometric and exponential functions. These instructions are only generated if -funsafe-math-optimizations is also specified.
Conversions:
Conversion from single precision to double precision.
Conversion from double precision to single precision.
Conversion from floating point to signed or unsigned integer types, with truncation towards zero.
Conversion from signed or unsigned integer types to floating-point types.
In addition, all of the following transfer instructions for internal registers X and Y must be provided to use any of the double-precision floating-point instructions. Custom instructions taking two double-precision source operands expect the first operand in the 64-bit register X. The other operand (or only operand of a unary operation) is given to the custom arithmetic instruction with the least significant half in source register src1 and the most significant half in src2. A custom instruction that returns a double-precision result returns the most significant 32 bits in the destination register and the other half in 32-bit register Y. GCC automatically generates the necessary code sequences to write register X and/or read register Y when double-precision floating-point instructions are used.
Write src1 into the least significant half of X and src2 into the most significant half of X.
Write src1 into Y.
Read the most or least (respectively) significant half of X and store it in dest.
Read the value of Y and store it into dest.
Note that you can gain more local control over generation of Nios II custom
instructions by using the target("custom-insn=N")
and target("no-custom-insn")
function attributes
(see Function Attributes)
or pragmas (see Function Specific Option Pragmas).
-mcustom-fpu-cfg=name
This option enables a predefined, named set of custom instruction encodings (see -mcustom-insn above). Currently, the following sets are defined:
-mcustom-fpu-cfg=60-1 is equivalent to:
-mcustom-fmuls=252 -mcustom-fadds=253 -mcustom-fsubs=254 -fsingle-precision-constant
-mcustom-fpu-cfg=60-2 is equivalent to:
-mcustom-fmuls=252 -mcustom-fadds=253 -mcustom-fsubs=254 -mcustom-fdivs=255 -fsingle-precision-constant
-mcustom-fpu-cfg=72-3 is equivalent to:
-mcustom-floatus=243 -mcustom-fixsi=244 -mcustom-floatis=245 -mcustom-fcmpgts=246 -mcustom-fcmples=249 -mcustom-fcmpeqs=250 -mcustom-fcmpnes=251 -mcustom-fmuls=252 -mcustom-fadds=253 -mcustom-fsubs=254 -mcustom-fdivs=255 -fsingle-precision-constant
Custom instruction assignments given by individual -mcustom-insn= options override those given by -mcustom-fpu-cfg=, regardless of the order of the options on the command line.
Note that you can gain more local control over selection of a FPU
configuration by using the target("custom-fpu-cfg=name")
function attribute (see Function Attributes)
or pragma (see Function Specific Option Pragmas).
These additional ‘-m’ options are available for the Altera Nios II ELF (bare-metal) target:
-mhal
Link with HAL BSP. This suppresses linking with the GCC-provided C runtime startup and termination code, and is typically used in conjunction with -msys-crt0= to specify the location of the alternate startup code provided by the HAL BSP.
-msmallc
Link with a limited version of the C library, -lsmallc, rather than Newlib.
-msys-crt0=startfile
startfile is the file name of the startfile (crt0) to use when linking. This option is only useful in conjunction with -mhal.
-msys-lib=systemlib
systemlib is the library name of the library that provides
low-level system calls required by the C library,
e.g. read
and write
.
This option is typically used to link with a library provided by a HAL BSP.
Next: picoChip Options, Previous: Nios II Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for the PDP-11:
-mfpu
Use hardware FPP floating point. This is the default. (FIS floating point on the PDP-11/40 is not supported.)
-msoft-float
Do not use hardware floating point.
-mac0
Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler syntax).
-mno-ac0
Return floating-point results in memory. This is the default.
-m40
Generate code for a PDP-11/40.
-m45
Generate code for a PDP-11/45. This is the default.
-m10
Generate code for a PDP-11/10.
-mbcopy-builtin
Use inline movmemhi
patterns for copying memory. This is the
default.
-mbcopy
Do not use inline movmemhi
patterns for copying memory.
-mint16
-mno-int32
Use 16-bit int
. This is the default.
-mint32
-mno-int16
Use 32-bit int
.
-mfloat64
-mno-float32
Use 64-bit float
. This is the default.
-mfloat32
-mno-float64
Use 32-bit float
.
-mabshi
Use abshi2
pattern. This is the default.
-mno-abshi
Do not use abshi2
pattern.
-mbranch-expensive
Pretend that branches are expensive. This is for experimenting with code generation only.
-mbranch-cheap
Do not pretend that branches are expensive. This is the default.
-munix-asm
Use Unix assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for ‘pdp11-*-bsd’.
-mdec-asm
Use DEC assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for any PDP-11 target other than ‘pdp11-*-bsd’.
Next: PowerPC Options, Previous: PDP-11 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for picoChip implementations:
-mae=ae_type
Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters for array element type ae_type. Supported values for ae_type are ‘ANY’, ‘MUL’, and ‘MAC’.
-mae=ANY selects a completely generic AE type. Code generated with this option runs on any of the other AE types. The code is not as efficient as it would be if compiled for a specific AE type, and some types of operation (e.g., multiplication) do not work properly on all types of AE.
-mae=MUL selects a MUL AE type. This is the most useful AE type for compiled code, and is the default.
-mae=MAC selects a DSP-style MAC AE. Code compiled with this option may suffer from poor performance of byte (char) manipulation, since the DSP AE does not provide hardware support for byte load/stores.
-msymbol-as-address
Enable the compiler to directly use a symbol name as an address in a load/store instruction, without first loading it into a register. Typically, the use of this option generates larger programs, which run faster than when the option isn’t used. However, the results vary from program to program, so it is left as a user option, rather than being permanently enabled.
-mno-inefficient-warnings
Disables warnings about the generation of inefficient code. These warnings can be generated, for example, when compiling code that performs byte-level memory operations on the MAC AE type. The MAC AE has no hardware support for byte-level memory operations, so all byte load/stores must be synthesized from word load/store operations. This is inefficient and a warning is generated to indicate that you should rewrite the code to avoid byte operations, or to target an AE type that has the necessary hardware support. This option disables these warnings.
Next: RL78 Options, Previous: picoChip Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These are listed under See RS/6000 and PowerPC Options.
Next: RS/6000 and PowerPC Options, Previous: PowerPC Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
-msim
Links in additional target libraries to support operation within a simulator.
-mmul=none
-mmul=g13
-mmul=rl78
Specifies the type of hardware multiplication support to be used. The
default is none
, which uses software multiplication functions.
The g13
option is for the hardware multiply/divide peripheral
only on the RL78/G13 targets. The rl78
option is for the
standard hardware multiplication defined in the RL78 software manual.
Next: RX Options, Previous: RL78 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC:
-mpowerpc-gpopt
-mno-powerpc-gpopt
-mpowerpc-gfxopt
-mno-powerpc-gfxopt
-mpowerpc64
-mno-powerpc64
-mmfcrf
-mno-mfcrf
-mpopcntb
-mno-popcntb
-mpopcntd
-mno-popcntd
-mfprnd
-mno-fprnd
-mcmpb
-mno-cmpb
-mmfpgpr
-mno-mfpgpr
-mhard-dfp
-mno-hard-dfp
You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the processor you are using. The default value of these options is determined when configuring GCC. Specifying the -mcpu=cpu_type overrides the specification of these options. We recommend you use the -mcpu=cpu_type option rather than the options listed above.
Specifying -mpowerpc-gpopt allows GCC to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the General Purpose group, including floating-point square root. Specifying -mpowerpc-gfxopt allows GCC to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics group, including floating-point select.
The -mmfcrf option allows GCC to generate the move from condition register field instruction implemented on the POWER4 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.01 architecture. The -mpopcntb option allows GCC to generate the popcount and double-precision FP reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the POWER5 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.02 architecture. The -mpopcntd option allows GCC to generate the popcount instruction implemented on the POWER7 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.06 architecture. The -mfprnd option allows GCC to generate the FP round to integer instructions implemented on the POWER5+ processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.03 architecture. The -mcmpb option allows GCC to generate the compare bytes instruction implemented on the POWER6 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.05 architecture. The -mmfpgpr option allows GCC to generate the FP move to/from general-purpose register instructions implemented on the POWER6X processor and other processors that support the extended PowerPC V2.05 architecture. The -mhard-dfp option allows GCC to generate the decimal floating-point instructions implemented on some POWER processors.
The -mpowerpc64 option allows GCC to generate the additional 64-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture and to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities. GCC defaults to -mno-powerpc64.
-mcpu=cpu_type
Set architecture type, register usage, and instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type. Supported values for cpu_type are ‘401’, ‘403’, ‘405’, ‘405fp’, ‘440’, ‘440fp’, ‘464’, ‘464fp’, ‘476’, ‘476fp’, ‘505’, ‘601’, ‘602’, ‘603’, ‘603e’, ‘604’, ‘604e’, ‘620’, ‘630’, ‘740’, ‘7400’, ‘7450’, ‘750’, ‘801’, ‘821’, ‘823’, ‘860’, ‘970’, ‘8540’, ‘a2’, ‘e300c2’, ‘e300c3’, ‘e500mc’, ‘e500mc64’, ‘e5500’, ‘e6500’, ‘ec603e’, ‘G3’, ‘G4’, ‘G5’, ‘titan’, ‘power3’, ‘power4’, ‘power5’, ‘power5+’, ‘power6’, ‘power6x’, ‘power7’, ‘power8’, ‘powerpc’, ‘powerpc64’, and ‘rs64’.
-mcpu=powerpc, and -mcpu=powerpc64 specify pure 32-bit PowerPC and 64-bit PowerPC architecture machine types, with an appropriate, generic processor model assumed for scheduling purposes.
The other options specify a specific processor. Code generated under those options runs best on that processor, and may not run at all on others.
The -mcpu options automatically enable or disable the following options:
-maltivec -mfprnd -mhard-float -mmfcrf -mmultiple -mpopcntb -mpopcntd -mpowerpc64 -mpowerpc-gpopt -mpowerpc-gfxopt -msingle-float -mdouble-float -msimple-fpu -mstring -mmulhw -mdlmzb -mmfpgpr -mvsx -mcrypto -mdirect-move -mpower8-fusion -mpower8-vector -mquad-memory -mquad-memory-atomic
The particular options set for any particular CPU varies between compiler versions, depending on what setting seems to produce optimal code for that CPU; it doesn’t necessarily reflect the actual hardware’s capabilities. If you wish to set an individual option to a particular value, you may specify it after the -mcpu option, like -mcpu=970 -mno-altivec.
On AIX, the -maltivec and -mpowerpc64 options are not enabled or disabled by the -mcpu option at present because AIX does not have full support for these options. You may still enable or disable them individually if you’re sure it’ll work in your environment.
-mtune=cpu_type
Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type, but do not set the architecture type or register usage, as -mcpu=cpu_type does. The same values for cpu_type are used for -mtune as for -mcpu. If both are specified, the code generated uses the architecture and registers set by -mcpu, but the scheduling parameters set by -mtune.
-mcmodel=small
Generate PowerPC64 code for the small model: The TOC is limited to 64k.
-mcmodel=medium
Generate PowerPC64 code for the medium model: The TOC and other static data may be up to a total of 4G in size.
-mcmodel=large
Generate PowerPC64 code for the large model: The TOC may be up to 4G in size. Other data and code is only limited by the 64-bit address space.
-maltivec
-mno-altivec
Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the AltiVec instruction set. You may also need to set -mabi=altivec to adjust the current ABI with AltiVec ABI enhancements.
When -maltivec is used, rather than -maltivec=le or
-maltivec=be, the element order for Altivec intrinsics such
as vec_splat
, vec_extract
, and vec_insert
will
match array element order corresponding to the endianness of the
target. That is, element zero identifies the leftmost element in a
vector register when targeting a big-endian platform, and identifies
the rightmost element in a vector register when targeting a
little-endian platform.
-maltivec=be
Generate Altivec instructions using big-endian element order, regardless of whether the target is big- or little-endian. This is the default when targeting a big-endian platform.
The element order is used to interpret element numbers in Altivec
intrinsics such as vec_splat
, vec_extract
, and
vec_insert
. By default, these will match array element order
corresponding to the endianness for the target.
-maltivec=le
Generate Altivec instructions using little-endian element order, regardless of whether the target is big- or little-endian. This is the default when targeting a little-endian platform. This option is currently ignored when targeting a big-endian platform.
The element order is used to interpret element numbers in Altivec
intrinsics such as vec_splat
, vec_extract
, and
vec_insert
. By default, these will match array element order
corresponding to the endianness for the target.
-mvrsave
-mno-vrsave
Generate VRSAVE instructions when generating AltiVec code.
-mgen-cell-microcode
Generate Cell microcode instructions.
-mwarn-cell-microcode
Warn when a Cell microcode instruction is emitted. An example of a Cell microcode instruction is a variable shift.
-msecure-plt
Generate code that allows ld
and ld.so
to build executables and shared
libraries with non-executable .plt
and .got
sections.
This is a PowerPC
32-bit SYSV ABI option.
-mbss-plt
Generate code that uses a BSS .plt
section that ld.so
fills in, and
requires .plt
and .got
sections that are both writable and executable.
This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.
-misel
-mno-isel
This switch enables or disables the generation of ISEL instructions.
-misel=yes/no
This switch has been deprecated. Use -misel and -mno-isel instead.
-mspe
-mno-spe
This switch enables or disables the generation of SPE simd instructions.
-mpaired
-mno-paired
This switch enables or disables the generation of PAIRED simd instructions.
-mspe=yes/no
This option has been deprecated. Use -mspe and -mno-spe instead.
-mvsx
-mno-vsx
Generate code that uses (does not use) vector/scalar (VSX) instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the VSX instruction set.
-mcrypto
-mno-crypto
Enable the use (disable) of the built-in functions that allow direct access to the cryptographic instructions that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA.
-mdirect-move
-mno-direct-move
Generate code that uses (does not use) the instructions to move data between the general purpose registers and the vector/scalar (VSX) registers that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA.
-mpower8-fusion
-mno-power8-fusion
Generate code that keeps (does not keeps) some integer operations adjacent so that the instructions can be fused together on power8 and later processors.
-mpower8-vector
-mno-power8-vector
Generate code that uses (does not use) the vector and scalar instructions that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA. Also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the vector instructions.
-mquad-memory
-mno-quad-memory
Generate code that uses (does not use) the non-atomic quad word memory instructions. The -mquad-memory option requires use of 64-bit mode.
-mquad-memory-atomic
-mno-quad-memory-atomic
Generate code that uses (does not use) the atomic quad word memory instructions. The -mquad-memory-atomic option requires use of 64-bit mode.
-mfloat-gprs=yes/single/double/no
-mfloat-gprs
This switch enables or disables the generation of floating-point operations on the general-purpose registers for architectures that support it.
The argument yes or single enables the use of single-precision floating-point operations.
The argument double enables the use of single and double-precision floating-point operations.
The argument no disables floating-point operations on the general-purpose registers.
This option is currently only available on the MPC854x.
-m32
-m64
Generate code for 32-bit or 64-bit environments of Darwin and SVR4 targets (including GNU/Linux). The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any PowerPC variant. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits, and generates code for PowerPC64, as for -mpowerpc64.
-mfull-toc
-mno-fp-in-toc
-mno-sum-in-toc
-mminimal-toc
Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created for every executable file. The -mfull-toc option is selected by default. In that case, GCC allocates at least one TOC entry for each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. GCC also places floating-point constants in the TOC. However, only 16,384 entries are available in the TOC.
If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed the available TOC space, you can reduce the amount of TOC space used with the -mno-fp-in-toc and -mno-sum-in-toc options. -mno-fp-in-toc prevents GCC from putting floating-point constants in the TOC and -mno-sum-in-toc forces GCC to generate code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at run time instead of putting that sum into the TOC. You may specify one or both of these options. Each causes GCC to produce very slightly slower and larger code at the expense of conserving TOC space.
If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you specify both of these options, specify -mminimal-toc instead. This option causes GCC to make only one TOC entry for every file. When you specify this option, GCC produces code that is slower and larger but which uses extremely little TOC space. You may wish to use this option only on files that contain less frequently-executed code.
-maix64
-maix32
Enable 64-bit AIX ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers, 64-bit
long
type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
Specifying -maix64 implies -mpowerpc64,
while -maix32 disables the 64-bit ABI and
implies -mno-powerpc64. GCC defaults to -maix32.
-mxl-compat
-mno-xl-compat
Produce code that conforms more closely to IBM XL compiler semantics when using AIX-compatible ABI. Pass floating-point arguments to prototyped functions beyond the register save area (RSA) on the stack in addition to argument FPRs. Do not assume that most significant double in 128-bit long double value is properly rounded when comparing values and converting to double. Use XL symbol names for long double support routines.
The AIX calling convention was extended but not initially documented to handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the address of its arguments with fewer arguments than declared. IBM XL compilers access floating-point arguments that do not fit in the RSA from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by IBM XL compilers without optimization.
-mpe
Support IBM RS/6000 SP Parallel Environment (PE). Link an application written to use message passing with special startup code to enable the application to run. The system must have PE installed in the standard location (/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/), or the specs file must be overridden with the -specs= option to specify the appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not support threads, so the -mpe option and the -pthread option are incompatible.
-malign-natural
-malign-power
On AIX, 32-bit Darwin, and 64-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option -malign-natural overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger types, such as floating-point doubles, on their natural size-based boundary. The option -malign-power instructs GCC to follow the ABI-specified alignment rules. GCC defaults to the standard alignment defined in the ABI.
On 64-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and -malign-power is not supported.
-msoft-float
-mhard-float
Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set. Software floating-point emulation is provided if you use the -msoft-float option, and pass the option to GCC when linking.
-msingle-float
-mdouble-float
Generate code for single- or double-precision floating-point operations. -mdouble-float implies -msingle-float.
-msimple-fpu
Do not generate sqrt
and div
instructions for hardware
floating-point unit.
-mfpu=name
Specify type of floating-point unit. Valid values for name are ‘sp_lite’ (equivalent to -msingle-float -msimple-fpu), ‘dp_lite’ (equivalent to -mdouble-float -msimple-fpu), ‘sp_full’ (equivalent to -msingle-float), and ‘dp_full’ (equivalent to -mdouble-float).
-mxilinx-fpu
Perform optimizations for the floating-point unit on Xilinx PPC 405/440.
-mmultiple
-mno-multiple
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use -mmultiple on little-endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the processor is in little-endian mode. The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit these instructions in little-endian mode.
-mstring
-mno-string
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and do small block moves. These instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use -mstring on little-endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the processor is in little-endian mode. The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit these instructions in little-endian mode.
-mupdate
-mno-update
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use -mno-update, there is a small window between the time that the stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or signals may get corrupted data.
-mavoid-indexed-addresses
-mno-avoid-indexed-addresses
Generate code that tries to avoid (not avoid) the use of indexed load or store instructions. These instructions can incur a performance penalty on Power6 processors in certain situations, such as when stepping through large arrays that cross a 16M boundary. This option is enabled by default when targeting Power6 and disabled otherwise.
-mfused-madd
-mno-fused-madd
Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent -mfused-madd option is now mapped to the machine-independent -ffp-contract=fast option, and -mno-fused-madd is mapped to -ffp-contract=off.
-mmulhw
-mno-mulhw
Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and multiply-accumulate instructions on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. These instructions are generated by default when targeting those processors.
-mdlmzb
-mno-dlmzb
Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search ‘dlmzb’ instruction on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. This instruction is generated by default when targeting those processors.
-mno-bit-align
-mbit-align
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures and unions that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the base type of the bit-field.
For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
unsigned
bit-fields of length 1 is aligned to a 4-byte
boundary and has a size of 4 bytes. By using -mno-bit-align,
the structure is aligned to a 1-byte boundary and is 1 byte in
size.
-mno-strict-align
-mstrict-align
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references are handled by the system.
-mrelocatable
-mno-relocatable
Generate code that allows (does not allow) a static executable to be
relocated to a different address at run time. A simple embedded
PowerPC system loader should relocate the entire contents of
.got2
and 4-byte locations listed in the .fixup
section,
a table of 32-bit addresses generated by this option. For this to
work, all objects linked together must be compiled with
-mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.
-mrelocatable code aligns the stack to an 8-byte boundary.
-mrelocatable-lib
-mno-relocatable-lib
Like -mrelocatable, -mrelocatable-lib generates a
.fixup
section to allow static executables to be relocated at
run time, but -mrelocatable-lib does not use the smaller stack
alignment of -mrelocatable. Objects compiled with
-mrelocatable-lib may be linked with objects compiled with
any combination of the -mrelocatable options.
-mno-toc
-mtoc
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses used in the program.
-mlittle
-mlittle-endian
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the processor in little-endian mode. The -mlittle-endian option is the same as -mlittle.
-mbig
-mbig-endian
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the processor in big-endian mode. The -mbig-endian option is the same as -mbig.
-mdynamic-no-pic
On Darwin and Mac OS X systems, compile code so that it is not relocatable, but that its external references are relocatable. The resulting code is suitable for applications, but not shared libraries.
-msingle-pic-base
Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than loading it in the prologue for each function. The runtime system is responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value before execution begins.
-mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority
This option controls the priority that is assigned to dispatch-slot restricted instructions during the second scheduling pass. The argument priority takes the value ‘0’, ‘1’, or ‘2’ to assign no, highest, or second-highest (respectively) priority to dispatch-slot restricted instructions.
-msched-costly-dep=dependence_type
This option controls which dependences are considered costly by the target during instruction scheduling. The argument dependence_type takes one of the following values:
No dependence is costly.
All dependences are costly.
A true dependence from store to load is costly.
Any dependence from store to load is costly.
Any dependence for which the latency is greater than or equal to number is costly.
-minsert-sched-nops=scheme
This option controls which NOP insertion scheme is used during the second scheduling pass. The argument scheme takes one of the following values:
Don’t insert NOPs.
Pad with NOPs any dispatch group that has vacant issue slots, according to the scheduler’s grouping.
Insert NOPs to force costly dependent insns into separate groups. Insert exactly as many NOPs as needed to force an insn to a new group, according to the estimated processor grouping.
Insert NOPs to force costly dependent insns into separate groups. Insert number NOPs to force an insn to a new group.
-mcall-sysv
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling conventions that adhere to the March 1995 draft of the System V Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the default unless you configured GCC using ‘powerpc-*-eabiaix’.
-mcall-sysv-eabi
-mcall-eabi
Specify both -mcall-sysv and -meabi options.
-mcall-sysv-noeabi
Specify both -mcall-sysv and -mno-eabi options.
-mcall-aixdesc
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the AIX operating system.
-mcall-linux
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Linux-based GNU system.
-mcall-freebsd
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the FreeBSD operating system.
-mcall-netbsd
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the NetBSD operating system.
-mcall-openbsd
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the OpenBSD operating system.
-maix-struct-return
Return all structures in memory (as specified by the AIX ABI).
-msvr4-struct-return
Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified by the SVR4 ABI).
-mabi=abi-type
Extend the current ABI with a particular extension, or remove such extension. Valid values are altivec, no-altivec, spe, no-spe, ibmlongdouble, ieeelongdouble, elfv1, elfv2.
-mabi=spe
Extend the current ABI with SPE ABI extensions. This does not change the default ABI, instead it adds the SPE ABI extensions to the current ABI.
-mabi=no-spe
Disable Book-E SPE ABI extensions for the current ABI.
-mabi=ibmlongdouble
Change the current ABI to use IBM extended-precision long double. This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.
-mabi=ieeelongdouble
Change the current ABI to use IEEE extended-precision long double. This is a PowerPC 32-bit Linux ABI option.
-mabi=elfv1
Change the current ABI to use the ELFv1 ABI. This is the default ABI for big-endian PowerPC 64-bit Linux. Overriding the default ABI requires special system support and is likely to fail in spectacular ways.
-mabi=elfv2
Change the current ABI to use the ELFv2 ABI. This is the default ABI for little-endian PowerPC 64-bit Linux. Overriding the default ABI requires special system support and is likely to fail in spectacular ways.
-mprototype
-mno-prototype
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the compiler must insert an instruction before every non-prototyped call to set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (CR) to indicate whether floating-point values are passed in the floating-point registers in case the function takes variable arguments. With -mprototype, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions set or clear the bit.
-msim
On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called sim-crt0.o and that the standard C libraries are libsim.a and libc.a. This is the default for ‘powerpc-*-eabisim’ configurations.
-mmvme
On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libmvme.a and libc.a.
-mads
On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libads.a and libc.a.
-myellowknife
On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libyk.a and libc.a.
-mvxworks
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are compiling for a VxWorks system.
-memb
On embedded PowerPC systems, set the PPC_EMB bit in the ELF flags header to indicate that ‘eabi’ extended relocations are used.
-meabi
-mno-eabi
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
Embedded Applications Binary Interface (EABI), which is a set of
modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting -meabi
means that the stack is aligned to an 8-byte boundary, a function
__eabi
is called from main
to set up the EABI
environment, and the -msdata option can use both r2
and
r13
to point to two separate small data areas. Selecting
-mno-eabi means that the stack is aligned to a 16-byte boundary,
no EABI initialization function is called from main
, and the
-msdata option only uses r13
to point to a single
small data area. The -meabi option is on by default if you
configured GCC using one of the ‘powerpc*-*-eabi*’ options.
-msdata=eabi
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
const
global and static data in the ‘.sdata2’ section, which
is pointed to by register r2
. Put small initialized
non-const
global and static data in the ‘.sdata’ section,
which is pointed to by register r13
. Put small uninitialized
global and static data in the ‘.sbss’ section, which is adjacent to
the ‘.sdata’ section. The -msdata=eabi option is
incompatible with the -mrelocatable option. The
-msdata=eabi option also sets the -memb option.
-msdata=sysv
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
data in the ‘.sdata’ section, which is pointed to by register
r13
. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the
‘.sbss’ section, which is adjacent to the ‘.sdata’ section.
The -msdata=sysv option is incompatible with the
-mrelocatable option.
-msdata=default
-msdata
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if -meabi is used, compile code the same as -msdata=eabi, otherwise compile code the same as -msdata=sysv.
-msdata=data
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global
data in the ‘.sdata’ section. Put small uninitialized global
data in the ‘.sbss’ section. Do not use register r13
to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless
other -msdata options are used.
-msdata=none
-mno-sdata
On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data in the ‘.data’ section, and all uninitialized data in the ‘.bss’ section.
-mblock-move-inline-limit=num
Inline all block moves (such as calls to memcpy
or structure
copies) less than or equal to num bytes. The minimum value for
num is 32 bytes on 32-bit targets and 64 bytes on 64-bit
targets. The default value is target-specific.
-G num
On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or equal to num bytes into the small data or BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS section. By default, num is 8. The -G num switch is also passed to the linker. All modules should be compiled with the same -G num value.
-mregnames
-mno-regnames
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
-mlongcall
-mno-longcall
By default assume that all calls are far away so that a longer and more
expensive calling sequence is required. This is required for calls
farther than 32 megabytes (33,554,432 bytes) from the current location.
A short call is generated if the compiler knows
the call cannot be that far away. This setting can be overridden by
the shortcall
function attribute, or by #pragma
longcall(0)
.
Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range calls and generating glue code on the fly. On these systems, long calls are unnecessary and generate slower code. As of this writing, the AIX linker can do this, as can the GNU linker for PowerPC/64. It is planned to add this feature to the GNU linker for 32-bit PowerPC systems as well.
On Darwin/PPC systems, #pragma longcall
generates jbsr
callee, L42
, plus a branch island (glue code). The two target
addresses represent the callee and the branch island. The
Darwin/PPC linker prefers the first address and generates a bl
callee
if the PPC bl
instruction reaches the callee directly;
otherwise, the linker generates bl L42
to call the branch
island. The branch island is appended to the body of the
calling function; it computes the full 32-bit address of the callee
and jumps to it.
On Mach-O (Darwin) systems, this option directs the compiler emit to the glue for every direct call, and the Darwin linker decides whether to use or discard it.
In the future, GCC may ignore all longcall specifications when the linker is known to generate glue.
-mtls-markers
-mno-tls-markers
Mark (do not mark) calls to __tls_get_addr
with a relocation
specifying the function argument. The relocation allows the linker to
reliably associate function call with argument setup instructions for
TLS optimization, which in turn allows GCC to better schedule the
sequence.
-pthread
Adds support for multithreading with the pthreads library. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.
-mrecip
-mno-recip
This option enables use of the reciprocal estimate and reciprocal square root estimate instructions with additional Newton-Raphson steps to increase precision instead of doing a divide or square root and divide for floating-point arguments. You should use the -ffast-math option when using -mrecip (or at least -funsafe-math-optimizations, -finite-math-only, -freciprocal-math and -fno-trapping-math). Note that while the throughput of the sequence is generally higher than the throughput of the non-reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994) for reciprocal square roots.
-mrecip=opt
This option controls which reciprocal estimate instructions
may be used. opt is a comma-separated list of options, which may
be preceded by a !
to invert the option:
all
: enable all estimate instructions,
default
: enable the default instructions, equivalent to -mrecip,
none
: disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to -mno-recip;
div
: enable the reciprocal approximation instructions for both single and double precision;
divf
: enable the single-precision reciprocal approximation instructions;
divd
: enable the double-precision reciprocal approximation instructions;
rsqrt
: enable the reciprocal square root approximation instructions for both single and double precision;
rsqrtf
: enable the single-precision reciprocal square root approximation instructions;
rsqrtd
: enable the double-precision reciprocal square root approximation instructions;
So, for example, -mrecip=all,!rsqrtd enables
all of the reciprocal estimate instructions, except for the
FRSQRTE
, XSRSQRTEDP
, and XVRSQRTEDP
instructions
which handle the double-precision reciprocal square root calculations.
-mrecip-precision
-mno-recip-precision
Assume (do not assume) that the reciprocal estimate instructions provide higher-precision estimates than is mandated by the PowerPC ABI. Selecting -mcpu=power6, -mcpu=power7 or -mcpu=power8 automatically selects -mrecip-precision. The double-precision square root estimate instructions are not generated by default on low-precision machines, since they do not provide an estimate that converges after three steps.
-mveclibabi=type
Specifies the ABI type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
external library. The only type supported at present is mass
,
which specifies to use IBM’s Mathematical Acceleration Subsystem
(MASS) libraries for vectorizing intrinsics using external libraries.
GCC currently emits calls to acosd2
, acosf4
,
acoshd2
, acoshf4
, asind2
, asinf4
,
asinhd2
, asinhf4
, atan2d2
, atan2f4
,
atand2
, atanf4
, atanhd2
, atanhf4
,
cbrtd2
, cbrtf4
, cosd2
, cosf4
,
coshd2
, coshf4
, erfcd2
, erfcf4
,
erfd2
, erff4
, exp2d2
, exp2f4
,
expd2
, expf4
, expm1d2
, expm1f4
,
hypotd2
, hypotf4
, lgammad2
, lgammaf4
,
log10d2
, log10f4
, log1pd2
, log1pf4
,
log2d2
, log2f4
, logd2
, logf4
,
powd2
, powf4
, sind2
, sinf4
, sinhd2
,
sinhf4
, sqrtd2
, sqrtf4
, tand2
,
tanf4
, tanhd2
, and tanhf4
when generating code
for power7. Both -ftree-vectorize and
-funsafe-math-optimizations must also be enabled. The MASS
libraries must be specified at link time.
-mfriz
-mno-friz
Generate (do not generate) the friz
instruction when the
-funsafe-math-optimizations option is used to optimize
rounding of floating-point values to 64-bit integer and back to floating
point. The friz
instruction does not return the same value if
the floating-point number is too large to fit in an integer.
-mpointers-to-nested-functions
-mno-pointers-to-nested-functions
Generate (do not generate) code to load up the static chain register (r11) when calling through a pointer on AIX and 64-bit Linux systems where a function pointer points to a 3-word descriptor giving the function address, TOC value to be loaded in register r2, and static chain value to be loaded in register r11. The -mpointers-to-nested-functions is on by default. You cannot call through pointers to nested functions or pointers to functions compiled in other languages that use the static chain if you use the -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions.
-msave-toc-indirect
-mno-save-toc-indirect
Generate (do not generate) code to save the TOC value in the reserved stack location in the function prologue if the function calls through a pointer on AIX and 64-bit Linux systems. If the TOC value is not saved in the prologue, it is saved just before the call through the pointer. The -mno-save-toc-indirect option is the default.
-mcompat-align-parm
-mno-compat-align-parm
Generate (do not generate) code to pass structure parameters with a maximum alignment of 64 bits, for compatibility with older versions of GCC.
Older versions of GCC (prior to 4.9.0) incorrectly did not align a structure parameter on a 128-bit boundary when that structure contained a member requiring 128-bit alignment. This is corrected in more recent versions of GCC. This option may be used to generate code that is compatible with functions compiled with older versions of GCC.
The -mno-compat-align-parm option is the default.
Next: S/390 and zSeries Options, Previous: RS/6000 and PowerPC Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These command-line options are defined for RX targets:
-m64bit-doubles
-m32bit-doubles
Make the double
data type be 64 bits (-m64bit-doubles)
or 32 bits (-m32bit-doubles) in size. The default is
-m32bit-doubles. Note RX floating-point hardware only
works on 32-bit values, which is why the default is
-m32bit-doubles.
-fpu
-nofpu
Enables (-fpu) or disables (-nofpu) the use of RX floating-point hardware. The default is enabled for the RX600 series and disabled for the RX200 series.
Floating-point instructions are only generated for 32-bit floating-point values, however, so the FPU hardware is not used for doubles if the -m64bit-doubles option is used.
Note If the -fpu option is enabled then -funsafe-math-optimizations is also enabled automatically. This is because the RX FPU instructions are themselves unsafe.
-mcpu=name
Selects the type of RX CPU to be targeted. Currently three types are supported, the generic RX600 and RX200 series hardware and the specific RX610 CPU. The default is RX600.
The only difference between RX600 and RX610 is that the
RX610 does not support the MVTIPL
instruction.
The RX200 series does not have a hardware floating-point unit and so -nofpu is enabled by default when this type is selected.
-mbig-endian-data
-mlittle-endian-data
Store data (but not code) in the big-endian format. The default is -mlittle-endian-data, i.e. to store data in the little-endian format.
-msmall-data-limit=N
Specifies the maximum size in bytes of global and static variables
which can be placed into the small data area. Using the small data
area can lead to smaller and faster code, but the size of area is
limited and it is up to the programmer to ensure that the area does
not overflow. Also when the small data area is used one of the RX’s
registers (usually r13
) is reserved for use pointing to this
area, so it is no longer available for use by the compiler. This
could result in slower and/or larger code if variables are pushed onto
the stack instead of being held in this register.
Note, common variables (variables that have not been initialized) and constants are not placed into the small data area as they are assigned to other sections in the output executable.
The default value is zero, which disables this feature. Note, this feature is not enabled by default with higher optimization levels (-O2 etc) because of the potentially detrimental effects of reserving a register. It is up to the programmer to experiment and discover whether this feature is of benefit to their program. See the description of the -mpid option for a description of how the actual register to hold the small data area pointer is chosen.
-msim
-mno-sim
Use the simulator runtime. The default is to use the libgloss board-specific runtime.
-mas100-syntax
-mno-as100-syntax
When generating assembler output use a syntax that is compatible with Renesas’s AS100 assembler. This syntax can also be handled by the GAS assembler, but it has some restrictions so it is not generated by default.
-mmax-constant-size=N
Specifies the maximum size, in bytes, of a constant that can be used as an operand in a RX instruction. Although the RX instruction set does allow constants of up to 4 bytes in length to be used in instructions, a longer value equates to a longer instruction. Thus in some circumstances it can be beneficial to restrict the size of constants that are used in instructions. Constants that are too big are instead placed into a constant pool and referenced via register indirection.
The value N can be between 0 and 4. A value of 0 (the default) or 4 means that constants of any size are allowed.
-mrelax
Enable linker relaxation. Linker relaxation is a process whereby the linker attempts to reduce the size of a program by finding shorter versions of various instructions. Disabled by default.
-mint-register=N
Specify the number of registers to reserve for fast interrupt handler
functions. The value N can be between 0 and 4. A value of 1
means that register r13
is reserved for the exclusive use
of fast interrupt handlers. A value of 2 reserves r13
and
r12
. A value of 3 reserves r13
, r12
and
r11
, and a value of 4 reserves r13
through r10
.
A value of 0, the default, does not reserve any registers.
-msave-acc-in-interrupts
Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the accumulator register. This is only necessary if normal code might use the accumulator register, for example because it performs 64-bit multiplications. The default is to ignore the accumulator as this makes the interrupt handlers faster.
-mpid
-mno-pid
Enables the generation of position independent data. When enabled any access to constant data is done via an offset from a base address held in a register. This allows the location of constant data to be determined at run time without requiring the executable to be relocated, which is a benefit to embedded applications with tight memory constraints. Data that can be modified is not affected by this option.
Note, using this feature reserves a register, usually r13
, for
the constant data base address. This can result in slower and/or
larger code, especially in complicated functions.
The actual register chosen to hold the constant data base address
depends upon whether the -msmall-data-limit and/or the
-mint-register command-line options are enabled. Starting
with register r13
and proceeding downwards, registers are
allocated first to satisfy the requirements of -mint-register,
then -mpid and finally -msmall-data-limit. Thus it
is possible for the small data area register to be r8
if both
-mint-register=4 and -mpid are specified on the
command line.
By default this feature is not enabled. The default can be restored via the -mno-pid command-line option.
-mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts
-mwarn-multiple-fast-interrupts
Prevents GCC from issuing a warning message if it finds more than one fast interrupt handler when it is compiling a file. The default is to issue a warning for each extra fast interrupt handler found, as the RX only supports one such interrupt.
Note: The generic GCC command-line option -ffixed-reg
has special significance to the RX port when used with the
interrupt
function attribute. This attribute indicates a
function intended to process fast interrupts. GCC ensures
that it only uses the registers r10
, r11
, r12
and/or r13
and only provided that the normal use of the
corresponding registers have been restricted via the
-ffixed-reg or -mint-register command-line
options.
Next: Score Options, Previous: RX Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These are the ‘-m’ options defined for the S/390 and zSeries architecture.
-mhard-float
-msoft-float
Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and registers for floating-point operations. When -msoft-float is specified, functions in libgcc.a are used to perform floating-point operations. When -mhard-float is specified, the compiler generates IEEE floating-point instructions. This is the default.
-mhard-dfp
-mno-hard-dfp
Use (do not use) the hardware decimal-floating-point instructions for decimal-floating-point operations. When -mno-hard-dfp is specified, functions in libgcc.a are used to perform decimal-floating-point operations. When -mhard-dfp is specified, the compiler generates decimal-floating-point hardware instructions. This is the default for -march=z9-ec or higher.
-mlong-double-64
-mlong-double-128
These switches control the size of long double
type. A size
of 64 bits makes the long double
type equivalent to the double
type. This is the default.
-mbackchain
-mno-backchain
Store (do not store) the address of the caller’s frame as backchain pointer into the callee’s stack frame. A backchain may be needed to allow debugging using tools that do not understand DWARF 2 call frame information. When -mno-packed-stack is in effect, the backchain pointer is stored at the bottom of the stack frame; when -mpacked-stack is in effect, the backchain is placed into the topmost word of the 96/160 byte register save area.
In general, code compiled with -mbackchain is call-compatible with code compiled with -mmo-backchain; however, use of the backchain for debugging purposes usually requires that the whole binary is built with -mbackchain. Note that the combination of -mbackchain, -mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported. In order to build a linux kernel use -msoft-float.
The default is to not maintain the backchain.
-mpacked-stack
-mno-packed-stack
Use (do not use) the packed stack layout. When -mno-packed-stack is specified, the compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte register save area only for their default purpose; unused fields still take up stack space. When -mpacked-stack is specified, register save slots are densely packed at the top of the register save area; unused space is reused for other purposes, allowing for more efficient use of the available stack space. However, when -mbackchain is also in effect, the topmost word of the save area is always used to store the backchain, and the return address register is always saved two words below the backchain.
As long as the stack frame backchain is not used, code generated with -mpacked-stack is call-compatible with code generated with -mno-packed-stack. Note that some non-FSF releases of GCC 2.95 for S/390 or zSeries generated code that uses the stack frame backchain at run time, not just for debugging purposes. Such code is not call-compatible with code compiled with -mpacked-stack. Also, note that the combination of -mbackchain, -mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported. In order to build a linux kernel use -msoft-float.
The default is to not use the packed stack layout.
-msmall-exec
-mno-small-exec
Generate (or do not generate) code using the bras
instruction
to do subroutine calls.
This only works reliably if the total executable size does not
exceed 64k. The default is to use the basr
instruction instead,
which does not have this limitation.
-m64
-m31
When -m31 is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 ABI. When -m64 is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI. This allows GCC in particular to generate 64-bit instructions. For the ‘s390’ targets, the default is -m31, while the ‘s390x’ targets default to -m64.
-mzarch
-mesa
When -mzarch is specified, generate code using the instructions available on z/Architecture. When -mesa is specified, generate code using the instructions available on ESA/390. Note that -mesa is not possible with -m64. When generating code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 ABI, the default is -mesa. When generating code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI, the default is -mzarch.
-mmvcle
-mno-mvcle
Generate (or do not generate) code using the mvcle
instruction
to perform block moves. When -mno-mvcle is specified,
use a mvc
loop instead. This is the default unless optimizing for
size.
-mdebug
-mno-debug
Print (or do not print) additional debug information when compiling. The default is to not print debug information.
-march=cpu-type
Generate code that runs on cpu-type, which is the name of a system representing a certain processor type. Possible values for cpu-type are ‘g5’, ‘g6’, ‘z900’, ‘z990’, ‘z9-109’, ‘z9-ec’ and ‘z10’. When generating code using the instructions available on z/Architecture, the default is -march=z900. Otherwise, the default is -march=g5.
-mtune=cpu-type
Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. The list of cpu-type values is the same as for -march. The default is the value used for -march.
-mtpf-trace
-mno-tpf-trace
Generate code that adds (does not add) in TPF OS specific branches to trace routines in the operating system. This option is off by default, even when compiling for the TPF OS.
-mfused-madd
-mno-fused-madd
Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point is used.
-mwarn-framesize=framesize
Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame size. Because this is a compile-time check it doesn’t need to be a real problem when the program runs. It is intended to identify functions that most probably cause a stack overflow. It is useful to be used in an environment with limited stack size e.g. the linux kernel.
-mwarn-dynamicstack
Emit a warning if the function calls alloca
or uses dynamically-sized
arrays. This is generally a bad idea with a limited stack size.
-mstack-guard=stack-guard
-mstack-size=stack-size
If these options are provided the S/390 back end emits additional instructions in the function prologue that trigger a trap if the stack size is stack-guard bytes above the stack-size (remember that the stack on S/390 grows downward). If the stack-guard option is omitted the smallest power of 2 larger than the frame size of the compiled function is chosen. These options are intended to be used to help debugging stack overflow problems. The additionally emitted code causes only little overhead and hence can also be used in production-like systems without greater performance degradation. The given values have to be exact powers of 2 and stack-size has to be greater than stack-guard without exceeding 64k. In order to be efficient the extra code makes the assumption that the stack starts at an address aligned to the value given by stack-size. The stack-guard option can only be used in conjunction with stack-size.
-mhotpatch[=halfwords]
-mno-hotpatch
If the hotpatch option is enabled, a “hot-patching” function prologue is generated for all functions in the compilation unit. The funtion label is prepended with the given number of two-byte Nop instructions (halfwords, maximum 1000000) or 12 Nop instructions if no argument is present. Functions with a hot-patching prologue are never inlined automatically, and a hot-patching prologue is never generated for functions functions that are explicitly inline.
This option can be overridden for individual functions with the
hotpatch
attribute.
Next: SH Options, Previous: S/390 and zSeries Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for Score implementations:
-meb
Compile code for big-endian mode. This is the default.
-mel
Compile code for little-endian mode.
-mnhwloop
Disable generation of bcnz
instructions.
-muls
Enable generation of unaligned load and store instructions.
-mmac
Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.
-mscore5
Specify the SCORE5 as the target architecture.
-mscore5u
Specify the SCORE5U of the target architecture.
-mscore7
Specify the SCORE7 as the target architecture. This is the default.
-mscore7d
Specify the SCORE7D as the target architecture.
Next: Solaris 2 Options, Previous: Score Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for the SH implementations:
-m1
Generate code for the SH1.
-m2
Generate code for the SH2.
-m2e
Generate code for the SH2e.
-m2a-nofpu
Generate code for the SH2a without FPU, or for a SH2a-FPU in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used.
-m2a-single-only
Generate code for the SH2a-FPU, in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used.
-m2a-single
Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default.
-m2a
Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in double-precision mode by default.
-m3
Generate code for the SH3.
-m3e
Generate code for the SH3e.
-m4-nofpu
Generate code for the SH4 without a floating-point unit.
-m4-single-only
Generate code for the SH4 with a floating-point unit that only supports single-precision arithmetic.
-m4-single
Generate code for the SH4 assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default.
-m4
Generate code for the SH4.
-m4-100
Generate code for SH4-100.
-m4-100-nofpu
Generate code for SH4-100 in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used.
-m4-100-single
Generate code for SH4-100 assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default.
-m4-100-single-only
Generate code for SH4-100 in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used.
-m4-200
Generate code for SH4-200.
-m4-200-nofpu
Generate code for SH4-200 without in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used.
-m4-200-single
Generate code for SH4-200 assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default.
-m4-200-single-only
Generate code for SH4-200 in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used.
-m4-300
Generate code for SH4-300.
-m4-300-nofpu
Generate code for SH4-300 without in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used.
-m4-300-single
Generate code for SH4-300 in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used.
-m4-300-single-only
Generate code for SH4-300 in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used.
-m4-340
Generate code for SH4-340 (no MMU, no FPU).
-m4-500
Generate code for SH4-500 (no FPU). Passes -isa=sh4-nofpu to the assembler.
-m4a-nofpu
Generate code for the SH4al-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used.
-m4a-single-only
Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used.
-m4a-single
Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default.
-m4a
Generate code for the SH4a.
-m4al
Same as -m4a-nofpu, except that it implicitly passes -dsp to the assembler. GCC doesn’t generate any DSP instructions at the moment.
-m5-32media
Generate 32-bit code for SHmedia.
-m5-32media-nofpu
Generate 32-bit code for SHmedia in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used.
-m5-64media
Generate 64-bit code for SHmedia.
-m5-64media-nofpu
Generate 64-bit code for SHmedia in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used.
-m5-compact
Generate code for SHcompact.
-m5-compact-nofpu
Generate code for SHcompact in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used.
-mb
Compile code for the processor in big-endian mode.
-ml
Compile code for the processor in little-endian mode.
-mdalign
Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library do not work unless you recompile it first with -mdalign.
-mrelax
Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the linker option -relax.
-mbigtable
Use 32-bit offsets in switch
tables. The default is to use
16-bit offsets.
-mbitops
Enable the use of bit manipulation instructions on SH2A.
-mfmovd
Enable the use of the instruction fmovd
. Check -mdalign for
alignment constraints.
-mrenesas
Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
-mno-renesas
Comply with the calling conventions defined for GCC before the Renesas conventions were available. This option is the default for all targets of the SH toolchain.
-mnomacsave
Mark the MAC
register as call-clobbered, even if
-mrenesas is given.
-mieee
-mno-ieee
Control the IEEE compliance of floating-point comparisons, which affects the handling of cases where the result of a comparison is unordered. By default -mieee is implicitly enabled. If -ffinite-math-only is enabled -mno-ieee is implicitly set, which results in faster floating-point greater-equal and less-equal comparisons. The implcit settings can be overridden by specifying either -mieee or -mno-ieee.
-minline-ic_invalidate
Inline code to invalidate instruction cache entries after setting up
nested function trampolines.
This option has no effect if -musermode is in effect and the selected
code generation option (e.g. -m4) does not allow the use of the icbi
instruction.
If the selected code generation option does not allow the use of the icbi
instruction, and -musermode is not in effect, the inlined code
manipulates the instruction cache address array directly with an associative
write. This not only requires privileged mode at run time, but it also
fails if the cache line had been mapped via the TLB and has become unmapped.
-misize
Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.
-mpadstruct
This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes, which is incompatible with the SH ABI.
-matomic-model=model
Sets the model of atomic operations and additional parameters as a comma separated list. For details on the atomic built-in functions see __atomic Builtins. The following models and parameters are supported:
Disable compiler generated atomic sequences and emit library calls for atomic
operations. This is the default if the target is not sh*-*-linux*
.
Generate GNU/Linux compatible gUSA software atomic sequences for the atomic
built-in functions. The generated atomic sequences require additional support
from the interrupt/exception handling code of the system and are only suitable
for SH3* and SH4* single-core systems. This option is enabled by default when
the target is sh*-*-linux*
and SH3* or SH4*. When the target is SH4A,
this option will also partially utilize the hardware atomic instructions
movli.l
and movco.l
to create more efficient code, unless
‘strict’ is specified.
Generate software atomic sequences that use a variable in the thread control block. This is a variation of the gUSA sequences which can also be used on SH1* and SH2* targets. The generated atomic sequences require additional support from the interrupt/exception handling code of the system and are only suitable for single-core systems. When using this model, the ‘gbr-offset=’ parameter has to be specified as well.
Generate software atomic sequences that temporarily disable interrupts by
setting SR.IMASK = 1111
. This model works only when the program runs
in privileged mode and is only suitable for single-core systems. Additional
support from the interrupt/exception handling code of the system is not
required. This model is enabled by default when the target is
sh*-*-linux*
and SH1* or SH2*.
Generate hardware atomic sequences using the movli.l
and movco.l
instructions only. This is only available on SH4A and is suitable for
multi-core systems. Since the hardware instructions support only 32 bit atomic
variables access to 8 or 16 bit variables is emulated with 32 bit accesses.
Code compiled with this option will also be compatible with other software
atomic model interrupt/exception handling systems if executed on an SH4A
system. Additional support from the interrupt/exception handling code of the
system is not required for this model.
This parameter specifies the offset in bytes of the variable in the thread control block structure that should be used by the generated atomic sequences when the ‘soft-tcb’ model has been selected. For other models this parameter is ignored. The specified value must be an integer multiple of four and in the range 0-1020.
This parameter prevents mixed usage of multiple atomic models, even though they would be compatible, and will make the compiler generate atomic sequences of the specified model only.
-mtas
Generate the tas.b
opcode for __atomic_test_and_set
.
Notice that depending on the particular hardware and software configuration
this can degrade overall performance due to the operand cache line flushes
that are implied by the tas.b
instruction. On multi-core SH4A
processors the tas.b
instruction must be used with caution since it
can result in data corruption for certain cache configurations.
-mprefergot
When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table.
-musermode
-mno-usermode
Don’t allow (allow) the compiler generating privileged mode code. Specifying
-musermode also implies -mno-inline-ic_invalidate if the
inlined code would not work in user mode. -musermode is the default
when the target is sh*-*-linux*
. If the target is SH1* or SH2*
-musermode has no effect, since there is no user mode.
-multcost=number
Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn.
-mdiv=strategy
Set the division strategy to be used for integer division operations. For SHmedia strategy can be one of:
Performs the operation in floating point. This has a very high latency, but needs only a few instructions, so it might be a good choice if your code has enough easily-exploitable ILP to allow the compiler to schedule the floating-point instructions together with other instructions. Division by zero causes a floating-point exception.
Uses integer operations to calculate the inverse of the divisor, and then multiplies the dividend with the inverse. This strategy allows CSE and hoisting of the inverse calculation. Division by zero calculates an unspecified result, but does not trap.
A variant of ‘inv’ where, if no CSE or hoisting opportunities have been found, or if the entire operation has been hoisted to the same place, the last stages of the inverse calculation are intertwined with the final multiply to reduce the overall latency, at the expense of using a few more instructions, and thus offering fewer scheduling opportunities with other code.
Calls a library function that usually implements the ‘inv:minlat’
strategy.
This gives high code density for m5-*media-nofpu
compilations.
Uses a different entry point of the same library function, where it assumes that a pointer to a lookup table has already been set up, which exposes the pointer load to CSE and code hoisting optimizations.
Use the ‘inv’ algorithm for initial code generation, but if the code stays unoptimized, revert to the ‘call’, ‘call2’, or ‘fp’ strategies, respectively. Note that the potentially-trapping side effect of division by zero is carried by a separate instruction, so it is possible that all the integer instructions are hoisted out, but the marker for the side effect stays where it is. A recombination to floating-point operations or a call is not possible in that case.
Variants of the ‘inv:minlat’ strategy. In the case that the inverse calculation is not separated from the multiply, they speed up division where the dividend fits into 20 bits (plus sign where applicable) by inserting a test to skip a number of operations in this case; this test slows down the case of larger dividends. ‘inv20u’ assumes the case of a such a small dividend to be unlikely, and ‘inv20l’ assumes it to be likely.
For targets other than SHmedia strategy can be one of:
Calls a library function that uses the single-step division instruction
div1
to perform the operation. Division by zero calculates an
unspecified result and does not trap. This is the default except for SH4,
SH2A and SHcompact.
Calls a library function that performs the operation in double precision
floating point. Division by zero causes a floating-point exception. This is
the default for SHcompact with FPU. Specifying this for targets that do not
have a double precision FPU will default to call-div1
.
Calls a library function that uses a lookup table for small divisors and
the div1
instruction with case distinction for larger divisors. Division
by zero calculates an unspecified result and does not trap. This is the default
for SH4. Specifying this for targets that do not have dynamic shift
instructions will default to call-div1
.
When a division strategy has not been specified the default strategy will be
selected based on the current target. For SH2A the default strategy is to
use the divs
and divu
instructions instead of library function
calls.
-maccumulate-outgoing-args
Reserve space once for outgoing arguments in the function prologue rather than around each call. Generally beneficial for performance and size. Also needed for unwinding to avoid changing the stack frame around conditional code.
-mdivsi3_libfunc=name
Set the name of the library function used for 32-bit signed division to name. This only affects the name used in the ‘call’ and ‘inv:call’ division strategies, and the compiler still expects the same sets of input/output/clobbered registers as if this option were not present.
-mfixed-range=register-range
Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified separated by a comma.
-mindexed-addressing
Enable the use of the indexed addressing mode for SHmedia32/SHcompact. This is only safe if the hardware and/or OS implement 32-bit wrap-around semantics for the indexed addressing mode. The architecture allows the implementation of processors with 64-bit MMU, which the OS could use to get 32-bit addressing, but since no current hardware implementation supports this or any other way to make the indexed addressing mode safe to use in the 32-bit ABI, the default is -mno-indexed-addressing.
-mgettrcost=number
Set the cost assumed for the gettr
instruction to number.
The default is 2 if -mpt-fixed is in effect, 100 otherwise.
-mpt-fixed
Assume pt*
instructions won’t trap. This generally generates
better-scheduled code, but is unsafe on current hardware.
The current architecture
definition says that ptabs
and ptrel
trap when the target
anded with 3 is 3.
This has the unintentional effect of making it unsafe to schedule these
instructions before a branch, or hoist them out of a loop. For example,
__do_global_ctors
, a part of libgcc
that runs constructors at program
startup, calls functions in a list which is delimited by -1. With the
-mpt-fixed option, the ptabs
is done before testing against -1.
That means that all the constructors run a bit more quickly, but when
the loop comes to the end of the list, the program crashes because ptabs
loads -1 into a target register.
Since this option is unsafe for any hardware implementing the current architecture specification, the default is -mno-pt-fixed. Unless specified explicitly with -mgettrcost, -mno-pt-fixed also implies -mgettrcost=100; this deters register allocation from using target registers for storing ordinary integers.
-minvalid-symbols
Assume symbols might be invalid. Ordinary function symbols generated by
the compiler are always valid to load with
movi
/shori
/ptabs
or
movi
/shori
/ptrel
,
but with assembler and/or linker tricks it is possible
to generate symbols that cause ptabs
or ptrel
to trap.
This option is only meaningful when -mno-pt-fixed is in effect.
It prevents cross-basic-block CSE, hoisting and most scheduling
of symbol loads. The default is -mno-invalid-symbols.
-mbranch-cost=num
Assume num to be the cost for a branch instruction. Higher numbers make the compiler try to generate more branch-free code if possible. If not specified the value is selected depending on the processor type that is being compiled for.
-mzdcbranch
-mno-zdcbranch
Assume (do not assume) that zero displacement conditional branch instructions
bt
and bf
are fast. If -mzdcbranch is specified, the
compiler will try to prefer zero displacement branch code sequences. This is
enabled by default when generating code for SH4 and SH4A. It can be explicitly
disabled by specifying -mno-zdcbranch.
-mfused-madd
-mno-fused-madd
Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent -mfused-madd option is now mapped to the machine-independent -ffp-contract=fast option, and -mno-fused-madd is mapped to -ffp-contract=off.
-mfsca
-mno-fsca
Allow or disallow the compiler to emit the fsca
instruction for sine
and cosine approximations. The option -mfsca
must be used in
combination with -funsafe-math-optimizations
. It is enabled by default
when generating code for SH4A. Using -mno-fsca
disables sine and cosine
approximations even if -funsafe-math-optimizations
is in effect.
-mfsrra
-mno-fsrra
Allow or disallow the compiler to emit the fsrra
instruction for
reciprocal square root approximations. The option -mfsrra
must be used
in combination with -funsafe-math-optimizations
and
-ffinite-math-only
. It is enabled by default when generating code for
SH4A. Using -mno-fsrra
disables reciprocal square root approximations
even if -funsafe-math-optimizations
and -ffinite-math-only
are
in effect.
-mpretend-cmove
Prefer zero-displacement conditional branches for conditional move instruction patterns. This can result in faster code on the SH4 processor.
Next: SPARC Options, Previous: SH Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are supported on Solaris 2:
-mclear-hwcap
-mclear-hwcap tells the compiler to remove the hardware capabilities generated by the Solaris assembler. This is only necessary when object files use ISA extensions not supported by the current machine, but check at runtime whether or not to use them.
-mimpure-text
-mimpure-text, used in addition to -shared, tells the compiler to not pass -z text to the linker when linking a shared object. Using this option, you can link position-dependent code into a shared object.
-mimpure-text suppresses the “relocations remain against allocatable but non-writable sections” linker error message. However, the necessary relocations trigger copy-on-write, and the shared object is not actually shared across processes. Instead of using -mimpure-text, you should compile all source code with -fpic or -fPIC.
These switches are supported in addition to the above on Solaris 2:
-pthreads
Add support for multithreading using the POSIX threads library. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. This option does not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or that of libraries supplied with it.
-pthread
This is a synonym for -pthreads.
Next: SPU Options, Previous: Solaris 2 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are supported on the SPARC:
-mno-app-regs
-mapp-regs
Specify -mapp-regs to generate output using the global registers 2 through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications. Like the global register 1, each global register 2 through 4 is then treated as an allocable register that is clobbered by function calls. This is the default.
To be fully SVR4 ABI-compliant at the cost of some performance loss, specify -mno-app-regs. You should compile libraries and system software with this option.
-mflat
-mno-flat
With -mflat, the compiler does not generate save/restore instructions and uses a “flat” or single register window model. This model is compatible with the regular register window model. The local registers and the input registers (0–5) are still treated as “call-saved” registers and are saved on the stack as needed.
With -mno-flat (the default), the compiler generates save/restore instructions (except for leaf functions). This is the normal operating mode.
-mfpu
-mhard-float
Generate output containing floating-point instructions. This is the default.
-mno-fpu
-msoft-float
Generate output containing library calls for floating point. Warning: the requisite libraries are not available for all SPARC targets. Normally the facilities of the machine’s usual C compiler are used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for cross-compilation. The embedded targets ‘sparc-*-aout’ and ‘sparclite-*-*’ do provide software floating-point support.
-msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file; therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with this option. In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to work.
-mhard-quad-float
Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating-point instructions.
-msoft-quad-float
Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double) floating-point instructions. The functions called are those specified in the SPARC ABI. This is the default.
As of this writing, there are no SPARC implementations that have hardware support for the quad-word floating-point instructions. They all invoke a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then the trap handler emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead, this is much slower than calling the ABI library routines. Thus the -msoft-quad-float option is the default.
-mno-unaligned-doubles
-munaligned-doubles
Assume that doubles have 8-byte alignment. This is the default.
With -munaligned-doubles, GCC assumes that doubles have 8-byte alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they have an absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4-byte alignment. Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results in a performance loss, especially for floating-point code.
-muser-mode
-mno-user-mode
Do not generate code that can only run in supervisor mode. This is relevant
only for the casa
instruction emitted for the LEON3 processor. The
default is -mno-user-mode.
-mno-faster-structs
-mfaster-structs
With -mfaster-structs, the compiler assumes that structures
should have 8-byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of
ldd
and std
instructions for copies in structure
assignment, in place of twice as many ld
and st
pairs.
However, the use of this changed alignment directly violates the SPARC
ABI. Thus, it’s intended only for use on targets where the developer
acknowledges that their resulting code is not directly in line with
the rules of the ABI.
-mcpu=cpu_type
Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type. Supported values for cpu_type are ‘v7’, ‘cypress’, ‘v8’, ‘supersparc’, ‘hypersparc’, ‘leon’, ‘leon3’, ‘sparclite’, ‘f930’, ‘f934’, ‘sparclite86x’, ‘sparclet’, ‘tsc701’, ‘v9’, ‘ultrasparc’, ‘ultrasparc3’, ‘niagara’, ‘niagara2’, ‘niagara3’ and ‘niagara4’.
Native Solaris and GNU/Linux toolchains also support the value ‘native’, which selects the best architecture option for the host processor. -mcpu=native has no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor.
Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select an architecture and not an implementation. These are ‘v7’, ‘v8’, ‘sparclite’, ‘sparclet’, ‘v9’.
Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported implementations.
cypress
supersparc, hypersparc, leon, leon3
f930, f934, sparclite86x
tsc701
ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2, niagara3, niagara4
By default (unless configured otherwise), GCC generates code for the V7 variant of the SPARC architecture. With -mcpu=cypress, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Cypress CY7C602 chip, as used in the SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series. This is also appropriate for the older SPARCStation 1, 2, IPX etc.
With -mcpu=v8, GCC generates code for the V8 variant of the SPARC architecture. The only difference from V7 code is that the compiler emits the integer multiply and integer divide instructions which exist in SPARC-V8 but not in SPARC-V7. With -mcpu=supersparc, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the SuperSPARC chip, as used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000 and 2000 series.
With -mcpu=sparclite, GCC generates code for the SPARClite variant of
the SPARC architecture. This adds the integer multiply, integer divide step
and scan (ffs
) instructions which exist in SPARClite but not in SPARC-V7.
With -mcpu=f930, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
Fujitsu MB86930 chip, which is the original SPARClite, with no FPU. With
-mcpu=f934, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Fujitsu
MB86934 chip, which is the more recent SPARClite with FPU.
With -mcpu=sparclet, GCC generates code for the SPARClet variant of
the SPARC architecture. This adds the integer multiply, multiply/accumulate,
integer divide step and scan (ffs
) instructions which exist in SPARClet
but not in SPARC-V7. With -mcpu=tsc701, the compiler additionally
optimizes it for the TEMIC SPARClet chip.
With -mcpu=v9, GCC generates code for the V9 variant of the SPARC architecture. This adds 64-bit integer and floating-point move instructions, 3 additional floating-point condition code registers and conditional move instructions. With -mcpu=ultrasparc, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC I/II/IIi chips. With -mcpu=ultrasparc3, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC III/III+/IIIi/IIIi+/IV/IV+ chips. With -mcpu=niagara, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T1 chips. With -mcpu=niagara2, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T2 chips. With -mcpu=niagara3, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T3 chips. With -mcpu=niagara4, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T4 chips.
-mtune=cpu_type
Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the option -mcpu=cpu_type does.
The same values for -mcpu=cpu_type can be used for -mtune=cpu_type, but the only useful values are those that select a particular CPU implementation. Those are ‘cypress’, ‘supersparc’, ‘hypersparc’, ‘leon’, ‘leon3’, ‘f930’, ‘f934’, ‘sparclite86x’, ‘tsc701’, ‘ultrasparc’, ‘ultrasparc3’, ‘niagara’, ‘niagara2’, ‘niagara3’ and ‘niagara4’. With native Solaris and GNU/Linux toolchains, ‘native’ can also be used.
-mv8plus
-mno-v8plus
With -mv8plus, GCC generates code for the SPARC-V8+ ABI. The difference from the V8 ABI is that the global and out registers are considered 64 bits wide. This is enabled by default on Solaris in 32-bit mode for all SPARC-V9 processors.
-mvis
-mno-vis
With -mvis, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is -mno-vis.
-mvis2
-mno-vis2
With -mvis2, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 2.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is -mvis2 when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as UltraSPARC-III and later. Setting -mvis2 also sets -mvis.
-mvis3
-mno-vis3
With -mvis3, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 3.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is -mvis3 when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as niagara-3 and later. Setting -mvis3 also sets -mvis2 and -mvis.
-mcbcond
-mno-cbcond
With -mcbcond, GCC generates code that takes advantage of compare-and-branch instructions, as defined in the Sparc Architecture 2011. The default is -mcbcond when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as niagara-4 and later.
-mpopc
-mno-popc
With -mpopc, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC population count instruction. The default is -mpopc when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as Niagara-2 and later.
-mfmaf
-mno-fmaf
With -mfmaf, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Fused Multiply-Add Floating-point extensions. The default is -mfmaf when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as Niagara-3 and later.
-mfix-at697f
Enable the documented workaround for the single erratum of the Atmel AT697F processor (which corresponds to erratum #13 of the AT697E processor).
-mfix-ut699
Enable the documented workarounds for the floating-point errata and the data cache nullify errata of the UT699 processor.
These ‘-m’ options are supported in addition to the above on SPARC-V9 processors in 64-bit environments:
-m32
-m64
Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.
-mcmodel=which
Set the code model to one of
The Medium/Low code model: 64-bit addresses, programs must be linked in the low 32 bits of memory. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
The Medium/Middle code model: 64-bit addresses, programs must be linked in the low 44 bits of memory, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB of the text segment.
The Medium/Anywhere code model: 64-bit addresses, programs may be linked anywhere in memory, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB of the text segment.
The Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems: 64-bit addresses, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in size, both starting anywhere in memory (determined at link time). The global register %g4 points to the base of the data segment. Programs are statically linked and PIC is not supported.
-mmemory-model=mem-model
Set the memory model in force on the processor to one of
The default memory model for the processor and operating system.
Relaxed Memory Order
Partial Store Order
Total Store Order
Sequential Consistency
These memory models are formally defined in Appendix D of the Sparc V9
architecture manual, as set in the processor’s PSTATE.MM
field.
-mstack-bias
-mno-stack-bias
With -mstack-bias, GCC assumes that the stack pointer, and frame pointer if present, are offset by -2047 which must be added back when making stack frame references. This is the default in 64-bit mode. Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
Next: System V Options, Previous: SPARC Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are supported on the SPU:
-mwarn-reloc
-merror-reloc
The loader for SPU does not handle dynamic relocations. By default, GCC gives an error when it generates code that requires a dynamic relocation. -mno-error-reloc disables the error, -mwarn-reloc generates a warning instead.
-msafe-dma
-munsafe-dma
Instructions that initiate or test completion of DMA must not be
reordered with respect to loads and stores of the memory that is being
accessed.
With -munsafe-dma you must use the volatile
keyword to protect
memory accesses, but that can lead to inefficient code in places where the
memory is known to not change. Rather than mark the memory as volatile,
you can use -msafe-dma to tell the compiler to treat
the DMA instructions as potentially affecting all memory.
-mbranch-hints
By default, GCC generates a branch hint instruction to avoid pipeline stalls for always-taken or probably-taken branches. A hint is not generated closer than 8 instructions away from its branch. There is little reason to disable them, except for debugging purposes, or to make an object a little bit smaller.
-msmall-mem
-mlarge-mem
By default, GCC generates code assuming that addresses are never larger than 18 bits. With -mlarge-mem code is generated that assumes a full 32-bit address.
-mstdmain
By default, GCC links against startup code that assumes the SPU-style
main function interface (which has an unconventional parameter list).
With -mstdmain, GCC links your program against startup
code that assumes a C99-style interface to main
, including a
local copy of argv
strings.
-mfixed-range=register-range
Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use. This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified separated by a comma.
-mea32
-mea64
Compile code assuming that pointers to the PPU address space accessed
via the __ea
named address space qualifier are either 32 or 64
bits wide. The default is 32 bits. As this is an ABI-changing option,
all object code in an executable must be compiled with the same setting.
-maddress-space-conversion
-mno-address-space-conversion
Allow/disallow treating the __ea
address space as superset
of the generic address space. This enables explicit type casts
between __ea
and generic pointer as well as implicit
conversions of generic pointers to __ea
pointers. The
default is to allow address space pointer conversions.
-mcache-size=cache-size
This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an
executable and selects a software-managed cache for accessing variables
in the __ea
address space with a particular cache size. Possible
options for cache-size are ‘8’, ‘16’, ‘32’, ‘64’
and ‘128’. The default cache size is 64KB.
-matomic-updates
-mno-atomic-updates
This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an
executable and selects whether atomic updates to the software-managed
cache of PPU-side variables are used. If you use atomic updates, changes
to a PPU variable from SPU code using the __ea
named address space
qualifier do not interfere with changes to other PPU variables residing
in the same cache line from PPU code. If you do not use atomic updates,
such interference may occur; however, writing back cache lines is
more efficient. The default behavior is to use atomic updates.
-mdual-nops
-mdual-nops=n
By default, GCC inserts nops to increase dual issue when it expects it to increase performance. n can be a value from 0 to 10. A smaller n inserts fewer nops. 10 is the default, 0 is the same as -mno-dual-nops. Disabled with -Os.
-mhint-max-nops=n
Maximum number of nops to insert for a branch hint. A branch hint must be at least 8 instructions away from the branch it is affecting. GCC inserts up to n nops to enforce this, otherwise it does not generate the branch hint.
-mhint-max-distance=n
The encoding of the branch hint instruction limits the hint to be within 256 instructions of the branch it is affecting. By default, GCC makes sure it is within 125.
-msafe-hints
Work around a hardware bug that causes the SPU to stall indefinitely.
By default, GCC inserts the hbrp
instruction to make sure
this stall won’t happen.
Next: TILE-Gx Options, Previous: SPU Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
-G
Create a shared object. It is recommended that -symbolic or -shared be used instead.
-Qy
Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
.ident
assembler directive in the output.
-Qn
Refrain from adding .ident
directives to the output file (this is
the default).
-YP,dirs
Search the directories dirs, and no others, for libraries specified with -l.
-Ym,dir
Look in the directory dir to find the M4 preprocessor. The assembler uses this option.
Next: TILEPro Options, Previous: System V Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are supported on the TILE-Gx:
-mcmodel=small
Generate code for the small model. The distance for direct calls is limited to 500M in either direction. PC-relative addresses are 32 bits. Absolute addresses support the full address range.
-mcmodel=large
Generate code for the large model. There is no limitation on call distance, pc-relative addresses, or absolute addresses.
-mcpu=name
Selects the type of CPU to be targeted. Currently the only supported type is ‘tilegx’.
-m32
-m64
Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit environment sets int, long, and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.
-mbig-endian
-mlittle-endian
Generate code in big/little endian mode, respectively.
Next: V850 Options, Previous: TILE-Gx Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are supported on the TILEPro:
-mcpu=name
Selects the type of CPU to be targeted. Currently the only supported type is ‘tilepro’.
-m32
Generate code for a 32-bit environment, which sets int, long, and pointer to 32 bits. This is the only supported behavior so the flag is essentially ignored.
Next: VAX Options, Previous: TILEPro Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for V850 implementations:
-mlong-calls
-mno-long-calls
Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be far away, the compiler always loads the function’s address into a register, and calls indirect through the pointer.
-mno-ep
-mep
Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the ep
register, and
use the shorter sld
and sst
instructions. The -mep
option is on by default if you optimize.
-mno-prolog-function
-mprolog-function
Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers at the prologue and epilogue of a function. The external functions are slower, but use less code space if more than one function saves the same number of registers. The -mprolog-function option is on by default if you optimize.
-mspace
Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns on the -mep and -mprolog-function options.
-mtda=n
Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
the tiny data area that register ep
points to. The tiny data
area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).
-msda=n
Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
the small data area that register gp
points to. The small data
area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
-mzda=n
Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
-mv850
Specify that the target processor is the V850.
-mv850e3v5
Specify that the target processor is the V850E3V5. The preprocessor constant ‘__v850e3v5__’ is defined if this option is used.
-mv850e2v4
Specify that the target processor is the V850E3V5. This is an alias for the -mv850e3v5 option.
-mv850e2v3
Specify that the target processor is the V850E2V3. The preprocessor constant ‘__v850e2v3__’ is defined if this option is used.
-mv850e2
Specify that the target processor is the V850E2. The preprocessor constant ‘__v850e2__’ is defined if this option is used.
-mv850e1
Specify that the target processor is the V850E1. The preprocessor constants ‘__v850e1__’ and ‘__v850e__’ are defined if this option is used.
-mv850es
Specify that the target processor is the V850ES. This is an alias for the -mv850e1 option.
-mv850e
Specify that the target processor is the V850E. The preprocessor constant ‘__v850e__’ is defined if this option is used.
If neither -mv850 nor -mv850e nor -mv850e1 nor -mv850e2 nor -mv850e2v3 nor -mv850e3v5 are defined then a default target processor is chosen and the relevant ‘__v850*__’ preprocessor constant is defined.
The preprocessor constants ‘__v850’ and ‘__v851__’ are always defined, regardless of which processor variant is the target.
-mdisable-callt
-mno-disable-callt
This option suppresses generation of the CALLT
instruction for the
v850e, v850e1, v850e2, v850e2v3 and v850e3v5 flavors of the v850
architecture.
This option is enabled by default when the RH850 ABI is
in use (see -mrh850-abi), and disabled by default when the
GCC ABI is in use. If CALLT
instructions are being generated
then the C preprocessor symbol __V850_CALLT__
will be defined.
-mrelax
-mno-relax
Pass on (or do not pass on) the -mrelax command line option to the assembler.
-mlong-jumps
-mno-long-jumps
Disable (or re-enable) the generation of PC-relative jump instructions.
-msoft-float
-mhard-float
Disable (or re-enable) the generation of hardware floating point
instructions. This option is only significant when the target
architecture is ‘V850E2V3’ or higher. If hardware floating point
instructions are being generated then the C preprocessor symbol
__FPU_OK__
will be defined, otherwise the symbol
__NO_FPU__
will be defined.
-mloop
Enables the use of the e3v5 LOOP instruction. The use of this instruction is not enabled by default when the e3v5 architecture is selected because its use is still experimental.
-mrh850-abi
-mghs
Enables support for the RH850 version of the V850 ABI. This is the default. With this version of the ABI the following rules apply:
When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol
__V850_RH850_ABI__
is defined.
-mgcc-abi
Enables support for the old GCC version of the V850 ABI. With this version of the ABI the following rules apply:
r10
.
When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol
__V850_GCC_ABI__
is defined.
-m8byte-align
-mno-8byte-align
Enables support for doubles
and long long
types to be
aligned on 8-byte boundaries. The default is to restrict the
alignment of all objects to at most 4-bytes. When
-m8byte-align is in effect the C preprocessor symbol
__V850_8BYTE_ALIGN__
will be defined.
-mbig-switch
Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch table.
-mapp-regs
This option causes r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated by the compiler. This setting is the default.
-mno-app-regs
This option causes r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers.
Next: VMS Options, Previous: V850 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for the VAX:
-munix
Do not output certain jump instructions (aobleq
and so on)
that the Unix assembler for the VAX cannot handle across long
ranges.
-mgnu
Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that the GNU assembler is being used.
-mg
Output code for G-format floating-point numbers instead of D-format.
Next: VxWorks Options, Previous: VAX Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These ‘-m’ options are defined for the VMS implementations:
-mvms-return-codes
Return VMS condition codes from main
. The default is to return POSIX-style
condition (e.g. error) codes.
-mdebug-main=prefix
Flag the first routine whose name starts with prefix as the main routine for the debugger.
-mmalloc64
Default to 64-bit memory allocation routines.
-mpointer-size=size
Set the default size of pointers. Possible options for size are
‘32’ or ‘short’ for 32 bit pointers, ‘64’ or ‘long’
for 64 bit pointers, and ‘no’ for supporting only 32 bit pointers.
The later option disables pragma pointer_size
.
Next: x86-64 Options, Previous: VMS Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
The options in this section are defined for all VxWorks targets. Options specific to the target hardware are listed with the other options for that target.
-mrtp
GCC can generate code for both VxWorks kernels and real time processes
(RTPs). This option switches from the former to the latter. It also
defines the preprocessor macro __RTP__
.
-non-static
Link an RTP executable against shared libraries rather than static libraries. The options -static and -shared can also be used for RTPs (see Link Options); -static is the default.
-Bstatic
-Bdynamic
These options are passed down to the linker. They are defined for compatibility with Diab.
-Xbind-lazy
Enable lazy binding of function calls. This option is equivalent to -Wl,-z,now and is defined for compatibility with Diab.
-Xbind-now
Disable lazy binding of function calls. This option is the default and is defined for compatibility with Diab.
Next: Xstormy16 Options, Previous: VxWorks Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These are listed under See i386 and x86-64 Options.
Next: Xtensa Options, Previous: x86-64 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are defined for Xstormy16:
-msim
Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
Next: zSeries Options, Previous: Xstormy16 Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These options are supported for Xtensa targets:
-mconst16
-mno-const16
Enable or disable use of CONST16
instructions for loading
constant values. The CONST16
instruction is currently not a
standard option from Tensilica. When enabled, CONST16
instructions are always used in place of the standard L32R
instructions. The use of CONST16
is enabled by default only if
the L32R
instruction is not available.
-mfused-madd
-mno-fused-madd
Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract instructions in the floating-point option. This has no effect if the floating-point option is not also enabled. Disabling fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract instructions forces the compiler to use separate instructions for the multiply and add/subtract operations. This may be desirable in some cases where strict IEEE 754-compliant results are required: the fused multiply add/subtract instructions do not round the intermediate result, thereby producing results with more bits of precision than specified by the IEEE standard. Disabling fused multiply add/subtract instructions also ensures that the program output is not sensitive to the compiler’s ability to combine multiply and add/subtract operations.
-mserialize-volatile
-mno-serialize-volatile
When this option is enabled, GCC inserts MEMW
instructions before
volatile
memory references to guarantee sequential consistency.
The default is -mserialize-volatile. Use
-mno-serialize-volatile to omit the MEMW
instructions.
-mforce-no-pic
For targets, like GNU/Linux, where all user-mode Xtensa code must be position-independent code (PIC), this option disables PIC for compiling kernel code.
-mtext-section-literals
-mno-text-section-literals
Control the treatment of literal pools. The default is -mno-text-section-literals, which places literals in a separate section in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be placed in a data RAM/ROM, and it also allows the linker to combine literal pools from separate object files to remove redundant literals and improve code size. With -mtext-section-literals, the literals are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them as close as possible to their references. This may be necessary for large assembly files.
-mtarget-align
-mno-target-align
When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to
automatically align instructions to reduce branch penalties at the
expense of some code density. The assembler attempts to widen density
instructions to align branch targets and the instructions following call
instructions. If there are not enough preceding safe density
instructions to align a target, no widening is performed. The
default is -mtarget-align. These options do not affect the
treatment of auto-aligned instructions like LOOP
, which the
assembler always aligns, either by widening density instructions or
by inserting NOP instructions.
-mlongcalls
-mno-longcalls
When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to translate
direct calls to indirect calls unless it can determine that the target
of a direct call is in the range allowed by the call instruction. This
translation typically occurs for calls to functions in other source
files. Specifically, the assembler translates a direct CALL
instruction into an L32R
followed by a CALLX
instruction.
The default is -mno-longcalls. This option should be used in
programs where the call target can potentially be out of range. This
option is implemented in the assembler, not the compiler, so the
assembly code generated by GCC still shows direct call
instructions—look at the disassembled object code to see the actual
instructions. Note that the assembler uses an indirect call for
every cross-file call, not just those that really are out of range.
Previous: Xtensa Options, Up: Submodel Options [Contents][Index]
These are listed under See S/390 and zSeries Options.
Next: Environment Variables, Previous: Submodel Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
These machine-independent options control the interface conventions used in code generation.
Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo is -fno-foo. In the table below, only one of the forms is listed—the one that is not the default. You can figure out the other form by either removing ‘no-’ or adding it.
-fbounds-check
For front ends that support it, generate additional code to check that indices used to access arrays are within the declared range. This is currently only supported by the Java and Fortran front ends, where this option defaults to true and false respectively.
-fstack-reuse=reuse-level
This option controls stack space reuse for user declared local/auto variables and compiler generated temporaries. reuse_level can be ‘all’, ‘named_vars’, or ‘none’. ‘all’ enables stack reuse for all local variables and temporaries, ‘named_vars’ enables the reuse only for user defined local variables with names, and ‘none’ disables stack reuse completely. The default value is ‘all’. The option is needed when the program extends the lifetime of a scoped local variable or a compiler generated temporary beyond the end point defined by the language. When a lifetime of a variable ends, and if the variable lives in memory, the optimizing compiler has the freedom to reuse its stack space with other temporaries or scoped local variables whose live range does not overlap with it. Legacy code extending local lifetime will likely to break with the stack reuse optimization.
For example,
int *p; { int local1; p = &local1; local1 = 10; .... } { int local2; local2 = 20; ... } if (*p == 10) // out of scope use of local1 { }
Another example:
struct A { A(int k) : i(k), j(k) { } int i; int j; }; A *ap; void foo(const A& ar) { ap = &ar; } void bar() { foo(A(10)); // temp object's lifetime ends when foo returns { A a(20); .... } ap->i+= 10; // ap references out of scope temp whose space // is reused with a. What is the value of ap->i? }
The lifetime of a compiler generated temporary is well defined by the C++ standard. When a lifetime of a temporary ends, and if the temporary lives in memory, the optimizing compiler has the freedom to reuse its stack space with other temporaries or scoped local variables whose live range does not overlap with it. However some of the legacy code relies on the behavior of older compilers in which temporaries’ stack space is not reused, the aggressive stack reuse can lead to runtime errors. This option is used to control the temporary stack reuse optimization.
-ftrapv
This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction, multiplication operations.
-fwrapv
This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic overflow of addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around using twos-complement representation. This flag enables some optimizations and disables others. This option is enabled by default for the Java front end, as required by the Java language specification.
-fexceptions
Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate exceptions. For some targets, this implies GCC generates frame unwind information for all functions, which can produce significant data size overhead, although it does not affect execution. If you do not specify this option, GCC enables it by default for languages like C++ that normally require exception handling, and disables it for languages like C that do not normally require it. However, you may need to enable this option when compiling C code that needs to interoperate properly with exception handlers written in C++. You may also wish to disable this option if you are compiling older C++ programs that don’t use exception handling.
-fnon-call-exceptions
Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw exceptions.
Note that this requires platform-specific runtime support that does
not exist everywhere. Moreover, it only allows trapping
instructions to throw exceptions, i.e. memory references or floating-point
instructions. It does not allow exceptions to be thrown from
arbitrary signal handlers such as SIGALRM
.
-fdelete-dead-exceptions
Consider that instructions that may throw exceptions but don’t otherwise contribute to the execution of the program can be optimized away. This option is enabled by default for the Ada front end, as permitted by the Ada language specification. Optimization passes that cause dead exceptions to be removed are enabled independently at different optimization levels.
-funwind-tables
Similar to -fexceptions, except that it just generates any needed static data, but does not affect the generated code in any other way. You normally do not need to enable this option; instead, a language processor that needs this handling enables it on your behalf.
-fasynchronous-unwind-tables
Generate unwind table in DWARF 2 format, if supported by target machine. The table is exact at each instruction boundary, so it can be used for stack unwinding from asynchronous events (such as debugger or garbage collector).
-fno-gnu-unique
On systems with recent GNU assembler and C library, the C++ compiler
uses the STB_GNU_UNIQUE
binding to make sure that definitions
of template static data members and static local variables in inline
functions are unique even in the presence of RTLD_LOCAL
; this
is necessary to avoid problems with a library used by two different
RTLD_LOCAL
plugins depending on a definition in one of them and
therefore disagreeing with the other one about the binding of the
symbol. But this causes dlclose
to be ignored for affected
DSOs; if your program relies on reinitialization of a DSO via
dlclose
and dlopen
, you can use
-fno-gnu-unique.
-fpcc-struct-return
Return “short” struct
and union
values in memory like
longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less
efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between
GCC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers, particularly
the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends on the target configuration macros.
Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match that of some integer type.
Warning: code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the -freg-struct-return switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
-freg-struct-return
Return struct
and union
values in registers when possible.
This is more efficient for small structures than
-fpcc-struct-return.
If you specify neither -fpcc-struct-return nor -freg-struct-return, GCC defaults to whichever convention is standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, GCC defaults to -fpcc-struct-return, except on targets where GCC is the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard, and we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
Warning: code compiled with the -freg-struct-return switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
-fshort-enums
Allocate to an enum
type only as many bytes as it needs for the
declared range of possible values. Specifically, the enum
type
is equivalent to the smallest integer type that has enough room.
Warning: the -fshort-enums switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
-fshort-double
Use the same size for double
as for float
.
Warning: the -fshort-double switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
-fshort-wchar
Override the underlying type for ‘wchar_t’ to be ‘short unsigned int’ instead of the default for the target. This option is useful for building programs to run under WINE.
Warning: the -fshort-wchar switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
-fno-common
In C code, controls the placement of uninitialized global variables.
Unix C compilers have traditionally permitted multiple definitions of
such variables in different compilation units by placing the variables
in a common block.
This is the behavior specified by -fcommon, and is the default
for GCC on most targets.
On the other hand, this behavior is not required by ISO C, and on some
targets may carry a speed or code size penalty on variable references.
The -fno-common option specifies that the compiler should place
uninitialized global variables in the data section of the object file,
rather than generating them as common blocks.
This has the effect that if the same variable is declared
(without extern
) in two different compilations,
you get a multiple-definition error when you link them.
In this case, you must compile with -fcommon instead.
Compiling with -fno-common is useful on targets for which
it provides better performance, or if you wish to verify that the
program will work on other systems that always treat uninitialized
variable declarations this way.
-fno-ident
Ignore the ‘#ident’ directive.
-finhibit-size-directive
Don’t output a .size
assembler directive, or anything else that
would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is
used when compiling crtstuff.c; you should not need to use it
for anything else.
-fverbose-asm
Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while debugging the compiler itself).
-fno-verbose-asm, the default, causes the extra information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler files.
-frecord-gcc-switches
This switch causes the command line used to invoke the compiler to be recorded into the object file that is being created. This switch is only implemented on some targets and the exact format of the recording is target and binary file format dependent, but it usually takes the form of a section containing ASCII text. This switch is related to the -fverbose-asm switch, but that switch only records information in the assembler output file as comments, so it never reaches the object file. See also -grecord-gcc-switches for another way of storing compiler options into the object file.
-fpic
Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a shared library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all constant addresses through a global offset table (GOT). The dynamic loader resolves the GOT entries when the program starts (the dynamic loader is not part of GCC; it is part of the operating system). If the GOT size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific maximum size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that -fpic does not work; in that case, recompile with -fPIC instead. (These maximums are 8k on the SPARC and 32k on the m68k and RS/6000. The 386 has no such limit.)
Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works only on certain machines. For the 386, GCC supports PIC for System V but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the IBM RS/6000 is always position-independent.
When this flag is set, the macros __pic__
and __PIC__
are defined to 1.
-fPIC
If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code, suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k, PowerPC and SPARC.
Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works only on certain machines.
When this flag is set, the macros __pic__
and __PIC__
are defined to 2.
-fpie
-fPIE
These options are similar to -fpic and -fPIC, but generated position independent code can be only linked into executables. Usually these options are used when -pie GCC option is used during linking.
-fpie and -fPIE both define the macros
__pie__
and __PIE__
. The macros have the value 1
for -fpie and 2 for -fPIE.
-fno-jump-tables
Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be more efficient than other code generation strategies. This option is of use in conjunction with -fpic or -fPIC for building code that forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot reference the address of a jump table. On some targets, jump tables do not require a GOT and this option is not needed.
-ffixed-reg
Treat the register named reg as a fixed register; generated code should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame pointer or in some other fixed role).
reg must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
are machine-specific and are defined in the REGISTER_NAMES
macro in the machine description macro file.
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice.
-fcall-used-reg
Treat the register named reg as an allocable register that is clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way do not save and restore the register reg.
It is an error to use this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer. Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in the machine’s execution model produces disastrous results.
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice.
-fcall-saved-reg
Treat the register named reg as an allocable register saved by functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that live across a call. Functions compiled this way save and restore the register reg if they use it.
It is an error to use this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer. Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in the machine’s execution model produces disastrous results.
A different sort of disaster results from the use of this flag for a register in which function values may be returned.
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice.
-fpack-struct[=n]
Without a value specified, pack all structure members together without holes. When a value is specified (which must be a small power of two), pack structure members according to this value, representing the maximum alignment (that is, objects with default alignment requirements larger than this are output potentially unaligned at the next fitting location.
Warning: the -fpack-struct switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Additionally, it makes the code suboptimal. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
-finstrument-functions
Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just
after function entry and just before function exit, the following
profiling functions are called with the address of the current
function and its call site. (On some platforms,
__builtin_return_address
does not work beyond the current
function, so the call site information may not be available to the
profiling functions otherwise.)
void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn, void *call_site); void __cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
The first argument is the address of the start of the current function, which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other functions. The profiling calls indicate where, conceptually, the inline function is entered and exited. This means that addressable versions of such functions must be available. If all your uses of a function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion of code size. If you use ‘extern inline’ in your C code, an addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is normally the case anyway, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without providing static copies.)
A function may be given the attribute no_instrument_function
, in
which case this instrumentation is not done. This can be used, for
example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
routines generate output or allocate memory).
-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,…
Set the list of functions that are excluded from instrumentation (see
the description of -finstrument-functions
). If the file that
contains a function definition matches with one of file, then
that function is not instrumented. The match is done on substrings:
if the file parameter is a substring of the file name, it is
considered to be a match.
For example:
-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=/bits/stl,include/sys
excludes any inline function defined in files whose pathnames
contain /bits/stl
or include/sys
.
If, for some reason, you want to include letter ','
in one of
sym, write '\,'
. For example,
-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list='\,\,tmp'
(note the single quote surrounding the option).
-finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,…
This is similar to -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list
,
but this option sets the list of function names to be excluded from
instrumentation. The function name to be matched is its user-visible
name, such as vector<int> blah(const vector<int> &)
, not the
internal mangled name (e.g., _Z4blahRSt6vectorIiSaIiEE
). The
match is done on substrings: if the sym parameter is a substring
of the function name, it is considered to be a match. For C99 and C++
extended identifiers, the function name must be given in UTF-8, not
using universal character names.
-fstack-check
Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an environment with multiple threads, but you only rarely need to specify it in a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done; the operating system or the language runtime must do that. The switch causes generation of code to ensure that they see the stack being extended.
You can additionally specify a string parameter: no
means no
checking, generic
means force the use of old-style checking,
specific
means use the best checking method and is equivalent
to bare -fstack-check.
Old-style checking is a generic mechanism that requires no specific target support in the compiler but comes with the following drawbacks:
Note that old-style stack checking is also the fallback method for
specific
if no target support has been added in the compiler.
-fstack-limit-register=reg
-fstack-limit-symbol=sym
-fno-stack-limit
Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain value, either the value of a register or the address of a symbol. If a larger stack is required, a signal is raised at run time. For most targets, the signal is raised before the stack overruns the boundary, so it is possible to catch the signal without taking special precautions.
For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address ‘0x80000000’ and grows downwards, you can use the flags -fstack-limit-symbol=__stack_limit and -Wl,--defsym,__stack_limit=0x7ffe0000 to enforce a stack limit of 128KB. Note that this may only work with the GNU linker.
-fsplit-stack
Generate code to automatically split the stack before it overflows. The resulting program has a discontiguous stack which can only overflow if the program is unable to allocate any more memory. This is most useful when running threaded programs, as it is no longer necessary to calculate a good stack size to use for each thread. This is currently only implemented for the i386 and x86_64 back ends running GNU/Linux.
When code compiled with -fsplit-stack calls code compiled without -fsplit-stack, there may not be much stack space available for the latter code to run. If compiling all code, including library code, with -fsplit-stack is not an option, then the linker can fix up these calls so that the code compiled without -fsplit-stack always has a large stack. Support for this is implemented in the gold linker in GNU binutils release 2.21 and later.
-fleading-underscore
This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-underscore, forcibly change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use is to help link with legacy assembly code.
Warning: the -fleading-underscore switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface. Not all targets provide complete support for this switch.
-ftls-model=model
Alter the thread-local storage model to be used (see Thread-Local).
The model argument should be one of global-dynamic
,
local-dynamic
, initial-exec
or local-exec
.
Note that the choice is subject to optimization: the compiler may use
a more efficient model for symbols not visible outside of the translation
unit, or if -fpic is not given on the command line.
The default without -fpic is initial-exec
; with
-fpic the default is global-dynamic
.
-fvisibility=default|internal|hidden|protected
Set the default ELF image symbol visibility to the specified option—all symbols are marked with this unless overridden within the code. Using this feature can very substantially improve linking and load times of shared object libraries, produce more optimized code, provide near-perfect API export and prevent symbol clashes. It is strongly recommended that you use this in any shared objects you distribute.
Despite the nomenclature, default
always means public; i.e.,
available to be linked against from outside the shared object.
protected
and internal
are pretty useless in real-world
usage so the only other commonly used option is hidden
.
The default if -fvisibility isn’t specified is
default
, i.e., make every
symbol public—this causes the same behavior as previous versions of
GCC.
A good explanation of the benefits offered by ensuring ELF
symbols have the correct visibility is given by “How To Write
Shared Libraries” by Ulrich Drepper (which can be found at
http://people.redhat.com/~drepper/)—however a superior
solution made possible by this option to marking things hidden when
the default is public is to make the default hidden and mark things
public. This is the norm with DLLs on Windows and with -fvisibility=hidden
and __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
instead of
__declspec(dllexport)
you get almost identical semantics with
identical syntax. This is a great boon to those working with
cross-platform projects.
For those adding visibility support to existing code, you may find
‘#pragma GCC visibility’ of use. This works by you enclosing
the declarations you wish to set visibility for with (for example)
‘#pragma GCC visibility push(hidden)’ and
‘#pragma GCC visibility pop’.
Bear in mind that symbol visibility should be viewed as
part of the API interface contract and thus all new code should
always specify visibility when it is not the default; i.e., declarations
only for use within the local DSO should always be marked explicitly
as hidden as so to avoid PLT indirection overheads—making this
abundantly clear also aids readability and self-documentation of the code.
Note that due to ISO C++ specification requirements, operator new
and
operator delete
must always be of default visibility.
Be aware that headers from outside your project, in particular system headers and headers from any other library you use, may not be expecting to be compiled with visibility other than the default. You may need to explicitly say ‘#pragma GCC visibility push(default)’ before including any such headers.
‘extern’ declarations are not affected by -fvisibility, so
a lot of code can be recompiled with -fvisibility=hidden with
no modifications. However, this means that calls to extern
functions with no explicit visibility use the PLT, so it is more
effective to use __attribute ((visibility))
and/or
#pragma GCC visibility
to tell the compiler which extern
declarations should be treated as hidden.
Note that -fvisibility does affect C++ vague linkage entities. This means that, for instance, an exception class that is be thrown between DSOs must be explicitly marked with default visibility so that the ‘type_info’ nodes are unified between the DSOs.
An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use them is at http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility.
-fstrict-volatile-bitfields
This option should be used if accesses to volatile bit-fields (or other
structure fields, although the compiler usually honors those types
anyway) should use a single access of the width of the
field’s type, aligned to a natural alignment if possible. For
example, targets with memory-mapped peripheral registers might require
all such accesses to be 16 bits wide; with this flag you can
declare all peripheral bit-fields as unsigned short
(assuming short
is 16 bits on these targets) to force GCC to use 16-bit accesses
instead of, perhaps, a more efficient 32-bit access.
If this option is disabled, the compiler uses the most efficient instruction. In the previous example, that might be a 32-bit load instruction, even though that accesses bytes that do not contain any portion of the bit-field, or memory-mapped registers unrelated to the one being updated.
In some cases, such as when the packed
attribute is applied to a
structure field, it may not be possible to access the field with a single
read or write that is correctly aligned for the target machine. In this
case GCC falls back to generating multiple accesses rather than code that
will fault or truncate the result at run time.
Note: Due to restrictions of the C/C++11 memory model, write accesses are not allowed to touch non bit-field members. It is therefore recommended to define all bits of the field’s type as bit-field members.
The default value of this option is determined by the application binary interface for the target processor.
-fsync-libcalls
This option controls whether any out-of-line instance of the __sync
family of functions may be used to implement the C++11 __atomic
family of functions.
The default value of this option is enabled, thus the only useful form of the option is -fno-sync-libcalls. This option is used in the implementation of the libatomic runtime library.
Next: Precompiled Headers, Previous: Code Gen Options, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
This section describes several environment variables that affect how GCC operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to specify other aspects of the compilation environment.
Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as -B, -I and -L (see Directory Options). These take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of GCC. See Controlling the Compilation Driver gcc in GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) Internals.
LANG
LC_CTYPE
LC_MESSAGES
LC_ALL
These environment variables control the way that GCC uses
localization information which allows GCC to work with different
national conventions. GCC inspects the locale categories
LC_CTYPE
and LC_MESSAGES
if it has been configured to do
so. These locale categories can be set to any value supported by your
installation. A typical value is ‘en_GB.UTF-8’ for English in the United
Kingdom encoded in UTF-8.
The LC_CTYPE
environment variable specifies character
classification. GCC uses it to determine the character boundaries in
a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain quote
and escape characters that are otherwise interpreted as a string
end or escape.
The LC_MESSAGES
environment variable specifies the language to
use in diagnostic messages.
If the LC_ALL
environment variable is set, it overrides the value
of LC_CTYPE
and LC_MESSAGES
; otherwise, LC_CTYPE
and LC_MESSAGES
default to the value of the LANG
environment variable. If none of these variables are set, GCC
defaults to traditional C English behavior.
TMPDIR
If TMPDIR
is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
files. GCC uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for example,
the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the compiler
proper.
GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
Setting GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
is nearly equivalent to passing
-fcompare-debug to the compiler driver. See the documentation
of this option for more details.
GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is added
when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram, but you can
specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
is not set, GCC attempts to figure out
an appropriate prefix to use based on the pathname it is invoked with.
If GCC cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
The default value of GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
is
prefix/lib/gcc/ where prefix is the prefix to
the installed compiler. In many cases prefix is the value
of prefix
when you ran the configure script.
Other prefixes specified with -B take precedence over this prefix.
This prefix is also used for finding files such as crt0.o that are used for linking.
In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
directories whose name normally begins with ‘/usr/local/lib/gcc’
(more precisely, with the value of GCC_INCLUDE_DIR
), GCC tries
replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
alternate directory name. Thus, with -Bfoo/, GCC searches
foo/bar just before it searches the standard directory
/usr/local/lib/bar.
If a standard directory begins with the configured
prefix then the value of prefix is replaced by
GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
when looking for header files.
COMPILER_PATH
The value of COMPILER_PATH
is a colon-separated list of
directories, much like PATH
. GCC tries the directories thus
specified when searching for subprograms, if it can’t find the
subprograms using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
.
LIBRARY_PATH
The value of LIBRARY_PATH
is a colon-separated list of
directories, much like PATH
. When configured as a native compiler,
GCC tries the directories thus specified when searching for special
linker files, if it can’t find them using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
. Linking
using GCC also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
libraries for the -l option (but directories specified with
-L come first).
LANG
This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler. One way in
which this information is used is to determine the character set to be used
when character literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and C++.
When the compiler is configured to allow multibyte characters,
the following values for LANG
are recognized:
Recognize JIS characters.
Recognize SJIS characters.
Recognize EUCJP characters.
If LANG
is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
compiler uses mblen
and mbtowc
as defined by the default locale to
recognize and translate multibyte characters.
Some additional environment variables affect the behavior of the preprocessor.
CPATH
C_INCLUDE_PATH
CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
Each variable’s value is a list of directories separated by a special
character, much like PATH
, in which to look for header files.
The special character, PATH_SEPARATOR
, is target-dependent and
determined at GCC build time. For Microsoft Windows-based targets it is a
semicolon, and for almost all other targets it is a colon.
CPATH
specifies a list of directories to be searched as if
specified with -I, but after any paths given with -I
options on the command line. This environment variable is used
regardless of which language is being preprocessed.
The remaining environment variables apply only when preprocessing the particular language indicated. Each specifies a list of directories to be searched as if specified with -isystem, but after any paths given with -isystem options on the command line.
In all these variables, an empty element instructs the compiler to
search its current working directory. Empty elements can appear at the
beginning or end of a path. For instance, if the value of
CPATH
is :/special/include
, that has the same
effect as ‘-I. -I/special/include’.
DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output dependencies for Make based on the non-system header files processed by the compiler. System header files are ignored in the dependency output.
The value of DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
can be just a file name, in
which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
‘file target’, in which case the rules are written to
file file using target as the target name.
In other words, this environment variable is equivalent to combining the options -MM and -MF (see Preprocessor Options), with an optional -MT switch too.
SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES
This variable is the same as DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
(see above),
except that system header files are not ignored, so it implies
-M rather than -MM. However, the dependence on the
main input file is omitted.
See Preprocessor Options.
Previous: Environment Variables, Up: Invoking GCC [Contents][Index]
Often large projects have many header files that are included in every source file. The time the compiler takes to process these header files over and over again can account for nearly all of the time required to build the project. To make builds faster, GCC allows you to precompile a header file.
To create a precompiled header file, simply compile it as you would any
other file, if necessary using the -x option to make the driver
treat it as a C or C++ header file. You may want to use a
tool like make
to keep the precompiled header up-to-date when
the headers it contains change.
A precompiled header file is searched for when #include
is
seen in the compilation. As it searches for the included file
(see Search Path in The C Preprocessor) the
compiler looks for a precompiled header in each directory just before it
looks for the include file in that directory. The name searched for is
the name specified in the #include
with ‘.gch’ appended. If
the precompiled header file can’t be used, it is ignored.
For instance, if you have #include "all.h"
, and you have
all.h.gch in the same directory as all.h, then the
precompiled header file is used if possible, and the original
header is used otherwise.
Alternatively, you might decide to put the precompiled header file in a
directory and use -I to ensure that directory is searched
before (or instead of) the directory containing the original header.
Then, if you want to check that the precompiled header file is always
used, you can put a file of the same name as the original header in this
directory containing an #error
command.
This also works with -include. So yet another way to use precompiled headers, good for projects not designed with precompiled header files in mind, is to simply take most of the header files used by a project, include them from another header file, precompile that header file, and -include the precompiled header. If the header files have guards against multiple inclusion, they are skipped because they’ve already been included (in the precompiled header).
If you need to precompile the same header file for different languages, targets, or compiler options, you can instead make a directory named like all.h.gch, and put each precompiled header in the directory, perhaps using -o. It doesn’t matter what you call the files in the directory; every precompiled header in the directory is considered. The first precompiled header encountered in the directory that is valid for this compilation is used; they’re searched in no particular order.
There are many other possibilities, limited only by your imagination, good sense, and the constraints of your build system.
A precompiled header file can be used only when these conditions apply:
The -D option is one way to define a macro before a
precompiled header is included; using a #define
can also do it.
There are also some options that define macros implicitly, like
-O and -Wdeprecated; the same rule applies to macros
defined this way.
-fexceptions
-fmessage-length= -fpreprocessed -fsched-interblock -fsched-spec -fsched-spec-load -fsched-spec-load-dangerous -fsched-verbose=number -fschedule-insns -fvisibility= -pedantic-errors
For all of these except the last, the compiler automatically ignores the precompiled header if the conditions aren’t met. If you find an option combination that doesn’t work and doesn’t cause the precompiled header to be ignored, please consider filing a bug report, see Bugs.
If you do use differing options when generating and using the precompiled header, the actual behavior is a mixture of the behavior for the options. For instance, if you use -g to generate the precompiled header but not when using it, you may or may not get debugging information for routines in the precompiled header.
Next: C++ Implementation, Previous: Invoking GCC, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
A conforming implementation of ISO C is required to document its choice of behavior in each of the areas that are designated “implementation defined”. The following lists all such areas, along with the section numbers from the ISO/IEC 9899:1990, ISO/IEC 9899:1999 and ISO/IEC 9899:2011 standards. Some areas are only implementation-defined in one version of the standard.
Some choices depend on the externally determined ABI for the platform (including standard character encodings) which GCC follows; these are listed as “determined by ABI” below. See Binary Compatibility, and http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html. Some choices are documented in the preprocessor manual. See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor. Some choices are made by the library and operating system (or other environment when compiling for a freestanding environment); refer to their documentation for details.
Next: Environment implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
Diagnostics consist of all the output sent to stderr by GCC.
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor.
Next: Identifiers implementation, Previous: Translation implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
The behavior of most of these points are dependent on the implementation of the C library, and are not defined by GCC itself.
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor.
Next: Characters implementation, Previous: Environment implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor.
For internal names, all characters are significant. For external names, the number of significant characters are defined by the linker; for almost all targets, all characters are significant.
This is a property of the linker. C99 and C11 require that case distinctions are always significant in identifiers with external linkage and systems without this property are not supported by GCC.
Next: Integers implementation, Previous: Identifiers implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
Determined by ABI.
Determined by ABI.
Determined by ABI.
char
object into which has been stored any
character other than a member of the basic execution character set
(C90 6.1.2.5, C99 and C11 6.2.5).
Determined by ABI.
signed char
or unsigned char
has the same
range, representation, and behavior as “plain” char
(C90
6.1.2.5, C90 6.2.1.1, C99 and C11 6.2.5, C99 and C11 6.3.1.1).
Determined by ABI. The options -funsigned-char and -fsigned-char change the default. See Options Controlling C Dialect.
Determined by ABI.
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor.
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor.
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor.
Such tokens may not be concatenated.
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor.
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor.
wchar_t
, char16_t
, and
char32_t
where the corresponding standard encoding macro
(__STDC_ISO_10646__
, __STDC_UTF_16__
, or
__STDC_UTF_32__
) is not defined (C11 6.10.8.2).
See Implementation-defined
behavior in The C Preprocessor. char16_t
and
char32_t
literals are always encoded in UTF-16 and UTF-32
respectively.
Next: Floating point implementation, Previous: Characters implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
GCC does not support any extended integer types.
GCC supports only two’s complement integer types, and all bit patterns are ordinary values.
GCC does not support any extended integer types.
For conversion to a type of width N, the value is reduced modulo 2^N to be within range of the type; no signal is raised.
Bitwise operators act on the representation of the value including both the sign and value bits, where the sign bit is considered immediately above the highest-value value bit. Signed ‘>>’ acts on negative numbers by sign extension.
GCC does not use the latitude given in C99 and C11 only to treat certain aspects of signed ‘<<’ as undefined, but this is subject to change.
GCC always follows the C99 and C11 requirement that the result of division is truncated towards zero.
Next: Arrays and pointers implementation, Previous: Integers implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
<math.h>
and <complex.h>
that return floating-point
results (C90, C99 and C11 5.2.4.2.2).
The accuracy is unknown.
FLT_ROUNDS
(C90, C99 and C11 5.2.4.2.2).
GCC does not use such values.
FLT_EVAL_METHOD
(C99 and C11 5.2.4.2.2).
GCC does not use such values.
C99 Annex F is followed.
C99 Annex F is followed.
C99 Annex F is followed.
FP_CONTRACT
pragma (C99 and C11 6.5).
Expressions are currently only contracted if -ffp-contract=fast, -funsafe-math-optimizations or -ffast-math are used. This is subject to change.
FENV_ACCESS
pragma (C99 and C11
7.6.1).
This pragma is not implemented, but the default is to “off” unless -frounding-math is used in which case it is “on”.
This is dependent on the implementation of the C library, and is not defined by GCC itself.
FP_CONTRACT
pragma (C99 and C11
7.12.2).
This pragma is not implemented. Expressions are currently only contracted if -ffp-contract=fast, -funsafe-math-optimizations or -ffast-math are used. This is subject to change.
This is dependent on the implementation of the C library, and is not defined by GCC itself.
This is dependent on the implementation of the C library, and is not defined by GCC itself.
Next: Hints implementation, Previous: Floating point implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
A cast from pointer to integer discards most-significant bits if the pointer representation is larger than the integer type, sign-extends2 if the pointer representation is smaller than the integer type, otherwise the bits are unchanged.
A cast from integer to pointer discards most-significant bits if the pointer representation is smaller than the integer type, extends according to the signedness of the integer type if the pointer representation is larger than the integer type, otherwise the bits are unchanged.
When casting from pointer to integer and back again, the resulting pointer must reference the same object as the original pointer, otherwise the behavior is undefined. That is, one may not use integer arithmetic to avoid the undefined behavior of pointer arithmetic as proscribed in C99 and C11 6.5.6/8.
The value is as specified in the standard and the type is determined by the ABI.
Next: Structures unions enumerations and bit-fields implementation, Previous: Arrays and pointers implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
register
storage-class specifier are effective (C90 6.5.1, C99 and C11 6.7.1).
The register
specifier affects code generation only in these ways:
register
storage-class specifier; if register
is specified, the variable
may have a shorter lifespan than the code would indicate and may never
be placed in memory.
setjmp
doesn’t save the registers in
all circumstances. In those cases, GCC doesn’t allocate any variables
in registers unless they are marked register
.
GCC will not inline any functions if the -fno-inline option is used or if -O0 is used. Otherwise, GCC may still be unable to inline a function for many reasons; the -Winline option may be used to determine if a function has not been inlined and why not.
Next: Qualifiers implementation, Previous: Hints implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
The relevant bytes of the representation of the object are treated as an object of the type used for the access. See Type-punning. This may be a trap representation.
int
bit-field is treated as a
signed int
bit-field or as an unsigned int
bit-field
(C90 6.5.2, C90 6.5.2.1, C99 and C11 6.7.2, C99 and C11 6.7.2.1).
By default it is treated as signed int
but this may be changed
by the -funsigned-bitfields option.
_Bool
, signed int
,
and unsigned int
(C99 and C11 6.7.2.1).
Other integer types, such as long int
, and enumerated types are
permitted even in strictly conforming mode.
Atomic types are not permitted for bit-fields.
Determined by ABI.
Determined by ABI.
Determined by ABI.
Normally, the type is unsigned int
if there are no negative
values in the enumeration, otherwise int
. If
-fshort-enums is specified, then if there are negative values
it is the first of signed char
, short
and int
that can represent all the values, otherwise it is the first of
unsigned char
, unsigned short
and unsigned int
that can represent all the values.
On some targets, -fshort-enums is the default; this is determined by the ABI.
Next: Declarators implementation, Previous: Structures unions enumerations and bit-fields implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
Such an object is normally accessed by pointers and used for accessing hardware. In most expressions, it is intuitively obvious what is a read and what is a write. For example
volatile int *dst = somevalue; volatile int *src = someothervalue; *dst = *src;
will cause a read of the volatile object pointed to by src and store the
value into the volatile object pointed to by dst. There is no
guarantee that these reads and writes are atomic, especially for objects
larger than int
.
However, if the volatile storage is not being modified, and the value of the volatile storage is not used, then the situation is less obvious. For example
volatile int *src = somevalue; *src;
According to the C standard, such an expression is an rvalue whose type
is the unqualified version of its original type, i.e. int
. Whether
GCC interprets this as a read of the volatile object being pointed to or
only as a request to evaluate the expression for its side-effects depends
on this type.
If it is a scalar type, or on most targets an aggregate type whose only member object is of a scalar type, or a union type whose member objects are of scalar types, the expression is interpreted by GCC as a read of the volatile object; in the other cases, the expression is only evaluated for its side-effects.
Next: Statements implementation, Previous: Qualifiers implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
GCC is only limited by available memory.
Next: Preprocessing directives implementation, Previous: Declarators implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
case
values in a switch
statement (C90 6.6.4.2).
GCC is only limited by available memory.
Next: Library functions implementation, Previous: Statements implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor, for details of these aspects of implementation-defined behavior.
#pragma
directives where header name
preprocessing tokens are recognized (C11 6.4, C11 6.4.7).
#include
directive are combined into a header
name (C90 6.8.2, C99 and C11 6.10.2).
#include
processing (C90 6.8.2, C99
and C11 6.10.2).
STDC #pragma
directive (C90 6.8.6, C99 and C11 6.10.6).
See Pragmas in The C Preprocessor, for details of pragmas accepted by GCC on all targets. See Pragmas Accepted by GCC, for details of target-specific pragmas.
__DATE__
and __TIME__
when
respectively, the date and time of translation are not available (C90
6.8.8, C99 6.10.8, C11 6.10.8.1).
Next: Architecture implementation, Previous: Preprocessing directives implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
The behavior of most of these points are dependent on the implementation of the C library, and are not defined by GCC itself.
NULL
expands
(C90 7.1.6, C99 7.17, C11 7.19).
In <stddef.h>
, NULL
expands to ((void *)0)
. GCC
does not provide the other headers which define NULL
and some
library implementations may use other definitions in those headers.
Next: Locale-specific behavior implementation, Previous: Library functions implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
<float.h>
, <limits.h>
, and <stdint.h>
(C90, C99 and C11 5.2.4.2, C99 7.18.2, C99 7.18.3, C11 7.20.2, C11 7.20.3).
Determined by ABI.
Such accesses are supported, subject to the same requirements for synchronization for concurrent accesses as for concurrent accesses to any object.
Determined by ABI.
Extended alignments up to 2^{28} (bytes) are supported for objects of automatic storage duration. Alignments supported for objects of static and thread storage duration are determined by the ABI.
Valid alignments are powers of 2 up to and including 2^{28}.
sizeof
and _Alignof
operators (C90 6.3.3.4, C99 and C11 6.5.3.4).
Determined by ABI.
Previous: Architecture implementation, Up: C Implementation [Contents][Index]
The behavior of these points are dependent on the implementation of the C library, and are not defined by GCC itself.
Next: C Extensions, Previous: C Implementation, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
A conforming implementation of ISO C++ is required to document its choice of behavior in each of the areas that are designated “implementation defined”. The following lists all such areas, along with the section numbers from the ISO/IEC 14882:1998 and ISO/IEC 14882:2003 standards. Some areas are only implementation-defined in one version of the standard.
Some choices depend on the externally determined ABI for the platform (including standard character encodings) which GCC follows; these are listed as “determined by ABI” below. See Binary Compatibility, and http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html. Some choices are documented in the preprocessor manual. See Implementation-defined behavior in The C Preprocessor. Some choices are documented in the corresponding document for the C language. See C Implementation. Some choices are made by the library and operating system (or other environment when compiling for a freestanding environment); refer to their documentation for details.
• Conditionally-supported behavior: | ||
• Exception handling: |
Next: Exception handling, Up: C++ Implementation [Contents][Index]
Each implementation shall include documentation that identifies all conditionally-supported constructs that it does not support (C++0x 1.4).
Such argument passing is not supported.
Previous: Conditionally-supported behavior, Up: C++ Implementation [Contents][Index]
The stack is not unwound before std::terminate is called.
Next: C++ Extensions, Previous: C++ Implementation, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
GNU C provides several language features not found in ISO standard C.
(The -pedantic option directs GCC to print a warning message if
any of these features is used.) To test for the availability of these
features in conditional compilation, check for a predefined macro
__GNUC__
, which is always defined under GCC.
These extensions are available in C and Objective-C. Most of them are also available in C++. See Extensions to the C++ Language, for extensions that apply only to C++.
Some features that are in ISO C99 but not C90 or C++ are also, as extensions, accepted by GCC in C90 mode and in C++.
• Statement Exprs: | Putting statements and declarations inside expressions. | |
• Local Labels: | Labels local to a block. | |
• Labels as Values: | Getting pointers to labels, and computed gotos. | |
• Nested Functions: | As in Algol and Pascal, lexical scoping of functions. | |
• Constructing Calls: | Dispatching a call to another function. | |
• Typeof: | typeof : referring to the type of an expression.
| |
• Conditionals: | Omitting the middle operand of a ‘?:’ expression. | |
• __int128: | 128-bit integers—__int128 .
| |
• Long Long: | Double-word integers—long long int .
| |
• Complex: | Data types for complex numbers. | |
• Floating Types: | Additional Floating Types. | |
• Half-Precision: | Half-Precision Floating Point. | |
• Decimal Float: | Decimal Floating Types. | |
• Hex Floats: | Hexadecimal floating-point constants. | |
• Fixed-Point: | Fixed-Point Types. | |
• Named Address Spaces: | Named address spaces. | |
• Zero Length: | Zero-length arrays. | |
• Empty Structures: | Structures with no members. | |
• Variable Length: | Arrays whose length is computed at run time. | |
• Variadic Macros: | Macros with a variable number of arguments. | |
• Escaped Newlines: | Slightly looser rules for escaped newlines. | |
• Subscripting: | Any array can be subscripted, even if not an lvalue. | |
• Pointer Arith: | Arithmetic on void -pointers and function pointers.
| |
• Initializers: | Non-constant initializers. | |
• Compound Literals: | Compound literals give structures, unions or arrays as values. | |
• Designated Inits: | Labeling elements of initializers. | |
• Case Ranges: | ‘case 1 ... 9’ and such. | |
• Cast to Union: | Casting to union type from any member of the union. | |
• Mixed Declarations: | Mixing declarations and code. | |
• Function Attributes: | Declaring that functions have no side effects, or that they can never return. | |
• Attribute Syntax: | Formal syntax for attributes. | |
• Function Prototypes: | Prototype declarations and old-style definitions. | |
• C++ Comments: | C++ comments are recognized. | |
• Dollar Signs: | Dollar sign is allowed in identifiers. | |
• Character Escapes: | ‘\e’ stands for the character ESC. | |
• Variable Attributes: | Specifying attributes of variables. | |
• Type Attributes: | Specifying attributes of types. | |
• Alignment: | Inquiring about the alignment of a type or variable. | |
• Inline: | Defining inline functions (as fast as macros). | |
• Volatiles: | What constitutes an access to a volatile object. | |
• Extended Asm: | Assembler instructions with C expressions as operands. (With them you can define “built-in” functions.) | |
• Constraints: | Constraints for asm operands | |
• Asm Labels: | Specifying the assembler name to use for a C symbol. | |
• Explicit Reg Vars: | Defining variables residing in specified registers. | |
• Alternate Keywords: | __const__ , __asm__ , etc., for header files.
| |
• Incomplete Enums: | enum foo; , with details to follow.
| |
• Function Names: | Printable strings which are the name of the current function. | |
• Return Address: | Getting the return or frame address of a function. | |
• Vector Extensions: | Using vector instructions through built-in functions. | |
• Offsetof: | Special syntax for implementing offsetof .
| |
• __sync Builtins: | Legacy built-in functions for atomic memory access. | |
• __atomic Builtins: | Atomic built-in functions with memory model. | |
• x86 specific memory model extensions for transactional memory: | x86 memory models. | |
• Object Size Checking: | Built-in functions for limited buffer overflow checking. | |
• Cilk Plus Builtins: | Built-in functions for the Cilk Plus language extension. | |
• Other Builtins: | Other built-in functions. | |
• Target Builtins: | Built-in functions specific to particular targets. | |
• Target Format Checks: | Format checks specific to particular targets. | |
• Pragmas: | Pragmas accepted by GCC. | |
• Unnamed Fields: | Unnamed struct/union fields within structs/unions. | |
• Thread-Local: | Per-thread variables. | |
• Binary constants: | Binary constants using the ‘0b’ prefix. |
Next: Local Labels, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
A compound statement enclosed in parentheses may appear as an expression in GNU C. This allows you to use loops, switches, and local variables within an expression.
Recall that a compound statement is a sequence of statements surrounded by braces; in this construct, parentheses go around the braces. For example:
({ int y = foo (); int z; if (y > 0) z = y; else z = - y; z; })
is a valid (though slightly more complex than necessary) expression
for the absolute value of foo ()
.
The last thing in the compound statement should be an expression
followed by a semicolon; the value of this subexpression serves as the
value of the entire construct. (If you use some other kind of statement
last within the braces, the construct has type void
, and thus
effectively no value.)
This feature is especially useful in making macro definitions “safe” (so that they evaluate each operand exactly once). For example, the “maximum” function is commonly defined as a macro in standard C as follows:
#define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
But this definition computes either a or b twice, with bad
results if the operand has side effects. In GNU C, if you know the
type of the operands (here taken as int
), you can define
the macro safely as follows:
#define maxint(a,b) \ ({int _a = (a), _b = (b); _a > _b ? _a : _b; })
Embedded statements are not allowed in constant expressions, such as the value of an enumeration constant, the width of a bit-field, or the initial value of a static variable.
If you don’t know the type of the operand, you can still do this, but you
must use typeof
or __auto_type
(see Typeof).
In G++, the result value of a statement expression undergoes array and
function pointer decay, and is returned by value to the enclosing
expression. For instance, if A
is a class, then
A a; ({a;}).Foo ()
constructs a temporary A
object to hold the result of the
statement expression, and that is used to invoke Foo
.
Therefore the this
pointer observed by Foo
is not the
address of a
.
In a statement expression, any temporaries created within a statement are destroyed at that statement’s end. This makes statement expressions inside macros slightly different from function calls. In the latter case temporaries introduced during argument evaluation are destroyed at the end of the statement that includes the function call. In the statement expression case they are destroyed during the statement expression. For instance,
#define macro(a) ({__typeof__(a) b = (a); b + 3; }) template<typename T> T function(T a) { T b = a; return b + 3; } void foo () { macro (X ()); function (X ()); }
has different places where temporaries are destroyed. For the
macro
case, the temporary X
is destroyed just after
the initialization of b
. In the function
case that
temporary is destroyed when the function returns.
These considerations mean that it is probably a bad idea to use statement expressions of this form in header files that are designed to work with C++. (Note that some versions of the GNU C Library contained header files using statement expressions that lead to precisely this bug.)
Jumping into a statement expression with goto
or using a
switch
statement outside the statement expression with a
case
or default
label inside the statement expression is
not permitted. Jumping into a statement expression with a computed
goto
(see Labels as Values) has undefined behavior.
Jumping out of a statement expression is permitted, but if the
statement expression is part of a larger expression then it is
unspecified which other subexpressions of that expression have been
evaluated except where the language definition requires certain
subexpressions to be evaluated before or after the statement
expression. In any case, as with a function call, the evaluation of a
statement expression is not interleaved with the evaluation of other
parts of the containing expression. For example,
foo (), (({ bar1 (); goto a; 0; }) + bar2 ()), baz();
calls foo
and bar1
and does not call baz
but
may or may not call bar2
. If bar2
is called, it is
called after foo
and before bar1
.
Next: Labels as Values, Previous: Statement Exprs, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GCC allows you to declare local labels in any nested block
scope. A local label is just like an ordinary label, but you can
only reference it (with a goto
statement, or by taking its
address) within the block in which it is declared.
A local label declaration looks like this:
__label__ label;
or
__label__ label1, label2, /* … */;
Local label declarations must come at the beginning of the block, before any ordinary declarations or statements.
The label declaration defines the label name, but does not define
the label itself. You must do this in the usual way, with
label:
, within the statements of the statement expression.
The local label feature is useful for complex macros. If a macro
contains nested loops, a goto
can be useful for breaking out of
them. However, an ordinary label whose scope is the whole function
cannot be used: if the macro can be expanded several times in one
function, the label is multiply defined in that function. A
local label avoids this problem. For example:
#define SEARCH(value, array, target) \ do { \ __label__ found; \ typeof (target) _SEARCH_target = (target); \ typeof (*(array)) *_SEARCH_array = (array); \ int i, j; \ int value; \ for (i = 0; i < max; i++) \ for (j = 0; j < max; j++) \ if (_SEARCH_array[i][j] == _SEARCH_target) \ { (value) = i; goto found; } \ (value) = -1; \ found:; \ } while (0)
This could also be written using a statement expression:
#define SEARCH(array, target) \ ({ \ __label__ found; \ typeof (target) _SEARCH_target = (target); \ typeof (*(array)) *_SEARCH_array = (array); \ int i, j; \ int value; \ for (i = 0; i < max; i++) \ for (j = 0; j < max; j++) \ if (_SEARCH_array[i][j] == _SEARCH_target) \ { value = i; goto found; } \ value = -1; \ found: \ value; \ })
Local label declarations also make the labels they declare visible to nested functions, if there are any. See Nested Functions, for details.
Next: Nested Functions, Previous: Local Labels, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
You can get the address of a label defined in the current function
(or a containing function) with the unary operator ‘&&’. The
value has type void *
. This value is a constant and can be used
wherever a constant of that type is valid. For example:
void *ptr;
/* … */
ptr = &&foo;
To use these values, you need to be able to jump to one. This is done
with the computed goto statement3, goto *exp;
. For example,
goto *ptr;
Any expression of type void *
is allowed.
One way of using these constants is in initializing a static array that serves as a jump table:
static void *array[] = { &&foo, &&bar, &&hack };
Then you can select a label with indexing, like this:
goto *array[i];
Note that this does not check whether the subscript is in bounds—array indexing in C never does that.
Such an array of label values serves a purpose much like that of the
switch
statement. The switch
statement is cleaner, so
use that rather than an array unless the problem does not fit a
switch
statement very well.
Another use of label values is in an interpreter for threaded code. The labels within the interpreter function can be stored in the threaded code for super-fast dispatching.
You may not use this mechanism to jump to code in a different function. If you do that, totally unpredictable things happen. The best way to avoid this is to store the label address only in automatic variables and never pass it as an argument.
An alternate way to write the above example is
static const int array[] = { &&foo - &&foo, &&bar - &&foo, &&hack - &&foo }; goto *(&&foo + array[i]);
This is more friendly to code living in shared libraries, as it reduces the number of dynamic relocations that are needed, and by consequence, allows the data to be read-only. This alternative with label differences is not supported for the AVR target, please use the first approach for AVR programs.
The &&foo
expressions for the same label might have different
values if the containing function is inlined or cloned. If a program
relies on them being always the same,
__attribute__((__noinline__,__noclone__))
should be used to
prevent inlining and cloning. If &&foo
is used in a static
variable initializer, inlining and cloning is forbidden.
Next: Constructing Calls, Previous: Labels as Values, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
A nested function is a function defined inside another function. Nested functions are supported as an extension in GNU C, but are not supported by GNU C++.
The nested function’s name is local to the block where it is defined.
For example, here we define a nested function named square
, and
call it twice:
foo (double a, double b) { double square (double z) { return z * z; } return square (a) + square (b); }
The nested function can access all the variables of the containing
function that are visible at the point of its definition. This is
called lexical scoping. For example, here we show a nested
function which uses an inherited variable named offset
:
bar (int *array, int offset, int size) { int access (int *array, int index) { return array[index + offset]; } int i; /* … */ for (i = 0; i < size; i++) /* … */ access (array, i) /* … */ }
Nested function definitions are permitted within functions in the places where variable definitions are allowed; that is, in any block, mixed with the other declarations and statements in the block.
It is possible to call the nested function from outside the scope of its name by storing its address or passing the address to another function:
hack (int *array, int size) { void store (int index, int value) { array[index] = value; } intermediate (store, size); }
Here, the function intermediate
receives the address of
store
as an argument. If intermediate
calls store
,
the arguments given to store
are used to store into array
.
But this technique works only so long as the containing function
(hack
, in this example) does not exit.
If you try to call the nested function through its address after the containing function exits, all hell breaks loose. If you try to call it after a containing scope level exits, and if it refers to some of the variables that are no longer in scope, you may be lucky, but it’s not wise to take the risk. If, however, the nested function does not refer to anything that has gone out of scope, you should be safe.
GCC implements taking the address of a nested function using a technique called trampolines. This technique was described in Lexical Closures for C++ (Thomas M. Breuel, USENIX C++ Conference Proceedings, October 17-21, 1988).
A nested function can jump to a label inherited from a containing
function, provided the label is explicitly declared in the containing
function (see Local Labels). Such a jump returns instantly to the
containing function, exiting the nested function that did the
goto
and any intermediate functions as well. Here is an example:
bar (int *array, int offset, int size)
{
__label__ failure;
int access (int *array, int index)
{
if (index > size)
goto failure;
return array[index + offset];
}
int i;
/* … */
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
/* … */ access (array, i) /* … */
/* … */
return 0;
/* Control comes here from access
if it detects an error. */
failure:
return -1;
}
A nested function always has no linkage. Declaring one with
extern
or static
is erroneous. If you need to declare the nested function
before its definition, use auto
(which is otherwise meaningless
for function declarations).
bar (int *array, int offset, int size) { __label__ failure; auto int access (int *, int); /* … */ int access (int *array, int index) { if (index > size) goto failure; return array[index + offset]; } /* … */ }
Next: Typeof, Previous: Nested Functions, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
Using the built-in functions described below, you can record the arguments a function received, and call another function with the same arguments, without knowing the number or types of the arguments.
You can also record the return value of that function call, and later return that value, without knowing what data type the function tried to return (as long as your caller expects that data type).
However, these built-in functions may interact badly with some sophisticated features or other extensions of the language. It is, therefore, not recommended to use them outside very simple functions acting as mere forwarders for their arguments.
This built-in function returns a pointer to data describing how to perform a call with the same arguments as are passed to the current function.
The function saves the arg pointer register, structure value address, and all registers that might be used to pass arguments to a function into a block of memory allocated on the stack. Then it returns the address of that block.
This built-in function invokes function with a copy of the parameters described by arguments and size.
The value of arguments should be the value returned by
__builtin_apply_args
. The argument size specifies the size
of the stack argument data, in bytes.
This function returns a pointer to data describing how to return whatever value is returned by function. The data is saved in a block of memory allocated on the stack.
It is not always simple to compute the proper value for size. The
value is used by __builtin_apply
to compute the amount of data
that should be pushed on the stack and copied from the incoming argument
area.
This built-in function returns the value described by result from
the containing function. You should specify, for result, a value
returned by __builtin_apply
.
This built-in function represents all anonymous arguments of an inline
function. It can be used only in inline functions that are always
inlined, never compiled as a separate function, such as those using
__attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
or
__attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
extern inline functions.
It must be only passed as last argument to some other function
with variable arguments. This is useful for writing small wrapper
inlines for variable argument functions, when using preprocessor
macros is undesirable. For example:
extern int myprintf (FILE *f, const char *format, ...); extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)) int myprintf (FILE *f, const char *format, ...) { int r = fprintf (f, "myprintf: "); if (r < 0) return r; int s = fprintf (f, format, __builtin_va_arg_pack ()); if (s < 0) return s; return r + s; }
This built-in function returns the number of anonymous arguments of
an inline function. It can be used only in inline functions that
are always inlined, never compiled as a separate function, such
as those using __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
or
__attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
extern inline functions.
For example following does link- or run-time checking of open
arguments for optimized code:
#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__ extern inline __attribute__((__gnu_inline__)) int myopen (const char *path, int oflag, ...) { if (__builtin_va_arg_pack_len () > 1) warn_open_too_many_arguments (); if (__builtin_constant_p (oflag)) { if ((oflag & O_CREAT) != 0 && __builtin_va_arg_pack_len () < 1) { warn_open_missing_mode (); return __open_2 (path, oflag); } return open (path, oflag, __builtin_va_arg_pack ()); } if (__builtin_va_arg_pack_len () < 1) return __open_2 (path, oflag); return open (path, oflag, __builtin_va_arg_pack ()); } #endif
Next: Conditionals, Previous: Constructing Calls, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
typeof
Another way to refer to the type of an expression is with typeof
.
The syntax of using of this keyword looks like sizeof
, but the
construct acts semantically like a type name defined with typedef
.
There are two ways of writing the argument to typeof
: with an
expression or with a type. Here is an example with an expression:
typeof (x[0](1))
This assumes that x
is an array of pointers to functions;
the type described is that of the values of the functions.
Here is an example with a typename as the argument:
typeof (int *)
Here the type described is that of pointers to int
.
If you are writing a header file that must work when included in ISO C
programs, write __typeof__
instead of typeof
.
See Alternate Keywords.
A typeof
construct can be used anywhere a typedef name can be
used. For example, you can use it in a declaration, in a cast, or inside
of sizeof
or typeof
.
The operand of typeof
is evaluated for its side effects if and
only if it is an expression of variably modified type or the name of
such a type.
typeof
is often useful in conjunction with
statement expressions (see Statement Exprs).
Here is how the two together can
be used to define a safe “maximum” macro which operates on any
arithmetic type and evaluates each of its arguments exactly once:
#define max(a,b) \ ({ typeof (a) _a = (a); \ typeof (b) _b = (b); \ _a > _b ? _a : _b; })
The reason for using names that start with underscores for the local
variables is to avoid conflicts with variable names that occur within the
expressions that are substituted for a
and b
. Eventually we
hope to design a new form of declaration syntax that allows you to declare
variables whose scopes start only after their initializers; this will be a
more reliable way to prevent such conflicts.
Some more examples of the use of typeof
:
y
with the type of what x
points to.
typeof (*x) y;
y
as an array of such values.
typeof (*x) y[4];
y
as an array of pointers to characters:
typeof (typeof (char *)[4]) y;
It is equivalent to the following traditional C declaration:
char *y[4];
To see the meaning of the declaration using typeof
, and why it
might be a useful way to write, rewrite it with these macros:
#define pointer(T) typeof(T *) #define array(T, N) typeof(T [N])
Now the declaration can be rewritten this way:
array (pointer (char), 4) y;
Thus, array (pointer (char), 4)
is the type of arrays of 4
pointers to char
.
In GNU C, but not GNU C++, you may also declare the type of a variable
as __auto_type
. In that case, the declaration must declare
only one variable, whose declarator must just be an identifier, the
declaration must be initialized, and the type of the variable is
determined by the initializer; the name of the variable is not in
scope until after the initializer. (In C++, you should use C++11
auto
for this purpose.) Using __auto_type
, the
“maximum” macro above could be written as:
#define max(a,b) \ ({ __auto_type _a = (a); \ __auto_type _b = (b); \ _a > _b ? _a : _b; })
Using __auto_type
instead of typeof
has two advantages:
__auto_type
, but twice if
typeof
is used.
Compatibility Note: In addition to typeof
, GCC 2 supported
a more limited extension that permitted one to write
typedef T = expr;
with the effect of declaring T to have the type of the expression
expr. This extension does not work with GCC 3 (versions between
3.0 and 3.2 crash; 3.2.1 and later give an error). Code that
relies on it should be rewritten to use typeof
:
typedef typeof(expr) T;
This works with all versions of GCC.
Next: __int128, Previous: Typeof, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
The middle operand in a conditional expression may be omitted. Then if the first operand is nonzero, its value is the value of the conditional expression.
Therefore, the expression
x ? : y
has the value of x
if that is nonzero; otherwise, the value of
y
.
This example is perfectly equivalent to
x ? x : y
In this simple case, the ability to omit the middle operand is not especially useful. When it becomes useful is when the first operand does, or may (if it is a macro argument), contain a side effect. Then repeating the operand in the middle would perform the side effect twice. Omitting the middle operand uses the value already computed without the undesirable effects of recomputing it.
Next: Long Long, Previous: Conditionals, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
As an extension the integer scalar type __int128
is supported for
targets which have an integer mode wide enough to hold 128 bits.
Simply write __int128
for a signed 128-bit integer, or
unsigned __int128
for an unsigned 128-bit integer. There is no
support in GCC for expressing an integer constant of type __int128
for targets with long long
integer less than 128 bits wide.
Next: Complex, Previous: __int128, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
ISO C99 supports data types for integers that are at least 64 bits wide,
and as an extension GCC supports them in C90 mode and in C++.
Simply write long long int
for a signed integer, or
unsigned long long int
for an unsigned integer. To make an
integer constant of type long long int
, add the suffix ‘LL’
to the integer. To make an integer constant of type unsigned long
long int
, add the suffix ‘ULL’ to the integer.
You can use these types in arithmetic like any other integer types. Addition, subtraction, and bitwise boolean operations on these types are open-coded on all types of machines. Multiplication is open-coded if the machine supports a fullword-to-doubleword widening multiply instruction. Division and shifts are open-coded only on machines that provide special support. The operations that are not open-coded use special library routines that come with GCC.
There may be pitfalls when you use long long
types for function
arguments without function prototypes. If a function
expects type int
for its argument, and you pass a value of type
long long int
, confusion results because the caller and the
subroutine disagree about the number of bytes for the argument.
Likewise, if the function expects long long int
and you pass
int
. The best way to avoid such problems is to use prototypes.
Next: Floating Types, Previous: Long Long, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
ISO C99 supports complex floating data types, and as an extension GCC
supports them in C90 mode and in C++. GCC also supports complex integer data
types which are not part of ISO C99. You can declare complex types
using the keyword _Complex
. As an extension, the older GNU
keyword __complex__
is also supported.
For example, ‘_Complex double x;’ declares x
as a
variable whose real part and imaginary part are both of type
double
. ‘_Complex short int y;’ declares y
to
have real and imaginary parts of type short int
; this is not
likely to be useful, but it shows that the set of complex types is
complete.
To write a constant with a complex data type, use the suffix ‘i’ or
‘j’ (either one; they are equivalent). For example, 2.5fi
has type _Complex float
and 3i
has type
_Complex int
. Such a constant always has a pure imaginary
value, but you can form any complex value you like by adding one to a
real constant. This is a GNU extension; if you have an ISO C99
conforming C library (such as the GNU C Library), and want to construct complex
constants of floating type, you should include <complex.h>
and
use the macros I
or _Complex_I
instead.
To extract the real part of a complex-valued expression exp, write
__real__ exp
. Likewise, use __imag__
to
extract the imaginary part. This is a GNU extension; for values of
floating type, you should use the ISO C99 functions crealf
,
creal
, creall
, cimagf
, cimag
and
cimagl
, declared in <complex.h>
and also provided as
built-in functions by GCC.
The operator ‘~’ performs complex conjugation when used on a value
with a complex type. This is a GNU extension; for values of
floating type, you should use the ISO C99 functions conjf
,
conj
and conjl
, declared in <complex.h>
and also
provided as built-in functions by GCC.
GCC can allocate complex automatic variables in a noncontiguous
fashion; it’s even possible for the real part to be in a register while
the imaginary part is on the stack (or vice versa). Only the DWARF 2
debug info format can represent this, so use of DWARF 2 is recommended.
If you are using the stabs debug info format, GCC describes a noncontiguous
complex variable as if it were two separate variables of noncomplex type.
If the variable’s actual name is foo
, the two fictitious
variables are named foo$real
and foo$imag
. You can
examine and set these two fictitious variables with your debugger.
Next: Half-Precision, Previous: Complex, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
As an extension, GNU C supports additional floating
types, __float80
and __float128
to support 80-bit
(XFmode
) and 128-bit (TFmode
) floating types.
Support for additional types includes the arithmetic operators:
add, subtract, multiply, divide; unary arithmetic operators;
relational operators; equality operators; and conversions to and from
integer and other floating types. Use a suffix ‘w’ or ‘W’
in a literal constant of type __float80
and ‘q’ or ‘Q’
for _float128
. You can declare complex types using the
corresponding internal complex type, XCmode
for __float80
type and TCmode
for __float128
type:
typedef _Complex float __attribute__((mode(TC))) _Complex128; typedef _Complex float __attribute__((mode(XC))) _Complex80;
Not all targets support additional floating-point types. __float80
and __float128
types are supported on i386, x86_64 and IA-64 targets.
The __float128
type is supported on hppa HP-UX targets.
Next: Decimal Float, Previous: Floating Types, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
On ARM targets, GCC supports half-precision (16-bit) floating point via
the __fp16
type. You must enable this type explicitly
with the -mfp16-format command-line option in order to use it.
ARM supports two incompatible representations for half-precision floating-point values. You must choose one of the representations and use it consistently in your program.
Specifying -mfp16-format=ieee selects the IEEE 754-2008 format. This format can represent normalized values in the range of 2^{-14} to 65504. There are 11 bits of significand precision, approximately 3 decimal digits.
Specifying -mfp16-format=alternative selects the ARM alternative format. This representation is similar to the IEEE format, but does not support infinities or NaNs. Instead, the range of exponents is extended, so that this format can represent normalized values in the range of 2^{-14} to 131008.
The __fp16
type is a storage format only. For purposes
of arithmetic and other operations, __fp16
values in C or C++
expressions are automatically promoted to float
. In addition,
you cannot declare a function with a return value or parameters
of type __fp16
.
Note that conversions from double
to __fp16
involve an intermediate conversion to float
. Because
of rounding, this can sometimes produce a different result than a
direct conversion.
ARM provides hardware support for conversions between
__fp16
and float
values
as an extension to VFP and NEON (Advanced SIMD). GCC generates
code using these hardware instructions if you compile with
options to select an FPU that provides them;
for example, -mfpu=neon-fp16 -mfloat-abi=softfp,
in addition to the -mfp16-format option to select
a half-precision format.
Language-level support for the __fp16
data type is
independent of whether GCC generates code using hardware floating-point
instructions. In cases where hardware support is not specified, GCC
implements conversions between __fp16
and float
values
as library calls.
Next: Hex Floats, Previous: Half-Precision, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
As an extension, GNU C supports decimal floating types as defined in the N1312 draft of ISO/IEC WDTR24732. Support for decimal floating types in GCC will evolve as the draft technical report changes. Calling conventions for any target might also change. Not all targets support decimal floating types.
The decimal floating types are _Decimal32
, _Decimal64
, and
_Decimal128
. They use a radix of ten, unlike the floating types
float
, double
, and long double
whose radix is not
specified by the C standard but is usually two.
Support for decimal floating types includes the arithmetic operators
add, subtract, multiply, divide; unary arithmetic operators;
relational operators; equality operators; and conversions to and from
integer and other floating types. Use a suffix ‘df’ or
‘DF’ in a literal constant of type _Decimal32
, ‘dd’
or ‘DD’ for _Decimal64
, and ‘dl’ or ‘DL’ for
_Decimal128
.
GCC support of decimal float as specified by the draft technical report is incomplete:
__STDC_DEC_FP__
to indicate that the implementation conforms to
the technical report.
Types _Decimal32
, _Decimal64
, and _Decimal128
are supported by the DWARF 2 debug information format.
Next: Fixed-Point, Previous: Decimal Float, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
ISO C99 supports floating-point numbers written not only in the usual
decimal notation, such as 1.55e1
, but also numbers such as
0x1.fp3
written in hexadecimal format. As a GNU extension, GCC
supports this in C90 mode (except in some cases when strictly
conforming) and in C++. In that format the
‘0x’ hex introducer and the ‘p’ or ‘P’ exponent field are
mandatory. The exponent is a decimal number that indicates the power of
2 by which the significant part is multiplied. Thus ‘0x1.f’ is
1 15/16,
‘p3’ multiplies it by 8, and the value of 0x1.fp3
is the same as 1.55e1
.
Unlike for floating-point numbers in the decimal notation the exponent
is always required in the hexadecimal notation. Otherwise the compiler
would not be able to resolve the ambiguity of, e.g., 0x1.f
. This
could mean 1.0f
or 1.9375
since ‘f’ is also the
extension for floating-point constants of type float
.
Next: Named Address Spaces, Previous: Hex Floats, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
As an extension, GNU C supports fixed-point types as defined in the N1169 draft of ISO/IEC DTR 18037. Support for fixed-point types in GCC will evolve as the draft technical report changes. Calling conventions for any target might also change. Not all targets support fixed-point types.
The fixed-point types are
short _Fract
,
_Fract
,
long _Fract
,
long long _Fract
,
unsigned short _Fract
,
unsigned _Fract
,
unsigned long _Fract
,
unsigned long long _Fract
,
_Sat short _Fract
,
_Sat _Fract
,
_Sat long _Fract
,
_Sat long long _Fract
,
_Sat unsigned short _Fract
,
_Sat unsigned _Fract
,
_Sat unsigned long _Fract
,
_Sat unsigned long long _Fract
,
short _Accum
,
_Accum
,
long _Accum
,
long long _Accum
,
unsigned short _Accum
,
unsigned _Accum
,
unsigned long _Accum
,
unsigned long long _Accum
,
_Sat short _Accum
,
_Sat _Accum
,
_Sat long _Accum
,
_Sat long long _Accum
,
_Sat unsigned short _Accum
,
_Sat unsigned _Accum
,
_Sat unsigned long _Accum
,
_Sat unsigned long long _Accum
.
Fixed-point data values contain fractional and optional integral parts. The format of fixed-point data varies and depends on the target machine.
Support for fixed-point types includes:
++
, --
)
+
, -
, !
)
+
, -
, *
, /
)
<<
, >>
)
<
, <=
, >=
, >
)
==
, !=
)
+=
, -=
, *=
, /=
,
<<=
, >>=
)
Use a suffix in a fixed-point literal constant:
short _Fract
and
_Sat short _Fract
_Fract
and _Sat _Fract
long _Fract
and
_Sat long _Fract
long long _Fract
and
_Sat long long _Fract
unsigned short _Fract
and
_Sat unsigned short _Fract
unsigned _Fract
and
_Sat unsigned _Fract
unsigned long _Fract
and
_Sat unsigned long _Fract
unsigned long long _Fract
and _Sat unsigned long long _Fract
short _Accum
and
_Sat short _Accum
_Accum
and _Sat _Accum
long _Accum
and
_Sat long _Accum
long long _Accum
and
_Sat long long _Accum
unsigned short _Accum
and
_Sat unsigned short _Accum
unsigned _Accum
and
_Sat unsigned _Accum
unsigned long _Accum
and
_Sat unsigned long _Accum
unsigned long long _Accum
and _Sat unsigned long long _Accum
GCC support of fixed-point types as specified by the draft technical report is incomplete:
Fixed-point types are supported by the DWARF 2 debug information format.
Next: Zero Length, Previous: Fixed-Point, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
As an extension, GNU C supports named address spaces as defined in the N1275 draft of ISO/IEC DTR 18037. Support for named address spaces in GCC will evolve as the draft technical report changes. Calling conventions for any target might also change. At present, only the AVR, SPU, M32C, and RL78 targets support address spaces other than the generic address space.
Address space identifiers may be used exactly like any other C type
qualifier (e.g., const
or volatile
). See the N1275
document for more details.
On the AVR target, there are several address spaces that can be used
in order to put read-only data into the flash memory and access that
data by means of the special instructions LPM
or ELPM
needed to read from flash.
Per default, any data including read-only data is located in RAM (the generic address space) so that non-generic address spaces are needed to locate read-only data in flash memory and to generate the right instructions to access this data without using (inline) assembler code.
__flash
The __flash
qualifier locates data in the
.progmem.data
section. Data is read using the LPM
instruction. Pointers to this address space are 16 bits wide.
__flash1
__flash2
__flash3
__flash4
__flash5
These are 16-bit address spaces locating data in section
.progmemN.data
where N refers to
address space __flashN
.
The compiler sets the RAMPZ
segment register appropriately
before reading data by means of the ELPM
instruction.
__memx
This is a 24-bit address space that linearizes flash and RAM:
If the high bit of the address is set, data is read from
RAM using the lower two bytes as RAM address.
If the high bit of the address is clear, data is read from flash
with RAMPZ
set according to the high byte of the address.
See __builtin_avr_flash_segment
.
Objects in this address space are located in .progmemx.data
.
Example
char my_read (const __flash char ** p) { /* p is a pointer to RAM that points to a pointer to flash. The first indirection of p reads that flash pointer from RAM and the second indirection reads a char from this flash address. */ return **p; } /* Locate array[] in flash memory */ const __flash int array[] = { 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19 }; int i = 1; int main (void) { /* Return 17 by reading from flash memory */ return array[array[i]]; }
For each named address space supported by avr-gcc there is an equally named but uppercase built-in macro defined. The purpose is to facilitate testing if respective address space support is available or not:
#ifdef __FLASH const __flash int var = 1; int read_var (void) { return var; } #else #include <avr/pgmspace.h> /* From AVR-LibC */ const int var PROGMEM = 1; int read_var (void) { return (int) pgm_read_word (&var); } #endif /* __FLASH */
Notice that attribute progmem
locates data in flash but
accesses to these data read from generic address space, i.e.
from RAM,
so that you need special accessors like pgm_read_byte
from AVR-LibC
together with attribute progmem
.
Limitations and caveats
__flash
or __flashN
address spaces
shows undefined behavior. The only address space that
supports reading across the 64 KiB flash segment boundaries is
__memx
.
__flashN
address spaces
you must arrange your linker script to locate the
.progmemN.data
sections according to your needs.
const
, i.e. as read-only data.
This still applies if the data in one of these address
spaces like software version number or calibration lookup table are intended to
be changed after load time by, say, a boot loader. In this case
the right qualification is const
volatile
so that the compiler
must not optimize away known values or insert them
as immediates into operands of instructions.
pfoo
located in static storage with a 24-bit address:
extern const __memx char foo; const __memx void *pfoo = &foo;
Such code requires at least binutils 2.23, see PR13503.
On the M32C target, with the R8C and M16C CPU variants, variables
qualified with __far
are accessed using 32-bit addresses in
order to access memory beyond the first 64 Ki bytes. If
__far
is used with the M32CM or M32C CPU variants, it has no
effect.
On the RL78 target, variables qualified with __far
are accessed
with 32-bit pointers (20-bit addresses) rather than the default 16-bit
addresses. Non-far variables are assumed to appear in the topmost
64 KiB of the address space.
On the SPU target variables may be declared as
belonging to another address space by qualifying the type with the
__ea
address space identifier:
extern int __ea i;
The compiler generates special code to access the variable i
.
It may use runtime library
support, or generate special machine instructions to access that address
space.
Next: Empty Structures, Previous: Named Address Spaces, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
Zero-length arrays are allowed in GNU C. They are very useful as the last element of a structure that is really a header for a variable-length object:
struct line { int length; char contents[0]; }; struct line *thisline = (struct line *) malloc (sizeof (struct line) + this_length); thisline->length = this_length;
In ISO C90, you would have to give contents
a length of 1, which
means either you waste space or complicate the argument to malloc
.
In ISO C99, you would use a flexible array member, which is slightly different in syntax and semantics:
contents[]
without
the 0
.
sizeof
operator may not be applied. As a quirk of the original implementation
of zero-length arrays, sizeof
evaluates to zero.
struct
that is otherwise non-empty.
GCC versions before 3.0 allowed zero-length arrays to be statically initialized, as if they were flexible arrays. In addition to those cases that were useful, it also allowed initializations in situations that would corrupt later data. Non-empty initialization of zero-length arrays is now treated like any case where there are more initializer elements than the array holds, in that a suitable warning about “excess elements in array” is given, and the excess elements (all of them, in this case) are ignored.
Instead GCC allows static initialization of flexible array members.
This is equivalent to defining a new structure containing the original
structure followed by an array of sufficient size to contain the data.
E.g. in the following, f1
is constructed as if it were declared
like f2
.
struct f1 { int x; int y[]; } f1 = { 1, { 2, 3, 4 } }; struct f2 { struct f1 f1; int data[3]; } f2 = { { 1 }, { 2, 3, 4 } };
The convenience of this extension is that f1
has the desired
type, eliminating the need to consistently refer to f2.f1
.
This has symmetry with normal static arrays, in that an array of
unknown size is also written with []
.
Of course, this extension only makes sense if the extra data comes at the end of a top-level object, as otherwise we would be overwriting data at subsequent offsets. To avoid undue complication and confusion with initialization of deeply nested arrays, we simply disallow any non-empty initialization except when the structure is the top-level object. For example:
struct foo { int x; int y[]; }; struct bar { struct foo z; }; struct foo a = { 1, { 2, 3, 4 } }; // Valid. struct bar b = { { 1, { 2, 3, 4 } } }; // Invalid. struct bar c = { { 1, { } } }; // Valid. struct foo d[1] = { { 1 { 2, 3, 4 } } }; // Invalid.
Next: Variable Length, Previous: Zero Length, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GCC permits a C structure to have no members:
struct empty { };
The structure has size zero. In C++, empty structures are part
of the language. G++ treats empty structures as if they had a single
member of type char
.
Next: Variadic Macros, Previous: Empty Structures, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
Variable-length automatic arrays are allowed in ISO C99, and as an extension GCC accepts them in C90 mode and in C++. These arrays are declared like any other automatic arrays, but with a length that is not a constant expression. The storage is allocated at the point of declaration and deallocated when the block scope containing the declaration exits. For example:
FILE * concat_fopen (char *s1, char *s2, char *mode) { char str[strlen (s1) + strlen (s2) + 1]; strcpy (str, s1); strcat (str, s2); return fopen (str, mode); }
Jumping or breaking out of the scope of the array name deallocates the storage. Jumping into the scope is not allowed; you get an error message for it.
As an extension, GCC accepts variable-length arrays as a member of a structure or a union. For example:
void foo (int n) { struct S { int x[n]; }; }
You can use the function alloca
to get an effect much like
variable-length arrays. The function alloca
is available in
many other C implementations (but not in all). On the other hand,
variable-length arrays are more elegant.
There are other differences between these two methods. Space allocated
with alloca
exists until the containing function returns.
The space for a variable-length array is deallocated as soon as the array
name’s scope ends. (If you use both variable-length arrays and
alloca
in the same function, deallocation of a variable-length array
also deallocates anything more recently allocated with alloca
.)
You can also use variable-length arrays as arguments to functions:
struct entry
tester (int len, char data[len][len])
{
/* … */
}
The length of an array is computed once when the storage is allocated
and is remembered for the scope of the array in case you access it with
sizeof
.
If you want to pass the array first and the length afterward, you can use a forward declaration in the parameter list—another GNU extension.
struct entry
tester (int len; char data[len][len], int len)
{
/* … */
}
The ‘int len’ before the semicolon is a parameter forward
declaration, and it serves the purpose of making the name len
known when the declaration of data
is parsed.
You can write any number of such parameter forward declarations in the parameter list. They can be separated by commas or semicolons, but the last one must end with a semicolon, which is followed by the “real” parameter declarations. Each forward declaration must match a “real” declaration in parameter name and data type. ISO C99 does not support parameter forward declarations.
Next: Escaped Newlines, Previous: Variable Length, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
In the ISO C standard of 1999, a macro can be declared to accept a variable number of arguments much as a function can. The syntax for defining the macro is similar to that of a function. Here is an example:
#define debug(format, ...) fprintf (stderr, format, __VA_ARGS__)
Here ‘…’ is a variable argument. In the invocation of
such a macro, it represents the zero or more tokens until the closing
parenthesis that ends the invocation, including any commas. This set of
tokens replaces the identifier __VA_ARGS__
in the macro body
wherever it appears. See the CPP manual for more information.
GCC has long supported variadic macros, and used a different syntax that allowed you to give a name to the variable arguments just like any other argument. Here is an example:
#define debug(format, args...) fprintf (stderr, format, args)
This is in all ways equivalent to the ISO C example above, but arguably more readable and descriptive.
GNU CPP has two further variadic macro extensions, and permits them to be used with either of the above forms of macro definition.
In standard C, you are not allowed to leave the variable argument out entirely; but you are allowed to pass an empty argument. For example, this invocation is invalid in ISO C, because there is no comma after the string:
debug ("A message")
GNU CPP permits you to completely omit the variable arguments in this way. In the above examples, the compiler would complain, though since the expansion of the macro still has the extra comma after the format string.
To help solve this problem, CPP behaves specially for variable arguments used with the token paste operator, ‘##’. If instead you write
#define debug(format, ...) fprintf (stderr, format, ## __VA_ARGS__)
and if the variable arguments are omitted or empty, the ‘##’ operator causes the preprocessor to remove the comma before it. If you do provide some variable arguments in your macro invocation, GNU CPP does not complain about the paste operation and instead places the variable arguments after the comma. Just like any other pasted macro argument, these arguments are not macro expanded.
Next: Subscripting, Previous: Variadic Macros, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
Recently, the preprocessor has relaxed its treatment of escaped newlines. Previously, the newline had to immediately follow a backslash. The current implementation allows whitespace in the form of spaces, horizontal and vertical tabs, and form feeds between the backslash and the subsequent newline. The preprocessor issues a warning, but treats it as a valid escaped newline and combines the two lines to form a single logical line. This works within comments and tokens, as well as between tokens. Comments are not treated as whitespace for the purposes of this relaxation, since they have not yet been replaced with spaces.
Next: Pointer Arith, Previous: Escaped Newlines, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
In ISO C99, arrays that are not lvalues still decay to pointers, and may be subscripted, although they may not be modified or used after the next sequence point and the unary ‘&’ operator may not be applied to them. As an extension, GNU C allows such arrays to be subscripted in C90 mode, though otherwise they do not decay to pointers outside C99 mode. For example, this is valid in GNU C though not valid in C90:
struct foo {int a[4];}; struct foo f(); bar (int index) { return f().a[index]; }
Next: Initializers, Previous: Subscripting, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
void
- and Function-PointersIn GNU C, addition and subtraction operations are supported on pointers to
void
and on pointers to functions. This is done by treating the
size of a void
or of a function as 1.
A consequence of this is that sizeof
is also allowed on void
and on function types, and returns 1.
The option -Wpointer-arith requests a warning if these extensions are used.
Next: Compound Literals, Previous: Pointer Arith, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
As in standard C++ and ISO C99, the elements of an aggregate initializer for an automatic variable are not required to be constant expressions in GNU C. Here is an example of an initializer with run-time varying elements:
foo (float f, float g)
{
float beat_freqs[2] = { f-g, f+g };
/* … */
}
Next: Designated Inits, Previous: Initializers, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
ISO C99 supports compound literals. A compound literal looks like a cast containing an initializer. Its value is an object of the type specified in the cast, containing the elements specified in the initializer; it is an lvalue. As an extension, GCC supports compound literals in C90 mode and in C++, though the semantics are somewhat different in C++.
Usually, the specified type is a structure. Assume that
struct foo
and structure
are declared as shown:
struct foo {int a; char b[2];} structure;
Here is an example of constructing a struct foo
with a compound literal:
structure = ((struct foo) {x + y, 'a', 0});
This is equivalent to writing the following:
{ struct foo temp = {x + y, 'a', 0}; structure = temp; }
You can also construct an array, though this is dangerous in C++, as explained below. If all the elements of the compound literal are (made up of) simple constant expressions, suitable for use in initializers of objects of static storage duration, then the compound literal can be coerced to a pointer to its first element and used in such an initializer, as shown here:
char **foo = (char *[]) { "x", "y", "z" };
Compound literals for scalar types and union types are also allowed, but then the compound literal is equivalent to a cast.
As a GNU extension, GCC allows initialization of objects with static storage duration by compound literals (which is not possible in ISO C99, because the initializer is not a constant). It is handled as if the object is initialized only with the bracket enclosed list if the types of the compound literal and the object match. The initializer list of the compound literal must be constant. If the object being initialized has array type of unknown size, the size is determined by compound literal size.
static struct foo x = (struct foo) {1, 'a', 'b'}; static int y[] = (int []) {1, 2, 3}; static int z[] = (int [3]) {1};
The above lines are equivalent to the following:
static struct foo x = {1, 'a', 'b'}; static int y[] = {1, 2, 3}; static int z[] = {1, 0, 0};
In C, a compound literal designates an unnamed object with static or automatic storage duration. In C++, a compound literal designates a temporary object, which only lives until the end of its full-expression. As a result, well-defined C code that takes the address of a subobject of a compound literal can be undefined in C++. For instance, if the array compound literal example above appeared inside a function, any subsequent use of ‘foo’ in C++ has undefined behavior because the lifetime of the array ends after the declaration of ‘foo’. As a result, the C++ compiler now rejects the conversion of a temporary array to a pointer.
As an optimization, the C++ compiler sometimes gives array compound literals longer lifetimes: when the array either appears outside a function or has const-qualified type. If ‘foo’ and its initializer had elements of ‘char *const’ type rather than ‘char *’, or if ‘foo’ were a global variable, the array would have static storage duration. But it is probably safest just to avoid the use of array compound literals in code compiled as C++.
Next: Case Ranges, Previous: Compound Literals, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
Standard C90 requires the elements of an initializer to appear in a fixed order, the same as the order of the elements in the array or structure being initialized.
In ISO C99 you can give the elements in any order, specifying the array indices or structure field names they apply to, and GNU C allows this as an extension in C90 mode as well. This extension is not implemented in GNU C++.
To specify an array index, write ‘[index] =’ before the element value. For example,
int a[6] = { [4] = 29, [2] = 15 };
is equivalent to
int a[6] = { 0, 0, 15, 0, 29, 0 };
The index values must be constant expressions, even if the array being initialized is automatic.
An alternative syntax for this that has been obsolete since GCC 2.5 but GCC still accepts is to write ‘[index]’ before the element value, with no ‘=’.
To initialize a range of elements to the same value, write ‘[first ... last] = value’. This is a GNU extension. For example,
int widths[] = { [0 ... 9] = 1, [10 ... 99] = 2, [100] = 3 };
If the value in it has side-effects, the side-effects happen only once, not for each initialized field by the range initializer.
Note that the length of the array is the highest value specified plus one.
In a structure initializer, specify the name of a field to initialize with ‘.fieldname =’ before the element value. For example, given the following structure,
struct point { int x, y; };
the following initialization
struct point p = { .y = yvalue, .x = xvalue };
is equivalent to
struct point p = { xvalue, yvalue };
Another syntax that has the same meaning, obsolete since GCC 2.5, is ‘fieldname:’, as shown here:
struct point p = { y: yvalue, x: xvalue };
Omitted field members are implicitly initialized the same as objects that have static storage duration.
The ‘[index]’ or ‘.fieldname’ is known as a designator. You can also use a designator (or the obsolete colon syntax) when initializing a union, to specify which element of the union should be used. For example,
union foo { int i; double d; }; union foo f = { .d = 4 };
converts 4 to a double
to store it in the union using
the second element. By contrast, casting 4 to type union foo
stores it into the union as the integer i
, since it is
an integer. (See Cast to Union.)
You can combine this technique of naming elements with ordinary C initialization of successive elements. Each initializer element that does not have a designator applies to the next consecutive element of the array or structure. For example,
int a[6] = { [1] = v1, v2, [4] = v4 };
is equivalent to
int a[6] = { 0, v1, v2, 0, v4, 0 };
Labeling the elements of an array initializer is especially useful
when the indices are characters or belong to an enum
type.
For example:
int whitespace[256] = { [' '] = 1, ['\t'] = 1, ['\h'] = 1, ['\f'] = 1, ['\n'] = 1, ['\r'] = 1 };
You can also write a series of ‘.fieldname’ and ‘[index]’ designators before an ‘=’ to specify a nested subobject to initialize; the list is taken relative to the subobject corresponding to the closest surrounding brace pair. For example, with the ‘struct point’ declaration above:
struct point ptarray[10] = { [2].y = yv2, [2].x = xv2, [0].x = xv0 };
If the same field is initialized multiple times, it has the value from the last initialization. If any such overridden initialization has side-effect, it is unspecified whether the side-effect happens or not. Currently, GCC discards them and issues a warning.
Next: Cast to Union, Previous: Designated Inits, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
You can specify a range of consecutive values in a single case
label,
like this:
case low ... high:
This has the same effect as the proper number of individual case
labels, one for each integer value from low to high, inclusive.
This feature is especially useful for ranges of ASCII character codes:
case 'A' ... 'Z':
Be careful: Write spaces around the ...
, for otherwise
it may be parsed wrong when you use it with integer values. For example,
write this:
case 1 ... 5:
rather than this:
case 1...5:
Next: Mixed Declarations, Previous: Case Ranges, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
A cast to union type is similar to other casts, except that the type
specified is a union type. You can specify the type either with
union tag
or with a typedef name. A cast to union is actually
a constructor, not a cast, and hence does not yield an lvalue like
normal casts. (See Compound Literals.)
The types that may be cast to the union type are those of the members of the union. Thus, given the following union and variables:
union foo { int i; double d; }; int x; double y;
both x
and y
can be cast to type union foo
.
Using the cast as the right-hand side of an assignment to a variable of union type is equivalent to storing in a member of the union:
union foo u;
/* … */
u = (union foo) x ≡ u.i = x
u = (union foo) y ≡ u.d = y
You can also use the union cast as a function argument:
void hack (union foo);
/* … */
hack ((union foo) x);
Next: Function Attributes, Previous: Cast to Union, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
ISO C99 and ISO C++ allow declarations and code to be freely mixed within compound statements. As an extension, GNU C also allows this in C90 mode. For example, you could do:
int i;
/* … */
i++;
int j = i + 2;
Each identifier is visible from where it is declared until the end of the enclosing block.
Next: Attribute Syntax, Previous: Mixed Declarations, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
In GNU C, you declare certain things about functions called in your program which help the compiler optimize function calls and check your code more carefully.
The keyword __attribute__
allows you to specify special
attributes when making a declaration. This keyword is followed by an
attribute specification inside double parentheses. The following
attributes are currently defined for functions on all targets:
aligned
, alloc_size
, alloc_align
, assume_aligned
,
noreturn
, returns_twice
, noinline
, noclone
,
always_inline
, flatten
, pure
, const
,
nothrow
, sentinel
, format
, format_arg
,
no_instrument_function
, no_split_stack
,
section
, constructor
,
destructor
, used
, unused
, deprecated
,
weak
, malloc
, alias
, ifunc
,
warn_unused_result
, nonnull
,
returns_nonnull
, gnu_inline
,
externally_visible
, hot
, cold
, artificial
,
no_sanitize_address
, no_address_safety_analysis
,
no_sanitize_undefined
,
error
and warning
.
Several other attributes are defined for functions on particular
target systems. Other attributes, including section
are
supported for variables declarations (see Variable Attributes)
and for types (see Type Attributes).
GCC plugins may provide their own attributes.
You may also specify attributes with ‘__’ preceding and following
each keyword. This allows you to use them in header files without
being concerned about a possible macro of the same name. For example,
you may use __noreturn__
instead of noreturn
.
See Attribute Syntax, for details of the exact syntax for using attributes.
alias ("target")
The alias
attribute causes the declaration to be emitted as an
alias for another symbol, which must be specified. For instance,
void __f () { /* Do something. */; }
void f () __attribute__ ((weak, alias ("__f")));
defines ‘f’ to be a weak alias for ‘__f’. In C++, the mangled name for the target must be used. It is an error if ‘__f’ is not defined in the same translation unit.
Not all target machines support this attribute.
aligned (alignment)
This attribute specifies a minimum alignment for the function, measured in bytes.
You cannot use this attribute to decrease the alignment of a function, only to increase it. However, when you explicitly specify a function alignment this overrides the effect of the -falign-functions (see Optimize Options) option for this function.
Note that the effectiveness of aligned
attributes may be
limited by inherent limitations in your linker. On many systems, the
linker is only able to arrange for functions to be aligned up to a
certain maximum alignment. (For some linkers, the maximum supported
alignment may be very very small.) See your linker documentation for
further information.
The aligned
attribute can also be used for variables and fields
(see Variable Attributes.)
alloc_size
The alloc_size
attribute is used to tell the compiler that the
function return value points to memory, where the size is given by
one or two of the functions parameters. GCC uses this
information to improve the correctness of __builtin_object_size
.
The function parameter(s) denoting the allocated size are specified by one or two integer arguments supplied to the attribute. The allocated size is either the value of the single function argument specified or the product of the two function arguments specified. Argument numbering starts at one.
For instance,
void* my_calloc(size_t, size_t) __attribute__((alloc_size(1,2))) void* my_realloc(void*, size_t) __attribute__((alloc_size(2)))
declares that my_calloc
returns memory of the size given by
the product of parameter 1 and 2 and that my_realloc
returns memory
of the size given by parameter 2.
alloc_align
The alloc_align
attribute is used to tell the compiler that the
function return value points to memory, where the returned pointer minimum
alignment is given by one of the functions parameters. GCC uses this
information to improve pointer alignment analysis.
The function parameter denoting the allocated alignment is specified by one integer argument, whose number is the argument of the attribute. Argument numbering starts at one.
For instance,
void* my_memalign(size_t, size_t) __attribute__((alloc_align(1)))
declares that my_memalign
returns memory with minimum alignment
given by parameter 1.
assume_aligned
The assume_aligned
attribute is used to tell the compiler that the
function return value points to memory, where the returned pointer minimum
alignment is given by the first argument.
If the attribute has two arguments, the second argument is misalignment offset.
For instance
void* my_alloc1(size_t) __attribute__((assume_aligned(16))) void* my_alloc2(size_t) __attribute__((assume_aligned(32, 8)))
declares that my_alloc1
returns 16-byte aligned pointer and
that my_alloc2
returns a pointer whose value modulo 32 is equal
to 8.
always_inline
Generally, functions are not inlined unless optimization is specified. For functions declared inline, this attribute inlines the function even if no optimization level is specified.
gnu_inline
This attribute should be used with a function that is also declared
with the inline
keyword. It directs GCC to treat the function
as if it were defined in gnu90 mode even when compiling in C99 or
gnu99 mode.
If the function is declared extern
, then this definition of the
function is used only for inlining. In no case is the function
compiled as a standalone function, not even if you take its address
explicitly. Such an address becomes an external reference, as if you
had only declared the function, and had not defined it. This has
almost the effect of a macro. The way to use this is to put a
function definition in a header file with this attribute, and put
another copy of the function, without extern
, in a library
file. The definition in the header file causes most calls to the
function to be inlined. If any uses of the function remain, they
refer to the single copy in the library. Note that the two
definitions of the functions need not be precisely the same, although
if they do not have the same effect your program may behave oddly.
In C, if the function is neither extern
nor static
, then
the function is compiled as a standalone function, as well as being
inlined where possible.
This is how GCC traditionally handled functions declared
inline
. Since ISO C99 specifies a different semantics for
inline
, this function attribute is provided as a transition
measure and as a useful feature in its own right. This attribute is
available in GCC 4.1.3 and later. It is available if either of the
preprocessor macros __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
or
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
are defined. See An Inline
Function is As Fast As a Macro.
In C++, this attribute does not depend on extern
in any way,
but it still requires the inline
keyword to enable its special
behavior.
artificial
This attribute is useful for small inline wrappers that if possible should appear during debugging as a unit. Depending on the debug info format it either means marking the function as artificial or using the caller location for all instructions within the inlined body.
bank_switch
When added to an interrupt handler with the M32C port, causes the prologue and epilogue to use bank switching to preserve the registers rather than saving them on the stack.
flatten
Generally, inlining into a function is limited. For a function marked with this attribute, every call inside this function is inlined, if possible. Whether the function itself is considered for inlining depends on its size and the current inlining parameters.
error ("message")
If this attribute is used on a function declaration and a call to such a function
is not eliminated through dead code elimination or other optimizations, an error
that includes message is diagnosed. This is useful
for compile-time checking, especially together with __builtin_constant_p
and inline functions where checking the inline function arguments is not
possible through extern char [(condition) ? 1 : -1];
tricks.
While it is possible to leave the function undefined and thus invoke
a link failure, when using this attribute the problem is diagnosed
earlier and with exact location of the call even in presence of inline
functions or when not emitting debugging information.
warning ("message")
If this attribute is used on a function declaration and a call to such a function
is not eliminated through dead code elimination or other optimizations, a warning
that includes message is diagnosed. This is useful
for compile-time checking, especially together with __builtin_constant_p
and inline functions. While it is possible to define the function with
a message in .gnu.warning*
section, when using this attribute the problem
is diagnosed earlier and with exact location of the call even in presence
of inline functions or when not emitting debugging information.
cdecl
On the Intel 386, the cdecl
attribute causes the compiler to
assume that the calling function pops off the stack space used to
pass arguments. This is
useful to override the effects of the -mrtd switch.
const
Many functions do not examine any values except their arguments, and
have no effects except the return value. Basically this is just slightly
more strict class than the pure
attribute below, since function is not
allowed to read global memory.
Note that a function that has pointer arguments and examines the data
pointed to must not be declared const
. Likewise, a
function that calls a non-const
function usually must not be
const
. It does not make sense for a const
function to
return void
.
The attribute const
is not implemented in GCC versions earlier
than 2.5. An alternative way to declare that a function has no side
effects, which works in the current version and in some older versions,
is as follows:
typedef int intfn (); extern const intfn square;
This approach does not work in GNU C++ from 2.6.0 on, since the language specifies that the ‘const’ must be attached to the return value.
constructor
destructor
constructor (priority)
destructor (priority)
The constructor
attribute causes the function to be called
automatically before execution enters main ()
. Similarly, the
destructor
attribute causes the function to be called
automatically after main ()
completes or exit ()
is
called. Functions with these attributes are useful for
initializing data that is used implicitly during the execution of
the program.
You may provide an optional integer priority to control the order in which constructor and destructor functions are run. A constructor with a smaller priority number runs before a constructor with a larger priority number; the opposite relationship holds for destructors. So, if you have a constructor that allocates a resource and a destructor that deallocates the same resource, both functions typically have the same priority. The priorities for constructor and destructor functions are the same as those specified for namespace-scope C++ objects (see C++ Attributes).
These attributes are not currently implemented for Objective-C.
deprecated
deprecated (msg)
The deprecated
attribute results in a warning if the function
is used anywhere in the source file. This is useful when identifying
functions that are expected to be removed in a future version of a
program. The warning also includes the location of the declaration
of the deprecated function, to enable users to easily find further
information about why the function is deprecated, or what they should
do instead. Note that the warnings only occurs for uses:
int old_fn () __attribute__ ((deprecated)); int old_fn (); int (*fn_ptr)() = old_fn;
results in a warning on line 3 but not line 2. The optional msg argument, which must be a string, is printed in the warning if present.
The deprecated
attribute can also be used for variables and
types (see Variable Attributes, see Type Attributes.)
disinterrupt
On Epiphany and MeP targets, this attribute causes the compiler to emit instructions to disable interrupts for the duration of the given function.
dllexport
On Microsoft Windows targets and Symbian OS targets the
dllexport
attribute causes the compiler to provide a global
pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
dllimport
attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
name is formed by combining _imp__
and the function or variable
name.
You can use __declspec(dllexport)
as a synonym for
__attribute__ ((dllexport))
for compatibility with other
compilers.
On systems that support the visibility
attribute, this
attribute also implies “default” visibility. It is an error to
explicitly specify any other visibility.
In previous versions of GCC, the dllexport
attribute was ignored
for inlined functions, unless the -fkeep-inline-functions flag
had been used. The default behavior now is to emit all dllexported
inline functions; however, this can cause object file-size bloat, in
which case the old behavior can be restored by using
-fno-keep-inline-dllexport.
The attribute is also ignored for undefined symbols.
When applied to C++ classes, the attribute marks defined non-inlined member functions and static data members as exports. Static consts initialized in-class are not marked unless they are also defined out-of-class.
For Microsoft Windows targets there are alternative methods for
including the symbol in the DLL’s export table such as using a
.def file with an EXPORTS
section or, with GNU ld, using
the --export-all linker flag.
dllimport
On Microsoft Windows and Symbian OS targets, the dllimport
attribute causes the compiler to reference a function or variable via
a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL exporting the
symbol. The attribute implies extern
. On Microsoft Windows
targets, the pointer name is formed by combining _imp__
and the
function or variable name.
You can use __declspec(dllimport)
as a synonym for
__attribute__ ((dllimport))
for compatibility with other
compilers.
On systems that support the visibility
attribute, this
attribute also implies “default” visibility. It is an error to
explicitly specify any other visibility.
Currently, the attribute is ignored for inlined functions. If the
attribute is applied to a symbol definition, an error is reported.
If a symbol previously declared dllimport
is later defined, the
attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is emitted.
The attribute is also overridden by a subsequent declaration as
dllexport
.
When applied to C++ classes, the attribute marks non-inlined member functions and static data members as imports. However, the attribute is ignored for virtual methods to allow creation of vtables using thunks.
On the SH Symbian OS target the dllimport
attribute also has
another affect—it can cause the vtable and run-time type information
for a class to be exported. This happens when the class has a
dllimported constructor or a non-inline, non-pure virtual function
and, for either of those two conditions, the class also has an inline
constructor or destructor and has a key function that is defined in
the current translation unit.
For Microsoft Windows targets the use of the dllimport
attribute on functions is not necessary, but provides a small
performance benefit by eliminating a thunk in the DLL. The use of the
dllimport
attribute on imported variables was required on older
versions of the GNU linker, but can now be avoided by passing the
--enable-auto-import switch to the GNU linker. As with
functions, using the attribute for a variable eliminates a thunk in
the DLL.
One drawback to using this attribute is that a pointer to a
variable marked as dllimport
cannot be used as a constant
address. However, a pointer to a function with the
dllimport
attribute can be used as a constant initializer; in
this case, the address of a stub function in the import lib is
referenced. On Microsoft Windows targets, the attribute can be disabled
for functions by setting the -mnop-fun-dllimport flag.
eightbit_data
Use this attribute on the H8/300, H8/300H, and H8S to indicate that the specified variable should be placed into the eight-bit data section. The compiler generates more efficient code for certain operations on data in the eight-bit data area. Note the eight-bit data area is limited to 256 bytes of data.
You must use GAS and GLD from GNU binutils version 2.7 or later for this attribute to work correctly.
exception
Use this attribute on the NDS32 target to indicate that the specified function is an exception handler. The compiler will generate corresponding sections for use in an exception handler.
exception_handler
Use this attribute on the Blackfin to indicate that the specified function is an exception handler. The compiler generates function entry and exit sequences suitable for use in an exception handler when this attribute is present.
externally_visible
This attribute, attached to a global variable or function, nullifies the effect of the -fwhole-program command-line option, so the object remains visible outside the current compilation unit.
If -fwhole-program is used together with -flto and
gold
is used as the linker plugin,
externally_visible
attributes are automatically added to functions
(not variable yet due to a current gold
issue)
that are accessed outside of LTO objects according to resolution file
produced by gold
.
For other linkers that cannot generate resolution file,
explicit externally_visible
attributes are still necessary.
far
On 68HC11 and 68HC12 the far
attribute causes the compiler to
use a calling convention that takes care of switching memory banks when
entering and leaving a function. This calling convention is also the
default when using the -mlong-calls option.
On 68HC12 the compiler uses the call
and rtc
instructions
to call and return from a function.
On 68HC11 the compiler generates a sequence of instructions
to invoke a board-specific routine to switch the memory bank and call the
real function. The board-specific routine simulates a call
.
At the end of a function, it jumps to a board-specific routine
instead of using rts
. The board-specific return routine simulates
the rtc
.
On MeP targets this causes the compiler to use a calling convention that assumes the called function is too far away for the built-in addressing modes.
fast_interrupt
Use this attribute on the M32C and RX ports to indicate that the specified
function is a fast interrupt handler. This is just like the
interrupt
attribute, except that freit
is used to return
instead of reit
.
fastcall
On the Intel 386, the fastcall
attribute causes the compiler to
pass the first argument (if of integral type) in the register ECX and
the second argument (if of integral type) in the register EDX. Subsequent
and other typed arguments are passed on the stack. The called function
pops the arguments off the stack. If the number of arguments is variable all
arguments are pushed on the stack.
thiscall
On the Intel 386, the thiscall
attribute causes the compiler to
pass the first argument (if of integral type) in the register ECX.
Subsequent and other typed arguments are passed on the stack. The called
function pops the arguments off the stack.
If the number of arguments is variable all arguments are pushed on the
stack.
The thiscall
attribute is intended for C++ non-static member functions.
As a GCC extension, this calling convention can be used for C functions
and for static member methods.
format (archetype, string-index, first-to-check)
The format
attribute specifies that a function takes printf
,
scanf
, strftime
or strfmon
style arguments that
should be type-checked against a format string. For example, the
declaration:
extern int my_printf (void *my_object, const char *my_format, ...) __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)));
causes the compiler to check the arguments in calls to my_printf
for consistency with the printf
style format string argument
my_format
.
The parameter archetype determines how the format string is
interpreted, and should be printf
, scanf
, strftime
,
gnu_printf
, gnu_scanf
, gnu_strftime
or
strfmon
. (You can also use __printf__
,
__scanf__
, __strftime__
or __strfmon__
.) On
MinGW targets, ms_printf
, ms_scanf
, and
ms_strftime
are also present.
archetype values such as printf
refer to the formats accepted
by the system’s C runtime library,
while values prefixed with ‘gnu_’ always refer
to the formats accepted by the GNU C Library. On Microsoft Windows
targets, values prefixed with ‘ms_’ refer to the formats accepted by the
msvcrt.dll library.
The parameter string-index
specifies which argument is the format string argument (starting
from 1), while first-to-check is the number of the first
argument to check against the format string. For functions
where the arguments are not available to be checked (such as
vprintf
), specify the third parameter as zero. In this case the
compiler only checks the format string for consistency. For
strftime
formats, the third parameter is required to be zero.
Since non-static C++ methods have an implicit this
argument, the
arguments of such methods should be counted from two, not one, when
giving values for string-index and first-to-check.
In the example above, the format string (my_format
) is the second
argument of the function my_print
, and the arguments to check
start with the third argument, so the correct parameters for the format
attribute are 2 and 3.
The format
attribute allows you to identify your own functions
that take format strings as arguments, so that GCC can check the
calls to these functions for errors. The compiler always (unless
-ffreestanding or -fno-builtin is used) checks formats
for the standard library functions printf
, fprintf
,
sprintf
, scanf
, fscanf
, sscanf
, strftime
,
vprintf
, vfprintf
and vsprintf
whenever such
warnings are requested (using -Wformat), so there is no need to
modify the header file stdio.h. In C99 mode, the functions
snprintf
, vsnprintf
, vscanf
, vfscanf
and
vsscanf
are also checked. Except in strictly conforming C
standard modes, the X/Open function strfmon
is also checked as
are printf_unlocked
and fprintf_unlocked
.
See Options Controlling C Dialect.
For Objective-C dialects, NSString
(or __NSString__
) is
recognized in the same context. Declarations including these format attributes
are parsed for correct syntax, however the result of checking of such format
strings is not yet defined, and is not carried out by this version of the
compiler.
The target may also provide additional types of format checks. See Format Checks Specific to Particular Target Machines.
format_arg (string-index)
The format_arg
attribute specifies that a function takes a format
string for a printf
, scanf
, strftime
or
strfmon
style function and modifies it (for example, to translate
it into another language), so the result can be passed to a
printf
, scanf
, strftime
or strfmon
style
function (with the remaining arguments to the format function the same
as they would have been for the unmodified string). For example, the
declaration:
extern char * my_dgettext (char *my_domain, const char *my_format) __attribute__ ((format_arg (2)));
causes the compiler to check the arguments in calls to a printf
,
scanf
, strftime
or strfmon
type function, whose
format string argument is a call to the my_dgettext
function, for
consistency with the format string argument my_format
. If the
format_arg
attribute had not been specified, all the compiler
could tell in such calls to format functions would be that the format
string argument is not constant; this would generate a warning when
-Wformat-nonliteral is used, but the calls could not be checked
without the attribute.
The parameter string-index specifies which argument is the format
string argument (starting from one). Since non-static C++ methods have
an implicit this
argument, the arguments of such methods should
be counted from two.
The format_arg
attribute allows you to identify your own
functions that modify format strings, so that GCC can check the
calls to printf
, scanf
, strftime
or strfmon
type function whose operands are a call to one of your own function.
The compiler always treats gettext
, dgettext
, and
dcgettext
in this manner except when strict ISO C support is
requested by -ansi or an appropriate -std option, or
-ffreestanding or -fno-builtin
is used. See Options
Controlling C Dialect.
For Objective-C dialects, the format-arg
attribute may refer to an
NSString
reference for compatibility with the format
attribute
above.
The target may also allow additional types in format-arg
attributes.
See Format Checks Specific to Particular
Target Machines.
function_vector
Use this attribute on the H8/300, H8/300H, and H8S to indicate that the specified function should be called through the function vector. Calling a function through the function vector reduces code size, however; the function vector has a limited size (maximum 128 entries on the H8/300 and 64 entries on the H8/300H and H8S) and shares space with the interrupt vector.
On SH2A targets, this attribute declares a function to be called using the TBR relative addressing mode. The argument to this attribute is the entry number of the same function in a vector table containing all the TBR relative addressable functions. For correct operation the TBR must be setup accordingly to point to the start of the vector table before any functions with this attribute are invoked. Usually a good place to do the initialization is the startup routine. The TBR relative vector table can have at max 256 function entries. The jumps to these functions are generated using a SH2A specific, non delayed branch instruction JSR/N @(disp8,TBR). You must use GAS and GLD from GNU binutils version 2.7 or later for this attribute to work correctly.
Please refer the example of M16C target, to see the use of this attribute while declaring a function,
In an application, for a function being called once, this attribute saves at least 8 bytes of code; and if other successive calls are being made to the same function, it saves 2 bytes of code per each of these calls.
On M16C/M32C targets, the function_vector
attribute declares a
special page subroutine call function. Use of this attribute reduces
the code size by 2 bytes for each call generated to the
subroutine. The argument to the attribute is the vector number entry
from the special page vector table which contains the 16 low-order
bits of the subroutine’s entry address. Each vector table has special
page number (18 to 255) that is used in jsrs
instructions.
Jump addresses of the routines are generated by adding 0x0F0000 (in
case of M16C targets) or 0xFF0000 (in case of M32C targets), to the
2-byte addresses set in the vector table. Therefore you need to ensure
that all the special page vector routines should get mapped within the
address range 0x0F0000 to 0x0FFFFF (for M16C) and 0xFF0000 to 0xFFFFFF
(for M32C).
In the following example 2 bytes are saved for each call to
function foo
.
void foo (void) __attribute__((function_vector(0x18))); void foo (void) { } void bar (void) { foo(); }
If functions are defined in one file and are called in another file, then be sure to write this declaration in both files.
This attribute is ignored for R8C target.
ifunc ("resolver")
The ifunc
attribute is used to mark a function as an indirect
function using the STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol type extension to the ELF
standard. This allows the resolution of the symbol value to be
determined dynamically at load time, and an optimized version of the
routine can be selected for the particular processor or other system
characteristics determined then. To use this attribute, first define
the implementation functions available, and a resolver function that
returns a pointer to the selected implementation function. The
implementation functions’ declarations must match the API of the
function being implemented, the resolver’s declaration is be a
function returning pointer to void function returning void:
void *my_memcpy (void *dst, const void *src, size_t len) { … } static void (*resolve_memcpy (void)) (void) { return my_memcpy; // we'll just always select this routine }
The exported header file declaring the function the user calls would contain:
extern void *memcpy (void *, const void *, size_t);
allowing the user to call this as a regular function, unaware of the implementation. Finally, the indirect function needs to be defined in the same translation unit as the resolver function:
void *memcpy (void *, const void *, size_t) __attribute__ ((ifunc ("resolve_memcpy")));
Indirect functions cannot be weak, and require a recent binutils (at least version 2.20.1), and GNU C library (at least version 2.11.1).
interrupt
Use this attribute on the ARC, ARM, AVR, CR16, Epiphany, M32C, M32R/D, m68k, MeP, MIPS, MSP430, RL78, RX and Xstormy16 ports to indicate that the specified function is an interrupt handler. The compiler generates function entry and exit sequences suitable for use in an interrupt handler when this attribute is present. With Epiphany targets it may also generate a special section with code to initialize the interrupt vector table.
Note, interrupt handlers for the Blackfin, H8/300, H8/300H, H8S, MicroBlaze,
and SH processors can be specified via the interrupt_handler
attribute.
Note, on the ARC, you must specify the kind of interrupt to be handled in a parameter to the interrupt attribute like this:
void f () __attribute__ ((interrupt ("ilink1")));
Permissible values for this parameter are: ilink1
and
ilink2
.
Note, on the AVR, the hardware globally disables interrupts when an
interrupt is executed. The first instruction of an interrupt handler
declared with this attribute is a SEI
instruction to
re-enable interrupts. See also the signal
function attribute
that does not insert a SEI
instruction. If both signal
and
interrupt
are specified for the same function, signal
is silently ignored.
Note, for the ARM, you can specify the kind of interrupt to be handled by adding an optional parameter to the interrupt attribute like this:
void f () __attribute__ ((interrupt ("IRQ")));
Permissible values for this parameter are: IRQ
, FIQ
,
SWI
, ABORT
and UNDEF
.
On ARMv7-M the interrupt type is ignored, and the attribute means the function may be called with a word-aligned stack pointer.
Note, for the MSP430 you can provide an argument to the interrupt
attribute which specifies a name or number. If the argument is a
number it indicates the slot in the interrupt vector table (0 - 31) to
which this handler should be assigned. If the argument is a name it
is treated as a symbolic name for the vector slot. These names should
match up with appropriate entries in the linker script. By default
the names watchdog
for vector 26, nmi
for vector 30 and
reset
for vector 31 are recognised.
You can also use the following function attributes to modify how normal functions interact with interrupt functions:
critical
Critical functions disable interrupts upon entry and restore the
previous interrupt state upon exit. Critical functions cannot also
have the naked
or reentrant
attributes. They can have
the interrupt
attribute.
reentrant
Reentrant functions disable interrupts upon entry and enable them
upon exit. Reentrant functions cannot also have the naked
or critical
attributes. They can have the interrupt
attribute.
wakeup
This attribute only applies to interrupt functions. It is silently ignored if applied to a non-interrupt function. A wakeup interrupt function will rouse the processor from any low-power state that it might be in when the function exits.
On Epiphany targets one or more optional parameters can be added like this:
void __attribute__ ((interrupt ("dma0, dma1"))) universal_dma_handler ();
Permissible values for these parameters are: reset
,
software_exception
, page_miss
,
timer0
, timer1
, message
,
dma0
, dma1
, wand
and swi
.
Multiple parameters indicate that multiple entries in the interrupt
vector table should be initialized for this function, i.e. for each
parameter name, a jump to the function is emitted in
the section ivt_entry_name. The parameter(s) may be omitted
entirely, in which case no interrupt vector table entry is provided.
Note, on Epiphany targets, interrupts are enabled inside the function
unless the disinterrupt
attribute is also specified.
On Epiphany targets, you can also use the following attribute to modify the behavior of an interrupt handler:
forwarder_section
The interrupt handler may be in external memory which cannot be reached by a branch instruction, so generate a local memory trampoline to transfer control. The single parameter identifies the section where the trampoline is placed.
The following examples are all valid uses of these attributes on Epiphany targets:
void __attribute__ ((interrupt)) universal_handler (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt ("dma1"))) dma1_handler (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt ("dma0, dma1"))) universal_dma_handler (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt ("timer0"), disinterrupt)) fast_timer_handler (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt ("dma0, dma1"), forwarder_section ("tramp"))) external_dma_handler ();
On MIPS targets, you can use the following attributes to modify the behavior of an interrupt handler:
use_shadow_register_set
Assume that the handler uses a shadow register set, instead of the main general-purpose registers.
keep_interrupts_masked
Keep interrupts masked for the whole function. Without this attribute, GCC tries to reenable interrupts for as much of the function as it can.
use_debug_exception_return
Return using the deret
instruction. Interrupt handlers that don’t
have this attribute return using eret
instead.
You can use any combination of these attributes, as shown below:
void __attribute__ ((interrupt)) v0 (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt, use_shadow_register_set)) v1 (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt, keep_interrupts_masked)) v2 (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt, use_debug_exception_return)) v3 (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt, use_shadow_register_set, keep_interrupts_masked)) v4 (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt, use_shadow_register_set, use_debug_exception_return)) v5 (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt, keep_interrupts_masked, use_debug_exception_return)) v6 (); void __attribute__ ((interrupt, use_shadow_register_set, keep_interrupts_masked, use_debug_exception_return)) v7 ();
On NDS32 target, this attribute is to indicate that the specified function is an interrupt handler. The compiler will generate corresponding sections for use in an interrupt handler. You can use the following attributes to modify the behavior:
nested
This interrupt service routine is interruptible.
not_nested
This interrupt service routine is not interruptible.
nested_ready
This interrupt service routine is interruptible after PSW.GIE
(global interrupt enable) is set. This allows interrupt service routine to
finish some short critical code before enabling interrupts.
save_all
The system will help save all registers into stack before entering interrupt handler.
partial_save
The system will help save caller registers into stack before entering interrupt handler.
On RL78, use brk_interrupt
instead of interrupt
for
handlers intended to be used with the BRK
opcode (i.e. those
that must end with RETB
instead of RETI
).
interrupt_handler
Use this attribute on the Blackfin, m68k, H8/300, H8/300H, H8S, and SH to indicate that the specified function is an interrupt handler. The compiler generates function entry and exit sequences suitable for use in an interrupt handler when this attribute is present.
interrupt_thread
Use this attribute on fido, a subarchitecture of the m68k, to indicate
that the specified function is an interrupt handler that is designed
to run as a thread. The compiler omits generate prologue/epilogue
sequences and replaces the return instruction with a sleep
instruction. This attribute is available only on fido.
isr
Use this attribute on ARM to write Interrupt Service Routines. This is an
alias to the interrupt
attribute above.
kspisusp
When used together with interrupt_handler
, exception_handler
or nmi_handler
, code is generated to load the stack pointer
from the USP register in the function prologue.
l1_text
This attribute specifies a function to be placed into L1 Instruction
SRAM. The function is put into a specific section named .l1.text
.
With -mfdpic, function calls with a such function as the callee
or caller uses inlined PLT.
l2
On the Blackfin, this attribute specifies a function to be placed into L2
SRAM. The function is put into a specific section named
.l1.text
. With -mfdpic, callers of such functions use
an inlined PLT.
leaf
Calls to external functions with this attribute must return to the current compilation unit only by return or by exception handling. In particular, leaf functions are not allowed to call callback function passed to it from the current compilation unit or directly call functions exported by the unit or longjmp into the unit. Leaf function might still call functions from other compilation units and thus they are not necessarily leaf in the sense that they contain no function calls at all.
The attribute is intended for library functions to improve dataflow analysis.
The compiler takes the hint that any data not escaping the current compilation unit can
not be used or modified by the leaf function. For example, the sin
function
is a leaf function, but qsort
is not.
Note that leaf functions might invoke signals and signal handlers might be
defined in the current compilation unit and use static variables. The only
compliant way to write such a signal handler is to declare such variables
volatile
.
The attribute has no effect on functions defined within the current compilation unit. This is to allow easy merging of multiple compilation units into one, for example, by using the link-time optimization. For this reason the attribute is not allowed on types to annotate indirect calls.
long_call/medium_call/short_call
These attributes specify how a particular function is called on
ARC, ARM and Epiphany - with medium_call
being specific to ARC.
These attributes override the
-mlong-calls (see ARM Options and ARC Options)
and -mmedium-calls (see ARC Options)
command-line switches and #pragma long_calls
settings. For ARM, the
long_call
attribute indicates that the function might be far
away from the call site and require a different (more expensive)
calling sequence. The short_call
attribute always places
the offset to the function from the call site into the ‘BL’
instruction directly.
For ARC, a function marked with the long_call
attribute is
always called using register-indirect jump-and-link instructions,
thereby enabling the called function to be placed anywhere within the
32-bit address space. A function marked with the medium_call
attribute will always be close enough to be called with an unconditional
branch-and-link instruction, which has a 25-bit offset from
the call site. A function marked with the short_call
attribute will always be close enough to be called with a conditional
branch-and-link instruction, which has a 21-bit offset from
the call site.
longcall/shortcall
On the Blackfin, RS/6000 and PowerPC, the longcall
attribute
indicates that the function might be far away from the call site and
require a different (more expensive) calling sequence. The
shortcall
attribute indicates that the function is always close
enough for the shorter calling sequence to be used. These attributes
override both the -mlongcall switch and, on the RS/6000 and
PowerPC, the #pragma longcall
setting.
See RS/6000 and PowerPC Options, for more information on whether long calls are necessary.
long_call/near/far
These attributes specify how a particular function is called on MIPS.
The attributes override the -mlong-calls (see MIPS Options)
command-line switch. The long_call
and far
attributes are
synonyms, and cause the compiler to always call
the function by first loading its address into a register, and then using
the contents of that register. The near
attribute has the opposite
effect; it specifies that non-PIC calls should be made using the more
efficient jal
instruction.
malloc
The malloc
attribute is used to tell the compiler that a function
may be treated as if any non-NULL
pointer it returns cannot
alias any other pointer valid when the function returns and that the memory
has undefined content.
This often improves optimization.
Standard functions with this property include malloc
and
calloc
. realloc
-like functions do not have this
property as the memory pointed to does not have undefined content.
mips16/nomips16
On MIPS targets, you can use the mips16
and nomips16
function attributes to locally select or turn off MIPS16 code generation.
A function with the mips16
attribute is emitted as MIPS16 code,
while MIPS16 code generation is disabled for functions with the
nomips16
attribute. These attributes override the
-mips16 and -mno-mips16 options on the command line
(see MIPS Options).
When compiling files containing mixed MIPS16 and non-MIPS16 code, the
preprocessor symbol __mips16
reflects the setting on the command line,
not that within individual functions. Mixed MIPS16 and non-MIPS16 code
may interact badly with some GCC extensions such as __builtin_apply
(see Constructing Calls).
micromips/nomicromips
On MIPS targets, you can use the micromips
and nomicromips
function attributes to locally select or turn off microMIPS code generation.
A function with the micromips
attribute is emitted as microMIPS code,
while microMIPS code generation is disabled for functions with the
nomicromips
attribute. These attributes override the
-mmicromips and -mno-micromips options on the command line
(see MIPS Options).
When compiling files containing mixed microMIPS and non-microMIPS code, the
preprocessor symbol __mips_micromips
reflects the setting on the
command line,
not that within individual functions. Mixed microMIPS and non-microMIPS code
may interact badly with some GCC extensions such as __builtin_apply
(see Constructing Calls).
model (model-name)
On the M32R/D, use this attribute to set the addressability of an
object, and of the code generated for a function. The identifier
model-name is one of small
, medium
, or
large
, representing each of the code models.
Small model objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their
addresses can be loaded with the ld24
instruction), and are
callable with the bl
instruction.
Medium model objects may live anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the
compiler generates seth/add3
instructions to load their addresses),
and are callable with the bl
instruction.
Large model objects may live anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the
compiler generates seth/add3
instructions to load their addresses),
and may not be reachable with the bl
instruction (the compiler
generates the much slower seth/add3/jl
instruction sequence).
On IA-64, use this attribute to set the addressability of an object.
At present, the only supported identifier for model-name is
small
, indicating addressability via “small” (22-bit)
addresses (so that their addresses can be loaded with the addl
instruction). Caveat: such addressing is by definition not position
independent and hence this attribute must not be used for objects
defined by shared libraries.
ms_abi/sysv_abi
On 32-bit and 64-bit (i?86|x86_64)-*-* targets, you can use an ABI attribute
to indicate which calling convention should be used for a function. The
ms_abi
attribute tells the compiler to use the Microsoft ABI,
while the sysv_abi
attribute tells the compiler to use the ABI
used on GNU/Linux and other systems. The default is to use the Microsoft ABI
when targeting Windows. On all other systems, the default is the x86/AMD ABI.
Note, the ms_abi
attribute for Microsoft Windows 64-bit targets currently
requires the -maccumulate-outgoing-args option.
callee_pop_aggregate_return (number)
On 32-bit i?86-*-* targets, you can use this attribute to control how aggregates are returned in memory. If the caller is responsible for popping the hidden pointer together with the rest of the arguments, specify number equal to zero. If callee is responsible for popping the hidden pointer, specify number equal to one.
The default i386 ABI assumes that the callee pops the stack for hidden pointer. However, on 32-bit i386 Microsoft Windows targets, the compiler assumes that the caller pops the stack for hidden pointer.
ms_hook_prologue
On 32-bit i[34567]86-*-* targets and 64-bit x86_64-*-* targets, you can use this function attribute to make GCC generate the “hot-patching” function prologue used in Win32 API functions in Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 2 and newer.
hotpatch [(prologue-halfwords)]
On S/390 System z targets, you can use this function attribute to
make GCC generate a “hot-patching” function prologue. The
hotpatch
has no effect on funtions that are explicitly
inline. If the -mhotpatch or -mno-hotpatch
command-line option is used at the same time, the hotpatch
attribute takes precedence. If an argument is given, the maximum
allowed value is 1000000.
naked
Use this attribute on the ARM, AVR, MCORE, MSP430, NDS32, RL78, RX and SPU
ports to indicate that the specified function does not need prologue/epilogue
sequences generated by the compiler.
It is up to the programmer to provide these sequences. The
only statements that can be safely included in naked functions are
asm
statements that do not have operands. All other statements,
including declarations of local variables, if
statements, and so
forth, should be avoided. Naked functions should be used to implement the
body of an assembly function, while allowing the compiler to construct
the requisite function declaration for the assembler.
near
On 68HC11 and 68HC12 the near
attribute causes the compiler to
use the normal calling convention based on jsr
and rts
.
This attribute can be used to cancel the effect of the -mlong-calls
option.
On MeP targets this attribute causes the compiler to assume the called function is close enough to use the normal calling convention, overriding the -mtf command-line option.
nesting
Use this attribute together with interrupt_handler
,
exception_handler
or nmi_handler
to indicate that the function
entry code should enable nested interrupts or exceptions.
nmi_handler
Use this attribute on the Blackfin to indicate that the specified function is an NMI handler. The compiler generates function entry and exit sequences suitable for use in an NMI handler when this attribute is present.
nocompression
On MIPS targets, you can use the nocompression
function attribute
to locally turn off MIPS16 and microMIPS code generation. This attribute
overrides the -mips16 and -mmicromips options on the
command line (see MIPS Options).
no_instrument_function
If -finstrument-functions is given, profiling function calls are generated at entry and exit of most user-compiled functions. Functions with this attribute are not so instrumented.
no_split_stack
If -fsplit-stack is given, functions have a small
prologue which decides whether to split the stack. Functions with the
no_split_stack
attribute do not have that prologue, and thus
may run with only a small amount of stack space available.
noinline
This function attribute prevents a function from being considered for inlining. If the function does not have side-effects, there are optimizations other than inlining that cause function calls to be optimized away, although the function call is live. To keep such calls from being optimized away, put
asm ("");
(see Extended Asm) in the called function, to serve as a special side-effect.
noclone
This function attribute prevents a function from being considered for cloning—a mechanism that produces specialized copies of functions and which is (currently) performed by interprocedural constant propagation.
nonnull (arg-index, …)
The nonnull
attribute specifies that some function parameters should
be non-null pointers. For instance, the declaration:
extern void * my_memcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t len) __attribute__((nonnull (1, 2)));
causes the compiler to check that, in calls to my_memcpy
,
arguments dest and src are non-null. If the compiler
determines that a null pointer is passed in an argument slot marked
as non-null, and the -Wnonnull option is enabled, a warning
is issued. The compiler may also choose to make optimizations based
on the knowledge that certain function arguments will never be null.
If no argument index list is given to the nonnull
attribute,
all pointer arguments are marked as non-null. To illustrate, the
following declaration is equivalent to the previous example:
extern void * my_memcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t len) __attribute__((nonnull));
returns_nonnull
The returns_nonnull
attribute specifies that the function
return value should be a non-null pointer. For instance, the declaration:
extern void * mymalloc (size_t len) __attribute__((returns_nonnull));
lets the compiler optimize callers based on the knowledge that the return value will never be null.
noreturn
A few standard library functions, such as abort
and exit
,
cannot return. GCC knows this automatically. Some programs define
their own functions that never return. You can declare them
noreturn
to tell the compiler this fact. For example,
void fatal () __attribute__ ((noreturn)); void fatal (/* … */) { /* … */ /* Print error message. */ /* … */ exit (1); }
The noreturn
keyword tells the compiler to assume that
fatal
cannot return. It can then optimize without regard to what
would happen if fatal
ever did return. This makes slightly
better code. More importantly, it helps avoid spurious warnings of
uninitialized variables.
The noreturn
keyword does not affect the exceptional path when that
applies: a noreturn
-marked function may still return to the caller
by throwing an exception or calling longjmp
.
Do not assume that registers saved by the calling function are
restored before calling the noreturn
function.
It does not make sense for a noreturn
function to have a return
type other than void
.
The attribute noreturn
is not implemented in GCC versions
earlier than 2.5. An alternative way to declare that a function does
not return, which works in the current version and in some older
versions, is as follows:
typedef void voidfn (); volatile voidfn fatal;
This approach does not work in GNU C++.
nothrow
The nothrow
attribute is used to inform the compiler that a
function cannot throw an exception. For example, most functions in
the standard C library can be guaranteed not to throw an exception
with the notable exceptions of qsort
and bsearch
that
take function pointer arguments. The nothrow
attribute is not
implemented in GCC versions earlier than 3.3.
nosave_low_regs
Use this attribute on SH targets to indicate that an interrupt_handler
function should not save and restore registers R0..R7. This can be used on SH3*
and SH4* targets that have a second R0..R7 register bank for non-reentrant
interrupt handlers.
optimize
The optimize
attribute is used to specify that a function is to
be compiled with different optimization options than specified on the
command line. Arguments can either be numbers or strings. Numbers
are assumed to be an optimization level. Strings that begin with
O
are assumed to be an optimization option, while other options
are assumed to be used with a -f
prefix. You can also use the
‘#pragma GCC optimize’ pragma to set the optimization options
that affect more than one function.
See Function Specific Option Pragmas, for details about the
‘#pragma GCC optimize’ pragma.
This can be used for instance to have frequently-executed functions compiled with more aggressive optimization options that produce faster and larger code, while other functions can be compiled with less aggressive options.
OS_main/OS_task
On AVR, functions with the OS_main
or OS_task
attribute
do not save/restore any call-saved register in their prologue/epilogue.
The OS_main
attribute can be used when there is
guarantee that interrupts are disabled at the time when the function
is entered. This saves resources when the stack pointer has to be
changed to set up a frame for local variables.
The OS_task
attribute can be used when there is no
guarantee that interrupts are disabled at that time when the function
is entered like for, e.g. task functions in a multi-threading operating
system. In that case, changing the stack pointer register is
guarded by save/clear/restore of the global interrupt enable flag.
The differences to the naked
function attribute are:
naked
functions do not have a return instruction whereas
OS_main
and OS_task
functions have a RET
or
RETI
return instruction.
naked
functions do not set up a frame for local variables
or a frame pointer whereas OS_main
and OS_task
do this
as needed.
pcs
The pcs
attribute can be used to control the calling convention
used for a function on ARM. The attribute takes an argument that specifies
the calling convention to use.
When compiling using the AAPCS ABI (or a variant of it) then valid
values for the argument are "aapcs"
and "aapcs-vfp"
. In
order to use a variant other than "aapcs"
then the compiler must
be permitted to use the appropriate co-processor registers (i.e., the
VFP registers must be available in order to use "aapcs-vfp"
).
For example,
/* Argument passed in r0, and result returned in r0+r1. */ double f2d (float) __attribute__((pcs("aapcs")));
Variadic functions always use the "aapcs"
calling convention and
the compiler rejects attempts to specify an alternative.
pure
Many functions have no effects except the return value and their
return value depends only on the parameters and/or global variables.
Such a function can be subject
to common subexpression elimination and loop optimization just as an
arithmetic operator would be. These functions should be declared
with the attribute pure
. For example,
int square (int) __attribute__ ((pure));
says that the hypothetical function square
is safe to call
fewer times than the program says.
Some of common examples of pure functions are strlen
or memcmp
.
Interesting non-pure functions are functions with infinite loops or those
depending on volatile memory or other system resource, that may change between
two consecutive calls (such as feof
in a multithreading environment).
The attribute pure
is not implemented in GCC versions earlier
than 2.96.
hot
The hot
attribute on a function is used to inform the compiler that
the function is a hot spot of the compiled program. The function is
optimized more aggressively and on many target it is placed into special
subsection of the text section so all hot functions appears close together
improving locality.
When profile feedback is available, via -fprofile-use, hot functions are automatically detected and this attribute is ignored.
The hot
attribute on functions is not implemented in GCC versions
earlier than 4.3.
The hot
attribute on a label is used to inform the compiler that
path following the label are more likely than paths that are not so
annotated. This attribute is used in cases where __builtin_expect
cannot be used, for instance with computed goto or asm goto
.
The hot
attribute on labels is not implemented in GCC versions
earlier than 4.8.
cold
The cold
attribute on functions is used to inform the compiler that
the function is unlikely to be executed. The function is optimized for
size rather than speed and on many targets it is placed into special
subsection of the text section so all cold functions appears close together
improving code locality of non-cold parts of program. The paths leading
to call of cold functions within code are marked as unlikely by the branch
prediction mechanism. It is thus useful to mark functions used to handle
unlikely conditions, such as perror
, as cold to improve optimization
of hot functions that do call marked functions in rare occasions.
When profile feedback is available, via -fprofile-use, cold functions are automatically detected and this attribute is ignored.
The cold
attribute on functions is not implemented in GCC versions
earlier than 4.3.
The cold
attribute on labels is used to inform the compiler that
the path following the label is unlikely to be executed. This attribute
is used in cases where __builtin_expect
cannot be used, for instance
with computed goto or asm goto
.
The cold
attribute on labels is not implemented in GCC versions
earlier than 4.8.
no_sanitize_address
no_address_safety_analysis
The no_sanitize_address
attribute on functions is used
to inform the compiler that it should not instrument memory accesses
in the function when compiling with the -fsanitize=address option.
The no_address_safety_analysis
is a deprecated alias of the
no_sanitize_address
attribute, new code should use
no_sanitize_address
.
no_sanitize_undefined
The no_sanitize_undefined
attribute on functions is used
to inform the compiler that it should not check for undefined behavior
in the function when compiling with the -fsanitize=undefined option.
regparm (number)
On the Intel 386, the regparm
attribute causes the compiler to
pass arguments number one to number if they are of integral type
in registers EAX, EDX, and ECX instead of on the stack. Functions that
take a variable number of arguments continue to be passed all of their
arguments on the stack.
Beware that on some ELF systems this attribute is unsuitable for global functions in shared libraries with lazy binding (which is the default). Lazy binding sends the first call via resolving code in the loader, which might assume EAX, EDX and ECX can be clobbered, as per the standard calling conventions. Solaris 8 is affected by this. Systems with the GNU C Library version 2.1 or higher and FreeBSD are believed to be safe since the loaders there save EAX, EDX and ECX. (Lazy binding can be disabled with the linker or the loader if desired, to avoid the problem.)
reset
Use this attribute on the NDS32 target to indicate that the specified function is a reset handler. The compiler will generate corresponding sections for use in a reset handler. You can use the following attributes to provide extra exception handling:
nmi
Provide a user-defined function to handle NMI exception.
warm
Provide a user-defined function to handle warm reset exception.
sseregparm
On the Intel 386 with SSE support, the sseregparm
attribute
causes the compiler to pass up to 3 floating-point arguments in
SSE registers instead of on the stack. Functions that take a
variable number of arguments continue to pass all of their
floating-point arguments on the stack.
force_align_arg_pointer
On the Intel x86, the force_align_arg_pointer
attribute may be
applied to individual function definitions, generating an alternate
prologue and epilogue that realigns the run-time stack if necessary.
This supports mixing legacy codes that run with a 4-byte aligned stack
with modern codes that keep a 16-byte stack for SSE compatibility.
renesas
On SH targets this attribute specifies that the function or struct follows the Renesas ABI.
resbank
On the SH2A target, this attribute enables the high-speed register
saving and restoration using a register bank for interrupt_handler
routines. Saving to the bank is performed automatically after the CPU
accepts an interrupt that uses a register bank.
The nineteen 32-bit registers comprising general register R0 to R14, control register GBR, and system registers MACH, MACL, and PR and the vector table address offset are saved into a register bank. Register banks are stacked in first-in last-out (FILO) sequence. Restoration from the bank is executed by issuing a RESBANK instruction.
returns_twice
The returns_twice
attribute tells the compiler that a function may
return more than one time. The compiler ensures that all registers
are dead before calling such a function and emits a warning about
the variables that may be clobbered after the second return from the
function. Examples of such functions are setjmp
and vfork
.
The longjmp
-like counterpart of such function, if any, might need
to be marked with the noreturn
attribute.
saveall
Use this attribute on the Blackfin, H8/300, H8/300H, and H8S to indicate that all registers except the stack pointer should be saved in the prologue regardless of whether they are used or not.
save_volatiles
Use this attribute on the MicroBlaze to indicate that the function is an interrupt handler. All volatile registers (in addition to non-volatile registers) are saved in the function prologue. If the function is a leaf function, only volatiles used by the function are saved. A normal function return is generated instead of a return from interrupt.
section ("section-name")
Normally, the compiler places the code it generates in the text
section.
Sometimes, however, you need additional sections, or you need certain
particular functions to appear in special sections. The section
attribute specifies that a function lives in a particular section.
For example, the declaration:
extern void foobar (void) __attribute__ ((section ("bar")));
puts the function foobar
in the bar
section.
Some file formats do not support arbitrary sections so the section
attribute is not available on all platforms.
If you need to map the entire contents of a module to a particular
section, consider using the facilities of the linker instead.
sentinel
This function attribute ensures that a parameter in a function call is
an explicit NULL
. The attribute is only valid on variadic
functions. By default, the sentinel is located at position zero, the
last parameter of the function call. If an optional integer position
argument P is supplied to the attribute, the sentinel must be located at
position P counting backwards from the end of the argument list.
__attribute__ ((sentinel)) is equivalent to __attribute__ ((sentinel(0)))
The attribute is automatically set with a position of 0 for the built-in
functions execl
and execlp
. The built-in function
execle
has the attribute set with a position of 1.
A valid NULL
in this context is defined as zero with any pointer
type. If your system defines the NULL
macro with an integer type
then you need to add an explicit cast. GCC replaces stddef.h
with a copy that redefines NULL appropriately.
The warnings for missing or incorrect sentinels are enabled with -Wformat.
short_call
See long_call/short_call
.
shortcall
See longcall/shortcall
.
signal
Use this attribute on the AVR to indicate that the specified function is an interrupt handler. The compiler generates function entry and exit sequences suitable for use in an interrupt handler when this attribute is present.
See also the interrupt
function attribute.
The AVR hardware globally disables interrupts when an interrupt is executed.
Interrupt handler functions defined with the signal
attribute
do not re-enable interrupts. It is save to enable interrupts in a
signal
handler. This “save” only applies to the code
generated by the compiler and not to the IRQ layout of the
application which is responsibility of the application.
If both signal
and interrupt
are specified for the same
function, signal
is silently ignored.
sp_switch
Use this attribute on the SH to indicate an interrupt_handler
function should switch to an alternate stack. It expects a string
argument that names a global variable holding the address of the
alternate stack.
void *alt_stack; void f () __attribute__ ((interrupt_handler, sp_switch ("alt_stack")));
stdcall
On the Intel 386, the stdcall
attribute causes the compiler to
assume that the called function pops off the stack space used to
pass arguments, unless it takes a variable number of arguments.
syscall_linkage
This attribute is used to modify the IA-64 calling convention by marking all input registers as live at all function exits. This makes it possible to restart a system call after an interrupt without having to save/restore the input registers. This also prevents kernel data from leaking into application code.
target
The target
attribute is used to specify that a function is to
be compiled with different target options than specified on the
command line. This can be used for instance to have functions
compiled with a different ISA (instruction set architecture) than the
default. You can also use the ‘#pragma GCC target’ pragma to set
more than one function to be compiled with specific target options.
See Function Specific Option Pragmas, for details about the
‘#pragma GCC target’ pragma.
For instance on a 386, you could compile one function with
target("sse4.1,arch=core2")
and another with
target("sse4a,arch=amdfam10")
. This is equivalent to
compiling the first function with -msse4.1 and
-march=core2 options, and the second function with
-msse4a and -march=amdfam10 options. It is up to the
user to make sure that a function is only invoked on a machine that
supports the particular ISA it is compiled for (for example by using
cpuid
on 386 to determine what feature bits and architecture
family are used).
int core2_func (void) __attribute__ ((__target__ ("arch=core2"))); int sse3_func (void) __attribute__ ((__target__ ("sse3")));
You can either use multiple strings to specify multiple options, or separate the options with a comma (‘,’).
The target
attribute is presently implemented for
i386/x86_64, PowerPC, and Nios II targets only.
The options supported are specific to each target.
On the 386, the following options are allowed:
Enable/disable the generation of the advanced bit instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the AES instructions.
See Function Multiversioning, where it is used to specify the default function version.
Enable/disable the generation of the MMX instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the PCLMUL instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the POPCNT instruction.
Enable/disable the generation of the SSE instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the SSE2 instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the SSE3 instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the SSE4 instructions (both SSE4.1 and SSE4.2).
Enable/disable the generation of the sse4.1 instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the sse4.2 instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the SSE4A instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the FMA4 instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the XOP instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the LWP instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the SSSE3 instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of the CLD before string moves.
Enable/disable the generation of the sin
, cos
, and
sqrt
instructions on the 387 floating-point unit.
Enable/disable the generation of the fused multiply/add instructions.
Enable/disable the generation of floating point that depends on IEEE arithmetic.
Enable/disable inlining of string operations.
Enable/disable the generation of the inline code to do small string operations and calling the library routines for large operations.
Do/do not align destination of inlined string operations.
Enable/disable the generation of RCPSS, RCPPS, RSQRTSS and RSQRTPS instructions followed an additional Newton-Raphson step instead of doing a floating-point division.
Specify the architecture to generate code for in compiling the function.
Specify the architecture to tune for in compiling the function.
Specify which floating-point unit to use. The
target("fpmath=sse,387")
option must be specified as
target("fpmath=sse+387")
because the comma would separate
different options.
On the PowerPC, the following options are allowed:
Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions. In 32-bit code, you cannot enable AltiVec instructions unless -mabi=altivec is used on the command line.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the compare bytes instruction implemented on the POWER6 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.05 architecture.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search ‘dlmzb’ instruction on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. This instruction is generated by default when targeting those processors.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the FP round to integer instructions implemented on the POWER5+ processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.03 architecture.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the decimal floating-point instructions implemented on some POWER processors.
Generate code that uses (does not use) ISEL instruction.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the move from condition register field instruction implemented on the POWER4 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.01 architecture.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the FP move to/from general purpose register instructions implemented on the POWER6X processor and other processors that support the extended PowerPC V2.05 architecture.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and multiply-accumulate instructions on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. These instructions are generated by default when targeting those processors.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word instructions and the store multiple word instructions.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory location.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the popcount and double-precision FP reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the POWER5 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.02 architecture.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the popcount instruction implemented on the POWER7 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.06 architecture.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics group, including floating-point select.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the General Purpose group, including floating-point square root.
Assume (do not assume) that the reciprocal estimate instructions provide higher-precision estimates than is mandated by the powerpc ABI.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and do small block moves.
Generate code that uses (does not use) vector/scalar (VSX) instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the VSX instruction set. In 32-bit code, you cannot enable VSX or AltiVec instructions unless -mabi=altivec is used on the command line.
Generate (do not generate) the friz
instruction when the
-funsafe-math-optimizations option is used to optimize
rounding a floating-point value to 64-bit integer and back to floating
point. The friz
instruction does not return the same value if
the floating-point number is too large to fit in an integer.
Generate code that tries to avoid (not avoid) the use of indexed load or store instructions.
Generate code that uses (does not use) the generation of PAIRED simd instructions.
Generate code that assumes (does not assume) that all calls are far away so that a longer more expensive calling sequence is required.
Specify the architecture to generate code for when compiling the
function. If you select the target("cpu=power7")
attribute when
generating 32-bit code, VSX and AltiVec instructions are not generated
unless you use the -mabi=altivec option on the command line.
Specify the architecture to tune for when compiling the function. If
you do not specify the target("tune=TUNE")
attribute and
you do specify the target("cpu=CPU")
attribute,
compilation tunes for the CPU architecture, and not the
default tuning specified on the command line.
When compiling for Nios II, the following options are allowed:
Each ‘custom-insn=N’ attribute locally enables use of a custom instruction with encoding N when generating code that uses insn. Similarly, ‘no-custom-insn’ locally inhibits use of the custom instruction insn. These target attributes correspond to the -mcustom-insn=N and -mno-custom-insn command-line options, and support the same set of insn keywords. See Nios II Options, for more information.
This attribute corresponds to the -mcustom-fpu-cfg=name command-line option, to select a predefined set of custom instructions named name. See Nios II Options, for more information.
On the 386/x86_64 and PowerPC back ends, the inliner does not inline a
function that has different target options than the caller, unless the
callee has a subset of the target options of the caller. For example
a function declared with target("sse3")
can inline a function
with target("sse2")
, since -msse3
implies -msse2
.
tiny_data
Use this attribute on the H8/300H and H8S to indicate that the specified variable should be placed into the tiny data section. The compiler generates more efficient code for loads and stores on data in the tiny data section. Note the tiny data area is limited to slightly under 32KB of data.
trap_exit
Use this attribute on the SH for an interrupt_handler
to return using
trapa
instead of rte
. This attribute expects an integer
argument specifying the trap number to be used.
trapa_handler
On SH targets this function attribute is similar to interrupt_handler
but it does not save and restore all registers.
unused
This attribute, attached to a function, means that the function is meant to be possibly unused. GCC does not produce a warning for this function.
used
This attribute, attached to a function, means that code must be emitted for the function even if it appears that the function is not referenced. This is useful, for example, when the function is referenced only in inline assembly.
When applied to a member function of a C++ class template, the attribute also means that the function is instantiated if the class itself is instantiated.
version_id
This IA-64 HP-UX attribute, attached to a global variable or function, renames a symbol to contain a version string, thus allowing for function level versioning. HP-UX system header files may use function level versioning for some system calls.
extern int foo () __attribute__((version_id ("20040821")));
Calls to foo are mapped to calls to foo{20040821}.
visibility ("visibility_type")
This attribute affects the linkage of the declaration to which it is attached. There are four supported visibility_type values: default, hidden, protected or internal visibility.
void __attribute__ ((visibility ("protected")))
f () { /* Do something. */; }
int i __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden")));
The possible values of visibility_type correspond to the visibility settings in the ELF gABI.
Default visibility is the normal case for the object file format. This value is available for the visibility attribute to override other options that may change the assumed visibility of entities.
On ELF, default visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries, means that the declared entity may be overridden.
On Darwin, default visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules.
Default visibility corresponds to “external linkage” in the language.
Hidden visibility indicates that the entity declared has a new form of linkage, which we call “hidden linkage”. Two declarations of an object with hidden linkage refer to the same object if they are in the same shared object.
Internal visibility is like hidden visibility, but with additional processor specific semantics. Unless otherwise specified by the psABI, GCC defines internal visibility to mean that a function is never called from another module. Compare this with hidden functions which, while they cannot be referenced directly by other modules, can be referenced indirectly via function pointers. By indicating that a function cannot be called from outside the module, GCC may for instance omit the load of a PIC register since it is known that the calling function loaded the correct value.
Protected visibility is like default visibility except that it indicates that references within the defining module bind to the definition in that module. That is, the declared entity cannot be overridden by another module.
All visibilities are supported on many, but not all, ELF targets (supported when the assembler supports the ‘.visibility’ pseudo-op). Default visibility is supported everywhere. Hidden visibility is supported on Darwin targets.
The visibility attribute should be applied only to declarations that would otherwise have external linkage. The attribute should be applied consistently, so that the same entity should not be declared with different settings of the attribute.
In C++, the visibility attribute applies to types as well as functions and objects, because in C++ types have linkage. A class must not have greater visibility than its non-static data member types and bases, and class members default to the visibility of their class. Also, a declaration without explicit visibility is limited to the visibility of its type.
In C++, you can mark member functions and static member variables of a class with the visibility attribute. This is useful if you know a particular method or static member variable should only be used from one shared object; then you can mark it hidden while the rest of the class has default visibility. Care must be taken to avoid breaking the One Definition Rule; for example, it is usually not useful to mark an inline method as hidden without marking the whole class as hidden.
A C++ namespace declaration can also have the visibility attribute.
namespace nspace1 __attribute__ ((visibility ("protected")))
{ /* Do something. */; }
This attribute applies only to the particular namespace body, not to other definitions of the same namespace; it is equivalent to using ‘#pragma GCC visibility’ before and after the namespace definition (see Visibility Pragmas).
In C++, if a template argument has limited visibility, this restriction is implicitly propagated to the template instantiation. Otherwise, template instantiations and specializations default to the visibility of their template.
If both the template and enclosing class have explicit visibility, the visibility from the template is used.
vliw
On MeP, the vliw
attribute tells the compiler to emit
instructions in VLIW mode instead of core mode. Note that this
attribute is not allowed unless a VLIW coprocessor has been configured
and enabled through command-line options.
warn_unused_result
The warn_unused_result
attribute causes a warning to be emitted
if a caller of the function with this attribute does not use its
return value. This is useful for functions where not checking
the result is either a security problem or always a bug, such as
realloc
.
int fn () __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result)); int foo () { if (fn () < 0) return -1; fn (); return 0; }
results in warning on line 5.
weak
The weak
attribute causes the declaration to be emitted as a weak
symbol rather than a global. This is primarily useful in defining
library functions that can be overridden in user code, though it can
also be used with non-function declarations. Weak symbols are supported
for ELF targets, and also for a.out targets when using the GNU assembler
and linker.
weakref
weakref ("target")
The weakref
attribute marks a declaration as a weak reference.
Without arguments, it should be accompanied by an alias
attribute
naming the target symbol. Optionally, the target may be given as
an argument to weakref
itself. In either case, weakref
implicitly marks the declaration as weak
. Without a
target, given as an argument to weakref
or to alias
,
weakref
is equivalent to weak
.
static int x() __attribute__ ((weakref ("y"))); /* is equivalent to... */ static int x() __attribute__ ((weak, weakref, alias ("y"))); /* and to... */ static int x() __attribute__ ((weakref)); static int x() __attribute__ ((alias ("y")));
A weak reference is an alias that does not by itself require a
definition to be given for the target symbol. If the target symbol is
only referenced through weak references, then it becomes a weak
undefined symbol. If it is directly referenced, however, then such
strong references prevail, and a definition is required for the
symbol, not necessarily in the same translation unit.
The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate translation unit, renaming the alias to the aliased symbol, declaring it as weak, compiling the two separate translation units and performing a reloadable link on them.
At present, a declaration to which weakref
is attached can
only be static
.
You can specify multiple attributes in a declaration by separating them by commas within the double parentheses or by immediately following an attribute declaration with another attribute declaration.
Some people object to the __attribute__
feature, suggesting that
ISO C’s #pragma
should be used instead. At the time
__attribute__
was designed, there were two reasons for not doing
this.
#pragma
commands from a macro.
#pragma
might mean in another
compiler.
These two reasons applied to almost any application that might have been
proposed for #pragma
. It was basically a mistake to use
#pragma
for anything.
The ISO C99 standard includes _Pragma
, which now allows pragmas
to be generated from macros. In addition, a #pragma GCC
namespace is now in use for GCC-specific pragmas. However, it has been
found convenient to use __attribute__
to achieve a natural
attachment of attributes to their corresponding declarations, whereas
#pragma GCC
is of use for constructs that do not naturally form
part of the grammar. See Pragmas Accepted by GCC.
Next: Function Prototypes, Previous: Function Attributes, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
This section describes the syntax with which __attribute__
may be
used, and the constructs to which attribute specifiers bind, for the C
language. Some details may vary for C++ and Objective-C. Because of
infelicities in the grammar for attributes, some forms described here
may not be successfully parsed in all cases.
There are some problems with the semantics of attributes in C++. For
example, there are no manglings for attributes, although they may affect
code generation, so problems may arise when attributed types are used in
conjunction with templates or overloading. Similarly, typeid
does not distinguish between types with different attributes. Support
for attributes in C++ may be restricted in future to attributes on
declarations only, but not on nested declarators.
See Function Attributes, for details of the semantics of attributes applying to functions. See Variable Attributes, for details of the semantics of attributes applying to variables. See Type Attributes, for details of the semantics of attributes applying to structure, union and enumerated types.
An attribute specifier is of the form
__attribute__ ((attribute-list))
. An attribute list
is a possibly empty comma-separated sequence of attributes, where
each attribute is one of the following:
unused
, or a reserved
word such as const
).
mode
attributes use this form.
format
attributes use this form.
format_arg
attributes use this form with the list being a single
integer constant expression, and alias
attributes use this form
with the list being a single string constant.
An attribute specifier list is a sequence of one or more attribute specifiers, not separated by any other tokens.
In GNU C, an attribute specifier list may appear after the colon following a
label, other than a case
or default
label. The only
attribute it makes sense to use after a label is unused
. This
feature is intended for program-generated code that may contain unused labels,
but which is compiled with -Wall. It is
not normally appropriate to use in it human-written code, though it
could be useful in cases where the code that jumps to the label is
contained within an #ifdef
conditional. GNU C++ only permits
attributes on labels if the attribute specifier is immediately
followed by a semicolon (i.e., the label applies to an empty
statement). If the semicolon is missing, C++ label attributes are
ambiguous, as it is permissible for a declaration, which could begin
with an attribute list, to be labelled in C++. Declarations cannot be
labelled in C90 or C99, so the ambiguity does not arise there.
An attribute specifier list may appear as part of a struct
,
union
or enum
specifier. It may go either immediately
after the struct
, union
or enum
keyword, or after
the closing brace. The former syntax is preferred.
Where attribute specifiers follow the closing brace, they are considered
to relate to the structure, union or enumerated type defined, not to any
enclosing declaration the type specifier appears in, and the type
defined is not complete until after the attribute specifiers.
Otherwise, an attribute specifier appears as part of a declaration, counting declarations of unnamed parameters and type names, and relates to that declaration (which may be nested in another declaration, for example in the case of a parameter declaration), or to a particular declarator within a declaration. Where an attribute specifier is applied to a parameter declared as a function or an array, it should apply to the function or array rather than the pointer to which the parameter is implicitly converted, but this is not yet correctly implemented.
Any list of specifiers and qualifiers at the start of a declaration may
contain attribute specifiers, whether or not such a list may in that
context contain storage class specifiers. (Some attributes, however,
are essentially in the nature of storage class specifiers, and only make
sense where storage class specifiers may be used; for example,
section
.) There is one necessary limitation to this syntax: the
first old-style parameter declaration in a function definition cannot
begin with an attribute specifier, because such an attribute applies to
the function instead by syntax described below (which, however, is not
yet implemented in this case). In some other cases, attribute
specifiers are permitted by this grammar but not yet supported by the
compiler. All attribute specifiers in this place relate to the
declaration as a whole. In the obsolescent usage where a type of
int
is implied by the absence of type specifiers, such a list of
specifiers and qualifiers may be an attribute specifier list with no
other specifiers or qualifiers.
At present, the first parameter in a function prototype must have some
type specifier that is not an attribute specifier; this resolves an
ambiguity in the interpretation of void f(int
(__attribute__((foo)) x))
, but is subject to change. At present, if
the parentheses of a function declarator contain only attributes then
those attributes are ignored, rather than yielding an error or warning
or implying a single parameter of type int, but this is subject to
change.
An attribute specifier list may appear immediately before a declarator (other than the first) in a comma-separated list of declarators in a declaration of more than one identifier using a single list of specifiers and qualifiers. Such attribute specifiers apply only to the identifier before whose declarator they appear. For example, in
__attribute__((noreturn)) void d0 (void), __attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2))) d1 (const char *, ...), d2 (void)
the noreturn
attribute applies to all the functions
declared; the format
attribute only applies to d1
.
An attribute specifier list may appear immediately before the comma,
=
or semicolon terminating the declaration of an identifier other
than a function definition. Such attribute specifiers apply
to the declared object or function. Where an
assembler name for an object or function is specified (see Asm Labels), the attribute must follow the asm
specification.
An attribute specifier list may, in future, be permitted to appear after the declarator in a function definition (before any old-style parameter declarations or the function body).
Attribute specifiers may be mixed with type qualifiers appearing inside
the []
of a parameter array declarator, in the C99 construct by
which such qualifiers are applied to the pointer to which the array is
implicitly converted. Such attribute specifiers apply to the pointer,
not to the array, but at present this is not implemented and they are
ignored.
An attribute specifier list may appear at the start of a nested
declarator. At present, there are some limitations in this usage: the
attributes correctly apply to the declarator, but for most individual
attributes the semantics this implies are not implemented.
When attribute specifiers follow the *
of a pointer
declarator, they may be mixed with any type qualifiers present.
The following describes the formal semantics of this syntax. It makes the
most sense if you are familiar with the formal specification of
declarators in the ISO C standard.
Consider (as in C99 subclause 6.7.5 paragraph 4) a declaration T
D1
, where T
contains declaration specifiers that specify a type
Type (such as int
) and D1
is a declarator that
contains an identifier ident. The type specified for ident
for derived declarators whose type does not include an attribute
specifier is as in the ISO C standard.
If D1
has the form ( attribute-specifier-list D )
,
and the declaration T D
specifies the type
“derived-declarator-type-list Type” for ident, then
T D1
specifies the type “derived-declarator-type-list
attribute-specifier-list Type” for ident.
If D1
has the form *
type-qualifier-and-attribute-specifier-list D
, and the
declaration T D
specifies the type
“derived-declarator-type-list Type” for ident, then
T D1
specifies the type “derived-declarator-type-list
type-qualifier-and-attribute-specifier-list pointer to Type” for
ident.
For example,
void (__attribute__((noreturn)) ****f) (void);
specifies the type “pointer to pointer to pointer to pointer to
non-returning function returning void
”. As another example,
char *__attribute__((aligned(8))) *f;
specifies the type “pointer to 8-byte-aligned pointer to char
”.
Note again that this does not work with most attributes; for example,
the usage of ‘aligned’ and ‘noreturn’ attributes given above
is not yet supported.
For compatibility with existing code written for compiler versions that did not implement attributes on nested declarators, some laxity is allowed in the placing of attributes. If an attribute that only applies to types is applied to a declaration, it is treated as applying to the type of that declaration. If an attribute that only applies to declarations is applied to the type of a declaration, it is treated as applying to that declaration; and, for compatibility with code placing the attributes immediately before the identifier declared, such an attribute applied to a function return type is treated as applying to the function type, and such an attribute applied to an array element type is treated as applying to the array type. If an attribute that only applies to function types is applied to a pointer-to-function type, it is treated as applying to the pointer target type; if such an attribute is applied to a function return type that is not a pointer-to-function type, it is treated as applying to the function type.
Next: C++ Comments, Previous: Attribute Syntax, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GNU C extends ISO C to allow a function prototype to override a later old-style non-prototype definition. Consider the following example:
/* Use prototypes unless the compiler is old-fashioned. */ #ifdef __STDC__ #define P(x) x #else #define P(x) () #endif /* Prototype function declaration. */ int isroot P((uid_t)); /* Old-style function definition. */ int isroot (x) /* ??? lossage here ??? */ uid_t x; { return x == 0; }
Suppose the type uid_t
happens to be short
. ISO C does
not allow this example, because subword arguments in old-style
non-prototype definitions are promoted. Therefore in this example the
function definition’s argument is really an int
, which does not
match the prototype argument type of short
.
This restriction of ISO C makes it hard to write code that is portable
to traditional C compilers, because the programmer does not know
whether the uid_t
type is short
, int
, or
long
. Therefore, in cases like these GNU C allows a prototype
to override a later old-style definition. More precisely, in GNU C, a
function prototype argument type overrides the argument type specified
by a later old-style definition if the former type is the same as the
latter type before promotion. Thus in GNU C the above example is
equivalent to the following:
int isroot (uid_t); int isroot (uid_t x) { return x == 0; }
GNU C++ does not support old-style function definitions, so this extension is irrelevant.
Next: Dollar Signs, Previous: Function Prototypes, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
In GNU C, you may use C++ style comments, which start with ‘//’ and continue until the end of the line. Many other C implementations allow such comments, and they are included in the 1999 C standard. However, C++ style comments are not recognized if you specify an -std option specifying a version of ISO C before C99, or -ansi (equivalent to -std=c90).
Next: Character Escapes, Previous: C++ Comments, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
In GNU C, you may normally use dollar signs in identifier names. This is because many traditional C implementations allow such identifiers. However, dollar signs in identifiers are not supported on a few target machines, typically because the target assembler does not allow them.
Next: Variable Attributes, Previous: Dollar Signs, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
You can use the sequence ‘\e’ in a string or character constant to stand for the ASCII character ESC.
Next: Type Attributes, Previous: Character Escapes, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
The keyword __attribute__
allows you to specify special
attributes of variables or structure fields. This keyword is followed
by an attribute specification inside double parentheses. Some
attributes are currently defined generically for variables.
Other attributes are defined for variables on particular target
systems. Other attributes are available for functions
(see Function Attributes) and for types (see Type Attributes).
Other front ends might define more attributes
(see Extensions to the C++ Language).
You may also specify attributes with ‘__’ preceding and following
each keyword. This allows you to use them in header files without
being concerned about a possible macro of the same name. For example,
you may use __aligned__
instead of aligned
.
See Attribute Syntax, for details of the exact syntax for using attributes.
aligned (alignment)
This attribute specifies a minimum alignment for the variable or structure field, measured in bytes. For example, the declaration:
int x __attribute__ ((aligned (16))) = 0;
causes the compiler to allocate the global variable x
on a
16-byte boundary. On a 68040, this could be used in conjunction with
an asm
expression to access the move16
instruction which
requires 16-byte aligned operands.
You can also specify the alignment of structure fields. For example, to
create a double-word aligned int
pair, you could write:
struct foo { int x[2] __attribute__ ((aligned (8))); };
This is an alternative to creating a union with a double
member,
which forces the union to be double-word aligned.
As in the preceding examples, you can explicitly specify the alignment (in bytes) that you wish the compiler to use for a given variable or structure field. Alternatively, you can leave out the alignment factor and just ask the compiler to align a variable or field to the default alignment for the target architecture you are compiling for. The default alignment is sufficient for all scalar types, but may not be enough for all vector types on a target that supports vector operations. The default alignment is fixed for a particular target ABI.
GCC also provides a target specific macro __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__
,
which is the largest alignment ever used for any data type on the
target machine you are compiling for. For example, you could write:
short array[3] __attribute__ ((aligned (__BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__)));
The compiler automatically sets the alignment for the declared
variable or field to __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__
. Doing this can
often make copy operations more efficient, because the compiler can
use whatever instructions copy the biggest chunks of memory when
performing copies to or from the variables or fields that you have
aligned this way. Note that the value of __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__
may change depending on command-line options.
When used on a struct, or struct member, the aligned
attribute can
only increase the alignment; in order to decrease it, the packed
attribute must be specified as well. When used as part of a typedef, the
aligned
attribute can both increase and decrease alignment, and
specifying the packed
attribute generates a warning.
Note that the effectiveness of aligned
attributes may be limited
by inherent limitations in your linker. On many systems, the linker is
only able to arrange for variables to be aligned up to a certain maximum
alignment. (For some linkers, the maximum supported alignment may
be very very small.) If your linker is only able to align variables
up to a maximum of 8-byte alignment, then specifying aligned(16)
in an __attribute__
still only provides you with 8-byte
alignment. See your linker documentation for further information.
The aligned
attribute can also be used for functions
(see Function Attributes.)
cleanup (cleanup_function)
The cleanup
attribute runs a function when the variable goes
out of scope. This attribute can only be applied to auto function
scope variables; it may not be applied to parameters or variables
with static storage duration. The function must take one parameter,
a pointer to a type compatible with the variable. The return value
of the function (if any) is ignored.
If -fexceptions is enabled, then cleanup_function
is run during the stack unwinding that happens during the
processing of the exception. Note that the cleanup
attribute
does not allow the exception to be caught, only to perform an action.
It is undefined what happens if cleanup_function does not
return normally.
common
nocommon
The common
attribute requests GCC to place a variable in
“common” storage. The nocommon
attribute requests the
opposite—to allocate space for it directly.
These attributes override the default chosen by the -fno-common and -fcommon flags respectively.
deprecated
deprecated (msg)
The deprecated
attribute results in a warning if the variable
is used anywhere in the source file. This is useful when identifying
variables that are expected to be removed in a future version of a
program. The warning also includes the location of the declaration
of the deprecated variable, to enable users to easily find further
information about why the variable is deprecated, or what they should
do instead. Note that the warning only occurs for uses:
extern int old_var __attribute__ ((deprecated)); extern int old_var; int new_fn () { return old_var; }
results in a warning on line 3 but not line 2. The optional msg argument, which must be a string, is printed in the warning if present.
The deprecated
attribute can also be used for functions and
types (see Function Attributes, see Type Attributes.)
mode (mode)
This attribute specifies the data type for the declaration—whichever type corresponds to the mode mode. This in effect lets you request an integer or floating-point type according to its width.
You may also specify a mode of byte
or __byte__
to
indicate the mode corresponding to a one-byte integer, word
or
__word__
for the mode of a one-word integer, and pointer
or __pointer__
for the mode used to represent pointers.
packed
The packed
attribute specifies that a variable or structure field
should have the smallest possible alignment—one byte for a variable,
and one bit for a field, unless you specify a larger value with the
aligned
attribute.
Here is a structure in which the field x
is packed, so that it
immediately follows a
:
struct foo { char a; int x[2] __attribute__ ((packed)); };
Note: The 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 series of GCC ignore the
packed
attribute on bit-fields of type char
. This has
been fixed in GCC 4.4 but the change can lead to differences in the
structure layout. See the documentation of
-Wpacked-bitfield-compat for more information.
section ("section-name")
Normally, the compiler places the objects it generates in sections like
data
and bss
. Sometimes, however, you need additional sections,
or you need certain particular variables to appear in special sections,
for example to map to special hardware. The section
attribute specifies that a variable (or function) lives in a particular
section. For example, this small program uses several specific section names:
struct duart a __attribute__ ((section ("DUART_A"))) = { 0 }; struct duart b __attribute__ ((section ("DUART_B"))) = { 0 }; char stack[10000] __attribute__ ((section ("STACK"))) = { 0 }; int init_data __attribute__ ((section ("INITDATA"))); main() { /* Initialize stack pointer */ init_sp (stack + sizeof (stack)); /* Initialize initialized data */ memcpy (&init_data, &data, &edata - &data); /* Turn on the serial ports */ init_duart (&a); init_duart (&b); }
Use the section
attribute with
global variables and not local variables,
as shown in the example.
You may use the section
attribute with initialized or
uninitialized global variables but the linker requires
each object be defined once, with the exception that uninitialized
variables tentatively go in the common
(or bss
) section
and can be multiply “defined”. Using the section
attribute
changes what section the variable goes into and may cause the
linker to issue an error if an uninitialized variable has multiple
definitions. You can force a variable to be initialized with the
-fno-common flag or the nocommon
attribute.
Some file formats do not support arbitrary sections so the section
attribute is not available on all platforms.
If you need to map the entire contents of a module to a particular
section, consider using the facilities of the linker instead.
shared
On Microsoft Windows, in addition to putting variable definitions in a named
section, the section can also be shared among all running copies of an
executable or DLL. For example, this small program defines shared data
by putting it in a named section shared
and marking the section
shareable:
int foo __attribute__((section ("shared"), shared)) = 0;
int
main()
{
/* Read and write foo. All running
copies see the same value. */
return 0;
}
You may only use the shared
attribute along with section
attribute with a fully-initialized global definition because of the way
linkers work. See section
attribute for more information.
The shared
attribute is only available on Microsoft Windows.
tls_model ("tls_model")
The tls_model
attribute sets thread-local storage model
(see Thread-Local) of a particular __thread
variable,
overriding -ftls-model= command-line switch on a per-variable
basis.
The tls_model argument should be one of global-dynamic
,
local-dynamic
, initial-exec
or local-exec
.
Not all targets support this attribute.
unused
This attribute, attached to a variable, means that the variable is meant to be possibly unused. GCC does not produce a warning for this variable.
used
This attribute, attached to a variable with the static storage, means that the variable must be emitted even if it appears that the variable is not referenced.
When applied to a static data member of a C++ class template, the attribute also means that the member is instantiated if the class itself is instantiated.
vector_size (bytes)
This attribute specifies the vector size for the variable, measured in bytes. For example, the declaration:
int foo __attribute__ ((vector_size (16)));
causes the compiler to set the mode for foo
, to be 16 bytes,
divided into int
sized units. Assuming a 32-bit int (a vector of
4 units of 4 bytes), the corresponding mode of foo
is V4SI.
This attribute is only applicable to integral and float scalars, although arrays, pointers, and function return values are allowed in conjunction with this construct.
Aggregates with this attribute are invalid, even if they are of the same size as a corresponding scalar. For example, the declaration:
struct S { int a; }; struct S __attribute__ ((vector_size (16))) foo;
is invalid even if the size of the structure is the same as the size of
the int
.
selectany
The selectany
attribute causes an initialized global variable to
have link-once semantics. When multiple definitions of the variable are
encountered by the linker, the first is selected and the remainder are
discarded. Following usage by the Microsoft compiler, the linker is told
not to warn about size or content differences of the multiple
definitions.
Although the primary usage of this attribute is for POD types, the attribute can also be applied to global C++ objects that are initialized by a constructor. In this case, the static initialization and destruction code for the object is emitted in each translation defining the object, but the calls to the constructor and destructor are protected by a link-once guard variable.
The selectany
attribute is only available on Microsoft Windows
targets. You can use __declspec (selectany)
as a synonym for
__attribute__ ((selectany))
for compatibility with other
compilers.
weak
The weak
attribute is described in Function Attributes.
dllimport
The dllimport
attribute is described in Function Attributes.
dllexport
The dllexport
attribute is described in Function Attributes.
progmem
The progmem
attribute is used on the AVR to place read-only
data in the non-volatile program memory (flash). The progmem
attribute accomplishes this by putting respective variables into a
section whose name starts with .progmem
.
This attribute works similar to the section
attribute
but adds additional checking. Notice that just like the
section
attribute, progmem
affects the location
of the data but not how this data is accessed.
In order to read data located with the progmem
attribute
(inline) assembler must be used.
/* Use custom macros from AVR-LibC */ #include <avr/pgmspace.h> /* Locate var in flash memory */ const int var[2] PROGMEM = { 1, 2 }; int read_var (int i) { /* Access var[] by accessor macro from avr/pgmspace.h */ return (int) pgm_read_word (& var[i]); }
AVR is a Harvard architecture processor and data and read-only data normally resides in the data memory (RAM).
See also the AVR Named Address Spaces section for an alternate way to locate and access data in flash memory.
Three attributes are currently defined for the Blackfin.
l1_data
l1_data_A
l1_data_B
Use these attributes on the Blackfin to place the variable into L1 Data SRAM.
Variables with l1_data
attribute are put into the specific section
named .l1.data
. Those with l1_data_A
attribute are put into
the specific section named .l1.data.A
. Those with l1_data_B
attribute are put into the specific section named .l1.data.B
.
l2
Use this attribute on the Blackfin to place the variable into L2 SRAM.
Variables with l2
attribute are put into the specific section
named .l2.data
.
One attribute is currently defined for the M32R/D.
model (model-name)
Use this attribute on the M32R/D to set the addressability of an object.
The identifier model-name is one of small
, medium
,
or large
, representing each of the code models.
Small model objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their
addresses can be loaded with the ld24
instruction).
Medium and large model objects may live anywhere in the 32-bit address space
(the compiler generates seth/add3
instructions to load their
addresses).
The MeP target has a number of addressing modes and busses. The
near
space spans the standard memory space’s first 16 megabytes
(24 bits). The far
space spans the entire 32-bit memory space.
The based
space is a 128-byte region in the memory space that
is addressed relative to the $tp
register. The tiny
space is a 65536-byte region relative to the $gp
register. In
addition to these memory regions, the MeP target has a separate 16-bit
control bus which is specified with cb
attributes.
based
Any variable with the based
attribute is assigned to the
.based
section, and is accessed with relative to the
$tp
register.
tiny
Likewise, the tiny
attribute assigned variables to the
.tiny
section, relative to the $gp
register.
near
Variables with the near
attribute are assumed to have addresses
that fit in a 24-bit addressing mode. This is the default for large
variables (-mtiny=4
is the default) but this attribute can
override -mtiny=
for small variables, or override -ml
.
far
Variables with the far
attribute are addressed using a full
32-bit address. Since this covers the entire memory space, this
allows modules to make no assumptions about where variables might be
stored.
io
io (addr)
Variables with the io
attribute are used to address
memory-mapped peripherals. If an address is specified, the variable
is assigned that address, else it is not assigned an address (it is
assumed some other module assigns an address). Example:
int timer_count __attribute__((io(0x123)));
cb
cb (addr)
Variables with the cb
attribute are used to access the control
bus, using special instructions. addr
indicates the control bus
address. Example:
int cpu_clock __attribute__((cb(0x123)));
Two attributes are currently defined for i386 configurations:
ms_struct
and gcc_struct
ms_struct
gcc_struct
If packed
is used on a structure, or if bit-fields are used,
it may be that the Microsoft ABI lays out the structure differently
than the way GCC normally does. Particularly when moving packed
data between functions compiled with GCC and the native Microsoft compiler
(either via function call or as data in a file), it may be necessary to access
either format.
Currently -m[no-]ms-bitfields is provided for the Microsoft Windows X86 compilers to match the native Microsoft compiler.
The Microsoft structure layout algorithm is fairly simple with the exception of the bit-field packing. The padding and alignment of members of structures and whether a bit-field can straddle a storage-unit boundary are determine by these rules:
aligned
attribute or the pack
pragma),
whichever is less. For structures, unions, and arrays,
the alignment requirement is the largest alignment requirement of its members.
Every object is allocated an offset so that:
offset % alignment_requirement == 0
MSVC interprets zero-length bit-fields in the following ways:
For example:
struct { unsigned long bf_1 : 12; unsigned long : 0; unsigned long bf_2 : 12; } t1;
The size of t1
is 8 bytes with the zero-length bit-field. If the
zero-length bit-field were removed, t1
’s size would be 4 bytes.
foo
, and the
alignment of the zero-length bit-field is greater than the member that follows it,
bar
, bar
is aligned as the type of the zero-length bit-field.
For example:
struct { char foo : 4; short : 0; char bar; } t2; struct { char foo : 4; short : 0; double bar; } t3;
For t2
, bar
is placed at offset 2, rather than offset 1.
Accordingly, the size of t2
is 4. For t3
, the zero-length
bit-field does not affect the alignment of bar
or, as a result, the size
of the structure.
Taking this into account, it is important to note the following:
t2
has a size of 4 bytes, since the zero-length bit-field follows a
normal bit-field, and is of type short.
struct { char foo : 6; long : 0; } t4;
Here, t4
takes up 4 bytes.
struct { char foo; long : 0; char bar; } t5;
Here, t5
takes up 2 bytes.
Three attributes currently are defined for PowerPC configurations:
altivec
, ms_struct
and gcc_struct
.
For full documentation of the struct attributes please see the documentation in i386 Variable Attributes.
For documentation of altivec
attribute please see the
documentation in PowerPC Type Attributes.
The SPU supports the spu_vector
attribute for variables. For
documentation of this attribute please see the documentation in
SPU Type Attributes.
One attribute is currently defined for xstormy16 configurations:
below100
.
below100
If a variable has the below100
attribute (BELOW100
is
allowed also), GCC places the variable in the first 0x100 bytes of
memory and use special opcodes to access it. Such variables are
placed in either the .bss_below100
section or the
.data_below100
section.
Next: Alignment, Previous: Variable Attributes, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
The keyword __attribute__
allows you to specify special
attributes of struct
and union
types when you define
such types. This keyword is followed by an attribute specification
inside double parentheses. Seven attributes are currently defined for
types: aligned
, packed
, transparent_union
,
unused
, deprecated
, visibility
, and
may_alias
. Other attributes are defined for functions
(see Function Attributes) and for variables (see Variable Attributes).
You may also specify any one of these attributes with ‘__’
preceding and following its keyword. This allows you to use these
attributes in header files without being concerned about a possible
macro of the same name. For example, you may use __aligned__
instead of aligned
.
You may specify type attributes in an enum, struct or union type
declaration or definition, or for other types in a typedef
declaration.
For an enum, struct or union type, you may specify attributes either between the enum, struct or union tag and the name of the type, or just past the closing curly brace of the definition. The former syntax is preferred.
See Attribute Syntax, for details of the exact syntax for using attributes.
aligned (alignment)
This attribute specifies a minimum alignment (in bytes) for variables of the specified type. For example, the declarations:
struct S { short f[3]; } __attribute__ ((aligned (8))); typedef int more_aligned_int __attribute__ ((aligned (8)));
force the compiler to ensure (as far as it can) that each variable whose
type is struct S
or more_aligned_int
is allocated and
aligned at least on a 8-byte boundary. On a SPARC, having all
variables of type struct S
aligned to 8-byte boundaries allows
the compiler to use the ldd
and std
(doubleword load and
store) instructions when copying one variable of type struct S
to
another, thus improving run-time efficiency.
Note that the alignment of any given struct
or union
type
is required by the ISO C standard to be at least a perfect multiple of
the lowest common multiple of the alignments of all of the members of
the struct
or union
in question. This means that you can
effectively adjust the alignment of a struct
or union
type by attaching an aligned
attribute to any one of the members
of such a type, but the notation illustrated in the example above is a
more obvious, intuitive, and readable way to request the compiler to
adjust the alignment of an entire struct
or union
type.
As in the preceding example, you can explicitly specify the alignment
(in bytes) that you wish the compiler to use for a given struct
or union
type. Alternatively, you can leave out the alignment factor
and just ask the compiler to align a type to the maximum
useful alignment for the target machine you are compiling for. For
example, you could write:
struct S { short f[3]; } __attribute__ ((aligned));
Whenever you leave out the alignment factor in an aligned
attribute specification, the compiler automatically sets the alignment
for the type to the largest alignment that is ever used for any data
type on the target machine you are compiling for. Doing this can often
make copy operations more efficient, because the compiler can use
whatever instructions copy the biggest chunks of memory when performing
copies to or from the variables that have types that you have aligned
this way.
In the example above, if the size of each short
is 2 bytes, then
the size of the entire struct S
type is 6 bytes. The smallest
power of two that is greater than or equal to that is 8, so the
compiler sets the alignment for the entire struct S
type to 8
bytes.
Note that although you can ask the compiler to select a time-efficient alignment for a given type and then declare only individual stand-alone objects of that type, the compiler’s ability to select a time-efficient alignment is primarily useful only when you plan to create arrays of variables having the relevant (efficiently aligned) type. If you declare or use arrays of variables of an efficiently-aligned type, then it is likely that your program also does pointer arithmetic (or subscripting, which amounts to the same thing) on pointers to the relevant type, and the code that the compiler generates for these pointer arithmetic operations is often more efficient for efficiently-aligned types than for other types.
The aligned
attribute can only increase the alignment; but you
can decrease it by specifying packed
as well. See below.
Note that the effectiveness of aligned
attributes may be limited
by inherent limitations in your linker. On many systems, the linker is
only able to arrange for variables to be aligned up to a certain maximum
alignment. (For some linkers, the maximum supported alignment may
be very very small.) If your linker is only able to align variables
up to a maximum of 8-byte alignment, then specifying aligned(16)
in an __attribute__
still only provides you with 8-byte
alignment. See your linker documentation for further information.
packed
This attribute, attached to struct
or union
type
definition, specifies that each member (other than zero-width bit-fields)
of the structure or union is placed to minimize the memory required. When
attached to an enum
definition, it indicates that the smallest
integral type should be used.
Specifying this attribute for struct
and union
types is
equivalent to specifying the packed
attribute on each of the
structure or union members. Specifying the -fshort-enums
flag on the line is equivalent to specifying the packed
attribute on all enum
definitions.
In the following example struct my_packed_struct
’s members are
packed closely together, but the internal layout of its s
member
is not packed—to do that, struct my_unpacked_struct
needs to
be packed too.
struct my_unpacked_struct { char c; int i; }; struct __attribute__ ((__packed__)) my_packed_struct { char c; int i; struct my_unpacked_struct s; };
You may only specify this attribute on the definition of an enum
,
struct
or union
, not on a typedef
that does not
also define the enumerated type, structure or union.
transparent_union
This attribute, attached to a union
type definition, indicates
that any function parameter having that union type causes calls to that
function to be treated in a special way.
First, the argument corresponding to a transparent union type can be of
any type in the union; no cast is required. Also, if the union contains
a pointer type, the corresponding argument can be a null pointer
constant or a void pointer expression; and if the union contains a void
pointer type, the corresponding argument can be any pointer expression.
If the union member type is a pointer, qualifiers like const
on
the referenced type must be respected, just as with normal pointer
conversions.
Second, the argument is passed to the function using the calling conventions of the first member of the transparent union, not the calling conventions of the union itself. All members of the union must have the same machine representation; this is necessary for this argument passing to work properly.
Transparent unions are designed for library functions that have multiple
interfaces for compatibility reasons. For example, suppose the
wait
function must accept either a value of type int *
to
comply with POSIX, or a value of type union wait *
to comply with
the 4.1BSD interface. If wait
’s parameter were void *
,
wait
would accept both kinds of arguments, but it would also
accept any other pointer type and this would make argument type checking
less useful. Instead, <sys/wait.h>
might define the interface
as follows:
typedef union __attribute__ ((__transparent_union__)) { int *__ip; union wait *__up; } wait_status_ptr_t; pid_t wait (wait_status_ptr_t);
This interface allows either int *
or union wait *
arguments to be passed, using the int *
calling convention.
The program can call wait
with arguments of either type:
int w1 () { int w; return wait (&w); } int w2 () { union wait w; return wait (&w); }
With this interface, wait
’s implementation might look like this:
pid_t wait (wait_status_ptr_t p) { return waitpid (-1, p.__ip, 0); }
unused
When attached to a type (including a union
or a struct
),
this attribute means that variables of that type are meant to appear
possibly unused. GCC does not produce a warning for any variables of
that type, even if the variable appears to do nothing. This is often
the case with lock or thread classes, which are usually defined and then
not referenced, but contain constructors and destructors that have
nontrivial bookkeeping functions.
deprecated
deprecated (msg)
The deprecated
attribute results in a warning if the type
is used anywhere in the source file. This is useful when identifying
types that are expected to be removed in a future version of a program.
If possible, the warning also includes the location of the declaration
of the deprecated type, to enable users to easily find further
information about why the type is deprecated, or what they should do
instead. Note that the warnings only occur for uses and then only
if the type is being applied to an identifier that itself is not being
declared as deprecated.
typedef int T1 __attribute__ ((deprecated)); T1 x; typedef T1 T2; T2 y; typedef T1 T3 __attribute__ ((deprecated)); T3 z __attribute__ ((deprecated));
results in a warning on line 2 and 3 but not lines 4, 5, or 6. No warning is issued for line 4 because T2 is not explicitly deprecated. Line 5 has no warning because T3 is explicitly deprecated. Similarly for line 6. The optional msg argument, which must be a string, is printed in the warning if present.
The deprecated
attribute can also be used for functions and
variables (see Function Attributes, see Variable Attributes.)
may_alias
Accesses through pointers to types with this attribute are not subject to type-based alias analysis, but are instead assumed to be able to alias any other type of objects. In the context of section 6.5 paragraph 7 of the C99 standard, an lvalue expression dereferencing such a pointer is treated like having a character type. See -fstrict-aliasing for more information on aliasing issues. This extension exists to support some vector APIs, in which pointers to one vector type are permitted to alias pointers to a different vector type.
Note that an object of a type with this attribute does not have any special semantics.
Example of use:
typedef short __attribute__((__may_alias__)) short_a; int main (void) { int a = 0x12345678; short_a *b = (short_a *) &a; b[1] = 0; if (a == 0x12345678) abort(); exit(0); }
If you replaced short_a
with short
in the variable
declaration, the above program would abort when compiled with
-fstrict-aliasing, which is on by default at -O2 or
above in recent GCC versions.
visibility
In C++, attribute visibility (see Function Attributes) can also be applied to class, struct, union and enum types. Unlike other type attributes, the attribute must appear between the initial keyword and the name of the type; it cannot appear after the body of the type.
Note that the type visibility is applied to vague linkage entities associated with the class (vtable, typeinfo node, etc.). In particular, if a class is thrown as an exception in one shared object and caught in another, the class must have default visibility. Otherwise the two shared objects are unable to use the same typeinfo node and exception handling will break.
To specify multiple attributes, separate them by commas within the double parentheses: for example, ‘__attribute__ ((aligned (16), packed))’.
On those ARM targets that support dllimport
(such as Symbian
OS), you can use the notshared
attribute to indicate that the
virtual table and other similar data for a class should not be
exported from a DLL. For example:
class __declspec(notshared) C { public: __declspec(dllimport) C(); virtual void f(); } __declspec(dllexport) C::C() {}
In this code, C::C
is exported from the current DLL, but the
virtual table for C
is not exported. (You can use
__attribute__
instead of __declspec
if you prefer, but
most Symbian OS code uses __declspec
.)
Many of the MeP variable attributes may be applied to types as well.
Specifically, the based
, tiny
, near
, and
far
attributes may be applied to either. The io
and
cb
attributes may not be applied to types.
Two attributes are currently defined for i386 configurations:
ms_struct
and gcc_struct
.
ms_struct
gcc_struct
If packed
is used on a structure, or if bit-fields are used
it may be that the Microsoft ABI packs them differently
than GCC normally packs them. Particularly when moving packed
data between functions compiled with GCC and the native Microsoft compiler
(either via function call or as data in a file), it may be necessary to access
either format.
Currently -m[no-]ms-bitfields is provided for the Microsoft Windows X86 compilers to match the native Microsoft compiler.
Three attributes currently are defined for PowerPC configurations:
altivec
, ms_struct
and gcc_struct
.
For full documentation of the ms_struct
and gcc_struct
attributes please see the documentation in i386 Type Attributes.
The altivec
attribute allows one to declare AltiVec vector data
types supported by the AltiVec Programming Interface Manual. The
attribute requires an argument to specify one of three vector types:
vector__
, pixel__
(always followed by unsigned short),
and bool__
(always followed by unsigned).
__attribute__((altivec(vector__))) __attribute__((altivec(pixel__))) unsigned short __attribute__((altivec(bool__))) unsigned
These attributes mainly are intended to support the __vector
,
__pixel
, and __bool
AltiVec keywords.
The SPU supports the spu_vector
attribute for types. This attribute
allows one to declare vector data types supported by the Sony/Toshiba/IBM SPU
Language Extensions Specification. It is intended to support the
__vector
keyword.
Next: Inline, Previous: Type Attributes, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
The keyword __alignof__
allows you to inquire about how an object
is aligned, or the minimum alignment usually required by a type. Its
syntax is just like sizeof
.
For example, if the target machine requires a double
value to be
aligned on an 8-byte boundary, then __alignof__ (double)
is 8.
This is true on many RISC machines. On more traditional machine
designs, __alignof__ (double)
is 4 or even 2.
Some machines never actually require alignment; they allow reference to any
data type even at an odd address. For these machines, __alignof__
reports the smallest alignment that GCC gives the data type, usually as
mandated by the target ABI.
If the operand of __alignof__
is an lvalue rather than a type,
its value is the required alignment for its type, taking into account
any minimum alignment specified with GCC’s __attribute__
extension (see Variable Attributes). For example, after this
declaration:
struct foo { int x; char y; } foo1;
the value of __alignof__ (foo1.y)
is 1, even though its actual
alignment is probably 2 or 4, the same as __alignof__ (int)
.
It is an error to ask for the alignment of an incomplete type.
Next: Volatiles, Previous: Alignment, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
By declaring a function inline, you can direct GCC to make calls to that function faster. One way GCC can achieve this is to integrate that function’s code into the code for its callers. This makes execution faster by eliminating the function-call overhead; in addition, if any of the actual argument values are constant, their known values may permit simplifications at compile time so that not all of the inline function’s code needs to be included. The effect on code size is less predictable; object code may be larger or smaller with function inlining, depending on the particular case. You can also direct GCC to try to integrate all “simple enough” functions into their callers with the option -finline-functions.
GCC implements three different semantics of declaring a function
inline. One is available with -std=gnu89 or
-fgnu89-inline or when gnu_inline
attribute is present
on all inline declarations, another when
-std=c99, -std=c11,
-std=gnu99 or -std=gnu11
(without -fgnu89-inline), and the third
is used when compiling C++.
To declare a function inline, use the inline
keyword in its
declaration, like this:
static inline int inc (int *a) { return (*a)++; }
If you are writing a header file to be included in ISO C90 programs, write
__inline__
instead of inline
. See Alternate Keywords.
The three types of inlining behave similarly in two important cases:
when the inline
keyword is used on a static
function,
like the example above, and when a function is first declared without
using the inline
keyword and then is defined with
inline
, like this:
extern int inc (int *a); inline int inc (int *a) { return (*a)++; }
In both of these common cases, the program behaves the same as if you
had not used the inline
keyword, except for its speed.
When a function is both inline and static
, if all calls to the
function are integrated into the caller, and the function’s address is
never used, then the function’s own assembler code is never referenced.
In this case, GCC does not actually output assembler code for the
function, unless you specify the option -fkeep-inline-functions.
Some calls cannot be integrated for various reasons (in particular,
calls that precede the function’s definition cannot be integrated, and
neither can recursive calls within the definition). If there is a
nonintegrated call, then the function is compiled to assembler code as
usual. The function must also be compiled as usual if the program
refers to its address, because that can’t be inlined.
Note that certain usages in a function definition can make it unsuitable
for inline substitution. Among these usages are: variadic functions, use of
alloca
, use of variable-length data types (see Variable Length),
use of computed goto (see Labels as Values), use of nonlocal goto,
and nested functions (see Nested Functions). Using -Winline
warns when a function marked inline
could not be substituted,
and gives the reason for the failure.
As required by ISO C++, GCC considers member functions defined within
the body of a class to be marked inline even if they are
not explicitly declared with the inline
keyword. You can
override this with -fno-default-inline; see Options Controlling C++ Dialect.
GCC does not inline any functions when not optimizing unless you specify the ‘always_inline’ attribute for the function, like this:
/* Prototype. */
inline void foo (const char) __attribute__((always_inline));
The remainder of this section is specific to GNU C90 inlining.
When an inline function is not static
, then the compiler must assume
that there may be calls from other source files; since a global symbol can
be defined only once in any program, the function must not be defined in
the other source files, so the calls therein cannot be integrated.
Therefore, a non-static
inline function is always compiled on its
own in the usual fashion.
If you specify both inline
and extern
in the function
definition, then the definition is used only for inlining. In no case
is the function compiled on its own, not even if you refer to its
address explicitly. Such an address becomes an external reference, as
if you had only declared the function, and had not defined it.
This combination of inline
and extern
has almost the
effect of a macro. The way to use it is to put a function definition in
a header file with these keywords, and put another copy of the
definition (lacking inline
and extern
) in a library file.
The definition in the header file causes most calls to the function
to be inlined. If any uses of the function remain, they refer to
the single copy in the library.
Next: Extended Asm, Previous: Inline, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
C has the concept of volatile objects. These are normally accessed by pointers and used for accessing hardware or inter-thread communication. The standard encourages compilers to refrain from optimizations concerning accesses to volatile objects, but leaves it implementation defined as to what constitutes a volatile access. The minimum requirement is that at a sequence point all previous accesses to volatile objects have stabilized and no subsequent accesses have occurred. Thus an implementation is free to reorder and combine volatile accesses that occur between sequence points, but cannot do so for accesses across a sequence point. The use of volatile does not allow you to violate the restriction on updating objects multiple times between two sequence points.
Accesses to non-volatile objects are not ordered with respect to volatile accesses. You cannot use a volatile object as a memory barrier to order a sequence of writes to non-volatile memory. For instance:
int *ptr = something; volatile int vobj; *ptr = something; vobj = 1;
Unless *ptr and vobj can be aliased, it is not guaranteed that the write to *ptr occurs by the time the update of vobj happens. If you need this guarantee, you must use a stronger memory barrier such as:
int *ptr = something; volatile int vobj; *ptr = something; asm volatile ("" : : : "memory"); vobj = 1;
A scalar volatile object is read when it is accessed in a void context:
volatile int *src = somevalue; *src;
Such expressions are rvalues, and GCC implements this as a read of the volatile object being pointed to.
Assignments are also expressions and have an rvalue. However when assigning to a scalar volatile, the volatile object is not reread, regardless of whether the assignment expression’s rvalue is used or not. If the assignment’s rvalue is used, the value is that assigned to the volatile object. For instance, there is no read of vobj in all the following cases:
int obj; volatile int vobj; vobj = something; obj = vobj = something; obj ? vobj = onething : vobj = anotherthing; obj = (something, vobj = anotherthing);
If you need to read the volatile object after an assignment has occurred, you must use a separate expression with an intervening sequence point.
As bit-fields are not individually addressable, volatile bit-fields may be implicitly read when written to, or when adjacent bit-fields are accessed. Bit-field operations may be optimized such that adjacent bit-fields are only partially accessed, if they straddle a storage unit boundary. For these reasons it is unwise to use volatile bit-fields to access hardware.
Next: Constraints, Previous: Volatiles, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
In an assembler instruction using asm
, you can specify the
operands of the instruction using C expressions. This means you need not
guess which registers or memory locations contain the data you want
to use.
You must specify an assembler instruction template much like what appears in a machine description, plus an operand constraint string for each operand.
For example, here is how to use the 68881’s fsinx
instruction:
asm ("fsinx %1,%0" : "=f" (result) : "f" (angle));
Here angle
is the C expression for the input operand while
result
is that of the output operand. Each has ‘"f"’ as its
operand constraint, saying that a floating-point register is required.
The ‘=’ in ‘=f’ indicates that the operand is an output; all
output operands’ constraints must use ‘=’. The constraints use the
same language used in the machine description (see Constraints).
Each operand is described by an operand-constraint string followed by the C expression in parentheses. A colon separates the assembler template from the first output operand and another separates the last output operand from the first input, if any. Commas separate the operands within each group. The total number of operands is currently limited to 30; this limitation may be lifted in some future version of GCC.
If there are no output operands but there are input operands, you must place two consecutive colons surrounding the place where the output operands would go.
As of GCC version 3.1, it is also possible to specify input and output
operands using symbolic names which can be referenced within the
assembler code. These names are specified inside square brackets
preceding the constraint string, and can be referenced inside the
assembler code using %[name]
instead of a percentage sign
followed by the operand number. Using named operands the above example
could look like:
asm ("fsinx %[angle],%[output]" : [output] "=f" (result) : [angle] "f" (angle));
Note that the symbolic operand names have no relation whatsoever to other C identifiers. You may use any name you like, even those of existing C symbols, but you must ensure that no two operands within the same assembler construct use the same symbolic name.
Output operand expressions must be lvalues; the compiler can check this.
The input operands need not be lvalues. The compiler cannot check
whether the operands have data types that are reasonable for the
instruction being executed. It does not parse the assembler instruction
template and does not know what it means or even whether it is valid
assembler input. The extended asm
feature is most often used for
machine instructions the compiler itself does not know exist. If
the output expression cannot be directly addressed (for example, it is a
bit-field), your constraint must allow a register. In that case, GCC
uses the register as the output of the asm
, and then stores
that register into the output.
The ordinary output operands must be write-only; GCC assumes that the values in these operands before the instruction are dead and need not be generated. Extended asm supports input-output or read-write operands. Use the constraint character ‘+’ to indicate such an operand and list it with the output operands.
You may, as an alternative, logically split its function into two
separate operands, one input operand and one write-only output
operand. The connection between them is expressed by constraints
that say they need to be in the same location when the instruction
executes. You can use the same C expression for both operands, or
different expressions. For example, here we write the (fictitious)
‘combine’ instruction with bar
as its read-only source
operand and foo
as its read-write destination:
asm ("combine %2,%0" : "=r" (foo) : "0" (foo), "g" (bar));
The constraint ‘"0"’ for operand 1 says that it must occupy the same location as operand 0. A number in constraint is allowed only in an input operand and it must refer to an output operand.
Only a number in the constraint can guarantee that one operand is in
the same place as another. The mere fact that foo
is the value
of both operands is not enough to guarantee that they are in the
same place in the generated assembler code. The following does not
work reliably:
asm ("combine %2,%0" : "=r" (foo) : "r" (foo), "g" (bar));
Various optimizations or reloading could cause operands 0 and 1 to be in
different registers; GCC knows no reason not to do so. For example, the
compiler might find a copy of the value of foo
in one register and
use it for operand 1, but generate the output operand 0 in a different
register (copying it afterward to foo
’s own address). Of course,
since the register for operand 1 is not even mentioned in the assembler
code, the result will not work, but GCC can’t tell that.
As of GCC version 3.1, one may write [name]
instead of
the operand number for a matching constraint. For example:
asm ("cmoveq %1,%2,%[result]" : [result] "=r"(result) : "r" (test), "r"(new), "[result]"(old));
Sometimes you need to make an asm
operand be a specific register,
but there’s no matching constraint letter for that register by
itself. To force the operand into that register, use a local variable
for the operand and specify the register in the variable declaration.
See Explicit Reg Vars. Then for the asm
operand, use any
register constraint letter that matches the register:
register int *p1 asm ("r0") = …; register int *p2 asm ("r1") = …; register int *result asm ("r0"); asm ("sysint" : "=r" (result) : "0" (p1), "r" (p2));
In the above example, beware that a register that is call-clobbered by
the target ABI will be overwritten by any function call in the
assignment, including library calls for arithmetic operators.
Also a register may be clobbered when generating some operations,
like variable shift, memory copy or memory move on x86.
Assuming it is a call-clobbered register, this may happen to r0
above by the assignment to p2
. If you have to use such a
register, use temporary variables for expressions between the register
assignment and use:
int t1 = …; register int *p1 asm ("r0") = …; register int *p2 asm ("r1") = t1; register int *result asm ("r0"); asm ("sysint" : "=r" (result) : "0" (p1), "r" (p2));
Some instructions clobber specific hard registers. To describe this, write a third colon after the input operands, followed by the names of the clobbered hard registers (given as strings). Here is a realistic example for the VAX:
asm volatile ("movc3 %0,%1,%2"
: /* no outputs */
: "g" (from), "g" (to), "g" (count)
: "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5");
You may not write a clobber description in a way that overlaps with an
input or output operand. For example, you may not have an operand
describing a register class with one member if you mention that register
in the clobber list. Variables declared to live in specific registers
(see Explicit Reg Vars), and used as asm input or output operands must
have no part mentioned in the clobber description.
There is no way for you to specify that an input
operand is modified without also specifying it as an output
operand. Note that if all the output operands you specify are for this
purpose (and hence unused), you then also need to specify
volatile
for the asm
construct, as described below, to
prevent GCC from deleting the asm
statement as unused.
If you refer to a particular hardware register from the assembler code, you probably have to list the register after the third colon to tell the compiler the register’s value is modified. In some assemblers, the register names begin with ‘%’; to produce one ‘%’ in the assembler code, you must write ‘%%’ in the input.
If your assembler instruction can alter the condition code register, add ‘cc’ to the list of clobbered registers. GCC on some machines represents the condition codes as a specific hardware register; ‘cc’ serves to name this register. On other machines, the condition code is handled differently, and specifying ‘cc’ has no effect. But it is valid no matter what the machine.
If your assembler instructions access memory in an unpredictable
fashion, add ‘memory’ to the list of clobbered registers. This
causes GCC to not keep memory values cached in registers across the
assembler instruction and not optimize stores or loads to that memory.
You also should add the volatile
keyword if the memory
affected is not listed in the inputs or outputs of the asm
, as
the ‘memory’ clobber does not count as a side-effect of the
asm
. If you know how large the accessed memory is, you can add
it as input or output but if this is not known, you should add
‘memory’. As an example, if you access ten bytes of a string, you
can use a memory input like:
{"m"( ({ struct { char x[10]; } *p = (void *)ptr ; *p; }) )}.
Note that in the following example the memory input is necessary,
otherwise GCC might optimize the store to x
away:
int foo () { int x = 42; int *y = &x; int result; asm ("magic stuff accessing an 'int' pointed to by '%1'" : "=&d" (result) : "a" (y), "m" (*y)); return result; }
You can put multiple assembler instructions together in a single
asm
template, separated by the characters normally used in assembly
code for the system. A combination that works in most places is a newline
to break the line, plus a tab character to move to the instruction field
(written as ‘\n\t’). Sometimes semicolons can be used, if the
assembler allows semicolons as a line-breaking character. Note that some
assembler dialects use semicolons to start a comment.
The input operands are guaranteed not to use any of the clobbered
registers, and neither do the output operands’ addresses, so you can
read and write the clobbered registers as many times as you like. Here
is an example of multiple instructions in a template; it assumes the
subroutine _foo
accepts arguments in registers 9 and 10:
asm ("movl %0,r9\n\tmovl %1,r10\n\tcall _foo" : /* no outputs */ : "g" (from), "g" (to) : "r9", "r10");
Unless an output operand has the ‘&’ constraint modifier, GCC may allocate it in the same register as an unrelated input operand, on the assumption the inputs are consumed before the outputs are produced. This assumption may be false if the assembler code actually consists of more than one instruction. In such a case, use ‘&’ for each output operand that may not overlap an input. See Modifiers.
If you want to test the condition code produced by an assembler
instruction, you must include a branch and a label in the asm
construct, as follows:
asm ("clr %0\n\tfrob %1\n\tbeq 0f\n\tmov #1,%0\n0:" : "g" (result) : "g" (input));
This assumes your assembler supports local labels, as the GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers do.
Speaking of labels, jumps from one asm
to another are not
supported. The compiler’s optimizers do not know about these jumps, and
therefore they cannot take account of them when deciding how to
optimize. See Extended asm with goto.
Usually the most convenient way to use these asm
instructions is to
encapsulate them in macros that look like functions. For example,
#define sin(x) \ ({ double __value, __arg = (x); \ asm ("fsinx %1,%0": "=f" (__value): "f" (__arg)); \ __value; })
Here the variable __arg
is used to make sure that the instruction
operates on a proper double
value, and to accept only those
arguments x
that can convert automatically to a double
.
Another way to make sure the instruction operates on the correct data
type is to use a cast in the asm
. This is different from using a
variable __arg
in that it converts more different types. For
example, if the desired type is int
, casting the argument to
int
accepts a pointer with no complaint, while assigning the
argument to an int
variable named __arg
warns about
using a pointer unless the caller explicitly casts it.
If an asm
has output operands, GCC assumes for optimization
purposes the instruction has no side effects except to change the output
operands. This does not mean instructions with a side effect cannot be
used, but you must be careful, because the compiler may eliminate them
if the output operands aren’t used, or move them out of loops, or
replace two with one if they constitute a common subexpression. Also,
if your instruction does have a side effect on a variable that otherwise
appears not to change, the old value of the variable may be reused later
if it happens to be found in a register.
You can prevent an asm
instruction from being deleted
by writing the keyword volatile
after
the asm
. For example:
#define get_and_set_priority(new) \ ({ int __old; \ asm volatile ("get_and_set_priority %0, %1" \ : "=g" (__old) : "g" (new)); \ __old; })
The volatile
keyword indicates that the instruction has
important side-effects. GCC does not delete a volatile asm
if
it is reachable. (The instruction can still be deleted if GCC can
prove that control flow never reaches the location of the
instruction.) Note that even a volatile asm
instruction
can be moved relative to other code, including across jump
instructions. For example, on many targets there is a system
register that can be set to control the rounding mode of
floating-point operations. You might try
setting it with a volatile asm
, like this PowerPC example:
asm volatile("mtfsf 255,%0" : : "f" (fpenv)); sum = x + y;
This does not work reliably, as the compiler may move the addition back
before the volatile asm
. To make it work you need to add an
artificial dependency to the asm
referencing a variable in the code
you don’t want moved, for example:
asm volatile ("mtfsf 255,%1" : "=X"(sum): "f"(fpenv)); sum = x + y;
Similarly, you can’t expect a
sequence of volatile asm
instructions to remain perfectly
consecutive. If you want consecutive output, use a single asm
.
Also, GCC performs some optimizations across a volatile asm
instruction; GCC does not “forget everything” when it encounters
a volatile asm
instruction the way some other compilers do.
An asm
instruction without any output operands is treated
identically to a volatile asm
instruction.
It is a natural idea to look for a way to give access to the condition code left by the assembler instruction. However, when we attempted to implement this, we found no way to make it work reliably. The problem is that output operands might need reloading, which result in additional following “store” instructions. On most machines, these instructions alter the condition code before there is time to test it. This problem doesn’t arise for ordinary “test” and “compare” instructions because they don’t have any output operands.
For reasons similar to those described above, it is not possible to give an assembler instruction access to the condition code left by previous instructions.
As of GCC version 4.5, asm goto
may be used to have the assembly
jump to one or more C labels. In this form, a fifth section after the
clobber list contains a list of all C labels to which the assembly may jump.
Each label operand is implicitly self-named. The asm
is also assumed
to fall through to the next statement.
This form of asm
is restricted to not have outputs. This is due
to a internal restriction in the compiler that control transfer instructions
cannot have outputs. This restriction on asm goto
may be lifted
in some future version of the compiler. In the meantime, asm goto
may include a memory clobber, and so leave outputs in memory.
int frob(int x) { int y; asm goto ("frob %%r5, %1; jc %l[error]; mov (%2), %%r5" : : "r"(x), "r"(&y) : "r5", "memory" : error); return y; error: return -1; }
In this (inefficient) example, the frob
instruction sets the
carry bit to indicate an error. The jc
instruction detects
this and branches to the error
label. Finally, the output
of the frob
instruction (%r5
) is stored into the memory
for variable y
, which is later read by the return
statement.
void doit(void) { int i = 0; asm goto ("mfsr %%r1, 123; jmp %%r1;" ".pushsection doit_table;" ".long %l0, %l1, %l2, %l3;" ".popsection" : : : "r1" : label1, label2, label3, label4); __builtin_unreachable (); label1: f1(); return; label2: f2(); return; label3: i = 1; label4: f3(i); }
In this (also inefficient) example, the mfsr
instruction reads
an address from some out-of-band machine register, and the following
jmp
instruction branches to that address. The address read by
the mfsr
instruction is assumed to have been previously set via
some application-specific mechanism to be one of the four values stored
in the doit_table
section. Finally, the asm
is followed
by a call to __builtin_unreachable
to indicate that the asm
does not in fact fall through.
#define TRACE1(NUM) \ do { \ asm goto ("0: nop;" \ ".pushsection trace_table;" \ ".long 0b, %l0;" \ ".popsection" \ : : : : trace#NUM); \ if (0) { trace#NUM: trace(); } \ } while (0) #define TRACE TRACE1(__COUNTER__)
In this example (which in fact inspired the asm goto
feature)
we want on rare occasions to call the trace
function; on other
occasions we’d like to keep the overhead to the absolute minimum.
The normal code path consists of a single nop
instruction.
However, we record the address of this nop
together with the
address of a label that calls the trace
function. This allows
the nop
instruction to be patched at run time to be an
unconditional branch to the stored label. It is assumed that an
optimizing compiler moves the labeled block out of line, to
optimize the fall through path from the asm
.
If you are writing a header file that should be includable in ISO C
programs, write __asm__
instead of asm
. See Alternate Keywords.
asm
Some targets require that GCC track the size of each instruction used in
order to generate correct code. Because the final length of an
asm
is only known by the assembler, GCC must make an estimate as
to how big it will be. The estimate is formed by counting the number of
statements in the pattern of the asm
and multiplying that by the
length of the longest instruction on that processor. Statements in the
asm
are identified by newline characters and whatever statement
separator characters are supported by the assembler; on most processors
this is the ‘;’ character.
Normally, GCC’s estimate is perfectly adequate to ensure that correct code is generated, but it is possible to confuse the compiler if you use pseudo instructions or assembler macros that expand into multiple real instructions or if you use assembler directives that expand to more space in the object file than is needed for a single instruction. If this happens then the assembler produces a diagnostic saying that a label is unreachable.
On i386 targets, there are several rules on the usage of stack-like registers
in the operands of an asm
. These rules apply only to the operands
that are stack-like registers:
asm
, it is
necessary to know which are implicitly popped by the asm
, and
which must be explicitly popped by GCC.
An input register that is implicitly popped by the asm
must be
explicitly clobbered, unless it is constrained to match an
output operand.
asm
, it is
necessary to know how to adjust the stack to compensate for the pop.
If any non-popped input is closer to the top of the reg-stack than
the implicitly popped register, it would not be possible to know what the
stack looked like—it’s not clear how the rest of the stack “slides
up”.
All implicitly popped input registers must be closer to the top of the reg-stack than any input that is not implicitly popped.
It is possible that if an input dies in an asm
, the compiler might
use the input register for an output reload. Consider this example:
asm ("foo" : "=t" (a) : "f" (b));
This code says that input b
is not popped by the asm
, and that
the asm
pushes a result onto the reg-stack, i.e., the stack is one
deeper after the asm
than it was before. But, it is possible that
reload may think that it can use the same register for both the input and
the output.
To prevent this from happening,
if any input operand uses the f
constraint, all output register
constraints must use the &
early-clobber modifier.
The example above would be correctly written as:
asm ("foo" : "=&t" (a) : "f" (b));
Output operands must specifically indicate which register an output
appears in after an asm
. =f
is not allowed: the operand
constraints must select a class with a single register.
asm
, and are pushed by the asm
.
It makes no sense to push anywhere but the top of the reg-stack.
Output operands must start at the top of the reg-stack: output operands may not “skip” a register.
asm
statements may need extra stack space for internal
calculations. This can be guaranteed by clobbering stack registers
unrelated to the inputs and outputs.
Here are a couple of reasonable asm
s to want to write. This
asm
takes one input, which is internally popped, and produces two outputs.
asm ("fsincos" : "=t" (cos), "=u" (sin) : "0" (inp));
This asm
takes two inputs, which are popped by the fyl2xp1
opcode,
and replaces them with one output. The st(1)
clobber is necessary
for the compiler to know that fyl2xp1
pops both inputs.
asm ("fyl2xp1" : "=t" (result) : "0" (x), "u" (y) : "st(1)");
Next: Asm Labels, Previous: Extended Asm, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
asm
OperandsHere are specific details on what constraint letters you can use with
asm
operands.
Constraints can say whether
an operand may be in a register, and which kinds of register; whether the
operand can be a memory reference, and which kinds of address; whether the
operand may be an immediate constant, and which possible values it may
have. Constraints can also require two operands to match.
Side-effects aren’t allowed in operands of inline asm
, unless
‘<’ or ‘>’ constraints are used, because there is no guarantee
that the side-effects will happen exactly once in an instruction that can update
the addressing register.
• Simple Constraints: | Basic use of constraints. | |
• Multi-Alternative: | When an insn has two alternative constraint-patterns. | |
• Modifiers: | More precise control over effects of constraints. | |
• Machine Constraints: | Special constraints for some particular machines. |
Next: Multi-Alternative, Up: Constraints [Contents][Index]
The simplest kind of constraint is a string full of letters, each of which describes one kind of operand that is permitted. Here are the letters that are allowed:
Whitespace characters are ignored and can be inserted at any position except the first. This enables each alternative for different operands to be visually aligned in the machine description even if they have different number of constraints and modifiers.
A memory operand is allowed, with any kind of address that the machine
supports in general.
Note that the letter used for the general memory constraint can be
re-defined by a back end using the TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
macro.
A memory operand is allowed, but only if the address is offsettable. This means that adding a small integer (actually, the width in bytes of the operand, as determined by its machine mode) may be added to the address and the result is also a valid memory address.
For example, an address which is constant is offsettable; so is an address that is the sum of a register and a constant (as long as a slightly larger constant is also within the range of address-offsets supported by the machine); but an autoincrement or autodecrement address is not offsettable. More complicated indirect/indexed addresses may or may not be offsettable depending on the other addressing modes that the machine supports.
Note that in an output operand which can be matched by another operand, the constraint letter ‘o’ is valid only when accompanied by both ‘<’ (if the target machine has predecrement addressing) and ‘>’ (if the target machine has preincrement addressing).
A memory operand that is not offsettable. In other words, anything that would fit the ‘m’ constraint but not the ‘o’ constraint.
A memory operand with autodecrement addressing (either predecrement or
postdecrement) is allowed. In inline asm
this constraint is only
allowed if the operand is used exactly once in an instruction that can
handle the side-effects. Not using an operand with ‘<’ in constraint
string in the inline asm
pattern at all or using it in multiple
instructions isn’t valid, because the side-effects wouldn’t be performed
or would be performed more than once. Furthermore, on some targets
the operand with ‘<’ in constraint string must be accompanied by
special instruction suffixes like %U0
instruction suffix on PowerPC
or %P0
on IA-64.
A memory operand with autoincrement addressing (either preincrement or
postincrement) is allowed. In inline asm
the same restrictions
as for ‘<’ apply.
A register operand is allowed provided that it is in a general register.
An immediate integer operand (one with constant value) is allowed. This includes symbolic constants whose values will be known only at assembly time or later.
An immediate integer operand with a known numeric value is allowed. Many systems cannot support assembly-time constants for operands less than a word wide. Constraints for these operands should use ‘n’ rather than ‘i’.
Other letters in the range ‘I’ through ‘P’ may be defined in a machine-dependent fashion to permit immediate integer operands with explicit integer values in specified ranges. For example, on the 68000, ‘I’ is defined to stand for the range of values 1 to 8. This is the range permitted as a shift count in the shift instructions.
An immediate floating operand (expression code const_double
) is
allowed, but only if the target floating point format is the same as
that of the host machine (on which the compiler is running).
An immediate floating operand (expression code const_double
or
const_vector
) is allowed.
‘G’ and ‘H’ may be defined in a machine-dependent fashion to permit immediate floating operands in particular ranges of values.
An immediate integer operand whose value is not an explicit integer is allowed.
This might appear strange; if an insn allows a constant operand with a value not known at compile time, it certainly must allow any known value. So why use ‘s’ instead of ‘i’? Sometimes it allows better code to be generated.
For example, on the 68000 in a fullword instruction it is possible to use an immediate operand; but if the immediate value is between -128 and 127, better code results from loading the value into a register and using the register. This is because the load into the register can be done with a ‘moveq’ instruction. We arrange for this to happen by defining the letter ‘K’ to mean “any integer outside the range -128 to 127”, and then specifying ‘Ks’ in the operand constraints.
Any register, memory or immediate integer operand is allowed, except for registers that are not general registers.
Any operand whatsoever is allowed.
An operand that matches the specified operand number is allowed. If a digit is used together with letters within the same alternative, the digit should come last.
This number is allowed to be more than a single digit. If multiple digits are encountered consecutively, they are interpreted as a single decimal integer. There is scant chance for ambiguity, since to-date it has never been desirable that ‘10’ be interpreted as matching either operand 1 or operand 0. Should this be desired, one can use multiple alternatives instead.
This is called a matching constraint and what it really means is
that the assembler has only a single operand that fills two roles
which asm
distinguishes. For example, an add instruction uses
two input operands and an output operand, but on most CISC
machines an add instruction really has only two operands, one of them an
input-output operand:
addl #35,r12
Matching constraints are used in these circumstances. More precisely, the two operands that match must include one input-only operand and one output-only operand. Moreover, the digit must be a smaller number than the number of the operand that uses it in the constraint.
An operand that is a valid memory address is allowed. This is for “load address” and “push address” instructions.
‘p’ in the constraint must be accompanied by address_operand
as the predicate in the match_operand
. This predicate interprets
the mode specified in the match_operand
as the mode of the memory
reference for which the address would be valid.
Other letters can be defined in machine-dependent fashion to stand for particular classes of registers or other arbitrary operand types. ‘d’, ‘a’ and ‘f’ are defined on the 68000/68020 to stand for data, address and floating point registers.
Next: Modifiers, Previous: Simple Constraints, Up: Constraints [Contents][Index]
Sometimes a single instruction has multiple alternative sets of possible operands. For example, on the 68000, a logical-or instruction can combine register or an immediate value into memory, or it can combine any kind of operand into a register; but it cannot combine one memory location into another.
These constraints are represented as multiple alternatives. An alternative can be described by a series of letters for each operand. The overall constraint for an operand is made from the letters for this operand from the first alternative, a comma, the letters for this operand from the second alternative, a comma, and so on until the last alternative.
If all the operands fit any one alternative, the instruction is valid. Otherwise, for each alternative, the compiler counts how many instructions must be added to copy the operands so that that alternative applies. The alternative requiring the least copying is chosen. If two alternatives need the same amount of copying, the one that comes first is chosen. These choices can be altered with the ‘?’ and ‘!’ characters:
?
Disparage slightly the alternative that the ‘?’ appears in, as a choice when no alternative applies exactly. The compiler regards this alternative as one unit more costly for each ‘?’ that appears in it.
!
Disparage severely the alternative that the ‘!’ appears in. This alternative can still be used if it fits without reloading, but if reloading is needed, some other alternative will be used.
Next: Machine Constraints, Previous: Multi-Alternative, Up: Constraints [Contents][Index]
Here are constraint modifier characters.
Means that this operand is write-only for this instruction: the previous value is discarded and replaced by output data.
Means that this operand is both read and written by the instruction.
When the compiler fixes up the operands to satisfy the constraints, it needs to know which operands are inputs to the instruction and which are outputs from it. ‘=’ identifies an output; ‘+’ identifies an operand that is both input and output; all other operands are assumed to be input only.
If you specify ‘=’ or ‘+’ in a constraint, you put it in the first character of the constraint string.
Means (in a particular alternative) that this operand is an earlyclobber operand, which is modified before the instruction is finished using the input operands. Therefore, this operand may not lie in a register that is used as an input operand or as part of any memory address.
‘&’ applies only to the alternative in which it is written. In constraints with multiple alternatives, sometimes one alternative requires ‘&’ while others do not. See, for example, the ‘movdf’ insn of the 68000.
An input operand can be tied to an earlyclobber operand if its only use as an input occurs before the early result is written. Adding alternatives of this form often allows GCC to produce better code when only some of the inputs can be affected by the earlyclobber. See, for example, the ‘mulsi3’ insn of the ARM.
‘&’ does not obviate the need to write ‘=’.
Declares the instruction to be commutative for this operand and the
following operand. This means that the compiler may interchange the
two operands if that is the cheapest way to make all operands fit the
constraints.
GCC can only handle one commutative pair in an asm; if you use more,
the compiler may fail. Note that you need not use the modifier if
the two alternatives are strictly identical; this would only waste
time in the reload pass. The modifier is not operational after
register allocation, so the result of define_peephole2
and define_split
s performed after reload cannot rely on
‘%’ to make the intended insn match.
Says that all following characters, up to the next comma, are to be ignored as a constraint. They are significant only for choosing register preferences.
Says that the following character should be ignored when choosing register preferences. ‘*’ has no effect on the meaning of the constraint as a constraint, and no effect on reloading. For LRA ‘*’ additionally disparages slightly the alternative if the following character matches the operand.
Previous: Modifiers, Up: Constraints [Contents][Index]
Whenever possible, you should use the general-purpose constraint letters
in asm
arguments, since they will convey meaning more readily to
people reading your code. Failing that, use the constraint letters
that usually have very similar meanings across architectures. The most
commonly used constraints are ‘m’ and ‘r’ (for memory and
general-purpose registers respectively; see Simple Constraints), and
‘I’, usually the letter indicating the most common
immediate-constant format.
Each architecture defines additional constraints. These constraints
are used by the compiler itself for instruction generation, as well as
for asm
statements; therefore, some of the constraints are not
particularly useful for asm
. Here is a summary of some of the
machine-dependent constraints available on some particular machines;
it includes both constraints that are useful for asm
and
constraints that aren’t. The compiler source file mentioned in the
table heading for each architecture is the definitive reference for
the meanings of that architecture’s constraints.
k
The stack pointer register (SP
)
w
Floating point or SIMD vector register
I
Integer constant that is valid as an immediate operand in an ADD
instruction
J
Integer constant that is valid as an immediate operand in a SUB
instruction (once negated)
K
Integer constant that can be used with a 32-bit logical instruction
L
Integer constant that can be used with a 64-bit logical instruction
M
Integer constant that is valid as an immediate operand in a 32-bit MOV
pseudo instruction. The MOV
may be assembled to one of several different
machine instructions depending on the value
N
Integer constant that is valid as an immediate operand in a 64-bit MOV
pseudo instruction
S
An absolute symbolic address or a label reference
Y
Floating point constant zero
Z
Integer constant zero
Ush
The high part (bits 12 and upwards) of the pc-relative address of a symbol within 4GB of the instruction
Q
A memory address which uses a single base register with no offset
Ump
A memory address suitable for a load/store pair instruction in SI, DI, SF and DF modes
q
Registers usable in ARCompact 16-bit instructions: r0
-r3
,
r12
-r15
. This constraint can only match when the -mq
option is in effect.
e
Registers usable as base-regs of memory addresses in ARCompact 16-bit memory
instructions: r0
-r3
, r12
-r15
, sp
.
This constraint can only match when the -mq
option is in effect.
D
ARC FPX (dpfp) 64-bit registers. D0
, D1
.
I
A signed 12-bit integer constant.
Cal
constant for arithmetic/logical operations. This might be any constant that can be put into a long immediate by the assmbler or linker without involving a PIC relocation.
K
A 3-bit unsigned integer constant.
L
A 6-bit unsigned integer constant.
CnL
One’s complement of a 6-bit unsigned integer constant.
CmL
Two’s complement of a 6-bit unsigned integer constant.
M
A 5-bit unsigned integer constant.
O
A 7-bit unsigned integer constant.
P
A 8-bit unsigned integer constant.
H
Any const_double value.
w
VFP floating-point register
G
The floating-point constant 0.0
I
Integer that is valid as an immediate operand in a data processing instruction. That is, an integer in the range 0 to 255 rotated by a multiple of 2
J
Integer in the range -4095 to 4095
K
Integer that satisfies constraint ‘I’ when inverted (ones complement)
L
Integer that satisfies constraint ‘I’ when negated (twos complement)
M
Integer in the range 0 to 32
Q
A memory reference where the exact address is in a single register
(‘‘m’’ is preferable for asm
statements)
R
An item in the constant pool
S
A symbol in the text segment of the current file
Uv
A memory reference suitable for VFP load/store insns (reg+constant offset)
Uy
A memory reference suitable for iWMMXt load/store instructions.
Uq
A memory reference suitable for the ARMv4 ldrsb instruction.
l
Registers from r0 to r15
a
Registers from r16 to r23
d
Registers from r16 to r31
w
Registers from r24 to r31. These registers can be used in ‘adiw’ command
e
Pointer register (r26–r31)
b
Base pointer register (r28–r31)
q
Stack pointer register (SPH:SPL)
t
Temporary register r0
x
Register pair X (r27:r26)
y
Register pair Y (r29:r28)
z
Register pair Z (r31:r30)
I
Constant greater than -1, less than 64
J
Constant greater than -64, less than 1
K
Constant integer 2
L
Constant integer 0
M
Constant that fits in 8 bits
N
Constant integer -1
O
Constant integer 8, 16, or 24
P
Constant integer 1
G
A floating point constant 0.0
Q
A memory address based on Y or Z pointer with displacement.
U16
An unsigned 16-bit constant.
K
An unsigned 5-bit constant.
L
A signed 11-bit constant.
Cm1
A signed 11-bit constant added to -1. Can only match when the -m1reg-reg option is active.
Cl1
Left-shift of -1, i.e., a bit mask with a block of leading ones, the rest being a block of trailing zeroes. Can only match when the -m1reg-reg option is active.
Cr1
Right-shift of -1, i.e., a bit mask with a trailing block of ones, the rest being zeroes. Or to put it another way, one less than a power of two. Can only match when the -m1reg-reg option is active.
Cal
Constant for arithmetic/logical operations.
This is like i
, except that for position independent code,
no symbols / expressions needing relocations are allowed.
Csy
Symbolic constant for call/jump instruction.
Rcs
The register class usable in short insns. This is a register class constraint, and can thus drive register allocation. This constraint won’t match unless -mprefer-short-insn-regs is in effect.
Rsc
The the register class of registers that can be used to hold a sibcall call address. I.e., a caller-saved register.
Rct
Core control register class.
Rgs
The register group usable in short insns. This constraint does not use a register class, so that it only passively matches suitable registers, and doesn’t drive register allocation.
Rra
Matches the return address if it can be replaced with the link register.
Rcc
Matches the integer condition code register.
Sra
Matches the return address if it is in a stack slot.
Cfm
Matches control register values to switch fp mode, which are encapsulated in
UNSPEC_FP_MODE
.
b
Registers from r0 to r14 (registers without stack pointer)
t
Register from r0 to r11 (all 16-bit registers)
p
Register from r12 to r15 (all 32-bit registers)
I
Signed constant that fits in 4 bits
J
Signed constant that fits in 5 bits
K
Signed constant that fits in 6 bits
L
Unsigned constant that fits in 4 bits
M
Signed constant that fits in 32 bits
N
Check for 64 bits wide constants for add/sub instructions
G
Floating point constant that is legal for store immediate
a
General register 1
f
Floating point register
q
Shift amount register
x
Floating point register (deprecated)
y
Upper floating point register (32-bit), floating point register (64-bit)
Z
Any register
I
Signed 11-bit integer constant
J
Signed 14-bit integer constant
K
Integer constant that can be deposited with a zdepi
instruction
L
Signed 5-bit integer constant
M
Integer constant 0
N
Integer constant that can be loaded with a ldil
instruction
O
Integer constant whose value plus one is a power of 2
P
Integer constant that can be used for and
operations in depi
and extru
instructions
S
Integer constant 31
U
Integer constant 63
G
Floating-point constant 0.0
A
A lo_sum
data-linkage-table memory operand
Q
A memory operand that can be used as the destination operand of an integer store instruction
R
A scaled or unscaled indexed memory operand
T
A memory operand for floating-point loads and stores
W
A register indirect memory operand
k
Stack register.
f
Pointer register. A register which can be used to access memory without supplying an offset. Any other register can be used to access memory, but will need a constant offset. In the case of the offset being zero, it is more efficient to use a pointer register, since this reduces code size.
t
A twin register. A register which may be paired with an adjacent register to create a 32-bit register.
a
Any absolute memory address (e.g., symbolic constant, symbolic constant + offset).
I
4-bit signed integer.
J
4-bit unsigned integer.
K
8-bit signed integer.
M
Any constant whose absolute value is no greater than 4-bits.
N
10-bit signed integer
O
16-bit signed integer.
b
Address base register
d
Floating point register (containing 64-bit value)
f
Floating point register (containing 32-bit value)
v
Altivec vector register
wa
Any VSX register if the -mvsx option was used or NO_REGS.
wd
VSX vector register to hold vector double data or NO_REGS.
wf
VSX vector register to hold vector float data or NO_REGS.
wg
If -mmfpgpr was used, a floating point register or NO_REGS.
wh
Floating point register if direct moves are available, or NO_REGS.
wi
FP or VSX register to hold 64-bit integers for VSX insns or NO_REGS.
wj
FP or VSX register to hold 64-bit integers for direct moves or NO_REGS.
wk
FP or VSX register to hold 64-bit doubles for direct moves or NO_REGS.
wl
Floating point register if the LFIWAX instruction is enabled or NO_REGS.
wm
VSX register if direct move instructions are enabled, or NO_REGS.
wn
No register (NO_REGS).
wr
General purpose register if 64-bit instructions are enabled or NO_REGS.
ws
VSX vector register to hold scalar double values or NO_REGS.
wt
VSX vector register to hold 128 bit integer or NO_REGS.
wu
Altivec register to use for float/32-bit int loads/stores or NO_REGS.
wv
Altivec register to use for double loads/stores or NO_REGS.
ww
FP or VSX register to perform float operations under -mvsx or NO_REGS.
wx
Floating point register if the STFIWX instruction is enabled or NO_REGS.
wy
FP or VSX register to perform ISA 2.07 float ops or NO_REGS.
wz
Floating point register if the LFIWZX instruction is enabled or NO_REGS.
wD
Int constant that is the element number of the 64-bit scalar in a vector.
wQ
A memory address that will work with the lq
and stq
instructions.
h
‘MQ’, ‘CTR’, or ‘LINK’ register
q
‘MQ’ register
c
‘CTR’ register
l
‘LINK’ register
x
‘CR’ register (condition register) number 0
y
‘CR’ register (condition register)
z
‘XER[CA]’ carry bit (part of the XER register)
I
Signed 16-bit constant
J
Unsigned 16-bit constant shifted left 16 bits (use ‘L’ instead for
SImode
constants)
K
Unsigned 16-bit constant
L
Signed 16-bit constant shifted left 16 bits
M
Constant larger than 31
N
Exact power of 2
O
Zero
P
Constant whose negation is a signed 16-bit constant
G
Floating point constant that can be loaded into a register with one instruction per word
H
Integer/Floating point constant that can be loaded into a register using three instructions
m
Memory operand.
Normally, m
does not allow addresses that update the base register.
If ‘<’ or ‘>’ constraint is also used, they are allowed and
therefore on PowerPC targets in that case it is only safe
to use ‘m<>’ in an asm
statement if that asm
statement
accesses the operand exactly once. The asm
statement must also
use ‘%U<opno>’ as a placeholder for the “update” flag in the
corresponding load or store instruction. For example:
asm ("st%U0 %1,%0" : "=m<>" (mem) : "r" (val));
is correct but:
asm ("st %1,%0" : "=m<>" (mem) : "r" (val));
is not.
es
A “stable” memory operand; that is, one which does not include any automodification of the base register. This used to be useful when ‘m’ allowed automodification of the base register, but as those are now only allowed when ‘<’ or ‘>’ is used, ‘es’ is basically the same as ‘m’ without ‘<’ and ‘>’.
Q
Memory operand that is an offset from a register (it is usually better
to use ‘m’ or ‘es’ in asm
statements)
Z
Memory operand that is an indexed or indirect from a register (it is
usually better to use ‘m’ or ‘es’ in asm
statements)
R
AIX TOC entry
a
Address operand that is an indexed or indirect from a register (‘p’ is
preferable for asm
statements)
S
Constant suitable as a 64-bit mask operand
T
Constant suitable as a 32-bit mask operand
U
System V Release 4 small data area reference
t
AND masks that can be performed by two rldic{l, r} instructions
W
Vector constant that does not require memory
j
Vector constant that is all zeros.
R
Legacy register—the eight integer registers available on all
i386 processors (a
, b
, c
, d
,
si
, di
, bp
, sp
).
q
Any register accessible as rl
. In 32-bit mode, a
,
b
, c
, and d
; in 64-bit mode, any integer register.
Q
Any register accessible as rh
: a
, b
,
c
, and d
.
a
The a
register.
b
The b
register.
c
The c
register.
d
The d
register.
S
The si
register.
D
The di
register.
A
The a
and d
registers. This class is used for instructions
that return double word results in the ax:dx
register pair. Single
word values will be allocated either in ax
or dx
.
For example on i386 the following implements rdtsc
:
unsigned long long rdtsc (void) { unsigned long long tick; __asm__ __volatile__("rdtsc":"=A"(tick)); return tick; }
This is not correct on x86_64 as it would allocate tick in either ax
or dx
. You have to use the following variant instead:
unsigned long long rdtsc (void) { unsigned int tickl, tickh; __asm__ __volatile__("rdtsc":"=a"(tickl),"=d"(tickh)); return ((unsigned long long)tickh << 32)|tickl; }
f
Any 80387 floating-point (stack) register.
t
Top of 80387 floating-point stack (%st(0)
).
u
Second from top of 80387 floating-point stack (%st(1)
).
y
Any MMX register.
x
Any SSE register.
Yz
First SSE register (%xmm0
).
I
Integer constant in the range 0 … 31, for 32-bit shifts.
J
Integer constant in the range 0 … 63, for 64-bit shifts.
K
Signed 8-bit integer constant.
L
0xFF
or 0xFFFF
, for andsi as a zero-extending move.
M
0, 1, 2, or 3 (shifts for the lea
instruction).
N
Unsigned 8-bit integer constant (for in
and out
instructions).
G
Standard 80387 floating point constant.
C
Standard SSE floating point constant.
e
32-bit signed integer constant, or a symbolic reference known to fit that range (for immediate operands in sign-extending x86-64 instructions).
Z
32-bit unsigned integer constant, or a symbolic reference known to fit that range (for immediate operands in zero-extending x86-64 instructions).
a
General register r0
to r3
for addl
instruction
b
Branch register
c
Predicate register (‘c’ as in “conditional”)
d
Application register residing in M-unit
e
Application register residing in I-unit
f
Floating-point register
m
Memory operand. If used together with ‘<’ or ‘>’, the operand can have postincrement and postdecrement which require printing with ‘%Pn’ on IA-64.
G
Floating-point constant 0.0 or 1.0
I
14-bit signed integer constant
J
22-bit signed integer constant
K
8-bit signed integer constant for logical instructions
L
8-bit adjusted signed integer constant for compare pseudo-ops
M
6-bit unsigned integer constant for shift counts
N
9-bit signed integer constant for load and store postincrements
O
The constant zero
P
0 or -1 for dep
instruction
Q
Non-volatile memory for floating-point loads and stores
R
Integer constant in the range 1 to 4 for shladd
instruction
S
Memory operand except postincrement and postdecrement. This is now roughly the same as ‘m’ when not used together with ‘<’ or ‘>’.
a
Register in the class ACC_REGS
(acc0
to acc7
).
b
Register in the class EVEN_ACC_REGS
(acc0
to acc7
).
c
Register in the class CC_REGS
(fcc0
to fcc3
and
icc0
to icc3
).
d
Register in the class GPR_REGS
(gr0
to gr63
).
e
Register in the class EVEN_REGS
(gr0
to gr63
).
Odd registers are excluded not in the class but through the use of a machine
mode larger than 4 bytes.
f
Register in the class FPR_REGS
(fr0
to fr63
).
h
Register in the class FEVEN_REGS
(fr0
to fr63
).
Odd registers are excluded not in the class but through the use of a machine
mode larger than 4 bytes.
l
Register in the class LR_REG
(the lr
register).
q
Register in the class QUAD_REGS
(gr2
to gr63
).
Register numbers not divisible by 4 are excluded not in the class but through
the use of a machine mode larger than 8 bytes.
t
Register in the class ICC_REGS
(icc0
to icc3
).
u
Register in the class FCC_REGS
(fcc0
to fcc3
).
v
Register in the class ICR_REGS
(cc4
to cc7
).
w
Register in the class FCR_REGS
(cc0
to cc3
).
x
Register in the class QUAD_FPR_REGS
(fr0
to fr63
).
Register numbers not divisible by 4 are excluded not in the class but through
the use of a machine mode larger than 8 bytes.
z
Register in the class SPR_REGS
(lcr
and lr
).
A
Register in the class QUAD_ACC_REGS
(acc0
to acc7
).
B
Register in the class ACCG_REGS
(accg0
to accg7
).
C
Register in the class CR_REGS
(cc0
to cc7
).
G
Floating point constant zero
I
6-bit signed integer constant
J
10-bit signed integer constant
L
16-bit signed integer constant
M
16-bit unsigned integer constant
N
12-bit signed integer constant that is negative—i.e. in the range of -2048 to -1
O
Constant zero
P
12-bit signed integer constant that is greater than zero—i.e. in the range of 1 to 2047.
a
P register
d
D register
z
A call clobbered P register.
qn
A single register. If n is in the range 0 to 7, the corresponding D
register. If it is A
, then the register P0.
D
Even-numbered D register
W
Odd-numbered D register
e
Accumulator register.
A
Even-numbered accumulator register.
B
Odd-numbered accumulator register.
b
I register
v
B register
f
M register
c
Registers used for circular buffering, i.e. I, B, or L registers.
C
The CC register.
t
LT0 or LT1.
k
LC0 or LC1.
u
LB0 or LB1.
x
Any D, P, B, M, I or L register.
y
Additional registers typically used only in prologues and epilogues: RETS, RETN, RETI, RETX, RETE, ASTAT, SEQSTAT and USP.
w
Any register except accumulators or CC.
Ksh
Signed 16 bit integer (in the range -32768 to 32767)
Kuh
Unsigned 16 bit integer (in the range 0 to 65535)
Ks7
Signed 7 bit integer (in the range -64 to 63)
Ku7
Unsigned 7 bit integer (in the range 0 to 127)
Ku5
Unsigned 5 bit integer (in the range 0 to 31)
Ks4
Signed 4 bit integer (in the range -8 to 7)
Ks3
Signed 3 bit integer (in the range -3 to 4)
Ku3
Unsigned 3 bit integer (in the range 0 to 7)
Pn
Constant n, where n is a single-digit constant in the range 0 to 4.
PA
An integer equal to one of the MACFLAG_XXX constants that is suitable for use with either accumulator.
PB
An integer equal to one of the MACFLAG_XXX constants that is suitable for use only with accumulator A1.
M1
Constant 255.
M2
Constant 65535.
J
An integer constant with exactly a single bit set.
L
An integer constant with all bits set except exactly one.
H
Q
Any SYMBOL_REF.
Rsp
Rfb
Rsb
‘$sp’, ‘$fb’, ‘$sb’.
Rcr
Any control register, when they’re 16 bits wide (nothing if control registers are 24 bits wide)
Rcl
Any control register, when they’re 24 bits wide.
R0w
R1w
R2w
R3w
$r0, $r1, $r2, $r3.
R02
$r0 or $r2, or $r2r0 for 32 bit values.
R13
$r1 or $r3, or $r3r1 for 32 bit values.
Rdi
A register that can hold a 64 bit value.
Rhl
$r0 or $r1 (registers with addressable high/low bytes)
R23
$r2 or $r3
Raa
Address registers
Raw
Address registers when they’re 16 bits wide.
Ral
Address registers when they’re 24 bits wide.
Rqi
Registers that can hold QI values.
Rad
Registers that can be used with displacements ($a0, $a1, $sb).
Rsi
Registers that can hold 32 bit values.
Rhi
Registers that can hold 16 bit values.
Rhc
Registers chat can hold 16 bit values, including all control registers.
Rra
$r0 through R1, plus $a0 and $a1.
Rfl
The flags register.
Rmm
The memory-based pseudo-registers $mem0 through $mem15.
Rpi
Registers that can hold pointers (16 bit registers for r8c, m16c; 24 bit registers for m32cm, m32c).
Rpa
Matches multiple registers in a PARALLEL to form a larger register. Used to match function return values.
Is3
-8 … 7
IS1
-128 … 127
IS2
-32768 … 32767
IU2
0 … 65535
In4
-8 … -1 or 1 … 8
In5
-16 … -1 or 1 … 16
In6
-32 … -1 or 1 … 32
IM2
-65536 … -1
Ilb
An 8 bit value with exactly one bit set.
Ilw
A 16 bit value with exactly one bit set.
Sd
The common src/dest memory addressing modes.
Sa
Memory addressed using $a0 or $a1.
Si
Memory addressed with immediate addresses.
Ss
Memory addressed using the stack pointer ($sp).
Sf
Memory addressed using the frame base register ($fb).
Ss
Memory addressed using the small base register ($sb).
S1
$r1h
a
The $sp register.
b
The $tp register.
c
Any control register.
d
Either the $hi or the $lo register.
em
Coprocessor registers that can be directly loaded ($c0-$c15).
ex
Coprocessor registers that can be moved to each other.
er
Coprocessor registers that can be moved to core registers.
h
The $hi register.
j
The $rpc register.
l
The $lo register.
t
Registers which can be used in $tp-relative addressing.
v
The $gp register.
x
The coprocessor registers.
y
The coprocessor control registers.
z
The $0 register.
A
User-defined register set A.
B
User-defined register set B.
C
User-defined register set C.
D
User-defined register set D.
I
Offsets for $gp-rel addressing.
J
Constants that can be used directly with boolean insns.
K
Constants that can be moved directly to registers.
L
Small constants that can be added to registers.
M
Long shift counts.
N
Small constants that can be compared to registers.
O
Constants that can be loaded into the top half of registers.
S
Signed 8-bit immediates.
T
Symbols encoded for $tp-rel or $gp-rel addressing.
U
Non-constant addresses for loading/saving coprocessor registers.
W
The top half of a symbol’s value.
Y
A register indirect address without offset.
Z
Symbolic references to the control bus.
d
A general register (r0
to r31
).
z
A status register (rmsr
, $fcc1
to $fcc7
).
d
An address register. This is equivalent to r
unless
generating MIPS16 code.
f
A floating-point register (if available).
h
Formerly the hi
register. This constraint is no longer supported.
l
The lo
register. Use this register to store values that are
no bigger than a word.
x
The concatenated hi
and lo
registers. Use this register
to store doubleword values.
c
A register suitable for use in an indirect jump. This will always be
$25
for -mabicalls.
v
Register $3
. Do not use this constraint in new code;
it is retained only for compatibility with glibc.
y
Equivalent to r
; retained for backwards compatibility.
z
A floating-point condition code register.
I
A signed 16-bit constant (for arithmetic instructions).
J
Integer zero.
K
An unsigned 16-bit constant (for logic instructions).
L
A signed 32-bit constant in which the lower 16 bits are zero.
Such constants can be loaded using lui
.
M
A constant that cannot be loaded using lui
, addiu
or ori
.
N
A constant in the range -65535 to -1 (inclusive).
O
A signed 15-bit constant.
P
A constant in the range 1 to 65535 (inclusive).
G
Floating-point zero.
R
An address that can be used in a non-macro load or store.
ZC
When compiling microMIPS code, this constraint matches a memory operand
whose address is formed from a base register and a 12-bit offset. These
operands can be used for microMIPS instructions such as ll
and
sc
. When not compiling for microMIPS code, ZC
is
equivalent to R
.
ZD
When compiling microMIPS code, this constraint matches an address operand
that is formed from a base register and a 12-bit offset. These operands
can be used for microMIPS instructions such as prefetch
. When
not compiling for microMIPS code, ZD
is equivalent to p
.
a
Address register
d
Data register
f
68881 floating-point register, if available
I
Integer in the range 1 to 8
J
16-bit signed number
K
Signed number whose magnitude is greater than 0x80
L
Integer in the range -8 to -1
M
Signed number whose magnitude is greater than 0x100
N
Range 24 to 31, rotatert:SI 8 to 1 expressed as rotate
O
16 (for rotate using swap)
P
Range 8 to 15, rotatert:HI 8 to 1 expressed as rotate
R
Numbers that mov3q can handle
G
Floating point constant that is not a 68881 constant
S
Operands that satisfy ’m’ when -mpcrel is in effect
T
Operands that satisfy ’s’ when -mpcrel is not in effect
Q
Address register indirect addressing mode
U
Register offset addressing
W
const_call_operand
Cs
symbol_ref or const
Ci
const_int
C0
const_int 0
Cj
Range of signed numbers that don’t fit in 16 bits
Cmvq
Integers valid for mvq
Capsw
Integers valid for a moveq followed by a swap
Cmvz
Integers valid for mvz
Cmvs
Integers valid for mvs
Ap
push_operand
Ac
Non-register operands allowed in clr
A
An absolute address
B
An offset address
W
A register indirect memory operand
I
A constant in the range of 0 to 255.
N
A constant in the range of 0 to -255.
R12
Register R12.
R13
Register R13.
K
Integer constant 1.
L
Integer constant -1^20..1^19.
M
Integer constant 1-4.
Ya
Memory references which do not require an extended MOVX instruction.
Yl
Memory reference, labels only.
Ys
Memory reference, stack only.
w
LOW register class $r0 to $r7 constraint for V3/V3M ISA.
l
LOW register class $r0 to $r7.
d
MIDDLE register class $r0 to $r11, $r16 to $r19.
h
HIGH register class $r12 to $r14, $r20 to $r31.
t
Temporary assist register $ta (i.e. $r15).
k
Stack register $sp.
Iu03
Unsigned immediate 3-bit value.
In03
Negative immediate 3-bit value in the range of -7–0.
Iu04
Unsigned immediate 4-bit value.
Is05
Signed immediate 5-bit value.
Iu05
Unsigned immediate 5-bit value.
In05
Negative immediate 5-bit value in the range of -31–0.
Ip05
Unsigned immediate 5-bit value for movpi45 instruction with range 16–47.
Iu06
Unsigned immediate 6-bit value constraint for addri36.sp instruction.
Iu08
Unsigned immediate 8-bit value.
Iu09
Unsigned immediate 9-bit value.
Is10
Signed immediate 10-bit value.
Is11
Signed immediate 11-bit value.
Is15
Signed immediate 15-bit value.
Iu15
Unsigned immediate 15-bit value.
Ic15
A constant which is not in the range of imm15u but ok for bclr instruction.
Ie15
A constant which is not in the range of imm15u but ok for bset instruction.
It15
A constant which is not in the range of imm15u but ok for btgl instruction.
Ii15
A constant whose compliment value is in the range of imm15u and ok for bitci instruction.
Is16
Signed immediate 16-bit value.
Is17
Signed immediate 17-bit value.
Is19
Signed immediate 19-bit value.
Is20
Signed immediate 20-bit value.
Ihig
The immediate value that can be simply set high 20-bit.
Izeb
The immediate value 0xff.
Izeh
The immediate value 0xffff.
Ixls
The immediate value 0x01.
Ix11
The immediate value 0x7ff.
Ibms
The immediate value with power of 2.
Ifex
The immediate value with power of 2 minus 1.
U33
Memory constraint for 333 format.
U45
Memory constraint for 45 format.
U37
Memory constraint for 37 format.
I
Integer that is valid as an immediate operand in an instruction taking a signed 16-bit number. Range -32768 to 32767.
J
Integer that is valid as an immediate operand in an instruction taking an unsigned 16-bit number. Range 0 to 65535.
K
Integer that is valid as an immediate operand in an instruction taking only the upper 16-bits of a 32-bit number. Range 32-bit numbers with the lower 16-bits being 0.
L
Integer that is valid as an immediate operand for a shift instruction. Range 0 to 31.
M
Integer that is valid as an immediate operand for
only the value 0. Can be used in conjunction with
the format modifier z
to use r0
instead of 0
in the assembly output.
N
Integer that is valid as an immediate operand for a custom instruction opcode. Range 0 to 255.
S
Matches immediates which are addresses in the small
data section and therefore can be added to gp
as a 16-bit immediate to re-create their 32-bit value.
a
Floating point registers AC0 through AC3. These can be loaded from/to memory with a single instruction.
d
Odd numbered general registers (R1, R3, R5). These are used for 16-bit multiply operations.
f
Any of the floating point registers (AC0 through AC5).
G
Floating point constant 0.
I
An integer constant that fits in 16 bits.
J
An integer constant whose low order 16 bits are zero.
K
An integer constant that does not meet the constraints for codes ‘I’ or ‘J’.
L
The integer constant 1.
M
The integer constant -1.
N
The integer constant 0.
O
Integer constants -4 through -1 and 1 through 4; shifts by these amounts are handled as multiple single-bit shifts rather than a single variable-length shift.
Q
A memory reference which requires an additional word (address or offset) after the opcode.
R
A memory reference that is encoded within the opcode.
Int3
An integer constant in the range 1 … 7.
Int8
An integer constant in the range 0 … 255.
J
An integer constant in the range -255 … 0
K
The integer constant 1.
L
The integer constant -1.
M
The integer constant 0.
N
The integer constant 2.
O
The integer constant -2.
P
An integer constant in the range 1 … 15.
Qbi
The built-in compare types–eq, ne, gtu, ltu, geu, and leu.
Qsc
The synthetic compare types–gt, lt, ge, and le.
Wab
A memory reference with an absolute address.
Wbc
A memory reference using BC
as a base register, with an optional offset.
Wca
A memory reference using AX
, BC
, DE
, or HL
for the address, for calls.
Wcv
A memory reference using any 16-bit register pair for the address, for calls.
Wd2
A memory reference using DE
as a base register, with an optional offset.
Wde
A memory reference using DE
as a base register, without any offset.
Wfr
Any memory reference to an address in the far address space.
Wh1
A memory reference using HL
as a base register, with an optional one-byte offset.
Whb
A memory reference using HL
as a base register, with B
or C
as the index register.
Whl
A memory reference using HL
as a base register, without any offset.
Ws1
A memory reference using SP
as a base register, with an optional one-byte offset.
Y
Any memory reference to an address in the near address space.
A
The AX
register.
B
The BC
register.
D
The DE
register.
R
A
through L
registers.
S
The SP
register.
T
The HL
register.
Z08W
The 16-bit R8
register.
Z10W
The 16-bit R10
register.
Zint
The registers reserved for interrupts (R24
to R31
).
a
The A
register.
b
The B
register.
c
The C
register.
d
The D
register.
e
The E
register.
h
The H
register.
l
The L
register.
v
The virtual registers.
w
The PSW
register.
x
The X
register.
Q
An address which does not involve register indirect addressing or pre/post increment/decrement addressing.
Symbol
A symbol reference.
Int08
A constant in the range -256 to 255, inclusive.
Sint08
A constant in the range -128 to 127, inclusive.
Sint16
A constant in the range -32768 to 32767, inclusive.
Sint24
A constant in the range -8388608 to 8388607, inclusive.
Uint04
A constant in the range 0 to 15, inclusive.
f
Floating-point register on the SPARC-V8 architecture and lower floating-point register on the SPARC-V9 architecture.
e
Floating-point register. It is equivalent to ‘f’ on the SPARC-V8 architecture and contains both lower and upper floating-point registers on the SPARC-V9 architecture.
c
Floating-point condition code register.
d
Lower floating-point register. It is only valid on the SPARC-V9 architecture when the Visual Instruction Set is available.
b
Floating-point register. It is only valid on the SPARC-V9 architecture when the Visual Instruction Set is available.
h
64-bit global or out register for the SPARC-V8+ architecture.
C
The constant all-ones, for floating-point.
A
Signed 5-bit constant
D
A vector constant
I
Signed 13-bit constant
J
Zero
K
32-bit constant with the low 12 bits clear (a constant that can be
loaded with the sethi
instruction)
L
A constant in the range supported by movcc
instructions (11-bit
signed immediate)
M
A constant in the range supported by movrcc
instructions (10-bit
signed immediate)
N
Same as ‘K’, except that it verifies that bits that are not in the
lower 32-bit range are all zero. Must be used instead of ‘K’ for
modes wider than SImode
O
The constant 4096
G
Floating-point zero
H
Signed 13-bit constant, sign-extended to 32 or 64 bits
P
The constant -1
Q
Floating-point constant whose integral representation can be moved into an integer register using a single sethi instruction
R
Floating-point constant whose integral representation can be moved into an integer register using a single mov instruction
S
Floating-point constant whose integral representation can be moved into an integer register using a high/lo_sum instruction sequence
T
Memory address aligned to an 8-byte boundary
U
Even register
W
Memory address for ‘e’ constraint registers
w
Memory address with only a base register
Y
Vector zero
a
An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
c
An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
d
An immediate for the iohl
instruction. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
f
An immediate which can be loaded with fsmbi
.
A
An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
B
An immediate for most arithmetic instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
C
An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
D
An immediate for the iohl
instruction. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
I
A constant in the range [-64, 63] for shift/rotate instructions.
J
An unsigned 7-bit constant for conversion/nop/channel instructions.
K
A signed 10-bit constant for most arithmetic instructions.
M
A signed 16 bit immediate for stop
.
N
An unsigned 16-bit constant for iohl
and fsmbi
.
O
An unsigned 7-bit constant whose 3 least significant bits are 0.
P
An unsigned 3-bit constant for 16-byte rotates and shifts
R
Call operand, reg, for indirect calls
S
Call operand, symbol, for relative calls.
T
Call operand, const_int, for absolute calls.
U
An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is sign extended to 128 bit.
W
An immediate for shift and rotate instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
Y
An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is sign extended as a 128 bit.
Z
An immediate for the iohl
instruction. const_int is sign extended to 128 bit.
a
Address register (general purpose register except r0)
c
Condition code register
d
Data register (arbitrary general purpose register)
f
Floating-point register
I
Unsigned 8-bit constant (0–255)
J
Unsigned 12-bit constant (0–4095)
K
Signed 16-bit constant (-32768–32767)
L
Value appropriate as displacement.
(0..4095)
for short displacement
(-524288..524287)
for long displacement
M
Constant integer with a value of 0x7fffffff.
N
Multiple letter constraint followed by 4 parameter letters.
0..9:
number of the part counting from most to least significant
H,Q:
mode of the part
D,S,H:
mode of the containing operand
0,F:
value of the other parts (F—all bits set)
The constraint matches if the specified part of a constant has a value different from its other parts.
Q
Memory reference without index register and with short displacement.
R
Memory reference with index register and short displacement.
S
Memory reference without index register but with long displacement.
T
Memory reference with index register and long displacement.
U
Pointer with short displacement.
W
Pointer with long displacement.
Y
Shift count operand.
d
Registers from r0 to r32.
e
Registers from r0 to r16.
t
r8—r11 or r22—r27 registers.
h
hi register.
l
lo register.
x
hi + lo register.
q
cnt register.
y
lcb register.
z
scb register.
a
cnt + lcb + scb register.
c
cr0—cr15 register.
b
cp1 registers.
f
cp2 registers.
i
cp3 registers.
j
cp1 + cp2 + cp3 registers.
I
High 16-bit constant (32-bit constant with 16 LSBs zero).
J
Unsigned 5 bit integer (in the range 0 to 31).
K
Unsigned 16 bit integer (in the range 0 to 65535).
L
Signed 16 bit integer (in the range -32768 to 32767).
M
Unsigned 14 bit integer (in the range 0 to 16383).
N
Signed 14 bit integer (in the range -8192 to 8191).
Z
Any SYMBOL_REF.
a
Register r0.
b
Register r1.
c
Register r2.
d
Register r8.
e
Registers r0 through r7.
t
Registers r0 and r1.
y
The carry register.
z
Registers r8 and r9.
I
A constant between 0 and 3 inclusive.
J
A constant that has exactly one bit set.
K
A constant that has exactly one bit clear.
L
A constant between 0 and 255 inclusive.
M
A constant between -255 and 0 inclusive.
N
A constant between -3 and 0 inclusive.
O
A constant between 1 and 4 inclusive.
P
A constant between -4 and -1 inclusive.
Q
A memory reference that is a stack push.
R
A memory reference that is a stack pop.
S
A memory reference that refers to a constant address of known value.
T
The register indicated by Rx (not implemented yet).
U
A constant that is not between 2 and 15 inclusive.
Z
The constant 0.
a
Register file A (A0–A31).
b
Register file B (B0–B31).
A
Predicate registers in register file A (A0–A2 on C64X and higher, A1 and A2 otherwise).
B
Predicate registers in register file B (B0–B2).
C
A call-used register in register file B (B0–B9, B16–B31).
Da
Register file A, excluding predicate registers (A3–A31, plus A0 if not C64X or higher).
Db
Register file B, excluding predicate registers (B3–B31).
Iu4
Integer constant in the range 0 … 15.
Iu5
Integer constant in the range 0 … 31.
In5
Integer constant in the range -31 … 0.
Is5
Integer constant in the range -16 … 15.
I5x
Integer constant that can be the operand of an ADDA or a SUBA insn.
IuB
Integer constant in the range 0 … 65535.
IsB
Integer constant in the range -32768 … 32767.
IsC
Integer constant in the range -2^{20} … 2^{20} - 1.
Jc
Integer constant that is a valid mask for the clr instruction.
Js
Integer constant that is a valid mask for the set instruction.
Q
Memory location with A base register.
R
Memory location with B base register.
Z
Register B14 (aka DP).
R00
R01
R02
R03
R04
R05
R06
R07
R08
R09
R10
Each of these represents a register constraint for an individual register, from r0 to r10.
I
Signed 8-bit integer constant.
J
Signed 16-bit integer constant.
K
Unsigned 16-bit integer constant.
L
Integer constant that fits in one signed byte when incremented by one (-129 … 126).
m
Memory operand. If used together with ‘<’ or ‘>’, the operand can have postincrement which requires printing with ‘%In’ and ‘%in’ on TILE-Gx. For example:
asm ("st_add %I0,%1,%i0" : "=m<>" (*mem) : "r" (val));
M
A bit mask suitable for the BFINS instruction.
N
Integer constant that is a byte tiled out eight times.
O
The integer zero constant.
P
Integer constant that is a sign-extended byte tiled out as four shorts.
Q
Integer constant that fits in one signed byte when incremented (-129 … 126), but excluding -1.
S
Integer constant that has all 1 bits consecutive and starting at bit 0.
T
A 16-bit fragment of a got, tls, or pc-relative reference.
U
Memory operand except postincrement. This is roughly the same as ‘m’ when not used together with ‘<’ or ‘>’.
W
An 8-element vector constant with identical elements.
Y
A 4-element vector constant with identical elements.
Z0
The integer constant 0xffffffff.
Z1
The integer constant 0xffffffff00000000.
R00
R01
R02
R03
R04
R05
R06
R07
R08
R09
R10
Each of these represents a register constraint for an individual register, from r0 to r10.
I
Signed 8-bit integer constant.
J
Signed 16-bit integer constant.
K
Nonzero integer constant with low 16 bits zero.
L
Integer constant that fits in one signed byte when incremented by one (-129 … 126).
m
Memory operand. If used together with ‘<’ or ‘>’, the operand can have postincrement which requires printing with ‘%In’ and ‘%in’ on TILEPro. For example:
asm ("swadd %I0,%1,%i0" : "=m<>" (mem) : "r" (val));
M
A bit mask suitable for the MM instruction.
N
Integer constant that is a byte tiled out four times.
O
The integer zero constant.
P
Integer constant that is a sign-extended byte tiled out as two shorts.
Q
Integer constant that fits in one signed byte when incremented (-129 … 126), but excluding -1.
T
A symbolic operand, or a 16-bit fragment of a got, tls, or pc-relative reference.
U
Memory operand except postincrement. This is roughly the same as ‘m’ when not used together with ‘<’ or ‘>’.
W
A 4-element vector constant with identical elements.
Y
A 2-element vector constant with identical elements.
a
General-purpose 32-bit register
b
One-bit boolean register
A
MAC16 40-bit accumulator register
I
Signed 12-bit integer constant, for use in MOVI instructions
J
Signed 8-bit integer constant, for use in ADDI instructions
K
Integer constant valid for BccI instructions
L
Unsigned constant valid for BccUI instructions
Next: Explicit Reg Vars, Previous: Constraints, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
You can specify the name to be used in the assembler code for a C
function or variable by writing the asm
(or __asm__
)
keyword after the declarator as follows:
int foo asm ("myfoo") = 2;
This specifies that the name to be used for the variable foo
in
the assembler code should be ‘myfoo’ rather than the usual
‘_foo’.
On systems where an underscore is normally prepended to the name of a C function or variable, this feature allows you to define names for the linker that do not start with an underscore.
It does not make sense to use this feature with a non-static local variable since such variables do not have assembler names. If you are trying to put the variable in a particular register, see Explicit Reg Vars. GCC presently accepts such code with a warning, but will probably be changed to issue an error, rather than a warning, in the future.
You cannot use asm
in this way in a function definition; but
you can get the same effect by writing a declaration for the function
before its definition and putting asm
there, like this:
extern func () asm ("FUNC");
func (x, y)
int x, y;
/* … */
It is up to you to make sure that the assembler names you choose do not conflict with any other assembler symbols. Also, you must not use a register name; that would produce completely invalid assembler code. GCC does not as yet have the ability to store static variables in registers. Perhaps that will be added.
Next: Alternate Keywords, Previous: Asm Labels, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GNU C allows you to put a few global variables into specified hardware registers. You can also specify the register in which an ordinary register variable should be allocated.
asm
statement and the asm
statement itself is
not deleted. The compiler’s data flow analysis is capable of determining
where the specified registers contain live values, and where they are
available for other uses. Stores into local register variables may be deleted
when they appear to be dead according to dataflow analysis. References
to local register variables may be deleted or moved or simplified.
These local variables are sometimes convenient for use with the extended
asm
feature (see Extended Asm), if you want to write one
output of the assembler instruction directly into a particular register.
(This works provided the register you specify fits the constraints
specified for that operand in the asm
.)
• Global Reg Vars: | ||
• Local Reg Vars: |
Next: Local Reg Vars, Up: Explicit Reg Vars [Contents][Index]
You can define a global register variable in GNU C like this:
register int *foo asm ("a5");
Here a5
is the name of the register that should be used. Choose a
register that is normally saved and restored by function calls on your
machine, so that library routines will not clobber it.
Naturally the register name is cpu-dependent, so you need to
conditionalize your program according to cpu type. The register
a5
is a good choice on a 68000 for a variable of pointer
type. On machines with register windows, be sure to choose a “global”
register that is not affected magically by the function call mechanism.
In addition, different operating systems on the same CPU may differ in how they
name the registers; then you need additional conditionals. For
example, some 68000 operating systems call this register %a5
.
Eventually there may be a way of asking the compiler to choose a register automatically, but first we need to figure out how it should choose and how to enable you to guide the choice. No solution is evident.
Defining a global register variable in a certain register reserves that register entirely for this use, at least within the current compilation. The register is not allocated for any other purpose in the functions in the current compilation, and is not saved and restored by these functions. Stores into this register are never deleted even if they appear to be dead, but references may be deleted or moved or simplified.
It is not safe to access the global register variables from signal handlers, or from more than one thread of control, because the system library routines may temporarily use the register for other things (unless you recompile them specially for the task at hand).
It is not safe for one function that uses a global register variable to
call another such function foo
by way of a third function
lose
that is compiled without knowledge of this variable (i.e. in a
different source file in which the variable isn’t declared). This is
because lose
might save the register and put some other value there.
For example, you can’t expect a global register variable to be available in
the comparison-function that you pass to qsort
, since qsort
might have put something else in that register. (If you are prepared to
recompile qsort
with the same global register variable, you can
solve this problem.)
If you want to recompile qsort
or other source files that do not
actually use your global register variable, so that they do not use that
register for any other purpose, then it suffices to specify the compiler
option -ffixed-reg. You need not actually add a global
register declaration to their source code.
A function that can alter the value of a global register variable cannot safely be called from a function compiled without this variable, because it could clobber the value the caller expects to find there on return. Therefore, the function that is the entry point into the part of the program that uses the global register variable must explicitly save and restore the value that belongs to its caller.
On most machines, longjmp
restores to each global register
variable the value it had at the time of the setjmp
. On some
machines, however, longjmp
does not change the value of global
register variables. To be portable, the function that called setjmp
should make other arrangements to save the values of the global register
variables, and to restore them in a longjmp
. This way, the same
thing happens regardless of what longjmp
does.
All global register variable declarations must precede all function definitions. If such a declaration could appear after function definitions, the declaration would be too late to prevent the register from being used for other purposes in the preceding functions.
Global register variables may not have initial values, because an executable file has no means to supply initial contents for a register.
On the SPARC, there are reports that g3 … g7 are suitable
registers, but certain library functions, such as getwd
, as well
as the subroutines for division and remainder, modify g3 and g4. g1 and
g2 are local temporaries.
On the 68000, a2 … a5 should be suitable, as should d2 … d7. Of course, it does not do to use more than a few of those.
Previous: Global Reg Vars, Up: Explicit Reg Vars [Contents][Index]
You can define a local register variable with a specified register like this:
register int *foo asm ("a5");
Here a5
is the name of the register that should be used. Note
that this is the same syntax used for defining global register
variables, but for a local variable it appears within a function.
Naturally the register name is cpu-dependent, but this is not a problem, since specific registers are most often useful with explicit assembler instructions (see Extended Asm). Both of these things generally require that you conditionalize your program according to cpu type.
In addition, operating systems on one type of cpu may differ in how they
name the registers; then you need additional conditionals. For
example, some 68000 operating systems call this register %a5
.
Defining such a register variable does not reserve the register; it remains available for other uses in places where flow control determines the variable’s value is not live.
This option does not guarantee that GCC generates code that has
this variable in the register you specify at all times. You may not
code an explicit reference to this register in the assembler
instruction template part of an asm
statement and assume it
always refers to this variable. However, using the variable as an
asm
operand guarantees that the specified register is used
for the operand.
Stores into local register variables may be deleted when they appear to be dead according to dataflow analysis. References to local register variables may be deleted or moved or simplified.
As for global register variables, it’s recommended that you choose a
register that is normally saved and restored by function calls on
your machine, so that library routines will not clobber it. A common
pitfall is to initialize multiple call-clobbered registers with
arbitrary expressions, where a function call or library call for an
arithmetic operator overwrites a register value from a previous
assignment, for example r0
below:
register int *p1 asm ("r0") = …; register int *p2 asm ("r1") = …;
In those cases, a solution is to use a temporary variable for each arbitrary expression. See Example of asm with clobbered asm reg.
Next: Incomplete Enums, Previous: Explicit Reg Vars, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
-ansi and the various -std options disable certain
keywords. This causes trouble when you want to use GNU C extensions, or
a general-purpose header file that should be usable by all programs,
including ISO C programs. The keywords asm
, typeof
and
inline
are not available in programs compiled with
-ansi or -std (although inline
can be used in a
program compiled with -std=c99 or -std=c11). The
ISO C99 keyword
restrict
is only available when -std=gnu99 (which will
eventually be the default) or -std=c99 (or the equivalent
-std=iso9899:1999), or an option for a later standard
version, is used.
The way to solve these problems is to put ‘__’ at the beginning and
end of each problematical keyword. For example, use __asm__
instead of asm
, and __inline__
instead of inline
.
Other C compilers won’t accept these alternative keywords; if you want to compile with another compiler, you can define the alternate keywords as macros to replace them with the customary keywords. It looks like this:
#ifndef __GNUC__ #define __asm__ asm #endif
-pedantic and other options cause warnings for many GNU C extensions.
You can
prevent such warnings within one expression by writing
__extension__
before the expression. __extension__
has no
effect aside from this.
Next: Function Names, Previous: Alternate Keywords, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
enum
TypesYou can define an enum
tag without specifying its possible values.
This results in an incomplete type, much like what you get if you write
struct foo
without describing the elements. A later declaration
that does specify the possible values completes the type.
You can’t allocate variables or storage using the type while it is incomplete. However, you can work with pointers to that type.
This extension may not be very useful, but it makes the handling of
enum
more consistent with the way struct
and union
are handled.
This extension is not supported by GNU C++.
Next: Return Address, Previous: Incomplete Enums, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GCC provides three magic variables that hold the name of the current
function, as a string. The first of these is __func__
, which
is part of the C99 standard:
The identifier __func__
is implicitly declared by the translator
as if, immediately following the opening brace of each function
definition, the declaration
static const char __func__[] = "function-name";
appeared, where function-name is the name of the lexically-enclosing function. This name is the unadorned name of the function.
__FUNCTION__
is another name for __func__
. Older
versions of GCC recognize only this name. However, it is not
standardized. For maximum portability, we recommend you use
__func__
, but provide a fallback definition with the
preprocessor:
#if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L # if __GNUC__ >= 2 # define __func__ __FUNCTION__ # else # define __func__ "<unknown>" # endif #endif
In C, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__
is yet another name for
__func__
. However, in C++, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__
contains
the type signature of the function as well as its bare name. For
example, this program:
extern "C" { extern int printf (char *, ...); } class a { public: void sub (int i) { printf ("__FUNCTION__ = %s\n", __FUNCTION__); printf ("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__ = %s\n", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__); } }; int main (void) { a ax; ax.sub (0); return 0; }
gives this output:
__FUNCTION__ = sub __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ = void a::sub(int)
These identifiers are not preprocessor macros. In GCC 3.3 and
earlier, in C only, __FUNCTION__
and __PRETTY_FUNCTION__
were treated as string literals; they could be used to initialize
char
arrays, and they could be concatenated with other string
literals. GCC 3.4 and later treat them as variables, like
__func__
. In C++, __FUNCTION__
and
__PRETTY_FUNCTION__
have always been variables.
Next: Vector Extensions, Previous: Function Names, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
These functions may be used to get information about the callers of a function.
This function returns the return address of the current function, or of
one of its callers. The level argument is number of frames to
scan up the call stack. A value of 0
yields the return address
of the current function, a value of 1
yields the return address
of the caller of the current function, and so forth. When inlining
the expected behavior is that the function returns the address of
the function that is returned to. To work around this behavior use
the noinline
function attribute.
The level argument must be a constant integer.
On some machines it may be impossible to determine the return address of
any function other than the current one; in such cases, or when the top
of the stack has been reached, this function returns 0
or a
random value. In addition, __builtin_frame_address
may be used
to determine if the top of the stack has been reached.
Additional post-processing of the returned value may be needed, see
__builtin_extract_return_addr
.
This function should only be used with a nonzero argument for debugging purposes.
The address as returned by __builtin_return_address
may have to be fed
through this function to get the actual encoded address. For example, on the
31-bit S/390 platform the highest bit has to be masked out, or on SPARC
platforms an offset has to be added for the true next instruction to be
executed.
If no fixup is needed, this function simply passes through addr.
This function does the reverse of __builtin_extract_return_addr
.
This function is similar to __builtin_return_address
, but it
returns the address of the function frame rather than the return address
of the function. Calling __builtin_frame_address
with a value of
0
yields the frame address of the current function, a value of
1
yields the frame address of the caller of the current function,
and so forth.
The frame is the area on the stack that holds local variables and saved
registers. The frame address is normally the address of the first word
pushed on to the stack by the function. However, the exact definition
depends upon the processor and the calling convention. If the processor
has a dedicated frame pointer register, and the function has a frame,
then __builtin_frame_address
returns the value of the frame
pointer register.
On some machines it may be impossible to determine the frame address of
any function other than the current one; in such cases, or when the top
of the stack has been reached, this function returns 0
if
the first frame pointer is properly initialized by the startup code.
This function should only be used with a nonzero argument for debugging purposes.
Next: Offsetof, Previous: Return Address, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
On some targets, the instruction set contains SIMD vector instructions which operate on multiple values contained in one large register at the same time. For example, on the i386 the MMX, 3DNow! and SSE extensions can be used this way.
The first step in using these extensions is to provide the necessary data
types. This should be done using an appropriate typedef
:
typedef int v4si __attribute__ ((vector_size (16)));
The int
type specifies the base type, while the attribute specifies
the vector size for the variable, measured in bytes. For example, the
declaration above causes the compiler to set the mode for the v4si
type to be 16 bytes wide and divided into int
sized units. For
a 32-bit int
this means a vector of 4 units of 4 bytes, and the
corresponding mode of foo
is V4SI.
The vector_size
attribute is only applicable to integral and
float scalars, although arrays, pointers, and function return values
are allowed in conjunction with this construct. Only sizes that are
a power of two are currently allowed.
All the basic integer types can be used as base types, both as signed
and as unsigned: char
, short
, int
, long
,
long long
. In addition, float
and double
can be
used to build floating-point vector types.
Specifying a combination that is not valid for the current architecture
causes GCC to synthesize the instructions using a narrower mode.
For example, if you specify a variable of type V4SI
and your
architecture does not allow for this specific SIMD type, GCC
produces code that uses 4 SIs
.
The types defined in this manner can be used with a subset of normal C
operations. Currently, GCC allows using the following operators
on these types: +, -, *, /, unary minus, ^, |, &, ~, %
.
The operations behave like C++ valarrays
. Addition is defined as
the addition of the corresponding elements of the operands. For
example, in the code below, each of the 4 elements in a is
added to the corresponding 4 elements in b and the resulting
vector is stored in c.
typedef int v4si __attribute__ ((vector_size (16))); v4si a, b, c; c = a + b;
Subtraction, multiplication, division, and the logical operations operate in a similar manner. Likewise, the result of using the unary minus or complement operators on a vector type is a vector whose elements are the negative or complemented values of the corresponding elements in the operand.
It is possible to use shifting operators <<
, >>
on
integer-type vectors. The operation is defined as following: {a0,
a1, …, an} >> {b0, b1, …, bn} == {a0 >> b0, a1 >> b1,
…, an >> bn}
. Vector operands must have the same number of
elements.
For convenience, it is allowed to use a binary vector operation where one operand is a scalar. In that case the compiler transforms the scalar operand into a vector where each element is the scalar from the operation. The transformation happens only if the scalar could be safely converted to the vector-element type. Consider the following code.
typedef int v4si __attribute__ ((vector_size (16))); v4si a, b, c; long l; a = b + 1; /* a = b + {1,1,1,1}; */ a = 2 * b; /* a = {2,2,2,2} * b; */ a = l + a; /* Error, cannot convert long to int. */
Vectors can be subscripted as if the vector were an array with the same number of elements and base type. Out of bound accesses invoke undefined behavior at run time. Warnings for out of bound accesses for vector subscription can be enabled with -Warray-bounds.
Vector comparison is supported with standard comparison
operators: ==, !=, <, <=, >, >=
. Comparison operands can be
vector expressions of integer-type or real-type. Comparison between
integer-type vectors and real-type vectors are not supported. The
result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number of
elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element
type.
Vectors are compared element-wise producing 0 when comparison is false and -1 (constant of the appropriate type where all bits are set) otherwise. Consider the following example.
typedef int v4si __attribute__ ((vector_size (16))); v4si a = {1,2,3,4}; v4si b = {3,2,1,4}; v4si c; c = a > b; /* The result would be {0, 0,-1, 0} */ c = a == b; /* The result would be {0,-1, 0,-1} */
In C++, the ternary operator ?:
is available. a?b:c
, where
b
and c
are vectors of the same type and a
is an
integer vector with the same number of elements of the same size as b
and c
, computes all three arguments and creates a vector
{a[0]?b[0]:c[0], a[1]?b[1]:c[1], …}
. Note that unlike in
OpenCL, a
is thus interpreted as a != 0
and not a < 0
.
As in the case of binary operations, this syntax is also accepted when
one of b
or c
is a scalar that is then transformed into a
vector. If both b
and c
are scalars and the type of
true?b:c
has the same size as the element type of a
, then
b
and c
are converted to a vector type whose elements have
this type and with the same number of elements as a
.
Vector shuffling is available using functions
__builtin_shuffle (vec, mask)
and
__builtin_shuffle (vec0, vec1, mask)
.
Both functions construct a permutation of elements from one or two
vectors and return a vector of the same type as the input vector(s).
The mask is an integral vector with the same width (W)
and element count (N) as the output vector.
The elements of the input vectors are numbered in memory ordering of vec0 beginning at 0 and vec1 beginning at N. The elements of mask are considered modulo N in the single-operand case and modulo 2*N in the two-operand case.
Consider the following example,
typedef int v4si __attribute__ ((vector_size (16))); v4si a = {1,2,3,4}; v4si b = {5,6,7,8}; v4si mask1 = {0,1,1,3}; v4si mask2 = {0,4,2,5}; v4si res; res = __builtin_shuffle (a, mask1); /* res is {1,2,2,4} */ res = __builtin_shuffle (a, b, mask2); /* res is {1,5,3,6} */
Note that __builtin_shuffle
is intentionally semantically
compatible with the OpenCL shuffle
and shuffle2
functions.
You can declare variables and use them in function calls and returns, as well as in assignments and some casts. You can specify a vector type as a return type for a function. Vector types can also be used as function arguments. It is possible to cast from one vector type to another, provided they are of the same size (in fact, you can also cast vectors to and from other datatypes of the same size).
You cannot operate between vectors of different lengths or different signedness without a cast.
Next: __sync Builtins, Previous: Vector Extensions, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GCC implements for both C and C++ a syntactic extension to implement
the offsetof
macro.
primary: "__builtin_offsetof" "("typename
"," offsetof_member_designator ")" offsetof_member_designator:identifier
| offsetof_member_designator "."identifier
| offsetof_member_designator "["expr
"]"
This extension is sufficient such that
#define offsetof(type, member) __builtin_offsetof (type, member)
is a suitable definition of the offsetof
macro. In C++, type
may be dependent. In either case, member may consist of a single
identifier, or a sequence of member accesses and array references.
Next: __atomic Builtins, Previous: Offsetof, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
The following built-in functions are intended to be compatible with those described in the Intel Itanium Processor-specific Application Binary Interface, section 7.4. As such, they depart from the normal GCC practice of using the ‘__builtin_’ prefix, and further that they are overloaded such that they work on multiple types.
The definition given in the Intel documentation allows only for the use of
the types int
, long
, long long
as well as their unsigned
counterparts. GCC allows any integral scalar or pointer type that is
1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in length.
Not all operations are supported by all target processors. If a particular operation cannot be implemented on the target processor, a warning is generated and a call an external function is generated. The external function carries the same name as the built-in version, with an additional suffix ‘_n’ where n is the size of the data type.
In most cases, these built-in functions are considered a full barrier. That is, no memory operand is moved across the operation, either forward or backward. Further, instructions are issued as necessary to prevent the processor from speculating loads across the operation and from queuing stores after the operation.
All of the routines are described in the Intel documentation to take “an optional list of variables protected by the memory barrier”. It’s not clear what is meant by that; it could mean that only the following variables are protected, or it could mean that these variables should in addition be protected. At present GCC ignores this list and protects all variables that are globally accessible. If in the future we make some use of this list, an empty list will continue to mean all globally accessible variables.
type __sync_fetch_and_add (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_fetch_and_sub (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_fetch_and_or (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_fetch_and_and (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_fetch_and_xor (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_fetch_and_nand (type *ptr, type value, ...)
These built-in functions perform the operation suggested by the name, and returns the value that had previously been in memory. That is,
{ tmp = *ptr; *ptr op= value; return tmp; } { tmp = *ptr; *ptr = ~(tmp & value); return tmp; } // nand
Note: GCC 4.4 and later implement __sync_fetch_and_nand
as *ptr = ~(tmp & value)
instead of *ptr = ~tmp & value
.
type __sync_add_and_fetch (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_sub_and_fetch (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_or_and_fetch (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_and_and_fetch (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_xor_and_fetch (type *ptr, type value, ...)
type __sync_nand_and_fetch (type *ptr, type value, ...)
These built-in functions perform the operation suggested by the name, and return the new value. That is,
{ *ptr op= value; return *ptr; } { *ptr = ~(*ptr & value); return *ptr; } // nand
Note: GCC 4.4 and later implement __sync_nand_and_fetch
as *ptr = ~(*ptr & value)
instead of
*ptr = ~*ptr & value
.
bool __sync_bool_compare_and_swap (type *ptr, type oldval, type newval, ...)
type __sync_val_compare_and_swap (type *ptr, type oldval, type newval, ...)
These built-in functions perform an atomic compare and swap.
That is, if the current
value of *ptr
is oldval, then write newval into
*ptr
.
The “bool” version returns true if the comparison is successful and
newval is written. The “val” version returns the contents
of *ptr
before the operation.
__sync_synchronize (...)
This built-in function issues a full memory barrier.
type __sync_lock_test_and_set (type *ptr, type value, ...)
This built-in function, as described by Intel, is not a traditional test-and-set
operation, but rather an atomic exchange operation. It writes value
into *ptr
, and returns the previous contents of
*ptr
.
Many targets have only minimal support for such locks, and do not support
a full exchange operation. In this case, a target may support reduced
functionality here by which the only valid value to store is the
immediate constant 1. The exact value actually stored in *ptr
is implementation defined.
This built-in function is not a full barrier, but rather an acquire barrier. This means that references after the operation cannot move to (or be speculated to) before the operation, but previous memory stores may not be globally visible yet, and previous memory loads may not yet be satisfied.
void __sync_lock_release (type *ptr, ...)
This built-in function releases the lock acquired by
__sync_lock_test_and_set
.
Normally this means writing the constant 0 to *ptr
.
This built-in function is not a full barrier, but rather a release barrier. This means that all previous memory stores are globally visible, and all previous memory loads have been satisfied, but following memory reads are not prevented from being speculated to before the barrier.
Next: x86 specific memory model extensions for transactional memory, Previous: __sync Builtins, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
The following built-in functions approximately match the requirements for C++11 memory model. Many are similar to the ‘__sync’ prefixed built-in functions, but all also have a memory model parameter. These are all identified by being prefixed with ‘__atomic’, and most are overloaded such that they work with multiple types.
GCC allows any integral scalar or pointer type that is 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes in length. 16-byte integral types are also allowed if ‘__int128’ (see __int128) is supported by the architecture.
Target architectures are encouraged to provide their own patterns for each of these built-in functions. If no target is provided, the original non-memory model set of ‘__sync’ atomic built-in functions are utilized, along with any required synchronization fences surrounding it in order to achieve the proper behavior. Execution in this case is subject to the same restrictions as those built-in functions.
If there is no pattern or mechanism to provide a lock free instruction sequence, a call is made to an external routine with the same parameters to be resolved at run time.
The four non-arithmetic functions (load, store, exchange, and compare_exchange) all have a generic version as well. This generic version works on any data type. If the data type size maps to one of the integral sizes that may have lock free support, the generic version utilizes the lock free built-in function. Otherwise an external call is left to be resolved at run time. This external call is the same format with the addition of a ‘size_t’ parameter inserted as the first parameter indicating the size of the object being pointed to. All objects must be the same size.
There are 6 different memory models that can be specified. These map to the same names in the C++11 standard. Refer there or to the GCC wiki on atomic synchronization for more detailed definitions. These memory models integrate both barriers to code motion as well as synchronization requirements with other threads. These are listed in approximately ascending order of strength. It is also possible to use target specific flags for memory model flags, like Hardware Lock Elision.
__ATOMIC_RELAXED
No barriers or synchronization.
__ATOMIC_CONSUME
Data dependency only for both barrier and synchronization with another thread.
__ATOMIC_ACQUIRE
Barrier to hoisting of code and synchronizes with release (or stronger) semantic stores from another thread.
__ATOMIC_RELEASE
Barrier to sinking of code and synchronizes with acquire (or stronger) semantic loads from another thread.
__ATOMIC_ACQ_REL
Full barrier in both directions and synchronizes with acquire loads and release stores in another thread.
__ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
Full barrier in both directions and synchronizes with acquire loads and release stores in all threads.
When implementing patterns for these built-in functions, the memory model
parameter can be ignored as long as the pattern implements the most
restrictive __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
model. Any of the other memory models
execute correctly with this memory model but they may not execute as
efficiently as they could with a more appropriate implementation of the
relaxed requirements.
Note that the C++11 standard allows for the memory model parameter to be
determined at run time rather than at compile time. These built-in
functions map any run-time value to __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
rather
than invoke a runtime library call or inline a switch statement. This is
standard compliant, safe, and the simplest approach for now.
The memory model parameter is a signed int, but only the lower 8 bits are reserved for the memory model. The remainder of the signed int is reserved for future use and should be 0. Use of the predefined atomic values ensures proper usage.
This built-in function implements an atomic load operation. It returns the
contents of *ptr
.
The valid memory model variants are
__ATOMIC_RELAXED
, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
, __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE
,
and __ATOMIC_CONSUME
.
This is the generic version of an atomic load. It returns the
contents of *ptr
in *ret
.
This built-in function implements an atomic store operation. It writes
val
into *ptr
.
The valid memory model variants are
__ATOMIC_RELAXED
, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
, and __ATOMIC_RELEASE
.
This is the generic version of an atomic store. It stores the value
of *val
into *ptr
.
This built-in function implements an atomic exchange operation. It writes
val into *ptr
, and returns the previous contents of
*ptr
.
The valid memory model variants are
__ATOMIC_RELAXED
, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
, __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE
,
__ATOMIC_RELEASE
, and __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL
.
This is the generic version of an atomic exchange. It stores the
contents of *val
into *ptr
. The original value
of *ptr
is copied into *ret
.
This built-in function implements an atomic compare and exchange operation.
This compares the contents of *ptr
with the contents of
*expected
and if equal, writes desired into
*ptr
. If they are not equal, the current contents of
*ptr
is written into *expected
. weak is true
for weak compare_exchange, and false for the strong variation. Many targets
only offer the strong variation and ignore the parameter. When in doubt, use
the strong variation.
True is returned if desired is written into
*ptr
and the execution is considered to conform to the
memory model specified by success_memmodel. There are no
restrictions on what memory model can be used here.
False is returned otherwise, and the execution is considered to conform
to failure_memmodel. This memory model cannot be
__ATOMIC_RELEASE
nor __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL
. It also cannot be a
stronger model than that specified by success_memmodel.
This built-in function implements the generic version of
__atomic_compare_exchange
. The function is virtually identical to
__atomic_compare_exchange_n
, except the desired value is also a
pointer.
These built-in functions perform the operation suggested by the name, and return the result of the operation. That is,
{ *ptr op= val; return *ptr; }
All memory models are valid.
These built-in functions perform the operation suggested by the name, and
return the value that had previously been in *ptr
. That is,
{ tmp = *ptr; *ptr op= val; return tmp; }
All memory models are valid.
This built-in function performs an atomic test-and-set operation on
the byte at *ptr
. The byte is set to some implementation
defined nonzero “set” value and the return value is true
if and only
if the previous contents were “set”.
It should be only used for operands of type bool
or char
. For
other types only part of the value may be set.
All memory models are valid.
This built-in function performs an atomic clear operation on
*ptr
. After the operation, *ptr
contains 0.
It should be only used for operands of type bool
or char
and
in conjunction with __atomic_test_and_set
.
For other types it may only clear partially. If the type is not bool
prefer using __atomic_store
.
The valid memory model variants are
__ATOMIC_RELAXED
, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
, and
__ATOMIC_RELEASE
.
This built-in function acts as a synchronization fence between threads based on the specified memory model.
All memory orders are valid.
This built-in function acts as a synchronization fence between a thread and signal handlers based in the same thread.
All memory orders are valid.
This built-in function returns true if objects of size bytes always generate lock free atomic instructions for the target architecture. size must resolve to a compile-time constant and the result also resolves to a compile-time constant.
ptr is an optional pointer to the object that may be used to determine alignment. A value of 0 indicates typical alignment should be used. The compiler may also ignore this parameter.
if (_atomic_always_lock_free (sizeof (long long), 0))
This built-in function returns true if objects of size bytes always
generate lock free atomic instructions for the target architecture. If
it is not known to be lock free a call is made to a runtime routine named
__atomic_is_lock_free
.
ptr is an optional pointer to the object that may be used to determine alignment. A value of 0 indicates typical alignment should be used. The compiler may also ignore this parameter.
Next: Object Size Checking, Previous: __atomic Builtins, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
The i386 architecture supports additional memory ordering flags to mark lock critical sections for hardware lock elision. These must be specified in addition to an existing memory model to atomic intrinsics.
__ATOMIC_HLE_ACQUIRE
Start lock elision on a lock variable.
Memory model must be __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE
or stronger.
__ATOMIC_HLE_RELEASE
End lock elision on a lock variable.
Memory model must be __ATOMIC_RELEASE
or stronger.
When a lock acquire fails it is required for good performance to abort
the transaction quickly. This can be done with a _mm_pause
#include <immintrin.h> // For _mm_pause int lockvar; /* Acquire lock with lock elision */ while (__atomic_exchange_n(&lockvar, 1, __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE|__ATOMIC_HLE_ACQUIRE)) _mm_pause(); /* Abort failed transaction */ ... /* Free lock with lock elision */ __atomic_store_n(&lockvar, 0, __ATOMIC_RELEASE|__ATOMIC_HLE_RELEASE);
Next: Cilk Plus Builtins, Previous: x86 specific memory model extensions for transactional memory, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GCC implements a limited buffer overflow protection mechanism that can prevent some buffer overflow attacks.
is a built-in construct that returns a constant number of bytes from
ptr to the end of the object ptr pointer points to
(if known at compile time). __builtin_object_size
never evaluates
its arguments for side-effects. If there are any side-effects in them, it
returns (size_t) -1
for type 0 or 1 and (size_t) 0
for type 2 or 3. If there are multiple objects ptr can
point to and all of them are known at compile time, the returned number
is the maximum of remaining byte counts in those objects if type & 2 is
0 and minimum if nonzero. If it is not possible to determine which objects
ptr points to at compile time, __builtin_object_size
should
return (size_t) -1
for type 0 or 1 and (size_t) 0
for type 2 or 3.
type is an integer constant from 0 to 3. If the least significant bit is clear, objects are whole variables, if it is set, a closest surrounding subobject is considered the object a pointer points to. The second bit determines if maximum or minimum of remaining bytes is computed.
struct V { char buf1[10]; int b; char buf2[10]; } var; char *p = &var.buf1[1], *q = &var.b; /* Here the object p points to is var. */ assert (__builtin_object_size (p, 0) == sizeof (var) - 1); /* The subobject p points to is var.buf1. */ assert (__builtin_object_size (p, 1) == sizeof (var.buf1) - 1); /* The object q points to is var. */ assert (__builtin_object_size (q, 0) == (char *) (&var + 1) - (char *) &var.b); /* The subobject q points to is var.b. */ assert (__builtin_object_size (q, 1) == sizeof (var.b));
There are built-in functions added for many common string operation
functions, e.g., for memcpy
__builtin___memcpy_chk
built-in is provided. This built-in has an additional last argument,
which is the number of bytes remaining in object the dest
argument points to or (size_t) -1
if the size is not known.
The built-in functions are optimized into the normal string functions
like memcpy
if the last argument is (size_t) -1
or if
it is known at compile time that the destination object will not
be overflown. If the compiler can determine at compile time the
object will be always overflown, it issues a warning.
The intended use can be e.g.
#undef memcpy #define bos0(dest) __builtin_object_size (dest, 0) #define memcpy(dest, src, n) \ __builtin___memcpy_chk (dest, src, n, bos0 (dest)) char *volatile p; char buf[10]; /* It is unknown what object p points to, so this is optimized into plain memcpy - no checking is possible. */ memcpy (p, "abcde", n); /* Destination is known and length too. It is known at compile time there will be no overflow. */ memcpy (&buf[5], "abcde", 5); /* Destination is known, but the length is not known at compile time. This will result in __memcpy_chk call that can check for overflow at run time. */ memcpy (&buf[5], "abcde", n); /* Destination is known and it is known at compile time there will be overflow. There will be a warning and __memcpy_chk call that will abort the program at run time. */ memcpy (&buf[6], "abcde", 5);
Such built-in functions are provided for memcpy
, mempcpy
,
memmove
, memset
, strcpy
, stpcpy
, strncpy
,
strcat
and strncat
.
There are also checking built-in functions for formatted output functions.
int __builtin___sprintf_chk (char *s, int flag, size_t os, const char *fmt, ...); int __builtin___snprintf_chk (char *s, size_t maxlen, int flag, size_t os, const char *fmt, ...); int __builtin___vsprintf_chk (char *s, int flag, size_t os, const char *fmt, va_list ap); int __builtin___vsnprintf_chk (char *s, size_t maxlen, int flag, size_t os, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
The added flag argument is passed unchanged to __sprintf_chk
etc. functions and can contain implementation specific flags on what
additional security measures the checking function might take, such as
handling %n
differently.
The os argument is the object size s points to, like in the
other built-in functions. There is a small difference in the behavior
though, if os is (size_t) -1
, the built-in functions are
optimized into the non-checking functions only if flag is 0, otherwise
the checking function is called with os argument set to
(size_t) -1
.
In addition to this, there are checking built-in functions
__builtin___printf_chk
, __builtin___vprintf_chk
,
__builtin___fprintf_chk
and __builtin___vfprintf_chk
.
These have just one additional argument, flag, right before
format string fmt. If the compiler is able to optimize them to
fputc
etc. functions, it does, otherwise the checking function
is called and the flag argument passed to it.
Next: Other Builtins, Previous: Object Size Checking, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GCC provides support for the following built-in reduction funtions if Cilk Plus is enabled. Cilk Plus can be enabled using the -fcilkplus flag.
Further details and examples about these built-in functions are described in the Cilk Plus language manual which can be found at http://www.cilkplus.org.
Next: Target Builtins, Previous: Cilk Plus Builtins, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GCC provides a large number of built-in functions other than the ones mentioned above. Some of these are for internal use in the processing of exceptions or variable-length argument lists and are not documented here because they may change from time to time; we do not recommend general use of these functions.
The remaining functions are provided for optimization purposes.
GCC includes built-in versions of many of the functions in the standard
C library. The versions prefixed with __builtin_
are always
treated as having the same meaning as the C library function even if you
specify the -fno-builtin option. (see C Dialect Options)
Many of these functions are only optimized in certain cases; if they are
not optimized in a particular case, a call to the library function is
emitted.
Outside strict ISO C mode (-ansi, -std=c90,
-std=c99 or -std=c11), the functions
_exit
, alloca
, bcmp
, bzero
,
dcgettext
, dgettext
, dremf
, dreml
,
drem
, exp10f
, exp10l
, exp10
, ffsll
,
ffsl
, ffs
, fprintf_unlocked
,
fputs_unlocked
, gammaf
, gammal
, gamma
,
gammaf_r
, gammal_r
, gamma_r
, gettext
,
index
, isascii
, j0f
, j0l
, j0
,
j1f
, j1l
, j1
, jnf
, jnl
, jn
,
lgammaf_r
, lgammal_r
, lgamma_r
, mempcpy
,
pow10f
, pow10l
, pow10
, printf_unlocked
,
rindex
, scalbf
, scalbl
, scalb
,
signbit
, signbitf
, signbitl
, signbitd32
,
signbitd64
, signbitd128
, significandf
,
significandl
, significand
, sincosf
,
sincosl
, sincos
, stpcpy
, stpncpy
,
strcasecmp
, strdup
, strfmon
, strncasecmp
,
strndup
, toascii
, y0f
, y0l
, y0
,
y1f
, y1l
, y1
, ynf
, ynl
and
yn
may be handled as built-in functions.
All these functions have corresponding versions
prefixed with __builtin_
, which may be used even in strict C90
mode.
The ISO C99 functions
_Exit
, acoshf
, acoshl
, acosh
, asinhf
,
asinhl
, asinh
, atanhf
, atanhl
, atanh
,
cabsf
, cabsl
, cabs
, cacosf
, cacoshf
,
cacoshl
, cacosh
, cacosl
, cacos
,
cargf
, cargl
, carg
, casinf
, casinhf
,
casinhl
, casinh
, casinl
, casin
,
catanf
, catanhf
, catanhl
, catanh
,
catanl
, catan
, cbrtf
, cbrtl
, cbrt
,
ccosf
, ccoshf
, ccoshl
, ccosh
, ccosl
,
ccos
, cexpf
, cexpl
, cexp
, cimagf
,
cimagl
, cimag
, clogf
, clogl
, clog
,
conjf
, conjl
, conj
, copysignf
, copysignl
,
copysign
, cpowf
, cpowl
, cpow
, cprojf
,
cprojl
, cproj
, crealf
, creall
, creal
,
csinf
, csinhf
, csinhl
, csinh
, csinl
,
csin
, csqrtf
, csqrtl
, csqrt
, ctanf
,
ctanhf
, ctanhl
, ctanh
, ctanl
, ctan
,
erfcf
, erfcl
, erfc
, erff
, erfl
,
erf
, exp2f
, exp2l
, exp2
, expm1f
,
expm1l
, expm1
, fdimf
, fdiml
, fdim
,
fmaf
, fmal
, fmaxf
, fmaxl
, fmax
,
fma
, fminf
, fminl
, fmin
, hypotf
,
hypotl
, hypot
, ilogbf
, ilogbl
, ilogb
,
imaxabs
, isblank
, iswblank
, lgammaf
,
lgammal
, lgamma
, llabs
, llrintf
, llrintl
,
llrint
, llroundf
, llroundl
, llround
,
log1pf
, log1pl
, log1p
, log2f
, log2l
,
log2
, logbf
, logbl
, logb
, lrintf
,
lrintl
, lrint
, lroundf
, lroundl
,
lround
, nearbyintf
, nearbyintl
, nearbyint
,
nextafterf
, nextafterl
, nextafter
,
nexttowardf
, nexttowardl
, nexttoward
,
remainderf
, remainderl
, remainder
, remquof
,
remquol
, remquo
, rintf
, rintl
, rint
,
roundf
, roundl
, round
, scalblnf
,
scalblnl
, scalbln
, scalbnf
, scalbnl
,
scalbn
, snprintf
, tgammaf
, tgammal
,
tgamma
, truncf
, truncl
, trunc
,
vfscanf
, vscanf
, vsnprintf
and vsscanf
are handled as built-in functions
except in strict ISO C90 mode (-ansi or -std=c90).
There are also built-in versions of the ISO C99 functions
acosf
, acosl
, asinf
, asinl
, atan2f
,
atan2l
, atanf
, atanl
, ceilf
, ceill
,
cosf
, coshf
, coshl
, cosl
, expf
,
expl
, fabsf
, fabsl
, floorf
, floorl
,
fmodf
, fmodl
, frexpf
, frexpl
, ldexpf
,
ldexpl
, log10f
, log10l
, logf
, logl
,
modfl
, modf
, powf
, powl
, sinf
,
sinhf
, sinhl
, sinl
, sqrtf
, sqrtl
,
tanf
, tanhf
, tanhl
and tanl
that are recognized in any mode since ISO C90 reserves these names for
the purpose to which ISO C99 puts them. All these functions have
corresponding versions prefixed with __builtin_
.
The ISO C94 functions
iswalnum
, iswalpha
, iswcntrl
, iswdigit
,
iswgraph
, iswlower
, iswprint
, iswpunct
,
iswspace
, iswupper
, iswxdigit
, towlower
and
towupper
are handled as built-in functions
except in strict ISO C90 mode (-ansi or -std=c90).
The ISO C90 functions
abort
, abs
, acos
, asin
, atan2
,
atan
, calloc
, ceil
, cosh
, cos
,
exit
, exp
, fabs
, floor
, fmod
,
fprintf
, fputs
, frexp
, fscanf
,
isalnum
, isalpha
, iscntrl
, isdigit
,
isgraph
, islower
, isprint
, ispunct
,
isspace
, isupper
, isxdigit
, tolower
,
toupper
, labs
, ldexp
, log10
, log
,
malloc
, memchr
, memcmp
, memcpy
,
memset
, modf
, pow
, printf
, putchar
,
puts
, scanf
, sinh
, sin
, snprintf
,
sprintf
, sqrt
, sscanf
, strcat
,
strchr
, strcmp
, strcpy
, strcspn
,
strlen
, strncat
, strncmp
, strncpy
,
strpbrk
, strrchr
, strspn
, strstr
,
tanh
, tan
, vfprintf
, vprintf
and vsprintf
are all recognized as built-in functions unless
-fno-builtin is specified (or -fno-builtin-function
is specified for an individual function). All of these functions have
corresponding versions prefixed with __builtin_
.
GCC provides built-in versions of the ISO C99 floating-point comparison
macros that avoid raising exceptions for unordered operands. They have
the same names as the standard macros ( isgreater
,
isgreaterequal
, isless
, islessequal
,
islessgreater
, and isunordered
) , with __builtin_
prefixed. We intend for a library implementor to be able to simply
#define
each standard macro to its built-in equivalent.
In the same fashion, GCC provides fpclassify
, isfinite
,
isinf_sign
and isnormal
built-ins used with
__builtin_
prefixed. The isinf
and isnan
built-in functions appear both with and without the __builtin_
prefix.
You can use the built-in function __builtin_types_compatible_p
to
determine whether two types are the same.
This built-in function returns 1 if the unqualified versions of the types type1 and type2 (which are types, not expressions) are compatible, 0 otherwise. The result of this built-in function can be used in integer constant expressions.
This built-in function ignores top level qualifiers (e.g., const
,
volatile
). For example, int
is equivalent to const
int
.
The type int[]
and int[5]
are compatible. On the other
hand, int
and char *
are not compatible, even if the size
of their types, on the particular architecture are the same. Also, the
amount of pointer indirection is taken into account when determining
similarity. Consequently, short *
is not similar to
short **
. Furthermore, two types that are typedefed are
considered compatible if their underlying types are compatible.
An enum
type is not considered to be compatible with another
enum
type even if both are compatible with the same integer
type; this is what the C standard specifies.
For example, enum {foo, bar}
is not similar to
enum {hot, dog}
.
You typically use this function in code whose execution varies depending on the arguments’ types. For example:
#define foo(x) \ ({ \ typeof (x) tmp = (x); \ if (__builtin_types_compatible_p (typeof (x), long double)) \ tmp = foo_long_double (tmp); \ else if (__builtin_types_compatible_p (typeof (x), double)) \ tmp = foo_double (tmp); \ else if (__builtin_types_compatible_p (typeof (x), float)) \ tmp = foo_float (tmp); \ else \ abort (); \ tmp; \ })
Note: This construct is only available for C.
You can use the built-in function __builtin_choose_expr
to
evaluate code depending on the value of a constant expression. This
built-in function returns exp1 if const_exp, which is an
integer constant expression, is nonzero. Otherwise it returns exp2.
This built-in function is analogous to the ‘? :’ operator in C, except that the expression returned has its type unaltered by promotion rules. Also, the built-in function does not evaluate the expression that is not chosen. For example, if const_exp evaluates to true, exp2 is not evaluated even if it has side-effects.
This built-in function can return an lvalue if the chosen argument is an lvalue.
If exp1 is returned, the return type is the same as exp1’s type. Similarly, if exp2 is returned, its return type is the same as exp2.
Example:
#define foo(x) \ __builtin_choose_expr ( \ __builtin_types_compatible_p (typeof (x), double), \ foo_double (x), \ __builtin_choose_expr ( \ __builtin_types_compatible_p (typeof (x), float), \ foo_float (x), \ /* The void expression results in a compile-time error \ when assigning the result to something. */ \ (void)0))
Note: This construct is only available for C. Furthermore, the unused expression (exp1 or exp2 depending on the value of const_exp) may still generate syntax errors. This may change in future revisions.
The built-in function __builtin_complex
is provided for use in
implementing the ISO C11 macros CMPLXF
, CMPLX
and
CMPLXL
. real and imag must have the same type, a
real binary floating-point type, and the result has the corresponding
complex type with real and imaginary parts real and imag.
Unlike ‘real + I * imag’, this works even when
infinities, NaNs and negative zeros are involved.
You can use the built-in function __builtin_constant_p
to
determine if a value is known to be constant at compile time and hence
that GCC can perform constant-folding on expressions involving that
value. The argument of the function is the value to test. The function
returns the integer 1 if the argument is known to be a compile-time
constant and 0 if it is not known to be a compile-time constant. A
return of 0 does not indicate that the value is not a constant,
but merely that GCC cannot prove it is a constant with the specified
value of the -O option.
You typically use this function in an embedded application where memory is a critical resource. If you have some complex calculation, you may want it to be folded if it involves constants, but need to call a function if it does not. For example:
#define Scale_Value(X) \ (__builtin_constant_p (X) \ ? ((X) * SCALE + OFFSET) : Scale (X))
You may use this built-in function in either a macro or an inline function. However, if you use it in an inlined function and pass an argument of the function as the argument to the built-in, GCC never returns 1 when you call the inline function with a string constant or compound literal (see Compound Literals) and does not return 1 when you pass a constant numeric value to the inline function unless you specify the -O option.
You may also use __builtin_constant_p
in initializers for static
data. For instance, you can write
static const int table[] = {
__builtin_constant_p (EXPRESSION) ? (EXPRESSION) : -1,
/* … */
};
This is an acceptable initializer even if EXPRESSION is not a
constant expression, including the case where
__builtin_constant_p
returns 1 because EXPRESSION can be
folded to a constant but EXPRESSION contains operands that are
not otherwise permitted in a static initializer (for example,
0 && foo ()
). GCC must be more conservative about evaluating the
built-in in this case, because it has no opportunity to perform
optimization.
Previous versions of GCC did not accept this built-in in data initializers. The earliest version where it is completely safe is 3.0.1.
You may use __builtin_expect
to provide the compiler with
branch prediction information. In general, you should prefer to
use actual profile feedback for this (-fprofile-arcs), as
programmers are notoriously bad at predicting how their programs
actually perform. However, there are applications in which this
data is hard to collect.
The return value is the value of exp, which should be an integral expression. The semantics of the built-in are that it is expected that exp == c. For example:
if (__builtin_expect (x, 0)) foo ();
indicates that we do not expect to call foo
, since
we expect x
to be zero. Since you are limited to integral
expressions for exp, you should use constructions such as
if (__builtin_expect (ptr != NULL, 1)) foo (*ptr);
when testing pointer or floating-point values.
This function causes the program to exit abnormally. GCC implements
this function by using a target-dependent mechanism (such as
intentionally executing an illegal instruction) or by calling
abort
. The mechanism used may vary from release to release so
you should not rely on any particular implementation.
If control flow reaches the point of the __builtin_unreachable
,
the program is undefined. It is useful in situations where the
compiler cannot deduce the unreachability of the code.
One such case is immediately following an asm
statement that
either never terminates, or one that transfers control elsewhere
and never returns. In this example, without the
__builtin_unreachable
, GCC issues a warning that control
reaches the end of a non-void function. It also generates code
to return after the asm
.
int f (int c, int v) { if (c) { return v; } else { asm("jmp error_handler"); __builtin_unreachable (); } }
Because the asm
statement unconditionally transfers control out
of the function, control never reaches the end of the function
body. The __builtin_unreachable
is in fact unreachable and
communicates this fact to the compiler.
Another use for __builtin_unreachable
is following a call a
function that never returns but that is not declared
__attribute__((noreturn))
, as in this example:
void function_that_never_returns (void); int g (int c) { if (c) { return 1; } else { function_that_never_returns (); __builtin_unreachable (); } }
This function returns its first argument, and allows the compiler to assume that the returned pointer is at least align bytes aligned. This built-in can have either two or three arguments, if it has three, the third argument should have integer type, and if it is nonzero means misalignment offset. For example:
void *x = __builtin_assume_aligned (arg, 16);
means that the compiler can assume x
, set to arg
, is at least
16-byte aligned, while:
void *x = __builtin_assume_aligned (arg, 32, 8);
means that the compiler can assume for x
, set to arg
, that
(char *) x - 8
is 32-byte aligned.
This function is the equivalent to the preprocessor __LINE__
macro and returns the line number of the invocation of the built-in.
In a C++ default argument for a function F, it gets the line number of
the call to F.
This function is the equivalent to the preprocessor __FUNCTION__
macro and returns the function name the invocation of the built-in is in.
This function is the equivalent to the preprocessor __FILE__
macro and returns the file name the invocation of the built-in is in.
In a C++ default argument for a function F, it gets the file name of
the call to F.
This function is used to flush the processor’s instruction cache for the region of memory between begin inclusive and end exclusive. Some targets require that the instruction cache be flushed, after modifying memory containing code, in order to obtain deterministic behavior.
If the target does not require instruction cache flushes,
__builtin___clear_cache
has no effect. Otherwise either
instructions are emitted in-line to clear the instruction cache or a
call to the __clear_cache
function in libgcc is made.
This function is used to minimize cache-miss latency by moving data into
a cache before it is accessed.
You can insert calls to __builtin_prefetch
into code for which
you know addresses of data in memory that is likely to be accessed soon.
If the target supports them, data prefetch instructions are generated.
If the prefetch is done early enough before the access then the data will
be in the cache by the time it is accessed.
The value of addr is the address of the memory to prefetch. There are two optional arguments, rw and locality. The value of rw is a compile-time constant one or zero; one means that the prefetch is preparing for a write to the memory address and zero, the default, means that the prefetch is preparing for a read. The value locality must be a compile-time constant integer between zero and three. A value of zero means that the data has no temporal locality, so it need not be left in the cache after the access. A value of three means that the data has a high degree of temporal locality and should be left in all levels of cache possible. Values of one and two mean, respectively, a low or moderate degree of temporal locality. The default is three.
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
{
a[i] = a[i] + b[i];
__builtin_prefetch (&a[i+j], 1, 1);
__builtin_prefetch (&b[i+j], 0, 1);
/* … */
}
Data prefetch does not generate faults if addr is invalid, but
the address expression itself must be valid. For example, a prefetch
of p->next
does not fault if p->next
is not a valid
address, but evaluation faults if p
is not a valid address.
If the target does not support data prefetch, the address expression is evaluated if it includes side effects but no other code is generated and GCC does not issue a warning.
Returns a positive infinity, if supported by the floating-point format,
else DBL_MAX
. This function is suitable for implementing the
ISO C macro HUGE_VAL
.
Similar to __builtin_huge_val
, except the return type is float
.
Similar to __builtin_huge_val
, except the return
type is long double
.
This built-in implements the C99 fpclassify functionality. The first
five int arguments should be the target library’s notion of the
possible FP classes and are used for return values. They must be
constant values and they must appear in this order: FP_NAN
,
FP_INFINITE
, FP_NORMAL
, FP_SUBNORMAL
and
FP_ZERO
. The ellipsis is for exactly one floating-point value
to classify. GCC treats the last argument as type-generic, which
means it does not do default promotion from float to double.
Similar to __builtin_huge_val
, except a warning is generated
if the target floating-point format does not support infinities.
Similar to __builtin_inf
, except the return type is _Decimal32
.
Similar to __builtin_inf
, except the return type is _Decimal64
.
Similar to __builtin_inf
, except the return type is _Decimal128
.
Similar to __builtin_inf
, except the return type is float
.
This function is suitable for implementing the ISO C99 macro INFINITY
.
Similar to __builtin_inf
, except the return
type is long double
.
Similar to isinf
, except the return value is -1 for
an argument of -Inf
and 1 for an argument of +Inf
.
Note while the parameter list is an
ellipsis, this function only accepts exactly one floating-point
argument. GCC treats this parameter as type-generic, which means it
does not do default promotion from float to double.
This is an implementation of the ISO C99 function nan
.
Since ISO C99 defines this function in terms of strtod
, which we
do not implement, a description of the parsing is in order. The string
is parsed as by strtol
; that is, the base is recognized by
leading ‘0’ or ‘0x’ prefixes. The number parsed is placed
in the significand such that the least significant bit of the number
is at the least significant bit of the significand. The number is
truncated to fit the significand field provided. The significand is
forced to be a quiet NaN.
This function, if given a string literal all of which would have been
consumed by strtol
, is evaluated early enough that it is considered a
compile-time constant.
Similar to __builtin_nan
, except the return type is _Decimal32
.
Similar to __builtin_nan
, except the return type is _Decimal64
.
Similar to __builtin_nan
, except the return type is _Decimal128
.
Similar to __builtin_nan
, except the return type is float
.
Similar to __builtin_nan
, except the return type is long double
.
Similar to __builtin_nan
, except the significand is forced
to be a signaling NaN. The nans
function is proposed by
WG14 N965.
Similar to __builtin_nans
, except the return type is float
.
Similar to __builtin_nans
, except the return type is long double
.
Returns one plus the index of the least significant 1-bit of x, or if x is zero, returns zero.
Returns the number of leading 0-bits in x, starting at the most significant bit position. If x is 0, the result is undefined.
Returns the number of trailing 0-bits in x, starting at the least significant bit position. If x is 0, the result is undefined.
Returns the number of leading redundant sign bits in x, i.e. the number of bits following the most significant bit that are identical to it. There are no special cases for 0 or other values.
Returns the number of 1-bits in x.
Returns the parity of x, i.e. the number of 1-bits in x modulo 2.
Similar to __builtin_ffs
, except the argument type is
long
.
Similar to __builtin_clz
, except the argument type is
unsigned long
.
Similar to __builtin_ctz
, except the argument type is
unsigned long
.
Similar to __builtin_clrsb
, except the argument type is
long
.
Similar to __builtin_popcount
, except the argument type is
unsigned long
.
Similar to __builtin_parity
, except the argument type is
unsigned long
.
Similar to __builtin_ffs
, except the argument type is
long long
.
Similar to __builtin_clz
, except the argument type is
unsigned long long
.
Similar to __builtin_ctz
, except the argument type is
unsigned long long
.
Similar to __builtin_clrsb
, except the argument type is
long long
.
Similar to __builtin_popcount
, except the argument type is
unsigned long long
.
Similar to __builtin_parity
, except the argument type is
unsigned long long
.
Returns the first argument raised to the power of the second. Unlike the
pow
function no guarantees about precision and rounding are made.
Similar to __builtin_powi
, except the argument and return types
are float
.
Similar to __builtin_powi
, except the argument and return types
are long double
.
Returns x with the order of the bytes reversed; for example,
0xaabb
becomes 0xbbaa
. Byte here always means
exactly 8 bits.
Similar to __builtin_bswap16
, except the argument and return types
are 32 bit.
Similar to __builtin_bswap32
, except the argument and return types
are 64 bit.
Next: Target Format Checks, Previous: Other Builtins, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
On some target machines, GCC supports many built-in functions specific to those machines. Generally these generate calls to specific machine instructions, but allow the compiler to schedule those calls.
Next: Altera Nios II Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
These built-in functions are available for the Alpha family of processors, depending on the command-line switches used.
The following built-in functions are always available. They all generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
long __builtin_alpha_implver (void) long __builtin_alpha_rpcc (void) long __builtin_alpha_amask (long) long __builtin_alpha_cmpbge (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_extbl (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_extwl (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_extll (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_extql (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_extwh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_extlh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_extqh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_insbl (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_inswl (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_insll (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_insql (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_inswh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_inslh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_insqh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_mskbl (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_mskwl (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_mskll (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_mskql (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_mskwh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_msklh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_mskqh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_umulh (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_zap (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_zapnot (long, long)
The following built-in functions are always with -mmax
or -mcpu=cpu where cpu is pca56
or
later. They all generate the machine instruction that is part
of the name.
long __builtin_alpha_pklb (long) long __builtin_alpha_pkwb (long) long __builtin_alpha_unpkbl (long) long __builtin_alpha_unpkbw (long) long __builtin_alpha_minub8 (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_minsb8 (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_minuw4 (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_minsw4 (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_maxub8 (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_maxsb8 (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_maxuw4 (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_maxsw4 (long, long) long __builtin_alpha_perr (long, long)
The following built-in functions are always with -mcix
or -mcpu=cpu where cpu is ev67
or
later. They all generate the machine instruction that is part
of the name.
long __builtin_alpha_cttz (long) long __builtin_alpha_ctlz (long) long __builtin_alpha_ctpop (long)
The following built-in functions are available on systems that use the OSF/1
PALcode. Normally they invoke the rduniq
and wruniq
PAL calls, but when invoked with -mtls-kernel, they invoke
rdval
and wrval
.
void *__builtin_thread_pointer (void) void __builtin_set_thread_pointer (void *)
Next: ARC Built-in Functions, Previous: Alpha Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
These built-in functions are available for the Altera Nios II family of processors.
The following built-in functions are always available. They all generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
int __builtin_ldbio (volatile const void *) int __builtin_ldbuio (volatile const void *) int __builtin_ldhio (volatile const void *) int __builtin_ldhuio (volatile const void *) int __builtin_ldwio (volatile const void *) void __builtin_stbio (volatile void *, int) void __builtin_sthio (volatile void *, int) void __builtin_stwio (volatile void *, int) void __builtin_sync (void) int __builtin_rdctl (int) void __builtin_wrctl (int, int)
The following built-in functions are always available. They
all generate a Nios II Custom Instruction. The name of the
function represents the types that the function takes and
returns. The letter before the n
is the return type
or void if absent. The n
represents the first parameter
to all the custom instructions, the custom instruction number.
The two letters after the n
represent the up to two
parameters to the function.
The letters represent the following data types:
<no letter>
void
for return type and no parameter for parameter types.
i
int
for return type and parameter type
f
float
for return type and parameter type
p
void *
for return type and parameter type
And the function names are:
void __builtin_custom_n (void) void __builtin_custom_ni (int) void __builtin_custom_nf (float) void __builtin_custom_np (void *) void __builtin_custom_nii (int, int) void __builtin_custom_nif (int, float) void __builtin_custom_nip (int, void *) void __builtin_custom_nfi (float, int) void __builtin_custom_nff (float, float) void __builtin_custom_nfp (float, void *) void __builtin_custom_npi (void *, int) void __builtin_custom_npf (void *, float) void __builtin_custom_npp (void *, void *) int __builtin_custom_in (void) int __builtin_custom_ini (int) int __builtin_custom_inf (float) int __builtin_custom_inp (void *) int __builtin_custom_inii (int, int) int __builtin_custom_inif (int, float) int __builtin_custom_inip (int, void *) int __builtin_custom_infi (float, int) int __builtin_custom_inff (float, float) int __builtin_custom_infp (float, void *) int __builtin_custom_inpi (void *, int) int __builtin_custom_inpf (void *, float) int __builtin_custom_inpp (void *, void *) float __builtin_custom_fn (void) float __builtin_custom_fni (int) float __builtin_custom_fnf (float) float __builtin_custom_fnp (void *) float __builtin_custom_fnii (int, int) float __builtin_custom_fnif (int, float) float __builtin_custom_fnip (int, void *) float __builtin_custom_fnfi (float, int) float __builtin_custom_fnff (float, float) float __builtin_custom_fnfp (float, void *) float __builtin_custom_fnpi (void *, int) float __builtin_custom_fnpf (void *, float) float __builtin_custom_fnpp (void *, void *) void * __builtin_custom_pn (void) void * __builtin_custom_pni (int) void * __builtin_custom_pnf (float) void * __builtin_custom_pnp (void *) void * __builtin_custom_pnii (int, int) void * __builtin_custom_pnif (int, float) void * __builtin_custom_pnip (int, void *) void * __builtin_custom_pnfi (float, int) void * __builtin_custom_pnff (float, float) void * __builtin_custom_pnfp (float, void *) void * __builtin_custom_pnpi (void *, int) void * __builtin_custom_pnpf (void *, float) void * __builtin_custom_pnpp (void *, void *)
Next: ARC SIMD Built-in Functions, Previous: Altera Nios II Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
The following built-in functions are provided for ARC targets. The built-ins generate the corresponding assembly instructions. In the examples given below, the generated code often requires an operand or result to be in a register. Where necessary further code will be generated to ensure this is true, but for brevity this is not described in each case.
Note: Using a built-in to generate an instruction not supported by a target may cause problems. At present the compiler is not guaranteed to detect such misuse, and as a result an internal compiler error may be generated.
Return 1 if val is known to have the byte alignment given by alignval, otherwise return 0. Note that this is different from
__alignof__(*(char *)val) >= alignval
because __alignof__ sees only the type of the dereference, whereas __builtin_arc_align uses alignment information from the pointer as well as from the pointed-to type. The information available will depend on optimization level.
Generates
brk
The operand is the number of a register to be read. Generates:
mov dest, rregno
where the value in dest will be the result returned from the built-in.
The first operand is the number of a register to be written, the second operand is a compile time constant to write into that register. Generates:
mov rregno, val
Only available if either -mcpu=ARC700 or -meA is set. Generates:
divaw dest, a, b
where the value in dest will be the result returned from the built-in.
Generates
flag a
The operand, auxv, is the address of an auxiliary register and must be a compile time constant. Generates:
lr dest, [auxr]
Where the value in dest will be the result returned from the built-in.
Only available with -mmul64. Generates:
mul64 a, b
Only available with -mmul64. Generates:
mulu64 a, b
Generates:
nop
Only valid if the ‘norm’ instruction is available through the -mnorm option or by default with -mcpu=ARC700. Generates:
norm dest, src
Where the value in dest will be the result returned from the built-in.
Only valid if the ‘normw’ instruction is available through the -mnorm option or by default with -mcpu=ARC700. Generates:
normw dest, src
Where the value in dest will be the result returned from the built-in.
Generates:
rtie
Generates:
sleep a
The first argument, auxv, is the address of an auxiliary register, the second argument, val, is a compile time constant to be written to the register. Generates:
sr auxr, [val]
Only valid with -mswap. Generates:
swap dest, src
Where the value in dest will be the result returned from the built-in.
Generates:
swi
Only available with -mcpu=ARC700. Generates:
sync
Only available with -mcpu=ARC700. Generates:
trap_s c
Only available with -mcpu=ARC700. Generates:
unimp_s
The instructions generated by the following builtins are not considered as candidates for scheduling. They are not moved around by the compiler during scheduling, and thus can be expected to appear where they are put in the C code:
__builtin_arc_brk() __builtin_arc_core_read() __builtin_arc_core_write() __builtin_arc_flag() __builtin_arc_lr() __builtin_arc_sleep() __builtin_arc_sr() __builtin_arc_swi()
Next: ARM iWMMXt Built-in Functions, Previous: ARC Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
SIMD builtins provided by the compiler can be used to generate the
vector instructions. This section describes the available builtins
and their usage in programs. With the -msimd option, the
compiler provides 128-bit vector types, which can be specified using
the vector_size
attribute. The header file arc-simd.h
can be included to use the following predefined types:
typedef int __v4si __attribute__((vector_size(16))); typedef short __v8hi __attribute__((vector_size(16)));
These types can be used to define 128-bit variables. The built-in functions listed in the following section can be used on these variables to generate the vector operations.
For all builtins, __builtin_arc_someinsn
, the header file
arc-simd.h also provides equivalent macros called
_someinsn
that can be used for programming ease and
improved readability. The following macros for DMA control are also
provided:
#define _setup_dma_in_channel_reg _vdiwr #define _setup_dma_out_channel_reg _vdowr
The following is a complete list of all the SIMD built-ins provided for ARC, grouped by calling signature.
The following take two __v8hi
arguments and return a
__v8hi
result:
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vaddaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vaddw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vand (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vandaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vavb (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vavrb (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbic (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbicaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vdifaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vdifw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_veqw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vh264f (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vh264ft (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vh264fw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vlew (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vltw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmaxaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmaxw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vminaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vminw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr1aw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr1w (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr2aw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr2w (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr3aw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr3w (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr4aw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr4w (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr5aw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr5w (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr6aw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr6w (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr7aw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmr7w (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmrb (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmulaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmulfaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmulfw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmulw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vnew (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vor (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vsubaw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vsubw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vsummw (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vvc1f (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vvc1ft (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vxor (__v8hi, __v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vxoraw (__v8hi, __v8hi)
The following take one __v8hi
and one int
argument and return a
__v8hi
result:
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vbaddw (__v8hi, int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbmaxw (__v8hi, int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbminw (__v8hi, int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbmulaw (__v8hi, int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbmulfw (__v8hi, int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbmulw (__v8hi, int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbrsubw (__v8hi, int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vbsubw (__v8hi, int)
The following take one __v8hi
argument and one int
argument which
must be a 3-bit compile time constant indicating a register number
I0-I7. They return a __v8hi
result.
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vasrw (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vsr8 (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vsr8aw (__v8hi, const int)
The following take one __v8hi
argument and one int
argument which must be a 6-bit compile time constant. They return a
__v8hi
result.
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vasrpwbi (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vasrrpwbi (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vasrrwi (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vasrsrwi (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vasrwi (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vsr8awi (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vsr8i (__v8hi, const int)
The following take one __v8hi
argument and one int
argument which
must be a 8-bit compile time constant. They return a __v8hi
result.
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vd6tapf (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmvaw (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmvw (__v8hi, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmvzw (__v8hi, const int)
The following take two int
arguments, the second of which which
must be a 8-bit compile time constant. They return a __v8hi
result:
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vmovaw (int, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmovw (int, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vmovzw (int, const int)
The following take a single __v8hi
argument and return a
__v8hi
result:
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vabsaw (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vabsw (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vaddsuw (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vexch1 (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vexch2 (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vexch4 (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vsignw (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vupbaw (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vupbw (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vupsbaw (__v8hi) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vupsbw (__v8hi)
The followign take two int
arguments and return no result:
void __builtin_arc_vdirun (int, int) void __builtin_arc_vdorun (int, int)
The following take two int
arguments and return no result. The
first argument must a 3-bit compile time constant indicating one of
the DR0-DR7 DMA setup channels:
void __builtin_arc_vdiwr (const int, int) void __builtin_arc_vdowr (const int, int)
The following take an int
argument and return no result:
void __builtin_arc_vendrec (int) void __builtin_arc_vrec (int) void __builtin_arc_vrecrun (int) void __builtin_arc_vrun (int)
The following take a __v8hi
argument and two int
arguments and return a __v8hi
result. The second argument must
be a 3-bit compile time constants, indicating one the registers I0-I7,
and the third argument must be an 8-bit compile time constant.
Note: Although the equivalent hardware instructions do not take
an SIMD register as an operand, these builtins overwrite the relevant
bits of the __v8hi
register provided as the first argument with
the value loaded from the [Ib, u8]
location in the SDM.
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vld32 (__v8hi, const int, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vld32wh (__v8hi, const int, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vld32wl (__v8hi, const int, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vld64 (__v8hi, const int, const int)
The following take two int
arguments and return a __v8hi
result. The first argument must be a 3-bit compile time constants,
indicating one the registers I0-I7, and the second argument must be an
8-bit compile time constant.
__v8hi __builtin_arc_vld128 (const int, const int) __v8hi __builtin_arc_vld64w (const int, const int)
The following take a __v8hi
argument and two int
arguments and return no result. The second argument must be a 3-bit
compile time constants, indicating one the registers I0-I7, and the
third argument must be an 8-bit compile time constant.
void __builtin_arc_vst128 (__v8hi, const int, const int) void __builtin_arc_vst64 (__v8hi, const int, const int)
The following take a __v8hi
argument and three int
arguments and return no result. The second argument must be a 3-bit
compile-time constant, identifying the 16-bit sub-register to be
stored, the third argument must be a 3-bit compile time constants,
indicating one the registers I0-I7, and the fourth argument must be an
8-bit compile time constant.
void __builtin_arc_vst16_n (__v8hi, const int, const int, const int) void __builtin_arc_vst32_n (__v8hi, const int, const int, const int)
Next: ARM NEON Intrinsics, Previous: ARC SIMD Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
These built-in functions are available for the ARM family of processors when the -mcpu=iwmmxt switch is used:
typedef int v2si __attribute__ ((vector_size (8))); typedef short v4hi __attribute__ ((vector_size (8))); typedef char v8qi __attribute__ ((vector_size (8))); int __builtin_arm_getwcgr0 (void) void __builtin_arm_setwcgr0 (int) int __builtin_arm_getwcgr1 (void) void __builtin_arm_setwcgr1 (int) int __builtin_arm_getwcgr2 (void) void __builtin_arm_setwcgr2 (int) int __builtin_arm_getwcgr3 (void) void __builtin_arm_setwcgr3 (int) int __builtin_arm_textrmsb (v8qi, int) int __builtin_arm_textrmsh (v4hi, int) int __builtin_arm_textrmsw (v2si, int) int __builtin_arm_textrmub (v8qi, int) int __builtin_arm_textrmuh (v4hi, int) int __builtin_arm_textrmuw (v2si, int) v8qi __builtin_arm_tinsrb (v8qi, int, int) v4hi __builtin_arm_tinsrh (v4hi, int, int) v2si __builtin_arm_tinsrw (v2si, int, int) long long __builtin_arm_tmia (long long, int, int) long long __builtin_arm_tmiabb (long long, int, int) long long __builtin_arm_tmiabt (long long, int, int) long long __builtin_arm_tmiaph (long long, int, int) long long __builtin_arm_tmiatb (long long, int, int) long long __builtin_arm_tmiatt (long long, int, int) int __builtin_arm_tmovmskb (v8qi) int __builtin_arm_tmovmskh (v4hi) int __builtin_arm_tmovmskw (v2si) long long __builtin_arm_waccb (v8qi) long long __builtin_arm_wacch (v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_waccw (v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_waddb (v8qi, v8qi) v8qi __builtin_arm_waddbss (v8qi, v8qi) v8qi __builtin_arm_waddbus (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_waddh (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_waddhss (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_waddhus (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_waddw (v2si, v2si) v2si __builtin_arm_waddwss (v2si, v2si) v2si __builtin_arm_waddwus (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_walign (v8qi, v8qi, int) long long __builtin_arm_wand(long long, long long) long long __builtin_arm_wandn (long long, long long) v8qi __builtin_arm_wavg2b (v8qi, v8qi) v8qi __builtin_arm_wavg2br (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wavg2h (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wavg2hr (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_arm_wcmpeqb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wcmpeqh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wcmpeqw (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_wcmpgtsb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wcmpgtsh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wcmpgtsw (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_wcmpgtub (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wcmpgtuh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wcmpgtuw (v2si, v2si) long long __builtin_arm_wmacs (long long, v4hi, v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_wmacsz (v4hi, v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_wmacu (long long, v4hi, v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_wmacuz (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wmadds (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wmaddu (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_arm_wmaxsb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wmaxsh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wmaxsw (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_wmaxub (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wmaxuh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wmaxuw (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_wminsb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wminsh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wminsw (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_wminub (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wminuh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wminuw (v2si, v2si) v4hi __builtin_arm_wmulsm (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wmulul (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wmulum (v4hi, v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_wor (long long, long long) v2si __builtin_arm_wpackdss (long long, long long) v2si __builtin_arm_wpackdus (long long, long long) v8qi __builtin_arm_wpackhss (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_arm_wpackhus (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wpackwss (v2si, v2si) v4hi __builtin_arm_wpackwus (v2si, v2si) long long __builtin_arm_wrord (long long, long long) long long __builtin_arm_wrordi (long long, int) v4hi __builtin_arm_wrorh (v4hi, long long) v4hi __builtin_arm_wrorhi (v4hi, int) v2si __builtin_arm_wrorw (v2si, long long) v2si __builtin_arm_wrorwi (v2si, int) v2si __builtin_arm_wsadb (v2si, v8qi, v8qi) v2si __builtin_arm_wsadbz (v8qi, v8qi) v2si __builtin_arm_wsadh (v2si, v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wsadhz (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wshufh (v4hi, int) long long __builtin_arm_wslld (long long, long long) long long __builtin_arm_wslldi (long long, int) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsllh (v4hi, long long) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsllhi (v4hi, int) v2si __builtin_arm_wsllw (v2si, long long) v2si __builtin_arm_wsllwi (v2si, int) long long __builtin_arm_wsrad (long long, long long) long long __builtin_arm_wsradi (long long, int) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsrah (v4hi, long long) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsrahi (v4hi, int) v2si __builtin_arm_wsraw (v2si, long long) v2si __builtin_arm_wsrawi (v2si, int) long long __builtin_arm_wsrld (long long, long long) long long __builtin_arm_wsrldi (long long, int) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsrlh (v4hi, long long) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsrlhi (v4hi, int) v2si __builtin_arm_wsrlw (v2si, long long) v2si __builtin_arm_wsrlwi (v2si, int) v8qi __builtin_arm_wsubb (v8qi, v8qi) v8qi __builtin_arm_wsubbss (v8qi, v8qi) v8qi __builtin_arm_wsubbus (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsubh (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsubhss (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wsubhus (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wsubw (v2si, v2si) v2si __builtin_arm_wsubwss (v2si, v2si) v2si __builtin_arm_wsubwus (v2si, v2si) v4hi __builtin_arm_wunpckehsb (v8qi) v2si __builtin_arm_wunpckehsh (v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_wunpckehsw (v2si) v4hi __builtin_arm_wunpckehub (v8qi) v2si __builtin_arm_wunpckehuh (v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_wunpckehuw (v2si) v4hi __builtin_arm_wunpckelsb (v8qi) v2si __builtin_arm_wunpckelsh (v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_wunpckelsw (v2si) v4hi __builtin_arm_wunpckelub (v8qi) v2si __builtin_arm_wunpckeluh (v4hi) long long __builtin_arm_wunpckeluw (v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_wunpckihb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wunpckihh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wunpckihw (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_arm_wunpckilb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_arm_wunpckilh (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_arm_wunpckilw (v2si, v2si) long long __builtin_arm_wxor (long long, long long) long long __builtin_arm_wzero ()
Next: ARM ACLE Intrinsics, Previous: ARM iWMMXt Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
These built-in intrinsics for the ARM Advanced SIMD extension are available when the -mfpu=neon switch is used:
vadd.i32 d0, d0, d0
vadd.i16 d0, d0, d0
vadd.i8 d0, d0, d0
vadd.i32 d0, d0, d0
vadd.i16 d0, d0, d0
vadd.i8 d0, d0, d0
vadd.f32 d0, d0, d0
vadd.i32 q0, q0, q0
vadd.i16 q0, q0, q0
vadd.i8 q0, q0, q0
vadd.i32 q0, q0, q0
vadd.i16 q0, q0, q0
vadd.i8 q0, q0, q0
vadd.i64 q0, q0, q0
vadd.i64 q0, q0, q0
vadd.f32 q0, q0, q0
vaddl.u32 q0, d0, d0
vaddl.u16 q0, d0, d0
vaddl.u8 q0, d0, d0
vaddl.s32 q0, d0, d0
vaddl.s16 q0, d0, d0
vaddl.s8 q0, d0, d0
vaddw.u32 q0, q0, d0
vaddw.u16 q0, q0, d0
vaddw.u8 q0, q0, d0
vaddw.s32 q0, q0, d0
vaddw.s16 q0, q0, d0
vaddw.s8 q0, q0, d0
vhadd.u32 d0, d0, d0
vhadd.u16 d0, d0, d0
vhadd.u8 d0, d0, d0
vhadd.s32 d0, d0, d0
vhadd.s16 d0, d0, d0
vhadd.s8 d0, d0, d0
vhadd.u32 q0, q0, q0
vhadd.u16 q0, q0, q0
vhadd.u8 q0, q0, q0
vhadd.s32 q0, q0, q0
vhadd.s16 q0, q0, q0
vhadd.s8 q0, q0, q0
vrhadd.u32 d0, d0, d0
vrhadd.u16 d0, d0, d0
vrhadd.u8 d0, d0, d0
vrhadd.s32 d0, d0, d0
vrhadd.s16 d0, d0, d0
vrhadd.s8 d0, d0, d0
vrhadd.u32 q0, q0, q0
vrhadd.u16 q0, q0, q0
vrhadd.u8 q0, q0, q0
vrhadd.s32 q0, q0, q0
vrhadd.s16 q0, q0, q0
vrhadd.s8 q0, q0, q0
vqadd.u32 d0, d0, d0
vqadd.u16 d0, d0, d0
vqadd.u8 d0, d0, d0
vqadd.s32 d0, d0, d0
vqadd.s16 d0, d0, d0
vqadd.s8 d0, d0, d0
vqadd.u64 d0, d0, d0
vqadd.s64 d0, d0, d0
vqadd.u32 q0, q0, q0
vqadd.u16 q0, q0, q0
vqadd.u8 q0, q0, q0
vqadd.s32 q0, q0, q0
vqadd.s16 q0, q0, q0
vqadd.s8 q0, q0, q0
vqadd.u64 q0, q0, q0
vqadd.s64 q0, q0, q0
vaddhn.i64 d0, q0, q0
vaddhn.i32 d0, q0, q0
vaddhn.i16 d0, q0, q0
vaddhn.i64 d0, q0, q0
vaddhn.i32 d0, q0, q0
vaddhn.i16 d0, q0, q0
vraddhn.i64 d0, q0, q0
vraddhn.i32 d0, q0, q0
vraddhn.i16 d0, q0, q0
vraddhn.i64 d0, q0, q0
vraddhn.i32 d0, q0, q0
vraddhn.i16 d0, q0, q0
vmul.i32 d0, d0, d0
vmul.i16 d0, d0, d0
vmul.i8 d0, d0, d0
vmul.i32 d0, d0, d0
vmul.i16 d0, d0, d0
vmul.i8 d0, d0, d0
vmul.f32 d0, d0, d0
vmul.p8 d0, d0, d0
vmul.i32 q0, q0, q0
vmul.i16 q0, q0, q0
vmul.i8 q0, q0, q0
vmul.i32 q0, q0, q0
vmul.i16 q0, q0, q0
vmul.i8 q0, q0, q0
vmul.f32 q0, q0, q0
vmul.p8 q0, q0, q0
vqdmulh.s32 d0, d0, d0
vqdmulh.s16 d0, d0, d0
vqdmulh.s32 q0, q0, q0
vqdmulh.s16 q0, q0, q0
vqrdmulh.s32 d0, d0, d0
vqrdmulh.s16 d0, d0, d0
vqrdmulh.s32 q0, q0, q0
vqrdmulh.s16 q0, q0, q0
vmull.u32 q0, d0, d0
vmull.u16 q0, d0, d0
vmull.u8 q0, d0, d0
vmull.s32 q0, d0, d0
vmull.s16 q0, d0, d0
vmull.s8 q0, d0, d0
vmull.p8 q0, d0, d0
vqdmull.s32 q0, d0, d0
vqdmull.s16 q0, d0, d0
vmla.i32 d0, d0, d0
vmla.i16 d0, d0, d0
vmla.i8 d0, d0, d0
vmla.i32 d0, d0, d0
vmla.i16 d0, d0, d0
vmla.i8 d0, d0, d0
vmla.f32 d0, d0, d0
vmla.i32 q0, q0, q0
vmla.i16 q0, q0, q0
vmla.i8 q0, q0, q0
vmla.i32 q0, q0, q0
vmla.i16 q0, q0, q0
vmla.i8 q0, q0, q0
vmla.f32 q0, q0, q0
vmlal.u32 q0, d0, d0
vmlal.u16 q0, d0, d0
vmlal.u8 q0, d0, d0
vmlal.s32 q0, d0, d0
vmlal.s16 q0, d0, d0
vmlal.s8 q0, d0, d0
vqdmlal.s32 q0, d0, d0
vqdmlal.s16 q0, d0, d0
vmls.i32 d0, d0, d0
vmls.i16 d0, d0, d0
vmls.i8 d0, d0, d0
vmls.i32 d0, d0, d0
vmls.i16 d0, d0, d0
vmls.i8 d0, d0, d0
vmls.f32 d0, d0, d0
vmls.i32 q0, q0, q0
vmls.i16 q0, q0, q0
vmls.i8 q0, q0, q0
vmls.i32 q0, q0, q0
vmls.i16 q0, q0, q0
vmls.i8 q0, q0, q0
vmls.f32 q0, q0, q0
vmlsl.u32 q0, d0, d0
vmlsl.u16 q0, d0, d0
vmlsl.u8 q0, d0, d0
vmlsl.s32 q0, d0, d0
vmlsl.s16 q0, d0, d0
vmlsl.s8 q0, d0, d0
vqdmlsl.s32 q0, d0, d0
vqdmlsl.s16 q0, d0, d0
vfma.f32 d0, d0, d0
vfma.f32 q0, q0, q0
vfms.f32 d0, d0, d0
vfms.f32 q0, q0, q0
vrintn.f32 d0, d0
vrintn.f32 q0, q0
vrinta.f32 d0, d0
vrinta.f32 q0, q0
vrintp.f32 d0, d0
vrintp.f32 q0, q0
vrintm.f32 d0, d0
vrintm.f32 q0, q0
vrintz.f32 d0, d0
vrintz.f32 q0, q0
vsub.i32 d0, d0, d0
vsub.i16 d0, d0, d0
vsub.i8 d0, d0, d0
vsub.i32 d0, d0, d0
vsub.i16 d0, d0, d0
vsub.i8 d0, d0, d0
vsub.f32 d0, d0, d0
vsub.i32 q0, q0, q0
vsub.i16 q0, q0, q0
vsub.i8 q0, q0, q0
vsub.i32 q0, q0, q0
vsub.i16 q0, q0, q0
vsub.i8 q0, q0, q0
vsub.i64 q0, q0, q0
vsub.i64 q0, q0, q0
vsub.f32 q0, q0, q0
vsubl.u32 q0, d0, d0
vsubl.u16 q0, d0, d0
vsubl.u8 q0, d0, d0
vsubl.s32 q0, d0, d0
vsubl.s16 q0, d0, d0
vsubl.s8 q0, d0, d0
vsubw.u32 q0, q0, d0
vsubw.u16 q0, q0, d0
vsubw.u8 q0, q0, d0
vsubw.s32 q0, q0, d0
vsubw.s16 q0, q0, d0
vsubw.s8 q0, q0, d0
vhsub.u32 d0, d0, d0
vhsub.u16 d0, d0, d0
vhsub.u8 d0, d0, d0
vhsub.s32 d0, d0, d0
vhsub.s16 d0, d0, d0
vhsub.s8 d0, d0, d0
vhsub.u32 q0, q0, q0
vhsub.u16 q0, q0, q0
vhsub.u8 q0, q0, q0
vhsub.s32 q0, q0, q0
vhsub.s16 q0, q0, q0
vhsub.s8 q0, q0, q0
vqsub.u32 d0, d0, d0
vqsub.u16 d0, d0, d0
vqsub.u8 d0, d0, d0
vqsub.s32 d0, d0, d0
vqsub.s16 d0, d0, d0
vqsub.s8 d0, d0, d0
vqsub.u64 d0, d0, d0
vqsub.s64 d0, d0, d0
vqsub.u32 q0, q0, q0
vqsub.u16 q0, q0, q0
vqsub.u8 q0, q0, q0
vqsub.s32 q0, q0, q0
vqsub.s16 q0, q0, q0
vqsub.s8 q0, q0, q0
vqsub.u64 q0, q0, q0
vqsub.s64 q0, q0, q0
vsubhn.i64 d0, q0, q0
vsubhn.i32 d0, q0, q0
vsubhn.i16 d0, q0, q0
vsubhn.i64 d0, q0, q0
vsubhn.i32 d0, q0, q0
vsubhn.i16 d0, q0, q0
vrsubhn.i64 d0, q0, q0
vrsubhn.i32 d0, q0, q0
vrsubhn.i16 d0, q0, q0
vrsubhn.i64 d0, q0, q0
vrsubhn.i32 d0, q0, q0
vrsubhn.i16 d0, q0, q0
vceq.i32 d0, d0, d0
vceq.i16 d0, d0, d0
vceq.i8 d0, d0, d0
vceq.i32 d0, d0, d0
vceq.i16 d0, d0, d0
vceq.i8 d0, d0, d0
vceq.f32 d0, d0, d0
vceq.i8 d0, d0, d0
vceq.i32 q0, q0, q0
vceq.i16 q0, q0, q0
vceq.i8 q0, q0, q0
vceq.i32 q0, q0, q0
vceq.i16 q0, q0, q0
vceq.i8 q0, q0, q0
vceq.f32 q0, q0, q0
vceq.i8 q0, q0, q0
vcge.s32 d0, d0, d0
vcge.s16 d0, d0, d0
vcge.s8 d0, d0, d0
vcge.f32 d0, d0, d0
vcge.u32 d0, d0, d0
vcge.u16 d0, d0, d0
vcge.u8 d0, d0, d0
vcge.s32 q0, q0, q0
vcge.s16 q0, q0, q0
vcge.s8 q0, q0, q0
vcge.f32 q0, q0, q0
vcge.u32 q0, q0, q0
vcge.u16 q0, q0, q0
vcge.u8 q0, q0, q0
vcge.s32 d0, d0, d0
vcge.s16 d0, d0, d0
vcge.s8 d0, d0, d0
vcge.f32 d0, d0, d0
vcge.u32 d0, d0, d0
vcge.u16 d0, d0, d0
vcge.u8 d0, d0, d0
vcge.s32 q0, q0, q0
vcge.s16 q0, q0, q0
vcge.s8 q0, q0, q0
vcge.f32 q0, q0, q0
vcge.u32 q0, q0, q0
vcge.u16 q0, q0, q0
vcge.u8 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.s32 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.s16 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.s8 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.f32 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.u32 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.u16 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.u8 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.s32 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.s16 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.s8 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.f32 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.u32 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.u16 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.u8 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.s32 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.s16 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.s8 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.f32 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.u32 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.u16 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.u8 d0, d0, d0
vcgt.s32 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.s16 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.s8 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.f32 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.u32 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.u16 q0, q0, q0
vcgt.u8 q0, q0, q0
vacge.f32 d0, d0, d0
vacge.f32 q0, q0, q0
vacge.f32 d0, d0, d0
vacge.f32 q0, q0, q0
vacgt.f32 d0, d0, d0
vacgt.f32 q0, q0, q0
vacgt.f32 d0, d0, d0
vacgt.f32 q0, q0, q0
vtst.32 d0, d0, d0
vtst.16 d0, d0, d0
vtst.8 d0, d0, d0
vtst.32 d0, d0, d0
vtst.16 d0, d0, d0
vtst.8 d0, d0, d0
vtst.8 d0, d0, d0
vtst.32 q0, q0, q0
vtst.16 q0, q0, q0
vtst.8 q0, q0, q0
vtst.32 q0, q0, q0
vtst.16 q0, q0, q0
vtst.8 q0, q0, q0
vtst.8 q0, q0, q0
vabd.u32 d0, d0, d0
vabd.u16 d0, d0, d0
vabd.u8 d0, d0, d0
vabd.s32 d0, d0, d0
vabd.s16 d0, d0, d0
vabd.s8 d0, d0, d0
vabd.f32 d0, d0, d0
vabd.u32 q0, q0, q0
vabd.u16 q0, q0, q0
vabd.u8 q0, q0, q0
vabd.s32 q0, q0, q0
vabd.s16 q0, q0, q0
vabd.s8 q0, q0, q0
vabd.f32 q0, q0, q0
vabdl.u32 q0, d0, d0
vabdl.u16 q0, d0, d0
vabdl.u8 q0, d0, d0
vabdl.s32 q0, d0, d0
vabdl.s16 q0, d0, d0
vabdl.s8 q0, d0, d0
vaba.u32 d0, d0, d0
vaba.u16 d0, d0, d0
vaba.u8 d0, d0, d0
vaba.s32 d0, d0, d0
vaba.s16 d0, d0, d0
vaba.s8 d0, d0, d0
vaba.u32 q0, q0, q0
vaba.u16 q0, q0, q0
vaba.u8 q0, q0, q0
vaba.s32 q0, q0, q0
vaba.s16 q0, q0, q0
vaba.s8 q0, q0, q0
vabal.u32 q0, d0, d0
vabal.u16 q0, d0, d0
vabal.u8 q0, d0, d0
vabal.s32 q0, d0, d0
vabal.s16 q0, d0, d0
vabal.s8 q0, d0, d0
vmax.u32 d0, d0, d0
vmax.u16 d0, d0, d0
vmax.u8 d0, d0, d0
vmax.s32 d0, d0, d0
vmax.s16 d0, d0, d0
vmax.s8 d0, d0, d0
vmax.f32 d0, d0, d0
vmax.u32 q0, q0, q0
vmax.u16 q0, q0, q0
vmax.u8 q0, q0, q0
vmax.s32 q0, q0, q0
vmax.s16 q0, q0, q0
vmax.s8 q0, q0, q0
vmax.f32 q0, q0, q0
vmin.u32 d0, d0, d0
vmin.u16 d0, d0, d0
vmin.u8 d0, d0, d0
vmin.s32 d0, d0, d0
vmin.s16 d0, d0, d0
vmin.s8 d0, d0, d0
vmin.f32 d0, d0, d0
vmin.u32 q0, q0, q0
vmin.u16 q0, q0, q0
vmin.u8 q0, q0, q0
vmin.s32 q0, q0, q0
vmin.s16 q0, q0, q0
vmin.s8 q0, q0, q0
vmin.f32 q0, q0, q0
vpadd.i32 d0, d0, d0
vpadd.i16 d0, d0, d0
vpadd.i8 d0, d0, d0
vpadd.i32 d0, d0, d0
vpadd.i16 d0, d0, d0
vpadd.i8 d0, d0, d0
vpadd.f32 d0, d0, d0
vpaddl.u32 d0, d0
vpaddl.u16 d0, d0
vpaddl.u8 d0, d0
vpaddl.s32 d0, d0
vpaddl.s16 d0, d0
vpaddl.s8 d0, d0
vpaddl.u32 q0, q0
vpaddl.u16 q0, q0
vpaddl.u8 q0, q0
vpaddl.s32 q0, q0
vpaddl.s16 q0, q0
vpaddl.s8 q0, q0
vpadal.u32 d0, d0
vpadal.u16 d0, d0
vpadal.u8 d0, d0
vpadal.s32 d0, d0
vpadal.s16 d0, d0
vpadal.s8 d0, d0
vpadal.u32 q0, q0
vpadal.u16 q0, q0
vpadal.u8 q0, q0
vpadal.s32 q0, q0
vpadal.s16 q0, q0
vpadal.s8 q0, q0
vpmax.u32 d0, d0, d0
vpmax.u16 d0, d0, d0
vpmax.u8 d0, d0, d0
vpmax.s32 d0, d0, d0
vpmax.s16 d0, d0, d0
vpmax.s8 d0, d0, d0
vpmax.f32 d0, d0, d0
vpmin.u32 d0, d0, d0
vpmin.u16 d0, d0, d0
vpmin.u8 d0, d0, d0
vpmin.s32 d0, d0, d0
vpmin.s16 d0, d0, d0
vpmin.s8 d0, d0, d0
vpmin.f32 d0, d0, d0
vrecps.f32 d0, d0, d0
vrecps.f32 q0, q0, q0
vrsqrts.f32 d0, d0, d0
vrsqrts.f32 q0, q0, q0
vshl.u32 d0, d0, d0
vshl.u16 d0, d0, d0
vshl.u8 d0, d0, d0
vshl.s32 d0, d0, d0
vshl.s16 d0, d0, d0
vshl.s8 d0, d0, d0
vshl.u64 d0, d0, d0
vshl.s64 d0, d0, d0
vshl.u32 q0, q0, q0
vshl.u16 q0, q0, q0
vshl.u8 q0, q0, q0
vshl.s32 q0, q0, q0
vshl.s16 q0, q0, q0
vshl.s8 q0, q0, q0
vshl.u64 q0, q0, q0
vshl.s64 q0, q0, q0
vrshl.u32 d0, d0, d0
vrshl.u16 d0, d0, d0
vrshl.u8 d0, d0, d0
vrshl.s32 d0, d0, d0
vrshl.s16 d0, d0, d0
vrshl.s8 d0, d0, d0
vrshl.u64 d0, d0, d0
vrshl.s64 d0, d0, d0
vrshl.u32 q0, q0, q0
vrshl.u16 q0, q0, q0
vrshl.u8 q0, q0, q0
vrshl.s32 q0, q0, q0
vrshl.s16 q0, q0, q0
vrshl.s8 q0, q0, q0
vrshl.u64 q0, q0, q0
vrshl.s64 q0, q0, q0
vqshl.u32 d0, d0, d0
vqshl.u16 d0, d0, d0
vqshl.u8 d0, d0, d0
vqshl.s32 d0, d0, d0
vqshl.s16 d0, d0, d0
vqshl.s8 d0, d0, d0
vqshl.u64 d0, d0, d0
vqshl.s64 d0, d0, d0
vqshl.u32 q0, q0, q0
vqshl.u16 q0, q0, q0
vqshl.u8 q0, q0, q0
vqshl.s32 q0, q0, q0
vqshl.s16 q0, q0, q0
vqshl.s8 q0, q0, q0
vqshl.u64 q0, q0, q0
vqshl.s64 q0, q0, q0
vqrshl.u32 d0, d0, d0
vqrshl.u16 d0, d0, d0
vqrshl.u8 d0, d0, d0
vqrshl.s32 d0, d0, d0
vqrshl.s16 d0, d0, d0
vqrshl.s8 d0, d0, d0
vqrshl.u64 d0, d0, d0
vqrshl.s64 d0, d0, d0
vqrshl.u32 q0, q0, q0
vqrshl.u16 q0, q0, q0
vqrshl.u8 q0, q0, q0
vqrshl.s32 q0, q0, q0
vqrshl.s16 q0, q0, q0
vqrshl.s8 q0, q0, q0
vqrshl.u64 q0, q0, q0
vqrshl.s64 q0, q0, q0
vshl.i32 d0, d0, #0
vshl.i16 d0, d0, #0
vshl.i8 d0, d0, #0
vshl.i32 d0, d0, #0
vshl.i16 d0, d0, #0
vshl.i8 d0, d0, #0
vshl.i64 d0, d0, #0
vshl.i64 d0, d0, #0
vshl.i32 q0, q0, #0
vshl.i16 q0, q0, #0
vshl.i8 q0, q0, #0
vshl.i32 q0, q0, #0
vshl.i16 q0, q0, #0
vshl.i8 q0, q0, #0
vshl.i64 q0, q0, #0
vshl.i64 q0, q0, #0
vqshl.u32 d0, d0, #0
vqshl.u16 d0, d0, #0
vqshl.u8 d0, d0, #0
vqshl.s32 d0, d0, #0
vqshl.s16 d0, d0, #0
vqshl.s8 d0, d0, #0
vqshl.u64 d0, d0, #0
vqshl.s64 d0, d0, #0
vqshl.u32 q0, q0, #0
vqshl.u16 q0, q0, #0
vqshl.u8 q0, q0, #0
vqshl.s32 q0, q0, #0
vqshl.s16 q0, q0, #0
vqshl.s8 q0, q0, #0
vqshl.u64 q0, q0, #0
vqshl.s64 q0, q0, #0
vqshlu.s64 d0, d0, #0
vqshlu.s32 d0, d0, #0
vqshlu.s16 d0, d0, #0
vqshlu.s8 d0, d0, #0
vqshlu.s64 q0, q0, #0
vqshlu.s32 q0, q0, #0
vqshlu.s16 q0, q0, #0
vqshlu.s8 q0, q0, #0
vshll.u32 q0, d0, #0
vshll.u16 q0, d0, #0
vshll.u8 q0, d0, #0
vshll.s32 q0, d0, #0
vshll.s16 q0, d0, #0
vshll.s8 q0, d0, #0
vshr.u32 d0, d0, #0
vshr.u16 d0, d0, #0
vshr.u8 d0, d0, #0
vshr.s32 d0, d0, #0
vshr.s16 d0, d0, #0
vshr.s8 d0, d0, #0
vshr.u64 d0, d0, #0
vshr.s64 d0, d0, #0
vshr.u32 q0, q0, #0
vshr.u16 q0, q0, #0
vshr.u8 q0, q0, #0
vshr.s32 q0, q0, #0
vshr.s16 q0, q0, #0
vshr.s8 q0, q0, #0
vshr.u64 q0, q0, #0
vshr.s64 q0, q0, #0
vrshr.u32 d0, d0, #0
vrshr.u16 d0, d0, #0
vrshr.u8 d0, d0, #0
vrshr.s32 d0, d0, #0
vrshr.s16 d0, d0, #0
vrshr.s8 d0, d0, #0
vrshr.u64 d0, d0, #0
vrshr.s64 d0, d0, #0
vrshr.u32 q0, q0, #0
vrshr.u16 q0, q0, #0
vrshr.u8 q0, q0, #0
vrshr.s32 q0, q0, #0
vrshr.s16 q0, q0, #0
vrshr.s8 q0, q0, #0
vrshr.u64 q0, q0, #0
vrshr.s64 q0, q0, #0
vshrn.i64 d0, q0, #0
vshrn.i32 d0, q0, #0
vshrn.i16 d0, q0, #0
vshrn.i64 d0, q0, #0
vshrn.i32 d0, q0, #0
vshrn.i16 d0, q0, #0
vrshrn.i64 d0, q0, #0
vrshrn.i32 d0, q0, #0
vrshrn.i16 d0, q0, #0
vrshrn.i64 d0, q0, #0
vrshrn.i32 d0, q0, #0
vrshrn.i16 d0, q0, #0
vqshrn.u64 d0, q0, #0
vqshrn.u32 d0, q0, #0
vqshrn.u16 d0, q0, #0
vqshrn.s64 d0, q0, #0
vqshrn.s32 d0, q0, #0
vqshrn.s16 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrn.u64 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrn.u32 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrn.u16 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrn.s64 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrn.s32 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrn.s16 d0, q0, #0
vqshrun.s64 d0, q0, #0
vqshrun.s32 d0, q0, #0
vqshrun.s16 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrun.s64 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrun.s32 d0, q0, #0
vqrshrun.s16 d0, q0, #0
vsra.u32 d0, d0, #0
vsra.u16 d0, d0, #0
vsra.u8 d0, d0, #0
vsra.s32 d0, d0, #0
vsra.s16 d0, d0, #0
vsra.s8 d0, d0, #0
vsra.u64 d0, d0, #0
vsra.s64 d0, d0, #0
vsra.u32 q0, q0, #0
vsra.u16 q0, q0, #0
vsra.u8 q0, q0, #0
vsra.s32 q0, q0, #0
vsra.s16 q0, q0, #0
vsra.s8 q0, q0, #0
vsra.u64 q0, q0, #0
vsra.s64 q0, q0, #0
vrsra.u32 d0, d0, #0
vrsra.u16 d0, d0, #0
vrsra.u8 d0, d0, #0
vrsra.s32 d0, d0, #0
vrsra.s16 d0, d0, #0
vrsra.s8 d0, d0, #0
vrsra.u64 d0, d0, #0
vrsra.s64 d0, d0, #0
vrsra.u32 q0, q0, #0
vrsra.u16 q0, q0, #0
vrsra.u8 q0, q0, #0
vrsra.s32 q0, q0, #0
vrsra.s16 q0, q0, #0
vrsra.s8 q0, q0, #0
vrsra.u64 q0, q0, #0
vrsra.s64 q0, q0, #0
vsri.64 d0, d0, #0
vsri.32 d0, d0, #0
vsri.16 d0, d0, #0
vsri.8 d0, d0, #0
vsri.32 d0, d0, #0
vsri.16 d0, d0, #0
vsri.8 d0, d0, #0
vsri.64 d0, d0, #0
vsri.64 d0, d0, #0
vsri.16 d0, d0, #0
vsri.8 d0, d0, #0
vsri.64 q0, q0, #0
vsri.32 q0, q0, #0
vsri.16 q0, q0, #0
vsri.8 q0, q0, #0
vsri.32 q0, q0, #0
vsri.16 q0, q0, #0
vsri.8 q0, q0, #0
vsri.64 q0, q0, #0
vsri.64 q0, q0, #0
vsri.16 q0, q0, #0
vsri.8 q0, q0, #0
vsli.64 d0, d0, #0
vsli.32 d0, d0, #0
vsli.16 d0, d0, #0
vsli.8 d0, d0, #0
vsli.32 d0, d0, #0
vsli.16 d0, d0, #0
vsli.8 d0, d0, #0
vsli.64 d0, d0, #0
vsli.64 d0, d0, #0
vsli.16 d0, d0, #0
vsli.8 d0, d0, #0
vsli.64 q0, q0, #0
vsli.32 q0, q0, #0
vsli.16 q0, q0, #0
vsli.8 q0, q0, #0
vsli.32 q0, q0, #0
vsli.16 q0, q0, #0
vsli.8 q0, q0, #0
vsli.64 q0, q0, #0
vsli.64 q0, q0, #0
vsli.16 q0, q0, #0
vsli.8 q0, q0, #0
vabs.f32 d0, d0
vabs.s32 d0, d0
vabs.s16 d0, d0
vabs.s8 d0, d0
vabs.f32 q0, q0
vabs.s32 q0, q0
vabs.s16 q0, q0
vabs.s8 q0, q0
vqabs.s32 d0, d0
vqabs.s16 d0, d0
vqabs.s8 d0, d0
vqabs.s32 q0, q0
vqabs.s16 q0, q0
vqabs.s8 q0, q0
vneg.f32 d0, d0
vneg.s32 d0, d0
vneg.s16 d0, d0
vneg.s8 d0, d0
vneg.f32 q0, q0
vneg.s32 q0, q0
vneg.s16 q0, q0
vneg.s8 q0, q0
vqneg.s32 d0, d0
vqneg.s16 d0, d0
vqneg.s8 d0, d0
vqneg.s32 q0, q0
vqneg.s16 q0, q0
vqneg.s8 q0, q0
vmvn d0, d0
vmvn d0, d0
vmvn d0, d0
vmvn d0, d0
vmvn d0, d0
vmvn d0, d0
vmvn d0, d0
vmvn q0, q0
vmvn q0, q0
vmvn q0, q0
vmvn q0, q0
vmvn q0, q0
vmvn q0, q0
vmvn q0, q0
vcls.s32 d0, d0
vcls.s16 d0, d0
vcls.s8 d0, d0
vcls.s32 q0, q0
vcls.s16 q0, q0
vcls.s8 q0, q0
vclz.i32 d0, d0
vclz.i16 d0, d0
vclz.i8 d0, d0
vclz.i32 d0, d0
vclz.i16 d0, d0
vclz.i8 d0, d0
vclz.i32 q0, q0
vclz.i16 q0, q0
vclz.i8 q0, q0
vclz.i32 q0, q0
vclz.i16 q0, q0
vclz.i8 q0, q0
vcnt.8 d0, d0
vcnt.8 d0, d0
vcnt.8 d0, d0
vcnt.8 q0, q0
vcnt.8 q0, q0
vcnt.8 q0, q0
vrecpe.f32 d0, d0
vrecpe.u32 d0, d0
vrecpe.f32 q0, q0
vrecpe.u32 q0, q0
vrsqrte.f32 d0, d0
vrsqrte.u32 d0, d0
vrsqrte.f32 q0, q0
vrsqrte.u32 q0, q0
vmov.32 r0, d0[0]
vmov.u16 r0, d0[0]
vmov.u8 r0, d0[0]
vmov.32 r0, d0[0]
vmov.s16 r0, d0[0]
vmov.s8 r0, d0[0]
vmov.32 r0, d0[0]
vmov.u16 r0, d0[0]
vmov.u8 r0, d0[0]
vmov.32 r0, d0[0]
vmov.u16 r0, d0[0]
vmov.u8 r0, d0[0]
vmov.32 r0, d0[0]
vmov.s16 r0, d0[0]
vmov.s8 r0, d0[0]
vmov.32 r0, d0[0]
vmov.u16 r0, d0[0]
vmov.u8 r0, d0[0]
vmov r0, r0, d0
or fmrrd r0, r0, d0
vmov r0, r0, d0
or fmrrd r0, r0, d0
vmov.32 d0[0], r0
vmov.16 d0[0], r0
vmov.8 d0[0], r0
vmov.32 d0[0], r0
vmov.16 d0[0], r0
vmov.8 d0[0], r0
vmov.32 d0[0], r0
vmov.16 d0[0], r0
vmov.8 d0[0], r0
vmov.32 d0[0], r0
vmov.16 d0[0], r0
vmov.8 d0[0], r0
vmov.32 d0[0], r0
vmov.16 d0[0], r0
vmov.8 d0[0], r0
vmov.32 d0[0], r0
vmov.16 d0[0], r0
vmov.8 d0[0], r0
vmov d0, r0, r0
vmov d0, r0, r0
vdup.32 d0, r0
vdup.16 d0, r0
vdup.8 d0, r0
vdup.32 d0, r0
vdup.16 d0, r0
vdup.8 d0, r0
vdup.32 d0, r0
vdup.16 d0, r0
vdup.8 d0, r0
vdup.32 q0, r0
vdup.16 q0, r0
vdup.8 q0, r0
vdup.32 q0, r0
vdup.16 q0, r0
vdup.8 q0, r0
vdup.32 q0, r0
vdup.16 q0, r0
vdup.8 q0, r0
vdup.32 d0, r0
vdup.16 d0, r0
vdup.8 d0, r0
vdup.32 d0, r0
vdup.16 d0, r0
vdup.8 d0, r0
vdup.32 d0, r0
vdup.16 d0, r0
vdup.8 d0, r0
vdup.32 q0, r0
vdup.16 q0, r0
vdup.8 q0, r0
vdup.32 q0, r0
vdup.16 q0, r0
vdup.8 q0, r0
vdup.32 q0, r0
vdup.16 q0, r0
vdup.8 q0, r0
vdup.32 d0, d0[0]
vdup.16 d0, d0[0]
vdup.8 d0, d0[0]
vdup.32 d0, d0[0]
vdup.16 d0, d0[0]
vdup.8 d0, d0[0]
vdup.32 d0, d0[0]
vdup.16 d0, d0[0]
vdup.8 d0, d0[0]
vdup.32 q0, d0[0]
vdup.16 q0, d0[0]
vdup.8 q0, d0[0]
vdup.32 q0, d0[0]
vdup.16 q0, d0[0]
vdup.8 q0, d0[0]
vdup.32 q0, d0[0]
vdup.16 q0, d0[0]
vdup.8 q0, d0[0]
vmov d0, d0
vmov d0, d0
vmov d0, d0
vmov d0, d0
vmov d0, d0
vmov d0, d0
vmov d0, d0
vmov d0, d0
vmov d0, d0
vcvt.f32.u32 d0, d0
vcvt.f32.s32 d0, d0
vcvt.u32.f32 d0, d0
vcvt.s32.f32 d0, d0
vcvt.f32.u32 q0, q0
vcvt.f32.s32 q0, q0
vcvt.u32.f32 q0, q0
vcvt.s32.f32 q0, q0
vcvt.f16.f32 d0, q0
vcvt.f32.f16 q0, d0
vcvt.f32.u32 d0, d0, #0
vcvt.f32.s32 d0, d0, #0
vcvt.u32.f32 d0, d0, #0
vcvt.s32.f32 d0, d0, #0
vcvt.f32.u32 q0, q0, #0
vcvt.f32.s32 q0, q0, #0
vcvt.u32.f32 q0, q0, #0
vcvt.s32.f32 q0, q0, #0
vmovn.i64 d0, q0
vmovn.i32 d0, q0
vmovn.i16 d0, q0
vmovn.i64 d0, q0
vmovn.i32 d0, q0
vmovn.i16 d0, q0
vqmovn.u64 d0, q0
vqmovn.u32 d0, q0
vqmovn.u16 d0, q0
vqmovn.s64 d0, q0
vqmovn.s32 d0, q0
vqmovn.s16 d0, q0
vqmovun.s64 d0, q0
vqmovun.s32 d0, q0
vqmovun.s16 d0, q0
vmovl.u32 q0, d0
vmovl.u16 q0, d0
vmovl.u8 q0, d0
vmovl.s32 q0, d0
vmovl.s16 q0, d0
vmovl.s8 q0, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2, d3}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2, d3}, d0
vtbl.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2, d3}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2, d3}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2, d3}, d0
vtbx.8 d0, {d0, d1, d2, d3}, d0
vmul.f32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.f32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmul.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmul.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmul.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmul.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmull.u32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmull.u16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmull.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmull.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmull.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmull.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmulh.s32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vqdmulh.s16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vqdmulh.s32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmulh.s16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vqrdmulh.s32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vqrdmulh.s16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vqrdmulh.s32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vqrdmulh.s16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.f32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.f32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmla.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmla.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmla.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmla.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmlal.u32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlal.u16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlal.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlal.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmlal.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmlal.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.f32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.f32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmls.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmls.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmls.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmls.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmlsl.u32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlsl.u16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlsl.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlsl.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmlsl.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmlsl.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.f32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmul.f32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmul.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmul.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmul.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmul.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmull.u32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmull.u16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmull.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmull.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmull.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmull.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmulh.s32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vqdmulh.s16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vqdmulh.s32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmulh.s16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vqrdmulh.s32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vqrdmulh.s16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vqrdmulh.s32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vqrdmulh.s16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.f32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmla.f32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmla.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmla.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmla.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmla.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmlal.u32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlal.u16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlal.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlal.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmlal.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmlal.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.f32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.i32 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.i16 d0, d0, d0[0]
vmls.f32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmls.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmls.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmls.i32 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmls.i16 q0, q0, d0[0]
vmlsl.u32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlsl.u16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlsl.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vmlsl.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmlsl.s32 q0, d0, d0[0]
vqdmlsl.s16 q0, d0, d0[0]
vext.64 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.32 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.16 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.8 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.32 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.16 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.8 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.64 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.64 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.32 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.16 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.8 d0, d0, d0, #0
vext.64 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.32 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.16 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.8 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.32 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.16 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.8 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.64 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.64 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.32 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.16 q0, q0, q0, #0
vext.8 q0, q0, q0, #0
vrev64.32 d0, d0
vrev64.16 d0, d0
vrev64.8 d0, d0
vrev64.32 d0, d0
vrev64.16 d0, d0
vrev64.8 d0, d0
vrev64.32 d0, d0
vrev64.16 d0, d0
vrev64.8 d0, d0
vrev64.32 q0, q0
vrev64.16 q0, q0
vrev64.8 q0, q0
vrev64.32 q0, q0
vrev64.16 q0, q0
vrev64.8 q0, q0
vrev64.32 q0, q0
vrev64.16 q0, q0
vrev64.8 q0, q0
vrev32.16 d0, d0
vrev32.16 d0, d0
vrev32.8 d0, d0
vrev32.8 d0, d0
vrev32.16 d0, d0
vrev32.8 d0, d0
vrev32.16 q0, q0
vrev32.16 q0, q0
vrev32.8 q0, q0
vrev32.8 q0, q0
vrev32.16 q0, q0
vrev32.8 q0, q0
vrev16.8 d0, d0
vrev16.8 d0, d0
vrev16.8 d0, d0
vrev16.8 q0, q0
vrev16.8 q0, q0
vrev16.8 q0, q0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl d0, d0, d0
or vbit d0, d0, d0
or vbif d0, d0, d0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vbsl q0, q0, q0
or vbit q0, q0, q0
or vbif q0, q0, q0
vtrn.16 d0, d1
vtrn.8 d0, d1
vtrn.16 d0, d1
vtrn.8 d0, d1
vtrn.16 d0, d1
vtrn.8 d0, d1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vtrn.32 q0, q1
vtrn.16 q0, q1
vtrn.8 q0, q1
vtrn.32 q0, q1
vtrn.16 q0, q1
vtrn.8 q0, q1
vtrn.32 q0, q1
vtrn.16 q0, q1
vtrn.8 q0, q1
vzip.16 d0, d1
vzip.8 d0, d1
vzip.16 d0, d1
vzip.8 d0, d1
vzip.16 d0, d1
vzip.8 d0, d1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vzip.32 q0, q1
vzip.16 q0, q1
vzip.8 q0, q1
vzip.32 q0, q1
vzip.16 q0, q1
vzip.8 q0, q1
vzip.32 q0, q1
vzip.16 q0, q1
vzip.8 q0, q1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vuzp.16 d0, d1
vuzp.8 d0, d1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vuzp.16 d0, d1
vuzp.8 d0, d1
vuzp.32 d0, d1
vuzp.16 d0, d1
vuzp.8 d0, d1
vuzp.32 q0, q1
vuzp.16 q0, q1
vuzp.8 q0, q1
vuzp.32 q0, q1
vuzp.16 q0, q1
vuzp.8 q0, q1
vuzp.32 q0, q1
vuzp.16 q0, q1
vuzp.8 q0, q1
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[]}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.32 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.16 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.8 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.32 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.16 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.8 {d0[0]}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld2.32 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld2.16 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld2.8 {d0[], d1[]}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0, d1}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.8 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.32 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vst2.16 {d0[0], d1[0]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld3.32 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld3.16 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld3.8 {d0[], d1[], d2[]}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0, d1, d2}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vst3.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld4.32 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld4.16 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld4.8 {d0[], d1[], d2[], d3[]}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vld1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst1.64 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0, d1, d2, d3}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.8 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.32 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vst4.16 {d0[0], d1[0], d2[0], d3[0]}, [r0]
vand d0, d0, d0
vand d0, d0, d0
vand d0, d0, d0
vand d0, d0, d0
vand d0, d0, d0
vand d0, d0, d0
vand q0, q0, q0
vand q0, q0, q0
vand q0, q0, q0
vand q0, q0, q0
vand q0, q0, q0
vand q0, q0, q0
vand q0, q0, q0
vand q0, q0, q0
vorr d0, d0, d0
vorr d0, d0, d0
vorr d0, d0, d0
vorr d0, d0, d0
vorr d0, d0, d0
vorr d0, d0, d0
vorr q0, q0, q0
vorr q0, q0, q0
vorr q0, q0, q0
vorr q0, q0, q0
vorr q0, q0, q0
vorr q0, q0, q0
vorr q0, q0, q0
vorr q0, q0, q0
veor d0, d0, d0
veor d0, d0, d0
veor d0, d0, d0
veor d0, d0, d0
veor d0, d0, d0
veor d0, d0, d0
veor q0, q0, q0
veor q0, q0, q0
veor q0, q0, q0
veor q0, q0, q0
veor q0, q0, q0
veor q0, q0, q0
veor q0, q0, q0
veor q0, q0, q0
vbic d0, d0, d0
vbic d0, d0, d0
vbic d0, d0, d0
vbic d0, d0, d0
vbic d0, d0, d0
vbic d0, d0, d0
vbic q0, q0, q0
vbic q0, q0, q0
vbic q0, q0, q0
vbic q0, q0, q0
vbic q0, q0, q0
vbic q0, q0, q0
vbic q0, q0, q0
vbic q0, q0, q0
vorn d0, d0, d0
vorn d0, d0, d0
vorn d0, d0, d0
vorn d0, d0, d0
vorn d0, d0, d0
vorn d0, d0, d0
vorn q0, q0, q0
vorn q0, q0, q0
vorn q0, q0, q0
vorn q0, q0, q0
vorn q0, q0, q0
vorn q0, q0, q0
vorn q0, q0, q0
vorn q0, q0, q0
sha1h.32 q0, q1
sha1c.32 q0, q1, q2
sha1p.32 q0, q1, q2
sha1m.32 q0, q1, q2
sha1su0.32 q0, q1, q2
sha1su1.32 q0, q1, q2
sha256h.32 q0, q1, q2
sha256h2.32 q0, q1, q2
sha256su0.32 q0, q1
sha256su1.32 q0, q1, q2
vmull.p64 q0, d1, d2
vmull.p64 q0, d1, d2
Next: AVR Built-in Functions, Previous: ARM NEON Intrinsics, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
These intrinsics are available when the CRC32 architecture extension is specified, e.g. when the -march=armv8-a+crc switch is used, or when the target processor specified with -mcpu supports it.
crc32b r0, r0, r0
crc32h r0, r0, r0
crc32w r0, r0, r0
crc32w r0, r0, r0
instructions.
crc32cb r0, r0, r0
crc32ch r0, r0, r0
crc32cw r0, r0, r0
crc32cw r0, r0, r0
instructions.
Next: Blackfin Built-in Functions, Previous: ARM ACLE Intrinsics, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
For each built-in function for AVR, there is an equally named,
uppercase built-in macro defined. That way users can easily query if
or if not a specific built-in is implemented or not. For example, if
__builtin_avr_nop
is available the macro
__BUILTIN_AVR_NOP
is defined to 1
and undefined otherwise.
The following built-in functions map to the respective machine
instruction, i.e. nop
, sei
, cli
, sleep
,
wdr
, swap
, fmul
, fmuls
resp. fmulsu
. The three fmul*
built-ins are implemented
as library call if no hardware multiplier is available.
void __builtin_avr_nop (void) void __builtin_avr_sei (void) void __builtin_avr_cli (void) void __builtin_avr_sleep (void) void __builtin_avr_wdr (void) unsigned char __builtin_avr_swap (unsigned char) unsigned int __builtin_avr_fmul (unsigned char, unsigned char) int __builtin_avr_fmuls (char, char) int __builtin_avr_fmulsu (char, unsigned char)
In order to delay execution for a specific number of cycles, GCC implements
void __builtin_avr_delay_cycles (unsigned long ticks)
ticks
is the number of ticks to delay execution. Note that this
built-in does not take into account the effect of interrupts that
might increase delay time. ticks
must be a compile-time
integer constant; delays with a variable number of cycles are not supported.
char __builtin_avr_flash_segment (const __memx void*)
This built-in takes a byte address to the 24-bit
address space __memx
and returns
the number of the flash segment (the 64 KiB chunk) where the address
points to. Counting starts at 0
.
If the address does not point to flash memory, return -1
.
unsigned char __builtin_avr_insert_bits (unsigned long map, unsigned char bits, unsigned char val)
Insert bits from bits into val and return the resulting value. The nibbles of map determine how the insertion is performed: Let X be the n-th nibble of map
0xf
,
then the n-th bit of val is returned unaltered.
0xe
,
then the n-th result bit is undefined.
One typical use case for this built-in is adjusting input and output values to non-contiguous port layouts. Some examples:
// same as val, bits is unused __builtin_avr_insert_bits (0xffffffff, bits, val)
// same as bits, val is unused __builtin_avr_insert_bits (0x76543210, bits, val)
// same as rotating bits by 4 __builtin_avr_insert_bits (0x32107654, bits, 0)
// high nibble of result is the high nibble of val // low nibble of result is the low nibble of bits __builtin_avr_insert_bits (0xffff3210, bits, val)
// reverse the bit order of bits __builtin_avr_insert_bits (0x01234567, bits, 0)
Next: FR-V Built-in Functions, Previous: AVR Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
Currently, there are two Blackfin-specific built-in functions. These are
used for generating CSYNC
and SSYNC
machine insns without
using inline assembly; by using these built-in functions the compiler can
automatically add workarounds for hardware errata involving these
instructions. These functions are named as follows:
void __builtin_bfin_csync (void) void __builtin_bfin_ssync (void)
Next: X86 Built-in Functions, Previous: Blackfin Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides many FR-V-specific built-in functions. In general,
these functions are intended to be compatible with those described
by FR-V Family, Softune C/C++ Compiler Manual (V6), Fujitsu
Semiconductor. The two exceptions are __MDUNPACKH
and
__MBTOHE
, the GCC forms of which pass 128-bit values by
pointer rather than by value.
Most of the functions are named after specific FR-V instructions. Such functions are said to be “directly mapped” and are summarized here in tabular form.
• Argument Types: | ||
• Directly-mapped Integer Functions: | ||
• Directly-mapped Media Functions: | ||
• Raw read/write Functions: | ||
• Other Built-in Functions: |
The arguments to the built-in functions can be divided into three groups: register numbers, compile-time constants and run-time values. In order to make this classification clear at a glance, the arguments and return values are given the following pseudo types:
Pseudo type | Real C type | Constant? | Description |
uh | unsigned short | No | an unsigned halfword |
uw1 | unsigned int | No | an unsigned word |
sw1 | int | No | a signed word |
uw2 | unsigned long long | No | an unsigned doubleword |
sw2 | long long | No | a signed doubleword |
const | int | Yes | an integer constant |
acc | int | Yes | an ACC register number |
iacc | int | Yes | an IACC register number |
These pseudo types are not defined by GCC, they are simply a notational convenience used in this manual.
Arguments of type uh
, uw1
, sw1
, uw2
and sw2
are evaluated at run time. They correspond to
register operands in the underlying FR-V instructions.
const
arguments represent immediate operands in the underlying
FR-V instructions. They must be compile-time constants.
acc
arguments are evaluated at compile time and specify the number
of an accumulator register. For example, an acc
argument of 2
selects the ACC2 register.
iacc
arguments are similar to acc
arguments but specify the
number of an IACC register. See see Other Built-in Functions
for more details.
Next: Directly-mapped Media Functions, Previous: Argument Types, Up: FR-V Built-in Functions [Contents][Index]
The functions listed below map directly to FR-V I-type instructions.
Function prototype | Example usage | Assembly output |
sw1 __ADDSS (sw1, sw1) | c = __ADDSS (a, b) | ADDSS a,b,c |
sw1 __SCAN (sw1, sw1) | c = __SCAN (a, b) | SCAN a,b,c |
sw1 __SCUTSS (sw1) | b = __SCUTSS (a) | SCUTSS a,b |
sw1 __SLASS (sw1, sw1) | c = __SLASS (a, b) | SLASS a,b,c |
void __SMASS (sw1, sw1) | __SMASS (a, b) | SMASS a,b |
void __SMSSS (sw1, sw1) | __SMSSS (a, b) | SMSSS a,b |
void __SMU (sw1, sw1) | __SMU (a, b) | SMU a,b |
sw2 __SMUL (sw1, sw1) | c = __SMUL (a, b) | SMUL a,b,c |
sw1 __SUBSS (sw1, sw1) | c = __SUBSS (a, b) | SUBSS a,b,c |
uw2 __UMUL (uw1, uw1) | c = __UMUL (a, b) | UMUL a,b,c |
Next: Raw read/write Functions, Previous: Directly-mapped Integer Functions, Up: FR-V Built-in Functions [Contents][Index]
The functions listed below map directly to FR-V M-type instructions.
Function prototype | Example usage | Assembly output |
uw1 __MABSHS (sw1) | b = __MABSHS (a) | MABSHS a,b |
void __MADDACCS (acc, acc) | __MADDACCS (b, a) | MADDACCS a,b |
sw1 __MADDHSS (sw1, sw1) | c = __MADDHSS (a, b) | MADDHSS a,b,c |
uw1 __MADDHUS (uw1, uw1) | c = __MADDHUS (a, b) | MADDHUS a,b,c |
uw1 __MAND (uw1, uw1) | c = __MAND (a, b) | MAND a,b,c |
void __MASACCS (acc, acc) | __MASACCS (b, a) | MASACCS a,b |
uw1 __MAVEH (uw1, uw1) | c = __MAVEH (a, b) | MAVEH a,b,c |
uw2 __MBTOH (uw1) | b = __MBTOH (a) | MBTOH a,b |
void __MBTOHE (uw1 *, uw1) | __MBTOHE (&b, a) | MBTOHE a,b |
void __MCLRACC (acc) | __MCLRACC (a) | MCLRACC a |
void __MCLRACCA (void) | __MCLRACCA () | MCLRACCA |
uw1 __Mcop1 (uw1, uw1) | c = __Mcop1 (a, b) | Mcop1 a,b,c |
uw1 __Mcop2 (uw1, uw1) | c = __Mcop2 (a, b) | Mcop2 a,b,c |
uw1 __MCPLHI (uw2, const) | c = __MCPLHI (a, b) | MCPLHI a,#b,c |
uw1 __MCPLI (uw2, const) | c = __MCPLI (a, b) | MCPLI a,#b,c |
void __MCPXIS (acc, sw1, sw1) | __MCPXIS (c, a, b) | MCPXIS a,b,c |
void __MCPXIU (acc, uw1, uw1) | __MCPXIU (c, a, b) | MCPXIU a,b,c |
void __MCPXRS (acc, sw1, sw1) | __MCPXRS (c, a, b) | MCPXRS a,b,c |
void __MCPXRU (acc, uw1, uw1) | __MCPXRU (c, a, b) | MCPXRU a,b,c |
uw1 __MCUT (acc, uw1) | c = __MCUT (a, b) | MCUT a,b,c |
uw1 __MCUTSS (acc, sw1) | c = __MCUTSS (a, b) | MCUTSS a,b,c |
void __MDADDACCS (acc, acc) | __MDADDACCS (b, a) | MDADDACCS a,b |
void __MDASACCS (acc, acc) | __MDASACCS (b, a) | MDASACCS a,b |
uw2 __MDCUTSSI (acc, const) | c = __MDCUTSSI (a, b) | MDCUTSSI a,#b,c |
uw2 __MDPACKH (uw2, uw2) | c = __MDPACKH (a, b) | MDPACKH a,b,c |
uw2 __MDROTLI (uw2, const) | c = __MDROTLI (a, b) | MDROTLI a,#b,c |
void __MDSUBACCS (acc, acc) | __MDSUBACCS (b, a) | MDSUBACCS a,b |
void __MDUNPACKH (uw1 *, uw2) | __MDUNPACKH (&b, a) | MDUNPACKH a,b |
uw2 __MEXPDHD (uw1, const) | c = __MEXPDHD (a, b) | MEXPDHD a,#b,c |
uw1 __MEXPDHW (uw1, const) | c = __MEXPDHW (a, b) | MEXPDHW a,#b,c |
uw1 __MHDSETH (uw1, const) | c = __MHDSETH (a, b) | MHDSETH a,#b,c |
sw1 __MHDSETS (const) | b = __MHDSETS (a) | MHDSETS #a,b |
uw1 __MHSETHIH (uw1, const) | b = __MHSETHIH (b, a) | MHSETHIH #a,b |
sw1 __MHSETHIS (sw1, const) | b = __MHSETHIS (b, a) | MHSETHIS #a,b |
uw1 __MHSETLOH (uw1, const) | b = __MHSETLOH (b, a) | MHSETLOH #a,b |
sw1 __MHSETLOS (sw1, const) | b = __MHSETLOS (b, a) | MHSETLOS #a,b |
uw1 __MHTOB (uw2) | b = __MHTOB (a) | MHTOB a,b |
void __MMACHS (acc, sw1, sw1) | __MMACHS (c, a, b) | MMACHS a,b,c |
void __MMACHU (acc, uw1, uw1) | __MMACHU (c, a, b) | MMACHU a,b,c |
void __MMRDHS (acc, sw1, sw1) | __MMRDHS (c, a, b) | MMRDHS a,b,c |
void __MMRDHU (acc, uw1, uw1) | __MMRDHU (c, a, b) | MMRDHU a,b,c |
void __MMULHS (acc, sw1, sw1) | __MMULHS (c, a, b) | MMULHS a,b,c |
void __MMULHU (acc, uw1, uw1) | __MMULHU (c, a, b) | MMULHU a,b,c |
void __MMULXHS (acc, sw1, sw1) | __MMULXHS (c, a, b) | MMULXHS a,b,c |
void __MMULXHU (acc, uw1, uw1) | __MMULXHU (c, a, b) | MMULXHU a,b,c |
uw1 __MNOT (uw1) | b = __MNOT (a) | MNOT a,b |
uw1 __MOR (uw1, uw1) | c = __MOR (a, b) | MOR a,b,c |
uw1 __MPACKH (uh, uh) | c = __MPACKH (a, b) | MPACKH a,b,c |
sw2 __MQADDHSS (sw2, sw2) | c = __MQADDHSS (a, b) | MQADDHSS a,b,c |
uw2 __MQADDHUS (uw2, uw2) | c = __MQADDHUS (a, b) | MQADDHUS a,b,c |
void __MQCPXIS (acc, sw2, sw2) | __MQCPXIS (c, a, b) | MQCPXIS a,b,c |
void __MQCPXIU (acc, uw2, uw2) | __MQCPXIU (c, a, b) | MQCPXIU a,b,c |
void __MQCPXRS (acc, sw2, sw2) | __MQCPXRS (c, a, b) | MQCPXRS a,b,c |
void __MQCPXRU (acc, uw2, uw2) | __MQCPXRU (c, a, b) | MQCPXRU a,b,c |
sw2 __MQLCLRHS (sw2, sw2) | c = __MQLCLRHS (a, b) | MQLCLRHS a,b,c |
sw2 __MQLMTHS (sw2, sw2) | c = __MQLMTHS (a, b) | MQLMTHS a,b,c |
void __MQMACHS (acc, sw2, sw2) | __MQMACHS (c, a, b) | MQMACHS a,b,c |
void __MQMACHU (acc, uw2, uw2) | __MQMACHU (c, a, b) | MQMACHU a,b,c |
void __MQMACXHS (acc, sw2, sw2) | __MQMACXHS (c, a, b) | MQMACXHS a,b,c |
void __MQMULHS (acc, sw2, sw2) | __MQMULHS (c, a, b) | MQMULHS a,b,c |
void __MQMULHU (acc, uw2, uw2) | __MQMULHU (c, a, b) | MQMULHU a,b,c |
void __MQMULXHS (acc, sw2, sw2) | __MQMULXHS (c, a, b) | MQMULXHS a,b,c |
void __MQMULXHU (acc, uw2, uw2) | __MQMULXHU (c, a, b) | MQMULXHU a,b,c |
sw2 __MQSATHS (sw2, sw2) | c = __MQSATHS (a, b) | MQSATHS a,b,c |
uw2 __MQSLLHI (uw2, int) | c = __MQSLLHI (a, b) | MQSLLHI a,b,c |
sw2 __MQSRAHI (sw2, int) | c = __MQSRAHI (a, b) | MQSRAHI a,b,c |
sw2 __MQSUBHSS (sw2, sw2) | c = __MQSUBHSS (a, b) | MQSUBHSS a,b,c |
uw2 __MQSUBHUS (uw2, uw2) | c = __MQSUBHUS (a, b) | MQSUBHUS a,b,c |
void __MQXMACHS (acc, sw2, sw2) | __MQXMACHS (c, a, b) | MQXMACHS a,b,c |
void __MQXMACXHS (acc, sw2, sw2) | __MQXMACXHS (c, a, b) | MQXMACXHS a,b,c |
uw1 __MRDACC (acc) | b = __MRDACC (a) | MRDACC a,b |
uw1 __MRDACCG (acc) | b = __MRDACCG (a) | MRDACCG a,b |
uw1 __MROTLI (uw1, const) | c = __MROTLI (a, b) | MROTLI a,#b,c |
uw1 __MROTRI (uw1, const) | c = __MROTRI (a, b) | MROTRI a,#b,c |
sw1 __MSATHS (sw1, sw1) | c = __MSATHS (a, b) | MSATHS a,b,c |
uw1 __MSATHU (uw1, uw1) | c = __MSATHU (a, b) | MSATHU a,b,c |
uw1 __MSLLHI (uw1, const) | c = __MSLLHI (a, b) | MSLLHI a,#b,c |
sw1 __MSRAHI (sw1, const) | c = __MSRAHI (a, b) | MSRAHI a,#b,c |
uw1 __MSRLHI (uw1, const) | c = __MSRLHI (a, b) | MSRLHI a,#b,c |
void __MSUBACCS (acc, acc) | __MSUBACCS (b, a) | MSUBACCS a,b |
sw1 __MSUBHSS (sw1, sw1) | c = __MSUBHSS (a, b) | MSUBHSS a,b,c |
uw1 __MSUBHUS (uw1, uw1) | c = __MSUBHUS (a, b) | MSUBHUS a,b,c |
void __MTRAP (void) | __MTRAP () | MTRAP |
uw2 __MUNPACKH (uw1) | b = __MUNPACKH (a) | MUNPACKH a,b |
uw1 __MWCUT (uw2, uw1) | c = __MWCUT (a, b) | MWCUT a,b,c |
void __MWTACC (acc, uw1) | __MWTACC (b, a) | MWTACC a,b |
void __MWTACCG (acc, uw1) | __MWTACCG (b, a) | MWTACCG a,b |
uw1 __MXOR (uw1, uw1) | c = __MXOR (a, b) | MXOR a,b,c |
Next: Other Built-in Functions, Previous: Directly-mapped Media Functions, Up: FR-V Built-in Functions [Contents][Index]
This sections describes built-in functions related to read and write
instructions to access memory. These functions generate
membar
instructions to flush the I/O load and stores where
appropriate, as described in Fujitsu’s manual described above.
unsigned char __builtin_read8 (void *data)
unsigned short __builtin_read16 (void *data)
unsigned long __builtin_read32 (void *data)
unsigned long long __builtin_read64 (void *data)
void __builtin_write8 (void *data, unsigned char datum)
void __builtin_write16 (void *data, unsigned short datum)
void __builtin_write32 (void *data, unsigned long datum)
void __builtin_write64 (void *data, unsigned long long datum)
Previous: Raw read/write Functions, Up: FR-V Built-in Functions [Contents][Index]
This section describes built-in functions that are not named after a specific FR-V instruction.
sw2 __IACCreadll (iacc reg)
Return the full 64-bit value of IACC0. The reg argument is reserved for future expansion and must be 0.
sw1 __IACCreadl (iacc reg)
Return the value of IACC0H if reg is 0 and IACC0L if reg is 1. Other values of reg are rejected as invalid.
void __IACCsetll (iacc reg, sw2 x)
Set the full 64-bit value of IACC0 to x. The reg argument is reserved for future expansion and must be 0.
void __IACCsetl (iacc reg, sw1 x)
Set IACC0H to x if reg is 0 and IACC0L to x if reg is 1. Other values of reg are rejected as invalid.
void __data_prefetch0 (const void *x)
Use the dcpl
instruction to load the contents of address x
into the data cache.
void __data_prefetch (const void *x)
Use the nldub
instruction to load the contents of address x
into the data cache. The instruction is issued in slot I1.
Next: X86 transactional memory intrinsics, Previous: FR-V Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
These built-in functions are available for the i386 and x86-64 family of computers, depending on the command-line switches used.
If you specify command-line switches such as -msse, the compiler could use the extended instruction sets even if the built-ins are not used explicitly in the program. For this reason, applications that perform run-time CPU detection must compile separate files for each supported architecture, using the appropriate flags. In particular, the file containing the CPU detection code should be compiled without these options.
The following machine modes are available for use with MMX built-in functions
(see Vector Extensions): V2SI
for a vector of two 32-bit integers,
V4HI
for a vector of four 16-bit integers, and V8QI
for a
vector of eight 8-bit integers. Some of the built-in functions operate on
MMX registers as a whole 64-bit entity, these use V1DI
as their mode.
If 3DNow! extensions are enabled, V2SF
is used as a mode for a vector
of two 32-bit floating-point values.
If SSE extensions are enabled, V4SF
is used for a vector of four 32-bit
floating-point values. Some instructions use a vector of four 32-bit
integers, these use V4SI
. Finally, some instructions operate on an
entire vector register, interpreting it as a 128-bit integer, these use mode
TI
.
In 64-bit mode, the x86-64 family of processors uses additional built-in
functions for efficient use of TF
(__float128
) 128-bit
floating point and TC
128-bit complex floating-point values.
The following floating-point built-in functions are available in 64-bit mode. All of them implement the function that is part of the name.
__float128 __builtin_fabsq (__float128) __float128 __builtin_copysignq (__float128, __float128)
The following built-in function is always available.
void __builtin_ia32_pause (void)
Generates the pause
machine instruction with a compiler memory
barrier.
The following floating-point built-in functions are made available in the 64-bit mode.
__float128 __builtin_infq (void)
Similar to __builtin_inf
, except the return type is __float128
.
__float128 __builtin_huge_valq (void)
Similar to __builtin_huge_val
, except the return type is __float128
.
The following built-in functions are always available and can be used to check the target platform type.
This function runs the CPU detection code to check the type of CPU and the
features supported. This built-in function needs to be invoked along with the built-in functions
to check CPU type and features, __builtin_cpu_is
and
__builtin_cpu_supports
, only when used in a function that is
executed before any constructors are called. The CPU detection code is
automatically executed in a very high priority constructor.
For example, this function has to be used in ifunc
resolvers that
check for CPU type using the built-in functions __builtin_cpu_is
and __builtin_cpu_supports
, or in constructors on targets that
don’t support constructor priority.
static void (*resolve_memcpy (void)) (void) { // ifunc resolvers fire before constructors, explicitly call the init // function. __builtin_cpu_init (); if (__builtin_cpu_supports ("ssse3")) return ssse3_memcpy; // super fast memcpy with ssse3 instructions. else return default_memcpy; } void *memcpy (void *, const void *, size_t) __attribute__ ((ifunc ("resolve_memcpy")));
This function returns a positive integer if the run-time CPU
is of type cpuname
and returns 0
otherwise. The following CPU names can be detected:
Intel CPU.
Intel Atom CPU.
Intel Core 2 CPU.
Intel Core i7 CPU.
Intel Core i7 Nehalem CPU.
Intel Core i7 Westmere CPU.
Intel Core i7 Sandy Bridge CPU.
AMD CPU.
AMD Family 10h CPU.
AMD Family 10h Barcelona CPU.
AMD Family 10h Shanghai CPU.
AMD Family 10h Istanbul CPU.
AMD Family 14h CPU.
AMD Family 15h CPU.
AMD Family 15h Bulldozer version 1.
AMD Family 15h Bulldozer version 2.
AMD Family 15h Bulldozer version 3.
AMD Family 15h Bulldozer version 4.
AMD Family 16h CPU.
Here is an example:
if (__builtin_cpu_is ("corei7")) { do_corei7 (); // Core i7 specific implementation. } else { do_generic (); // Generic implementation. }
This function returns a positive integer if the run-time CPU
supports feature
and returns 0
otherwise. The following features can be detected:
CMOV instruction.
MMX instructions.
POPCNT instruction.
SSE instructions.
SSE2 instructions.
SSE3 instructions.
SSSE3 instructions.
SSE4.1 instructions.
SSE4.2 instructions.
AVX instructions.
AVX2 instructions.
Here is an example:
if (__builtin_cpu_supports ("popcnt")) { asm("popcnt %1,%0" : "=r"(count) : "rm"(n) : "cc"); } else { count = generic_countbits (n); //generic implementation. }
The following built-in functions are made available by -mmmx. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v8qi __builtin_ia32_paddb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_paddw (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_paddd (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_ia32_psubb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psubw (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_psubd (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_ia32_paddsb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_paddsw (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_ia32_psubsb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psubsw (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_ia32_paddusb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_paddusw (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_ia32_psubusb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psubusw (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pmullw (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhw (v4hi, v4hi) di __builtin_ia32_pand (di, di) di __builtin_ia32_pandn (di,di) di __builtin_ia32_por (di, di) di __builtin_ia32_pxor (di, di) v8qi __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqw (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqd (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtw (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtd (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_ia32_punpckhbw (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_punpckhwd (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_punpckhdq (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_ia32_punpcklbw (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_punpcklwd (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_punpckldq (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_ia32_packsswb (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_packssdw (v2si, v2si) v8qi __builtin_ia32_packuswb (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psllw (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_pslld (v2si, v2si) v1di __builtin_ia32_psllq (v1di, v1di) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psrlw (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_psrld (v2si, v2si) v1di __builtin_ia32_psrlq (v1di, v1di) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psraw (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_psrad (v2si, v2si) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psllwi (v4hi, int) v2si __builtin_ia32_pslldi (v2si, int) v1di __builtin_ia32_psllqi (v1di, int) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psrlwi (v4hi, int) v2si __builtin_ia32_psrldi (v2si, int) v1di __builtin_ia32_psrlqi (v1di, int) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psrawi (v4hi, int) v2si __builtin_ia32_psradi (v2si, int)
The following built-in functions are made available either with -msse, or with a combination of -m3dnow and -march=athlon. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v4hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhuw (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_ia32_pavgb (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pavgw (v4hi, v4hi) v1di __builtin_ia32_psadbw (v8qi, v8qi) v8qi __builtin_ia32_pmaxub (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pmaxsw (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_ia32_pminub (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pminsw (v4hi, v4hi) int __builtin_ia32_pmovmskb (v8qi) void __builtin_ia32_maskmovq (v8qi, v8qi, char *) void __builtin_ia32_movntq (di *, di) void __builtin_ia32_sfence (void)
The following built-in functions are available when -msse is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
int __builtin_ia32_comieq (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_comineq (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_comilt (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_comile (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_comigt (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_comige (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_ucomieq (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_ucomineq (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_ucomilt (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_ucomile (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_ucomigt (v4sf, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_ucomige (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_addps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_subps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_mulps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_divps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_addss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_subss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_mulss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_divss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpeqps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpltps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpleps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpgtps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpgeps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpunordps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpneqps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpnltps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpnleps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpngtps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpngeps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpordps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpeqss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpltss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpless (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpunordss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpneqss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpnltss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpnless (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpordss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_maxps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_maxss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_minps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_minss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_andps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_andnps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_orps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_xorps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_movss (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_movhlps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_movlhps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_unpckhps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_unpcklps (v4sf, v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cvtpi2ps (v4sf, v2si) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss (v4sf, int) v2si __builtin_ia32_cvtps2pi (v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_cvtss2si (v4sf) v2si __builtin_ia32_cvttps2pi (v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_cvttss2si (v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_rcpps (v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_rsqrtps (v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_sqrtps (v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_rcpss (v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_rsqrtss (v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_sqrtss (v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_shufps (v4sf, v4sf, int) void __builtin_ia32_movntps (float *, v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_movmskps (v4sf)
The following built-in functions are available when -msse is used.
v4sf __builtin_ia32_loadups (float *)
Generates the movups
machine instruction as a load from memory.
void __builtin_ia32_storeups (float *, v4sf)
Generates the movups
machine instruction as a store to memory.
v4sf __builtin_ia32_loadss (float *)
Generates the movss
machine instruction as a load from memory.
v4sf __builtin_ia32_loadhps (v4sf, const v2sf *)
Generates the movhps
machine instruction as a load from memory.
v4sf __builtin_ia32_loadlps (v4sf, const v2sf *)
Generates the movlps
machine instruction as a load from memory
void __builtin_ia32_storehps (v2sf *, v4sf)
Generates the movhps
machine instruction as a store to memory.
void __builtin_ia32_storelps (v2sf *, v4sf)
Generates the movlps
machine instruction as a store to memory.
The following built-in functions are available when -msse2 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
int __builtin_ia32_comisdeq (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_comisdlt (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_comisdle (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_comisdgt (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_comisdge (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_comisdneq (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_ucomisdeq (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_ucomisdlt (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_ucomisdle (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_ucomisdgt (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_ucomisdge (v2df, v2df) int __builtin_ia32_ucomisdneq (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpeqpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpltpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmplepd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpgtpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpgepd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpunordpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpneqpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpnltpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpnlepd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpngtpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpngepd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpordpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpeqsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpltsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmplesd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpunordsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpneqsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpnltsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpnlesd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpordsd (v2df, v2df) v2di __builtin_ia32_paddq (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_psubq (v2di, v2di) v2df __builtin_ia32_addpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_subpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_mulpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_divpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_addsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_subsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_mulsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_divsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_minpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_maxpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_minsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_maxsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_andpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_andnpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_orpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_xorpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_movsd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_unpckhpd (v2df, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_unpcklpd (v2df, v2df) v16qi __builtin_ia32_paddb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_paddw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_paddd128 (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_paddq128 (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_psubb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_psubw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_psubd128 (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_psubq128 (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmullw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v2di __builtin_ia32_pand128 (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_pandn128 (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_por128 (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_pxor128 (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pavgb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pavgw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqd128 (v4si, v4si) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtd128 (v4si, v4si) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pmaxub128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmaxsw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pminub128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pminsw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_punpckhbw128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_punpckhwd128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_punpckhdq128 (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_punpckhqdq128 (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_punpcklbw128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_punpcklwd128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_punpckldq128 (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_punpcklqdq128 (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_packsswb128 (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_packssdw128 (v4si, v4si) v16qi __builtin_ia32_packuswb128 (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhuw128 (v8hi, v8hi) void __builtin_ia32_maskmovdqu (v16qi, v16qi) v2df __builtin_ia32_loadupd (double *) void __builtin_ia32_storeupd (double *, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_loadhpd (v2df, double const *) v2df __builtin_ia32_loadlpd (v2df, double const *) int __builtin_ia32_movmskpd (v2df) int __builtin_ia32_pmovmskb128 (v16qi) void __builtin_ia32_movnti (int *, int) void __builtin_ia32_movnti64 (long long int *, long long int) void __builtin_ia32_movntpd (double *, v2df) void __builtin_ia32_movntdq (v2df *, v2df) v4si __builtin_ia32_pshufd (v4si, int) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pshuflw (v8hi, int) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pshufhw (v8hi, int) v2di __builtin_ia32_psadbw128 (v16qi, v16qi) v2df __builtin_ia32_sqrtpd (v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_sqrtsd (v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_shufpd (v2df, v2df, int) v2df __builtin_ia32_cvtdq2pd (v4si) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps (v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_cvtpd2dq (v2df) v2si __builtin_ia32_cvtpd2pi (v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps (v2df) v4si __builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq (v2df) v2si __builtin_ia32_cvttpd2pi (v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cvtpi2pd (v2si) int __builtin_ia32_cvtsd2si (v2df) int __builtin_ia32_cvttsd2si (v2df) long long __builtin_ia32_cvtsd2si64 (v2df) long long __builtin_ia32_cvttsd2si64 (v2df) v4si __builtin_ia32_cvtps2dq (v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd (v4sf) v4si __builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq (v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_cvtsi2sd (v2df, int) v2df __builtin_ia32_cvtsi642sd (v2df, long long) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cvtsd2ss (v4sf, v2df) v2df __builtin_ia32_cvtss2sd (v2df, v4sf) void __builtin_ia32_clflush (const void *) void __builtin_ia32_lfence (void) void __builtin_ia32_mfence (void) v16qi __builtin_ia32_loaddqu (const char *) void __builtin_ia32_storedqu (char *, v16qi) v1di __builtin_ia32_pmuludq (v2si, v2si) v2di __builtin_ia32_pmuludq128 (v4si, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_psllw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pslld128 (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_psllq128 (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_psrlw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_psrld128 (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_psrlq128 (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_psraw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_psrad128 (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_pslldqi128 (v2di, int) v8hi __builtin_ia32_psllwi128 (v8hi, int) v4si __builtin_ia32_pslldi128 (v4si, int) v2di __builtin_ia32_psllqi128 (v2di, int) v2di __builtin_ia32_psrldqi128 (v2di, int) v8hi __builtin_ia32_psrlwi128 (v8hi, int) v4si __builtin_ia32_psrldi128 (v4si, int) v2di __builtin_ia32_psrlqi128 (v2di, int) v8hi __builtin_ia32_psrawi128 (v8hi, int) v4si __builtin_ia32_psradi128 (v4si, int) v4si __builtin_ia32_pmaddwd128 (v8hi, v8hi) v2di __builtin_ia32_movq128 (v2di)
The following built-in functions are available when -msse3 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v2df __builtin_ia32_addsubpd (v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_addsubps (v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_haddpd (v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_haddps (v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_hsubpd (v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_hsubps (v4sf, v4sf) v16qi __builtin_ia32_lddqu (char const *) void __builtin_ia32_monitor (void *, unsigned int, unsigned int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_movshdup (v4sf) v4sf __builtin_ia32_movsldup (v4sf) void __builtin_ia32_mwait (unsigned int, unsigned int)
The following built-in functions are available when -mssse3 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v2si __builtin_ia32_phaddd (v2si, v2si) v4hi __builtin_ia32_phaddw (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_phaddsw (v4hi, v4hi) v2si __builtin_ia32_phsubd (v2si, v2si) v4hi __builtin_ia32_phsubw (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_phsubsw (v4hi, v4hi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pmaddubsw (v8qi, v8qi) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhrsw (v4hi, v4hi) v8qi __builtin_ia32_pshufb (v8qi, v8qi) v8qi __builtin_ia32_psignb (v8qi, v8qi) v2si __builtin_ia32_psignd (v2si, v2si) v4hi __builtin_ia32_psignw (v4hi, v4hi) v1di __builtin_ia32_palignr (v1di, v1di, int) v8qi __builtin_ia32_pabsb (v8qi) v2si __builtin_ia32_pabsd (v2si) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pabsw (v4hi)
The following built-in functions are available when -mssse3 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v4si __builtin_ia32_phaddd128 (v4si, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_phaddw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_phaddsw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_phsubd128 (v4si, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_phsubw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_phsubsw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmaddubsw128 (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhrsw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pshufb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_psignb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_psignd128 (v4si, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_psignw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v2di __builtin_ia32_palignr128 (v2di, v2di, int) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pabsb128 (v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pabsd128 (v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pabsw128 (v8hi)
The following built-in functions are available when -msse4.1 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v2df __builtin_ia32_blendpd (v2df, v2df, const int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_blendps (v4sf, v4sf, const int) v2df __builtin_ia32_blendvpd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_blendvps (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_dppd (v2df, v2df, const int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_dpps (v4sf, v4sf, const int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_insertps128 (v4sf, v4sf, const int) v2di __builtin_ia32_movntdqa (v2di *); v16qi __builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128 (v16qi, v16qi, const int) v8hi __builtin_ia32_packusdw128 (v4si, v4si) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pblendvb128 (v16qi, v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pblendw128 (v8hi, v8hi, const int) v2di __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_phminposuw128 (v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pmaxsb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pmaxsd128 (v4si, v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_pmaxud128 (v4si, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmaxuw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pminsb128 (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pminsd128 (v4si, v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_pminud128 (v4si, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pminuw128 (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pmovsxbd128 (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_pmovsxbq128 (v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmovsxbw128 (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_pmovsxdq128 (v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_pmovsxwd128 (v8hi) v2di __builtin_ia32_pmovsxwq128 (v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pmovzxbd128 (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_pmovzxbq128 (v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pmovzxbw128 (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_pmovzxdq128 (v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_pmovzxwd128 (v8hi) v2di __builtin_ia32_pmovzxwq128 (v8hi) v2di __builtin_ia32_pmuldq128 (v4si, v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_pmulld128 (v4si, v4si) int __builtin_ia32_ptestc128 (v2di, v2di) int __builtin_ia32_ptestnzc128 (v2di, v2di) int __builtin_ia32_ptestz128 (v2di, v2di) v2df __builtin_ia32_roundpd (v2df, const int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_roundps (v4sf, const int) v2df __builtin_ia32_roundsd (v2df, v2df, const int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_roundss (v4sf, v4sf, const int)
The following built-in functions are available when -msse4.1 is used.
v4sf __builtin_ia32_vec_set_v4sf (v4sf, float, const int)
Generates the insertps
machine instruction.
int __builtin_ia32_vec_ext_v16qi (v16qi, const int)
Generates the pextrb
machine instruction.
v16qi __builtin_ia32_vec_set_v16qi (v16qi, int, const int)
Generates the pinsrb
machine instruction.
v4si __builtin_ia32_vec_set_v4si (v4si, int, const int)
Generates the pinsrd
machine instruction.
v2di __builtin_ia32_vec_set_v2di (v2di, long long, const int)
Generates the pinsrq
machine instruction in 64bit mode.
The following built-in functions are changed to generate new SSE4.1 instructions when -msse4.1 is used.
float __builtin_ia32_vec_ext_v4sf (v4sf, const int)
Generates the extractps
machine instruction.
int __builtin_ia32_vec_ext_v4si (v4si, const int)
Generates the pextrd
machine instruction.
long long __builtin_ia32_vec_ext_v2di (v2di, const int)
Generates the pextrq
machine instruction in 64bit mode.
The following built-in functions are available when -msse4.2 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v16qi __builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128 (v16qi, int, v16qi, int, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128 (v16qi, int, v16qi, int, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128 (v16qi, int, v16qi, int, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128 (v16qi, int, v16qi, int, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128 (v16qi, int, v16qi, int, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128 (v16qi, int, v16qi, int, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128 (v16qi, int, v16qi, int, const int) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128 (v16qi, v16qi, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128 (v16qi, v16qi, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128 (v16qi, v16qi, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128 (v16qi, v16qi, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128 (v16qi, v16qi, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128 (v16qi, v16qi, const int) int __builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128 (v16qi, v16qi, const int) v2di __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtq (v2di, v2di)
The following built-in functions are available when -msse4.2 is used.
unsigned int __builtin_ia32_crc32qi (unsigned int, unsigned char)
Generates the crc32b
machine instruction.
unsigned int __builtin_ia32_crc32hi (unsigned int, unsigned short)
Generates the crc32w
machine instruction.
unsigned int __builtin_ia32_crc32si (unsigned int, unsigned int)
Generates the crc32l
machine instruction.
unsigned long long __builtin_ia32_crc32di (unsigned long long, unsigned long long)
Generates the crc32q
machine instruction.
The following built-in functions are changed to generate new SSE4.2 instructions when -msse4.2 is used.
int __builtin_popcount (unsigned int)
Generates the popcntl
machine instruction.
int __builtin_popcountl (unsigned long)
Generates the popcntl
or popcntq
machine instruction,
depending on the size of unsigned long
.
int __builtin_popcountll (unsigned long long)
Generates the popcntq
machine instruction.
The following built-in functions are available when -mavx is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v4df __builtin_ia32_addpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_addps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_addsubpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_addsubps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_andnpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_andnps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_andpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_andps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_blendpd256 (v4df,v4df,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_blendps256 (v8sf,v8sf,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_blendvpd256 (v4df,v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_blendvps256 (v8sf,v8sf,v8sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmppd (v2df,v2df,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_cmppd256 (v4df,v4df,int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpps (v4sf,v4sf,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_cmpps256 (v8sf,v8sf,int) v2df __builtin_ia32_cmpsd (v2df,v2df,int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cmpss (v4sf,v4sf,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_cvtdq2pd256 (v4si) v8sf __builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps256 (v8si) v4si __builtin_ia32_cvtpd2dq256 (v4df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps256 (v4df) v8si __builtin_ia32_cvtps2dq256 (v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd256 (v4sf) v4si __builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq256 (v4df) v8si __builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq256 (v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_divpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_divps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v8sf __builtin_ia32_dpps256 (v8sf,v8sf,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_haddpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_haddps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_hsubpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_hsubps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v32qi __builtin_ia32_lddqu256 (pcchar) v32qi __builtin_ia32_loaddqu256 (pcchar) v4df __builtin_ia32_loadupd256 (pcdouble) v8sf __builtin_ia32_loadups256 (pcfloat) v2df __builtin_ia32_maskloadpd (pcv2df,v2df) v4df __builtin_ia32_maskloadpd256 (pcv4df,v4df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_maskloadps (pcv4sf,v4sf) v8sf __builtin_ia32_maskloadps256 (pcv8sf,v8sf) void __builtin_ia32_maskstorepd (pv2df,v2df,v2df) void __builtin_ia32_maskstorepd256 (pv4df,v4df,v4df) void __builtin_ia32_maskstoreps (pv4sf,v4sf,v4sf) void __builtin_ia32_maskstoreps256 (pv8sf,v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_maxpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_maxps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_minpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_minps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_movddup256 (v4df) int __builtin_ia32_movmskpd256 (v4df) int __builtin_ia32_movmskps256 (v8sf) v8sf __builtin_ia32_movshdup256 (v8sf) v8sf __builtin_ia32_movsldup256 (v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_mulpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_mulps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_orpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_orps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_pd_pd256 (v4df) v4df __builtin_ia32_pd256_pd (v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_ps_ps256 (v8sf) v8sf __builtin_ia32_ps256_ps (v4sf) int __builtin_ia32_ptestc256 (v4di,v4di,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_ptestnzc256 (v4di,v4di,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_ptestz256 (v4di,v4di,ptest) v8sf __builtin_ia32_rcpps256 (v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_roundpd256 (v4df,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_roundps256 (v8sf,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_rsqrtps_nr256 (v8sf) v8sf __builtin_ia32_rsqrtps256 (v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_shufpd256 (v4df,v4df,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_shufps256 (v8sf,v8sf,int) v4si __builtin_ia32_si_si256 (v8si) v8si __builtin_ia32_si256_si (v4si) v4df __builtin_ia32_sqrtpd256 (v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_sqrtps_nr256 (v8sf) v8sf __builtin_ia32_sqrtps256 (v8sf) void __builtin_ia32_storedqu256 (pchar,v32qi) void __builtin_ia32_storeupd256 (pdouble,v4df) void __builtin_ia32_storeups256 (pfloat,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_subpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_subps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_unpckhpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_unpckhps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_unpcklpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_unpcklps256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastf128_pd256 (pcv2df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastf128_ps256 (pcv4sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastsd256 (pcdouble) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss (pcfloat) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss256 (pcfloat) v2df __builtin_ia32_vextractf128_pd256 (v4df,int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vextractf128_ps256 (v8sf,int) v4si __builtin_ia32_vextractf128_si256 (v8si,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_vinsertf128_pd256 (v4df,v2df,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vinsertf128_ps256 (v8sf,v4sf,int) v8si __builtin_ia32_vinsertf128_si256 (v8si,v4si,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256 (v4df,v4df,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256 (v8sf,v8sf,int) v8si __builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256 (v8si,v8si,int) v2df __builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd (v2df,v2df,v2di,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256 (v4df,v4df,v4di,int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps (v4sf,v4sf,v4si,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256 (v8sf,v8sf,v8si,int) v2df __builtin_ia32_vpermilpd (v2df,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_vpermilpd256 (v4df,int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vpermilps (v4sf,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vpermilps256 (v8sf,int) v2df __builtin_ia32_vpermilvarpd (v2df,v2di) v4df __builtin_ia32_vpermilvarpd256 (v4df,v4di) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vpermilvarps (v4sf,v4si) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vpermilvarps256 (v8sf,v8si) int __builtin_ia32_vtestcpd (v2df,v2df,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestcpd256 (v4df,v4df,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestcps (v4sf,v4sf,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestcps256 (v8sf,v8sf,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestnzcpd (v2df,v2df,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestnzcpd256 (v4df,v4df,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestnzcps (v4sf,v4sf,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestnzcps256 (v8sf,v8sf,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestzpd (v2df,v2df,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestzpd256 (v4df,v4df,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestzps (v4sf,v4sf,ptest) int __builtin_ia32_vtestzps256 (v8sf,v8sf,ptest) void __builtin_ia32_vzeroall (void) void __builtin_ia32_vzeroupper (void) v4df __builtin_ia32_xorpd256 (v4df,v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_xorps256 (v8sf,v8sf)
The following built-in functions are available when -mavx2 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v32qi __builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256 (v32qi,v32qi,int) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pabsb256 (v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pabsw256 (v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pabsd256 (v8si) v16hi __builtin_ia32_packssdw256 (v8si,v8si) v32qi __builtin_ia32_packsswb256 (v16hi,v16hi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_packusdw256 (v8si,v8si) v32qi __builtin_ia32_packuswb256 (v16hi,v16hi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_paddb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_paddw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_paddd256 (v8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_paddq256 (v4di,v4di) v32qi __builtin_ia32_paddsb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_paddsw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_paddusb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_paddusw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v4di __builtin_ia32_palignr256 (v4di,v4di,int) v4di __builtin_ia32_andsi256 (v4di,v4di) v4di __builtin_ia32_andnotsi256 (v4di,v4di) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pavgb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pavgw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pblendvb256 (v32qi,v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pblendw256 (v16hi,v16hi,int) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqd256 (c8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_pcmpeqq256 (v4di,v4di) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtw256 (16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtd256 (v8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_pcmpgtq256 (v4di,v4di) v16hi __builtin_ia32_phaddw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_phaddd256 (v8si,v8si) v16hi __builtin_ia32_phaddsw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_phsubw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_phsubd256 (v8si,v8si) v16hi __builtin_ia32_phsubsw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pmaddubsw256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmaddwd256 (v16hi,v16hi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pmaxsb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmaxsw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pmaxsd256 (v8si,v8si) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pmaxub256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmaxuw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pmaxud256 (v8si,v8si) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pminsb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pminsw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pminsd256 (v8si,v8si) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pminub256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pminuw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pminud256 (v8si,v8si) int __builtin_ia32_pmovmskb256 (v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmovsxbw256 (v16qi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pmovsxbd256 (v16qi) v4di __builtin_ia32_pmovsxbq256 (v16qi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pmovsxwd256 (v8hi) v4di __builtin_ia32_pmovsxwq256 (v8hi) v4di __builtin_ia32_pmovsxdq256 (v4si) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmovzxbw256 (v16qi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pmovzxbd256 (v16qi) v4di __builtin_ia32_pmovzxbq256 (v16qi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pmovzxwd256 (v8hi) v4di __builtin_ia32_pmovzxwq256 (v8hi) v4di __builtin_ia32_pmovzxdq256 (v4si) v4di __builtin_ia32_pmuldq256 (v8si,v8si) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhrsw256 (v16hi, v16hi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhuw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pmullw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pmulld256 (v8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_pmuludq256 (v8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_por256 (v4di,v4di) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psadbw256 (v32qi,v32qi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pshufb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pshufd256 (v8si,int) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pshufhw256 (v16hi,int) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pshuflw256 (v16hi,int) v32qi __builtin_ia32_psignb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psignw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_psignd256 (v8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_pslldqi256 (v4di,int) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psllwi256 (16hi,int) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psllw256(v16hi,v8hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pslldi256 (v8si,int) v8si __builtin_ia32_pslld256(v8si,v4si) v4di __builtin_ia32_psllqi256 (v4di,int) v4di __builtin_ia32_psllq256(v4di,v2di) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psrawi256 (v16hi,int) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psraw256 (v16hi,v8hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_psradi256 (v8si,int) v8si __builtin_ia32_psrad256 (v8si,v4si) v4di __builtin_ia32_psrldqi256 (v4di, int) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psrlwi256 (v16hi,int) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psrlw256 (v16hi,v8hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_psrldi256 (v8si,int) v8si __builtin_ia32_psrld256 (v8si,v4si) v4di __builtin_ia32_psrlqi256 (v4di,int) v4di __builtin_ia32_psrlq256(v4di,v2di) v32qi __builtin_ia32_psubb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v32hi __builtin_ia32_psubw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_psubd256 (v8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_psubq256 (v4di,v4di) v32qi __builtin_ia32_psubsb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psubsw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_psubusb256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_psubusw256 (v16hi,v16hi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_punpckhbw256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_punpckhwd256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_punpckhdq256 (v8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_punpckhqdq256 (v4di,v4di) v32qi __builtin_ia32_punpcklbw256 (v32qi,v32qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_punpcklwd256 (v16hi,v16hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_punpckldq256 (v8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_punpcklqdq256 (v4di,v4di) v4di __builtin_ia32_pxor256 (v4di,v4di) v4di __builtin_ia32_movntdqa256 (pv4di) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss_ps (v4sf) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss_ps256 (v4sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastsd_pd256 (v2df) v4di __builtin_ia32_vbroadcastsi256 (v2di) v4si __builtin_ia32_pblendd128 (v4si,v4si) v8si __builtin_ia32_pblendd256 (v8si,v8si) v32qi __builtin_ia32_pbroadcastb256 (v16qi) v16hi __builtin_ia32_pbroadcastw256 (v8hi) v8si __builtin_ia32_pbroadcastd256 (v4si) v4di __builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq256 (v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_pbroadcastb128 (v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_pbroadcastw128 (v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_pbroadcastd128 (v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq128 (v2di) v8si __builtin_ia32_permvarsi256 (v8si,v8si) v4df __builtin_ia32_permdf256 (v4df,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_permvarsf256 (v8sf,v8sf) v4di __builtin_ia32_permdi256 (v4di,int) v4di __builtin_ia32_permti256 (v4di,v4di,int) v4di __builtin_ia32_extract128i256 (v4di,int) v4di __builtin_ia32_insert128i256 (v4di,v2di,int) v8si __builtin_ia32_maskloadd256 (pcv8si,v8si) v4di __builtin_ia32_maskloadq256 (pcv4di,v4di) v4si __builtin_ia32_maskloadd (pcv4si,v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_maskloadq (pcv2di,v2di) void __builtin_ia32_maskstored256 (pv8si,v8si,v8si) void __builtin_ia32_maskstoreq256 (pv4di,v4di,v4di) void __builtin_ia32_maskstored (pv4si,v4si,v4si) void __builtin_ia32_maskstoreq (pv2di,v2di,v2di) v8si __builtin_ia32_psllv8si (v8si,v8si) v4si __builtin_ia32_psllv4si (v4si,v4si) v4di __builtin_ia32_psllv4di (v4di,v4di) v2di __builtin_ia32_psllv2di (v2di,v2di) v8si __builtin_ia32_psrav8si (v8si,v8si) v4si __builtin_ia32_psrav4si (v4si,v4si) v8si __builtin_ia32_psrlv8si (v8si,v8si) v4si __builtin_ia32_psrlv4si (v4si,v4si) v4di __builtin_ia32_psrlv4di (v4di,v4di) v2di __builtin_ia32_psrlv2di (v2di,v2di) v2df __builtin_ia32_gathersiv2df (v2df, pcdouble,v4si,v2df,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_gathersiv4df (v4df, pcdouble,v4si,v4df,int) v2df __builtin_ia32_gatherdiv2df (v2df, pcdouble,v2di,v2df,int) v4df __builtin_ia32_gatherdiv4df (v4df, pcdouble,v4di,v4df,int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_gathersiv4sf (v4sf, pcfloat,v4si,v4sf,int) v8sf __builtin_ia32_gathersiv8sf (v8sf, pcfloat,v8si,v8sf,int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_gatherdiv4sf (v4sf, pcfloat,v2di,v4sf,int) v4sf __builtin_ia32_gatherdiv4sf256 (v4sf, pcfloat,v4di,v4sf,int) v2di __builtin_ia32_gathersiv2di (v2di, pcint64,v4si,v2di,int) v4di __builtin_ia32_gathersiv4di (v4di, pcint64,v4si,v4di,int) v2di __builtin_ia32_gatherdiv2di (v2di, pcint64,v2di,v2di,int) v4di __builtin_ia32_gatherdiv4di (v4di, pcint64,v4di,v4di,int) v4si __builtin_ia32_gathersiv4si (v4si, pcint,v4si,v4si,int) v8si __builtin_ia32_gathersiv8si (v8si, pcint,v8si,v8si,int) v4si __builtin_ia32_gatherdiv4si (v4si, pcint,v2di,v4si,int) v4si __builtin_ia32_gatherdiv4si256 (v4si, pcint,v4di,v4si,int)
The following built-in functions are available when -maes is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v2di __builtin_ia32_aesenc128 (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_aesenclast128 (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_aesdec128 (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_aesdeclast128 (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128 (v2di, const int) v2di __builtin_ia32_aesimc128 (v2di)
The following built-in function is available when -mpclmul is used.
v2di __builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128 (v2di, v2di, const int)
Generates the pclmulqdq
machine instruction.
The following built-in function is available when -mfsgsbase is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
unsigned int __builtin_ia32_rdfsbase32 (void) unsigned long long __builtin_ia32_rdfsbase64 (void) unsigned int __builtin_ia32_rdgsbase32 (void) unsigned long long __builtin_ia32_rdgsbase64 (void) void _writefsbase_u32 (unsigned int) void _writefsbase_u64 (unsigned long long) void _writegsbase_u32 (unsigned int) void _writegsbase_u64 (unsigned long long)
The following built-in function is available when -mrdrnd is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
unsigned int __builtin_ia32_rdrand16_step (unsigned short *) unsigned int __builtin_ia32_rdrand32_step (unsigned int *) unsigned int __builtin_ia32_rdrand64_step (unsigned long long *)
The following built-in functions are available when -msse4a is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
void __builtin_ia32_movntsd (double *, v2df) void __builtin_ia32_movntss (float *, v4sf) v2di __builtin_ia32_extrq (v2di, v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_extrqi (v2di, const unsigned int, const unsigned int) v2di __builtin_ia32_insertq (v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_insertqi (v2di, v2di, const unsigned int, const unsigned int)
The following built-in functions are available when -mxop is used.
v2df __builtin_ia32_vfrczpd (v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfrczps (v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfrczsd (v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfrczss (v4sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vfrczpd256 (v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vfrczps256 (v8sf) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcmov (v2di, v2di, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v2di (v2di, v2di, v2di) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v4si (v4si, v4si, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v8hi (v8hi, v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v16qi (v16qi, v16qi, v16qi) v2df __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v2df (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v4sf (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v4di __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v4di256 (v4di, v4di, v4di) v8si __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v8si256 (v8si, v8si, v8si) v16hi __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v16hi256 (v16hi, v16hi, v16hi) v32qi __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v32qi256 (v32qi, v32qi, v32qi) v4df __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v4df256 (v4df, v4df, v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vpcmov_v8sf256 (v8sf, v8sf, v8sf) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomeqb (v16qi, v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomeqw (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomeqd (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomeqq (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomequb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomequd (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomequq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomequw (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomeqw (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomfalseb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomfalsed (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomfalseq (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomfalseub (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomfalseud (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomfalseuq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomfalseuw (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomfalsew (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomgeb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomged (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomgeq (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomgeub (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomgeud (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomgeuq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomgeuw (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomgew (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomgtb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomgtd (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomgtq (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomgtub (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomgtud (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomgtuq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomgtuw (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomgtw (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomleb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomled (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomleq (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomleub (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomleud (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomleuq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomleuw (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomlew (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomltb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomltd (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomltq (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomltub (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomltud (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomltuq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomltuw (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomltw (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomneb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomned (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomneq (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomneub (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomneud (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomneuq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomneuw (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomnew (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomtrueb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomtrued (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomtrueq (v2di, v2di) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpcomtrueub (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpcomtrueud (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpcomtrueuq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomtrueuw (v8hi, v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpcomtruew (v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vphaddbd (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_vphaddbq (v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vphaddbw (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_vphadddq (v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_vphaddubd (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_vphaddubq (v16qi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vphaddubw (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_vphaddudq (v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_vphadduwd (v8hi) v2di __builtin_ia32_vphadduwq (v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vphaddwd (v8hi) v2di __builtin_ia32_vphaddwq (v8hi) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vphsubbw (v16qi) v2di __builtin_ia32_vphsubdq (v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_vphsubwd (v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpmacsdd (v4si, v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpmacsdqh (v4si, v4si, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpmacsdql (v4si, v4si, v2di) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpmacssdd (v4si, v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpmacssdqh (v4si, v4si, v2di) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpmacssdql (v4si, v4si, v2di) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpmacsswd (v8hi, v8hi, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpmacssww (v8hi, v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpmacswd (v8hi, v8hi, v4si) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpmacsww (v8hi, v8hi, v8hi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpmadcsswd (v8hi, v8hi, v4si) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpmadcswd (v8hi, v8hi, v4si) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpperm (v16qi, v16qi, v16qi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vprotb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vprotd (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vprotq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vprotw (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpshab (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpshad (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpshaq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpshaw (v8hi, v8hi) v16qi __builtin_ia32_vpshlb (v16qi, v16qi) v4si __builtin_ia32_vpshld (v4si, v4si) v2di __builtin_ia32_vpshlq (v2di, v2di) v8hi __builtin_ia32_vpshlw (v8hi, v8hi)
The following built-in functions are available when -mfma4 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v2df __builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfmaddps (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfmaddss (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfmsubps (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfmsubsd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfmsubss (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfnmaddsd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfnmaddss (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfnmsubsd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfnmsubss (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v2df __builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd (v2df, v2df, v2df) v4sf __builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps (v4sf, v4sf, v4sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd256 (v4df, v4df, v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vfmaddps256 (v8sf, v8sf, v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd256 (v4df, v4df, v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vfmsubps256 (v8sf, v8sf, v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd256 (v4df, v4df, v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps256 (v8sf, v8sf, v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd256 (v4df, v4df, v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps256 (v8sf, v8sf, v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd256 (v4df, v4df, v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps256 (v8sf, v8sf, v8sf) v4df __builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd256 (v4df, v4df, v4df) v8sf __builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps256 (v8sf, v8sf, v8sf)
The following built-in functions are available when -mlwp is used.
void __builtin_ia32_llwpcb16 (void *); void __builtin_ia32_llwpcb32 (void *); void __builtin_ia32_llwpcb64 (void *); void * __builtin_ia32_llwpcb16 (void); void * __builtin_ia32_llwpcb32 (void); void * __builtin_ia32_llwpcb64 (void); void __builtin_ia32_lwpval16 (unsigned short, unsigned int, unsigned short) void __builtin_ia32_lwpval32 (unsigned int, unsigned int, unsigned int) void __builtin_ia32_lwpval64 (unsigned __int64, unsigned int, unsigned int) unsigned char __builtin_ia32_lwpins16 (unsigned short, unsigned int, unsigned short) unsigned char __builtin_ia32_lwpins32 (unsigned int, unsigned int, unsigned int) unsigned char __builtin_ia32_lwpins64 (unsigned __int64, unsigned int, unsigned int)
The following built-in functions are available when -mbmi is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
unsigned int __builtin_ia32_bextr_u32(unsigned int, unsigned int); unsigned long long __builtin_ia32_bextr_u64 (unsigned long long, unsigned long long);
The following built-in functions are available when -mbmi2 is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
unsigned int _bzhi_u32 (unsigned int, unsigned int) unsigned int _pdep_u32 (unsigned int, unsigned int) unsigned int _pext_u32 (unsigned int, unsigned int) unsigned long long _bzhi_u64 (unsigned long long, unsigned long long) unsigned long long _pdep_u64 (unsigned long long, unsigned long long) unsigned long long _pext_u64 (unsigned long long, unsigned long long)
The following built-in functions are available when -mlzcnt is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
unsigned short __builtin_ia32_lzcnt_16(unsigned short); unsigned int __builtin_ia32_lzcnt_u32(unsigned int); unsigned long long __builtin_ia32_lzcnt_u64 (unsigned long long);
The following built-in functions are available when -mfxsr is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
void __builtin_ia32_fxsave (void *) void __builtin_ia32_fxrstor (void *) void __builtin_ia32_fxsave64 (void *) void __builtin_ia32_fxrstor64 (void *)
The following built-in functions are available when -mxsave is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
void __builtin_ia32_xsave (void *, long long) void __builtin_ia32_xrstor (void *, long long) void __builtin_ia32_xsave64 (void *, long long) void __builtin_ia32_xrstor64 (void *, long long)
The following built-in functions are available when -mxsaveopt is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
void __builtin_ia32_xsaveopt (void *, long long) void __builtin_ia32_xsaveopt64 (void *, long long)
The following built-in functions are available when -mtbm is used. Both of them generate the immediate form of the bextr machine instruction.
unsigned int __builtin_ia32_bextri_u32 (unsigned int, const unsigned int); unsigned long long __builtin_ia32_bextri_u64 (unsigned long long, const unsigned long long);
The following built-in functions are available when -m3dnow is used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
void __builtin_ia32_femms (void) v8qi __builtin_ia32_pavgusb (v8qi, v8qi) v2si __builtin_ia32_pf2id (v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfacc (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfadd (v2sf, v2sf) v2si __builtin_ia32_pfcmpeq (v2sf, v2sf) v2si __builtin_ia32_pfcmpge (v2sf, v2sf) v2si __builtin_ia32_pfcmpgt (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfmax (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfmin (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfmul (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfrcp (v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfrcpit1 (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfrcpit2 (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfrsqrt (v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfsub (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfsubr (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pi2fd (v2si) v4hi __builtin_ia32_pmulhrw (v4hi, v4hi)
The following built-in functions are available when both -m3dnow and -march=athlon are used. All of them generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
v2si __builtin_ia32_pf2iw (v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfnacc (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pfpnacc (v2sf, v2sf) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pi2fw (v2si) v2sf __builtin_ia32_pswapdsf (v2sf) v2si __builtin_ia32_pswapdsi (v2si)
The following built-in functions are available when -mrtm is used They are used for restricted transactional memory. These are the internal low level functions. Normally the functions in X86 transactional memory intrinsics should be used instead.
int __builtin_ia32_xbegin () void __builtin_ia32_xend () void __builtin_ia32_xabort (status) int __builtin_ia32_xtest ()
Next: MIPS DSP Built-in Functions, Previous: X86 Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
Hardware transactional memory intrinsics for i386. These allow to use memory transactions with RTM (Restricted Transactional Memory). For using HLE (Hardware Lock Elision) see x86 specific memory model extensions for transactional memory instead. This support is enabled with the -mrtm option.
A memory transaction commits all changes to memory in an atomic way, as visible to other threads. If the transaction fails it is rolled back and all side effects discarded.
Generally there is no guarantee that a memory transaction ever succeeds and suitable fallback code always needs to be supplied.
Start a RTM (Restricted Transactional Memory) transaction. Returns _XBEGIN_STARTED when the transaction started successfully (note this is not 0, so the constant has to be explicitely tested). When the transaction aborts all side effects are undone and an abort code is returned. There is no guarantee any transaction ever succeeds, so there always needs to be a valid tested fallback path.
#include <immintrin.h> if ((status = _xbegin ()) == _XBEGIN_STARTED) { ... transaction code... _xend (); } else { ... non transactional fallback path... }
Valid abort status bits (when the value is not _XBEGIN_STARTED
) are:
_XABORT_EXPLICIT
Transaction explicitely aborted with _xabort
. The parameter passed
to _xabort
is available with _XABORT_CODE(status)
_XABORT_RETRY
Transaction retry is possible.
_XABORT_CONFLICT
Transaction abort due to a memory conflict with another thread
_XABORT_CAPACITY
Transaction abort due to the transaction using too much memory
_XABORT_DEBUG
Transaction abort due to a debug trap
_XABORT_NESTED
Transaction abort in a inner nested transaction
Commit the current transaction. When no transaction is active this will fault. All memory side effects of the transactions will become visible to other threads in an atomic matter.
Return a value not zero when a transaction is currently active, otherwise 0.
Abort the current transaction. When no transaction is active this is a no-op.
status must be a 8bit constant, that is included in the status code returned
by _xbegin
Next: MIPS Paired-Single Support, Previous: X86 transactional memory intrinsics, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
The MIPS DSP Application-Specific Extension (ASE) includes new instructions that are designed to improve the performance of DSP and media applications. It provides instructions that operate on packed 8-bit/16-bit integer data, Q7, Q15 and Q31 fractional data.
GCC supports MIPS DSP operations using both the generic vector extensions (see Vector Extensions) and a collection of MIPS-specific built-in functions. Both kinds of support are enabled by the -mdsp command-line option.
Revision 2 of the ASE was introduced in the second half of 2006. This revision adds extra instructions to the original ASE, but is otherwise backwards-compatible with it. You can select revision 2 using the command-line option -mdspr2; this option implies -mdsp.
The SCOUNT and POS bits of the DSP control register are global. The WRDSP, EXTPDP, EXTPDPV and MTHLIP instructions modify the SCOUNT and POS bits. During optimization, the compiler does not delete these instructions and it does not delete calls to functions containing these instructions.
At present, GCC only provides support for operations on 32-bit
vectors. The vector type associated with 8-bit integer data is
usually called v4i8
, the vector type associated with Q7
is usually called v4q7
, the vector type associated with 16-bit
integer data is usually called v2i16
, and the vector type
associated with Q15 is usually called v2q15
. They can be
defined in C as follows:
typedef signed char v4i8 __attribute__ ((vector_size(4))); typedef signed char v4q7 __attribute__ ((vector_size(4))); typedef short v2i16 __attribute__ ((vector_size(4))); typedef short v2q15 __attribute__ ((vector_size(4)));
v4i8
, v4q7
, v2i16
and v2q15
values are
initialized in the same way as aggregates. For example:
v4i8 a = {1, 2, 3, 4}; v4i8 b; b = (v4i8) {5, 6, 7, 8}; v2q15 c = {0x0fcb, 0x3a75}; v2q15 d; d = (v2q15) {0.1234 * 0x1.0p15, 0.4567 * 0x1.0p15};
Note: The CPU’s endianness determines the order in which values
are packed. On little-endian targets, the first value is the least
significant and the last value is the most significant. The opposite
order applies to big-endian targets. For example, the code above
sets the lowest byte of a
to 1
on little-endian targets
and 4
on big-endian targets.
Note: Q7, Q15 and Q31 values must be initialized with their integer
representation. As shown in this example, the integer representation
of a Q7 value can be obtained by multiplying the fractional value by
0x1.0p7
. The equivalent for Q15 values is to multiply by
0x1.0p15
. The equivalent for Q31 values is to multiply by
0x1.0p31
.
The table below lists the v4i8
and v2q15
operations for which
hardware support exists. a
and b
are v4i8
values,
and c
and d
are v2q15
values.
C code | MIPS instruction |
a + b | addu.qb |
c + d | addq.ph |
a - b | subu.qb |
c - d | subq.ph |
The table below lists the v2i16
operation for which
hardware support exists for the DSP ASE REV 2. e
and f
are
v2i16
values.
C code | MIPS instruction |
e * f | mul.ph |
It is easier to describe the DSP built-in functions if we first define the following types:
typedef int q31; typedef int i32; typedef unsigned int ui32; typedef long long a64;
q31
and i32
are actually the same as int
, but we
use q31
to indicate a Q31 fractional value and i32
to
indicate a 32-bit integer value. Similarly, a64
is the same as
long long
, but we use a64
to indicate values that are
placed in one of the four DSP accumulators ($ac0
,
$ac1
, $ac2
or $ac3
).
Also, some built-in functions prefer or require immediate numbers as parameters, because the corresponding DSP instructions accept both immediate numbers and register operands, or accept immediate numbers only. The immediate parameters are listed as follows.
imm0_3: 0 to 3. imm0_7: 0 to 7. imm0_15: 0 to 15. imm0_31: 0 to 31. imm0_63: 0 to 63. imm0_255: 0 to 255. imm_n32_31: -32 to 31. imm_n512_511: -512 to 511.
The following built-in functions map directly to a particular MIPS DSP instruction. Please refer to the architecture specification for details on what each instruction does.
v2q15 __builtin_mips_addq_ph (v2q15, v2q15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_addq_s_ph (v2q15, v2q15) q31 __builtin_mips_addq_s_w (q31, q31) v4i8 __builtin_mips_addu_qb (v4i8, v4i8) v4i8 __builtin_mips_addu_s_qb (v4i8, v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_subq_ph (v2q15, v2q15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_subq_s_ph (v2q15, v2q15) q31 __builtin_mips_subq_s_w (q31, q31) v4i8 __builtin_mips_subu_qb (v4i8, v4i8) v4i8 __builtin_mips_subu_s_qb (v4i8, v4i8) i32 __builtin_mips_addsc (i32, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_addwc (i32, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_modsub (i32, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_raddu_w_qb (v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_absq_s_ph (v2q15) q31 __builtin_mips_absq_s_w (q31) v4i8 __builtin_mips_precrq_qb_ph (v2q15, v2q15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_precrq_ph_w (q31, q31) v2q15 __builtin_mips_precrq_rs_ph_w (q31, q31) v4i8 __builtin_mips_precrqu_s_qb_ph (v2q15, v2q15) q31 __builtin_mips_preceq_w_phl (v2q15) q31 __builtin_mips_preceq_w_phr (v2q15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_precequ_ph_qbl (v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_precequ_ph_qbr (v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_precequ_ph_qbla (v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_precequ_ph_qbra (v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_preceu_ph_qbl (v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_preceu_ph_qbr (v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_preceu_ph_qbla (v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_preceu_ph_qbra (v4i8) v4i8 __builtin_mips_shll_qb (v4i8, imm0_7) v4i8 __builtin_mips_shll_qb (v4i8, i32) v2q15 __builtin_mips_shll_ph (v2q15, imm0_15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_shll_ph (v2q15, i32) v2q15 __builtin_mips_shll_s_ph (v2q15, imm0_15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_shll_s_ph (v2q15, i32) q31 __builtin_mips_shll_s_w (q31, imm0_31) q31 __builtin_mips_shll_s_w (q31, i32) v4i8 __builtin_mips_shrl_qb (v4i8, imm0_7) v4i8 __builtin_mips_shrl_qb (v4i8, i32) v2q15 __builtin_mips_shra_ph (v2q15, imm0_15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_shra_ph (v2q15, i32) v2q15 __builtin_mips_shra_r_ph (v2q15, imm0_15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_shra_r_ph (v2q15, i32) q31 __builtin_mips_shra_r_w (q31, imm0_31) q31 __builtin_mips_shra_r_w (q31, i32) v2q15 __builtin_mips_muleu_s_ph_qbl (v4i8, v2q15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_muleu_s_ph_qbr (v4i8, v2q15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_mulq_rs_ph (v2q15, v2q15) q31 __builtin_mips_muleq_s_w_phl (v2q15, v2q15) q31 __builtin_mips_muleq_s_w_phr (v2q15, v2q15) a64 __builtin_mips_dpau_h_qbl (a64, v4i8, v4i8) a64 __builtin_mips_dpau_h_qbr (a64, v4i8, v4i8) a64 __builtin_mips_dpsu_h_qbl (a64, v4i8, v4i8) a64 __builtin_mips_dpsu_h_qbr (a64, v4i8, v4i8) a64 __builtin_mips_dpaq_s_w_ph (a64, v2q15, v2q15) a64 __builtin_mips_dpaq_sa_l_w (a64, q31, q31) a64 __builtin_mips_dpsq_s_w_ph (a64, v2q15, v2q15) a64 __builtin_mips_dpsq_sa_l_w (a64, q31, q31) a64 __builtin_mips_mulsaq_s_w_ph (a64, v2q15, v2q15) a64 __builtin_mips_maq_s_w_phl (a64, v2q15, v2q15) a64 __builtin_mips_maq_s_w_phr (a64, v2q15, v2q15) a64 __builtin_mips_maq_sa_w_phl (a64, v2q15, v2q15) a64 __builtin_mips_maq_sa_w_phr (a64, v2q15, v2q15) i32 __builtin_mips_bitrev (i32) i32 __builtin_mips_insv (i32, i32) v4i8 __builtin_mips_repl_qb (imm0_255) v4i8 __builtin_mips_repl_qb (i32) v2q15 __builtin_mips_repl_ph (imm_n512_511) v2q15 __builtin_mips_repl_ph (i32) void __builtin_mips_cmpu_eq_qb (v4i8, v4i8) void __builtin_mips_cmpu_lt_qb (v4i8, v4i8) void __builtin_mips_cmpu_le_qb (v4i8, v4i8) i32 __builtin_mips_cmpgu_eq_qb (v4i8, v4i8) i32 __builtin_mips_cmpgu_lt_qb (v4i8, v4i8) i32 __builtin_mips_cmpgu_le_qb (v4i8, v4i8) void __builtin_mips_cmp_eq_ph (v2q15, v2q15) void __builtin_mips_cmp_lt_ph (v2q15, v2q15) void __builtin_mips_cmp_le_ph (v2q15, v2q15) v4i8 __builtin_mips_pick_qb (v4i8, v4i8) v2q15 __builtin_mips_pick_ph (v2q15, v2q15) v2q15 __builtin_mips_packrl_ph (v2q15, v2q15) i32 __builtin_mips_extr_w (a64, imm0_31) i32 __builtin_mips_extr_w (a64, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_extr_r_w (a64, imm0_31) i32 __builtin_mips_extr_s_h (a64, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_extr_rs_w (a64, imm0_31) i32 __builtin_mips_extr_rs_w (a64, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_extr_s_h (a64, imm0_31) i32 __builtin_mips_extr_r_w (a64, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_extp (a64, imm0_31) i32 __builtin_mips_extp (a64, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_extpdp (a64, imm0_31) i32 __builtin_mips_extpdp (a64, i32) a64 __builtin_mips_shilo (a64, imm_n32_31) a64 __builtin_mips_shilo (a64, i32) a64 __builtin_mips_mthlip (a64, i32) void __builtin_mips_wrdsp (i32, imm0_63) i32 __builtin_mips_rddsp (imm0_63) i32 __builtin_mips_lbux (void *, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_lhx (void *, i32) i32 __builtin_mips_lwx (void *, i32) a64 __builtin_mips_ldx (void *, i32) [MIPS64 only] i32 __builtin_mips_bposge32 (void) a64 __builtin_mips_madd (a64, i32, i32); a64 __builtin_mips_maddu (a64, ui32, ui32); a64 __builtin_mips_msub (a64, i32, i32); a64 __builtin_mips_msubu (a64, ui32, ui32); a64 __builtin_mips_mult (i32, i32); a64 __builtin_mips_multu (ui32, ui32);
The following built-in functions map directly to a particular MIPS DSP REV 2 instruction. Please refer to the architecture specification for details on what each instruction does.
v4q7 __builtin_mips_absq_s_qb (v4q7); v2i16 __builtin_mips_addu_ph (v2i16, v2i16); v2i16 __builtin_mips_addu_s_ph (v2i16, v2i16); v4i8 __builtin_mips_adduh_qb (v4i8, v4i8); v4i8 __builtin_mips_adduh_r_qb (v4i8, v4i8); i32 __builtin_mips_append (i32, i32, imm0_31); i32 __builtin_mips_balign (i32, i32, imm0_3); i32 __builtin_mips_cmpgdu_eq_qb (v4i8, v4i8); i32 __builtin_mips_cmpgdu_lt_qb (v4i8, v4i8); i32 __builtin_mips_cmpgdu_le_qb (v4i8, v4i8); a64 __builtin_mips_dpa_w_ph (a64, v2i16, v2i16); a64 __builtin_mips_dps_w_ph (a64, v2i16, v2i16); v2i16 __builtin_mips_mul_ph (v2i16, v2i16); v2i16 __builtin_mips_mul_s_ph (v2i16, v2i16); q31 __builtin_mips_mulq_rs_w (q31, q31); v2q15 __builtin_mips_mulq_s_ph (v2q15, v2q15); q31 __builtin_mips_mulq_s_w (q31, q31); a64 __builtin_mips_mulsa_w_ph (a64, v2i16, v2i16); v4i8 __builtin_mips_precr_qb_ph (v2i16, v2i16); v2i16 __builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w (i32, i32, imm0_31); v2i16 __builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w (i32, i32, imm0_31); i32 __builtin_mips_prepend (i32, i32, imm0_31); v4i8 __builtin_mips_shra_qb (v4i8, imm0_7); v4i8 __builtin_mips_shra_r_qb (v4i8, imm0_7); v4i8 __builtin_mips_shra_qb (v4i8, i32); v4i8 __builtin_mips_shra_r_qb (v4i8, i32); v2i16 __builtin_mips_shrl_ph (v2i16, imm0_15); v2i16 __builtin_mips_shrl_ph (v2i16, i32); v2i16 __builtin_mips_subu_ph (v2i16, v2i16); v2i16 __builtin_mips_subu_s_ph (v2i16, v2i16); v4i8 __builtin_mips_subuh_qb (v4i8, v4i8); v4i8 __builtin_mips_subuh_r_qb (v4i8, v4i8); v2q15 __builtin_mips_addqh_ph (v2q15, v2q15); v2q15 __builtin_mips_addqh_r_ph (v2q15, v2q15); q31 __builtin_mips_addqh_w (q31, q31); q31 __builtin_mips_addqh_r_w (q31, q31); v2q15 __builtin_mips_subqh_ph (v2q15, v2q15); v2q15 __builtin_mips_subqh_r_ph (v2q15, v2q15); q31 __builtin_mips_subqh_w (q31, q31); q31 __builtin_mips_subqh_r_w (q31, q31); a64 __builtin_mips_dpax_w_ph (a64, v2i16, v2i16); a64 __builtin_mips_dpsx_w_ph (a64, v2i16, v2i16); a64 __builtin_mips_dpaqx_s_w_ph (a64, v2q15, v2q15); a64 __builtin_mips_dpaqx_sa_w_ph (a64, v2q15, v2q15); a64 __builtin_mips_dpsqx_s_w_ph (a64, v2q15, v2q15); a64 __builtin_mips_dpsqx_sa_w_ph (a64, v2q15, v2q15);
Next: MIPS Loongson Built-in Functions, Previous: MIPS DSP Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
The MIPS64 architecture includes a number of instructions that operate on pairs of single-precision floating-point values. Each pair is packed into a 64-bit floating-point register, with one element being designated the “upper half” and the other being designated the “lower half”.
GCC supports paired-single operations using both the generic vector extensions (see Vector Extensions) and a collection of MIPS-specific built-in functions. Both kinds of support are enabled by the -mpaired-single command-line option.
The vector type associated with paired-single values is usually
called v2sf
. It can be defined in C as follows:
typedef float v2sf __attribute__ ((vector_size (8)));
v2sf
values are initialized in the same way as aggregates.
For example:
v2sf a = {1.5, 9.1}; v2sf b; float e, f; b = (v2sf) {e, f};
Note: The CPU’s endianness determines which value is stored in
the upper half of a register and which value is stored in the lower half.
On little-endian targets, the first value is the lower one and the second
value is the upper one. The opposite order applies to big-endian targets.
For example, the code above sets the lower half of a
to
1.5
on little-endian targets and 9.1
on big-endian targets.
Next: Other MIPS Built-in Functions, Previous: MIPS Paired-Single Support, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides intrinsics to access the SIMD instructions provided by the
ST Microelectronics Loongson-2E and -2F processors. These intrinsics,
available after inclusion of the loongson.h
header file,
operate on the following 64-bit vector types:
uint8x8_t
, a vector of eight unsigned 8-bit integers;
uint16x4_t
, a vector of four unsigned 16-bit integers;
uint32x2_t
, a vector of two unsigned 32-bit integers;
int8x8_t
, a vector of eight signed 8-bit integers;
int16x4_t
, a vector of four signed 16-bit integers;
int32x2_t
, a vector of two signed 32-bit integers.
The intrinsics provided are listed below; each is named after the machine instruction to which it corresponds, with suffixes added as appropriate to distinguish intrinsics that expand to the same machine instruction yet have different argument types. Refer to the architecture documentation for a description of the functionality of each instruction.
int16x4_t packsswh (int32x2_t s, int32x2_t t); int8x8_t packsshb (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); uint8x8_t packushb (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint32x2_t paddw_u (uint32x2_t s, uint32x2_t t); uint16x4_t paddh_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t paddb_u (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); int32x2_t paddw_s (int32x2_t s, int32x2_t t); int16x4_t paddh_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t paddb_s (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t); uint64_t paddd_u (uint64_t s, uint64_t t); int64_t paddd_s (int64_t s, int64_t t); int16x4_t paddsh (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t paddsb (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t); uint16x4_t paddush (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t paddusb (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); uint64_t pandn_ud (uint64_t s, uint64_t t); uint32x2_t pandn_uw (uint32x2_t s, uint32x2_t t); uint16x4_t pandn_uh (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t pandn_ub (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); int64_t pandn_sd (int64_t s, int64_t t); int32x2_t pandn_sw (int32x2_t s, int32x2_t t); int16x4_t pandn_sh (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t pandn_sb (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t); uint16x4_t pavgh (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t pavgb (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); uint32x2_t pcmpeqw_u (uint32x2_t s, uint32x2_t t); uint16x4_t pcmpeqh_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t pcmpeqb_u (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); int32x2_t pcmpeqw_s (int32x2_t s, int32x2_t t); int16x4_t pcmpeqh_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t pcmpeqb_s (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t); uint32x2_t pcmpgtw_u (uint32x2_t s, uint32x2_t t); uint16x4_t pcmpgth_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t pcmpgtb_u (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); int32x2_t pcmpgtw_s (int32x2_t s, int32x2_t t); int16x4_t pcmpgth_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t pcmpgtb_s (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t); uint16x4_t pextrh_u (uint16x4_t s, int field); int16x4_t pextrh_s (int16x4_t s, int field); uint16x4_t pinsrh_0_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint16x4_t pinsrh_1_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint16x4_t pinsrh_2_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint16x4_t pinsrh_3_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); int16x4_t pinsrh_0_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int16x4_t pinsrh_1_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int16x4_t pinsrh_2_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int16x4_t pinsrh_3_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int32x2_t pmaddhw (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int16x4_t pmaxsh (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); uint8x8_t pmaxub (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); int16x4_t pminsh (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); uint8x8_t pminub (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); uint8x8_t pmovmskb_u (uint8x8_t s); int8x8_t pmovmskb_s (int8x8_t s); uint16x4_t pmulhuh (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); int16x4_t pmulhh (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int16x4_t pmullh (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int64_t pmuluw (uint32x2_t s, uint32x2_t t); uint8x8_t pasubub (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); uint16x4_t biadd (uint8x8_t s); uint16x4_t psadbh (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); uint16x4_t pshufh_u (uint16x4_t dest, uint16x4_t s, uint8_t order); int16x4_t pshufh_s (int16x4_t dest, int16x4_t s, uint8_t order); uint16x4_t psllh_u (uint16x4_t s, uint8_t amount); int16x4_t psllh_s (int16x4_t s, uint8_t amount); uint32x2_t psllw_u (uint32x2_t s, uint8_t amount); int32x2_t psllw_s (int32x2_t s, uint8_t amount); uint16x4_t psrlh_u (uint16x4_t s, uint8_t amount); int16x4_t psrlh_s (int16x4_t s, uint8_t amount); uint32x2_t psrlw_u (uint32x2_t s, uint8_t amount); int32x2_t psrlw_s (int32x2_t s, uint8_t amount); uint16x4_t psrah_u (uint16x4_t s, uint8_t amount); int16x4_t psrah_s (int16x4_t s, uint8_t amount); uint32x2_t psraw_u (uint32x2_t s, uint8_t amount); int32x2_t psraw_s (int32x2_t s, uint8_t amount); uint32x2_t psubw_u (uint32x2_t s, uint32x2_t t); uint16x4_t psubh_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t psubb_u (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); int32x2_t psubw_s (int32x2_t s, int32x2_t t); int16x4_t psubh_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t psubb_s (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t); uint64_t psubd_u (uint64_t s, uint64_t t); int64_t psubd_s (int64_t s, int64_t t); int16x4_t psubsh (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t psubsb (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t); uint16x4_t psubush (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t psubusb (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); uint32x2_t punpckhwd_u (uint32x2_t s, uint32x2_t t); uint16x4_t punpckhhw_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t punpckhbh_u (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); int32x2_t punpckhwd_s (int32x2_t s, int32x2_t t); int16x4_t punpckhhw_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t punpckhbh_s (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t); uint32x2_t punpcklwd_u (uint32x2_t s, uint32x2_t t); uint16x4_t punpcklhw_u (uint16x4_t s, uint16x4_t t); uint8x8_t punpcklbh_u (uint8x8_t s, uint8x8_t t); int32x2_t punpcklwd_s (int32x2_t s, int32x2_t t); int16x4_t punpcklhw_s (int16x4_t s, int16x4_t t); int8x8_t punpcklbh_s (int8x8_t s, int8x8_t t);
• Paired-Single Arithmetic: | ||
• Paired-Single Built-in Functions: | ||
• MIPS-3D Built-in Functions: |
The table below lists the v2sf
operations for which hardware
support exists. a
, b
and c
are v2sf
values and x
is an integral value.
C code | MIPS instruction |
a + b | add.ps |
a - b | sub.ps |
-a | neg.ps |
a * b | mul.ps |
a * b + c | madd.ps |
a * b - c | msub.ps |
-(a * b + c) | nmadd.ps |
-(a * b - c) | nmsub.ps |
x ? a : b | movn.ps /movz.ps |
Note that the multiply-accumulate instructions can be disabled
using the command-line option -mno-fused-madd
.
Next: MIPS-3D Built-in Functions, Previous: Paired-Single Arithmetic, Up: MIPS Loongson Built-in Functions [Contents][Index]
The following paired-single functions map directly to a particular MIPS instruction. Please refer to the architecture specification for details on what each instruction does.
v2sf __builtin_mips_pll_ps (v2sf, v2sf)
Pair lower lower (pll.ps
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_pul_ps (v2sf, v2sf)
Pair upper lower (pul.ps
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_plu_ps (v2sf, v2sf)
Pair lower upper (plu.ps
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_puu_ps (v2sf, v2sf)
Pair upper upper (puu.ps
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_cvt_ps_s (float, float)
Convert pair to paired single (cvt.ps.s
).
float __builtin_mips_cvt_s_pl (v2sf)
Convert pair lower to single (cvt.s.pl
).
float __builtin_mips_cvt_s_pu (v2sf)
Convert pair upper to single (cvt.s.pu
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_abs_ps (v2sf)
Absolute value (abs.ps
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_alnv_ps (v2sf, v2sf, int)
Align variable (alnv.ps
).
Note: The value of the third parameter must be 0 or 4 modulo 8, otherwise the result is unpredictable. Please read the instruction description for details.
The following multi-instruction functions are also available.
In each case, cond can be any of the 16 floating-point conditions:
f
, un
, eq
, ueq
, olt
, ult
,
ole
, ule
, sf
, ngle
, seq
, ngl
,
lt
, nge
, le
or ngt
.
v2sf __builtin_mips_movt_c_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b, v2sf c, v2sf d)
v2sf __builtin_mips_movf_c_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b, v2sf c, v2sf d)
Conditional move based on floating-point comparison (c.cond.ps
,
movt.ps
/movf.ps
).
The movt
functions return the value x computed by:
c.cond.ps cc,a,b mov.ps x,c movt.ps x,d,cc
The movf
functions are similar but use movf.ps
instead
of movt.ps
.
int __builtin_mips_upper_c_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b)
int __builtin_mips_lower_c_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b)
Comparison of two paired-single values (c.cond.ps
,
bc1t
/bc1f
).
These functions compare a and b using c.cond.ps
and return either the upper or lower half of the result. For example:
v2sf a, b; if (__builtin_mips_upper_c_eq_ps (a, b)) upper_halves_are_equal (); else upper_halves_are_unequal (); if (__builtin_mips_lower_c_eq_ps (a, b)) lower_halves_are_equal (); else lower_halves_are_unequal ();
Previous: Paired-Single Built-in Functions, Up: MIPS Loongson Built-in Functions [Contents][Index]
The MIPS-3D Application-Specific Extension (ASE) includes additional paired-single instructions that are designed to improve the performance of 3D graphics operations. Support for these instructions is controlled by the -mips3d command-line option.
The functions listed below map directly to a particular MIPS-3D instruction. Please refer to the architecture specification for more details on what each instruction does.
v2sf __builtin_mips_addr_ps (v2sf, v2sf)
Reduction add (addr.ps
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_mulr_ps (v2sf, v2sf)
Reduction multiply (mulr.ps
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_cvt_pw_ps (v2sf)
Convert paired single to paired word (cvt.pw.ps
).
v2sf __builtin_mips_cvt_ps_pw (v2sf)
Convert paired word to paired single (cvt.ps.pw
).
float __builtin_mips_recip1_s (float)
double __builtin_mips_recip1_d (double)
v2sf __builtin_mips_recip1_ps (v2sf)
Reduced-precision reciprocal (sequence step 1) (recip1.fmt
).
float __builtin_mips_recip2_s (float, float)
double __builtin_mips_recip2_d (double, double)
v2sf __builtin_mips_recip2_ps (v2sf, v2sf)
Reduced-precision reciprocal (sequence step 2) (recip2.fmt
).
float __builtin_mips_rsqrt1_s (float)
double __builtin_mips_rsqrt1_d (double)
v2sf __builtin_mips_rsqrt1_ps (v2sf)
Reduced-precision reciprocal square root (sequence step 1)
(rsqrt1.fmt
).
float __builtin_mips_rsqrt2_s (float, float)
double __builtin_mips_rsqrt2_d (double, double)
v2sf __builtin_mips_rsqrt2_ps (v2sf, v2sf)
Reduced-precision reciprocal square root (sequence step 2)
(rsqrt2.fmt
).
The following multi-instruction functions are also available.
In each case, cond can be any of the 16 floating-point conditions:
f
, un
, eq
, ueq
, olt
, ult
,
ole
, ule
, sf
, ngle
, seq
,
ngl
, lt
, nge
, le
or ngt
.
int __builtin_mips_cabs_cond_s (float a, float b)
int __builtin_mips_cabs_cond_d (double a, double b)
Absolute comparison of two scalar values (cabs.cond.fmt
,
bc1t
/bc1f
).
These functions compare a and b using cabs.cond.s
or cabs.cond.d
and return the result as a boolean value.
For example:
float a, b; if (__builtin_mips_cabs_eq_s (a, b)) true (); else false ();
int __builtin_mips_upper_cabs_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b)
int __builtin_mips_lower_cabs_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b)
Absolute comparison of two paired-single values (cabs.cond.ps
,
bc1t
/bc1f
).
These functions compare a and b using cabs.cond.ps
and return either the upper or lower half of the result. For example:
v2sf a, b; if (__builtin_mips_upper_cabs_eq_ps (a, b)) upper_halves_are_equal (); else upper_halves_are_unequal (); if (__builtin_mips_lower_cabs_eq_ps (a, b)) lower_halves_are_equal (); else lower_halves_are_unequal ();
v2sf __builtin_mips_movt_cabs_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b, v2sf c, v2sf d)
v2sf __builtin_mips_movf_cabs_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b, v2sf c, v2sf d)
Conditional move based on absolute comparison (cabs.cond.ps
,
movt.ps
/movf.ps
).
The movt
functions return the value x computed by:
cabs.cond.ps cc,a,b mov.ps x,c movt.ps x,d,cc
The movf
functions are similar but use movf.ps
instead
of movt.ps
.
int __builtin_mips_any_c_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b)
int __builtin_mips_all_c_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b)
int __builtin_mips_any_cabs_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b)
int __builtin_mips_all_cabs_cond_ps (v2sf a, v2sf b)
Comparison of two paired-single values
(c.cond.ps
/cabs.cond.ps
,
bc1any2t
/bc1any2f
).
These functions compare a and b using c.cond.ps
or cabs.cond.ps
. The any
forms return true if either
result is true and the all
forms return true if both results are true.
For example:
v2sf a, b; if (__builtin_mips_any_c_eq_ps (a, b)) one_is_true (); else both_are_false (); if (__builtin_mips_all_c_eq_ps (a, b)) both_are_true (); else one_is_false ();
int __builtin_mips_any_c_cond_4s (v2sf a, v2sf b, v2sf c, v2sf d)
int __builtin_mips_all_c_cond_4s (v2sf a, v2sf b, v2sf c, v2sf d)
int __builtin_mips_any_cabs_cond_4s (v2sf a, v2sf b, v2sf c, v2sf d)
int __builtin_mips_all_cabs_cond_4s (v2sf a, v2sf b, v2sf c, v2sf d)
Comparison of four paired-single values
(c.cond.ps
/cabs.cond.ps
,
bc1any4t
/bc1any4f
).
These functions use c.cond.ps
or cabs.cond.ps
to compare a with b and to compare c with d.
The any
forms return true if any of the four results are true
and the all
forms return true if all four results are true.
For example:
v2sf a, b, c, d; if (__builtin_mips_any_c_eq_4s (a, b, c, d)) some_are_true (); else all_are_false (); if (__builtin_mips_all_c_eq_4s (a, b, c, d)) all_are_true (); else some_are_false ();
Next: MSP430 Built-in Functions, Previous: MIPS Loongson Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides other MIPS-specific built-in functions:
void __builtin_mips_cache (int op, const volatile void *addr)
Insert a ‘cache’ instruction with operands op and addr.
GCC defines the preprocessor macro ___GCC_HAVE_BUILTIN_MIPS_CACHE
when this function is available.
unsigned int __builtin_mips_get_fcsr (void)
void __builtin_mips_set_fcsr (unsigned int value)
Get and set the contents of the floating-point control and status register (FPU control register 31). These functions are only available in hard-float code but can be called in both MIPS16 and non-MIPS16 contexts.
__builtin_mips_set_fcsr
can be used to change any bit of the
register except the condition codes, which GCC assumes are preserved.
Next: NDS32 Built-in Functions, Previous: Other MIPS Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides a couple of special builtin functions to aid in the writing of interrupt handlers in C.
__bic_SR_register_on_exit (int mask)
This clears the indicated bits in the saved copy of the status register currently residing on the stack. This only works inside interrupt handlers and the changes to the status register will only take affect once the handler returns.
__bis_SR_register_on_exit (int mask)
This sets the indicated bits in the saved copy of the status register currently residing on the stack. This only works inside interrupt handlers and the changes to the status register will only take affect once the handler returns.
Next: picoChip Built-in Functions, Previous: MSP430 Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
These built-in functions are available for the NDS32 target:
Insert an ISYNC instruction into the instruction stream where addr is an instruction address for serialization.
Insert an ISB instruction into the instruction stream.
Return the content of a system register which is mapped by sr.
Return the content of a user space register which is mapped by usr.
Move the value to a system register which is mapped by sr.
Move the value to a user space register which is mapped by usr.
Enable global interrupt.
Disable global interrupt.
Next: PowerPC Built-in Functions, Previous: NDS32 Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides an interface to selected machine instructions from the picoChip instruction set.
int __builtin_sbc (int value)
Sign bit count. Return the number of consecutive bits in value that have the same value as the sign bit. The result is the number of leading sign bits minus one, giving the number of redundant sign bits in value.
int __builtin_byteswap (int value)
Byte swap. Return the result of swapping the upper and lower bytes of value.
int __builtin_brev (int value)
Bit reversal. Return the result of reversing the bits in value. Bit 15 is swapped with bit 0, bit 14 is swapped with bit 1, and so on.
int __builtin_adds (int x, int y)
Saturating addition. Return the result of adding x and y, storing the value 32767 if the result overflows.
int __builtin_subs (int x, int y)
Saturating subtraction. Return the result of subtracting y from x, storing the value -32768 if the result overflows.
void __builtin_halt (void)
Halt. The processor stops execution. This built-in is useful for implementing assertions.
Next: PowerPC AltiVec/VSX Built-in Functions, Previous: picoChip Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
These built-in functions are available for the PowerPC family of processors:
float __builtin_recipdivf (float, float); float __builtin_rsqrtf (float); double __builtin_recipdiv (double, double); double __builtin_rsqrt (double); uint64_t __builtin_ppc_get_timebase (); unsigned long __builtin_ppc_mftb (); double __builtin_unpack_longdouble (long double, int); long double __builtin_pack_longdouble (double, double);
The vec_rsqrt
, __builtin_rsqrt
, and
__builtin_rsqrtf
functions generate multiple instructions to
implement the reciprocal sqrt functionality using reciprocal sqrt
estimate instructions.
The __builtin_recipdiv
, and __builtin_recipdivf
functions generate multiple instructions to implement division using
the reciprocal estimate instructions.
The __builtin_ppc_get_timebase
and __builtin_ppc_mftb
functions generate instructions to read the Time Base Register. The
__builtin_ppc_get_timebase
function may generate multiple
instructions and always returns the 64 bits of the Time Base Register.
The __builtin_ppc_mftb
function always generates one instruction and
returns the Time Base Register value as an unsigned long, throwing away
the most significant word on 32-bit environments.
The following built-in functions are available for the PowerPC family of processors, starting with ISA 2.06 or later (-mcpu=power7 or -mpopcntd):
long __builtin_bpermd (long, long); int __builtin_divwe (int, int); int __builtin_divweo (int, int); unsigned int __builtin_divweu (unsigned int, unsigned int); unsigned int __builtin_divweuo (unsigned int, unsigned int); long __builtin_divde (long, long); long __builtin_divdeo (long, long); unsigned long __builtin_divdeu (unsigned long, unsigned long); unsigned long __builtin_divdeuo (unsigned long, unsigned long); unsigned int cdtbcd (unsigned int); unsigned int cbcdtd (unsigned int); unsigned int addg6s (unsigned int, unsigned int);
The __builtin_divde
, __builtin_divdeo
,
__builitin_divdeu
, __builtin_divdeou
functions require a
64-bit environment support ISA 2.06 or later.
The following built-in functions are available for the PowerPC family of processors when hardware decimal floating point (-mhard-dfp) is available:
_Decimal64 __builtin_dxex (_Decimal64); _Decimal128 __builtin_dxexq (_Decimal128); _Decimal64 __builtin_ddedpd (int, _Decimal64); _Decimal128 __builtin_ddedpdq (int, _Decimal128); _Decimal64 __builtin_denbcd (int, _Decimal64); _Decimal128 __builtin_denbcdq (int, _Decimal128); _Decimal64 __builtin_diex (_Decimal64, _Decimal64); _Decimal128 _builtin_diexq (_Decimal128, _Decimal128); _Decimal64 __builtin_dscli (_Decimal64, int); _Decimal128 __builitn_dscliq (_Decimal128, int); _Decimal64 __builtin_dscri (_Decimal64, int); _Decimal128 __builitn_dscriq (_Decimal128, int); unsigned long long __builtin_unpack_dec128 (_Decimal128, int); _Decimal128 __builtin_pack_dec128 (unsigned long long, unsigned long long);
The following built-in functions are available for the PowerPC family of processors when the Vector Scalar (vsx) instruction set is available:
unsigned long long __builtin_unpack_vector_int128 (vector __int128_t, int); vector __int128_t __builtin_pack_vector_int128 (unsigned long long, unsigned long long);
Next: PowerPC Hardware Transactional Memory Built-in Functions, Previous: PowerPC Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides an interface for the PowerPC family of processors to access
the AltiVec operations described in Motorola’s AltiVec Programming
Interface Manual. The interface is made available by including
<altivec.h>
and using -maltivec and
-mabi=altivec. The interface supports the following vector
types.
vector unsigned char vector signed char vector bool char vector unsigned short vector signed short vector bool short vector pixel vector unsigned int vector signed int vector bool int vector float
If -mvsx is used the following additional vector types are implemented.
vector unsigned long vector signed long vector double
The long types are only implemented for 64-bit code generation, and the long type is only used in the floating point/integer conversion instructions.
GCC’s implementation of the high-level language interface available from C and C++ code differs from Motorola’s documentation in several ways.
signed
or unsigned
is omitted, the signedness of the
vector type is the default signedness of the base type. The default
varies depending on the operating system, so a portable program should
always specify the signedness.
__vector
,
vector
, __pixel
, pixel
, __bool
and
bool
. When compiling ISO C, the context-sensitive substitution
of the keywords vector
, pixel
and bool
is
disabled. To use them, you must include <altivec.h>
instead.
typedef
name as the type specifier for a
vector type.
vec_add ((vector signed int){1, 2, 3, 4}, foo);
Since vec_add
is a macro, the vector constant in the example
is treated as four separate arguments. Wrap the entire argument in
parentheses for this to work.
Note: Only the <altivec.h>
interface is supported.
Internally, GCC uses built-in functions to achieve the functionality in
the aforementioned header file, but they are not supported and are
subject to change without notice.
The following interfaces are supported for the generic and specific AltiVec operations and the AltiVec predicates. In cases where there is a direct mapping between generic and specific operations, only the generic names are shown here, although the specific operations can also be used.
Arguments that are documented as const int
require literal
integral values within the range required for that operation.
vector signed char vec_abs (vector signed char); vector signed short vec_abs (vector signed short); vector signed int vec_abs (vector signed int); vector float vec_abs (vector float); vector signed char vec_abss (vector signed char); vector signed short vec_abss (vector signed short); vector signed int vec_abss (vector signed int); vector signed char vec_add (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_add (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_add (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_add (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_add (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_add (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_add (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_add (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_add (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_add (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_add (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_add (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_add (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_add (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_add (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_add (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_add (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_add (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector float vec_add (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_vaddfp (vector float, vector float); vector signed int vec_vadduwm (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vadduwm (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_vadduwm (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vadduwm (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vadduwm (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_vadduwm (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vadduhm (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_vadduhm (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_vadduhm (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vadduhm (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vadduhm (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_vadduhm (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vaddubm (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_vaddubm (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_vaddubm (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vaddubm (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vaddubm (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_vaddubm (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned int vec_addc (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned char vec_adds (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_adds (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_adds (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_adds (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_adds (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_adds (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_adds (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_adds (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_adds (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_adds (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_adds (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_adds (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_adds (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_adds (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_adds (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_adds (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_adds (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_adds (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vaddsws (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vaddsws (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_vaddsws (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vadduws (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vadduws (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_vadduws (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vaddshs (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_vaddshs (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_vaddshs (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vadduhs (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vadduhs (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_vadduhs (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vaddsbs (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_vaddsbs (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_vaddsbs (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vaddubs (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vaddubs (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_vaddubs (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_and (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_and (vector float, vector bool int); vector float vec_and (vector bool int, vector float); vector bool int vec_and (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_and (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_and (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_and (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_and (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_and (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_and (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_and (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_and (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_and (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_and (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_and (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_and (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_and (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_and (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector bool char vec_and (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_and (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_and (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_and (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_and (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_and (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_andc (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_andc (vector float, vector bool int); vector float vec_andc (vector bool int, vector float); vector bool int vec_andc (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_andc (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_andc (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_andc (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_andc (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_andc (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_andc (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_andc (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_andc (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_andc (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_andc (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_andc (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_andc (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_andc (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_andc (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector bool char vec_andc (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_andc (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_andc (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_andc (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_andc (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_andc (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_avg (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_avg (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_avg (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_avg (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_avg (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_avg (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vavgsw (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vavguw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vavgsh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vavguh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vavgsb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vavgub (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_copysign (vector float); vector float vec_ceil (vector float); vector signed int vec_cmpb (vector float, vector float); vector bool char vec_cmpeq (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector bool char vec_cmpeq (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool short vec_cmpeq (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector bool short vec_cmpeq (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector bool int vec_cmpeq (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector bool int vec_cmpeq (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool int vec_cmpeq (vector float, vector float); vector bool int vec_vcmpeqfp (vector float, vector float); vector bool int vec_vcmpequw (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector bool int vec_vcmpequw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_vcmpequh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector bool short vec_vcmpequh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector bool char vec_vcmpequb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector bool char vec_vcmpequb (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool int vec_cmpge (vector float, vector float); vector bool char vec_cmpgt (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_cmpgt (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector bool short vec_cmpgt (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector bool short vec_cmpgt (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector bool int vec_cmpgt (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool int vec_cmpgt (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector bool int vec_cmpgt (vector float, vector float); vector bool int vec_vcmpgtfp (vector float, vector float); vector bool int vec_vcmpgtsw (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector bool int vec_vcmpgtuw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_vcmpgtsh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector bool short vec_vcmpgtuh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector bool char vec_vcmpgtsb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector bool char vec_vcmpgtub (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool int vec_cmple (vector float, vector float); vector bool char vec_cmplt (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_cmplt (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector bool short vec_cmplt (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector bool short vec_cmplt (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector bool int vec_cmplt (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool int vec_cmplt (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector bool int vec_cmplt (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_ctf (vector unsigned int, const int); vector float vec_ctf (vector signed int, const int); vector float vec_vcfsx (vector signed int, const int); vector float vec_vcfux (vector unsigned int, const int); vector signed int vec_cts (vector float, const int); vector unsigned int vec_ctu (vector float, const int); void vec_dss (const int); void vec_dssall (void); void vec_dst (const vector unsigned char *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector signed char *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector bool char *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector unsigned short *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector signed short *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector bool short *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector pixel *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector unsigned int *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector signed int *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector bool int *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const vector float *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const unsigned char *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const signed char *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const unsigned short *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const short *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const unsigned int *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const int *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const unsigned long *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const long *, int, const int); void vec_dst (const float *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector unsigned char *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector signed char *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector bool char *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector unsigned short *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector signed short *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector bool short *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector pixel *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector unsigned int *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector signed int *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector bool int *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const vector float *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const unsigned char *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const signed char *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const unsigned short *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const short *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const unsigned int *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const int *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const unsigned long *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const long *, int, const int); void vec_dstst (const float *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector unsigned char *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector signed char *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector bool char *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector unsigned short *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector signed short *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector bool short *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector pixel *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector unsigned int *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector signed int *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector bool int *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const vector float *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const unsigned char *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const signed char *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const unsigned short *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const short *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const unsigned int *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const int *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const unsigned long *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const long *, int, const int); void vec_dststt (const float *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector unsigned char *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector signed char *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector bool char *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector unsigned short *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector signed short *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector bool short *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector pixel *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector unsigned int *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector signed int *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector bool int *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const vector float *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const unsigned char *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const signed char *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const unsigned short *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const short *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const unsigned int *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const int *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const unsigned long *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const long *, int, const int); void vec_dstt (const float *, int, const int); vector float vec_expte (vector float); vector float vec_floor (vector float); vector float vec_ld (int, const vector float *); vector float vec_ld (int, const float *); vector bool int vec_ld (int, const vector bool int *); vector signed int vec_ld (int, const vector signed int *); vector signed int vec_ld (int, const int *); vector signed int vec_ld (int, const long *); vector unsigned int vec_ld (int, const vector unsigned int *); vector unsigned int vec_ld (int, const unsigned int *); vector unsigned int vec_ld (int, const unsigned long *); vector bool short vec_ld (int, const vector bool short *); vector pixel vec_ld (int, const vector pixel *); vector signed short vec_ld (int, const vector signed short *); vector signed short vec_ld (int, const short *); vector unsigned short vec_ld (int, const vector unsigned short *); vector unsigned short vec_ld (int, const unsigned short *); vector bool char vec_ld (int, const vector bool char *); vector signed char vec_ld (int, const vector signed char *); vector signed char vec_ld (int, const signed char *); vector unsigned char vec_ld (int, const vector unsigned char *); vector unsigned char vec_ld (int, const unsigned char *); vector signed char vec_lde (int, const signed char *); vector unsigned char vec_lde (int, const unsigned char *); vector signed short vec_lde (int, const short *); vector unsigned short vec_lde (int, const unsigned short *); vector float vec_lde (int, const float *); vector signed int vec_lde (int, const int *); vector unsigned int vec_lde (int, const unsigned int *); vector signed int vec_lde (int, const long *); vector unsigned int vec_lde (int, const unsigned long *); vector float vec_lvewx (int, float *); vector signed int vec_lvewx (int, int *); vector unsigned int vec_lvewx (int, unsigned int *); vector signed int vec_lvewx (int, long *); vector unsigned int vec_lvewx (int, unsigned long *); vector signed short vec_lvehx (int, short *); vector unsigned short vec_lvehx (int, unsigned short *); vector signed char vec_lvebx (int, char *); vector unsigned char vec_lvebx (int, unsigned char *); vector float vec_ldl (int, const vector float *); vector float vec_ldl (int, const float *); vector bool int vec_ldl (int, const vector bool int *); vector signed int vec_ldl (int, const vector signed int *); vector signed int vec_ldl (int, const int *); vector signed int vec_ldl (int, const long *); vector unsigned int vec_ldl (int, const vector unsigned int *); vector unsigned int vec_ldl (int, const unsigned int *); vector unsigned int vec_ldl (int, const unsigned long *); vector bool short vec_ldl (int, const vector bool short *); vector pixel vec_ldl (int, const vector pixel *); vector signed short vec_ldl (int, const vector signed short *); vector signed short vec_ldl (int, const short *); vector unsigned short vec_ldl (int, const vector unsigned short *); vector unsigned short vec_ldl (int, const unsigned short *); vector bool char vec_ldl (int, const vector bool char *); vector signed char vec_ldl (int, const vector signed char *); vector signed char vec_ldl (int, const signed char *); vector unsigned char vec_ldl (int, const vector unsigned char *); vector unsigned char vec_ldl (int, const unsigned char *); vector float vec_loge (vector float); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile unsigned char *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile signed char *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile unsigned short *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile short *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile unsigned int *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile int *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile unsigned long *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile long *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile float *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile unsigned char *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile signed char *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile unsigned short *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile short *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile unsigned int *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile int *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile unsigned long *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile long *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile float *); vector float vec_madd (vector float, vector float, vector float); vector signed short vec_madds (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned char vec_max (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_max (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_max (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_max (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_max (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_max (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_max (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_max (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_max (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_max (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_max (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_max (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_max (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_max (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_max (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_max (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_max (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_max (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector float vec_max (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_vmaxfp (vector float, vector float); vector signed int vec_vmaxsw (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vmaxsw (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_vmaxsw (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vmaxuw (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vmaxuw (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_vmaxuw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vmaxsh (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_vmaxsh (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_vmaxsh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vmaxuh (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vmaxuh (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_vmaxuh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vmaxsb (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_vmaxsb (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_vmaxsb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vmaxub (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vmaxub (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_vmaxub (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_mergeh (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_mergeh (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_mergeh (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool short vec_mergeh (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector pixel vec_mergeh (vector pixel, vector pixel); vector signed short vec_mergeh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_mergeh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector float vec_mergeh (vector float, vector float); vector bool int vec_mergeh (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_mergeh (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_mergeh (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector float vec_vmrghw (vector float, vector float); vector bool int vec_vmrghw (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_vmrghw (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vmrghw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_vmrghh (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_vmrghh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vmrghh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector pixel vec_vmrghh (vector pixel, vector pixel); vector bool char vec_vmrghb (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_vmrghb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vmrghb (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_mergel (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_mergel (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_mergel (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool short vec_mergel (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector pixel vec_mergel (vector pixel, vector pixel); vector signed short vec_mergel (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_mergel (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector float vec_mergel (vector float, vector float); vector bool int vec_mergel (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_mergel (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_mergel (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector float vec_vmrglw (vector float, vector float); vector signed int vec_vmrglw (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vmrglw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool int vec_vmrglw (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector bool short vec_vmrglh (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_vmrglh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vmrglh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector pixel vec_vmrglh (vector pixel, vector pixel); vector bool char vec_vmrglb (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_vmrglb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vmrglb (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short vec_mfvscr (void); vector unsigned char vec_min (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_min (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_min (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_min (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_min (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_min (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_min (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_min (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_min (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_min (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_min (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_min (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_min (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_min (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_min (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_min (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_min (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_min (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector float vec_min (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_vminfp (vector float, vector float); vector signed int vec_vminsw (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vminsw (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_vminsw (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vminuw (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vminuw (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_vminuw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vminsh (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_vminsh (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_vminsh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vminuh (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vminuh (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_vminuh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vminsb (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_vminsb (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_vminsb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vminub (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vminub (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_vminub (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_mladd (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_mladd (vector signed short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_mladd (vector unsigned short, vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_mladd (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_mradds (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_msum (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_msum (vector signed char, vector unsigned char, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_msum (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_msum (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vmsumshm (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vmsumuhm (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_vmsummbm (vector signed char, vector unsigned char, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vmsumubm (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_msums (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_msums (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vmsumshs (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vmsumuhs (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned int); void vec_mtvscr (vector signed int); void vec_mtvscr (vector unsigned int); void vec_mtvscr (vector bool int); void vec_mtvscr (vector signed short); void vec_mtvscr (vector unsigned short); void vec_mtvscr (vector bool short); void vec_mtvscr (vector pixel); void vec_mtvscr (vector signed char); void vec_mtvscr (vector unsigned char); void vec_mtvscr (vector bool char); vector unsigned short vec_mule (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_mule (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned int vec_mule (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_mule (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector signed int vec_vmulesh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_vmuleuh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_vmulesb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_vmuleub (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short vec_mulo (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_mulo (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned int vec_mulo (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_mulo (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector signed int vec_vmulosh (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_vmulouh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_vmulosb (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_vmuloub (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_nmsub (vector float, vector float, vector float); vector float vec_nor (vector float, vector float); vector signed int vec_nor (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_nor (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool int vec_nor (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed short vec_nor (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_nor (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector bool short vec_nor (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed char vec_nor (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_nor (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_nor (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector float vec_or (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_or (vector float, vector bool int); vector float vec_or (vector bool int, vector float); vector bool int vec_or (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_or (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_or (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_or (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_or (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_or (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_or (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_or (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_or (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_or (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_or (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_or (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_or (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_or (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_or (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector bool char vec_or (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_or (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_or (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_or (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_or (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_or (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_pack (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned char vec_pack (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector bool char vec_pack (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_pack (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned short vec_pack (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_pack (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector bool short vec_vpkuwum (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed short vec_vpkuwum (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned short vec_vpkuwum (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool char vec_vpkuhum (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed char vec_vpkuhum (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned char vec_vpkuhum (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector pixel vec_packpx (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned char vec_packs (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_packs (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_packs (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_packs (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector signed short vec_vpkswss (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned short vec_vpkuwus (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed char vec_vpkshss (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned char vec_vpkuhus (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned char vec_packsu (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned char vec_packsu (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_packsu (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned short vec_packsu (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned short vec_vpkswus (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned char vec_vpkshus (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector float vec_perm (vector float, vector float, vector unsigned char); vector signed int vec_perm (vector signed int, vector signed int, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned int vec_perm (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int, vector unsigned char); vector bool int vec_perm (vector bool int, vector bool int, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_perm (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short vec_perm (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned char); vector bool short vec_perm (vector bool short, vector bool short, vector unsigned char); vector pixel vec_perm (vector pixel, vector pixel, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_perm (vector signed char, vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_perm (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_perm (vector bool char, vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_re (vector float); vector signed char vec_rl (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_rl (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_rl (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_rl (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_rl (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_rl (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_vrlw (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vrlw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vrlh (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vrlh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vrlb (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vrlb (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_round (vector float); vector float vec_recip (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_rsqrt (vector float); vector float vec_rsqrte (vector float); vector float vec_sel (vector float, vector float, vector bool int); vector float vec_sel (vector float, vector float, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_sel (vector signed int, vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_sel (vector signed int, vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_sel (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_sel (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool int vec_sel (vector bool int, vector bool int, vector bool int); vector bool int vec_sel (vector bool int, vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_sel (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_sel (vector signed short, vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_sel (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_sel (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector bool short vec_sel (vector bool short, vector bool short, vector bool short); vector bool short vec_sel (vector bool short, vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_sel (vector signed char, vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_sel (vector signed char, vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_sel (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_sel (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_sel (vector bool char, vector bool char, vector bool char); vector bool char vec_sel (vector bool char, vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_sl (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_sl (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_sl (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_sl (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_sl (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_sl (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_vslw (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vslw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vslh (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vslh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vslb (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vslb (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_sld (vector float, vector float, const int); vector signed int vec_sld (vector signed int, vector signed int, const int); vector unsigned int vec_sld (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int, const int); vector bool int vec_sld (vector bool int, vector bool int, const int); vector signed short vec_sld (vector signed short, vector signed short, const int); vector unsigned short vec_sld (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, const int); vector bool short vec_sld (vector bool short, vector bool short, const int); vector pixel vec_sld (vector pixel, vector pixel, const int); vector signed char vec_sld (vector signed char, vector signed char, const int); vector unsigned char vec_sld (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, const int); vector bool char vec_sld (vector bool char, vector bool char, const int); vector signed int vec_sll (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_sll (vector signed int, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_sll (vector signed int, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned int vec_sll (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_sll (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned int vec_sll (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned char); vector bool int vec_sll (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector bool int vec_sll (vector bool int, vector unsigned short); vector bool int vec_sll (vector bool int, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_sll (vector signed short, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_sll (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_sll (vector signed short, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short vec_sll (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned short vec_sll (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_sll (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned char); vector bool short vec_sll (vector bool short, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_sll (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector bool short vec_sll (vector bool short, vector unsigned char); vector pixel vec_sll (vector pixel, vector unsigned int); vector pixel vec_sll (vector pixel, vector unsigned short); vector pixel vec_sll (vector pixel, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_sll (vector signed char, vector unsigned int); vector signed char vec_sll (vector signed char, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_sll (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_sll (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned char vec_sll (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned char vec_sll (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_sll (vector bool char, vector unsigned int); vector bool char vec_sll (vector bool char, vector unsigned short); vector bool char vec_sll (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_slo (vector float, vector signed char); vector float vec_slo (vector float, vector unsigned char); vector signed int vec_slo (vector signed int, vector signed char); vector signed int vec_slo (vector signed int, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned int vec_slo (vector unsigned int, vector signed char); vector unsigned int vec_slo (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_slo (vector signed short, vector signed char); vector signed short vec_slo (vector signed short, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short vec_slo (vector unsigned short, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_slo (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned char); vector pixel vec_slo (vector pixel, vector signed char); vector pixel vec_slo (vector pixel, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_slo (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_slo (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_slo (vector unsigned char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_slo (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_splat (vector signed char, const int); vector unsigned char vec_splat (vector unsigned char, const int); vector bool char vec_splat (vector bool char, const int); vector signed short vec_splat (vector signed short, const int); vector unsigned short vec_splat (vector unsigned short, const int); vector bool short vec_splat (vector bool short, const int); vector pixel vec_splat (vector pixel, const int); vector float vec_splat (vector float, const int); vector signed int vec_splat (vector signed int, const int); vector unsigned int vec_splat (vector unsigned int, const int); vector bool int vec_splat (vector bool int, const int); vector float vec_vspltw (vector float, const int); vector signed int vec_vspltw (vector signed int, const int); vector unsigned int vec_vspltw (vector unsigned int, const int); vector bool int vec_vspltw (vector bool int, const int); vector bool short vec_vsplth (vector bool short, const int); vector signed short vec_vsplth (vector signed short, const int); vector unsigned short vec_vsplth (vector unsigned short, const int); vector pixel vec_vsplth (vector pixel, const int); vector signed char vec_vspltb (vector signed char, const int); vector unsigned char vec_vspltb (vector unsigned char, const int); vector bool char vec_vspltb (vector bool char, const int); vector signed char vec_splat_s8 (const int); vector signed short vec_splat_s16 (const int); vector signed int vec_splat_s32 (const int); vector unsigned char vec_splat_u8 (const int); vector unsigned short vec_splat_u16 (const int); vector unsigned int vec_splat_u32 (const int); vector signed char vec_sr (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_sr (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_sr (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_sr (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_sr (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_sr (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_vsrw (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vsrw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vsrh (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vsrh (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vsrb (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vsrb (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_sra (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_sra (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_sra (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_sra (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_sra (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_sra (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_vsraw (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vsraw (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vsrah (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vsrah (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vsrab (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vsrab (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed int vec_srl (vector signed int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_srl (vector signed int, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_srl (vector signed int, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned int vec_srl (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_srl (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned int vec_srl (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned char); vector bool int vec_srl (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector bool int vec_srl (vector bool int, vector unsigned short); vector bool int vec_srl (vector bool int, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_srl (vector signed short, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_srl (vector signed short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_srl (vector signed short, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short vec_srl (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned short vec_srl (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_srl (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned char); vector bool short vec_srl (vector bool short, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_srl (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector bool short vec_srl (vector bool short, vector unsigned char); vector pixel vec_srl (vector pixel, vector unsigned int); vector pixel vec_srl (vector pixel, vector unsigned short); vector pixel vec_srl (vector pixel, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_srl (vector signed char, vector unsigned int); vector signed char vec_srl (vector signed char, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_srl (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_srl (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned char vec_srl (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned char vec_srl (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector bool char vec_srl (vector bool char, vector unsigned int); vector bool char vec_srl (vector bool char, vector unsigned short); vector bool char vec_srl (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector float vec_sro (vector float, vector signed char); vector float vec_sro (vector float, vector unsigned char); vector signed int vec_sro (vector signed int, vector signed char); vector signed int vec_sro (vector signed int, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned int vec_sro (vector unsigned int, vector signed char); vector unsigned int vec_sro (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_sro (vector signed short, vector signed char); vector signed short vec_sro (vector signed short, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short vec_sro (vector unsigned short, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_sro (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned char); vector pixel vec_sro (vector pixel, vector signed char); vector pixel vec_sro (vector pixel, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_sro (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_sro (vector signed char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_sro (vector unsigned char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_sro (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); void vec_st (vector float, int, vector float *); void vec_st (vector float, int, float *); void vec_st (vector signed int, int, vector signed int *); void vec_st (vector signed int, int, int *); void vec_st (vector unsigned int, int, vector unsigned int *); void vec_st (vector unsigned int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_st (vector bool int, int, vector bool int *); void vec_st (vector bool int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_st (vector bool int, int, int *); void vec_st (vector signed short, int, vector signed short *); void vec_st (vector signed short, int, short *); void vec_st (vector unsigned short, int, vector unsigned short *); void vec_st (vector unsigned short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_st (vector bool short, int, vector bool short *); void vec_st (vector bool short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_st (vector pixel, int, vector pixel *); void vec_st (vector pixel, int, unsigned short *); void vec_st (vector pixel, int, short *); void vec_st (vector bool short, int, short *); void vec_st (vector signed char, int, vector signed char *); void vec_st (vector signed char, int, signed char *); void vec_st (vector unsigned char, int, vector unsigned char *); void vec_st (vector unsigned char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_st (vector bool char, int, vector bool char *); void vec_st (vector bool char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_st (vector bool char, int, signed char *); void vec_ste (vector signed char, int, signed char *); void vec_ste (vector unsigned char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_ste (vector bool char, int, signed char *); void vec_ste (vector bool char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_ste (vector signed short, int, short *); void vec_ste (vector unsigned short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_ste (vector bool short, int, short *); void vec_ste (vector bool short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_ste (vector pixel, int, short *); void vec_ste (vector pixel, int, unsigned short *); void vec_ste (vector float, int, float *); void vec_ste (vector signed int, int, int *); void vec_ste (vector unsigned int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_ste (vector bool int, int, int *); void vec_ste (vector bool int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_stvewx (vector float, int, float *); void vec_stvewx (vector signed int, int, int *); void vec_stvewx (vector unsigned int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_stvewx (vector bool int, int, int *); void vec_stvewx (vector bool int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_stvehx (vector signed short, int, short *); void vec_stvehx (vector unsigned short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_stvehx (vector bool short, int, short *); void vec_stvehx (vector bool short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_stvehx (vector pixel, int, short *); void vec_stvehx (vector pixel, int, unsigned short *); void vec_stvebx (vector signed char, int, signed char *); void vec_stvebx (vector unsigned char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_stvebx (vector bool char, int, signed char *); void vec_stvebx (vector bool char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_stl (vector float, int, vector float *); void vec_stl (vector float, int, float *); void vec_stl (vector signed int, int, vector signed int *); void vec_stl (vector signed int, int, int *); void vec_stl (vector unsigned int, int, vector unsigned int *); void vec_stl (vector unsigned int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_stl (vector bool int, int, vector bool int *); void vec_stl (vector bool int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_stl (vector bool int, int, int *); void vec_stl (vector signed short, int, vector signed short *); void vec_stl (vector signed short, int, short *); void vec_stl (vector unsigned short, int, vector unsigned short *); void vec_stl (vector unsigned short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_stl (vector bool short, int, vector bool short *); void vec_stl (vector bool short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_stl (vector bool short, int, short *); void vec_stl (vector pixel, int, vector pixel *); void vec_stl (vector pixel, int, unsigned short *); void vec_stl (vector pixel, int, short *); void vec_stl (vector signed char, int, vector signed char *); void vec_stl (vector signed char, int, signed char *); void vec_stl (vector unsigned char, int, vector unsigned char *); void vec_stl (vector unsigned char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_stl (vector bool char, int, vector bool char *); void vec_stl (vector bool char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_stl (vector bool char, int, signed char *); vector signed char vec_sub (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_sub (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_sub (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_sub (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_sub (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_sub (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed short vec_sub (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_sub (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_sub (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_sub (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_sub (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_sub (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed int vec_sub (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_sub (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_sub (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_sub (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_sub (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_sub (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector float vec_sub (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_vsubfp (vector float, vector float); vector signed int vec_vsubuwm (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vsubuwm (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_vsubuwm (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vsubuwm (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vsubuwm (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_vsubuwm (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vsubuhm (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_vsubuhm (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_vsubuhm (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vsubuhm (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vsubuhm (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_vsubuhm (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vsububm (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_vsububm (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_vsububm (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vsububm (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vsububm (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_vsububm (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned int vec_subc (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned char vec_subs (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_subs (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_subs (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_subs (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_subs (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_subs (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned short vec_subs (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_subs (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_subs (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed short vec_subs (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_subs (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_subs (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_subs (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_subs (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_subs (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_subs (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_subs (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_subs (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vsubsws (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vsubsws (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_vsubsws (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vsubuws (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_vsubuws (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_vsubuws (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector signed short vec_vsubshs (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_vsubshs (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_vsubshs (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_vsubuhs (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_vsubuhs (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_vsubuhs (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vsubsbs (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_vsubsbs (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_vsubsbs (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vsububs (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_vsububs (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_vsububs (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned int vec_sum4s (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_sum4s (vector signed char, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_sum4s (vector signed short, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vsum4shs (vector signed short, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_vsum4sbs (vector signed char, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_vsum4ubs (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned int); vector signed int vec_sum2s (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_sums (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector float vec_trunc (vector float); vector signed short vec_unpackh (vector signed char); vector bool short vec_unpackh (vector bool char); vector signed int vec_unpackh (vector signed short); vector bool int vec_unpackh (vector bool short); vector unsigned int vec_unpackh (vector pixel); vector bool int vec_vupkhsh (vector bool short); vector signed int vec_vupkhsh (vector signed short); vector unsigned int vec_vupkhpx (vector pixel); vector bool short vec_vupkhsb (vector bool char); vector signed short vec_vupkhsb (vector signed char); vector signed short vec_unpackl (vector signed char); vector bool short vec_unpackl (vector bool char); vector unsigned int vec_unpackl (vector pixel); vector signed int vec_unpackl (vector signed short); vector bool int vec_unpackl (vector bool short); vector unsigned int vec_vupklpx (vector pixel); vector bool int vec_vupklsh (vector bool short); vector signed int vec_vupklsh (vector signed short); vector bool short vec_vupklsb (vector bool char); vector signed short vec_vupklsb (vector signed char); vector float vec_xor (vector float, vector float); vector float vec_xor (vector float, vector bool int); vector float vec_xor (vector bool int, vector float); vector bool int vec_xor (vector bool int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_xor (vector bool int, vector signed int); vector signed int vec_xor (vector signed int, vector bool int); vector signed int vec_xor (vector signed int, vector signed int); vector unsigned int vec_xor (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_xor (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_xor (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector bool short vec_xor (vector bool short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_xor (vector bool short, vector signed short); vector signed short vec_xor (vector signed short, vector bool short); vector signed short vec_xor (vector signed short, vector signed short); vector unsigned short vec_xor (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_xor (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_xor (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_xor (vector bool char, vector signed char); vector bool char vec_xor (vector bool char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_xor (vector signed char, vector bool char); vector signed char vec_xor (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_xor (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_xor (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); vector unsigned char vec_xor (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_eq (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_all_eq (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_all_eq (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_all_eq (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_eq (vector bool char, vector bool char); int vec_all_eq (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_eq (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_all_eq (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_all_eq (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_all_eq (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_all_eq (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_eq (vector bool short, vector bool short); int vec_all_eq (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_eq (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_all_eq (vector pixel, vector pixel); int vec_all_eq (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_all_eq (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_all_eq (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_all_eq (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_eq (vector bool int, vector bool int); int vec_all_eq (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_eq (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_all_eq (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_ge (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_ge (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_all_ge (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_ge (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_all_ge (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_all_ge (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_all_ge (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_ge (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_all_ge (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_ge (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_all_ge (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_all_ge (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_all_ge (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_ge (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_all_ge (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_ge (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_all_ge (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_all_ge (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_all_ge (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_gt (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_gt (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_all_gt (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_gt (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_all_gt (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_all_gt (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_all_gt (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_gt (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_all_gt (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_gt (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_all_gt (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_all_gt (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_all_gt (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_gt (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_all_gt (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_gt (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_all_gt (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_all_gt (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_all_gt (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_in (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_le (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_le (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_all_le (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_le (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_all_le (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_all_le (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_all_le (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_le (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_all_le (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_le (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_all_le (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_all_le (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_all_le (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_le (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_all_le (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_le (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_all_le (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_all_le (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_all_le (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_lt (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_lt (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_all_lt (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_lt (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_all_lt (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_all_lt (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_all_lt (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_lt (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_all_lt (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_lt (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_all_lt (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_all_lt (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_all_lt (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_lt (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_all_lt (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_lt (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_all_lt (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_all_lt (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_all_lt (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_nan (vector float); int vec_all_ne (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_all_ne (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_all_ne (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_all_ne (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_ne (vector bool char, vector bool char); int vec_all_ne (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_all_ne (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_all_ne (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_all_ne (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_all_ne (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_all_ne (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_ne (vector bool short, vector bool short); int vec_all_ne (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_all_ne (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_all_ne (vector pixel, vector pixel); int vec_all_ne (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_all_ne (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_all_ne (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_all_ne (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_ne (vector bool int, vector bool int); int vec_all_ne (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_all_ne (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_all_ne (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_nge (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_ngt (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_nle (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_nlt (vector float, vector float); int vec_all_numeric (vector float); int vec_any_eq (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_any_eq (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_any_eq (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_any_eq (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_eq (vector bool char, vector bool char); int vec_any_eq (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_eq (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_any_eq (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_any_eq (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_any_eq (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_any_eq (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_eq (vector bool short, vector bool short); int vec_any_eq (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_eq (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_any_eq (vector pixel, vector pixel); int vec_any_eq (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_any_eq (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_any_eq (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_any_eq (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_eq (vector bool int, vector bool int); int vec_any_eq (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_eq (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_any_eq (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_ge (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_any_ge (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_any_ge (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_ge (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_any_ge (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_ge (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_any_ge (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_any_ge (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_ge (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_any_ge (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_any_ge (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_ge (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_any_ge (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_any_ge (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_any_ge (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_ge (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_any_ge (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_ge (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_any_ge (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_gt (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_gt (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_any_gt (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_gt (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_any_gt (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_any_gt (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_any_gt (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_gt (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_any_gt (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_gt (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_any_gt (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_any_gt (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_any_gt (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_gt (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_any_gt (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_gt (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_any_gt (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_any_gt (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_any_gt (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_le (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_le (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_any_le (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_le (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_any_le (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_any_le (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_any_le (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_le (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_any_le (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_le (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_any_le (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_any_le (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_any_le (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_le (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_any_le (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_le (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_any_le (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_any_le (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_any_le (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_lt (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_lt (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_any_lt (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_lt (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_any_lt (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_any_lt (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_any_lt (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_lt (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_any_lt (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_lt (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_any_lt (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_any_lt (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_any_lt (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_lt (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_any_lt (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_lt (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_any_lt (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_any_lt (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_any_lt (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_nan (vector float); int vec_any_ne (vector signed char, vector bool char); int vec_any_ne (vector signed char, vector signed char); int vec_any_ne (vector unsigned char, vector bool char); int vec_any_ne (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_ne (vector bool char, vector bool char); int vec_any_ne (vector bool char, vector unsigned char); int vec_any_ne (vector bool char, vector signed char); int vec_any_ne (vector signed short, vector bool short); int vec_any_ne (vector signed short, vector signed short); int vec_any_ne (vector unsigned short, vector bool short); int vec_any_ne (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_ne (vector bool short, vector bool short); int vec_any_ne (vector bool short, vector unsigned short); int vec_any_ne (vector bool short, vector signed short); int vec_any_ne (vector pixel, vector pixel); int vec_any_ne (vector signed int, vector bool int); int vec_any_ne (vector signed int, vector signed int); int vec_any_ne (vector unsigned int, vector bool int); int vec_any_ne (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_ne (vector bool int, vector bool int); int vec_any_ne (vector bool int, vector unsigned int); int vec_any_ne (vector bool int, vector signed int); int vec_any_ne (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_nge (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_ngt (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_nle (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_nlt (vector float, vector float); int vec_any_numeric (vector float); int vec_any_out (vector float, vector float);
If the vector/scalar (VSX) instruction set is available, the following additional functions are available:
vector double vec_abs (vector double); vector double vec_add (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_and (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_and (vector double, vector bool long); vector double vec_and (vector bool long, vector double); vector double vec_andc (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_andc (vector double, vector bool long); vector double vec_andc (vector bool long, vector double); vector double vec_ceil (vector double); vector bool long vec_cmpeq (vector double, vector double); vector bool long vec_cmpge (vector double, vector double); vector bool long vec_cmpgt (vector double, vector double); vector bool long vec_cmple (vector double, vector double); vector bool long vec_cmplt (vector double, vector double); vector float vec_div (vector float, vector float); vector double vec_div (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_floor (vector double); vector double vec_ld (int, const vector double *); vector double vec_ld (int, const double *); vector double vec_ldl (int, const vector double *); vector double vec_ldl (int, const double *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsl (int, const volatile double *); vector unsigned char vec_lvsr (int, const volatile double *); vector double vec_madd (vector double, vector double, vector double); vector double vec_max (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_min (vector double, vector double); vector float vec_msub (vector float, vector float, vector float); vector double vec_msub (vector double, vector double, vector double); vector float vec_mul (vector float, vector float); vector double vec_mul (vector double, vector double); vector float vec_nearbyint (vector float); vector double vec_nearbyint (vector double); vector float vec_nmadd (vector float, vector float, vector float); vector double vec_nmadd (vector double, vector double, vector double); vector double vec_nmsub (vector double, vector double, vector double); vector double vec_nor (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_or (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_or (vector double, vector bool long); vector double vec_or (vector bool long, vector double); vector double vec_perm (vector double, vector double, vector unsigned char); vector double vec_rint (vector double); vector double vec_recip (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_rsqrt (vector double); vector double vec_rsqrte (vector double); vector double vec_sel (vector double, vector double, vector bool long); vector double vec_sel (vector double, vector double, vector unsigned long); vector double vec_sub (vector double, vector double); vector float vec_sqrt (vector float); vector double vec_sqrt (vector double); void vec_st (vector double, int, vector double *); void vec_st (vector double, int, double *); vector double vec_trunc (vector double); vector double vec_xor (vector double, vector double); vector double vec_xor (vector double, vector bool long); vector double vec_xor (vector bool long, vector double); int vec_all_eq (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_ge (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_gt (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_le (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_lt (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_nan (vector double); int vec_all_ne (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_nge (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_ngt (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_nle (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_nlt (vector double, vector double); int vec_all_numeric (vector double); int vec_any_eq (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_ge (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_gt (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_le (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_lt (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_nan (vector double); int vec_any_ne (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_nge (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_ngt (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_nle (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_nlt (vector double, vector double); int vec_any_numeric (vector double); vector double vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector double *); vector double vec_vsx_ld (int, const double *); vector float vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector float *); vector float vec_vsx_ld (int, const float *); vector bool int vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector bool int *); vector signed int vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector signed int *); vector signed int vec_vsx_ld (int, const int *); vector signed int vec_vsx_ld (int, const long *); vector unsigned int vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector unsigned int *); vector unsigned int vec_vsx_ld (int, const unsigned int *); vector unsigned int vec_vsx_ld (int, const unsigned long *); vector bool short vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector bool short *); vector pixel vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector pixel *); vector signed short vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector signed short *); vector signed short vec_vsx_ld (int, const short *); vector unsigned short vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector unsigned short *); vector unsigned short vec_vsx_ld (int, const unsigned short *); vector bool char vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector bool char *); vector signed char vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector signed char *); vector signed char vec_vsx_ld (int, const signed char *); vector unsigned char vec_vsx_ld (int, const vector unsigned char *); vector unsigned char vec_vsx_ld (int, const unsigned char *); void vec_vsx_st (vector double, int, vector double *); void vec_vsx_st (vector double, int, double *); void vec_vsx_st (vector float, int, vector float *); void vec_vsx_st (vector float, int, float *); void vec_vsx_st (vector signed int, int, vector signed int *); void vec_vsx_st (vector signed int, int, int *); void vec_vsx_st (vector unsigned int, int, vector unsigned int *); void vec_vsx_st (vector unsigned int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool int, int, vector bool int *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool int, int, unsigned int *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool int, int, int *); void vec_vsx_st (vector signed short, int, vector signed short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector signed short, int, short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector unsigned short, int, vector unsigned short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector unsigned short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool short, int, vector bool short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool short, int, unsigned short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector pixel, int, vector pixel *); void vec_vsx_st (vector pixel, int, unsigned short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector pixel, int, short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool short, int, short *); void vec_vsx_st (vector signed char, int, vector signed char *); void vec_vsx_st (vector signed char, int, signed char *); void vec_vsx_st (vector unsigned char, int, vector unsigned char *); void vec_vsx_st (vector unsigned char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool char, int, vector bool char *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool char, int, unsigned char *); void vec_vsx_st (vector bool char, int, signed char *); vector double vec_xxpermdi (vector double, vector double, int); vector float vec_xxpermdi (vector float, vector float, int); vector long long vec_xxpermdi (vector long long, vector long long, int); vector unsigned long long vec_xxpermdi (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long, int); vector int vec_xxpermdi (vector int, vector int, int); vector unsigned int vec_xxpermdi (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int, int); vector short vec_xxpermdi (vector short, vector short, int); vector unsigned short vec_xxpermdi (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, int); vector signed char vec_xxpermdi (vector signed char, vector signed char, int); vector unsigned char vec_xxpermdi (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, int); vector double vec_xxsldi (vector double, vector double, int); vector float vec_xxsldi (vector float, vector float, int); vector long long vec_xxsldi (vector long long, vector long long, int); vector unsigned long long vec_xxsldi (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long, int); vector int vec_xxsldi (vector int, vector int, int); vector unsigned int vec_xxsldi (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int, int); vector short vec_xxsldi (vector short, vector short, int); vector unsigned short vec_xxsldi (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, int); vector signed char vec_xxsldi (vector signed char, vector signed char, int); vector unsigned char vec_xxsldi (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, int);
Note that the ‘vec_ld’ and ‘vec_st’ built-in functions always generate the AltiVec ‘LVX’ and ‘STVX’ instructions even if the VSX instruction set is available. The ‘vec_vsx_ld’ and ‘vec_vsx_st’ built-in functions always generate the VSX ‘LXVD2X’, ‘LXVW4X’, ‘STXVD2X’, and ‘STXVW4X’ instructions.
If the ISA 2.07 additions to the vector/scalar (power8-vector) instruction set is available, the following additional functions are available for both 32-bit and 64-bit targets. For 64-bit targets, you can use vector long instead of vector long long, vector bool long instead of vector bool long long, and vector unsigned long instead of vector unsigned long long.
vector long long vec_abs (vector long long); vector long long vec_add (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_add (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); int vec_all_eq (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_all_ge (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_all_gt (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_all_le (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_all_lt (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_all_ne (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_any_eq (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_any_ge (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_any_gt (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_any_le (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_any_lt (vector long long, vector long long); int vec_any_ne (vector long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_eqv (vector long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_eqv (vector bool long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_eqv (vector long long, vector bool long long); vector unsigned long long vec_eqv (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_eqv (vector bool long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_eqv (vector unsigned long long, vector bool long long); vector int vec_eqv (vector int, vector int); vector int vec_eqv (vector bool int, vector int); vector int vec_eqv (vector int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_eqv (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_eqv (vector bool unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_eqv (vector unsigned int, vector bool unsigned int); vector short vec_eqv (vector short, vector short); vector short vec_eqv (vector bool short, vector short); vector short vec_eqv (vector short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_eqv (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_eqv (vector bool unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_eqv (vector unsigned short, vector bool unsigned short); vector signed char vec_eqv (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_eqv (vector bool signed char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_eqv (vector signed char, vector bool signed char); vector unsigned char vec_eqv (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_eqv (vector bool unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_eqv (vector unsigned char, vector bool unsigned char); vector long long vec_max (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_max (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_min (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_min (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_nand (vector long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_nand (vector bool long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_nand (vector long long, vector bool long long); vector unsigned long long vec_nand (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_nand (vector bool long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_nand (vector unsigned long long, vector bool long long); vector int vec_nand (vector int, vector int); vector int vec_nand (vector bool int, vector int); vector int vec_nand (vector int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_nand (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_nand (vector bool unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_nand (vector unsigned int, vector bool unsigned int); vector short vec_nand (vector short, vector short); vector short vec_nand (vector bool short, vector short); vector short vec_nand (vector short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_nand (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_nand (vector bool unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_nand (vector unsigned short, vector bool unsigned short); vector signed char vec_nand (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_nand (vector bool signed char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_nand (vector signed char, vector bool signed char); vector unsigned char vec_nand (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_nand (vector bool unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_nand (vector unsigned char, vector bool unsigned char); vector long long vec_orc (vector long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_orc (vector bool long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_orc (vector long long, vector bool long long); vector unsigned long long vec_orc (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_orc (vector bool long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_orc (vector unsigned long long, vector bool long long); vector int vec_orc (vector int, vector int); vector int vec_orc (vector bool int, vector int); vector int vec_orc (vector int, vector bool int); vector unsigned int vec_orc (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_orc (vector bool unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned int vec_orc (vector unsigned int, vector bool unsigned int); vector short vec_orc (vector short, vector short); vector short vec_orc (vector bool short, vector short); vector short vec_orc (vector short, vector bool short); vector unsigned short vec_orc (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_orc (vector bool unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned short vec_orc (vector unsigned short, vector bool unsigned short); vector signed char vec_orc (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_orc (vector bool signed char, vector signed char); vector signed char vec_orc (vector signed char, vector bool signed char); vector unsigned char vec_orc (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_orc (vector bool unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned char vec_orc (vector unsigned char, vector bool unsigned char); vector int vec_pack (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned int vec_pack (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector bool int vec_pack (vector bool long long, vector bool long long); vector int vec_packs (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned int vec_packs (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned int vec_packsu (vector long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_rl (vector long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_rl (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_sl (vector long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_sl (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_sr (vector long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long char vec_sr (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_sra (vector long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_sra (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_sub (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_sub (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_unpackh (vector int); vector unsigned long long vec_unpackh (vector unsigned int); vector long long vec_unpackl (vector int); vector unsigned long long vec_unpackl (vector unsigned int); vector long long vec_vaddudm (vector long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_vaddudm (vector bool long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_vaddudm (vector long long, vector bool long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vaddudm (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vaddudm (vector bool unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vaddudm (vector unsigned long long, vector bool unsigned long long); vector long long vec_vbpermq (vector signed char, vector signed char); vector long long vec_vbpermq (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector long long vec_vclz (vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vclz (vector unsigned long long); vector int vec_vclz (vector int); vector unsigned int vec_vclz (vector int); vector short vec_vclz (vector short); vector unsigned short vec_vclz (vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vclz (vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vclz (vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_vclzb (vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vclzb (vector unsigned char); vector long long vec_vclzd (vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vclzd (vector unsigned long long); vector short vec_vclzh (vector short); vector unsigned short vec_vclzh (vector unsigned short); vector int vec_vclzw (vector int); vector unsigned int vec_vclzw (vector int); vector signed char vec_vgbbd (vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vgbbd (vector unsigned char); vector long long vec_vmaxsd (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vmaxud (vector unsigned long long, unsigned vector long long); vector long long vec_vminsd (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vminud (vector long long, vector long long); vector int vec_vpksdss (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned int vec_vpksdss (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned int vec_vpkudus (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector int vec_vpkudum (vector long long, vector long long); vector unsigned int vec_vpkudum (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector bool int vec_vpkudum (vector bool long long, vector bool long long); vector long long vec_vpopcnt (vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vpopcnt (vector unsigned long long); vector int vec_vpopcnt (vector int); vector unsigned int vec_vpopcnt (vector int); vector short vec_vpopcnt (vector short); vector unsigned short vec_vpopcnt (vector unsigned short); vector signed char vec_vpopcnt (vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vpopcnt (vector unsigned char); vector signed char vec_vpopcntb (vector signed char); vector unsigned char vec_vpopcntb (vector unsigned char); vector long long vec_vpopcntd (vector long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vpopcntd (vector unsigned long long); vector short vec_vpopcnth (vector short); vector unsigned short vec_vpopcnth (vector unsigned short); vector int vec_vpopcntw (vector int); vector unsigned int vec_vpopcntw (vector int); vector long long vec_vrld (vector long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vrld (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_vsld (vector long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_vsld (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_vsrad (vector long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vsrad (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_vsrd (vector long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long char vec_vsrd (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector long long vec_vsubudm (vector long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_vsubudm (vector bool long long, vector long long); vector long long vec_vsubudm (vector long long, vector bool long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vsubudm (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vsubudm (vector bool long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long vec_vsubudm (vector unsigned long long, vector bool long long); vector long long vec_vupkhsw (vector int); vector unsigned long long vec_vupkhsw (vector unsigned int); vector long long vec_vupklsw (vector int); vector unsigned long long vec_vupklsw (vector int);
If the ISA 2.07 additions to the vector/scalar (power8-vector) instruction set is available, the following additional functions are available for 64-bit targets. New vector types (vector __int128_t and vector __uint128_t) are available to hold the __int128_t and __uint128_t types to use these builtins.
The normal vector extract, and set operations work on vector __int128_t and vector __uint128_t types, but the index value must be 0.
vector __int128_t vec_vaddcuq (vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t); vector __uint128_t vec_vaddcuq (vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t); vector __int128_t vec_vadduqm (vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t); vector __uint128_t vec_vadduqm (vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t); vector __int128_t vec_vaddecuq (vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t); vector __uint128_t vec_vaddecuq (vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t); vector __int128_t vec_vaddeuqm (vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t); vector __uint128_t vec_vaddeuqm (vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t); vector __int128_t vec_vsubecuq (vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t); vector __uint128_t vec_vsubecuq (vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t); vector __int128_t vec_vsubeuqm (vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t); vector __uint128_t vec_vsubeuqm (vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t); vector __int128_t vec_vsubcuq (vector __int128_t, vector __int128_t); vector __uint128_t vec_vsubcuq (vector __uint128_t, vector __uint128_t); __int128_t vec_vsubuqm (__int128_t, __int128_t); __uint128_t vec_vsubuqm (__uint128_t, __uint128_t); vector __int128_t __builtin_bcdadd (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); int __builtin_bcdadd_lt (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); int __builtin_bcdadd_eq (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); int __builtin_bcdadd_gt (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); int __builtin_bcdadd_ov (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); vector __int128_t bcdsub (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); int __builtin_bcdsub_lt (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); int __builtin_bcdsub_eq (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); int __builtin_bcdsub_gt (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t); int __builtin_bcdsub_ov (vector __int128_t, vector__int128_t);
If the cryptographic instructions are enabled (-mcrypto or -mcpu=power8), the following builtins are enabled.
vector unsigned long long __builtin_crypto_vsbox (vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long __builtin_crypto_vcipher (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long __builtin_crypto_vcipherlast (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long __builtin_crypto_vncipher (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long __builtin_crypto_vncipherlast (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned char __builtin_crypto_vpermxor (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short __builtin_crypto_vpermxor (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned int __builtin_crypto_vpermxor (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned long long __builtin_crypto_vpermxor (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned char __builtin_crypto_vpmsumb (vector unsigned char, vector unsigned char); vector unsigned short __builtin_crypto_vpmsumb (vector unsigned short, vector unsigned short); vector unsigned int __builtin_crypto_vpmsumb (vector unsigned int, vector unsigned int); vector unsigned long long __builtin_crypto_vpmsumb (vector unsigned long long, vector unsigned long long); vector unsigned long long __builtin_crypto_vshasigmad (vector unsigned long long, int, int); vector unsigned int __builtin_crypto_vshasigmaw (vector unsigned int, int, int);
The second argument to the __builtin_crypto_vshasigmad and __builtin_crypto_vshasigmaw builtin functions must be a constant integer that is 0 or 1. The third argument to these builtin functions must be a constant integer in the range of 0 to 15.
Next: RX Built-in Functions, Previous: PowerPC AltiVec/VSX Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides two interfaces for accessing the Hardware Transactional Memory (HTM) instructions available on some of the PowerPC family of prcoessors (eg, POWER8). The two interfaces come in a low level interface, consisting of built-in functions specific to PowerPC and a higher level interface consisting of inline functions that are common between PowerPC and S/390.
The following low level built-in functions are available with -mhtm or -mcpu=CPU where CPU is ‘power8’ or later. They all generate the machine instruction that is part of the name.
The HTM built-ins return true or false depending on their success and their arguments match exactly the type and order of the associated hardware instruction’s operands. Refer to the ISA manual for a description of each instruction’s operands.
unsigned int __builtin_tbegin (unsigned int) unsigned int __builtin_tend (unsigned int) unsigned int __builtin_tabort (unsigned int) unsigned int __builtin_tabortdc (unsigned int, unsigned int, unsigned int) unsigned int __builtin_tabortdci (unsigned int, unsigned int, int) unsigned int __builtin_tabortwc (unsigned int, unsigned int, unsigned int) unsigned int __builtin_tabortwci (unsigned int, unsigned int, int) unsigned int __builtin_tcheck (unsigned int) unsigned int __builtin_treclaim (unsigned int) unsigned int __builtin_trechkpt (void) unsigned int __builtin_tsr (unsigned int)
In addition to the above HTM built-ins, we have added built-ins for some common extended mnemonics of the HTM instructions:
unsigned int __builtin_tendall (void) unsigned int __builtin_tresume (void) unsigned int __builtin_tsuspend (void)
The following set of built-in functions are available to gain access to the HTM specific special purpose registers.
unsigned long __builtin_get_texasr (void) unsigned long __builtin_get_texasru (void) unsigned long __builtin_get_tfhar (void) unsigned long __builtin_get_tfiar (void) void __builtin_set_texasr (unsigned long); void __builtin_set_texasru (unsigned long); void __builtin_set_tfhar (unsigned long); void __builtin_set_tfiar (unsigned long);
Example usage of these low level built-in functions may look like:
#include <htmintrin.h> int num_retries = 10; while (1) { if (__builtin_tbegin (0)) { /* Transaction State Initiated. */ if (is_locked (lock)) __builtin_tabort (0); ... transaction code... __builtin_tend (0); break; } else { /* Transaction State Failed. Use locks if the transaction failure is "persistent" or we've tried too many times. */ if (num_retries-- <= 0 || _TEXASRU_FAILURE_PERSISTENT (__builtin_get_texasru ())) { acquire_lock (lock); ... non transactional fallback path... release_lock (lock); break; } } }
One final built-in function has been added that returns the value of
the 2-bit Transaction State field of the Machine Status Register (MSR)
as stored in CR0
.
unsigned long __builtin_ttest (void)
This built-in can be used to determine the current transaction state using the following code example:
#include <htmintrin.h> unsigned char tx_state = _HTM_STATE (__builtin_ttest ()); if (tx_state == _HTM_TRANSACTIONAL) { /* Code to use in transactional state. */ } else if (tx_state == _HTM_NONTRANSACTIONAL) { /* Code to use in non-transactional state. */ } else if (tx_state == _HTM_SUSPENDED) { /* Code to use in transaction suspended state. */ }
The following high level HTM interface is made available by including
<htmxlintrin.h>
and using -mhtm or -mcpu=CPU
where CPU is ‘power8’ or later. This interface is common between PowerPC
and S/390, allowing users to write one HTM source implementation that
can be compiled and executed on either system.
long __TM_simple_begin (void) long __TM_begin (void* const TM_buff) long __TM_end (void) void __TM_abort (void) void __TM_named_abort (unsigned char const code) void __TM_resume (void) void __TM_suspend (void) long __TM_is_user_abort (void* const TM_buff) long __TM_is_named_user_abort (void* const TM_buff, unsigned char *code) long __TM_is_illegal (void* const TM_buff) long __TM_is_footprint_exceeded (void* const TM_buff) long __TM_nesting_depth (void* const TM_buff) long __TM_is_nested_too_deep(void* const TM_buff) long __TM_is_conflict(void* const TM_buff) long __TM_is_failure_persistent(void* const TM_buff) long __TM_failure_address(void* const TM_buff) long long __TM_failure_code(void* const TM_buff)
Using these common set of HTM inline functions, we can create a more portable version of the HTM example in the previous section that will work on either PowerPC or S/390:
#include <htmxlintrin.h> int num_retries = 10; TM_buff_type TM_buff; while (1) { if (__TM_begin (TM_buff)) { /* Transaction State Initiated. */ if (is_locked (lock)) __TM_abort (); ... transaction code... __TM_end (); break; } else { /* Transaction State Failed. Use locks if the transaction failure is "persistent" or we've tried too many times. */ if (num_retries-- <= 0 || __TM_is_failure_persistent (TM_buff)) { acquire_lock (lock); ... non transactional fallback path... release_lock (lock); break; } } }
Next: S/390 System z Built-in Functions, Previous: PowerPC Hardware Transactional Memory Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC supports some of the RX instructions which cannot be expressed in the C programming language via the use of built-in functions. The following functions are supported:
Generates the brk
machine instruction.
Generates the clrpsw
machine instruction to clear the specified
bit in the processor status word.
Generates the int
machine instruction to generate an interrupt
with the specified value.
Generates the machi
machine instruction to add the result of
multiplying the top 16 bits of the two arguments into the
accumulator.
Generates the maclo
machine instruction to add the result of
multiplying the bottom 16 bits of the two arguments into the
accumulator.
Generates the mulhi
machine instruction to place the result of
multiplying the top 16 bits of the two arguments into the
accumulator.
Generates the mullo
machine instruction to place the result of
multiplying the bottom 16 bits of the two arguments into the
accumulator.
Generates the mvfachi
machine instruction to read the top
32 bits of the accumulator.
Generates the mvfacmi
machine instruction to read the middle
32 bits of the accumulator.
Generates the mvfc
machine instruction which reads the control
register specified in its argument and returns its value.
Generates the mvtachi
machine instruction to set the top
32 bits of the accumulator.
Generates the mvtaclo
machine instruction to set the bottom
32 bits of the accumulator.
Generates the mvtc
machine instruction which sets control
register number reg
to val
.
Generates the mvtipl
machine instruction set the interrupt
priority level.
Generates the racw
machine instruction to round the accumulator
according to the specified mode.
Generates the revw
machine instruction which swaps the bytes in
the argument so that bits 0–7 now occupy bits 8–15 and vice versa,
and also bits 16–23 occupy bits 24–31 and vice versa.
Generates the rmpa
machine instruction which initiates a
repeated multiply and accumulate sequence.
Generates the round
machine instruction which returns the
floating-point argument rounded according to the current rounding mode
set in the floating-point status word register.
Generates the sat
machine instruction which returns the
saturated value of the argument.
Generates the setpsw
machine instruction to set the specified
bit in the processor status word.
Generates the wait
machine instruction.
Next: SH Built-in Functions, Previous: RX Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
Generates the tbegin
machine instruction starting a
non-constraint hardware transaction. If the parameter is non-NULL the
memory area is used to store the transaction diagnostic buffer and
will be passed as first operand to tbegin
. This buffer can be
defined using the struct __htm_tdb
C struct defined in
htmintrin.h
and must reside on a double-word boundary. The
second tbegin operand is set to 0xff0c
. This enables
save/restore of all GPRs and disables aborts for FPR and AR
manipulations inside the transaction body. The condition code set by
the tbegin instruction is returned as integer value. The tbegin
instruction by definition overwrites the content of all FPRs. The
compiler will generate code which saves and restores the FPRs. For
soft-float code it is recommended to used the *_nofloat
variant. In order to prevent a TDB from being written it is required
to pass an constant zero value as parameter. Passing the zero value
through a variable is not sufficient. Although modifications of
access registers inside the transaction will not trigger an
transaction abort it is not supported to actually modify them. Access
registers do not get saved when entering a transaction. They will have
undefined state when reaching the abort code.
Macros for the possible return codes of tbegin are defined in the
htmintrin.h
header file:
_HTM_TBEGIN_STARTED
tbegin
has been executed as part of normal processing. The
transaction body is supposed to be executed.
_HTM_TBEGIN_INDETERMINATE
The transaction was aborted due to an indeterminate condition which might be persistent.
_HTM_TBEGIN_TRANSIENT
The transaction aborted due to a transient failure. The transaction should be re-executed in that case.
_HTM_TBEGIN_PERSISTENT
The transaction aborted due to a persistent failure. Re-execution under same circumstances will not be productive.
The _HTM_FIRST_USER_ABORT_CODE
defined in htmintrin.h
specifies the first abort code which can be used for
__builtin_tabort
. Values below this threshold are reserved for
machine use.
The struct __htm_tdb
defined in htmintrin.h
describes
the structure of the transaction diagnostic block as specified in the
Principles of Operation manual chapter 5-91.
Same as __builtin_tbegin
but without FPR saves and restores.
Using this variant in code making use of FPRs will leave the FPRs in
undefined state when entering the transaction abort handler code.
In addition to __builtin_tbegin
a loop for transient failures
is generated. If tbegin returns a condition code of 2 the transaction
will be retried as often as specified in the second argument. The
perform processor assist instruction is used to tell the CPU about the
number of fails so far.
Same as __builtin_tbegin_retry
but without FPR saves and
restores. Using this variant in code making use of FPRs will leave
the FPRs in undefined state when entering the transaction abort
handler code.
Generates the tbeginc
machine instruction starting a constraint
hardware transaction. The second operand is set to 0xff08
.
Generates the tend
machine instruction finishing a transaction
and making the changes visible to other threads. The condition code
generated by tend is returned as integer value.
Generates the tabort
machine instruction with the specified
abort code. Abort codes from 0 through 255 are reserved and will
result in an error message.
Generates the ppa rX,rY,1
machine instruction. Where the
integer parameter is loaded into rX and a value of zero is loaded into
rY. The integer parameter specifies the number of times the
transaction repeatedly aborted.
Generates the etnd
machine instruction. The current nesting
depth is returned as integer value. For a nesting depth of 0 the code
is not executed as part of an transaction.
Generates the ntstg
machine instruction. The second argument
is written to the first arguments location. The store operation will
not be rolled-back in case of an transaction abort.
Next: SPARC VIS Built-in Functions, Previous: S/390 System z Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
The following built-in functions are supported on the SH1, SH2, SH3 and SH4 families of processors:
Sets the ‘GBR’ register to the specified value ptr. This is usually used by system code that manages threads and execution contexts. The compiler normally does not generate code that modifies the contents of ‘GBR’ and thus the value is preserved across function calls. Changing the ‘GBR’ value in user code must be done with caution, since the compiler might use ‘GBR’ in order to access thread local variables.
Returns the value that is currently set in the ‘GBR’ register. Memory loads and stores that use the thread pointer as a base address are turned into ‘GBR’ based displacement loads and stores, if possible. For example:
struct my_tcb { int a, b, c, d, e; }; int get_tcb_value (void) { // Generate ‘mov.l @(8,gbr),r0’ instruction return ((my_tcb*)__builtin_thread_pointer ())->c; }
Next: SPU Built-in Functions, Previous: SH Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC supports SIMD operations on the SPARC using both the generic vector extensions (see Vector Extensions) as well as built-in functions for the SPARC Visual Instruction Set (VIS). When you use the -mvis switch, the VIS extension is exposed as the following built-in functions:
typedef int v1si __attribute__ ((vector_size (4))); typedef int v2si __attribute__ ((vector_size (8))); typedef short v4hi __attribute__ ((vector_size (8))); typedef short v2hi __attribute__ ((vector_size (4))); typedef unsigned char v8qi __attribute__ ((vector_size (8))); typedef unsigned char v4qi __attribute__ ((vector_size (4))); void __builtin_vis_write_gsr (int64_t); int64_t __builtin_vis_read_gsr (void); void * __builtin_vis_alignaddr (void *, long); void * __builtin_vis_alignaddrl (void *, long); int64_t __builtin_vis_faligndatadi (int64_t, int64_t); v2si __builtin_vis_faligndatav2si (v2si, v2si); v4hi __builtin_vis_faligndatav4hi (v4si, v4si); v8qi __builtin_vis_faligndatav8qi (v8qi, v8qi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fexpand (v4qi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fmul8x16 (v4qi, v4hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fmul8x16au (v4qi, v2hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fmul8x16al (v4qi, v2hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fmul8sux16 (v8qi, v4hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fmul8ulx16 (v8qi, v4hi); v2si __builtin_vis_fmuld8sux16 (v4qi, v2hi); v2si __builtin_vis_fmuld8ulx16 (v4qi, v2hi); v4qi __builtin_vis_fpack16 (v4hi); v8qi __builtin_vis_fpack32 (v2si, v8qi); v2hi __builtin_vis_fpackfix (v2si); v8qi __builtin_vis_fpmerge (v4qi, v4qi); int64_t __builtin_vis_pdist (v8qi, v8qi, int64_t); long __builtin_vis_edge8 (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge8l (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge16 (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge16l (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge32 (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge32l (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_fcmple16 (v4hi, v4hi); long __builtin_vis_fcmple32 (v2si, v2si); long __builtin_vis_fcmpne16 (v4hi, v4hi); long __builtin_vis_fcmpne32 (v2si, v2si); long __builtin_vis_fcmpgt16 (v4hi, v4hi); long __builtin_vis_fcmpgt32 (v2si, v2si); long __builtin_vis_fcmpeq16 (v4hi, v4hi); long __builtin_vis_fcmpeq32 (v2si, v2si); v4hi __builtin_vis_fpadd16 (v4hi, v4hi); v2hi __builtin_vis_fpadd16s (v2hi, v2hi); v2si __builtin_vis_fpadd32 (v2si, v2si); v1si __builtin_vis_fpadd32s (v1si, v1si); v4hi __builtin_vis_fpsub16 (v4hi, v4hi); v2hi __builtin_vis_fpsub16s (v2hi, v2hi); v2si __builtin_vis_fpsub32 (v2si, v2si); v1si __builtin_vis_fpsub32s (v1si, v1si); long __builtin_vis_array8 (long, long); long __builtin_vis_array16 (long, long); long __builtin_vis_array32 (long, long);
When you use the -mvis2 switch, the VIS version 2.0 built-in functions also become available:
long __builtin_vis_bmask (long, long); int64_t __builtin_vis_bshuffledi (int64_t, int64_t); v2si __builtin_vis_bshufflev2si (v2si, v2si); v4hi __builtin_vis_bshufflev2si (v4hi, v4hi); v8qi __builtin_vis_bshufflev2si (v8qi, v8qi); long __builtin_vis_edge8n (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge8ln (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge16n (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge16ln (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge32n (void *, void *); long __builtin_vis_edge32ln (void *, void *);
When you use the -mvis3 switch, the VIS version 3.0 built-in functions also become available:
void __builtin_vis_cmask8 (long); void __builtin_vis_cmask16 (long); void __builtin_vis_cmask32 (long); v4hi __builtin_vis_fchksm16 (v4hi, v4hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fsll16 (v4hi, v4hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fslas16 (v4hi, v4hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fsrl16 (v4hi, v4hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fsra16 (v4hi, v4hi); v2si __builtin_vis_fsll16 (v2si, v2si); v2si __builtin_vis_fslas16 (v2si, v2si); v2si __builtin_vis_fsrl16 (v2si, v2si); v2si __builtin_vis_fsra16 (v2si, v2si); long __builtin_vis_pdistn (v8qi, v8qi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fmean16 (v4hi, v4hi); int64_t __builtin_vis_fpadd64 (int64_t, int64_t); int64_t __builtin_vis_fpsub64 (int64_t, int64_t); v4hi __builtin_vis_fpadds16 (v4hi, v4hi); v2hi __builtin_vis_fpadds16s (v2hi, v2hi); v4hi __builtin_vis_fpsubs16 (v4hi, v4hi); v2hi __builtin_vis_fpsubs16s (v2hi, v2hi); v2si __builtin_vis_fpadds32 (v2si, v2si); v1si __builtin_vis_fpadds32s (v1si, v1si); v2si __builtin_vis_fpsubs32 (v2si, v2si); v1si __builtin_vis_fpsubs32s (v1si, v1si); long __builtin_vis_fucmple8 (v8qi, v8qi); long __builtin_vis_fucmpne8 (v8qi, v8qi); long __builtin_vis_fucmpgt8 (v8qi, v8qi); long __builtin_vis_fucmpeq8 (v8qi, v8qi); float __builtin_vis_fhadds (float, float); double __builtin_vis_fhaddd (double, double); float __builtin_vis_fhsubs (float, float); double __builtin_vis_fhsubd (double, double); float __builtin_vis_fnhadds (float, float); double __builtin_vis_fnhaddd (double, double); int64_t __builtin_vis_umulxhi (int64_t, int64_t); int64_t __builtin_vis_xmulx (int64_t, int64_t); int64_t __builtin_vis_xmulxhi (int64_t, int64_t);
Next: TI C6X Built-in Functions, Previous: SPARC VIS Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides extensions for the SPU processor as described in the Sony/Toshiba/IBM SPU Language Extensions Specification, which can be found at http://cell.scei.co.jp/ or http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/power/cell/. GCC’s implementation differs in several ways.
signed
or unsigned
is omitted, the signedness of the
vector type is the default signedness of the base type. The default
varies depending on the operating system, so a portable program should
always specify the signedness.
__vector
is added. The macro
vector
is defined in <spu_intrinsics.h>
and can be
undefined.
typedef
name as the type specifier for a
vector type.
spu_add ((vector signed int){1, 2, 3, 4}, foo);
Since spu_add
is a macro, the vector constant in the example
is treated as four separate arguments. Wrap the entire argument in
parentheses for this to work.
__builtin_expect
is not supported.
Note: Only the interface described in the aforementioned specification is supported. Internally, GCC uses built-in functions to implement the required functionality, but these are not supported and are subject to change without notice.
Next: TILE-Gx Built-in Functions, Previous: SPU Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides intrinsics to access certain instructions of the TI C6X
processors. These intrinsics, listed below, are available after
inclusion of the c6x_intrinsics.h
header file. They map directly
to C6X instructions.
int _sadd (int, int) int _ssub (int, int) int _sadd2 (int, int) int _ssub2 (int, int) long long _mpy2 (int, int) long long _smpy2 (int, int) int _add4 (int, int) int _sub4 (int, int) int _saddu4 (int, int) int _smpy (int, int) int _smpyh (int, int) int _smpyhl (int, int) int _smpylh (int, int) int _sshl (int, int) int _subc (int, int) int _avg2 (int, int) int _avgu4 (int, int) int _clrr (int, int) int _extr (int, int) int _extru (int, int) int _abs (int) int _abs2 (int)
Next: TILEPro Built-in Functions, Previous: TI C6X Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides intrinsics to access every instruction of the TILE-Gx processor. The intrinsics are of the form:
unsigned long long __insn_op (...)
Where op is the name of the instruction. Refer to the ISA manual for the complete list of instructions.
GCC also provides intrinsics to directly access the network registers. The intrinsics are:
unsigned long long __tile_idn0_receive (void) unsigned long long __tile_idn1_receive (void) unsigned long long __tile_udn0_receive (void) unsigned long long __tile_udn1_receive (void) unsigned long long __tile_udn2_receive (void) unsigned long long __tile_udn3_receive (void) void __tile_idn_send (unsigned long long) void __tile_udn_send (unsigned long long)
The intrinsic void __tile_network_barrier (void)
is used to
guarantee that no network operations before it are reordered with
those after it.
Previous: TILE-Gx Built-in Functions, Up: Target Builtins [Contents][Index]
GCC provides intrinsics to access every instruction of the TILEPro processor. The intrinsics are of the form:
unsigned __insn_op (...)
where op is the name of the instruction. Refer to the ISA manual for the complete list of instructions.
GCC also provides intrinsics to directly access the network registers. The intrinsics are:
unsigned __tile_idn0_receive (void) unsigned __tile_idn1_receive (void) unsigned __tile_sn_receive (void) unsigned __tile_udn0_receive (void) unsigned __tile_udn1_receive (void) unsigned __tile_udn2_receive (void) unsigned __tile_udn3_receive (void) void __tile_idn_send (unsigned) void __tile_sn_send (unsigned) void __tile_udn_send (unsigned)
The intrinsic void __tile_network_barrier (void)
is used to
guarantee that no network operations before it are reordered with
those after it.
Next: Pragmas, Previous: Target Builtins, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
For some target machines, GCC supports additional options to the format attribute (see Declaring Attributes of Functions).
• Solaris Format Checks: | ||
• Darwin Format Checks: |
Next: Darwin Format Checks, Up: Target Format Checks [Contents][Index]
Solaris targets support the cmn_err
(or __cmn_err__
) format
check. cmn_err
accepts a subset of the standard printf
conversions, and the two-argument %b
conversion for displaying
bit-fields. See the Solaris man page for cmn_err
for more information.
Previous: Solaris Format Checks, Up: Target Format Checks [Contents][Index]
Darwin targets support the CFString
(or __CFString__
) in the format
attribute context. Declarations made with such attribution are parsed for correct syntax
and format argument types. However, parsing of the format string itself is currently undefined
and is not carried out by this version of the compiler.
Additionally, CFStringRefs
(defined by the CoreFoundation
headers) may
also be used as format arguments. Note that the relevant headers are only likely to be
available on Darwin (OSX) installations. On such installations, the XCode and system
documentation provide descriptions of CFString
, CFStringRefs
and
associated functions.
Next: Unnamed Fields, Previous: Target Format Checks, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
GCC supports several types of pragmas, primarily in order to compile code originally written for other compilers. Note that in general we do not recommend the use of pragmas; See Function Attributes, for further explanation.
Next: M32C Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
The ARM target defines pragmas for controlling the default addition of
long_call
and short_call
attributes to functions.
See Function Attributes, for information about the effects of these
attributes.
long_calls
Set all subsequent functions to have the long_call
attribute.
no_long_calls
Set all subsequent functions to have the short_call
attribute.
long_calls_off
Do not affect the long_call
or short_call
attributes of
subsequent functions.
Next: MeP Pragmas, Previous: ARM Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
GCC memregs number
Overrides the command-line option -memregs=
for the current
file. Use with care! This pragma must be before any function in the
file, and mixing different memregs values in different objects may
make them incompatible. This pragma is useful when a
performance-critical function uses a memreg for temporary values,
as it may allow you to reduce the number of memregs used.
ADDRESS name address
For any declared symbols matching name, this does three things
to that symbol: it forces the symbol to be located at the given
address (a number), it forces the symbol to be volatile, and it
changes the symbol’s scope to be static. This pragma exists for
compatibility with other compilers, but note that the common
1234H
numeric syntax is not supported (use 0x1234
instead). Example:
#pragma ADDRESS port3 0x103 char port3;
Next: RS/6000 and PowerPC Pragmas, Previous: M32C Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
custom io_volatile (on|off)
Overrides the command-line option -mio-volatile
for the current
file. Note that for compatibility with future GCC releases, this
option should only be used once before any io
variables in each
file.
GCC coprocessor available registers
Specifies which coprocessor registers are available to the register allocator. registers may be a single register, register range separated by ellipses, or comma-separated list of those. Example:
#pragma GCC coprocessor available $c0...$c10, $c28
GCC coprocessor call_saved registers
Specifies which coprocessor registers are to be saved and restored by any function using them. registers may be a single register, register range separated by ellipses, or comma-separated list of those. Example:
#pragma GCC coprocessor call_saved $c4...$c6, $c31
GCC coprocessor subclass '(A|B|C|D)' = registers
Creates and defines a register class. These register classes can be
used by inline asm
constructs. registers may be a single
register, register range separated by ellipses, or comma-separated
list of those. Example:
#pragma GCC coprocessor subclass 'B' = $c2, $c4, $c6 asm ("cpfoo %0" : "=B" (x));
GCC disinterrupt name , name …
For the named functions, the compiler adds code to disable interrupts for the duration of those functions. If any functions so named are not encountered in the source, a warning is emitted that the pragma is not used. Examples:
#pragma disinterrupt foo #pragma disinterrupt bar, grill int foo () { … }
GCC call name , name …
For the named functions, the compiler always uses a register-indirect call model when calling the named functions. Examples:
extern int foo (); #pragma call foo
Next: Darwin Pragmas, Previous: MeP Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
The RS/6000 and PowerPC targets define one pragma for controlling
whether or not the longcall
attribute is added to function
declarations by default. This pragma overrides the -mlongcall
option, but not the longcall
and shortcall
attributes.
See RS/6000 and PowerPC Options, for more information about when long
calls are and are not necessary.
longcall (1)
Apply the longcall
attribute to all subsequent function
declarations.
longcall (0)
Do not apply the longcall
attribute to subsequent function
declarations.
Next: Solaris Pragmas, Previous: RS/6000 and PowerPC Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
The following pragmas are available for all architectures running the Darwin operating system. These are useful for compatibility with other Mac OS compilers.
mark tokens…
This pragma is accepted, but has no effect.
options align=alignment
This pragma sets the alignment of fields in structures. The values of
alignment may be mac68k
, to emulate m68k alignment, or
power
, to emulate PowerPC alignment. Uses of this pragma nest
properly; to restore the previous setting, use reset
for the
alignment.
segment tokens…
This pragma is accepted, but has no effect.
unused (var [, var]…)
This pragma declares variables to be possibly unused. GCC does not
produce warnings for the listed variables. The effect is similar to
that of the unused
attribute, except that this pragma may appear
anywhere within the variables’ scopes.
Next: Symbol-Renaming Pragmas, Previous: Darwin Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
The Solaris target supports #pragma redefine_extname
(see Symbol-Renaming Pragmas). It also supports additional
#pragma
directives for compatibility with the system compiler.
align alignment (variable [, variable]...)
Increase the minimum alignment of each variable to alignment.
This is the same as GCC’s aligned
attribute see Variable Attributes). Macro expansion occurs on the arguments to this pragma
when compiling C and Objective-C. It does not currently occur when
compiling C++, but this is a bug which may be fixed in a future
release.
fini (function [, function]...)
This pragma causes each listed function to be called after
main, or during shared module unloading, by adding a call to the
.fini
section.
init (function [, function]...)
This pragma causes each listed function to be called during
initialization (before main
) or during shared module loading, by
adding a call to the .init
section.
Next: Structure-Packing Pragmas, Previous: Solaris Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
For compatibility with the Solaris system headers, GCC
supports two #pragma
directives that change the name used in
assembly for a given declaration. To get this effect
on all platforms supported by GCC, use the asm labels extension (see Asm Labels).
redefine_extname oldname newname
This pragma gives the C function oldname the assembly symbol
newname. The preprocessor macro __PRAGMA_REDEFINE_EXTNAME
is defined if this pragma is available (currently on all platforms).
This pragma and the asm labels extension interact in a complicated manner. Here are some corner cases you may want to be aware of.
#pragma redefine_extname
is
always the C-language name.
Next: Weak Pragmas, Previous: Symbol-Renaming Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
For compatibility with Microsoft Windows compilers, GCC supports a
set of #pragma
directives that change the maximum alignment of
members of structures (other than zero-width bit-fields), unions, and
classes subsequently defined. The n value below always is required
to be a small power of two and specifies the new alignment in bytes.
#pragma pack(n)
simply sets the new alignment.
#pragma pack()
sets the alignment to the one that was in
effect when compilation started (see also command-line option
-fpack-struct[=n] see Code Gen Options).
#pragma pack(push[,n])
pushes the current alignment
setting on an internal stack and then optionally sets the new alignment.
#pragma pack(pop)
restores the alignment setting to the one
saved at the top of the internal stack (and removes that stack entry).
Note that #pragma pack([n])
does not influence this internal
stack; thus it is possible to have #pragma pack(push)
followed by
multiple #pragma pack(n)
instances and finalized by a single
#pragma pack(pop)
.
Some targets, e.g. i386 and PowerPC, support the ms_struct
#pragma
which lays out a structure as the documented
__attribute__ ((ms_struct))
.
#pragma ms_struct on
turns on the layout for structures
declared.
#pragma ms_struct off
turns off the layout for structures
declared.
#pragma ms_struct reset
goes back to the default layout.
Next: Diagnostic Pragmas, Previous: Structure-Packing Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
For compatibility with SVR4, GCC supports a set of #pragma
directives for declaring symbols to be weak, and defining weak
aliases.
#pragma weak symbol
This pragma declares symbol to be weak, as if the declaration had the attribute of the same name. The pragma may appear before or after the declaration of symbol. It is not an error for symbol to never be defined at all.
#pragma weak symbol1 = symbol2
This pragma declares symbol1 to be a weak alias of symbol2. It is an error if symbol2 is not defined in the current translation unit.
Next: Visibility Pragmas, Previous: Weak Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
GCC allows the user to selectively enable or disable certain types of diagnostics, and change the kind of the diagnostic. For example, a project’s policy might require that all sources compile with -Werror but certain files might have exceptions allowing specific types of warnings. Or, a project might selectively enable diagnostics and treat them as errors depending on which preprocessor macros are defined.
#pragma GCC diagnostic kind option
Modifies the disposition of a diagnostic. Note that not all diagnostics are modifiable; at the moment only warnings (normally controlled by ‘-W…’) can be controlled, and not all of them. Use -fdiagnostics-show-option to determine which diagnostics are controllable and which option controls them.
kind is ‘error’ to treat this diagnostic as an error, ‘warning’ to treat it like a warning (even if -Werror is in effect), or ‘ignored’ if the diagnostic is to be ignored. option is a double quoted string that matches the command-line option.
#pragma GCC diagnostic warning "-Wformat" #pragma GCC diagnostic error "-Wformat" #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"
Note that these pragmas override any command-line options. GCC keeps track of the location of each pragma, and issues diagnostics according to the state as of that point in the source file. Thus, pragmas occurring after a line do not affect diagnostics caused by that line.
#pragma GCC diagnostic push
#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
Causes GCC to remember the state of the diagnostics as of each
push
, and restore to that point at each pop
. If a
pop
has no matching push
, the command-line options are
restored.
#pragma GCC diagnostic error "-Wuninitialized" foo(a); /* error is given for this one */ #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wuninitialized" foo(b); /* no diagnostic for this one */ #pragma GCC diagnostic pop foo(c); /* error is given for this one */ #pragma GCC diagnostic pop foo(d); /* depends on command-line options */
GCC also offers a simple mechanism for printing messages during compilation.
#pragma message string
Prints string as a compiler message on compilation. The message is informational only, and is neither a compilation warning nor an error.
#pragma message "Compiling " __FILE__ "..."
string may be parenthesized, and is printed with location information. For example,
#define DO_PRAGMA(x) _Pragma (#x) #define TODO(x) DO_PRAGMA(message ("TODO - " #x)) TODO(Remember to fix this)
prints ‘/tmp/file.c:4: note: #pragma message: TODO - Remember to fix this’.
Next: Push/Pop Macro Pragmas, Previous: Diagnostic Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
#pragma GCC visibility push(visibility)
#pragma GCC visibility pop
This pragma allows the user to set the visibility for multiple declarations without having to give each a visibility attribute See Function Attributes, for more information about visibility and the attribute syntax.
In C++, ‘#pragma GCC visibility’ affects only namespace-scope declarations. Class members and template specializations are not affected; if you want to override the visibility for a particular member or instantiation, you must use an attribute.
Next: Function Specific Option Pragmas, Previous: Visibility Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
For compatibility with Microsoft Windows compilers, GCC supports ‘#pragma push_macro("macro_name")’ and ‘#pragma pop_macro("macro_name")’.
#pragma push_macro("macro_name")
This pragma saves the value of the macro named as macro_name to the top of the stack for this macro.
#pragma pop_macro("macro_name")
This pragma sets the value of the macro named as macro_name to the value on top of the stack for this macro. If the stack for macro_name is empty, the value of the macro remains unchanged.
For example:
#define X 1 #pragma push_macro("X") #undef X #define X -1 #pragma pop_macro("X") int x [X];
In this example, the definition of X as 1 is saved by #pragma
push_macro
and restored by #pragma pop_macro
.
Next: Loop-Specific Pragmas, Previous: Push/Pop Macro Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
#pragma GCC target ("string"...)
This pragma allows you to set target specific options for functions
defined later in the source file. One or more strings can be
specified. Each function that is defined after this point is as
if attribute((target("STRING")))
was specified for that
function. The parenthesis around the options is optional.
See Function Attributes, for more information about the
target
attribute and the attribute syntax.
The #pragma GCC target
pragma is presently implemented for
i386/x86_64, PowerPC, and Nios II targets only.
#pragma GCC optimize ("string"...)
This pragma allows you to set global optimization options for functions
defined later in the source file. One or more strings can be
specified. Each function that is defined after this point is as
if attribute((optimize("STRING")))
was specified for that
function. The parenthesis around the options is optional.
See Function Attributes, for more information about the
optimize
attribute and the attribute syntax.
The ‘#pragma GCC optimize’ pragma is not implemented in GCC versions earlier than 4.4.
#pragma GCC push_options
#pragma GCC pop_options
These pragmas maintain a stack of the current target and optimization options. It is intended for include files where you temporarily want to switch to using a different ‘#pragma GCC target’ or ‘#pragma GCC optimize’ and then to pop back to the previous options.
The ‘#pragma GCC push_options’ and ‘#pragma GCC pop_options’ pragmas are not implemented in GCC versions earlier than 4.4.
#pragma GCC reset_options
This pragma clears the current #pragma GCC target
and
#pragma GCC optimize
to use the default switches as specified
on the command line.
The ‘#pragma GCC reset_options’ pragma is not implemented in GCC versions earlier than 4.4.
Previous: Function Specific Option Pragmas, Up: Pragmas [Contents][Index]
#pragma GCC ivdep
With this pragma, the programmer asserts that there are no loop-carried dependencies which would prevent that consecutive iterations of the following loop can be executed concurrently with SIMD (single instruction multiple data) instructions.
For example, the compiler can only unconditionally vectorize the following loop with the pragma:
void foo (int n, int *a, int *b, int *c) { int i, j; #pragma GCC ivdep for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) a[i] = b[i] + c[i]; }
In this example, using the restrict
qualifier had the same
effect. In the following example, that would not be possible. Assume
k < -m or k >= m. Only with the pragma, the compiler knows
that it can unconditionally vectorize the following loop:
void ignore_vec_dep (int *a, int k, int c, int m) { #pragma GCC ivdep for (int i = 0; i < m; i++) a[i] = a[i + k] * c; }
Next: Thread-Local, Previous: Pragmas, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
As permitted by ISO C11 and for compatibility with other compilers, GCC allows you to define a structure or union that contains, as fields, structures and unions without names. For example:
struct { int a; union { int b; float c; }; int d; } foo;
In this example, you are able to access members of the unnamed
union with code like ‘foo.b’. Note that only unnamed structs and
unions are allowed, you may not have, for example, an unnamed
int
.
You must never create such structures that cause ambiguous field definitions. For example, in this structure:
struct { int a; struct { int a; }; } foo;
it is ambiguous which a
is being referred to with ‘foo.a’.
The compiler gives errors for such constructs.
Unless -fms-extensions is used, the unnamed field must be a
structure or union definition without a tag (for example, ‘struct
{ int a; };’). If -fms-extensions is used, the field may
also be a definition with a tag such as ‘struct foo { int a;
};’, a reference to a previously defined structure or union such as
‘struct foo;’, or a reference to a typedef
name for a
previously defined structure or union type.
The option -fplan9-extensions enables -fms-extensions as well as two other extensions. First, a pointer to a structure is automatically converted to a pointer to an anonymous field for assignments and function calls. For example:
struct s1 { int a; }; struct s2 { struct s1; }; extern void f1 (struct s1 *); void f2 (struct s2 *p) { f1 (p); }
In the call to f1
inside f2
, the pointer p
is
converted into a pointer to the anonymous field.
Second, when the type of an anonymous field is a typedef
for a
struct
or union
, code may refer to the field using the
name of the typedef
.
typedef struct { int a; } s1; struct s2 { s1; }; s1 f1 (struct s2 *p) { return p->s1; }
These usages are only permitted when they are not ambiguous.
Next: Binary constants, Previous: Unnamed Fields, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
Thread-local storage (TLS) is a mechanism by which variables
are allocated such that there is one instance of the variable per extant
thread. The runtime model GCC uses to implement this originates
in the IA-64 processor-specific ABI, but has since been migrated
to other processors as well. It requires significant support from
the linker (ld
), dynamic linker (ld.so
), and
system libraries (libc.so and libpthread.so), so it
is not available everywhere.
At the user level, the extension is visible with a new storage
class keyword: __thread
. For example:
__thread int i; extern __thread struct state s; static __thread char *p;
The __thread
specifier may be used alone, with the extern
or static
specifiers, but with no other storage class specifier.
When used with extern
or static
, __thread
must appear
immediately after the other storage class specifier.
The __thread
specifier may be applied to any global, file-scoped
static, function-scoped static, or static data member of a class. It may
not be applied to block-scoped automatic or non-static data member.
When the address-of operator is applied to a thread-local variable, it is evaluated at run time and returns the address of the current thread’s instance of that variable. An address so obtained may be used by any thread. When a thread terminates, any pointers to thread-local variables in that thread become invalid.
No static initialization may refer to the address of a thread-local variable.
In C++, if an initializer is present for a thread-local variable, it must be a constant-expression, as defined in 5.19.2 of the ANSI/ISO C++ standard.
See ELF Handling For Thread-Local Storage for a detailed explanation of the four thread-local storage addressing models, and how the runtime is expected to function.
• C99 Thread-Local Edits: | ||
• C++98 Thread-Local Edits: |
Next: C++98 Thread-Local Edits, Up: Thread-Local [Contents][Index]
The following are a set of changes to ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (aka C99) that document the exact semantics of the language extension.
Add new text after paragraph 1
Within either execution environment, a thread is a flow of control within a program. It is implementation defined whether or not there may be more than one thread associated with a program. It is implementation defined how threads beyond the first are created, the name and type of the function called at thread startup, and how threads may be terminated. However, objects with thread storage duration shall be initialized before thread startup.
Add new text before paragraph 3
An object whose identifier is declared with the storage-class specifier
__thread
has thread storage duration. Its lifetime is the entire execution of the thread, and its stored value is initialized only once, prior to thread startup.
Add __thread
.
Add __thread
to the list of storage class specifiers in
paragraph 1.
Change paragraph 2 to
With the exception of
__thread
, at most one storage-class specifier may be given […]. The__thread
specifier may be used alone, or immediately followingextern
orstatic
.
Add new text after paragraph 6
The declaration of an identifier for a variable that has block scope that specifies
__thread
shall also specify eitherextern
orstatic
.The
__thread
specifier shall be used only with variables.
Previous: C99 Thread-Local Edits, Up: Thread-Local [Contents][Index]
The following are a set of changes to ISO/IEC 14882:1998 (aka C++98) that document the exact semantics of the language extension.
New text after paragraph 4
A thread is a flow of control within the abstract machine. It is implementation defined whether or not there may be more than one thread.
New text after paragraph 7
It is unspecified whether additional action must be taken to ensure when and whether side effects are visible to other threads.
Add __thread
.
Add after paragraph 5
The thread that begins execution at the
main
function is called the main thread. It is implementation defined how functions beginning threads other than the main thread are designated or typed. A function so designated, as well as themain
function, is called a thread startup function. It is implementation defined what happens if a thread startup function returns. It is implementation defined what happens to other threads when any thread callsexit
.
Add after paragraph 4
The storage for an object of thread storage duration shall be statically initialized before the first statement of the thread startup function. An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic initialization.
Add after paragraph 3
The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not have a non-trivial destructor, nor shall it be an array type whose elements (directly or indirectly) have non-trivial destructors.
Add “thread storage duration” to the list in paragraph 1.
Change paragraph 2
Thread, static, and automatic storage durations are associated with objects introduced by declarations […].
Add __thread
to the list of specifiers in paragraph 3.
New section before [basic.stc.static]
The keyword
__thread
applied to a non-local object gives the object thread storage duration.A local variable or class data member declared both
static
and__thread
gives the variable or member thread storage duration.
Change paragraph 1
All objects that have neither thread storage duration, dynamic storage duration nor are local […].
Add __thread
to the list in paragraph 1.
Change paragraph 1
With the exception of
__thread
, at most one storage-class-specifier shall appear in a given decl-specifier-seq. The__thread
specifier may be used alone, or immediately following theextern
orstatic
specifiers. […]
Add after paragraph 5
The
__thread
specifier can be applied only to the names of objects and to anonymous unions.
Add after paragraph 6
Non-
static
members shall not be__thread
.
Previous: Thread-Local, Up: C Extensions [Contents][Index]
Integer constants can be written as binary constants, consisting of a sequence of ‘0’ and ‘1’ digits, prefixed by ‘0b’ or ‘0B’. This is particularly useful in environments that operate a lot on the bit level (like microcontrollers).
The following statements are identical:
i = 42; i = 0x2a; i = 052; i = 0b101010;
The type of these constants follows the same rules as for octal or hexadecimal integer constants, so suffixes like ‘L’ or ‘UL’ can be applied.
Next: Objective-C, Previous: C Extensions, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
The GNU compiler provides these extensions to the C++ language (and you
can also use most of the C language extensions in your C++ programs). If you
want to write code that checks whether these features are available, you can
test for the GNU compiler the same way as for C programs: check for a
predefined macro __GNUC__
. You can also use __GNUG__
to
test specifically for GNU C++ (see Predefined Macros in The GNU C Preprocessor).
• C++ Volatiles: | What constitutes an access to a volatile object. | |
• Restricted Pointers: | C99 restricted pointers and references. | |
• Vague Linkage: | Where G++ puts inlines, vtables and such. | |
• C++ Interface: | You can use a single C++ header file for both declarations and definitions. | |
• Template Instantiation: | Methods for ensuring that exactly one copy of each needed template instantiation is emitted. | |
• Bound member functions: | You can extract a function pointer to the method denoted by a ‘->*’ or ‘.*’ expression. | |
• C++ Attributes: | Variable, function, and type attributes for C++ only. | |
• Function Multiversioning: | Declaring multiple function versions. | |
• Namespace Association: | Strong using-directives for namespace association. | |
• Type Traits: | Compiler support for type traits | |
• Java Exceptions: | Tweaking exception handling to work with Java. | |
• Deprecated Features: | Things will disappear from G++. | |
• Backwards Compatibility: | Compatibilities with earlier definitions of C++. |
Next: Restricted Pointers, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
The C++ standard differs from the C standard in its treatment of volatile objects. It fails to specify what constitutes a volatile access, except to say that C++ should behave in a similar manner to C with respect to volatiles, where possible. However, the different lvalueness of expressions between C and C++ complicate the behavior. G++ behaves the same as GCC for volatile access, See Volatiles, for a description of GCC’s behavior.
The C and C++ language specifications differ when an object is accessed in a void context:
volatile int *src = somevalue; *src;
The C++ standard specifies that such expressions do not undergo lvalue to rvalue conversion, and that the type of the dereferenced object may be incomplete. The C++ standard does not specify explicitly that it is lvalue to rvalue conversion that is responsible for causing an access. There is reason to believe that it is, because otherwise certain simple expressions become undefined. However, because it would surprise most programmers, G++ treats dereferencing a pointer to volatile object of complete type as GCC would do for an equivalent type in C. When the object has incomplete type, G++ issues a warning; if you wish to force an error, you must force a conversion to rvalue with, for instance, a static cast.
When using a reference to volatile, G++ does not treat equivalent expressions as accesses to volatiles, but instead issues a warning that no volatile is accessed. The rationale for this is that otherwise it becomes difficult to determine where volatile access occur, and not possible to ignore the return value from functions returning volatile references. Again, if you wish to force a read, cast the reference to an rvalue.
G++ implements the same behavior as GCC does when assigning to a volatile object—there is no reread of the assigned-to object, the assigned rvalue is reused. Note that in C++ assignment expressions are lvalues, and if used as an lvalue, the volatile object is referred to. For instance, vref refers to vobj, as expected, in the following example:
volatile int vobj; volatile int &vref = vobj = something;
Next: Vague Linkage, Previous: C++ Volatiles, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
As with the C front end, G++ understands the C99 feature of restricted pointers,
specified with the __restrict__
, or __restrict
type
qualifier. Because you cannot compile C++ by specifying the -std=c99
language flag, restrict
is not a keyword in C++.
In addition to allowing restricted pointers, you can specify restricted references, which indicate that the reference is not aliased in the local context.
void fn (int *__restrict__ rptr, int &__restrict__ rref)
{
/* … */
}
In the body of fn
, rptr points to an unaliased integer and
rref refers to a (different) unaliased integer.
You may also specify whether a member function’s this pointer is
unaliased by using __restrict__
as a member function qualifier.
void T::fn () __restrict__
{
/* … */
}
Within the body of T::fn
, this has the effective
definition T *__restrict__ const this
. Notice that the
interpretation of a __restrict__
member function qualifier is
different to that of const
or volatile
qualifier, in that it
is applied to the pointer rather than the object. This is consistent with
other compilers that implement restricted pointers.
As with all outermost parameter qualifiers, __restrict__
is
ignored in function definition matching. This means you only need to
specify __restrict__
in a function definition, rather than
in a function prototype as well.
Next: C++ Interface, Previous: Restricted Pointers, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
There are several constructs in C++ that require space in the object file but are not clearly tied to a single translation unit. We say that these constructs have “vague linkage”. Typically such constructs are emitted wherever they are needed, though sometimes we can be more clever.
Inline functions are typically defined in a header file which can be included in many different compilations. Hopefully they can usually be inlined, but sometimes an out-of-line copy is necessary, if the address of the function is taken or if inlining fails. In general, we emit an out-of-line copy in all translation units where one is needed. As an exception, we only emit inline virtual functions with the vtable, since it always requires a copy.
Local static variables and string constants used in an inline function are also considered to have vague linkage, since they must be shared between all inlined and out-of-line instances of the function.
C++ virtual functions are implemented in most compilers using a lookup table, known as a vtable. The vtable contains pointers to the virtual functions provided by a class, and each object of the class contains a pointer to its vtable (or vtables, in some multiple-inheritance situations). If the class declares any non-inline, non-pure virtual functions, the first one is chosen as the “key method” for the class, and the vtable is only emitted in the translation unit where the key method is defined.
Note: If the chosen key method is later defined as inline, the vtable is still emitted in every translation unit that defines it. Make sure that any inline virtuals are declared inline in the class body, even if they are not defined there.
type_info
objectsC++ requires information about types to be written out in order to implement ‘dynamic_cast’, ‘typeid’ and exception handling. For polymorphic classes (classes with virtual functions), the ‘type_info’ object is written out along with the vtable so that ‘dynamic_cast’ can determine the dynamic type of a class object at run time. For all other types, we write out the ‘type_info’ object when it is used: when applying ‘typeid’ to an expression, throwing an object, or referring to a type in a catch clause or exception specification.
Most everything in this section also applies to template instantiations, but there are other options as well. See Where’s the Template?.
When used with GNU ld version 2.8 or later on an ELF system such as GNU/Linux or Solaris 2, or on Microsoft Windows, duplicate copies of these constructs will be discarded at link time. This is known as COMDAT support.
On targets that don’t support COMDAT, but do support weak symbols, GCC uses them. This way one copy overrides all the others, but the unused copies still take up space in the executable.
For targets that do not support either COMDAT or weak symbols, most entities with vague linkage are emitted as local symbols to avoid duplicate definition errors from the linker. This does not happen for local statics in inlines, however, as having multiple copies almost certainly breaks things.
See Declarations and Definitions in One Header, for another way to control placement of these constructs.
Next: Template Instantiation, Previous: Vague Linkage, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
#pragma interface
and #pragma implementation
provide the
user with a way of explicitly directing the compiler to emit entities
with vague linkage (and debugging information) in a particular
translation unit.
Note: As of GCC 2.7.2, these #pragma
s are not useful in
most cases, because of COMDAT support and the “key method” heuristic
mentioned in Vague Linkage. Using them can actually cause your
program to grow due to unnecessary out-of-line copies of inline
functions. Currently (3.4) the only benefit of these
#pragma
s is reduced duplication of debugging information, and
that should be addressed soon on DWARF 2 targets with the use of
COMDAT groups.
#pragma interface
#pragma interface "subdir/objects.h"
Use this directive in header files that define object classes, to save space in most of the object files that use those classes. Normally, local copies of certain information (backup copies of inline member functions, debugging information, and the internal tables that implement virtual functions) must be kept in each object file that includes class definitions. You can use this pragma to avoid such duplication. When a header file containing ‘#pragma interface’ is included in a compilation, this auxiliary information is not generated (unless the main input source file itself uses ‘#pragma implementation’). Instead, the object files contain references to be resolved at link time.
The second form of this directive is useful for the case where you have multiple headers with the same name in different directories. If you use this form, you must specify the same string to ‘#pragma implementation’.
#pragma implementation
#pragma implementation "objects.h"
Use this pragma in a main input file, when you want full output from included header files to be generated (and made globally visible). The included header file, in turn, should use ‘#pragma interface’. Backup copies of inline member functions, debugging information, and the internal tables used to implement virtual functions are all generated in implementation files.
If you use ‘#pragma implementation’ with no argument, it applies to an include file with the same basename4 as your source file. For example, in allclass.cc, giving just ‘#pragma implementation’ by itself is equivalent to ‘#pragma implementation "allclass.h"’.
In versions of GNU C++ prior to 2.6.0 allclass.h was treated as an implementation file whenever you would include it from allclass.cc even if you never specified ‘#pragma implementation’. This was deemed to be more trouble than it was worth, however, and disabled.
Use the string argument if you want a single implementation file to include code from multiple header files. (You must also use ‘#include’ to include the header file; ‘#pragma implementation’ only specifies how to use the file—it doesn’t actually include it.)
There is no way to split up the contents of a single header file into multiple implementation files.
‘#pragma implementation’ and ‘#pragma interface’ also have an effect on function inlining.
If you define a class in a header file marked with ‘#pragma
interface’, the effect on an inline function defined in that class is
similar to an explicit extern
declaration—the compiler emits
no code at all to define an independent version of the function. Its
definition is used only for inlining with its callers.
Conversely, when you include the same header file in a main source file that declares it as ‘#pragma implementation’, the compiler emits code for the function itself; this defines a version of the function that can be found via pointers (or by callers compiled without inlining). If all calls to the function can be inlined, you can avoid emitting the function by compiling with -fno-implement-inlines. If any calls are not inlined, you will get linker errors.
Next: Bound member functions, Previous: C++ Interface, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
C++ templates are the first language feature to require more intelligence from the environment than one usually finds on a UNIX system. Somehow the compiler and linker have to make sure that each template instance occurs exactly once in the executable if it is needed, and not at all otherwise. There are two basic approaches to this problem, which are referred to as the Borland model and the Cfront model.
Borland C++ solved the template instantiation problem by adding the code equivalent of common blocks to their linker; the compiler emits template instances in each translation unit that uses them, and the linker collapses them together. The advantage of this model is that the linker only has to consider the object files themselves; there is no external complexity to worry about. This disadvantage is that compilation time is increased because the template code is being compiled repeatedly. Code written for this model tends to include definitions of all templates in the header file, since they must be seen to be instantiated.
The AT&T C++ translator, Cfront, solved the template instantiation problem by creating the notion of a template repository, an automatically maintained place where template instances are stored. A more modern version of the repository works as follows: As individual object files are built, the compiler places any template definitions and instantiations encountered in the repository. At link time, the link wrapper adds in the objects in the repository and compiles any needed instances that were not previously emitted. The advantages of this model are more optimal compilation speed and the ability to use the system linker; to implement the Borland model a compiler vendor also needs to replace the linker. The disadvantages are vastly increased complexity, and thus potential for error; for some code this can be just as transparent, but in practice it can been very difficult to build multiple programs in one directory and one program in multiple directories. Code written for this model tends to separate definitions of non-inline member templates into a separate file, which should be compiled separately.
When used with GNU ld version 2.8 or later on an ELF system such as GNU/Linux or Solaris 2, or on Microsoft Windows, G++ supports the Borland model. On other systems, G++ implements neither automatic model.
You have the following options for dealing with template instantiations:
This is your best option for application code written for the Borland
model, as it just works. Code written for the Cfront model
needs to be modified so that the template definitions are available at
one or more points of instantiation; usually this is as simple as adding
#include <tmethods.cc>
to the end of each template header.
For library code, if you want the library to provide all of the template instantiations it needs, just try to link all of its object files together; the link will fail, but cause the instantiations to be generated as a side effect. Be warned, however, that this may cause conflicts if multiple libraries try to provide the same instantiations. For greater control, use explicit instantiation as described in the next option.
#include "Foo.h" #include "Foo.cc" template class Foo<int>; template ostream& operator << (ostream&, const Foo<int>&);
for each of the instances you need, and create a template instantiation library from those.
If you are using Cfront-model code, you can probably get away with not using -fno-implicit-templates when compiling files that don’t ‘#include’ the member template definitions.
If you use one big file to do the instantiations, you may want to compile it without -fno-implicit-templates so you get all of the instances required by your explicit instantiations (but not by any other files) without having to specify them as well.
The ISO C++ 2011 standard allows forward declaration of explicit
instantiations (with extern
). G++ supports explicit instantiation
declarations in C++98 mode and has extended the template instantiation
syntax to support instantiation of the compiler support data for a
template class (i.e. the vtable) without instantiating any of its
members (with inline
), and instantiation of only the static data
members of a template class, without the support data or member
functions (with (static
):
extern template int max (int, int); inline template class Foo<int>; static template class Foo<int>;
Next: C++ Attributes, Previous: Template Instantiation, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
In C++, pointer to member functions (PMFs) are implemented using a wide pointer of sorts to handle all the possible call mechanisms; the PMF needs to store information about how to adjust the ‘this’ pointer, and if the function pointed to is virtual, where to find the vtable, and where in the vtable to look for the member function. If you are using PMFs in an inner loop, you should really reconsider that decision. If that is not an option, you can extract the pointer to the function that would be called for a given object/PMF pair and call it directly inside the inner loop, to save a bit of time.
Note that you still pay the penalty for the call through a function pointer; on most modern architectures, such a call defeats the branch prediction features of the CPU. This is also true of normal virtual function calls.
The syntax for this extension is
extern A a; extern int (A::*fp)(); typedef int (*fptr)(A *); fptr p = (fptr)(a.*fp);
For PMF constants (i.e. expressions of the form ‘&Klasse::Member’), no object is needed to obtain the address of the function. They can be converted to function pointers directly:
fptr p1 = (fptr)(&A::foo);
You must specify -Wno-pmf-conversions to use this extension.
Next: Function Multiversioning, Previous: Bound member functions, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
Some attributes only make sense for C++ programs.
abi_tag ("tag", ...)
The abi_tag
attribute can be applied to a function or class
declaration. It modifies the mangled name of the function or class to
incorporate the tag name, in order to distinguish the function or
class from an earlier version with a different ABI; perhaps the class
has changed size, or the function has a different return type that is
not encoded in the mangled name.
The argument can be a list of strings of arbitrary length. The strings are sorted on output, so the order of the list is unimportant.
A redeclaration of a function or class must not add new ABI tags, since doing so would change the mangled name.
The ABI tags apply to a name, so all instantiations and specializations of a template have the same tags. The attribute will be ignored if applied to an explicit specialization or instantiation.
The -Wabi-tag flag enables a warning about a class which does not have all the ABI tags used by its subobjects and virtual functions; for users with code that needs to coexist with an earlier ABI, using this option can help to find all affected types that need to be tagged.
init_priority (priority)
In Standard C++, objects defined at namespace scope are guaranteed to be
initialized in an order in strict accordance with that of their definitions
in a given translation unit. No guarantee is made for initializations
across translation units. However, GNU C++ allows users to control the
order of initialization of objects defined at namespace scope with the
init_priority
attribute by specifying a relative priority,
a constant integral expression currently bounded between 101 and 65535
inclusive. Lower numbers indicate a higher priority.
In the following example, A
would normally be created before
B
, but the init_priority
attribute reverses that order:
Some_Class A __attribute__ ((init_priority (2000))); Some_Class B __attribute__ ((init_priority (543)));
Note that the particular values of priority do not matter; only their relative ordering.
java_interface
This type attribute informs C++ that the class is a Java interface. It may
only be applied to classes declared within an extern "Java"
block.
Calls to methods declared in this interface are dispatched using GCJ’s
interface table mechanism, instead of regular virtual table dispatch.
warn_unused
For C++ types with non-trivial constructors and/or destructors it is impossible for the compiler to determine whether a variable of this type is truly unused if it is not referenced. This type attribute informs the compiler that variables of this type should be warned about if they appear to be unused, just like variables of fundamental types.
This attribute is appropriate for types which just represent a value,
such as std::string
; it is not appropriate for types which
control a resource, such as std::mutex
.
This attribute is also accepted in C, but it is unnecessary because C does not have constructors or destructors.
See also Namespace Association.
Next: Namespace Association, Previous: C++ Attributes, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
With the GNU C++ front end, for target i386, you may specify multiple versions of a function, where each function is specialized for a specific target feature. At runtime, the appropriate version of the function is automatically executed depending on the characteristics of the execution platform. Here is an example.
__attribute__ ((target ("default"))) int foo () { // The default version of foo. return 0; } __attribute__ ((target ("sse4.2"))) int foo () { // foo version for SSE4.2 return 1; } __attribute__ ((target ("arch=atom"))) int foo () { // foo version for the Intel ATOM processor return 2; } __attribute__ ((target ("arch=amdfam10"))) int foo () { // foo version for the AMD Family 0x10 processors. return 3; } int main () { int (*p)() = &foo; assert ((*p) () == foo ()); return 0; }
In the above example, four versions of function foo are created. The first version of foo with the target attribute "default" is the default version. This version gets executed when no other target specific version qualifies for execution on a particular platform. A new version of foo is created by using the same function signature but with a different target string. Function foo is called or a pointer to it is taken just like a regular function. GCC takes care of doing the dispatching to call the right version at runtime. Refer to the GCC wiki on Function Multiversioning for more details.
Next: Type Traits, Previous: Function Multiversioning, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
Caution: The semantics of this extension are equivalent to C++ 2011 inline namespaces. Users should use inline namespaces instead as this extension will be removed in future versions of G++.
A using-directive with __attribute ((strong))
is stronger
than a normal using-directive in two ways:
The used namespace must be nested within the using namespace so that normal unqualified lookup works properly.
This is useful for composing a namespace transparently from implementation namespaces. For example:
namespace std { namespace debug { template <class T> struct A { }; } using namespace debug __attribute ((__strong__)); template <> struct A<int> { }; // OK to specialize template <class T> void f (A<T>); } int main() { f (std::A<float>()); // lookup finds std::f f (std::A<int>()); }
Next: Java Exceptions, Previous: Namespace Association, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
The C++ front end implements syntactic extensions that allow compile-time determination of various characteristics of a type (or of a pair of types).
__has_nothrow_assign (type)
If type
is const qualified or is a reference type then the trait is
false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
is true then the trait
is true, else if type
is a cv class or union type with copy assignment
operators that are known not to throw an exception then the trait is true,
else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete type,
(possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__has_nothrow_copy (type)
If __has_trivial_copy (type)
is true then the trait is true, else if
type
is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that
are known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
Requires: type
shall be a complete type, (possibly cv-qualified)
void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__has_nothrow_constructor (type)
If __has_trivial_constructor (type)
is true then the trait is
true, else if type
is a cv class or union type (or array
thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to throw an
exception then the trait is true, else it is false. Requires:
type
shall be a complete type, (possibly cv-qualified)
void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__has_trivial_assign (type)
If type
is const qualified or is a reference type then the trait is
false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type)
is true then the trait is
true, else if type
is a cv class or union type with a trivial
copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is true, else it is
false. Requires: type
shall be a complete type, (possibly
cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__has_trivial_copy (type)
If __is_pod (type)
is true or type
is a reference type
then the trait is true, else if type
is a cv class or union type
with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
is true, else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete
type, (possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__has_trivial_constructor (type)
If __is_pod (type)
is true then the trait is true, else if
type
is a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a
trivial default constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true,
else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete
type, (possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__has_trivial_destructor (type)
If __is_pod (type)
is true or type
is a reference type then
the trait is true, else if type
is a cv class or union type (or
array thereof) with a trivial destructor ([class.dtor]) then the trait
is true, else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete
type, (possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__has_virtual_destructor (type)
If type
is a class type with a virtual destructor
([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. Requires:
type
shall be a complete type, (possibly cv-qualified)
void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__is_abstract (type)
If type
is an abstract class ([class.abstract]) then the trait
is true, else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete
type, (possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__is_base_of (base_type, derived_type)
If base_type
is a base class of derived_type
([class.derived]) then the trait is true, otherwise it is false.
Top-level cv qualifications of base_type
and
derived_type
are ignored. For the purposes of this trait, a
class type is considered is own base. Requires: if __is_class
(base_type)
and __is_class (derived_type)
are true and
base_type
and derived_type
are not the same type
(disregarding cv-qualifiers), derived_type
shall be a complete
type. Diagnostic is produced if this requirement is not met.
__is_class (type)
If type
is a cv class type, and not a union type
([basic.compound]) the trait is true, else it is false.
__is_empty (type)
If __is_class (type)
is false then the trait is false.
Otherwise type
is considered empty if and only if: type
has no non-static data members, or all non-static data members, if
any, are bit-fields of length 0, and type
has no virtual
members, and type
has no virtual base classes, and type
has no base classes base_type
for which
__is_empty (base_type)
is false. Requires: type
shall
be a complete type, (possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array
of unknown bound.
__is_enum (type)
If type
is a cv enumeration type ([basic.compound]) the trait is
true, else it is false.
__is_literal_type (type)
If type
is a literal type ([basic.types]) the trait is
true, else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete type,
(possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__is_pod (type)
If type
is a cv POD type ([basic.types]) then the trait is true,
else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete type,
(possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__is_polymorphic (type)
If type
is a polymorphic class ([class.virtual]) then the trait
is true, else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete
type, (possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__is_standard_layout (type)
If type
is a standard-layout type ([basic.types]) the trait is
true, else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete
type, (possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__is_trivial (type)
If type
is a trivial type ([basic.types]) the trait is
true, else it is false. Requires: type
shall be a complete
type, (possibly cv-qualified) void
, or an array of unknown bound.
__is_union (type)
If type
is a cv union type ([basic.compound]) the trait is
true, else it is false.
__underlying_type (type)
The underlying type of type
. Requires: type
shall be
an enumeration type ([dcl.enum]).
Next: Deprecated Features, Previous: Type Traits, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
The Java language uses a slightly different exception handling model from C++. Normally, GNU C++ automatically detects when you are writing C++ code that uses Java exceptions, and handle them appropriately. However, if C++ code only needs to execute destructors when Java exceptions are thrown through it, GCC guesses incorrectly. Sample problematic code is:
struct S { ~S(); };
extern void bar(); // is written in Java, and may throw exceptions
void foo()
{
S s;
bar();
}
The usual effect of an incorrect guess is a link failure, complaining of a missing routine called ‘__gxx_personality_v0’.
You can inform the compiler that Java exceptions are to be used in a translation unit, irrespective of what it might think, by writing ‘#pragma GCC java_exceptions’ at the head of the file. This ‘#pragma’ must appear before any functions that throw or catch exceptions, or run destructors when exceptions are thrown through them.
You cannot mix Java and C++ exceptions in the same translation unit. It is believed to be safe to throw a C++ exception from one file through another file compiled for the Java exception model, or vice versa, but there may be bugs in this area.
Next: Backwards Compatibility, Previous: Java Exceptions, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
In the past, the GNU C++ compiler was extended to experiment with new features, at a time when the C++ language was still evolving. Now that the C++ standard is complete, some of those features are superseded by superior alternatives. Using the old features might cause a warning in some cases that the feature will be dropped in the future. In other cases, the feature might be gone already.
While the list below is not exhaustive, it documents some of the options that are now deprecated:
-fexternal-templates
-falt-external-templates
These are two of the many ways for G++ to implement template instantiation. See Template Instantiation. The C++ standard clearly defines how template definitions have to be organized across implementation units. G++ has an implicit instantiation mechanism that should work just fine for standard-conforming code.
-fstrict-prototype
-fno-strict-prototype
Previously it was possible to use an empty prototype parameter list to indicate an unspecified number of parameters (like C), rather than no parameters, as C++ demands. This feature has been removed, except where it is required for backwards compatibility. See Backwards Compatibility.
G++ allows a virtual function returning ‘void *’ to be overridden by one returning a different pointer type. This extension to the covariant return type rules is now deprecated and will be removed from a future version.
The G++ minimum and maximum operators (‘<?’ and ‘>?’) and
their compound forms (‘<?=’) and ‘>?=’) have been deprecated
and are now removed from G++. Code using these operators should be
modified to use std::min
and std::max
instead.
The named return value extension has been deprecated, and is now removed from G++.
The use of initializer lists with new expressions has been deprecated, and is now removed from G++.
Floating and complex non-type template parameters have been deprecated, and are now removed from G++.
The implicit typename extension has been deprecated and is now removed from G++.
The use of default arguments in function pointers, function typedefs and other places where they are not permitted by the standard is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of G++.
G++ allows floating-point literals to appear in integral constant expressions, e.g. ‘ enum E { e = int(2.2 * 3.7) } ’ This extension is deprecated and will be removed from a future version.
G++ allows static data members of const floating-point type to be declared with an initializer in a class definition. The standard only allows initializers for static members of const integral types and const enumeration types so this extension has been deprecated and will be removed from a future version.
Previous: Deprecated Features, Up: C++ Extensions [Contents][Index]
Now that there is a definitive ISO standard C++, G++ has a specification to adhere to. The C++ language evolved over time, and features that used to be acceptable in previous drafts of the standard, such as the ARM [Annotated C++ Reference Manual], are no longer accepted. In order to allow compilation of C++ written to such drafts, G++ contains some backwards compatibilities. All such backwards compatibility features are liable to disappear in future versions of G++. They should be considered deprecated. See Deprecated Features.
For scope
If a variable is declared at for scope, it used to remain in scope until the end of the scope that contained the for statement (rather than just within the for scope). G++ retains this, but issues a warning, if such a variable is accessed outside the for scope.
Implicit C language
Old C system header files did not contain an extern "C" {…}
scope to set the language. On such systems, all header files are
implicitly scoped inside a C language scope. Also, an empty prototype
()
is treated as an unspecified number of arguments, rather
than no arguments, as C++ demands.
Next: Compatibility, Previous: C++ Extensions, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
This document is meant to describe some of the GNU Objective-C features. It is not intended to teach you Objective-C. There are several resources on the Internet that present the language.
Next: Executing code before main, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
This section is specific for the GNU Objective-C runtime. If you are using a different runtime, you can skip it.
The GNU Objective-C runtime provides an API that allows you to interact with the Objective-C runtime system, querying the live runtime structures and even manipulating them. This allows you for example to inspect and navigate classes, methods and protocols; to define new classes or new methods, and even to modify existing classes or protocols.
If you are using a “Foundation” library such as GNUstep-Base, this library will provide you with a rich set of functionality to do most of the inspection tasks, and you probably will only need direct access to the GNU Objective-C runtime API to define new classes or methods.
• Modern GNU Objective-C runtime API: | ||
• Traditional GNU Objective-C runtime API: |
The GNU Objective-C runtime provides an API which is similar to the one provided by the “Objective-C 2.0” Apple/NeXT Objective-C runtime. The API is documented in the public header files of the GNU Objective-C runtime:
id
, Class
and BOOL
. You have to include this header to do almost
anything with Objective-C.
class_getName()
, declared in
objc/runtime.h.
@synchronized()
syntax, allowing
you to emulate an Objective-C @synchronized()
block in plain
C/C++ code.
objc_mutex_lock()
, which provide a
platform-independent set of threading functions.
The header files contain detailed documentation for each function in the GNU Objective-C runtime API.
Previous: Modern GNU Objective-C runtime API, Up: GNU Objective-C runtime API [Contents][Index]
The GNU Objective-C runtime used to provide a different API, which we
call the “traditional” GNU Objective-C runtime API. Functions
belonging to this API are easy to recognize because they use a
different naming convention, such as class_get_super_class()
(traditional API) instead of class_getSuperclass()
(modern
API). Software using this API includes the file
objc/objc-api.h where it is declared.
Starting with GCC 4.7.0, the traditional GNU runtime API is no longer available.
Next: Type encoding, Previous: GNU Objective-C runtime API, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
+load
: Executing code before mainThis section is specific for the GNU Objective-C runtime. If you are using a different runtime, you can skip it.
The GNU Objective-C runtime provides a way that allows you to execute
code before the execution of the program enters the main
function. The code is executed on a per-class and a per-category basis,
through a special class method +load
.
This facility is very useful if you want to initialize global variables
which can be accessed by the program directly, without sending a message
to the class first. The usual way to initialize global variables, in the
+initialize
method, might not be useful because
+initialize
is only called when the first message is sent to a
class object, which in some cases could be too late.
Suppose for example you have a FileStream
class that declares
Stdin
, Stdout
and Stderr
as global variables, like
below:
FileStream *Stdin = nil;
FileStream *Stdout = nil;
FileStream *Stderr = nil;
@implementation FileStream
+ (void)initialize
{
Stdin = [[FileStream new] initWithFd:0];
Stdout = [[FileStream new] initWithFd:1];
Stderr = [[FileStream new] initWithFd:2];
}
/* Other methods here */
@end
In this example, the initialization of Stdin
, Stdout
and
Stderr
in +initialize
occurs too late. The programmer can
send a message to one of these objects before the variables are actually
initialized, thus sending messages to the nil
object. The
+initialize
method which actually initializes the global
variables is not invoked until the first message is sent to the class
object. The solution would require these variables to be initialized
just before entering main
.
The correct solution of the above problem is to use the +load
method instead of +initialize
:
@implementation FileStream
+ (void)load
{
Stdin = [[FileStream new] initWithFd:0];
Stdout = [[FileStream new] initWithFd:1];
Stderr = [[FileStream new] initWithFd:2];
}
/* Other methods here */
@end
The +load
is a method that is not overridden by categories. If a
class and a category of it both implement +load
, both methods are
invoked. This allows some additional initializations to be performed in
a category.
This mechanism is not intended to be a replacement for +initialize
.
You should be aware of its limitations when you decide to use it
instead of +initialize
.
• What you can and what you cannot do in +load: |
+load
+load
is to be used only as a last resort. Because it is
executed very early, most of the Objective-C runtime machinery will
not be ready when +load
is executed; hence +load
works
best for executing C code that is independent on the Objective-C
runtime.
The +load
implementation in the GNU runtime guarantees you the
following things:
+load
implementation of all super classes of a class are
executed before the +load
of that class is executed;
+load
implementation of a class is executed before the
+load
implementation of any category.
In particular, the following things, even if they can work in a particular case, are not guaranteed:
@"this is a
constant string"
);
You should make no assumptions about receiving +load
in sibling
classes when you write +load
of a class. The order in which
sibling classes receive +load
is not guaranteed.
The order in which +load
and +initialize
are called could
be problematic if this matters. If you don’t allocate objects inside
+load
, it is guaranteed that +load
is called before
+initialize
. If you create an object inside +load
the
+initialize
method of object’s class is invoked even if
+load
was not invoked. Note if you explicitly call +load
on a class, +initialize
will be called first. To avoid possible
problems try to implement only one of these methods.
The +load
method is also invoked when a bundle is dynamically
loaded into your running program. This happens automatically without any
intervening operation from you. When you write bundles and you need to
write +load
you can safely create and send messages to objects whose
classes already exist in the running program. The same restrictions as
above apply to classes defined in bundle.
Next: Garbage Collection, Previous: Executing code before main, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
This is an advanced section. Type encodings are used extensively by the compiler and by the runtime, but you generally do not need to know about them to use Objective-C.
The Objective-C compiler generates type encodings for all the types. These type encodings are used at runtime to find out information about selectors and methods and about objects and classes.
The types are encoded in the following way:
_Bool | B |
char | c |
unsigned char | C |
short | s |
unsigned short | S |
int | i |
unsigned int | I |
long | l |
unsigned long | L |
long long | q |
unsigned long long | Q |
float | f |
double | d |
long double | D |
void | v |
id | @ |
Class | # |
SEL | : |
char* | * |
enum | an enum is encoded exactly as the integer type that the compiler uses for it, which depends on the enumeration
values. Often the compiler users unsigned int , which is then encoded as I . |
unknown type | ? |
Complex types | j followed by the inner type. For example _Complex double is encoded as "jd". |
bit-fields | b followed by the starting position of the bit-field, the type of the bit-field and the size of the bit-field (the bit-fields encoding was changed from the NeXT’s compiler encoding, see below) |
The encoding of bit-fields has changed to allow bit-fields to be properly handled by the runtime functions that compute sizes and alignments of types that contain bit-fields. The previous encoding contained only the size of the bit-field. Using only this information it is not possible to reliably compute the size occupied by the bit-field. This is very important in the presence of the Boehm’s garbage collector because the objects are allocated using the typed memory facility available in this collector. The typed memory allocation requires information about where the pointers are located inside the object.
The position in the bit-field is the position, counting in bits, of the bit closest to the beginning of the structure.
The non-atomic types are encoded as follows:
pointers | ‘^’ followed by the pointed type. |
arrays | ‘[’ followed by the number of elements in the array followed by the type of the elements followed by ‘]’ |
structures | ‘{’ followed by the name of the structure (or ‘?’ if the structure is unnamed), the ‘=’ sign, the type of the members and by ‘}’ |
unions | ‘(’ followed by the name of the structure (or ‘?’ if the union is unnamed), the ‘=’ sign, the type of the members followed by ‘)’ |
vectors | ‘![’ followed by the vector_size (the number of bytes composing the vector) followed by a comma, followed by the alignment (in bytes) of the vector, followed by the type of the elements followed by ‘]’ |
Here are some types and their encodings, as they are generated by the compiler on an i386 machine:
Objective-C type | Compiler encoding |
int a[10]; | [10i] |
struct { int i; float f[3]; int a:3; int b:2; char c; } | {?=i[3f]b128i3b131i2c} |
int a __attribute__ ((vector_size (16))); | ![16,16i] (alignment would depend on the machine) |
In addition to the types the compiler also encodes the type specifiers. The table below describes the encoding of the current Objective-C type specifiers:
Specifier | Encoding |
const | r |
in | n |
inout | N |
out | o |
bycopy | O |
byref | R |
oneway | V |
The type specifiers are encoded just before the type. Unlike types however, the type specifiers are only encoded when they appear in method argument types.
Note how const
interacts with pointers:
Objective-C type | Compiler encoding |
const int | ri |
const int* | ^ri |
int *const | r^i |
const int*
is a pointer to a const int
, and so is
encoded as ^ri
. int* const
, instead, is a const
pointer to an int
, and so is encoded as r^i
.
Finally, there is a complication when encoding const char *
versus char * const
. Because char *
is encoded as
*
and not as ^c
, there is no way to express the fact
that r
applies to the pointer or to the pointee.
Hence, it is assumed as a convention that r*
means const
char *
(since it is what is most often meant), and there is no way to
encode char *const
. char *const
would simply be encoded
as *
, and the const
is lost.
• Legacy type encoding: | ||
• @encode: | ||
• Method signatures: |
Next: @encode, Up: Type encoding [Contents][Index]
Unfortunately, historically GCC used to have a number of bugs in its encoding code. The NeXT runtime expects GCC to emit type encodings in this historical format (compatible with GCC-3.3), so when using the NeXT runtime, GCC will introduce on purpose a number of incorrect encodings:
enum
s are always encoded as ’i’ (int) even if they are actually
unsigned or long.
In addition to that, the NeXT runtime uses a different encoding for
bitfields. It encodes them as b
followed by the size, without
a bit offset or the underlying field type.
Next: Method signatures, Previous: Legacy type encoding, Up: Type encoding [Contents][Index]
GNU Objective-C supports the @encode
syntax that allows you to
create a type encoding from a C/Objective-C type. For example,
@encode(int)
is compiled by the compiler into "i"
.
@encode
does not support type qualifiers other than
const
. For example, @encode(const char*)
is valid and
is compiled into "r*"
, while @encode(bycopy char *)
is
invalid and will cause a compilation error.
Previous: @encode, Up: Type encoding [Contents][Index]
This section documents the encoding of method types, which is rarely needed to use Objective-C. You should skip it at a first reading; the runtime provides functions that will work on methods and can walk through the list of parameters and interpret them for you. These functions are part of the public “API” and are the preferred way to interact with method signatures from user code.
But if you need to debug a problem with method signatures and need to know how they are implemented (i.e., the “ABI”), read on.
Methods have their “signature” encoded and made available to the runtime. The “signature” encodes all the information required to dynamically build invocations of the method at runtime: return type and arguments.
The “signature” is a null-terminated string, composed of the following:
int
would have i
here.
self
and the
method selector _cmd
).
For example, a method with no arguments and returning int
would
have the signature i8@0:4
if the size of a pointer is 4. The
signature is interpreted as follows: the i
is the return type
(an int
), the 8
is the total size of the parameters in
bytes (two pointers each of size 4), the @0
is the first
parameter (an object at byte offset 0
) and :4
is the
second parameter (a SEL
at byte offset 4
).
You can easily find more examples by running the “strings” program
on an Objective-C object file compiled by GCC. You’ll see a lot of
strings that look very much like i8@0:4
. They are signatures
of Objective-C methods.
Next: Constant string objects, Previous: Type encoding, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
This section is specific for the GNU Objective-C runtime. If you are using a different runtime, you can skip it.
Support for garbage collection with the GNU runtime has been added by using a powerful conservative garbage collector, known as the Boehm-Demers-Weiser conservative garbage collector.
To enable the support for it you have to configure the compiler using an additional argument, --enable-objc-gc. This will build the boehm-gc library, and build an additional runtime library which has several enhancements to support the garbage collector. The new library has a new name, libobjc_gc.a to not conflict with the non-garbage-collected library.
When the garbage collector is used, the objects are allocated using the so-called typed memory allocation mechanism available in the Boehm-Demers-Weiser collector. This mode requires precise information on where pointers are located inside objects. This information is computed once per class, immediately after the class has been initialized.
There is a new runtime function class_ivar_set_gcinvisible()
which can be used to declare a so-called weak pointer
reference. Such a pointer is basically hidden for the garbage collector;
this can be useful in certain situations, especially when you want to
keep track of the allocated objects, yet allow them to be
collected. This kind of pointers can only be members of objects, you
cannot declare a global pointer as a weak reference. Every type which is
a pointer type can be declared a weak pointer, including id
,
Class
and SEL
.
Here is an example of how to use this feature. Suppose you want to implement a class whose instances hold a weak pointer reference; the following class does this:
@interface WeakPointer : Object { const void* weakPointer; } - initWithPointer:(const void*)p; - (const void*)weakPointer; @end @implementation WeakPointer + (void)initialize { if (self == objc_lookUpClass ("WeakPointer")) class_ivar_set_gcinvisible (self, "weakPointer", YES); } - initWithPointer:(const void*)p { weakPointer = p; return self; } - (const void*)weakPointer { return weakPointer; } @end
Weak pointers are supported through a new type character specifier
represented by the ‘!’ character. The
class_ivar_set_gcinvisible()
function adds or removes this
specifier to the string type description of the instance variable named
as argument.
Next: compatibility_alias, Previous: Garbage Collection, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
GNU Objective-C provides constant string objects that are generated directly by the compiler. You declare a constant string object by prefixing a C constant string with the character ‘@’:
id myString = @"this is a constant string object";
The constant string objects are by default instances of the
NXConstantString
class which is provided by the GNU Objective-C
runtime. To get the definition of this class you must include the
objc/NXConstStr.h header file.
User defined libraries may want to implement their own constant string
class. To be able to support them, the GNU Objective-C compiler provides
a new command line options -fconstant-string-class=class-name.
The provided class should adhere to a strict structure, the same
as NXConstantString
’s structure:
@interface MyConstantStringClass { Class isa; char *c_string; unsigned int len; } @end
NXConstantString
inherits from Object
; user class
libraries may choose to inherit the customized constant string class
from a different class than Object
. There is no requirement in
the methods the constant string class has to implement, but the final
ivar layout of the class must be the compatible with the given
structure.
When the compiler creates the statically allocated constant string
object, the c_string
field will be filled by the compiler with
the string; the length
field will be filled by the compiler with
the string length; the isa
pointer will be filled with
NULL
by the compiler, and it will later be fixed up automatically
at runtime by the GNU Objective-C runtime library to point to the class
which was set by the -fconstant-string-class option when the
object file is loaded (if you wonder how it works behind the scenes, the
name of the class to use, and the list of static objects to fixup, are
stored by the compiler in the object file in a place where the GNU
runtime library will find them at runtime).
As a result, when a file is compiled with the -fconstant-string-class option, all the constant string objects will be instances of the class specified as argument to this option. It is possible to have multiple compilation units referring to different constant string classes, neither the compiler nor the linker impose any restrictions in doing this.
Next: Exceptions, Previous: Constant string objects, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
The keyword @compatibility_alias
allows you to define a class name
as equivalent to another class name. For example:
@compatibility_alias WOApplication GSWApplication;
tells the compiler that each time it encounters WOApplication
as
a class name, it should replace it with GSWApplication
(that is,
WOApplication
is just an alias for GSWApplication
).
There are some constraints on how this can be used—
WOApplication
(the alias) must not be an existing class;
GSWApplication
(the real class) must be an existing class.
Next: Synchronization, Previous: compatibility_alias, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
GNU Objective-C provides exception support built into the language, as in the following example:
@try { … @throw expr; … } @catch (AnObjCClass *exc) { … @throw expr; … @throw; … } @catch (AnotherClass *exc) { … } @catch (id allOthers) { … } @finally { … @throw expr; … }
The @throw
statement may appear anywhere in an Objective-C or
Objective-C++ program; when used inside of a @catch
block, the
@throw
may appear without an argument (as shown above), in
which case the object caught by the @catch
will be rethrown.
Note that only (pointers to) Objective-C objects may be thrown and
caught using this scheme. When an object is thrown, it will be caught
by the nearest @catch
clause capable of handling objects of
that type, analogously to how catch
blocks work in C++ and
Java. A @catch(id …)
clause (as shown above) may also
be provided to catch any and all Objective-C exceptions not caught by
previous @catch
clauses (if any).
The @finally
clause, if present, will be executed upon exit
from the immediately preceding @try … @catch
section.
This will happen regardless of whether any exceptions are thrown,
caught or rethrown inside the @try … @catch
section,
analogously to the behavior of the finally
clause in Java.
There are several caveats to using the new exception mechanism:
NS_HANDLER
-style idioms provided by the
NSException
class, the new exceptions can only be used on Mac
OS X 10.3 (Panther) and later systems, due to additional functionality
needed in the NeXT Objective-C runtime.
@throw
an exception
from Objective-C and catch
it in C++, or vice versa
(i.e., throw … @catch
).
Next: Fast enumeration, Previous: Exceptions, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
GNU Objective-C provides support for synchronized blocks:
@synchronized (ObjCClass *guard) { … }
Upon entering the @synchronized
block, a thread of execution
shall first check whether a lock has been placed on the corresponding
guard
object by another thread. If it has, the current thread
shall wait until the other thread relinquishes its lock. Once
guard
becomes available, the current thread will place its own
lock on it, execute the code contained in the @synchronized
block, and finally relinquish the lock (thereby making guard
available to other threads).
Unlike Java, Objective-C does not allow for entire methods to be
marked @synchronized
. Note that throwing exceptions out of
@synchronized
blocks is allowed, and will cause the guarding
object to be unlocked properly.
Because of the interactions between synchronization and exception
handling, you can only use @synchronized
when compiling with
exceptions enabled, that is with the command line option
-fobjc-exceptions.
Next: Messaging with the GNU Objective-C runtime, Previous: Synchronization, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
• Using fast enumeration: | ||
• c99-like fast enumeration syntax: | ||
• Fast enumeration details: | ||
• Fast enumeration protocol: |
Next: c99-like fast enumeration syntax, Up: Fast enumeration [Contents][Index]
GNU Objective-C provides support for the fast enumeration syntax:
id array = …; id object; for (object in array) { /* Do something with 'object' */ }
array
needs to be an Objective-C object (usually a collection
object, for example an array, a dictionary or a set) which implements
the “Fast Enumeration Protocol” (see below). If you are using a
Foundation library such as GNUstep Base or Apple Cocoa Foundation, all
collection objects in the library implement this protocol and can be
used in this way.
The code above would iterate over all objects in array
. For
each of them, it assigns it to object
, then executes the
Do something with 'object'
statements.
Here is a fully worked-out example using a Foundation library (which
provides the implementation of NSArray
, NSString
and
NSLog
):
NSArray *array = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: @"1", @"2", @"3", nil]; NSString *object; for (object in array) NSLog (@"Iterating over %@", object);
Next: Fast enumeration details, Previous: Using fast enumeration, Up: Fast enumeration [Contents][Index]
A c99-like declaration syntax is also allowed:
id array = …; for (id object in array) { /* Do something with 'object' */ }
this is completely equivalent to:
id array = …; { id object; for (object in array) { /* Do something with 'object' */ } }
but can save some typing.
Note that the option -std=c99 is not required to allow this syntax in Objective-C.
Next: Fast enumeration protocol, Previous: c99-like fast enumeration syntax, Up: Fast enumeration [Contents][Index]
Here is a more technical description with the gory details. Consider the code
for (object expression in collection expression) { statements }
here is what happens when you run it:
collection expression
is evaluated exactly once and the
result is used as the collection object to iterate over. This means
it is safe to write code such as for (object in [NSDictionary
keyEnumerator]) …
.
object expression
is set to nil
and the loop
immediately terminates.
object expression
is set to the object, then statements
are executed.
statements
can contain break
and continue
commands, which will abort the iteration or skip to the next loop
iteration as expected.
object expression
is set to nil
. This allows
you to determine whether the iteration finished because a break
command was used (in which case object expression
will remain
set to the last object that was iterated over) or because it iterated
over all the objects (in which case object expression
will be
set to nil
).
statements
must not make any changes to the collection
object; if they do, it is a hard error and the fast enumeration
terminates by invoking objc_enumerationMutation
, a runtime
function that normally aborts the program but which can be customized
by Foundation libraries via objc_set_mutation_handler
to do
something different, such as raising an exception.
Previous: Fast enumeration details, Up: Fast enumeration [Contents][Index]
If you want your own collection object to be usable with fast enumeration, you need to have it implement the method
- (unsigned long) countByEnumeratingWithState: (NSFastEnumerationState *)state objects: (id *)objects count: (unsigned long)len;
where NSFastEnumerationState
must be defined in your code as follows:
typedef struct { unsigned long state; id *itemsPtr; unsigned long *mutationsPtr; unsigned long extra[5]; } NSFastEnumerationState;
If no NSFastEnumerationState
is defined in your code, the
compiler will automatically replace NSFastEnumerationState *
with struct __objcFastEnumerationState *
, where that type is
silently defined by the compiler in an identical way. This can be
confusing and we recommend that you define
NSFastEnumerationState
(as shown above) instead.
The method is called repeatedly during a fast enumeration to retrieve batches of objects. Each invocation of the method should retrieve the next batch of objects.
The return value of the method is the number of objects in the current
batch; this should not exceed len
, which is the maximum size of
a batch as requested by the caller. The batch itself is returned in
the itemsPtr
field of the NSFastEnumerationState
struct.
To help with returning the objects, the objects
array is a C
array preallocated by the caller (on the stack) of size len
.
In many cases you can put the objects you want to return in that
objects
array, then do itemsPtr = objects
. But you
don’t have to; if your collection already has the objects to return in
some form of C array, it could return them from there instead.
The state
and extra
fields of the
NSFastEnumerationState
structure allows your collection object
to keep track of the state of the enumeration. In a simple array
implementation, state
may keep track of the index of the last
object that was returned, and extra
may be unused.
The mutationsPtr
field of the NSFastEnumerationState
is
used to keep track of mutations. It should point to a number; before
working on each object, the fast enumeration loop will check that this
number has not changed. If it has, a mutation has happened and the
fast enumeration will abort. So, mutationsPtr
could be set to
point to some sort of version number of your collection, which is
increased by one every time there is a change (for example when an
object is added or removed). Or, if you are content with less strict
mutation checks, it could point to the number of objects in your
collection or some other value that can be checked to perform an
approximate check that the collection has not been mutated.
Finally, note how we declared the len
argument and the return
value to be of type unsigned long
. They could also be declared
to be of type unsigned int
and everything would still work.
Previous: Fast enumeration, Up: Objective-C [Contents][Index]
This section is specific for the GNU Objective-C runtime. If you are using a different runtime, you can skip it.
The implementation of messaging in the GNU Objective-C runtime is designed to be portable, and so is based on standard C.
Sending a message in the GNU Objective-C runtime is composed of two
separate steps. First, there is a call to the lookup function,
objc_msg_lookup ()
(or, in the case of messages to super,
objc_msg_lookup_super ()
). This runtime function takes as
argument the receiver and the selector of the method to be called; it
returns the IMP
, that is a pointer to the function implementing
the method. The second step of method invocation consists of casting
this pointer function to the appropriate function pointer type, and
calling the function pointed to it with the right arguments.
For example, when the compiler encounters a method invocation such as
[object init]
, it compiles it into a call to
objc_msg_lookup (object, @selector(init))
followed by a cast
of the returned value to the appropriate function pointer type, and
then it calls it.
• Dynamically registering methods: | ||
• Forwarding hook: |
If objc_msg_lookup()
does not find a suitable method
implementation, because the receiver does not implement the required
method, it tries to see if the class can dynamically register the
method.
To do so, the runtime checks if the class of the receiver implements the method
+ (BOOL) resolveInstanceMethod: (SEL)selector;
in the case of an instance method, or
+ (BOOL) resolveClassMethod: (SEL)selector;
in the case of a class method. If the class implements it, the
runtime invokes it, passing as argument the selector of the original
method, and if it returns YES
, the runtime tries the lookup
again, which could now succeed if a matching method was added
dynamically by +resolveInstanceMethod:
or
+resolveClassMethod:
.
This allows classes to dynamically register methods (by adding them to
the class using class_addMethod
) when they are first called.
To do so, a class should implement +resolveInstanceMethod:
(or,
depending on the case, +resolveClassMethod:
) and have it
recognize the selectors of methods that can be registered dynamically
at runtime, register them, and return YES
. It should return
NO
for methods that it does not dynamically registered at
runtime.
If +resolveInstanceMethod:
(or +resolveClassMethod:
) is
not implemented or returns NO
, the runtime then tries the
forwarding hook.
Support for +resolveInstanceMethod:
and
resolveClassMethod:
was added to the GNU Objective-C runtime in
GCC version 4.6.
Previous: Dynamically registering methods, Up: Messaging with the GNU Objective-C runtime [Contents][Index]
The GNU Objective-C runtime provides a hook, called
__objc_msg_forward2
, which is called by
objc_msg_lookup()
when it can’t find a method implementation in
the runtime tables and after calling +resolveInstanceMethod:
and +resolveClassMethod:
has been attempted and did not succeed
in dynamically registering the method.
To configure the hook, you set the global variable
__objc_msg_forward2
to a function with the same argument and
return types of objc_msg_lookup()
. When
objc_msg_lookup()
can not find a method implementation, it
invokes the hook function you provided to get a method implementation
to return. So, in practice __objc_msg_forward2
allows you to
extend objc_msg_lookup()
by adding some custom code that is
called to do a further lookup when no standard method implementation
can be found using the normal lookup.
This hook is generally reserved for “Foundation” libraries such as
GNUstep Base, which use it to implement their high-level method
forwarding API, typically based around the forwardInvocation:
method. So, unless you are implementing your own “Foundation”
library, you should not set this hook.
In a typical forwarding implementation, the __objc_msg_forward2
hook function determines the argument and return type of the method
that is being looked up, and then creates a function that takes these
arguments and has that return type, and returns it to the caller.
Creating this function is non-trivial and is typically performed using
a dedicated library such as libffi
.
The forwarding method implementation thus created is returned by
objc_msg_lookup()
and is executed as if it was a normal method
implementation. When the forwarding method implementation is called,
it is usually expected to pack all arguments into some sort of object
(typically, an NSInvocation
in a “Foundation” library), and
hand it over to the programmer (forwardInvocation:
) who is then
allowed to manipulate the method invocation using a high-level API
provided by the “Foundation” library. For example, the programmer
may want to examine the method invocation arguments and name and
potentially change them before forwarding the method invocation to one
or more local objects (performInvocation:
) or even to remote
objects (by using Distributed Objects or some other mechanism). When
all this completes, the return value is passed back and must be
returned correctly to the original caller.
Note that the GNU Objective-C runtime currently provides no support
for method forwarding or method invocations other than the
__objc_msg_forward2
hook.
If the forwarding hook does not exist or returns NULL
, the
runtime currently attempts forwarding using an older, deprecated API,
and if that fails, it aborts the program. In future versions of the
GNU Objective-C runtime, the runtime will immediately abort.
Next: Gcov, Previous: Objective-C, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Binary compatibility encompasses several related concepts:
The set of runtime conventions followed by all of the tools that deal with binary representations of a program, including compilers, assemblers, linkers, and language runtime support. Some ABIs are formal with a written specification, possibly designed by multiple interested parties. Others are simply the way things are actually done by a particular set of tools.
A compiler conforms to an ABI if it generates code that follows all of the specifications enumerated by that ABI. A library conforms to an ABI if it is implemented according to that ABI. An application conforms to an ABI if it is built using tools that conform to that ABI and does not contain source code that specifically changes behavior specified by the ABI.
Calling conventions are a subset of an ABI that specify of how arguments are passed and function results are returned.
Different sets of tools are interoperable if they generate files that can be used in the same program. The set of tools includes compilers, assemblers, linkers, libraries, header files, startup files, and debuggers. Binaries produced by different sets of tools are not interoperable unless they implement the same ABI. This applies to different versions of the same tools as well as tools from different vendors.
Whether a function in a binary built by one set of tools can call a function in a binary built by a different set of tools is a subset of interoperability.
Language standards include lists of implementation-defined features whose behavior can vary from one implementation to another. Some of these features are normally covered by a platform’s ABI and others are not. The features that are not covered by an ABI generally affect how a program behaves, but not intercallability.
Conformance to the same ABI and the same behavior of implementation-defined features are both relevant for compatibility.
The application binary interface implemented by a C or C++ compiler affects code generation and runtime support for:
In addition, the application binary interface implemented by a C++ compiler affects code generation and runtime support for:
Some GCC compilation options cause the compiler to generate code that does not conform to the platform’s default ABI. Other options cause different program behavior for implementation-defined features that are not covered by an ABI. These options are provided for consistency with other compilers that do not follow the platform’s default ABI or the usual behavior of implementation-defined features for the platform. Be very careful about using such options.
Most platforms have a well-defined ABI that covers C code, but ABIs that cover C++ functionality are not yet common.
Starting with GCC 3.2, GCC binary conventions for C++ are based on a written, vendor-neutral C++ ABI that was designed to be specific to 64-bit Itanium but also includes generic specifications that apply to any platform. This C++ ABI is also implemented by other compiler vendors on some platforms, notably GNU/Linux and BSD systems. We have tried hard to provide a stable ABI that will be compatible with future GCC releases, but it is possible that we will encounter problems that make this difficult. Such problems could include different interpretations of the C++ ABI by different vendors, bugs in the ABI, or bugs in the implementation of the ABI in different compilers. GCC’s -Wabi switch warns when G++ generates code that is probably not compatible with the C++ ABI.
The C++ library used with a C++ compiler includes the Standard C++ Library, with functionality defined in the C++ Standard, plus language runtime support. The runtime support is included in a C++ ABI, but there is no formal ABI for the Standard C++ Library. Two implementations of that library are interoperable if one follows the de-facto ABI of the other and if they are both built with the same compiler, or with compilers that conform to the same ABI for C++ compiler and runtime support.
When G++ and another C++ compiler conform to the same C++ ABI, but the implementations of the Standard C++ Library that they normally use do not follow the same ABI for the Standard C++ Library, object files built with those compilers can be used in the same program only if they use the same C++ library. This requires specifying the location of the C++ library header files when invoking the compiler whose usual library is not being used. The location of GCC’s C++ header files depends on how the GCC build was configured, but can be seen by using the G++ -v option. With default configuration options for G++ 3.3 the compile line for a different C++ compiler needs to include
-Igcc_install_directory/include/c++/3.3
Similarly, compiling code with G++ that must use a C++ library other than the GNU C++ library requires specifying the location of the header files for that other library.
The most straightforward way to link a program to use a particular
C++ library is to use a C++ driver that specifies that C++ library by
default. The g++
driver, for example, tells the linker where
to find GCC’s C++ library (libstdc++) plus the other libraries
and startup files it needs, in the proper order.
If a program must use a different C++ library and it’s not possible
to do the final link using a C++ driver that uses that library by default,
it is necessary to tell g++
the location and name of that
library. It might also be necessary to specify different startup files
and other runtime support libraries, and to suppress the use of GCC’s
support libraries with one or more of the options -nostdlib,
-nostartfiles, and -nodefaultlibs.
Next: Trouble, Previous: Compatibility, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
gcov
—a Test Coverage Programgcov
is a tool you can use in conjunction with GCC to
test code coverage in your programs.
• Gcov Intro: | Introduction to gcov. | |
• Invoking Gcov: | How to use gcov. | |
• Gcov and Optimization: | Using gcov with GCC optimization. | |
• Gcov Data Files: | The files used by gcov. | |
• Cross-profiling: | Data file relocation. |
Next: Invoking Gcov, Up: Gcov [Contents][Index]
gcov
gcov
is a test coverage program. Use it in concert with GCC
to analyze your programs to help create more efficient, faster running
code and to discover untested parts of your program. You can use
gcov
as a profiling tool to help discover where your
optimization efforts will best affect your code. You can also use
gcov
along with the other profiling tool, gprof
, to
assess which parts of your code use the greatest amount of computing
time.
Profiling tools help you analyze your code’s performance. Using a
profiler such as gcov
or gprof
, you can find out some
basic performance statistics, such as:
Once you know these things about how your code works when compiled, you
can look at each module to see which modules should be optimized.
gcov
helps you determine where to work on optimization.
Software developers also use coverage testing in concert with testsuites, to make sure software is actually good enough for a release. Testsuites can verify that a program works as expected; a coverage program tests to see how much of the program is exercised by the testsuite. Developers can then determine what kinds of test cases need to be added to the testsuites to create both better testing and a better final product.
You should compile your code without optimization if you plan to use
gcov
because the optimization, by combining some lines of code
into one function, may not give you as much information as you need to
look for ‘hot spots’ where the code is using a great deal of computer
time. Likewise, because gcov
accumulates statistics by line (at
the lowest resolution), it works best with a programming style that
places only one statement on each line. If you use complicated macros
that expand to loops or to other control structures, the statistics are
less helpful—they only report on the line where the macro call
appears. If your complex macros behave like functions, you can replace
them with inline functions to solve this problem.
gcov
creates a logfile called sourcefile.gcov which
indicates how many times each line of a source file sourcefile.c
has executed. You can use these logfiles along with gprof
to aid
in fine-tuning the performance of your programs. gprof
gives
timing information you can use along with the information you get from
gcov
.
gcov
works only on code compiled with GCC. It is not
compatible with any other profiling or test coverage mechanism.
Next: Gcov and Optimization, Previous: Gcov Intro, Up: Gcov [Contents][Index]
gcov
gcov [options] files
gcov
accepts the following options:
-h
--help
Display help about using gcov
(on the standard output), and
exit without doing any further processing.
-v
--version
Display the gcov
version number (on the standard output),
and exit without doing any further processing.
-a
--all-blocks
Write individual execution counts for every basic block. Normally gcov outputs execution counts only for the main blocks of a line. With this option you can determine if blocks within a single line are not being executed.
-b
--branch-probabilities
Write branch frequencies to the output file, and write branch summary info to the standard output. This option allows you to see how often each branch in your program was taken. Unconditional branches will not be shown, unless the -u option is given.
-c
--branch-counts
Write branch frequencies as the number of branches taken, rather than the percentage of branches taken.
-n
--no-output
Do not create the gcov
output file.
-l
--long-file-names
Create long file names for included source files. For example, if the
header file x.h contains code, and was included in the file
a.c, then running gcov
on the file a.c will
produce an output file called a.c##x.h.gcov instead of
x.h.gcov. This can be useful if x.h is included in
multiple source files and you want to see the individual
contributions. If you use the ‘-p’ option, both the including
and included file names will be complete path names.
-p
--preserve-paths
Preserve complete path information in the names of generated .gcov files. Without this option, just the filename component is used. With this option, all directories are used, with ‘/’ characters translated to ‘#’ characters, . directory components removed and unremoveable .. components renamed to ‘^’. This is useful if sourcefiles are in several different directories.
-r
--relative-only
Only output information about source files with a relative pathname (after source prefix elision). Absolute paths are usually system header files and coverage of any inline functions therein is normally uninteresting.
-f
--function-summaries
Output summaries for each function in addition to the file level summary.
-o directory|file
--object-directory directory
--object-file file
Specify either the directory containing the gcov data files, or the object path name. The .gcno, and .gcda data files are searched for using this option. If a directory is specified, the data files are in that directory and named after the input file name, without its extension. If a file is specified here, the data files are named after that file, without its extension.
-s directory
--source-prefix directory
A prefix for source file names to remove when generating the output coverage files. This option is useful when building in a separate directory, and the pathname to the source directory is not wanted when determining the output file names. Note that this prefix detection is applied before determining whether the source file is absolute.
-u
--unconditional-branches
When branch probabilities are given, include those of unconditional branches. Unconditional branches are normally not interesting.
-d
--display-progress
Display the progress on the standard output.
-i
--intermediate-format
Output gcov file in an easy-to-parse intermediate text format that can
be used by lcov
or other tools. The output is a single
.gcov file per .gcda file. No source code is required.
The format of the intermediate .gcov file is plain text with one entry per line
file:source_file_name function:line_number,execution_count,function_name lcount:line number,execution_count branch:line_number,branch_coverage_type Where the branch_coverage_type is notexec (Branch not executed) taken (Branch executed and taken) nottaken (Branch executed, but not taken) There can be multiple file entries in an intermediate gcov file. All entries following a file pertain to that source file until the next file entry.
Here is a sample when -i is used in conjunction with -b option:
file:array.cc function:11,1,_Z3sumRKSt6vectorIPiSaIS0_EE function:22,1,main lcount:11,1 lcount:12,1 lcount:14,1 branch:14,taken lcount:26,1 branch:28,nottaken
-m
--demangled-names
Display demangled function names in output. The default is to show mangled function names.
gcov
should be run with the current directory the same as that
when you invoked the compiler. Otherwise it will not be able to locate
the source files. gcov
produces files called
mangledname.gcov in the current directory. These contain
the coverage information of the source file they correspond to.
One .gcov file is produced for each source (or header) file
containing code,
which was compiled to produce the data files. The mangledname part
of the output file name is usually simply the source file name, but can
be something more complicated if the ‘-l’ or ‘-p’ options are
given. Refer to those options for details.
If you invoke gcov
with multiple input files, the
contributions from each input file are summed. Typically you would
invoke it with the same list of files as the final link of your executable.
The .gcov files contain the ‘:’ separated fields along with program source code. The format is
execution_count:line_number:source line text
Additional block information may succeed each line, when requested by command line option. The execution_count is ‘-’ for lines containing no code. Unexecuted lines are marked ‘#####’ or ‘====’, depending on whether they are reachable by non-exceptional paths or only exceptional paths such as C++ exception handlers, respectively.
Some lines of information at the start have line_number of zero. These preamble lines are of the form
-:0:tag:value
The ordering and number of these preamble lines will be augmented as
gcov
development progresses — do not rely on them remaining
unchanged. Use tag to locate a particular preamble line.
The additional block information is of the form
tag information
The information is human readable, but designed to be simple enough for machine parsing too.
When printing percentages, 0% and 100% are only printed when the values are exactly 0% and 100% respectively. Other values which would conventionally be rounded to 0% or 100% are instead printed as the nearest non-boundary value.
When using gcov
, you must first compile your program with two
special GCC options: ‘-fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage’.
This tells the compiler to generate additional information needed by
gcov (basically a flow graph of the program) and also includes
additional code in the object files for generating the extra profiling
information needed by gcov. These additional files are placed in the
directory where the object file is located.
Running the program will cause profile output to be generated. For each source file compiled with -fprofile-arcs, an accompanying .gcda file will be placed in the object file directory.
Running gcov
with your program’s source file names as arguments
will now produce a listing of the code along with frequency of execution
for each line. For example, if your program is called tmp.c, this
is what you see when you use the basic gcov
facility:
$ gcc -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage tmp.c $ a.out $ gcov tmp.c 90.00% of 10 source lines executed in file tmp.c Creating tmp.c.gcov.
The file tmp.c.gcov contains output from gcov
.
Here is a sample:
-: 0:Source:tmp.c -: 0:Graph:tmp.gcno -: 0:Data:tmp.gcda -: 0:Runs:1 -: 0:Programs:1 -: 1:#include <stdio.h> -: 2: -: 3:int main (void) 1: 4:{ 1: 5: int i, total; -: 6: 1: 7: total = 0; -: 8: 11: 9: for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) 10: 10: total += i; -: 11: 1: 12: if (total != 45) #####: 13: printf ("Failure\n"); -: 14: else 1: 15: printf ("Success\n"); 1: 16: return 0; -: 17:}
When you use the -a option, you will get individual block counts, and the output looks like this:
-: 0:Source:tmp.c -: 0:Graph:tmp.gcno -: 0:Data:tmp.gcda -: 0:Runs:1 -: 0:Programs:1 -: 1:#include <stdio.h> -: 2: -: 3:int main (void) 1: 4:{ 1: 4-block 0 1: 5: int i, total; -: 6: 1: 7: total = 0; -: 8: 11: 9: for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) 11: 9-block 0 10: 10: total += i; 10: 10-block 0 -: 11: 1: 12: if (total != 45) 1: 12-block 0 #####: 13: printf ("Failure\n"); $$$$$: 13-block 0 -: 14: else 1: 15: printf ("Success\n"); 1: 15-block 0 1: 16: return 0; 1: 16-block 0 -: 17:}
In this mode, each basic block is only shown on one line – the last line of the block. A multi-line block will only contribute to the execution count of that last line, and other lines will not be shown to contain code, unless previous blocks end on those lines. The total execution count of a line is shown and subsequent lines show the execution counts for individual blocks that end on that line. After each block, the branch and call counts of the block will be shown, if the -b option is given.
Because of the way GCC instruments calls, a call count can be shown after a line with no individual blocks. As you can see, line 13 contains a basic block that was not executed.
When you use the -b option, your output looks like this:
$ gcov -b tmp.c 90.00% of 10 source lines executed in file tmp.c 80.00% of 5 branches executed in file tmp.c 80.00% of 5 branches taken at least once in file tmp.c 50.00% of 2 calls executed in file tmp.c Creating tmp.c.gcov.
Here is a sample of a resulting tmp.c.gcov file:
-: 0:Source:tmp.c -: 0:Graph:tmp.gcno -: 0:Data:tmp.gcda -: 0:Runs:1 -: 0:Programs:1 -: 1:#include <stdio.h> -: 2: -: 3:int main (void) function main called 1 returned 1 blocks executed 75% 1: 4:{ 1: 5: int i, total; -: 6: 1: 7: total = 0; -: 8: 11: 9: for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) branch 0 taken 91% (fallthrough) branch 1 taken 9% 10: 10: total += i; -: 11: 1: 12: if (total != 45) branch 0 taken 0% (fallthrough) branch 1 taken 100% #####: 13: printf ("Failure\n"); call 0 never executed -: 14: else 1: 15: printf ("Success\n"); call 0 called 1 returned 100% 1: 16: return 0; -: 17:}
For each function, a line is printed showing how many times the function is called, how many times it returns and what percentage of the function’s blocks were executed.
For each basic block, a line is printed after the last line of the basic block describing the branch or call that ends the basic block. There can be multiple branches and calls listed for a single source line if there are multiple basic blocks that end on that line. In this case, the branches and calls are each given a number. There is no simple way to map these branches and calls back to source constructs. In general, though, the lowest numbered branch or call will correspond to the leftmost construct on the source line.
For a branch, if it was executed at least once, then a percentage indicating the number of times the branch was taken divided by the number of times the branch was executed will be printed. Otherwise, the message “never executed” is printed.
For a call, if it was executed at least once, then a percentage
indicating the number of times the call returned divided by the number
of times the call was executed will be printed. This will usually be
100%, but may be less for functions that call exit
or longjmp
,
and thus may not return every time they are called.
The execution counts are cumulative. If the example program were executed again without removing the .gcda file, the count for the number of times each line in the source was executed would be added to the results of the previous run(s). This is potentially useful in several ways. For example, it could be used to accumulate data over a number of program runs as part of a test verification suite, or to provide more accurate long-term information over a large number of program runs.
The data in the .gcda files is saved immediately before the program exits. For each source file compiled with -fprofile-arcs, the profiling code first attempts to read in an existing .gcda file; if the file doesn’t match the executable (differing number of basic block counts) it will ignore the contents of the file. It then adds in the new execution counts and finally writes the data to the file.
Next: Gcov Data Files, Previous: Invoking Gcov, Up: Gcov [Contents][Index]
gcov
with GCC OptimizationIf you plan to use gcov
to help optimize your code, you must
first compile your program with two special GCC options:
‘-fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage’. Aside from that, you can use any
other GCC options; but if you want to prove that every single line
in your program was executed, you should not compile with optimization
at the same time. On some machines the optimizer can eliminate some
simple code lines by combining them with other lines. For example, code
like this:
if (a != b) c = 1; else c = 0;
can be compiled into one instruction on some machines. In this case,
there is no way for gcov
to calculate separate execution counts
for each line because there isn’t separate code for each line. Hence
the gcov
output looks like this if you compiled the program with
optimization:
100: 12:if (a != b) 100: 13: c = 1; 100: 14:else 100: 15: c = 0;
The output shows that this block of code, combined by optimization, executed 100 times. In one sense this result is correct, because there was only one instruction representing all four of these lines. However, the output does not indicate how many times the result was 0 and how many times the result was 1.
Inlineable functions can create unexpected line counts. Line counts are shown for the source code of the inlineable function, but what is shown depends on where the function is inlined, or if it is not inlined at all.
If the function is not inlined, the compiler must emit an out of line copy of the function, in any object file that needs it. If fileA.o and fileB.o both contain out of line bodies of a particular inlineable function, they will also both contain coverage counts for that function. When fileA.o and fileB.o are linked together, the linker will, on many systems, select one of those out of line bodies for all calls to that function, and remove or ignore the other. Unfortunately, it will not remove the coverage counters for the unused function body. Hence when instrumented, all but one use of that function will show zero counts.
If the function is inlined in several places, the block structure in each location might not be the same. For instance, a condition might now be calculable at compile time in some instances. Because the coverage of all the uses of the inline function will be shown for the same source lines, the line counts themselves might seem inconsistent.
Long-running applications can use the _gcov_reset
and _gcov_dump
facilities to restrict profile collection to the program region of
interest. Calling _gcov_reset(void)
will clear all profile counters
to zero, and calling _gcov_dump(void)
will cause the profile information
collected at that point to be dumped to .gcda output files.
Next: Cross-profiling, Previous: Gcov and Optimization, Up: Gcov [Contents][Index]
gcov
data filesgcov
uses two files for profiling. The names of these files
are derived from the original object file by substituting the
file suffix with either .gcno, or .gcda. The files
contain coverage and profile data stored in a platform-independent format.
The .gcno files are placed in the same directory as the object
file. By default, the .gcda files are also stored in the same
directory as the object file, but the GCC -fprofile-dir option
may be used to store the .gcda files in a separate directory.
The .gcno notes file is generated when the source file is compiled with the GCC -ftest-coverage option. It contains information to reconstruct the basic block graphs and assign source line numbers to blocks.
The .gcda count data file is generated when a program containing object files built with the GCC -fprofile-arcs option is executed. A separate .gcda file is created for each object file compiled with this option. It contains arc transition counts, value profile counts, and some summary information.
The full details of the file format is specified in gcov-io.h, and functions provided in that header file should be used to access the coverage files.
Previous: Gcov Data Files, Up: Gcov [Contents][Index]
Running the program will cause profile output to be generated. For each source file compiled with -fprofile-arcs, an accompanying .gcda file will be placed in the object file directory. That implicitly requires running the program on the same system as it was built or having the same absolute directory structure on the target system. The program will try to create the needed directory structure, if it is not already present.
To support cross-profiling, a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs can relocate the data files based on two environment variables:
Note: If GCOV_PREFIX_STRIP is set without GCOV_PREFIX is undefined, then a relative path is made out of the hardwired absolute paths.
For example, if the object file /user/build/foo.o was built with -fprofile-arcs, the final executable will try to create the data file /user/build/foo.gcda when running on the target system. This will fail if the corresponding directory does not exist and it is unable to create it. This can be overcome by, for example, setting the environment as ‘GCOV_PREFIX=/target/run’ and ‘GCOV_PREFIX_STRIP=1’. Such a setting will name the data file /target/run/build/foo.gcda.
You must move the data files to the expected directory tree in order to
use them for profile directed optimizations (--use-profile), or to
use the gcov
tool.
This section describes known problems that affect users of GCC. Most of these are not GCC bugs per se—if they were, we would fix them. But the result for a user may be like the result of a bug.
Some of these problems are due to bugs in other software, some are missing features that are too much work to add, and some are places where people’s opinions differ as to what is best.
• Actual Bugs: | Bugs we will fix later. | |
• Interoperation: | Problems using GCC with other compilers, and with certain linkers, assemblers and debuggers. | |
• Incompatibilities: | GCC is incompatible with traditional C. | |
• Fixed Headers: | GCC uses corrected versions of system header files. This is necessary, but doesn’t always work smoothly. | |
• Standard Libraries: | GCC uses the system C library, which might not be compliant with the ISO C standard. | |
• Disappointments: | Regrettable things we can’t change, but not quite bugs. | |
• C++ Misunderstandings: | Common misunderstandings with GNU C++. | |
• Non-bugs: | Things we think are right, but some others disagree. | |
• Warnings and Errors: | Which problems in your code get warnings, and which get errors. |
Next: Interoperation, Up: Trouble [Contents][Index]
fixincludes
script interacts badly with automounters; if the
directory of system header files is automounted, it tends to be
unmounted while fixincludes
is running. This would seem to be a
bug in the automounter. We don’t know any good way to work around it.
Next: Incompatibilities, Previous: Actual Bugs, Up: Trouble [Contents][Index]
This section lists various difficulties encountered in using GCC together with other compilers or with the assemblers, linkers, libraries and debuggers on certain systems.
An area where the difference is most apparent is name mangling. The use of different name mangling is intentional, to protect you from more subtle problems. Compilers differ as to many internal details of C++ implementation, including: how class instances are laid out, how multiple inheritance is implemented, and how virtual function calls are handled. If the name encoding were made the same, your programs would link against libraries provided from other compilers—but the programs would then crash when run. Incompatible libraries are then detected at link time, rather than at run time.
double
on an 8-byte
boundary, and it expects every double
to be so aligned. The Sun
compiler usually gives double
values 8-byte alignment, with one
exception: function arguments of type double
may not be aligned.
As a result, if a function compiled with Sun CC takes the address of an
argument of type double
and passes this pointer of type
double *
to a function compiled with GCC, dereferencing the
pointer may cause a fatal signal.
One way to solve this problem is to compile your entire program with GCC.
Another solution is to modify the function that is compiled with
Sun CC to copy the argument into a local variable; local variables
are always properly aligned. A third solution is to modify the function
that uses the pointer to dereference it via the following function
access_double
instead of directly with ‘*’:
inline double access_double (double *unaligned_ptr) { union d2i { double d; int i[2]; }; union d2i *p = (union d2i *) unaligned_ptr; union d2i u; u.i[0] = p->i[0]; u.i[1] = p->i[1]; return u.d; }
Storing into the pointer can be done likewise with the same union.
malloc
function in the libmalloc.a library
may allocate memory that is only 4 byte aligned. Since GCC on the
SPARC assumes that doubles are 8 byte aligned, this may result in a
fatal signal if doubles are stored in memory allocated by the
libmalloc.a library.
The solution is to not use the libmalloc.a library. Use instead
malloc
and related functions from libc.a; they do not have
this problem.
alloca
or variable-size arrays. This is because GCC doesn’t
generate HP-UX unwind descriptors for such functions. It may even be
impossible to generate them.
(warning) Use of GR3 when frame >= 8192 may cause conflict.
These warnings are harmless and can be safely ignored.
LANG
environment variable to ‘C’ or ‘En_US’.
Next: Fixed Headers, Previous: Interoperation, Up: Trouble [Contents][Index]
There are several noteworthy incompatibilities between GNU C and K&R (non-ISO) versions of C.
One consequence is that you cannot call mktemp
with a string
constant argument. The function mktemp
always alters the
string its argument points to.
Another consequence is that sscanf
does not work on some very
old systems when passed a string constant as its format control string
or input. This is because sscanf
incorrectly tries to write
into the string constant. Likewise fscanf
and scanf
.
The solution to these problems is to change the program to use
char
-array variables with initialization strings for these
purposes instead of string constants.
-2147483648
is positive.
This is because 2147483648 cannot fit in the type int
, so
(following the ISO C rules) its data type is unsigned long int
.
Negating this value yields 2147483648 again.
#define foo(a) "a"
will produce output "a"
regardless of what the argument a is.
setjmp
and longjmp
, the only automatic
variables guaranteed to remain valid are those declared
volatile
. This is a consequence of automatic register
allocation. Consider this function:
jmp_buf j;
foo ()
{
int a, b;
a = fun1 ();
if (setjmp (j))
return a;
a = fun2 ();
/* longjmp (j)
may occur in fun3
. */
return a + fun3 ();
}
Here a
may or may not be restored to its first value when the
longjmp
occurs. If a
is allocated in a register, then
its first value is restored; otherwise, it keeps the last value stored
in it.
If you use the -W option with the -O option, you will get a warning when GCC thinks such a problem might be possible.
foobar ( #define luser hack)
ISO C does not permit such a construct.
In some other C compilers, an extern
declaration affects all the
rest of the file even if it happens within a block.
long
, etc., with a typedef name,
as shown here:
typedef int foo; typedef long foo bar;
In ISO C, this is not allowed: long
and other type modifiers
require an explicit int
.
typedef int foo; typedef foo foo;
#if 0 You can't expect this to work. #endif
The best solution to such a problem is to put the text into an actual C comment delimited by ‘/*…*/’.
time
, so it did not matter what type your program declared it to
return. But in systems with ISO C headers, time
is declared to
return time_t
, and if that is not the same as long
, then
‘long time ();’ is erroneous.
The solution is to change your program to use appropriate system headers
(<time.h>
on systems with ISO C headers) and not to declare
time
if the system header files declare it, or failing that to
use time_t
as the return type of time
.
float
, PCC converts it to
a double. GCC actually returns a float
. If you are concerned
with PCC compatibility, you should declare your functions to return
double
; you might as well say what you mean.
The method used by GCC is as follows: a structure or union which is
1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes long is returned like a scalar. A structure or union
with any other size is stored into an address supplied by the caller
(usually in a special, fixed register, but on some machines it is passed
on the stack). The target hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
tells GCC where to pass this address.
By contrast, PCC on most target machines returns structures and unions of any size by copying the data into an area of static storage, and then returning the address of that storage as if it were a pointer value. The caller must copy the data from that memory area to the place where the value is wanted. GCC does not use this method because it is slower and nonreentrant.
On some newer machines, PCC uses a reentrant convention for all structure and union returning. GCC on most of these machines uses a compatible convention when returning structures and unions in memory, but still returns small structures and unions in registers.
You can tell GCC to use a compatible convention for all structure and union returning with the option -fpcc-struct-return.
A preprocessing token is a preprocessing number if it begins with a digit and is followed by letters, underscores, digits, periods and ‘e+’, ‘e-’, ‘E+’, ‘E-’, ‘p+’, ‘p-’, ‘P+’, or ‘P-’ character sequences. (In strict C90 mode, the sequences ‘p+’, ‘p-’, ‘P+’ and ‘P-’ cannot appear in preprocessing numbers.)
To make the above program fragment valid, place whitespace in front of the minus sign. This whitespace will end the preprocessing number.
Next: Standard Libraries, Previous: Incompatibilities, Up: Trouble [Contents][Index]
GCC needs to install corrected versions of some system header files. This is because most target systems have some header files that won’t work with GCC unless they are changed. Some have bugs, some are incompatible with ISO C, and some depend on special features of other compilers.
Installing GCC automatically creates and installs the fixed header
files, by running a program called fixincludes
. Normally, you
don’t need to pay attention to this. But there are cases where it
doesn’t do the right thing automatically.
mkheaders
script
installed in
libexecdir/gcc/target/version/install-tools/.
The programs that fix the header files do not understand this special way of using symbolic links; therefore, the directory of fixed header files is good only for the machine model used to build it.
It is possible to make separate sets of fixed header files for the different machine models, and arrange a structure of symbolic links so as to use the proper set, but you’ll have to do this by hand.
Next: Disappointments, Previous: Fixed Headers, Up: Trouble [Contents][Index]
GCC by itself attempts to be a conforming freestanding implementation. See Language Standards Supported by GCC, for details of what this means. Beyond the library facilities required of such an implementation, the rest of the C library is supplied by the vendor of the operating system. If that C library doesn’t conform to the C standards, then your programs might get warnings (especially when using -Wall) that you don’t expect.
For example, the sprintf
function on SunOS 4.1.3 returns
char *
while the C standard says that sprintf
returns an
int
. The fixincludes
program could make the prototype for
this function match the Standard, but that would be wrong, since the
function will still return char *
.
If you need a Standard compliant library, then you need to find one, as
GCC does not provide one. The GNU C library (called glibc
)
provides ISO C, POSIX, BSD, SystemV and X/Open compatibility for
GNU/Linux and HURD-based GNU systems; no recent version of it supports
other systems, though some very old versions did. Version 2.2 of the
GNU C library includes nearly complete C99 support. You could also ask
your operating system vendor if newer libraries are available.
Next: C++ Misunderstandings, Previous: Standard Libraries, Up: Trouble [Contents][Index]
These problems are perhaps regrettable, but we don’t know any practical way around them.
This occurs because sometimes GCC optimizes the variable out of existence. There is no way to tell the debugger how to compute the value such a variable “would have had”, and it is not clear that would be desirable anyway. So GCC simply does not mention the eliminated variable when it writes debugging information.
You have to expect a certain amount of disagreement between the executable and your source code, when you use optimization.
int foo (struct mumble *); struct mumble { … }; int foo (struct mumble *x) { … }
This code really is erroneous, because the scope of struct
mumble
in the prototype is limited to the argument list containing it.
It does not refer to the struct mumble
defined with file scope
immediately below—they are two unrelated types with similar names in
different scopes.
But in the definition of foo
, the file-scope type is used
because that is available to be inherited. Thus, the definition and
the prototype do not match, and you get an error.
This behavior may seem silly, but it’s what the ISO standard specifies.
It is easy enough for you to make your code work by moving the
definition of struct mumble
above the prototype. It’s not worth
being incompatible with ISO C just to avoid an error for the example
shown above.
If you care about controlling the amount of memory that is accessed, use volatile but do not use bit-fields.
If new system header files are installed, nothing automatically arranges
to update the corrected header files. They can be updated using the
mkheaders
script installed in
libexecdir/gcc/target/version/install-tools/.
double
in memory.
Compiled code moves values between memory and floating point registers
at its convenience, and moving them into memory truncates them.
You can partially avoid this problem by using the -ffloat-store option (see Optimize Options).
Next: Non-bugs, Previous: Disappointments, Up: Trouble [Contents][Index]
C++ is a complex language and an evolving one, and its standard definition (the ISO C++ standard) was only recently completed. As a result, your C++ compiler may occasionally surprise you, even when its behavior is correct. This section discusses some areas that frequently give rise to questions of this sort.
• Static Definitions: | Static member declarations are not definitions | |
• Name lookup: | Name lookup, templates, and accessing members of base classes | |
• Temporaries: | Temporaries may vanish before you expect | |
• Copy Assignment: | Copy Assignment operators copy virtual bases twice |
Next: Name lookup, Up: C++ Misunderstandings [Contents][Index]
When a class has static data members, it is not enough to declare the static member; you must also define it. For example:
class Foo { … void method(); static int bar; };
This declaration only establishes that the class Foo
has an
int
named Foo::bar
, and a member function named
Foo::method
. But you still need to define both
method
and bar
elsewhere. According to the ISO
standard, you must supply an initializer in one (and only one) source
file, such as:
int Foo::bar = 0;
Other C++ compilers may not correctly implement the standard behavior.
As a result, when you switch to g++
from one of these compilers,
you may discover that a program that appeared to work correctly in fact
does not conform to the standard: g++
reports as undefined
symbols any static data members that lack definitions.
Next: Temporaries, Previous: Static Definitions, Up: C++ Misunderstandings [Contents][Index]
The C++ standard prescribes that all names that are not dependent on template parameters are bound to their present definitions when parsing a template function or class.5 Only names that are dependent are looked up at the point of instantiation. For example, consider
void foo(double); struct A { template <typename T> void f () { foo (1); // 1 int i = N; // 2 T t; t.bar(); // 3 foo (t); // 4 } static const int N; };
Here, the names foo
and N
appear in a context that does
not depend on the type of T
. The compiler will thus require that
they are defined in the context of use in the template, not only before
the point of instantiation, and will here use ::foo(double)
and
A::N
, respectively. In particular, it will convert the integer
value to a double
when passing it to ::foo(double)
.
Conversely, bar
and the call to foo
in the fourth marked
line are used in contexts that do depend on the type of T
, so
they are only looked up at the point of instantiation, and you can
provide declarations for them after declaring the template, but before
instantiating it. In particular, if you instantiate A::f<int>
,
the last line will call an overloaded ::foo(int)
if one was
provided, even if after the declaration of struct A
.
This distinction between lookup of dependent and non-dependent names is called two-stage (or dependent) name lookup. G++ implements it since version 3.4.
Two-stage name lookup sometimes leads to situations with behavior different from non-template codes. The most common is probably this:
template <typename T> struct Base { int i; }; template <typename T> struct Derived : public Base<T> { int get_i() { return i; } };
In get_i()
, i
is not used in a dependent context, so the
compiler will look for a name declared at the enclosing namespace scope
(which is the global scope here). It will not look into the base class,
since that is dependent and you may declare specializations of
Base
even after declaring Derived
, so the compiler can’t
really know what i
would refer to. If there is no global
variable i
, then you will get an error message.
In order to make it clear that you want the member of the base class,
you need to defer lookup until instantiation time, at which the base
class is known. For this, you need to access i
in a dependent
context, by either using this->i
(remember that this
is of
type Derived<T>*
, so is obviously dependent), or using
Base<T>::i
. Alternatively, Base<T>::i
might be brought
into scope by a using
-declaration.
Another, similar example involves calling member functions of a base class:
template <typename T> struct Base { int f(); }; template <typename T> struct Derived : Base<T> { int g() { return f(); }; };
Again, the call to f()
is not dependent on template arguments
(there are no arguments that depend on the type T
, and it is also
not otherwise specified that the call should be in a dependent context).
Thus a global declaration of such a function must be available, since
the one in the base class is not visible until instantiation time. The
compiler will consequently produce the following error message:
x.cc: In member function `int Derived<T>::g()': x.cc:6: error: there are no arguments to `f' that depend on a template parameter, so a declaration of `f' must be available x.cc:6: error: (if you use `-fpermissive', G++ will accept your code, but allowing the use of an undeclared name is deprecated)
To make the code valid either use this->f()
, or
Base<T>::f()
. Using the -fpermissive flag will also let
the compiler accept the code, by marking all function calls for which no
declaration is visible at the time of definition of the template for
later lookup at instantiation time, as if it were a dependent call.
We do not recommend using -fpermissive to work around invalid
code, and it will also only catch cases where functions in base classes
are called, not where variables in base classes are used (as in the
example above).
Note that some compilers (including G++ versions prior to 3.4) get these examples wrong and accept above code without an error. Those compilers do not implement two-stage name lookup correctly.
Next: Copy Assignment, Previous: Name lookup, Up: C++ Misunderstandings [Contents][Index]
It is dangerous to use pointers or references to portions of a
temporary object. The compiler may very well delete the object before
you expect it to, leaving a pointer to garbage. The most common place
where this problem crops up is in classes like string classes,
especially ones that define a conversion function to type char *
or const char *
—which is one reason why the standard
string
class requires you to call the c_str
member
function. However, any class that returns a pointer to some internal
structure is potentially subject to this problem.
For example, a program may use a function strfunc
that returns
string
objects, and another function charfunc
that
operates on pointers to char
:
string strfunc (); void charfunc (const char *); void f () { const char *p = strfunc().c_str(); … charfunc (p); … charfunc (p); }
In this situation, it may seem reasonable to save a pointer to the C
string returned by the c_str
member function and use that rather
than call c_str
repeatedly. However, the temporary string
created by the call to strfunc
is destroyed after p
is
initialized, at which point p
is left pointing to freed memory.
Code like this may run successfully under some other compilers, particularly obsolete cfront-based compilers that delete temporaries along with normal local variables. However, the GNU C++ behavior is standard-conforming, so if your program depends on late destruction of temporaries it is not portable.
The safe way to write such code is to give the temporary a name, which forces it to remain until the end of the scope of the name. For example:
const string& tmp = strfunc (); charfunc (tmp.c_str ());
Previous: Temporaries, Up: C++ Misunderstandings [Contents][Index]
When a base class is virtual, only one subobject of the base class belongs to each full object. Also, the constructors and destructors are invoked only once, and called from the most-derived class. However, such objects behave unspecified when being assigned. For example:
struct Base{ char *name; Base(char *n) : name(strdup(n)){} Base& operator= (const Base& other){ free (name); name = strdup (other.name); } }; struct A:virtual Base{ int val; A():Base("A"){} }; struct B:virtual Base{ int bval; B():Base("B"){} }; struct Derived:public A, public B{ Derived():Base("Derived"){} }; void func(Derived &d1, Derived &d2) { d1 = d2; }
The C++ standard specifies that ‘Base::Base’ is only called once when constructing or copy-constructing a Derived object. It is unspecified whether ‘Base::operator=’ is called more than once when the implicit copy-assignment for Derived objects is invoked (as it is inside ‘func’ in the example).
G++ implements the “intuitive” algorithm for copy-assignment: assign all
direct bases, then assign all members. In that algorithm, the virtual
base subobject can be encountered more than once. In the example, copying
proceeds in the following order: ‘val’, ‘name’ (via
strdup
), ‘bval’, and ‘name’ again.
If application code relies on copy-assignment, a user-defined copy-assignment operator removes any uncertainties. With such an operator, the application can define whether and how the virtual base subobject is assigned.
Next: Warnings and Errors, Previous: C++ Misunderstandings, Up: Trouble [Contents][Index]
This section lists changes that people frequently request, but which we do not make because we think GCC is better without them.
Such a feature would work only occasionally—only for calls that appear in the same file as the called function, following the definition. The only way to check all calls reliably is to add a prototype for the function. But adding a prototype eliminates the motivation for this feature. So the feature is not worthwhile.
Shift count operands are probably signed more often than unsigned. Warning about this would cause far more annoyance than good.
Such assignments must be very common; warning about them would cause more annoyance than good.
C contains many standard functions that return a value that most
programs choose to ignore. One obvious example is printf
.
Warning about this practice only leads the defensive programmer to
clutter programs with dozens of casts to void
. Such casts are
required so frequently that they become visual noise. Writing those
casts becomes so automatic that they no longer convey useful
information about the intentions of the programmer. For functions
where the return value should never be ignored, use the
warn_unused_result
function attribute (see Function Attributes).
This would cause storage layout to be incompatible with most other C compilers. And it doesn’t seem very important, given that you can get the same result in other ways. The case where it matters most is when the enumeration-valued object is inside a structure, and in that case you can specify a field width explicitly.
The ISO C standard leaves it up to the implementation whether a bit-field
declared plain int
is signed or not. This in effect creates two
alternative dialects of C.
The GNU C compiler supports both dialects; you can specify the signed dialect with -fsigned-bitfields and the unsigned dialect with -funsigned-bitfields. However, this leaves open the question of which dialect to use by default.
Currently, the preferred dialect makes plain bit-fields signed, because
this is simplest. Since int
is the same as signed int
in
every other context, it is cleanest for them to be the same in bit-fields
as well.
Some computer manufacturers have published Application Binary Interface standards which specify that plain bit-fields should be unsigned. It is a mistake, however, to say anything about this issue in an ABI. This is because the handling of plain bit-fields distinguishes two dialects of C. Both dialects are meaningful on every type of machine. Whether a particular object file was compiled using signed bit-fields or unsigned is of no concern to other object files, even if they access the same bit-fields in the same data structures.
A given program is written in one or the other of these two dialects. The program stands a chance to work on most any machine if it is compiled with the proper dialect. It is unlikely to work at all if compiled with the wrong dialect.
Many users appreciate the GNU C compiler because it provides an environment that is uniform across machines. These users would be inconvenienced if the compiler treated plain bit-fields differently on certain machines.
Occasionally users write programs intended only for a particular machine type. On these occasions, the users would benefit if the GNU C compiler were to support by default the same dialect as the other compilers on that machine. But such applications are rare. And users writing a program to run on more than one type of machine cannot possibly benefit from this kind of compatibility.
This is why GCC does and will treat plain bit-fields in the same fashion on all types of machines (by default).
There are some arguments for making bit-fields unsigned by default on all machines. If, for example, this becomes a universal de facto standard, it would make sense for GCC to go along with it. This is something to be considered in the future.
(Of course, users strongly concerned about portability should indicate explicitly in each bit-field whether it is signed or not. In this way, they write programs which have the same meaning in both C dialects.)
__STDC__
when -ansi is not used.
Currently, GCC defines __STDC__
unconditionally. This provides
good results in practice.
Programmers normally use conditionals on __STDC__
to ask whether
it is safe to use certain features of ISO C, such as function
prototypes or ISO token concatenation. Since plain gcc
supports
all the features of ISO C, the correct answer to these questions is
“yes”.
Some users try to use __STDC__
to check for the availability of
certain library facilities. This is actually incorrect usage in an ISO
C program, because the ISO C standard says that a conforming
freestanding implementation should define __STDC__
even though it
does not have the library facilities. ‘gcc -ansi -pedantic’ is a
conforming freestanding implementation, and it is therefore required to
define __STDC__
, even though it does not come with an ISO C
library.
Sometimes people say that defining __STDC__
in a compiler that
does not completely conform to the ISO C standard somehow violates the
standard. This is illogical. The standard is a standard for compilers
that claim to support ISO C, such as ‘gcc -ansi’—not for other
compilers such as plain gcc
. Whatever the ISO C standard says
is relevant to the design of plain gcc
without -ansi only
for pragmatic reasons, not as a requirement.
GCC normally defines __STDC__
to be 1, and in addition
defines __STRICT_ANSI__
if you specify the -ansi option,
or a -std option for strict conformance to some version of ISO C.
On some hosts, system include files use a different convention, where
__STDC__
is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies strict
conformance to the C Standard. GCC follows the host convention when
processing system include files, but when processing user files it follows
the usual GNU C convention.
__STDC__
in C++.
Programs written to compile with C++-to-C translators get the
value of __STDC__
that goes with the C compiler that is
subsequently used. These programs must test __STDC__
to determine what kind of C preprocessor that compiler uses:
whether they should concatenate tokens in the ISO C fashion
or in the traditional fashion.
These programs work properly with GNU C++ if __STDC__
is defined.
They would not work otherwise.
In addition, many header files are written to provide prototypes in ISO
C but not in traditional C. Many of these header files can work without
change in C++ provided __STDC__
is defined. If __STDC__
is not defined, they will all fail, and will all need to be changed to
test explicitly for C++ as well.
Historically, GCC has not deleted “empty” loops under the assumption that the most likely reason you would put one in a program is to have a delay, so deleting them will not make real programs run any faster.
However, the rationale here is that optimization of a nonempty loop cannot produce an empty one. This held for carefully written C compiled with less powerful optimizers but is not always the case for carefully written C++ or with more powerful optimizers. Thus GCC will remove operations from loops whenever it can determine those operations are not externally visible (apart from the time taken to execute them, of course). In case the loop can be proved to be finite, GCC will also remove the loop itself.
Be aware of this when performing timing tests, for instance the
following loop can be completely removed, provided
some_expression
can provably not change any global state.
{ int sum = 0; int ix; for (ix = 0; ix != 10000; ix++) sum += some_expression; }
Even though sum
is accumulated in the loop, no use is made of
that summation, so the accumulation can be removed.
It is never safe to depend on the order of evaluation of side effects. For example, a function call like this may very well behave differently from one compiler to another:
void func (int, int); int i = 2; func (i++, i++);
There is no guarantee (in either the C or the C++ standard language
definitions) that the increments will be evaluated in any particular
order. Either increment might happen first. func
might get the
arguments ‘2, 3’, or it might get ‘3, 2’, or even ‘2, 2’.
Some ISO C testsuites report failure when the compiler does not produce an error message for a certain program.
ISO C requires a “diagnostic” message for certain kinds of invalid programs, but a warning is defined by GCC to count as a diagnostic. If GCC produces a warning but not an error, that is correct ISO C support. If testsuites call this “failure”, they should be run with the GCC option -pedantic-errors, which will turn these warnings into errors.
The GNU compiler can produce two kinds of diagnostics: errors and warnings. Each kind has a different purpose:
Warnings may indicate danger points where you should check to make sure that your program really does what you intend; or the use of obsolete features; or the use of nonstandard features of GNU C or C++. Many warnings are issued only if you ask for them, with one of the -W options (for instance, -Wall requests a variety of useful warnings).
GCC always tries to compile your program if possible; it never gratuitously rejects a program whose meaning is clear merely because (for instance) it fails to conform to a standard. In some cases, however, the C and C++ standards specify that certain extensions are forbidden, and a diagnostic must be issued by a conforming compiler. The -pedantic option tells GCC to issue warnings in such cases; -pedantic-errors says to make them errors instead. This does not mean that all non-ISO constructs get warnings or errors.
See Options to Request or Suppress Warnings, for more detail on these and related command-line options.
Your bug reports play an essential role in making GCC reliable.
When you encounter a problem, the first thing to do is to see if it is already known. See Trouble. If it isn’t known, then you should report the problem.
• Criteria: | Have you really found a bug? | |
• Reporting: | How to report a bug effectively. |
Next: Bug Reporting, Up: Bugs [Contents][Index]
If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
asm
statement), that is a compiler bug, unless the
compiler reports errors (not just warnings) which would ordinarily
prevent the assembler from being run.
However, you must double-check to make sure, because you may have a program whose behavior is undefined, which happened by chance to give the desired results with another C or C++ compiler.
For example, in many nonoptimizing compilers, you can write ‘x;’
at the end of a function instead of ‘return x;’, with the same
results. But the value of the function is undefined if return
is omitted; it is not a bug when GCC produces different results.
Problems often result from expressions with two increment operators,
as in f (*p++, *p++)
. Your previous compiler might have
interpreted that expression the way you intended; GCC might
interpret it another way. Neither compiler is wrong. The bug is
in your code.
After you have localized the error to a single source line, it should be easy to check for these things. If your program is correct and well defined, you have found a compiler bug.
Previous: Bug Criteria, Up: Bugs [Contents][Index]
Bugs should be reported to the bug database at http://bugs.debian.org/.
Next: Contributing, Previous: Bugs, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
If you need help installing, using or changing GCC, there are two ways to find it:
For further information, see http://gcc.gnu.org/faq.html#support.
If you would like to help pretest GCC releases to assure they work well, current development sources are available by SVN (see http://gcc.gnu.org/svn.html). Source and binary snapshots are also available for FTP; see http://gcc.gnu.org/snapshots.html.
If you would like to work on improvements to GCC, please read the advice at these URLs:
for information on how to make useful contributions and avoid duplication of effort. Suggested projects are listed at http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/.
Next: GNU Project, Previous: Contributing, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
If you want to have more free software a few years from now, it makes sense for you to help encourage people to contribute funds for its development. The most effective approach known is to encourage commercial redistributors to donate.
Users of free software systems can boost the pace of development by encouraging for-a-fee distributors to donate part of their selling price to free software developers—the Free Software Foundation, and others.
The way to convince distributors to do this is to demand it and expect it from them. So when you compare distributors, judge them partly by how much they give to free software development. Show distributors they must compete to be the one who gives the most.
To make this approach work, you must insist on numbers that you can compare, such as, “We will donate ten dollars to the Frobnitz project for each disk sold.” Don’t be satisfied with a vague promise, such as “A portion of the profits are donated,” since it doesn’t give a basis for comparison.
Even a precise fraction “of the profits from this disk” is not very meaningful, since creative accounting and unrelated business decisions can greatly alter what fraction of the sales price counts as profit. If the price you pay is $50, ten percent of the profit is probably less than a dollar; it might be a few cents, or nothing at all.
Some redistributors do development work themselves. This is useful too; but to keep everyone honest, you need to inquire how much they do, and what kind. Some kinds of development make much more long-term difference than others. For example, maintaining a separate version of a program contributes very little; maintaining the standard version of a program for the whole community contributes much. Easy new ports contribute little, since someone else would surely do them; difficult ports such as adding a new CPU to the GNU Compiler Collection contribute more; major new features or packages contribute the most.
By establishing the idea that supporting further development is “the proper thing to do” when distributing free software for a fee, we can assure a steady flow of resources into making more free software.
Copyright © 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Verbatim copying and redistribution of this section is permitted without royalty; alteration is not permitted.
The GNU Project was launched in 1984 to develop a complete Unix-like operating system which is free software: the GNU system. (GNU is a recursive acronym for “GNU’s Not Unix”; it is pronounced “guh-NEW”.) Variants of the GNU operating system, which use the kernel Linux, are now widely used; though these systems are often referred to as “Linux”, they are more accurately called GNU/Linux systems.
For more information, see:
Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Previous: GNU Project, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. http://fsf.org/ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program–to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers’ and authors’ protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users’ and authors’ sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users’ freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
“This License” refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
“Copyright” also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks.
“The Program” refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as “you”. “Licensees” and “recipients” may be individuals or organizations.
To “modify” a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a “modified version” of the earlier work or a work “based on” the earlier work.
A “covered work” means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program.
To “propagate” a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To “convey” a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays “Appropriate Legal Notices” to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
The “source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. “Object code” means any non-source form of a work.
A “Standard Interface” means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language.
The “System Libraries” of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A “Major Component”, in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The “Corresponding Source” for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work’s System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work’s users, your or third parties’ legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program’s source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways:
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work.
A “User Product” is either (1) a “consumer product”, which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, “normally used” refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product.
“Installation Information” for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying.
“Additional permissions” are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered “further restrictions” within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An “entity transaction” is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party’s predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
A “contributor” is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor’s “contributor version”.
A contributor’s “essential patent claims” are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, “control” includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor’s essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a “patent license” is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To “grant” such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. “Knowingly relying” means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient’s use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it.
A patent license is “discriminatory” if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy’s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee.
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the “copyright” line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does. Copyright (C) year name of author This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
program Copyright (C) year name of author This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type ‘show w’. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type ‘show c’ for details.
The hypothetical commands ‘show w’ and ‘show c’ should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program’s commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an “about box”.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a “copyright disclaimer” for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html.
Next: Contributors, Previous: Copying, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. http://fsf.org/ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.
A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
The “publisher” means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public.
A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements.”
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it.
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that proxy’s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
“Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site” (or “MMC Site”) means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A “Massive Multiauthor Collaboration” (or “MMC”) contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site.
“CC-BY-SA” means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization.
“Incorporate” means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or in part, as part of another Document.
An MMC is “eligible for relicensing” if it is licensed under this License, and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (C) year your name. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being list their titles, with the Front-Cover Texts being list, and with the Back-Cover Texts being list.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.
Next: Option Index, Previous: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
The GCC project would like to thank its many contributors. Without them the project would not have been nearly as successful as it has been. Any omissions in this list are accidental. Feel free to contact law@redhat.com or gerald@pfeifer.com if you have been left out or some of your contributions are not listed. Please keep this list in alphabetical order.
valarray<>
, complex<>
, maintaining the numerics library
(including that pesky <limits>
:-) and keeping up-to-date anything
to do with numbers.
complex<>
, sanity checking and disbursement, configuration
architecture, libio maintenance, and early math work.
debug-mode
and associative and unordered containers.
protoize
and unprotoize
tools, the support for Dwarf symbolic debugging information, and much of
the support for System V Release 4. He has also worked heavily on the
Intel 386 and 860 support.
restrict
support, and serving as release manager from 2000
to 2011.
<regex>
.
<random>
, and various improvements to C++11 features.
INTEGER*1
, INTEGER*2
, and
LOGICAL*1
.
<regex>
effort.
The following people are recognized for their contributions to GNAT, the Ada front end of GCC:
The following people are recognized for their contributions of new features, bug reports, testing and integration of classpath/libgcj for GCC version 4.1:
JTree
implementation and lots Free Swing
additions and bug fixes.
GapContent
bug fixes.
JList
, Free Swing 1.5 updates and mouse event
fixes, lots of Free Swing work including JTable
editing.
HTTPURLConnection
fixes.
MessageFormat
fixes.
Serialization
fixes.
StAX
and DOM xml:id
support.
TreePath
and TreeSelection
fixes.
URLClassLoader
updates.
SocketTimeoutException
.
BitSet
bug fixes, HttpURLConnection
rewrite and improvements.
ClassLoader
and nio cleanups, serialization fixes,
better Proxy
support, bug fixes and IKVM integration.
AccessControlContext
fixes.
VMClassLoader
and AccessController
improvements.
basic
and metal
icon and plaf support
and lots of documenting, Lots of Free Swing and metal theme
additions. MetalIconFactory
implementation.
MIDI
framework, ALSA
and DSSI
providers.
Serialization
and URLClassLoader
fixes,
gcj build speedups.
JFileChooser
implementation.
Locale
and net fixes, URI RFC2986
updates, Serialization
fixes, Properties
XML support and
generic branch work, VMIntegration guide update.
TimeZone
bug fixing.
NetworkInterface
implementation and updates.
BoxLayout
, GrayFilter
and
SplitPane
, plus bug fixes all over. Lots of Free Swing work
including styled text.
String
cleanups and optimization suggestions.
Locale
updates, bug and
build fixes.
Pointer
updates. Logger bug fixes.
Graphics2D
upgraded to Cairo 0.5 and new regex
features.
TextLayout
fixes. GtkImage
rewrite, 2D, awt, free swing and date/time fixes and
implementing the Qt4 peers.
FileChannel
lock,
SystemLogger
and FileHandler
rotate implementations, NIO
FileChannel.map
support, security and policy updates.
File
locking fixes.
Image
, Logger
and URLClassLoader
updates.
MenuSelectionManager
implementation.
BasicTreeUI
and JTree
fixes.
TreeNode
enumerations and ActionCommand
and various
fixes, XML and URL, AWT and Free Swing bug fixes.
CACAO
integration, fdlibm
updates.
VMClassLoader
boot packages support suggestions.
Qt4
support for Darwin/OS X, Graphics2D
support, gtk+
updates.
DEBUG
support, build cleanups and
Kaffe integration. Qt4
build infrastructure, SHA1PRNG
and GdkPixbugDecoder
updates.
Clipboard
implementation, system call interrupts and network
timeouts and GdkPixpufDecoder
fixes.
In addition to the above, all of which also contributed time and energy in testing GCC, we would like to thank the following for their contributions to testing:
And finally we’d like to thank everyone who uses the compiler, provides feedback and generally reminds us why we’re doing this work in the first place.
Next: Keyword Index, Previous: Contributors, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
GCC’s command line options are indexed here without any initial ‘-’ or ‘--’. Where an option has both positive and negative forms (such as -foption and -fno-option), relevant entries in the manual are indexed under the most appropriate form; it may sometimes be useful to look up both forms.
Jump to: | #
(
-
8
A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y |
---|
Jump to: | #
(
-
8
A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y |
---|
Previous: Option Index, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Jump to: | !
#
$
%
&
'
*
+
-
.
/
0
<
=
>
?
_
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z |
---|
Jump to: | !
#
$
%
&
'
*
+
-
.
/
0
<
=
>
?
_
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z |
---|
On some systems, ‘gcc -shared’ needs to build supplementary stub code for constructors to work. On multi-libbed systems, ‘gcc -shared’ must select the correct support libraries to link against. Failing to supply the correct flags may lead to subtle defects. Supplying them in cases where they are not necessary is innocuous.
Future versions of GCC may zero-extend, or use
a target-defined ptr_extend
pattern. Do not rely on sign extension.
The analogous feature in Fortran is called an assigned goto, but that name seems inappropriate in C, where one can do more than simply store label addresses in label variables.
A file’s basename is the name stripped of all leading path information and of trailing suffixes, such as ‘.h’ or ‘.C’ or ‘.cc’.
The C++ standard just uses the term “dependent” for names that depend on the type or value of template parameters. This shorter term will also be used in the rest of this section.